Full text of "Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society"

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project

to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the

publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at |http: //books .google .com/I

JOURNAL

STRAITS BRANCH

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

JULY, 1878.

PUBLISHEIl HAI^ErYBAIlLY.

PtawTKO *T Tis l^StTurra Tmrs" Psns, »t A. Psois.

I •

I
I

No. I.

[Flioe to Memben, Ertr* oopiea... ... |1.00 eaoh

To non-members ... ... 2.00 eaoh

JOURNAL

OF THE

STRAITS BRANCH

OP THE

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY,

JULY, 1878.

f PUBLISHED HALF-YEARLY.

SINGAPORE :

PsnrrxD at tbb "Straits Tixks" I^ress, bt A. Fnois.

1878.

Jf/J^ i

No. I.

/ /y^^

JOURNAL

STRAITS BRANCH

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

JULY, 1878.

PUBLISHEIi HAp'rYEABLY.

smtlAPORE :
PsufTV) kt Tii« *Sr»«w TiKM" Puas, BT A. Fson.

^ —

1878.

EBBATA.

II(Id8tof Memb6re)forBrookeiSI^J7.A>>refid H. H. Raja

lahimakS^iaya ^ Labuan & &i-

rdwak.

„ Ifmndj P. G.

Penn^ry F. G,

9 „ t

„ That is, bis -

That is bis.

17 „20

„ Manrix

Ma/rix.

20 „ 8

J, redduce left hp

residue left by.

21 „ 7

„ an^

an.

22 „ 28

„ regular

regains.

23 „ 16

,j needier

needle*.

« M 10

,y fiiiTtds

finds.

„ line 24

„ in

„liiies26&27

» oer

ort*.

» » 88

„ rarerthose

rarer ^^</ //those.

24 „ 6

„ N. S. and

S, A:

48)

43 > Head-Iinee

„ Melanecian

Melane^ian.

44)

108 line 1

„ Royal Asiatic ^

C Strait^! Branch

Society of the >
Straits Branch )

< of the Royal
(^ .isiatic Society.

116 „ 10

„ of several

»>

of. Several.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

C I List of Meinbei*s.

< II Proc-eediiigs of the Society.

(^ III Rules 4)f the Society.

1. Imui^unil Address of the President,

bv the Ven. Archdeacon Hose M. A.

2. Distribution of Minerals in Sarawak,

bv A. Hart Everett. . .

•i. Breedinj^ Pearls,

by N. B. Dennys Ph. D.

Dialects of the Melanesian Tribes of the Malay
Peninsula, by M. de Mikluho-Maelay.

7. Chinese Secret Societies, Part I.
by \V. A. Pickering,

^. Malay Proverbs, Parti,
by W. E. Maxwell,

'i. The Snake-eating Hamadryad,
bv N. B. Dennys Ph. D!

10. Gutta Percha,

by H. J. Murton,

11. Miscellaneous Notices.

PaO£.

I
III

VUI

1-12
13-30

31-37

38-44

A-

Malay Spelling in English —

Report of the Govt. Committee (re-printed)... 45-51

Geography of the Malay Peninsula, Part 1.

bv A. M. Skinner ... ... oZ-irZ

. . . 63-84

O0»*fv>

... 00-105

... 106-107

Wild tribes of the Malay reiiinauUi and Archipelajjo ... 108-110

The Semang and Sakui tribes of Kedah and Perak ... 111-113

Antiquities of Province Wellesley ... ... 114

Toba, in Suinatrii ... ... ... ... 115-117

Siamese Titlet^ ... ... ... ... 117-118

M«t«orologioal B«tunu, 1877

11«*1%<)

THE STRAITS BRANCH

OF THE

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

Patron
His Excellency Sir William C. F. Robinsoa k. a m . g .

MSMBBBS OF THE Ck>UNCIL.

The Ven'ble Archdeaooa Ho«e, M. A. PtMident.
J. D. Vaughan, Esq. Viee President, Singapore.

D. Lo^pMi, Esq. Fice President, Penang.

The Hoa'ble C. J. Irvia^. Honorary Treasurer,
A. M. Skinner, Esq. Honorary Secretary.
The Hon'ble J. Doaglas, c. m. g.
Ernest Bieber, Esq., l. l. d.
N. B. Dennys, Esq. Ph. D.

E. Koek, Esq.
J. Miller, Esq.

Mf.mbek8 :

(Admitted before July \hih.J

Adamson, W.

Aitken, D.

AngiM, G.

Anson, A.

Armstrong, A.

Baamgarten, C.

Bentley, Dr. J. M .

Bentley, H. E.

Bernard, A.

Bernard, F. G.

Bernard, C. G.

Biggs, Revd. L. C.

Birch, J. K.

Black, A. F.

Boinville, A. A. de.

Bond, Hon. I. S.

Boultbee, F. K.

Bradford, F.

Brooke, St H. Sir, (Hon.

Member.)
Brown, L.
Bruce, Rob. R.
Briissel, J.
Burkinsbaw, J.

Caddy, E. B.
Campbell, R.
Ching, Tan Kim.
Cope, H.

Cornelius, B. M. A.
Cousins, A. W. V.
Cuffe, J. C.
Dalmann, E. B.
Daly, D. D.
Denoys, H. P. T.
Denison, N.

Douglas, Capt. Blomfield (Re-
sident of Selangor.)
Do vie. P.

Droeze, Lt. J. Haver.
Duff, Alex.
Dun lop, C.
Dun lop, C. J. T.
Dunlop, Major R. A.
Emmerson, C.
Fall, Dr. T. B.
Fe»ta, Chevalier.
Fraser, J.
Glintz, C.

OFFICERS AND MEMBERS.

Oomes, Revd.^ W. H.

Graham, J.

Gray, A.

Hagedorn, £.

Haosen, J. H:

Hazle, E.

Herroeosy A. H. A.

Hervey, D. P: A.

Herwig, H.

Hewetson, H. W.

Hill, E. C.

Hole, W.

Holmberg, B. H.

Hordyk, K. F.

Hugbes, H. L.

Hullett, R. W.

luchi Ibrahim bin Abdullah.

Incbi Mahomed bin Maboob.

Innee, J.

J unit d, Syed Aboobaker bin
Omar AP.

Kauffinan, A.

Kehding, P.

Ker, W. G.

Ker, Y. R.

Kynnersley, C. W. S.

Labuan & S'baya, Ld. Bishop of
(Hon. Member.)

Laml)ert, J. R. (H. Member.)

Lambert, E.

Lambert, G. R.

Leech, H. W. C.

Leicester, A. W. M.

Little, Dr. R.

Low, Hugh (Rest, of Perak.)

Maack, H. F.

Maelay, de Mikluho (Honora-
ry Member.)

MacLaverty, G.

MacNair, Hon. Major J. F. A.

Maxwell, \V. E.

Maxwell, F.

Maxwell, R. VV.

Mohamed, Syed Moonshi.

Muhry, O.

Miirriy, Capt., R. (Resdt. of
8. lljong.)

Murton, H. J.

Newton, H. W.

Paul, W. P. B.

PeoDdy, F. O,

Perham, Tlev!

Pickering, W. A.

Pistorioqs, P. .

Rappa, G.

Read, Hon'ble W. H.

Rem^ G. A.

Rinn, Edmond.

Rowell, Dr. T. I*

Sagoff, Syed Mohamed bin

Ahmed AV.
Schcerder, J. C.
Schomburgk, C.
Shelford, T.
Shaw, Hon. Capt, E. W. Lt.

Gt>v. of Malacca.
Skinner, C. J.
Sinclair, E.
Smith, W. B.
Sohst, T.
Stewart, C. de B.
Stiven, Rob G.
Suhl, M.

Swett<?nham, F. A.
Swinburne, Capt. Paul.
Symes, R. L.
Talbot, A. P.
Thompson, W.
Tolson, G. R.
Trachsler, H.
Treacher, H. E. & W. H.
Trebing, Dr.
Uloth, H. W
Vaughan, H. C.
Veitch, Dr. J. T.
Verboch, Baron.
Walker, Lt. R. S. F.
Whampoa, Hon. H.A.K. c.m.g.
Wheatiev, J. J. L.
Wilson, J. W.
Woodford, H. W.
Wynken, R.
Zemke, P.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE STRAITS lUlANOH
' THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

Jt'I'TBS OF MbETINOR HEI.I) IT THK RvFFI.K.H LlUBAllY,

Sixr.iFuitK, Mosnii thk 4tii Nuvfmher |S77
treneiil.

The \fo. Archdeacon G. V. Hose.

N. B. Deiinys, Esq., Pb. D.

A. Gray,

D. F. A. Hervej,

The Hon. C. J. Irving, „

\V. E. Maxwell,

f. Maxwdl, „

VV. A. Pickering, „

A. M. Skinner, „

J. D. Vaughan, „

The Venerable Archdeacon Hose huvjii^ iteeii reijULBted to
take the Chair, Mr. A. M. Skinner explained the object of the
Meeting, — that of forming a Society to promote the eollectioa
and record of information relating to the StraitB Settlements anti
the neighWuringt'ountrieti.

Mr. Skinner prupifsed and Mr. Irving aecoudeU,
" That the gentlemen piesent form themuelveH into u Mix^iet^
lor collecting and recording Scientitie informatiou in the Malay
Peninsula and Arebipelago : tha Bald Society to be, for the pre-
sent, called the " Str.iite Asiatic Society."

Mr. Hervey pro)io»ed and M. W. tl. Maxwell Hccundcd,
That the gentlemen present form theniitelves into ii provisional
t>>inmitt*e, any three of whom will form a 'fn-r/tm."

l>r. N. B. Denuytf proposed and Me. Vaughan seuoudt.-d,

" That the Committee be requested to communicate with the

Bojral Asiatic Society with a view to the Society being incorpo-

nted m» the Straits Branch of that Society."

Mr. A. Gray proposed and Mr. W. A. Pickering seconded,
" That the subscription of tlie Society be fixed at ^6 per

aonum ; and that the Hon. C. J. Irving be requested ti> act as

Bonorary Treasurer."

IV PROCEfiDINOS.

Mr. Irving consented to accept the office, and Dr. Dennys
agreed to act as Honorary Secretary antil the receipt of the an-
swer from the Royal Asiatic Society.

The following gentlemen having previously signified their
interest in the establishment of such a Society, though unable
to be present at the Meeting, it was agreed that their names
should be included in the List of '^Origind Members'^ to be tent
to the Royal Asiatic Society with the application for incorpora-
tion : — viz.

The Hon. J. Douglas, C. M. G.
„ Hon. W. Adamson.
Herbert Cope, Esq.
P. Kehding, „

Monday, the 2 1st Janiaky, 187S.

A drait of Rules for the regulation of the Society was taken
into consideration and after discussion Rules were agreed to in the
form appended.

The election of Officers and Councillors for 1S7S was then pro-
ceeded with, the result being as follows : —

Ven. Archdeacon Hose, Frenid^nt,

J. D. Vaughan, Esq., Vice President for Singopare,

D. Logan, Esq., Vice President for Penaftg,
Hon. C. J. Irving, Honry, Treasurer.

N. B. Dennys Esq., Ph. D., Honry Secretary (pro: tem :)
The Hon. J. Douglas, C. M. G.
Ernest Bieber, Ej^q., L. L. D.
A. M. Skinner, Esq.

E. Koek,
J. Miller,

\x\ discussing the future place of Meeting for the Society, the
Hon. J. Douglas, Chairman of the Committee of Management
of the Raffles Institution stated that he believed there would be
no objection to the use of the rooms of the Library and Museum
on any evening, except Tuesday and Friday in each week.

Monday, thk 5th Pebkiaiiy, 187S.

An Editorial Committee wjw chosen consisting f»f the follow-
in^r members : —

The Ven. Archdeacon G. F. Hose.

„ Hon. C. J. Irving.
A. M. Skinner, Ewq.
N. B. Dennys, Esq., Ph. D.

pftOfTKBlllTrtJB. V

It Httii iWidtxl that the iirst nifliiUilv General Mwtiiiff elioiiM
be lifkl at the Raffles Librarj" on Tluirscluy 28tii February IS7H,
wboti ttic ProsideDt wouli] read hi*' Iiiangiiral AddreRK.

Thi'MBay, the ZSth I-'ebhi lai, 1^7**.

Memiert of Ike. Conneil Preattit.

Ven, Arehdeawm U. F. Hose. President.

J. D. Vauffhan J'*q., Vice President for Siiipiimiv.

The Hitn'ble C. J. Irvinfj;, Honry. Treasurer.

N. B. 0ennvs Ksq. Ph. 1). Honn-. Sw-ntjirv.

The Hi>D'ble J. Ifengks, C M. (;.

Ernest Bielier, Esq. t.. L. D.

\. M. Skinner, „

E. Koek,

J. Miller,

The Minuter of tile last Meeting were read and c'on1irme<J.

On the rei-omiQe»<lati<iii of the Council -15 i^iitlenien wi
elwted Memlvrs "f the Sofiety,

The President pruitosed that Mr. M. Muelay, the difltiii-'l
fished Knsniun Traveller, wfio waw at present residinff in this
Settlement, and wbt), as was well knownj had extensively explored
the Malay Peninsula and. the coasts of New Guinea, should be
elwted an Honorary Member of the Society. The proposition
was seonnded by Mr. Skinner, and was carried unanimiuHly.

The Ven. Archdeacon H.we delivered Ids Inan^iiml A.lflr.'r^s,
us President uf the Siiciety, see JKiffe 1.

Mr. Skinner, at the request of the Preisident, exiiibited a isketch
Map of the Muluj' Peninsula on a large scale, which is being gni-
dually filled in a« surveys are made or u» information is otherwise
recdved ; ami drew attention to the great extent to which the
Peninsula still remained unexpbre 1, even aft«'r all the recent ud-
<litR>ns that hail been made to our knowledge.

The Honorary Setretary read a i>ai>ir on " the Brwdiny Peints
•if Bcinn-'j" (see [Xiffe 3i) ami cihibiteil Si)ei-iniens.

The Hon'blc Mr. Djuglas nioveil that a vote of thunks l-e
given Ui the President for his iTihmhle and interesting uddrens.
Tliis waa eonlinlU- agreetl tn : and after a few words of ai;kno\v-
li?d*ement from the Prest<lent, the Meeting nojiuniti'd.

YJ PiOCKEDUrOS.

Monhay, thb IsT April, 1878.

MemherB of the Council present :

The Yen. Archdeacon Hose. President,

J. D. VanghaDy Esq., Vice. President for Sin^pore.

N. B. Dennys, Esq., Ph. D. Honry. Secretary.

Hon. J. Douglas, Esq., C. M. G.

A. M. Skinner, Esq.

E. Bieber, Esq., L. L. D.

The Minutes of the last Meeting were read and confirmed.

On the recommendation of the Council ^ Oentlemeu were
elected Members of the Society.

The Honorary Secretary Dr. N. B. Dennys drew attention
to the circumstances under which he had accepted, as a
temporary arrangement, the office of Honorary Secretary to
the Society ; and proposed that the office should now devolve
upon Mr. A. M. Skinner in accordance with the arrange-
ment which had been contemplated at the time. Mr. Skinner
expressed his willingness to undertake the duties, and the
change was agreed to.

Mr. J. D. Vaughan read a paper on ^^ The Chinese in Sin-
gapore. Some discussion ensued in which Dr. Dennys, Mr.
Douglas, and the Chairman successively took part.

Monday, the 6th May, 1878.

Memher^ j>f the (Jonncii present.

The Yen. Archdeacon Hose, President.

J. D. Vaus^han, Esq. Vice President for Singapore.

Hon. C. J. Irving. Honry. Treasurer.

A. M. Skinner, Esq. Honry. Secretary.

Hon. J. Douglas, C. M. G.

E. Bieber, Esq. L. L. D.

N. B. Denny?, Esq. Ph. D.

E. Koek, Esq.

The Minutes of the last Meeting were read and confirmed.

On the recommendation of the Council i> Gentlemen were
elected Members of the Society.

The President communicated to 1«he Meeting the substance
of a letter received from the Royal Asiatic Society, in which
that Society agreed to the affiliation of the Straits Asiatic
Society as a Branch, and undertook to exchange publications.

rsomirimfl!!.

^^H^It vta» resolved, that the full nam*? of the Straits Asiatic
^^^wjciety shall Iienceforth he changed to the " Straite Branch
of the Royal Asiatic Society. "

It was resolved, that it shall be a rule of llie Society to
re<jueet the Goveroar of the Straits Settlements, fur the tim« j
heiap, to be Patron of the Society and that His ExcelleDcy |
Sir W, F. C. Robinson W invited to accept that office.

A pup«r on the origiu of the Chinese Triad >in.-ieTieM
read by W. A. Pickering, Escj.

A conversation upon the actual position und (jfiiutise of
the Tan Tae Htiey in the Straits followed.

The Hon. Secretary then read a paper of Mr. N. Macla/'a i
iipoD, "The Dialeote of tlie Melanosian tribes in the Malay f
Pfiiinsolfl."

This gavf risi; to a discussion upon the identity ot the abori-
ginal races in tbi; North and South of the Peninsula, and blie
marks of their connection with other Asiatic races lobe found
in their language, physical peculiarities, Sec, and a pitjpoaal waa
made by Hon'ble J. Douglas, and heartily agreed to, that the
other Brani'hes of the Royal Asiatic Society in the East should i
Ih- asked to assist this Branch in collt^ting Vooabu Urins and
otherwise throwing light on this subject.

At the Monthly General Meeting of the Straits' .Asiatic Sn-
eiety held on Monday evening the 3rd June there were pre-
sent, "f the Council, Archdeacon Hose, (President), Mr. A. M.
Skinner, (Honry. Secretary), Dr. fiicberand Messrs. Miller and
Koek; besides 35 members and visitors. Messrs, Tolaon uud,
Schomburgk Syeds Mahoiucd bin Ahmed, and Abu Bakar bin
Omar, and Inches Maboniid Seyd, Ibrahim and Mahomed bin
Maboob were elected Members. It was announced that H, K.
the Governor had accepted the office of Patron to the Society.

The President then read eitracts from M. MaoUy'« paper oq
the wild Tribes ol the Peninsula, translated from the German.

The Honry. Secretary (Mr. Skinner) then read a paper tiir-
uislied by W. E. Maxwell, Esq., Assistant Resident of Pernk, on
the Proverbs of the Malays, exclusive of those to be found in the
works of Klinkert, t'avre and Maniden ; Dr. Deuuys' pa{>er oa
the Snake-eating Serpent (Ophiopbagus Elaps] of Singapore,
was read by the President, in the unavoidable absenc^e of Dr.
Dennys. In the course of the proceedings, it was stated that
the Journal is almost ready for publication.

The Meeting then adjourned to the date of its next regiiUr
meeting, the ist July.

ERRATA.

■itof Meinber8)forBrooke£^J7.A>,refid JET. if. Raja

,, laJbusknkS'baya „ Labuan & &i-

rdnfat.

„ Vmndy P. G.

Fm^ey F. G

^ *

^ That is ^ bis •

Tbatisbis.

„ 20

„ Manrix

Ma/rix.

„ 8

jf readuce left hp

residue left by.

„ 7

„ aiuf

an.

„2»

„ regolui

regulu«.

„16

y, needier

needle^v.

99 99

,, finnds

y, finds.

line 24

Ifl

„ i^

Unes 26 k 27

„ oer

ore*.

99 99

,f rarerthose

TAYiirf/iuatho^,

24 „

N. S. and

■S'. K.

43 > Head-lines
44)

108 line 1

»9

Melanecian

,f Melane^ian.

Royal Asiatic ^ T Sfraif/t Branvk

Society of the f >> ^ ?/^ ^^^ Royal
Straits Branch } ( Asiatic Sociefjjf,

116 „ 10

of several

„ of. Several.

• r " *

J^ PBpCEEDlKQS.

14. The Annaal General Meeting shall be held i^ January of
each year.

15. General Meetings shall be held^ when practicable^ onoe
in every month, and oftenet if expedient, at such hour as the
Council may appoint.

16. At Meetings of the Society eleyen members shall form a
quorum for the transaction of business., «

17. At all Meetings, the Chairman shall, in case of an equality
of votes, be entitled to a casting vote in addition to his own.

18. At the Annual General Meeting, the Council shall present
a Report for the preceding year^ and the Treasurer shall render
an account of the financial con iition of the Society. Officers for
the current year shall also be chosen.

19. The work of Ordinary General Meetings shall be the
transaction of routine business, the reading of papers approved
by the Council, and the discussion of topics connected with the
general objects of the Society.

'20. Notice ot the subjects intended to be introduced for dis-
cussiou by any member of the Society should be handed in to
the Secretary before the Meeting.

Visitors may be admitted to the Meetings of the Society, but
no one who is not a member shall be allowed to address the
Meeting except by invitation or permission of the Chairmau.

VI. — Publications of the Society.

*21. A Journal shall be published, when practicable, every six
months under the supervision of the Council. It shall comprise
a selection of the papers read before the'Society, the Report of
the Council and Treasurer, and such other matter as the Council
may deem it exptnlicnt to publish.

2jJ. Every member of the Society shall be entitled to one
cop3 of the Journal, deliverable at the place of publication. The
Council shall have power to present copies to other Societies and
to distinguished individuals, and the remaining copies shall be
sold at such prices as the Council shall from time to time direct.

V^. Twenty*four copies of each paper published in the Jour-
nal shall placed at the disposal of the Author.

FEOCBEDTNGS. XI

S^. The Council shall have pow^er to sanctioD the publicatioo,
ID a separate form, of papers or docucneDts laid before the Society,
if in their opinion practicable and expedient.

VII. — Popular Lectures.

25. Occasional Popular Lectures upon literary or scientific
subjects may be delivered, under the sanction of the Council, on
eveningH other than those appointed for General meetinops of the
Society.

VI 1 1. — Amendmenti^.

26. Amendments to these rules must be proposed in writing
to the Council, who shall, after notice given, lay them before a
general meeting of the Society. A committee of resident mem-
bers shall thereupon be appointed, in conjunction with the
Council, to report on the proposed Amendments to the j^eneral
meeting next ensuing, when a decision may be taken.

INAUGUBAL ADDRESS

I THE V'ENERABLK ARCHDEACON HOSE M. A.
Dei.ivrueb fiN THU 2sth Pkbui aht, IHTH.

nilerstaiiil aright the duty which Jevolv'fli u|Wii me
U'-uight ill ttie position with which you have honoured me,
I have two things to do. The first is to expluin, at some greater
len^h tlian has been ilone hitherto, the objects which the pro-
moters have hull in view in seeking to oi^tablish the Straits
Asiatic Society ; and the second is to poinWout the means by
which i^is hoped these objects may t)e attained.

The primary object of tlie Society, us defined in the Rules, is
" to investigate subjei-ts connectod mth the Straits of Malacca
and the oeighbonring countries." The ex]>reBsion " neighbour-
ing countries" was selected as Iwing a wide and comprehensive
term, in order that the Society might Feel ae little restrictetl as
possible in accepting communications res[ie''ting any jmrt of
Southern and Easteru Asia. But no doiilit the attention of the
Society will be chiefly concentrated upon the Pen insula of
Malftcca, as far Korth as the Tenaiwerim Provinces, and the
great Indian Archi])elagi>, that wonderful chain of Equatorial
Islands stretching from Sumatra on the West to New Ouinea
of the East. Science it> greatly in want of some general term
to describe this great portion ()f the earth's surface, including
both the continental and the insular divisions of it . For, though
the different {>arts of it vary from one another in a great many
particulars, )et they are in no slight degree homogeneous, and
it nould lie a graut eonveiiieiice to be able to speak of them all
under one common imme. Several have been suggcj^teil, and of
them all 1 prefer the name ' Malaya,' as l>eing at once the most
simple, and the most intelligible. For throughout tliis whoW
wide-spread district, the language spoken is either Malay or
some cloedy allied form of s[>eech ; and Malay itself 1* to a very
it extent the (ingftafraxca — the common roediiUQ of m>mam- J

^WMlt

X INAU6UEAL ADDRESS

nication for business purposes between the inhabitants of dif-
ferent races.*

This ' Malaya' then (if I may, at least on this occasion, use the
word) being our field, we have to consider what work has been
already done in it, and what remains to be done.

And in speaking of work already accomplished, I must hasten
to do honour to one great name, which such a Society as this
must always hold m tiie greatest respect — it is almost needless
to say I mean the name of J. R. Logan. No doubt there were
great men who came before him here ; men who were possessed
of scientific knowledge, and patient observation, and intellectual
power, and who brought these great gifts to bear upon the
manifold wonders which nature has accumulated in this part of
the world ; and in their writings gave to their own time, and to
posterity, the benefit of their labour and research. Mr. Logan
had his predecessors, '* Vixere fortes ante Agameninona multi"
and we have not to lament with the poet, at least in the case of
all of them, tliat they lie overshadowed by the long night of ob-
livion, unwept an^unknown. Marsden, Lej^den, Baffles, New-
bold, not to mention Portuguese and Dutch travellers #ho came
before them, will ever be illustrious names in the history of
these countries. But to Mr. Logan belongs the special honour
of having not only observed much, and thought much, and writ-
ten much himself, but also of having associated together with
himself other thinkers, and of ha\'ing contrived a plan by which
the knowledge acquired by some of his contemporaries and
fellow residents in this Colony, and in the neighbouring Settle-
ments, might be recorded and published. This was, as you
know, by means of the " Journal of the Indian Archipelago.''
The town of Penang justly boasts of its handsome memorial of
this remarkable man; but the most enduring and the most
worthy monument of him is his own Journal, of which for 15
years, from 1847 to 1862, he was the Editor, and to the papers
of which he was also the principal contributor. If there is any
member of this Society who has not yet done so, I would recom*
mend him to read the introductory article in the first numl^er,
from Mr. Logan's own pen, upon " The present condition of the
Indian Archipelago/' I think he cannot fail to rise from the
perusal of it fall of admiration of the genius aud culture of the

^ In connection with this point the following pttssage from Mr. Logan*8
writings may be of interest : —

'* If the word " Malsj" be confined to the MaUjrs and their language ; and
*' the wcnrd " BCalayan" be ezdosiTely used as a generic term tdt all the
" races and languages of what the iSrench call Malaiwie, we may dispense
" with the indefinite word *' Archipelago*' (Journal I. A. vol : III p. 220.)

INAUOrEAL AI>DB£SS S

author, and also impreooed with a veiy de^ aeoae of the impor*
lance of those great problems which are ptaae nteit here to tlie
student, and the merchant, to the politaoao, and the pliilaa*

thropist.

The establishment of snch a joaroal in a yootkg Colottr, soch
as the Straits Settlements was in the year 1SI7, was a hold en-
terprise for a single individnal to nndertake. Bat Mr. Logas
was very ably supported. It is surprising, and most eneonxa-
ging, to find how much of local talent and infbmatioa came to
light, as soon as he had provided the opportnnity for it to do so.
It was evidently a time of great scienttfic power, and of much
literary activity in the Siraits. Contribators fiiom all ciaaees
came forward. There was the Governor of the Straits for the
time being, and other Government officers. There were Eccles-
iastics, including Clenrymen of the Church of England, Bomaa
Catholic Priests, and Ministers of various Protestant commu-
nions. There were Military men and Naval men. There were
Lawyers and Doctors, Merchants and Planters. There wtrre
Frenchmen and Germans, Dutchmen and Swiss, and, I am
pleased to add, as a promise for the future, one Chinaman. Of
these only too many have passed away. Some are bringiog
their lives to a close elsewhere. Some remain among us, ani
have given the prestige of their names to this new undertaking,
and will, we may hope, contribute to the publications of our
Society some of the stores of knowledge and experience which
they have been gathering since the old days. Some are repre-
sented by their descendants, as in the case of the leader and chief
of them all, whose son, Mr. D. Logan, you have elected t> he
the Vice-President of the Society in Penang.

And before bringing this reference to Mr. Logan's coadjutors
to an end, I cannot help remarking with great pleac»ure, that in
the list of them are to be found, not only the names of those
whose connection with these countries was more or less tempo-
rary, but also of some, who, for generations, have made their
family home here. When I come aeross such names as Baum-
garten, and Neubronner, and Westerhout in connection with the
advancement of science in the Straits, I cannot help hoping that
some of those who bear those names, and other like names, in
the present generation, may be stirred up by the example of
those who have gone before them, to use the great advantages
they have, such as their familiarity with the language of the
place, and their inherited power of enduring its climate, in seek-
ing knowledge for its own sake, not merely for the purpose of
applying it to their own personal and material benefit, but in
order to contribute something to the common 8t^>ck.

4 INAUGURAL ADDRESS

The work done by Mr. Logan and the gentlemen who^ were
associated with him covers a great deal oi ground. There are
some very valuable papers upon the Geography both of Malaya
as a whole, and of various portions of it ; as well as most inter-
esting accounts of tours undertaken by individuals^ in which
Geographical notes are interspersed among other facts which the
tourist observed and recorded. There is some Geological infor-
mation — and some account of the Mineral treasures of the dis-
trict, both those that are known and those that are supposed to
exist. There are useful notices of the Natural Products, and of
the Modes of Agriculture, especially of the methods of treating
the most important articles of commerce. The science of Ethno^
logy is largely dealt with by Mr. Logan himself^ and his pa-
pers upon the various aboriginal races will probably continue to
be the most reliable authority upon the subject of these races,
which are^ as usual, fast disappearing as civilization spreads
inland. A great deal of information is supplied concerning the
Languages and Dialects of the numerous nations living within
the district ; with copious vocabularies, forming a very substantial
contribution to the science of Comparative Philology. Then
there are chapters of History both of the European Colonies, and
of the Mative States. There are examples and translations of
Native Literature, amongst which I must mention a most in-
teresting abstract of the " Sejiira Malayu, '^ or Malay Annals, by
the present Attorney-General, the Hon'ble Thomas Braddell,
which puts that curious piece of Malayan antiquities and his-
tory within the reach of the English reader. There are papers
upon question^ affecting Health, such as Dr. Little^s discussions
of the effects of opium, and of the causes of the local forms of
fever. And, lastly, there is a large collection of statistical in-
formation upon the subjects of Population, Trade, IFeather, and
Temperature,

I have not touched upon a great many of subjects that are
discussed in this Journal, such for instance as Natural History,
upon every department ot which attention was bestowed by some
one or other of the writers ; but I think I have said enough to
shew that, even during Mr. Logan's time, a great deal of know-
ledge was acquired and preserved. Much, too, has been done
subsequently by Government Officers, by private individuals,
and by distinguished travellers such as Wallace and others. In
fact what is known of South-Eastern Asia only appears small,
when it is compared with what remains yet unknown. That
residimm is indeed vast, and it is for the purj)ose of endeavour-
ing to diminish it, that the Straits Asiatic Society has come into
existence.

Fill lie impossible for me to do more ihan jtist glame at
wme few (if the subjects iipnn which additional knowledge '
urgeutly re<jiiired, and mty be reaeoniibly hoped for. Let t
btgin with Geography. Xow, I need sny aothiitg to this meet^ I
iiig ubout the idniijst totjil igiionuioe in which we iire of som^ I
><f the more distuiit and inaeccBsible portiona of the great extentt f
of laud about which this Society proposes to collect and publisli' A
information. I need not remind you how completely New
(■uinea is a " terra incognita;" or even of how little is known J
of the interior of Borneo and Sumjitm. Let us look i
home. It would probably astonish some people to learu how e«- i
tremely little actnirat*' knowledge we possess even of the Malay !
Peninsula itcself. Fortunately nv have before us what will,, I
give US a very clear uudeJ^tanding of the limitjs of our acquaint^ I
ance with this region, which lies at our verj- doors. The un-, 1
<-ompleted map which is displayed on this wall, is one that i^l
now being carefully prepared under the able direction of Mijll
Skinner. I ho)>e when thwc remarks of mine are concluded^ J
that Mr. Skinner will himself (correct me if, in the few words I. f
have til say uimn his iniiMirtaut work, I nnintentionally convey a j
wrong impression ; and that he will give us any additional in-
formation r^pecting it, which he may think it desirable to eom^
municat« now. And I may mention that he has proniiHett th^i J
Ckiuneil of the Society a paper ii)M>n the subject, in which be wilt |
no doubt state very much more clearly than I eould do, what ii
the present condition uf our kiiuwiwige of the Geography uf tha \
Peninsula.

But I will ask you now to look at that map : observe the i
niense spaces which are entirely blank, or have merely the namft i
of the native Govemmenj to which they are supposed to be at- .
tached written across them, such as Kelantun, Patani, T^nfi^t, I
ga&u ; and compare them with the few districts, almost entirely^ T
on the Western Coast, in which the mountains are sketched in^, i
the i-onrse of the rivers traced, and the names of towns and vil-.
lages inserted. Dot* it not remind some ui us of what the mai^ I
of Africa used to look like in our school days, before the dis^ r
coveriesof Livingstone and his successors? Yet it is not of a^ 1
vast continent like Atnt-ii, upA-ardtt of ^,000 miles in breadth,,
that »'e are speaking, but of a narrow j)eninsula which, at iiltr
greatest breadth, only extends to about iOU miles, from the Straits', 1
of Malacca to the China Sea. This Peninsula has been knowiL,!
to Kuio])euns for just :}7U years, and that maji shews you all, 01^ I
ulmoat all, that Europeans have learned about its geography in, I
that time. But tliu map is also a sign that a great e^ort is beings |
lide to bring this «ta(e of ignorance to an end. It isj as you ^

6 UiAtGLKAL ADDB£SS

little more thau a skeletou map at present, di-awn bi n luige soale,
but it is getting gradually filled up as Information eonies in.

And informatioQ does come from many sources. The other
day I sew a map which had been eent in by the Siamese Go-
vernment, which 1 considered a great (curiosity, so much bo that
I hope it may be exhibited in the KatHee Museum, This was
to show an important pit'cc of boundary line far up in the north.
Then there is another map being made by the Maharaja oE
Johor iu the south. Trained surveyors are clearing up old
puzzles in various parts between these extremes. And every
officer in the English Colonies, or in the Native States, who is
cal[e<l by duty or curiosity to travel beyond the limits of the
vrell known and well surveyed districts, has an opportunity of
adding something to the knowledge of the country which is
already possessed. All new facts, thus acquired by aSicials or
private individuals, are made Itnown to the Government here,
and, aEt«r being verified as far as possible by comparison with
existing data, are recorded on the map. So that there is reason
to expect that those great blank spaces will be filled up in time.

And think of what we know those great blanks must mean.
\Ve know there are great mountain ranges, the back-bone of the
Peninsula, clothed with all the diversities ot vegetable life, which
the lowered temperature of elevated lauds in the tropics makes
}iossible. Then there must be a great water system, carrying
off the moisture deposited on the high lands through the plains
below. One of the latest discoveries is, that the great river
Fahang, running up from the south, is but a branch of a much
larger stream running Irom the north, and uniting itself with
the Pahangat upwards of one hundred miles from its mouth.

In the dense Kijualonal forests, which cover the greater
part of these hill-sides and plains, forests, which are now only
entered here and there by a few individual natives, to cut down
the gutta producing trees, or to collect the few other natural
products, of which the commercial value is known to them, and
perhaps by charcoal burners for the purpose of turning some
small portion of those glorious forodt^ Into portable fuel, what
a hoanl of wealth there is for the Botanist and the Naturalist ;
and what splendid possibilities for the Planter and the Merchant.
Mr. Wallace tells us that, during the six years he was collecting
iu these latitudes, bis Natural History specimens reached the
enormous number of 125,660, of which a very large proportion
weie entirely ne«- to Scieuce. With such an example as that in
view, it is not easy to over-estimate the gains to every branch
of natural science, that might be expected from a thorough

CiXf)V>TBtion of those parte of tbig regiou, which, being far from
tiie coast, h»ve been seMom or never visited by any European .
And if we look at the question from the utilitariaa side, the
nroog opinion which haa been recently arrived at by practical
a^icuUaristo, that the efopes of hills in this PeniDsuU Ave
admirably adapted to the growth of both tea and coffee, added
to the actual suot'eBties of the Dutch and other planters of to-
lacoo on the other side of the Straits, ^ivee one a very high idea
of what might be done by capital and enterprise in so vast aa
nt of country, which has hitherto been profitless, for want
t baman inhabitants possessed cf those resources by which
nc the tyranny ot nature can be overcame.

■ And this brings us to another !>el of subjects upon which ac-
! knowledge is very much needed. I mean the present
a inhabitants of Malaya, their history, their manners and
totos, their religion, and their language and literature. I
dl bovever treat the whole gubject very generally.

think no one who has livt-d among them can lie satisHbd
b what is generally said in Ixioks about the character and
habit? of the Malays. For instance, they are constantly spoken
uf as if, throughout the length and breadth of the countries
where they are to be found, they were, in character and dis-
position, and in their ways of living and thinking, one and the
came. But we know that this is very far from being the case.
The Malar of the coa^t, who is best known to travellers, is quite
a different being, in a hundred respects, from the Malay of the
interiiT. And again, the inhabitants of one island, both the
dwellen on the sea hoard, and the peasants inland, differ from
those in another island, or in a distant part of the same island.
Take as an ciumple a case in which most of us can make
th^ comparison from our own exjterience, and appreciate the
point« of difference. Contrast a peasant uf Malacot or Johor
with u&e of the Boyane, who enter our service in various cajm-
cities in Singapore; tbey are both Malays, but they are almost
as aolike one another as a Hindoo and a Chinaman. The one Is
lively, courteous, and communicative ; the other is dull, boorish,
and shy. The one is idle and fond of s|Kirt, tho other is plod-
ding and metliodical ; the one is very fond of talking, and little
given to reading; the other has not much to say even to his
mu people, but keeps his master awake at night by reading or
King, in a loud monotonous voice, long poems or stories, or
Atiog chapters of the Koran, which as a child he learned to
1, but of which he does not understand a word. If it is said
Itt we only sec the Boyan out of bis natural sphere, a

8 INAOGURAL ADDKESS

emigrant, and a servant to a foreign master, I sbould reply
that that is another strange mark of difference between him
and the peasant of the Peninsula, whom it is very diffleult to
persuade either to leave hie house, or to become a servant. I
think it is important that these diMerencee between the several
Malayan races should be more clearly noted than they havt
been hitherto.

Then again in the matter of Religion there is the same want
of accurate observation. Nearly all Malays are Mohamedans,
and people seem to consider that when they have said that, they
have said all that need be said on the subject, and that they
have told you all there is to be told. But there are Mohame-
dans and Mohamedans; and I expect there is as much differ-
ence in the ideas of Religion held by a Mussulman of the
West and an average Malay, as between those held by Mr.
Spurgeon and the Pope of Rome. There could hardly be
a more interesting study, than that of the special developments
of Islam that are to be met with among the Malay race, both
as to religious belief and moral practice. I remember that
some years ago at Malacca, I was much interested in listening
to a Malay relating to me the traditions of the Patriarchs, which
had come down through many generations of Malays, having,
doubtless, originated from Arab sources. It was quite evident,
in many cases, that the narrative had in course of time assumed
a distinctly local form and colouring. I intended to have made
a collection of such traditions, but my removal to Singapore
interrupted the study, and I have never had leisure or opportu-
nity to return to it.

Acarefol study of the religious opinions and practices of the
people would be not interesting only, but directly useful. Use-
ful of Course to the Missionary, as shewing him what ground
lie bus in common with the man whose spiritual life he hopes
to benefit, what are the real errors to be eradicati'J, and the
real defects in faith and monils that have to be supplied. And
useful to the governing class too, as discovering the true char-
acter and nature of the people to be governed, for as Carlyle
says, " A man's religion is the chief fact with regard to him ;
" a man's or a nation of men's." And he goes on to explain :
" By religion I do not meaif the Church-creed which he pro-
" fessea, the articles of faith which he will sign, and, in wordf*
" or otherwise, assert ; not this wholly ; in many cases not this
" at all, ***** But the thing a man does practically be-
" lieve; the thing a man does practically lay to heart concern-
" ing his vital relations to this mysterious universe, and his

y aod destiny there, that is in all cases tbe primary tbio^
' bim, and creatively, determioes all the rest. That n,
b reli^oD ; aad I say. if you t«]l me what that is, you tell
e to a very great extent what tiit; man is, nrhat the kind
f things he will do is."

there is a. great want of a ^od acoount of Malayan
re. And in order that that may be given, it will be
/ Xo make a good collection of Malay wrilingB. Groat
help may be rendered in this matter by peraons poeseBsiofffl
Malay manuscripts sending them in to the Librury- which thifij
Society pruposee to form, either as gifts, or as loans to be copied, t
I 8up[>oee there is do really good collection of Malay books ia^
exiett^nee. We all know how the large oni? which Sir SlamforA^
Ratfle^ made wae unfortunately burnt at Dca on the way hoi
I know of none out here. I jjiflngbt it likely that there mighfe 1
be such a thing id the British Museum; and when I was in*!
Kngland the year before last I went to see. They told me thatvJ
there were Malay hooks hut they were undesoribed, and their]]
iwutentf and value were unknuwu. However the Lihri
kindly gave me every facility for examining them myself. I I
foaod that the whole collection amounted so some thirty |
volumes most of them purchased from Mr. Crawford in lS43j#]
I hope that the Museum did not pay a very large price for tliem.. 4
The munu»criptB were chiefly SAair and Hitaifal, poems and''
romnDct?, many of them incomplete, some hearing evident-
marks of having been copied for European rending, and more oH I
)efl6 adapted to European ideas. There were several exam* |
pies of the Sual Jawab, or Keligious Catechism, and some printed i
books in tbe inferior style of typography, whicli msiy be seeail
any day by the curious iu the book-shops in Kampong Glam. f
One cannot call this a good collection, hut 1 rather doubt if I
there is it much better one to be found. If' one is ever tobe>{
made it should be done at once. For Malay manuscripts
becoming more and more difBcult to obtain. The introduction I
of printed books has not at present tended to preserve the* I
'jider lite rata re. The Educational works which have been pub-
lished tor the use of schools, and the weekly newspapers, will |
probably, for some time to come satisfy a not too keen appetite- 1

for reading ; and thi

ipts ( n

very

numerous ) arM I

likely to be lees prized, and more rarely copied; and many wilt' .
no doubt be lost for ever, unless an effort is made t-i discover |
snd preser>-e them.

I^bout the noa-Maiayan aboriginal races 1 will only say that, 1
1 much has been written about them, there remains mur*"

10 ISArCimL ADDRESS

to be writteD. ProlMbly they are not all knowu. Those anux-
plored ri'gioiis of wineh we have been speaking are the very
places in whitli one misbt expect to (ind them, driven back into
the jungle by the advunoe of even the Malay nottoo of civiliza-
tion. And the fortunate man who discovers anythiug about
them should learn all he c&a at once, and put it down in
writing at once, before an irruption of the " orang pulib," * or,
as I have heard M. Maclay call them, tlie "eemut putih," t
looming into their retired haunts has the usual effect of eausm^
them to dwindle moi-e and more, and >^t more and more absorbed
among the tRost sympathetic of their native neighbouvs, till in
a little time, they and all their i)eculiaritii;E of speech, of mauuer^!
and customs, aiid ways of thought, disappear from oH'the farw of
the earth.

I have only mentioned a very feW'of those paths along which
the Society hopes to go in pursuit of knowledge. There is no
doubt about the fact that there is plenty of work to be done.
It remains for me just to indicate the means by which we hope
that some of it may get done.

The firet is by Association. The weak point in Mr. Logan's
brave attempt was that he was alone re3)X)nsible for the manage-
ment of the Journal. He seems to have been most heartily
supported at lirst, uiid he had a brilliant success; but any one
may see from the tabla of contents that, as time went on, the
bunlcu began to fall on him with a weight which no man out
here would be likely to sustain long. 1 do not know what it was
that made him give up the undertaking in lS6i, but I should
think, from the look of the thing, that the want of sufficient
co-o))eration had something to do with it. And, as must happen
10 an undertaking which depends, in the main, upon the energy
and enthusiasm of<a single individual, when he gave uji the
work it came utterly to an end. It is to be hoped that this
danger will be averted by our uniting ourselves in a Society. A
Society, if it starts with a good stock ol vital power, and has a
detinite end to accomplish, may expect to be long-lived. In-
dividuals are removes), and some lose the little interest they ever
had in the matter and drop away. This ie to be looked for.
But others remain ; and new members are constantly enlisted
to till up the ranks. 1 think we have every reason to consider
that we do make onr start with a considerable amount of vitality.
The number of members, as we have just heard, is now
nearly a hundred ; and cousideriog how short a time has elapsed

I!(A.IULBAL ADDi:i:;«9 11

Hiuce tbe matter was Brst mooted, I think that fact aloae ehevvs-
tkat a {^reat deal of interest is felc iu the objects which tbose-
wlio Hrst moved in it had at heart.

And the time is a propitious one for many reasons. I will
ook mention one. The opening uf the Native Slates has placed
a small band oT Englishmen within reach of some of the least
known part« of the Peninsula. I am happy to eay that every
one of the Residents has joined us, and several of the other
officers who are stationed with them. Some of these gentlemen
are already well known for their extensive research m some of
the <niestions that are most interesting to us. And every one
of them has a grand opportunity of acquiring large stores of
information, and of fucilit4itiug the aequisitiou of it by others.
I should think it must be un encouragement and a solace to men
living iu the isolated positions in which they are placed, to feel
that the results of their labour and observation need not be con-
signed to the respectable oblivion of blue-books, but may be
communicated at once to a sympathizing and appreciative public.

Another means by which the Society is to work is by the
monthly General Meetings, of which this is the lirst. At these
m(.>etings some of the papers communicated to the Society will
be iiad, and the subjects of them diiicussed. tiatheviugs of thtM
kind, for puiely intellectual purposes, are rather u new feature
in our Colonial life, and I think a most desirable one; and we
may hope that the conversations we shall have here will tend
to keep up an interest in the proceedings, and perhaps set some
of Hi upon studying subjects which we have neglected l)efore.

The Journal is of course the chief instrument by the help of
which the work we have in hand is to be attempted. It is pro-
posed, (or the present, to publish a number every six months,
beginning in July next. The number of contributions already
promised shews that we arc not for the present, at all events,
likely to be short of matter; and if the supply should continue
as abundant as it promises to be the Commitee may think it
right to try a more frequent issue. But that of course must
depend very much upon the reception which the first number
meet^ with. For however learned, and however enthusiastic the
Society may be, it will not l>e able to express its learning, or
give vent to its ardour in paper and printer's ink without funds.

The last feature of the scheme is the Library. It is proposed
to make a small and very special collection of the books which
are the t>e6t authorities upon these countries, and which will be
guides to students, and helps to collectors. It may perhaps b»

12 IKAUGrRAL ADDRE8B

asked whether the Raffles Library is not tufficieDt It is in
fact a great deal more than miflBcient in one waji but insufficient
in others. I need not say that a very lai^ number of the at>
tractive looking volumes on those shelves would not be of mach
use to such a Society as this. And, on the other hand, a great
many books, fcc., required for the purposes of the Society,
would not be necessary in a general collection. As I
have said before, I hope that one important feature of the
Library will be as complete a collection as possible of the books
that have been written in the Malay and kindred languages
In the Library, too, will be found, I hope, many M. S. commu-
nications to the Society, such as notices of short Journeys, which
though not of sufficient importance to be printed, yet deserve
to be carefully preserved for reference.

This then is the Society, its work and its modus operandi.
I cannot but regret that your choice of a President for this year
has not fallen upon some one who would have done better jus-
tice to a great subject. But the objects we are aiming at speak
for tliemselves, and I think we have every reason to be sanguine
in our expectation that the Society may take a worthy and ho-
noured place among those institutions which are conferring be-
nefits upon mankind, by removing a part of the ignorance and
misconception^ which hide from our view some of the most
wonderful works of God.

TES ON THE DISTaiBLTION OF THE \
USEFUL MINEEALS IN SARAWAK

A. HABT EVERETT,

Kf^IDKNT of BlNTlLL, SaUAWAK.

AuoKu tbe numerous works tbat have appeareil duriDg bho \
last forty years having reference to that narrow strip of the |
N. liV. Cowt of Borneo now known as the Sarawak Territory,
there occur Euggestioue that this portion of the lelaad will 06
fouDtl wealthy iu mineral resources at some future day, when the
progress of exploration and a larger inHus of European enter- I
prise, shall have indicated their extent and led to their full j
development.

In point of fact these ideas are not of recent birth, Frora |
the day when the companions of the hopeless Magelhaene, cast ,
Miohor %ft Brunie, now some three hundred years ago, up to the ■
eurly part of the present century, when Hunt presented his re* {
port on the island of Kalamantan to Sir S. KatHcs, the " great I
and rich island of Borneo" has heen encircled with a fictitious |
halo of reputed wealtli in precious mineral deposits.

It has been the office of time, remarks Temminck, to dissipate
these golden fancies, and whether they will ever be realised, or
even serioosly revived, is problematical ; but, nevertheless, there
does exist a certain amount of solid foundation for the idea, that |
Borneo is well furnished with the useful metals and minerals,
although for the most par: these are not snch as would bare
attracted the attention of the early voyagers in the East. And
it is in connection with this wider field — the mineral resourcas
of Borneo as a whole — that the following notes on the mineralB I
of Sarawak are oSered.

Before proceeding to enumerate the various minerals of ec*- ^
Domic value heretofore observed in Sarawak, and to note their <
modes of occurrence, difitribution &c., it will be advisable to i
glance at the goelogica) features of the district of Upper Sa- |
rawak ' Proper), both as being tbc only locality in which icork-
aite deposits of mineral ore-j have been discovered, and because
it foroishes us iu a greater or less degree with an epitome oj'
HtB geological structure of the major part of the Territory.

14 DlSTEIBnTION OF «n.ERAL8 IN SARAWAK

Briefly described tUcD, this district consists of an aiioieot
compact blue Limeitone (Paleozoic ?) od which is superimposed
uDCon form ably a thick series of saDtlstoiies, coDglom (urates, and
clay-shales, constituting the most extensive series of beds in
tbis part of Borneo ; and on these last lie strata of clay-shales,
alluvial clay, river gravels, &c., of verj- recent origin. Piercing
the limestone and Bandstone, we Hnd granite and a variety of
igneous and trappean rocks — basalt, porphyrite, greenstones.
Set., these latter being developed in great abundance in the
Antimony districts, where they are in immediate contact with
tbe limestone. The latter formation, in which the lodes of
Antimony are seen in lita, is locally rich in fossil organic re-
mains, but I am unable to say whether they have been examined
by a competent paleontologist with a view to approximate the
age of the rock ; the planes of stratification can seldom be made
out with any approach to certainty, but where they are evident,
they show that the originally horizontal beds have been up-tilted
almost on end and much denuded; and there is abundant proof
that a very considerable interval in time elapsed between the
close of the limestone formation, and the commencement of thi-
succeeding sandstone series.

The sandstone shales have also undergone much disfurbance
all over this portion of Borneo, althongh, like the limestone,
sometimes retaining their horizontality. They are generally
impregnated with per-oxide of iron, and as is so often the case
with such rocks, seem quite barren of fossils, except in the
coal-measures. It is in this formation that the cinnabar de-
posits of the country occur.

Both limestone and sandstone have been enormously denuded,
tbe latter rising in isolated tabular mountains, or short peaky
trends, with an altitude above the sea varying from 1,500 feet
and separated by undulating valleys, in whicli the limestone
appears, somelimea in low hilly traets varying from 2011 to 1,200
feet in elevation, sometimes in solitary crags, but invariably
with long lines of old sea-cliUs and bald scarps. When accident
removes the veil of dark green .jungle from their faces, they
present to view surfaces frett*Kl by a thousand deep rifts, and
fissured and jointed in every imaginable direction.

In the intervening lowlands we have uniformly a depositor
dark yellow felspathic cla)-, apparently nnstratified, and varying
in depth from a few feet to 80 feet or more, which is derived
from the degradation, and, t think, decomposition in si'ln, of the
clayey sandstones, clay shales, and, especially, the felspathic

riliORIBlTlON OF MINERAI^ iN SAHaWaK, 15

intrusive rocks of igneous ori^o, so abundaDt iu tbe district.
Associated witli tbis clay, aud mostly of more recent date tire
«aperficial deposits of puddiugstooe, river-gravels, Sec.

The iutrusive i^^neous rocks iippear iiidiscrimiDately all over
L'pper Sarawak as mountsine and hille, and very eommonly
io tfac form of dylces, wbicb, with some few reefs of siliceous
veinstoDC, seam the country in great numbers l>etween the more
elevated masses. Tbey consist for tbe most part of varieties of
porphyrite, very decomposable, and roore seldom of basalt. The
volcanic action which caused their eruption would seem to have
i^een in operation at a period subse(|uent to the formation of all
the stratified sedimentary rocks of the district, and ante<^'edeut
to only the most recent of superficial deposits. It is in im-
mediate connection with these rocks that we find the deposits
of antimony, arsenic, and cinnabar ; and as there is reason to
believe that tbey occupy fissures caused by the eruption of the
volcanic rocks, and that their deposition took place after the
cessation of volcanic action, we arrive at a remarkably recent
date for the formation ol the mineral lodes at ITpper Sarawak.

Such in outline are the geological features of Upper Sarawak.
Otiier formations and many other varieties of rocks, are to be
met with in the Territory, but it is not necessary to particularise
these, as they are not connected with the mineral deposits of
the country, so far as we know, and are therefore foreign to the
subject of these notes.

The minerals and mineral ores of Sarawak, in relation to their
local distribution, may be summarized as follows, tbe names of
those wbicb have only been observed in traces being italicized.

District of Sarawak Pi-oper (including Lundu and Samara*
han),— tiold, Antinony, Arsenic, Argentilerons-ArEenic, Cinna-
bar, CoOat/, Nickel, Aangaiiege, Copper, Iron Diamond, Aqua-
mariue, Coal.

Diatrict of Sadong. — Gold, Coal, JJiamond, Iron, CittHdliaT.
District of Dataug Lupar. — Gold, Coal, Iron, Antimony.
District of Hejang. — Coal, Iron, Araenlc, AnilmoHg, Nickel, GoM.
District of Mukah and Bintulu. — Coal, Antimoni/.

In tbe districts of Saribas, Kalakah .and Oyah, 1 have no re-
liable information of the occurrence of useful minerals. A num-
ber of the above mentioned species are known to have Wna
delected in other parts of N. W, and W, Borneo beyond tbe
limits (if the Sarawak torritor)-, viz., Gold, Antimony, Arsenic,
Copper, Cinnabar, Iron, Diamond, and Coal, some in work-

16 DISTRIBUTION OF MINERALS IN SARA1I:aK

able quAiiiitios and some in traces; and in addition platinum
molybdennm, petrolenniy oateejree, and spinelle ruby have been
observed. In Sir J. Brooke's ''Private Letters mention is
made of a large stone called the '' Brooke diamond " which on
examination proved to be a white topaz^ bat the precise locality
whence it was obtained is not sp^fied, although we may sur*
mise that it was a genuine Sarawak stone.

I find also in a work on China entitled '' The Middle King-
dom '^ (1848) mention of Corundum being imported from Borneo
for the use of Chinese lapidaries; no authority, however, is
cited for the occurrence of this mineral in Borneo : the note
probably refers not to Corundum, properly so called, but to dia-
monds, brought from Landak and Sarawak.

In the above enumeration it is noteworthy that Sarawak Pro-
per exhibits all tbe minerals of which traces have l)ecu detected
in the other districts, and several others besides. When we con-
sider that it is the only portion of the Territory in which a
systematic search has been attempted (generally by amateurs) and
that there is a close general similarity in geological constitution
over the whole of the N. W. coast of Borneo, there is fair
ground for conjecture that available deposits of one or more of
the above mentioned minerals, will be discovered in some other
localities in which traces only have been detected as yet.

Gold occurs in the form of fine sand, or minute flattened plates
in alluvial deposits over a great part of Samwuk. Washings
are carried on in Upper Sarawak at Bau, Paku, GumlT.n^. &e.,
in Samarahan at Sirin, in Sadong at Malikin, and in the Batang
Lupar at Marup. The operations are wholly superficia!, al-
though at Marup and Bau, the principal Chinese washings in
the country, the stratified clays belonging to the Sandstone for-
mation, and containing at the latter locality decomposed por-
phyritic dykes have been cut into to some extent. The precious:
metal has never to my knowledge been regularly mined for iu
Sarawak, nor indeed has it been discovered ht $ifu it its original
matrix, except iu the case of the gold contained in the vein-
stones and quartz-reefs of the Antimony district, and that asso-
'Mated with a lode of argentiferous arsenic at Bidi. The
alluvium of the limestone caverns and fissures, and especially the
sands in the beds of streams have yielded sufficient to induce
the natives ta work in such spots. The washing is carried on
partly by Malays, who are usually gamblers and work only at in-
tervaU, but chiefly by country-born Sambas Chinese. Their
mode of operation has been fully described by Crawfurd, Hors-
field, St. John, and others, audit will therefore l)e unnecessary
to enter into anv details here.

DI^TKIBLTIOX OK MlXtOiU IN SAJIAWAK

luggets are of eitremfly rare occurrence uid 1 have uever

B one of any size, but if the Chinese are to be credited, some

■ oonsidenble weight have been met with in the adjacent

a District. St. John meotions having seen one of 7 os.,

u frum the auriferous clay at Krian near Bau, and this um

_ L which I have heard reported ou credible autboritiJ

lave been found in Saratvak. The gold dust is usually in ikfl

of the tineet comminution, but I have seen samples froniJ

1^, Dear Marup, composed of Sue dust iuteimixed abua>l

rith thin Hat plates of the metal of from ^ to ,V inch dia<3

er — a form which has been ascribed to some ori;fiuaf laminated J

«in the present matrix. lam informed that similar platesS

F been detected in the siliceous veinstones of the autimouy 1

; but where I have had the opportunity of seeing the ^Id 1

ae veinstones it appeared in very minute sparsely scattered J

( without a sign of running into plates or veins. The 1

ones are now and again found to contain a very profitable J

ntage, according to the estimate of the Chinese, who quarrj'S

■ — -: in asuperflcial way, and pounds it in wooden mortarwS

hiron rammers. One block of liiliceous manrlx (altout 15Iba.} M

i Paku containing some 20 per ceut of grey antimony, whea M

Uuia crushed yielded about $i.i worth of gold, but this result waa ■

ijniK exceptional. At Jibong both the white quartz and the J

black amorphous siliceous veinstones are crushed, and of these M

two the latter is considered to yield the higher percentage o£M

nctid. Both in cnishing tbe stone and in washing the alluvial I

dkt-e and gravels tbe lind is very uncertain, and good"haula"fl

■Mm fen and far between. Marup, Bau, and Paku have alTord*4

HHremunerstive waxhings, and Sirin in a less degree. The suo-'-H

^^kion nf the liupertioinl deposits in the last locality are atf V

^H 1. V^etable mould. Jk

^m 2. Uostratified Felspulhic cluy. jU

^K 3. Clayey Gravel. ^1

^^1^ 4. Uptilted indurated clay -shales. ^M

^^Bbe whole section to the ttasement-rock of clay b onlv 5 or sS
^Ht in tbickiwds, and it is in the stratum of gravel that the goM^
^^KMind, aawocialed with small rollc^l fmgments of cinnabar anj *l
^B| clay-ironst'>ne which alfouuds all over the gold and antimoaV^
^^pricts of Sarawak. The i-omponenti of the auriferous graved TI
^Kk gTBDite. quartz, saudsti>ne, impure-agate, porphyrite, &oJ *l
^^b Mirrouiiding country' is made up of steep low bills of indu- Q
^^U clay-shal^ and clayey sandstone with yellow feUpathie^l
^^nr ovenring, and is seamed with dykes of hombleudic tnip- I
^Bjl ; aod a short distance to the S. and W. Umeatone UiUfjJ

DISTRIBlTrON OF MINERAI^ IN SARAWAK

The quality of Sarawak gold varies Mrith the locality in which
it is found. Thus Manip gold at ^32 to 9^4 per bongkal
according to the supply, Sadong gold at $i6, whilst Pinku gold
is quoted at $28 per bongkal^ the difference being estimate by
the whiteness of the metal which is dependent on the amount
of silver existing in natural alloy with it. No scientific analysis
has been made of Sarawak goU so &r as I am aware, but it
would ^pubtless be vei^' similar in result to the analysis of Bor-
nean gold given by Crawfurd, which I have taken the liberty of
transcribing below, as his valuable work has long been out of
print.

Name of gold taken iCountrj In 100 ports. ! .,

of gold dust. surer

from the dis^ct which where ^^^' Sil^«>^- ooPP*' «d

, ,oopi>er

Gol^

produces it.

situated. Dross.

Metal.

*of Ombak

... Borneo.

8.76

96.25

'88.19

8.51

3.80

11.81

„ Sanga

... ditto.

4.06

95.04

90.97

8.65

3.38

9.08

,t Lara

... ditto.

3.83 1 96.17

86.11

6.90

7.99

18.89

)

,, Banjar Laut

...1 ditto.

2.66 97.34

90.46

4.34

5.21

9.65

„ Pontianak

... ditto.

14.05 85.95

82.99

16.14

0.87

17.01

„ Jambi

... Sumatra

' 5.47 j 94.53

91.84

8.16

„ Sambas

... Borneo.

I 9.00 91.00

83.68

16.82

„ Palembang

... Sumatra

2.11 , 97.89

98.76

6.26

„ Montradok

... Borneo.

1S.02 87.98

84.09

15.91

The dust brought to market in Kuehing is generally unadulterat-
ed^ as the mysteries of galvanic gilding are as yet unknown
there. There is little risk in purchasing if ordinary care be
exercised.

With regard to the annual produce of gold in the Territory,
there are no reliable data for even approximating the total
amount produced. Mr. I^ow of Labuan — whose work, in spite of
its being somewhat out of date, is the most trustworthy yet writ-
ten on Sarawak — places the yearly export of gold Jrom the
Territory at 70U0 ounces. Although nominally all gold carried
out of the country must be declared, it is beyond doubt that
quite as much leaves Sarawak in a private way as is declared to
the Export Office in Kuehing, while a still more considerable
portion of the annual out port is bought up and remains in the
country, without in any way showing in the trade returns. The
same remark will apply to the produce of diamonds ; and in the
'' Summary of £xfH)rts '^ given below it must be borne in mind
that the figures are purely nominal, and represent amounts cer-
tainly far below the minimum value of even the annual export
of these two minerals — much more so of the net annual produce.

OISTBIBI'TION OF MIVERALS IJf .SARAWAK 1 i>

Id coanectioa vi'ith the coDeumptiou of ^Id in the Territory,
it may be remarked that Doue of the aavsge tribes of this part
of Borotio seem ever to have made use of thU metitl notwith-
Bta&ding their intercourse nilh Malays, and ia a less decree with
the Chioese, dunn;> at least several centuries past. I have never
kooVD BD iogtaDce of a Sea-Dyak nr Laiid-Dyak, a Kyan or
BakatBQ seeking gold on his own account, and innnnfacturing it
into any deecHpliou of ornament, however rude.

When we endeavour to trace out b\ia origin of the gold in Sa-
rawak, we find the irainediatu sonrue of the metal, in the gravels
and alluvial clays and in some uf the clay-shales, which so thickly
mask the older formations in N. W. Borneo, and out of these
b«d§ it is being swept continually Iiy running water. It is evi-
dent however, that so far we have traced the source but a single
step back ; and the conclusion at which I have arrived, from ob-
servation of a considerable number of sections in ditTerent parte of
the country, is that' the auriferous strata of Sarawak Proper
are derived immediately from the waste of siliceous and porphy-
tic dykes, afsnciated with the system of antimony and arsenio
lodes developed in that locality. Similar strata however in other
localities (the Batang Lupar washings for instance) appear
rather to have t)een rearranged more than once; so much so, in
&ct, that the original home of the gold they bear can no longer
be gue&sed with any approach to certainty : and the only clue to
the problem is to be found in the circumstance that invariably
in these latter districts there is evidence of considerable meta-
morphic action among the const.tiient rocks of the several iocalt-
ties. It is highly probable that much of this gold originally lay
in quartz rock, as is the case in many places in Sumatra and in the
Malay Peiiinsula, and maji be the case to a limited extent in the less
known parts of Sarawak; but even it auriferous reefs are dis-
covered at a future day in accessible situations, it is more than
doubtful whether they will aBbrd a field for the Europeau specula-
tion, especially since an analysis of a quantity of the auriferous
veinstone at Bau, by a competent European metallurgist, has
failed to give such a result as to t«mpt further opemtioiis.

Sii.VEii <lsd Aksenjc: — Some years ago a lode of native
arsenic nue worked at Bidi in conjunction with the antimony at
the same spot, but the mine was subsequently abandoned as the
ore scarcely repaid the cost of export, Healgar and Orpiment
were oWrved, but not in quantity ; the former is found iu traces
in the t'pper Kejang, a district wholly unexplored by Europeans,
and in the Baram. Argentiferous arsenical ore also occurred at
Bidi. and an attempt was made to exti-act the Silver and gold

W WSTRIBVTIOX or MINEILM.S IS SAEAW.IK

coDlBincd ill it; but tliia project waa also abaDdoned as unpro-
fituble, tile iireceiituge of the precious metals in a ton of the
rcsiduce left bp Bmeltiog out tlie Arsenic being too small to repay
the cost of ttieir ertraction,

Silver is uiiknown in the Territory, except in the coDDecUoD
here stated, or naturally alloyed with the gold. It is not im-
probable that the argentiferous arsenic at Bidi may be found
richer in silver than has yet appcitred, but the analyses made
herclotlire have discouraged this hope. A t<in of the ore being
calcined, yielded the following result : —

oz dwt. gr.

Silver 5 16 8

Gold 1 II 4

This wbs considered an average sample, although slightly
higher pi-eceutages were obtained by another trial.

M.txfiANKsE, Cdbalt a.vd Nrkei.: — The first of these mine-
rals is found in small quantities in the Bidi mines, but is not, I
believe, sufficiently abundant to be of any practical value. Cobolt
and Nackel 1 have not met wiuh myself, but Mr. Low has the
following passage in his " Sarawak" on their occurrence :—
"Nickel in found over the whole Territory of Sarawak, particularly
in the gold and tin ^"V] districts ; in the former it is very
abundant, combined with iron and Cobalt :it has not yet been
worked."

InoN is disseminated throughout the whole Territory, and all
the clay-shales and sandstoues ure more or less ferruginous ;
those in the gold districts being often impregnate] with the
pero.\ide. \o dedosite of iron-ores are known in this country ot
any commercial importance. The richest specimens come from
the Upper Rejang. Tne Kayan tribes inhabiiing this district
smelt their own iron, using charcoal only, in their own rude
lurnnces, and the steel they manufacture is preferred to that
of European make. The ores 1 have seen brought down from
Balui, the right-hand branch of the Hejang, are ( 1 ) a very pure '
oxide with metallic fracture and strongly magnetic, and (2) a
botroidal argillaceous ironstone, nut magnetic, with dull purple
clayey fractuiv, very hard, and much worn and rolled. This
latt«t ore is said to be dug out ol alluvial clays.

A clay-ironstone having a peculiar ecoriaceous appearance is
scattered though the alluvial clay of I'pper Sarawak and is
especially abundant in the gold and antimony districts — indeed

DtSTRIBlTION OP UINBRALS IS BASAWAK 21

one in«elg this ore all over the country. It is frequently rick
eooug-h to show a metallic fmoture and bears & close reeemblance
to the ironstones described by Horelield es sppearin^ iu suirh
profusion in the tin-miuing uistncta of Baiika. I have ncv^r
(■bw'rved this ore, however, in Sarawak in the eitteosive veins
and reticulations mentioned by bim; bat, if one may be allowed
to form and opinion from the written descriptions only of Hora-
tield and Logan, these iron oc^ belong to the same cluss as the
IroDBtone of the former writer, and the Lateritic iron-orw of
Logan's writings on the Mahiy Peninsula.

CoppEK Lead and Tin. — The first of these minerals has been
detected in very unimportant traces in Upper Sarawak on the
Dub^h border; the two latter, though often reported, have not I
b<^n discovered even in traces. Ualena is taiil to have beea I
obtained in the vicinity of Hidi, but I am not in a position tb |
vouch for the accuracy of the report. Copper occurB in minute I
<|)iantities in tbe form of green and blue carbonate in cda- [
nectioo with the antimony lodges at Busan, but there is no
evidence at present to lead us to suppose that any workable 1
deposit of Copper ores will be discovered in Sarawak. As to I
ISn, on the contrary, there is reasonable ground for expei>tin^ j
that it will be found to exist; having regard to the close sinu> f
larity in geoli>gical constitutions tjetween certain parts of the
Territory', and the richly-stanniferous localities of Buiika and
Malacca.

AiTTMiOKY has long been known as the staple mineral export
pf Sarawak. It ores arc distribute<i over the whole of the J
Territory as well as being found beyond the frontiers in Brunei
and in Dut'^h Borneo ; hut they have not been ascertained to be
in ivorkable quantity in any jiart of the island except in the
district of l^ppcr Sarawak (Proper), where, however, all the
more accessible deposits are exhausted.

The most productive localities worked have been the Busun
reins, the Jambusan, Busan, and Piat surface ore and the Bidi
lodes and surface ore. At all these places, with perhaps the
exception of Bidi, the out-put bus cither ceased altogether, or
has greutly decreased during the past three years, but a great '
deal of inferior ore is still turned out. Bearing in mind the
history of the mining oj>erationB as Jambusan, a new find may
yet \ie heard of even in the almndoned working — so easy is it in
a conntry densely covered with jungle, like Borneo, to go on
working for months an<l years witkin a few yard» of a valuable
deposit which is repealed at length by mere accident. In addi>
tioD to the abuve-meutioned localitiea, luitimony baa henu. Msvjfed

fl DIBTKIBLTION OF MINERALS IN SAHAWAK

at Grogo and SikuDvit ; a»d it Ims been oWerved iu tracer
betwe^ Ahup and Gumbong, at Sirin lu the Samandiau, in the
Sadong dietriut, at Marup in tlie Batang Lupar, and in the
lotahai and Poi tributarily of the Rejang river, andonejeruod
speoimen of sulphide has (nme under my jiotice from the Kagan
districts of the Upper Rejaug.

These mde-Bprea<l traces caiiiut be referred to a siny;le fBiiti-!
of dispersion such as it mi^ht be supposed the Upper Sarawak
field would present. They point to the presence of one or uiori^
undiscovered acoumiUations of antimony ore to the east of
Sarawak Proper, though whether within the lioundaries or at a
short distance beyond, cannot now be said. In Kanowit the
trace? are tolerably abundant, but their great distance island
renders it vain to ho|w they will l>c followed up for many years
t" come, if at all.

The Ores commonly worlied are native antimony ; gray sul-
phide, and the "oxide" or " red ore" (oxy-sniphide) . Native
antimony occurs in the form of worn rounded pebbles in allaviaj
fliits iu the immediate vicinity of the vein-bearing limestone,
and eMpetially in the gullies and crevices so characteristic of this
rock which an' always more or less filled with a debris of clay
and fragments of veinstone and ore. My brother — to whom I
was indebted for many of these notes — informed me that ho
once observed native antimony forming part of a vein, and in
this single instance it was scattere<l throughout a small horizon-
tal lode of the sulphide. The ore iu this form is not found in
large quantities, but lu; it contains a mioimum of impurities, ap-
proaching more nearly to regulut of antimony than auy of tho
other varieties, and therefore retjuiring no preparation befor-;
being exported, it is always secured where met with. Thi-
Busan hills have proved the richest depository of this ore.

'nie oxide, like the foregoing ore, is generally obtainoi in
rolled ftagmenteand pebbles which are nften seen to be only
blocks of sulphide, jiartially oxidized, and preserving their origi-
nal lametliir structure. It is found in the same situations as the
native antimony, but in much lai^r quantities. It has been
hitherto exported in its rough state, aud is the least valuable of
the oresof autiraony owing to the difficulties it presents in re-
duction. Tlic largest boulder of which I have heard weighed
home 8 ewt, but the fragments are almost invariably small,
weighing from a ])ound t«thirtj' or forty pounds. ITje chief
pupply has been obtained fi-om Boat), Piat^ and Paku localities
around the base of the llufaii hills.

^^M Pl^TRIBrTIUN OK M[\ERAI. SARAWAK £.1

B_v far Uie principnl part of the antimony, however, is afforded.
l-v the sulphide or common gray antimony, which occurs both in,
the formof Wes in the limestone rock, and in deposits of rolled
bouMereinthe ralleys contiguous to the hills bearing tbene lodes.
■n>*sc lattrr sources ol the ore are now worked out, and the sup- ■
ply is dependent ulmost wholly on the vein-mining. Theper-
t^ntagv inore« werked, rune from 18 to SO percent. The Ahup
on, of which only a few boulders hav ebeen met with ia the richest •■
ksowD, ^ving a percentage of 80 per cent of pure sulphide.
Bot this is exceptional ; id practice the ores if very rich or very
I>oor are mixed with stuff of average quality (No. 2.) preparatory
to smdting. The bulk of the ore has a distinctly lamellar strue-
tur«, aoi] commonly bas a shining steel-gray lustre when freshly <
iractured ; sometime*, it is iridescent, presenting a rich play of
bhie, violet aud crimson hues like variegate<l copper.ore. The
jioorer varieties exhibit a starry pattern of needless radiating
throat^b the white veinstone; or the antimony will traverse the
laatrix in long slender spikes, or be disseminated in specks in
ihe poorer sorts. More rarely one tiniids masses of tangled
aciciiiar cn'stals which are now and then ondomorpbotis in hexa-
gonal prisms of quartz crystal. The gangue is generally
■il>ceoi», sometimes amorphous, sometime crystalline, or, less
rMnmonly etilc-s[iar (rhombic) ; and when a veiu of white sili(.'e-
*>*** gangue is folk>wc<l into the rock, in invariably nuis into a
■Isx-k gray amorphous silieeov.fi veinstone, of extreme hardnens
and uHth little or no oer in it. This dark-coloured veinstone
appears with the antimony in all situations and the oer is always
tniimaiely mixed with it, the stone itself when ma^^ded l>eing
*rva tiflie thoroughly impregnated with the fiul]>hide in the form
*f minute needles. As a general rule vein-ore is rich, but runs
poorer as the lode is worked in, the block spar gradually pre-
ponderating and ultimately replacing the antimony altogether.
Xiodes in which the matrix is calc-spar are rarer those in
«hieb tbegaugueissiiiceuus.

Tht-amHigement of the contents of a vein often differs entire-
ly in portions only a few feet ajiart : calc-spar, black-spar,
t-rystalline white quartz, and antimony being intermingled con-
fiMcdlt one with another — each one running for a few feet or
inr^e in a narrow ill-defined band and then being lost in som«
other ; bnt in other lo<lee uniform bands of cale-siiar or quartz.
win 1m- found coating the walls of the fissures, with a single rib.
nf "rerunning between. Inwtances have occurred of large
iDMM* of Kulphide rich on the surface being found, when work-
nU> the limestone, to terminate in an insignificant vein of
gpMorore; exactly as if there had K-en a continued ovcrfl'^w-

M DISTRIBUTION OF UINB&AI. tS SAKAWAK

ing and nccumulation of ore from a kind of toji-liole, which is
represented by the small vein.

'flic veiiie are natural iissures in the limetitoiie, liaviug their
walls usually clear and well defined, and the adjacent rook is
seldom metamorphosed toaiiy noticeable decree. In the Bussn
fiilld the lodes haven general N. W and N. S. and striku and dip at
angles varj-iuff from 20° to 30°, the aiQount of dip not lieingu
eonntant in the same lode ; but in the Jambusan valler, al>out a
mile distant, a lode was found striking almost due E, and W. and
this was at a considerably lower level than the Btisan veins, of
which a series of four or jwrhapa five distinct lodes is to be
observed cropping out in one spot, each above the other, with
uliort intervals. The lodes at Bidi are said to dip at a very
high inclination, but I have bad no opportunity of euimining
this locaUty. The working face rangeij from six feet to a few
inches in depth, and the yield of any single vein is very in-
t«rmittent.

The adventitious minerals, found asso^-iated in the v<-in » ith tht^
iiulphidcjare gold and copper iu the gangue,and gold, silver, native
arsenic and realgar in the ore. The last-mentioned wmetime-"
spots the sulphide of antimony witb fmall pockets of orange-red
crvstak, and the ore at Bidi is not unf requently stained red from
the same source. The existence of quicksilver also in some Form
or other is attested by the preBence of globules of metallic mer-
cury iu the flues of the reverberatory furnaces, where it has con-
densed after sublimation in the smelting chamb«r, and has been
deposited tc^ther with the white oxide of antimony.

In seeking to decipher the geologitid sequence of events which
resulted in the produce of the system of antimony veins iu upper
Sarawak, the observer is at once brought face to face nith rival
theories of the production of mineral veins as a whole. There is
MO evidence to indicate that the antimony hxles derive their me-
tallic contents by any process of segregation from the rock in
w hich they lie, although jwrtion of the gangues may have been
locally so derived; and the true interpretation of the pheuomeoii
they present is thei'efore limited to the inquiry, whether the va-
rious minerals were injected in molten state into the including
fissures, or were deposited gradually andfmm solutiim, by the
passage of hot xpings through the limestone rock. I do not
feel competent to give an opinion on a theoretical matter of this
kind, which, to be at all reliable, must be founded on a wide
knowledge ofctrietly chemical geology ; l>ut I may here state
that M. (iri^r, a geologist and mining engineer employed by

DisraiBrTiOK of mikluau i.\ sauawak

Ur Borneo Compaay to report on the aiitimoDy mines, ia decU
iei\y ill favour of the aqutKius, a^ otgaJtut the igiieotia theory (^ i
the origin of tbe antimony. ,

UncKsiLVF.K. The mineral was dist^overed i'l tifu about seven
year^ ago, by the indefstigable exertions of Mi-sers. Helms and* i
n'alt«r« of the Borneo Company Limited, who prospected over
th« wh'Me of Sarawak Proper, and ultimately succeeded in track-
iog the §mall fragments of cinnabar that are i>eattered over the
(li»tnct, tu a hill on tbe right bank of tl^c Stoat river, and be*
iwM-Q it and tbe Sibugoh mountains.

During the progress of the exploration, a rough but service-
able iketch-map was executed, embracing Sarawajc Proper aud
tbe L'pper Samaraham, on which the positions of the principal
<]epo«it« of antimony and cinnabar will be found aociirately
marked.

The Hill containing the cinnabar — for it is in this form as
usual that tbe i]uicksi1ver occnrs — is known by the name of Ta-
gora. and is, or rather was, a steep twin-peaked mass of semi-
netamorphic rock, rising to an elevation of about '^Oll ft. abovL*
tbtr H»-level, in the upper parta of whiuh the ore is found depo-
sited capriciously in strains, pockets and strings, with now and
a^in a little metallic mercury.

The compoueut rocks are argillaceous shales, with sandstones
interbedded; these have been very extensively disturbed and
(»Bti)rt«d, and the former are as 1 have said, partially metamor'
pEiosed into an impure state, glittering with cubical iron pyrites,
sod, in the bigber portion of the hill, fnll of ciitt«ra of carbonate
of lime. Nodules of black shale occur here and there iu the state
which is, in ap[>earance, amygdaloidal, through being often
tliickly spotted with calc-spar, baryta, and pyrites. Some layers
of uDddtone which I observed cropping out at a very high angle
On one of the peaks, did not seem to have been affected in the
same degree with softer shales by tbe mctamorpbic action, and
ittill n-Uined their normal structure, though hanlene<l tosncha
d^jree as to be most refractory in working.

The ure is found in the shite, rareiv in thu sandstone, and, a&
IS the ;ase with all known deposits of Cinnabar, is distributed
-jinth great irr«gniarity in the matrix. Henoe the yield has
~^ il extremely variable, anl at times the ore has seemed to be
ther. Nil sadi thing a»n lode cab l>e said to exist,
i^oristringKaremet with. One <if these attained a fact;
ini'bcs, Kiul wu« traced down to a depth nf munv Fathoms,

I The m

The ramt eooBideruble quantity of orulias been gaiiKil, not by
ein-niiiiing, but4>y washing in the fe^wthio e1ay§ flunking the
festem aspect of the hill. These elays afforded pure stream
Cinnabarin great abundant-e, as well as hundredeof rich l>oulden
• <f ore-l)earin^ roek tlut had been denuded From the upper parte
«i the hill. This tkiurce of wealth, however, wan timite<l, and
may I>e rc^rded as exhausted.

A search for freRh depocttB has )>een instituted from time to
time. Traces of Cinnabar have been detected behind the
Sibugoii mountain and in the Samaraham and Sadong districts ;
and traces of metallic mercury have been reportel on good
authority at Mariip in the Bataug Lupar ; and at Gunotig
Gading, a f'ew'miles to the west of Tagora, ore has l>een die-
covered it silii, and IB Iteing worked. The Guding depo^iits
are altogether emaller and much poorer than those at Tagora.
The general geological features of the two hille are similar, but
the matrix at Gading is more siliceous and more highly
metamorphosed, though at the same time decomposing rapidly
on cx|)D8ure to atmospheric intlueuees, as is also the cjse with
the Tagora rock. The character I'f the Cinnabar differs Irom that
of the Tagora deixAits, being sofl and crystalline, and the ore in
the stream •washing is small and very friable, and so abundantly
mixed with iron-pyrites as to make it impossible to separate the
two minerals by sim|>le hand-washiug.

As with the antimony there is evidence of the a^eociation of
minute (juantitiesofquicKsilver, so too, antimony (sulphide) has
been observed in juxtaposition with the Cinnabar in the same
fragment of veinstone at Gading.

With regard to the origin of these deposits of Cinnabar, it is
almost certain that they were produced by the passage of heated
vapours bearing quicksilver and sulphur in a state of sublimation,
which were deposited by the cooling of the vapours as they
approached the surface of the earth. The peculiar and irregular
mode of deposition of the Cinnabar, and the facte that tht lower
the miner goes the lees abundant Uie ore l>ecom<-H, and that no
deKnite " run," or fiswure vein, is observable, all point in this direc-
tion. It is confirmatory of this view, that the surrounding shales
and sandstonee are all more or less highly impregnated with per-
oxide of iron, whilst in the metamorphic ore-bearing rock, iron is
scarcely visible except in the furm of pyrites, i.e. in combina-
tion with sulphur, which can only have risen from below in a
state of sublimation, and has seized on the iron and collected it
in this form. Assuming a large proportion of sulphur in the

jj^

DISTKIBITIUX OV MLNEKKJ. IN SARAWAK 27

bttl rabtemDCfta exhalations oontaiuing quicksilver, the forma-
tioBiB of l<otli pj-ritas and cinnabar may l>e readily exjilaiiiod.

C<'\L is round ID many localities on tbe N. W. Coast of
Borneo aod rroi)s ap io the Saranrat Territory at Sitnunian, at
Lib^^ and other spot8 in tlie Bataug liitpar dietrict, in the
Rgwig, and in the Miikah and Biiitulu rivers. It was fornierlv
worked at Sadon<;, and the mine liaa recently bet>n re-opened by
tte Goveranient, and now supplies regularly a small quantity
•f &ir st«am eoal. For the past tivo years an exploration of the
iMfp^ aeams has been in pn^resa, and it is hoped that this
fidd will be shortly worked on a largfe scale. The other outcrops
of coal of importance arc those of Makah and Kejan^ : both in
•ueh ioacceKsible situations as to be for the present quite useless,
altirfiugb, so far as is known, of good quality and cuu side rstble
extent. The varieties of the mineral found are anthracite and
Otnoel coal, both of which appear to be remarkably free from
pyrites and sulphur. The Caunel coal has l>een found to give a
vrr} small percentage of ash {1,2U according to an analysis by
Dr. St«nhouse} but thi^ Rdvantage is cuiinterbalaneed by the
■ iu it of considerably more Nitrogen than is generally
kibited by sach coals. The ordinary Linggn coal is very
identical in composition, as regards the proportion of
ion and hydrogen, with the Hartley -Newcastle coalg, as Dr.
tiliouse ha» lately shown by the following analyses conducted
Eduplicate.

CBrboQ Hydrogen Sulphur (>i;i;>.>n A Nitrogen Aab

k CokI HI.41 6.*-} O.fis i 47 HOI

Wwitk Cmaael Coal Ti.Sl b.Vt 0.83 3i.8l 1.30

. Bjotltrj Miill »1.« S.ffil

IffBoutte Hartley 81.H1 6.S0

\ would be premature to take these unulvbes of small samples,
!ver exact, as aHbrding reliable data on which to base an
Enii^n as to the value of the bulk of the Sarawak Coal,
nvertheless the trial of the Lingga coal lately conducted on
lard S. S. " Delhi" and Baioda" (Peninsula and Oriental
npany), go ratbor to confirm, than to throw discredit on the
M>ratory analyses. Two iO-ton samples were burn^ under
l^inary conditions of wind and s)tfed, on board these vessels,
the coal was found with no more than the usual care from
stokera, to burn clearly with little smoke, and leave a
bluum of only some 10 percent in the furnaces, consisting
T light and easily broken clinker. It would seem, however,
|tt under severer test-oonditions the coat would be found to
a good dtfal faster than the best North Country CoaU,
■lew nixed v^ith good ordinary eteaai-coiil. 1 should add that

28 I'lSTHJBUTION OK UINEKAI.S IN KIHAWAK..

these samples being procnred under tlifticultiee ae to working
iifjpliancee and earriajre, did not Fairly i-epresent the coudition
in which the mineral ivmiM by put into the market after mining
operations had been regularly opened, and thertfore the results
obtained are all the more encouraging,

Diamond : A«tUAiiAmNE. — There is some reason for believing
that the diamondifeiouB deposits of Sarawak are more valuable
than has yet appeared to he the case. No systematic operations
in the search for these precious stones have ever Wen carried on
in the country. The only people who pursue diamond- wniabiog
as a means of livelihood are the poorer Malays^ who are mostly
gamblers, and carry on their work in a way very desultory and
imperfect. Mr. Gray, who arrived in Sarawak last year with
all necessary appliances for this kind of minicg, nod wlio bad
three years previous experience at the Cape fields, commenced
operations in the Senlah river, but relimpished the attempt as
unprofitable after un essay of ten days' or a fortnight's duration.
I have been informed that in the opinion of the native diamond-
washers, this gentleman never reached the true gem-benring
stratum ; which may or may not have been the ease. However
this may be, a two weeks' exporation cannot be considered very
satisfactory- One frequently hears of stones of good size and
water being disposed ot iu Singapore as coming from Sar.iwak,
and some are to be «een in Kuihing now. Tbey not seldom ex-
hibit a pure lemou-yellow tinge, which is diH'ercnt from the straw
colour of the Cape, and more valne«I. The large dimond {7(54
carats), brought over fiom M'rau in the Sikaiam dirtrict of
Dutch liomeo a year or two ago, is jjroof that stones of very
considerable size are to be tonnd in the island.

The Seutah is a tributary of the Penrissen branch ol the
Sarawak river. It is from this branch that Aquamarines are
brought to Kuching. Tliey seem to be very rare, and the only
one which has come undei' my own notice was a mass of flaws,
and useless as a gem.

To sum up the preecding notes. Of the known minerals of
Sarawak, Autimouy aud Cinnabar are the only ores that have
been explored on a large scale ; f>f these, the difficulty of obtain-
ing the first in remnuerative (quantity is daily increasing, while
the yield of the second, at no time extmordinary, is capricious
in the extreme. Arsenic, Gold, and Diamond have either proved
failures, or do not tempt European captal. Coal has been tried
and found wanting; but later discoveries with rospect to its
extent and quality, justify a *ome what confident belief that the

KISIRIBI-TIOS 01' UIXERAIjS iS SARAWAK.

indufiiubiy large deposits of this mineral in Sarawak, will short- i
IjT )>c re-opeoed on a scale not heretofore attempted in coniiexioa |
with tniniii^ operations in this part of the Kast.

As th« evidence stands, therefore, Sarawak cannot be looked !
uptin ■>: a mineral-producing oountry. Whut disuoveries may be !
made in the future it i^of course impossible to foretell ; but it
U not unreasonable to anticipate fresh discoveries of Antimony
aitd Cinaabar; and, judging from the geological analogies
e^ifetiD^ between the N. \V. Coast of Borneo, Banka, and the
Malay Feaiusula, of ores of tin and lead also. Such discoveries
would )ieof mncfa importance to the material welfare of Sara waV,
and if made in any of the Sea-Dyak districts would be doubly
Vnc^cial. It is a regrettable circumstance that the Borneo
Company — who told a monopoly of all minerals in Sarawak,
with the exceptions 1 believe, of coal, gold, and precious stones-
have never instituted any system of prospecting the country
tcvond the limits of Sarawak Proper. It is true that their
{'(Ii<.«r8 have now and again been despatched to look up tracers of
ininfralii, and have spent a few days in so doing, when weeks
wcuhl have been instilBcient lor the fulfilment of tUe object in
view. A tuperficiai examination of a district in which strong
traces of a mineral have been observed is, if unsucessful, worse
than no examination at all, for it operat«s as a preventive against
more thorough search being undertaken at a fnture day. The
ex|iloration for nfinerals in an open country ^s a siiHiciently
protracted and laborious affair — how much more so in a land
like Borneo, densely clothed with a luxuriant vegetation.

Id ooDcIueion, whatever minerals may be awaiting discovery in
the Territory, their importance can only be relative in comparison
with that of the coal fields of N. W. Borneo. If these coal
Beams arr available as a source of good average steaming fuel —
and the partial statement of evidence which I have given above
is CDost favourable to the idea that they are so available, — the
probability is that they will be worked in Sarawak; and in that
ciBe their proximity to the great commercial emporium, and
fwrhaps future naval arsenal of Singapore, will invest with a new
mterest this country, which, although playing a useful part in
the gradual civilization of Borneo, and in the protection of
trade on it4 coasts, has not otherwise any strong claims at pre-
1 the attention of the outside world.

DaWBimoH (» immAis nr iak&wak.

O «

PS ^

< a

O *^

<
a.

■•#■1

i
^

•9

s
5

I i § i I i I

«»ttttfitts

I » 1 1 1 s

«» t t t

s s

||^8^§l§l

S C fi c

£2 SS

ail' § ^

'09

3 SS

0*9 CD CD

I s s s

7 S

••iS

.1!

i S 2 K i.

I i

t^ S fi ^ ^ ^^

» ^ *^ So Sc S5

BBEEDING PEAKLS

N. B. DENNYS Ph. D.

Ktad he/vre Ike Society ok Ue 2S(^ FeLrnarg, 1878.

Wwif roeicWts in Siu^pure, and more espcfialiy Mfembers
•f this Society, liave heanl i)f "Breeding Pearls," ur Pearls which,
a* all#g«l, havth under certain ounditions the power of repn>-
iliicin^ fresh Hpec-imenx. My attention having been drawn to
liie suhjeot shortly after my arrival in the Colony, I made
eiM]uirie8 in all likely ({iiart«rH, and pro]iOBe to lav the results
lif^fore tiiis meeting. When I (.'Ommenued these enqnirics I had
no particniar theory to support either in favour of, or oppo8c<l to,
this apparently incomprelieDsible matter. And what I now
intend to do is to shortly state ( 1 ) What ie known of the origin
«f these objects by their poaseeiton*, and the proceiw by which
Ihcy are hcM to reproduce themselves ; ( 2 ) The evidence I have
l>e«n able to oillect respecting tlicir existence and a deecription
"f what I have myself seen ; { 3 ) The objections raised a^inst
the possibility of such an allegi>d reprochiction and, (i) Some
coneluding remarks r^arding certain other natural occurrences
which may be held to confirm the poAsibility of an event as yet
iivxplk'«ble by even ad\'an<:«d scientists.

The Pearls in question are reputed to come chietly from
Borneo and Java,* although found in nearly all islands of the
.Archipelago, and even in Singapore; there dttes not appear
to be any »|)ecifH! native name for them as distinguished
from ordinary' pearls. As regards appearance, those shewn ma
resemble tlie ordinarv' jeweller's pearl in lo<*k, though slightly
more irregular in shape. The largest of regular shape I have yet
■ecn 18 something over three sixteenths of an inch in diameter,
tltough an irregularly formed oik is over i inch in length, by
^tiu. m width, while the smallest is a mere pifl-i»oint of mi-
mwcopic dimensioHH. .\)i regards substance, they are alleged to
piment exactly the name lamituitetl wectiou as the ordinary pearl
when rut, and a lady, resident in this Odony, informs me that

BBE8D[N(i PBARl^.

Professor Huxley examined one at her requeat, and suhji'cted it
to numerous test«, of which he reported the result to be that it
absolutely indistinguishable from the ordinary pearl used
for jewelry.

The ]>rocess by whieh reproduction takes place iuvoh'es only
\ery simple preparations. Pour or five large sized pearls (most
})eopk have begun with three) are plaunl in a small chip or otlier
box with ns many grains of uncooked white rice as the experi-
menter chooses — from 15 to ;J0 are usually iisal. Absolute free-
dom from disturbance is, by «ome, alleged to be necessary for the
formation of the new pearls, while others deny that this makes
any difference if they are not unduly bandle«l or i-liaken. If
exaniit^ at the end of a (.-ertain period (about a year) objects
resembling small seed ]>earls will be found strewn about the
bottom of the box, while in many cases the ori^uai peurb tlium-
selves will be found to hnve inereaaed in siae. If again left
untouched for a further periinl of six mouths or a year, and then
Gxamiuc<lj some of the seeds will be found to have liecome larger,
while fresh st-etls rfill have formed. Each grain of rice now
present* a cnrioas appearam-e. A small circular Ijite seems to
haie been taken from the end of eneh, the niimber of seed pe-.irlp
agreeing with the number iif grains thus afFectifl.

The lady resident at)ove referred to having kindly fffeietJ (■■
sliew me her collection, 1 saw it at the end of D<!i^enil*er last. It
(■onaistied of «)»out five lai^ or medium hv^kiA pearl>> un<l, as nearly'
a'^ eould Iw intimated, al»»ut 1^0 smuU 8ize4l pearb, varying
from the moht niinut« speck to a size lar^- eu'iugh fur use in
certain descriptions of jewelry. Every grain of rice was, so far
as I could see, marked as before described — looking iu fact as if
Nome l)eetle had gnawed avray a ))orti<,in uf its end. She in-
formed me that tile larger gtcarls she 8hewe<l me liatl been in
their present box tor about 20 years ; that she had only put four
or five into the box when it was just closed ; tlutt, exoejit to
shew to persons interested, the Ixix had alwa\-s lieeu kept shut ;
that any tamiwring ivith It had bei-u impossible —to say nuthiuK'
of the fact that no one (vas likely t" base strewn seed {>earls in
if for the purpose of phiying a practical joke wliidi might not
men attract attention for :i lengthenwl [>erioil.

Shortly after seeing the {M«rls aliove mentioned, giHxl fortune
\vA me to enqiiire of Dr. Kowell, the principal Medical Officer of
Singaitore, what be knew almut tbe matter. It so hap)ieneil that

I cnuhl not have a})ptied to better anthoritj', Mrs. ha\'iDg

for some years possessed and bred the i»earls in (piestion. I give
hpr exjierienei! in her own words, her kindncNs in furnishing the

m
u

BREXbltTG PHARLS. SS

jM^count being most generously supplemented bv her sending the^
box containing the pearls for mj inspection. Mm.-*-— writes at
follows : — ^*'I had three ' Breeding Pearls' given ine in June or
''July 1874. On the 17th July I shut these three up with a
''laver of cotton wool a'x>ve and below flhem and some few
** grains of a very fine rice, (called here " Pdlof* rice ?) On the-
^ 14th of July 1875, we opened the box in the company of two
** or three friends and we discovered fwelve of sizes — ^the three
'^ original ones standing out distinctly by their greater size ;
^ though some of the newly bred ones were by no means insig*
" nifieant to look at. One or two were about the siz» of a pin's
" head and perfectly round. The rice looked crumbly and worm-
" eaten.

'^ The size of the three breeding pearls both my husband and I
thought considerably larger. I had made a rough drawing
of their appearance and size, and you can see the boxes for
yourself.

I have started afresh again with five big ones lately given
me, three of the old originals, and I think the fifth is one of
'' those bred in my box. But this I could not vouch for.

" I send the two boxes and shall be glad to have them back
** when vou have done with them."

I mav add that the rice in the boxes sent was all '' bitten
awa\ " as in the other case. I feel certain that the " bite*' ha^
been produced by some living agency, and that it could not have
l>een produced in any other way.

Having been informed that, Mrs. of the local Girls' school,
could give me some information on the matter I called on that
ladv and she kindlv told me all she knew. This was ex-
activ to the same effect as above described, with the further
item that " breeding pearls'' were in all cas^ originally taken
from pearl oysters, and that when about to '* breed" a small black
speck made its appearance on some portion of the pearl, which
spe(*k continued to be visible so long as the breeding process
continued. I then wrote to a gentleman who I was informed
had himself bred a considerable number — Mr. H. B. WoodfoTd—
who ver>' kindly furnished me with a series of notes which I
transcribe in almost his own words :—

Breeding pearls are found in several of the oyster and clam
mcies, including those known as TridacnsB wim a fiin shaped
shell. The AeVk yieKKng them abound chiefly on the coast of
Borneo, but they are also found thmugbont the Malaj-an Archi-
pelago and even in Singapore. I fcmnd one at Tanah Mersb

j}4 BR£KU1.\G I'KAIIL^.

Ket'hil l}*au'li. Many people believe that they come to lietter
]iert'e('tii>n if kept iit eea water. 1 have rearei) mine in ctosed
)>oKe8, with Pulot rice strewn loscly around them and the whole
fovered with a layer of cotton siik, thoiij^h Mr. L. J. Si'lieeixler
has suceeiiMfully reared some in fresh water. 1 am not alile to
nay wiiat is tlie averaf^ pcrecntay* of these pearl-producing
i^hells, but out of 15 or 2U 1 pieketl up at Tanah Meruh I only
lame atross ime. Mr. P. Marcus tells me he has extrafte<l them
fn>ni all deMTiptions of bivalve tihelU, the larger the shells the
larger Wing the pearls. In one ease he took a very large one
from the.yV'V/'idii't gigut, or giant clam, (of whii-h a Bixnimen
may be seen at the foot of the stairs leading to the Raffles Li-
brary.)

The pearls when diseovered are usually found embedde<l ilose
to the valves of the shell, though in some eases fonuii aillicring
to the fish. There appears to be no certainty as to sire, the breed-
ing pearls varying like the ordinary ones, though the rule as to
the largest being contained in the lary^i^t shells does not in the
latter ease hokl good. They are almost invariably spherical
when found, but, when commencing^ to breed, cliango tbeir shai>e
to a more or lees irregular oval, uith layers of scules un them
vii^ible to the naked eye. In some cases the scales urc them-
selves spheri(»l.

As regards the lime ix-cupied in " bree<ling," Mr. Woodford
names a very much longer period than that specifie<I by the
other t-orrcsiiondeiits who have so kindly anBwere<l my eiH|uiries.
He states that it usually takeci eight years for a seed pearl to in-
crease to four times its original diameter, i. e. about ^th of an
inch, though he has seen one over J inch in measurement jiro-
duced in that period.

After a certain time (which appears to lie tiiici'ri"''i) " brtynl-
iiig jwarls" die and change ihcir lustnnis colour to a dirty fljjje
white, the outer scales appearing to have i>eeled ofiF. Mr, Wood-
ford attributes their formation to insects, tb'iugh this otherwiw
feasible theory in at variance with all reeeive<l beliefs as to the
formation of the pearl within the oyster.

Several other residents have informed me that they have seen
breeding pearls and their yomig (if the term be admissilite) un-
der circumslances which left no donbt as to the iaiia filet of
their exhibitors. I have however donbtlcHs given naraea enough
to help us to a dis]>u«sionate discussion of this curious freak of
nature. ' ""

BBKKDIXU PKAHLS.

;i5

le ertdenoe againtl the existence of *' Breecliog Pearls" may
be classed under two tieadsj viz ; the rvsults of positive expert'^' I
ment ; and a scientific demonstration of the alwoliite impoBJ I
sibility of Pe*rlH breeding Pearls. As regards the former, Dri I
Bobt-Ttfion, well known to all nicnal>erB of this Society, alloivs me- l
to use his name in stating the following facts. Having beea
informed that not only «">uld pearl* breed, but that a resident
ID Singapore had actually added to her income by selling the
pearU thus produced, he obtained four or five specimens which
were carefully sealed up at the Singapore Dispensary in a bos,
with {Trkins of rice, as directed by the donoi. This operation
was performed by Dr. Robertson in the presence of Dr. R. Little
and Mr. Jamte and the box was then put anay. At the expi-
ration of the period directed, the Imx was opened in presence of
those gentlemen ('-he seal being intacl) and the result was — nil.
No trace appeared either of pearls, or of anything which could
form a Duclciis around which a pearly growth might in time
takr^ place. So far as it went, that experiment was conclusive
and others have related to me a similar experience. Mr.C. K. K.
W.kmIs, Solicitor to whom I had written (or a book supposed to
cwitaiu a notice of these pearls answered as Ibllows: —

" I have not fonnd the book yon want, but I have heard from
"several native« and ahio from a few Kuropeans that pearls do
" breed when packed in a boK or bottle. I tried the experiipent
but did not succeed in increasing the stock."

far as we have yet got then \vc have the positive testJmo-
of residents, -whose words are beyond cavil, that these pearls
breed. I have «en with my own eyes a collection of pearls
;h either "grew," or were put where they are by human
Is. To say nothing of the fact that none of my witnesses
would invent a gratuitous falsehood, I am able to cite six cases, in
three of which the parties, without any previous communication
OD the subject, certify to the same oconri-enoe. Against tWs we
have the equally reliable testimony of others that in tl>eir own
OSes attempts to " breed" such pearls have l«en downright tai-
N^alive evidence is, however, alwaj-s weaker than posi-
tive. Some year or two ago,* for instance, I and some other
friends imported a selection of English Hower seeds. Not one of
■12 varieties in my own ease (and in the majority of others) 'cam*
but one recipient was more fortunate. Now all our negative
"euce that the seeds would «(i/ grow was of course set aside by
simple fact that in one case they did grow. Flower seeifc
of course supposed to grow, and it may be urged that (lower
s and pearla can hardly be classed ti^ther as regards re-
productive qoilitiee. But the incident may serve an an illustra-

tive,
friend
52 va

tion ol the diflVreiice between negative and positive evidence. I
must confv«a ihat twe)ily failuren to breed pearls would, to me,
be quite set aside by one sucoesetul experiment — and so, I sup-
pOM, they woujd to tbe other members of this Society.

The BoieDtilic objections to the poesibdity of pearls " breeding'
oannot however be overlcjpked. The oyster or mussel pearl is,
■as everybody knowe, nsually the result o{ a mucus secretion de-
posited by the animal on sime (it may be microscopic) foreign
substance, though I believe this foreign substance is not always
to be detected by analysis. Now under no conceivable circum-
stances ean mucus ii-eett mucuB when it has once liardene<l into
the lustrous nacre of a pearly surface. Without, as 1 have said,
wishing to support any specific theory, I should be inclined to
«uspect tliat the pearls produced result from the labours of some
insect which existed in the original oyster, and as a foreign
initont body caused the deposition of a jtearly secretion ; and
it may be that this insect exists and breeds in rice under cer-
tain circumstances: and that the original pearls have very
little, or perhaphi nothing, to do with the production of new ooea.

Finally it may \ie worth while to cite another instance of an
■apparently incomprehensible freak of nature in a somewhat si-
milar wuy. Mr. Frank Bucktand, the well known naturalist, in
the ^nd Volume of his " Curiosities of Natural History," relates
{p. 12S), that his attention was excited by an advertisement
sctttug forth that an old China dinner-plat«, which had been in
the possession of its owner's family for ncarjy 300 years, had
broken out in an eruption of crystals, the forms of which resem-
bled shrul»i, Howerc, kc. It was put on exhibition at oue shilling
a head, and Mr. Buckland went to fee it. " On examination with
" a magnifying glass," he says, " I observed numerous excres-
" cences of a whitish opa<|ue substance, apparently growing or
■'extending themselves out ol the centre and rim of the plate,
" eaoti supporting upon its surface n iMtrtion of the actual enamel
" of the plate. The largest eruption (if it may be so called) is
" alxtut the size and shape of a fourpenny bit, and it has raised
"up a portion of the enamel above the surface of the plate to
" about the height represcnteil by the thickner« of a new penny
" piece" Mr. Buckland then gives further particulars ot this sin-
gular growth, concluding with the remark " 1 have not the sligh-
" test doubt that this is a natural production ; that tbe material
" is of a mineral parisitic growth resulting from some ehemical
" decompomtion of the clay of which the plate was originally
" formed." Now, it will, I think, be allowed on all hands thai
tbe idea of a China plate -iOO years old producing a " growth"
f){ any sort is as imexpeeted and unexplainable a [ilienomenon as

. BRUOINO PKABLB. 37

can well be imagiiicd* I heve cited it nmpljr 18 a parallehta
tlM aalgeei neder notke — ^the apparently qpontaneoiw produc-
tion of perlp, Anther iofinmitMm on tbia letter subject will
doolilleea lie aeee||tibk p tiie Bocsiety. <3fanting ike tnrtb
oi all tlmt ia alleged re sp ect i n g Breeding Peark^ we have not
at pieasrt got hejond Topej's ^'G^peet they growed/'

I nurr add that I have been informed that both Sir J. Brooke
and Aomind Keppel have made mention of Breeding Pearls
in their pablished works. I cAn only say that a tolerably
tlioioagli eeanh through the Baffles Limury has not enabled me
to find the notioes in question^ and the present Baja Brooke of
Saimwak told me he did not know of them. It is of course pos-
nble that, amidst the hnnry of more important avocations^ I have
miaaed them. If so I shaJl be greatly indebted to any one who
win point them outt

N. B. DENNY8.

F DIAL!

»ialp:cts of thk melanesian tribes in thk
malay peninsula.

{Beiig Extracts from ftco Letters to If. E. Olfo. BiJhllin^k ^

Memher of the " Imperittl Acadeiitjf of Sciewf:) at

St. Peter»6«rff." )

MlKl.1 imo-Macuv.

[TlLlNSLATtO F«OM THE GebMA.V. ]

Jt.-nJ at a Meeting of the Suciely, heLt on tl<^ (\ti M,;/, l>i7S,

[ Extract from Letter 1. J

"My deeire to know something about tbe iiibabjtauts of the
iDterior of the Malay Peninsula, and to aecertain their {KiBltiou
in relation to Anthropology, induced me to undertake this
journey into the Peninsula. It also appeared \a me of impor-
tance not to delay it, for I know from my own experience that
the solution of this problem will become more difficult as lime
elapses, and we shall only rearh what is likely to prove less and
IciJR reliable as a point d'appui for satisfactory coDcIusions.
For example, the original language of tlie Oriiny I'ta/i ( 1 ) of
Joiior, is constantly becoming more and more displaced by
Malay. Not only is it disappearing year by year, but the death
of every old man (acquainted to some extent with the language of
Inn forefathers) creates a frt-sh pap never to be filled up.

This decline of the toujjue, which ptet^edes Hje gradual mo-
dificatton ol the anatomical type, induced me to collect what
dow remain very carefnity, in order to secure it hefore itscim-
piete destruction.

During my excursion in the I'eninsula whenever Icameacri^a
a number of men 1 gathered them round me, and listening at-
tentively to them I took down as many worda as possible that
were not Malay. , In order to collect the following scanty voca-
bulary I always held quite a " Council," lor only a few old

iA*i

l>l*LKCTfi OK THE MKL-INK^HX THIBEW, .(9

mem rvmembend any af lie wofh of their /att'digappearinff
iamgrnaye. { 2 )

These 1 bire shewn to several Malays who know their ow^
language well. All declare that they are nol Malay words;
I, mvMir, am iuvompetent to decide this (|uestion, and, I should
like therefore, to hear your opinion, ae this may be of great im-
fortaoM in its bearinjr upon the question of the origin of these
vanishing tribes.

Purely anthropological observations and cansideratione l^ud
ine to accept the supposition of u Melaueaian clement (a rem-
nant of the original race) which, through iutermiKture with the
Malays, U being more and more supplanted.

Three words in this Vocabulary (-3) I find similar to tlirec in my
notice* of the Papuan dialects, -Da /^ (Sea), Koi (Head), Tal (Hut).

This similarity struck me as curious but I must point
out clearly that from this circumstance no further positive ccn-
• laeioQ can be drawn.

If the old language l>c not ^uite forgotten or lost, we
have to thauk a superstition which has favored it* reten-
ttuo. A belief prevails that people who visit the camphor
trees in the jungle in dd the search for camphor, must always
aae the old tongue if they are to be successful in tjjtir
T^earcb. If they speak Malay, the tree will either disapjiear
before their eyes, or their eyes, will become incapable of seeing the
iL For tliis reason the dialect is also called the " Bbilsa
Kipor" or the " CainphoT laugaoge !" Some of the Malays who
li»e in the jnngle, endeavour on account of this superstition to
leara the " Camphor language.*

It it not diHicult to e^cplain how this superstition arose. It
is certain that the old«tock of the race, who lived a roving life
in tlie jungle, were peculiarly (jualitied to appropriate the jungle
produce. Later on, when the primitive race mingled with the

2 Tfaiu for «0iuiiple. the nuinemls of the Inngiig^ of the Orang Rajel ei

" JtKlg CtributATf of thv River Moor) «er^ oolv known \>y ook ver; oJd

LB. Mill b; hint only np to 4 ; Done of hie tribe compaDioDs kncv

lUtKlg CtributATf of thv River Moor) «er^ oolv known \>y ook ver; oJd
^. Mill by him only np to 4 ; none of his tribe compaDioDs knf -
1 these. The old man further etphiiiii^ thut in aurUiir ilaye he kot:

Iha ot^er Nuniera'i aI»o, but he had now fortrotten them. Most o
joDog people mtisied theiuHelvea with the declaration that "theelilers
knew Itu: old tongues, bat the; only spoko Malay."

9 Dik. naed to expreat " Sen." by the Pupiucs of Mt. tiinuu hi the island
nf La^«n which 1 vimted in 1873.

Soi luid On mesniog" head," also in iise Eimong the Pupuansof Mt.

TV — " House," used by the Papuans of the Muulay-Coast in New-Guinoa.

' [ifr- t>08<ui also refers to the " Camphor Language" in his des^^riptiaa
■>r iWe TnlMa (I.A. Joomol vol. 1. p. 2(i3). but biH ii«count of the mat-
ter is a little different, and snggesta a ooiiipuHitoD with thi> " Kremii. "
_. <t. ;e of Java. He says :

^ik

DIALBtTS OF THE MEUNESIAN TEIBES.

Malaya, and, in coDBequence of this, more or lesfe modified their
habits of life, it was, again, these same people who attached them-
selves to the m&DQers and occupations of their fore fatliers, and
became in their turn the best qualified to trace out the various
praductfi of their own home-jungles. Wandering isolated in the
foiesls, tbey had but few opportunities to hold any dealings with
the MalayHj and naturally kept more exclnsively to their own lan-
guage than those who trafficked with the Malays more frequent-
ly, aud lived in their neighbourhood. Thus it happened that in
preserving the old language (going as it did hand in hand witli
primitive habits of life) they found a secret means of bringing
to their homes a rich booty from the jungle. This suptrstit ion
is believed in various parts of Johor, and will, for a long' time,
protect the ancient language from total extinction ; and even if
the signification of many words is wholly forgotten, yet will they
still remain as the true rnHmetits of the language, and serve as
a monument of the original race of the " Orang t'tan."

I foand it impossible t<.> ascertain sufficiently the number and
iimitatiou of the different dialects. That more have existed
is probable. I havearranged,8omawhat arbitrarily, the following
words in two dialectic. I have only noted down (as said before)
those words which appeared to me not Malay. (1)

'* Whil(> Bifiirt-'hing for Cniiiphor, the; nhctain from L'lirtaia kiadi at food,
" eat a, little eurtb. 4inil use u kind of artiRciul Un^uage colled the BliiUii
" KApor (L'umphor language). This I fouad to be the wune on the Sidtli,
" the Indau and B«tu Pubst. Ftodi the subjoined apecimeas it will be seen
" thut moHt of the words are formed on the Malajan. and in many ease;
■' bj merely subititiitiDg for the common name one derived from ttomc
" qualit; of the object, ae " gnus-fruit" for rice. " far sounding" for gun.
" Short-legged" (or hog, " leaves" for hair iu^

(Here follow 80 wordg of which 33 are Malay, nod of the reat Qone re-
Kuubie in the leatt iboee given by U. de Maclay.) " It is believed that if
■ be not taken to use the BhAea Klpor ifreat difficulty will be experieno-
'■ ea m finding Ouaphor treee. and that when found the i^amphor will nor
" yield itaelf to the collector. Whoever niay have been the originator of tbi^
'■ napentition, it U evidently based on thn fact that although Ciuuphor tree^
" are abundant, it very frequently happens that no Caiuphc>r can be obtoin-
■' ed from them i " were it otherwise," said an old Benua. who waa singularly
" free from superatitioBB of any kind, Camphor is so, valuable that not u
" BiDgle fuU-grown tree would be left in the forest. Camphor is not cot.
" l^eted by the Bermua (Negri Sembilan) tribes, at least on the Western
'■ 8ide of the Peninsula, and they are unacqnaiutMl with the Bhatu
" Kopor."]

DIALICT8 OF THE MELANESUN TRIBES.

Dialects OP the Orang-Utajt op Johor.

Sun

Matbri

Earth

Atei

Sea

Dak

Moantam

Benum

Forest

Bri

Stone

Gmu

Kre

Us', Ul'

Smoke

Dilok uV

Water

Dak, diao

Hat

Dor

Road

rlwag

Plantation

Olokul'

Tree

Deloku

Banana

Kei-kei

Batan

Drein

Dog

Tiau, Tchiau

Tiger

Diagig^

Kumo

Fowl

Kampokn

Man

Li mo

Woman

Kodol'

Father

Ita, Mbai

Mother

Gado

Wife

Kompotn

Child

Knou

Son

Limon'

Daughter

Kodo-kanit

Brother

Piatn

Head

Koi

Hair

Suk

Eyes

Mot

Nose

Mouth

Bibir

Toogue

Lipes

Ear

Ntokii

Aral

Tein

Tunkat
Atel' (t)
Dak
Benum

♦

Us/

• . •

Diao

Tscbendejia

Prokn

•

Diok

Diaun

Tiasma

Kumokn

Simo

Kodo, amai
Mba
Gado

•

Bubon

Suk

Padingo

Snut

C4) As the Qraag.Utan are NomadBit appe«y» to me quite immaterial U>
Mpecdj the place in which I have taken down the words.

t 'ShowB that the end of the word must be pronoonoed to/l.

{ 'Show* that the word of the original Ung^uage is supplanted by

Malay.

DIAIJECT8 OP THS HEI^NECIAX TtnCS.

FinfrcT Tu ftaan

Neck Alarok a

Sreast Ono-Kainpotn

Stomftch Lo[«jt

Back Boboi

Leg Ano-kompo, betit, lutat

¥t)ot Dioko

Tm Techere-DiokD

■Cold Tkat

Hot Khob Gobom

Dead Kobs

To Eat Iiitia, ntia Ndia

To Drink Diao

To Sleep Ittek

To Go Swag

To Run Palo

To Cut Nako

Sumpitan Blahan '

Arronr Dama

1. Moi Moi

2. Npotli Dua

3. • Npe Npe

4. I'rui Npun

6, Massokn

6. Pru

7. Tempo

According to tlie statements of the Malayg, tlie Oraiig-l'tan
of Pahang, where 1 am now going to travel, Fpeak their own
language, which ib quit* unintelligible to the Malayc, and so
these poor wild men are cruelly treated ; and on thie aeconnt be-
come more isolated than those who live here in Johor. I hope to
make further and fuller eontribiitiona towards the knowledge of
the language of ttiis people."

The iBtana, Johor, 2Sth May, 1875.

[Extract from Letter II. J

" Before receiving your answer to my last letter, which 1
await with much interest, I find myeelf in a position to anti-
cipate it in consequence of my second Journey into the Miilay
Peninsula. In the Mountains of P&bang and Kelantan as far
AS Singoni and Ligor, I have discovered a Melaueiiian population.
This people, which ia probably the primitive race of these parts
undoubtedly belouga to judge from its physical " habitus " to the
Mrhneiiaii etock. Leading a nomadic life, these people retire

mALlCTS OF Tfl£ MSLANECI^K TRIBES. 4^

before the influx of Malaydom into the mountains and forests of
the Feninanla, and have thus kept themselves free from intermix-
tore, still retaining their own language.

I had the good fortune to find these people in many other
pheesy and I have not &iled during my Anthropological studies to
oollect as many words as possible of their dialects, althouo^h a
naturalist can do little with the materials of languao^e. I uq«
dertook this small task (which nevertheless required no small
amount of patience and attention) for the reason named in my
first letter; viz, that these languages are disappearing^
putly because the tribes intermingle with other races and partly
because they die out. Although I can draw no conclusions aa to the
various relations of these dialects to other Papuan tongues, this
small collection has nevertheless given me some interesting and
not unimportant facts.

¥ir$Uy as to the connection between the various tribes of the
Orang Sakai, living quite cut off from one another, in Pahang,^
Kelantan and Singora.

Secondl^^ and what astonished me stiil more, as to the relation
in point of language between the very mixed and distant-dwelling
Orang-Utan of Johor, with the Orang*Sakai in the north of
the Peninsula.

It is undoubtedly an interesting result to have ascertained
that these tribes, isolated and ignorant ol each other, are through*
out the whole peninsula^ from Johor to Ligor (South of Siam)
thus closely connected in speech. This circumstance gives me
a fresh conviction that my opinion expressed in the beginning of
this year^ and before my second journey, is correct, viz : that
the Orang-utan of Johor, notwithstanding their great inter-
mixture, undoubtedly show traces of a Melanesian blood. I send
you herewith a small Comparative Vocabulary of the dialects
collected. I hope the result I have arrived at wilt coincide with
your opinion upon the origin of the language of the Orang-Utan
of Johor.

* N. Miklacho-Maclay. Ethnolog^he Excursion in Johor. Natuur-
kundiflT Tijdschrift, 1875.

DIALECTS OF THB MELANKCIAN TRIBES.

Son

Moon

Heaven

Earth

Water

Sea

Stone

Fire

Smoke

Mountain

Forest

Hut

Road

Boot

Man

Woman

Father

Mother

Brother

SSister

Husband

Wife

Child

Daughter

Head

Hair

Brow

Nose

Eyes

Nostril

Mouth

Teeth

Tongue

Ear

Dialects of the Unmiimed
Tribes of the Orang — Sakai
of the Interior.

Dialecte of the Misted Tribes

of the Oning— -Utan

of the Interior.

Din
Kalantan.

Uln Ptitanis.

Palon
(Bumpen.)

Ulu
Indau.

Kirkto

iKte

Kliet

Tom

iTamba

!Tmu

Oos

Assin — oos

Benum

Klb, ghi

Digos

Harbau

iKupon

jTimkal' (f)

Jalu

Nah

Tuh

Tuh-jalu

Gai

Knie

Auya kanit

'Merketo, Kirkto Matbri

Kitchi I

Kar^

Tei
IBaten Tom

Tnnkat
Bnlatnah

Kula. Bain

Oos

Ayei, Eieioos

Butjak Tul'

Dagib, Daven

Dign

Tib

Diahn

Timkal'

Badonn« Kogn

iih

Nau, btt

iTuh pah

Nau

Kne ^
jWogn, Tanganet

Atei

Dak

Gmu

Us'

Bnum
Bri

Tol/ Dol
Swag

;Ater Ate'

Dian, Dak

Dak

Qmn

Us,' Ul.'

Dilok— US'

Benun

Bri

Tschendeya dol

Prokn

Limo
Amai
Mba

Linio Simo

Kui

Sok

Pti

Med

Hajan — moh

Tiuim

Han'

Lentek

Anten

Kui
Sogk
Woos' pti
Moh
Med

Limo, Simo
Kod6l Kodo,
Ita: M'bai
Gado
Pi^tn

Han' nis
Nis

Lentek
Anten

Limon'

Kompotn

Kni*n, Knotsch

Kg o-Kanit

K<.i

Suk

Mot

Annmanmno

Nut

Limon'

Lipes

Ntx)kn

Shows that the word is supplanted by Malay.
Shows that the end of the word is pronounced soft.

MALAY AND ENGLISH

SPELLING.

hA rM^nt Circular Duspatuhof L:)r<l Carnarvon ilii-coted ub-
'ion to the wgnt of uniformity in tbe spelling of Nutivc
A Committee was appointed to coneider the eiibject,
1 the report they presented discussed very fully thediffitnilties
rounding the ijuestion, and proposed a complete aystera of
dling Malay words in English. It is most desirable that in
I iDformatioii contributed to our Socit^ty, the names should hn
gpell UD aoRie uniform system, and as tliat i-eoommended by tbe
Committee is now adopted by the Qovernment in the (iaxette,
th e CoHiril Piiperi, the Gavei-itmeii Mapi ^-c, it is reprinted in
le first DDmbcr of our Journal for easy reference.

litberto the practise in the Straits bas resembled that Jes-

1 by the famous traveller Dampier ^(10 years af^o, who ex-

ined in his Preface " I have nrjt been curious a;> to the |

lelHng of the names of Places, Plants, Vruits, Animals Seq^T

krbich in any of these remoter parte are ^iven at the pleasurffl

'i Tfavellere, and vary according to their different Humours."!' I

BEPOKT OF THE "8PELLIN&" COMMITTEE.

The Committee appointed to consider the subject ot tbe
kI spelling of Native Proper Names are of opinion that tbey
mot deal with the subject completely or satisfactorily, unless
' take into consideration the whole queetion of writing the
fiuiguages spoken in these Settlements in tbe Roman characters.
These laDguages are practically two, viz., Chinese and Malay.
Of these, Malay is the most important ; lii-st, because it is the
^~^ moD medium of communication between all the different
secondly, because the names of places throughout tbe 1
blement^ are Malay; ar.d thii-dly, because in the course of ]
itical events, Malay names of persons are likely to occiir io [
nic documents in far larger numbers than Chinese names.

Tl. The task of correctly rendering Chinese names, and othoc
won]^ in the Koman character is an impossible one. Chinese^ '
as it is well known, is not an alphaheticul language, and conse- '
aaeotly there is uo question of Huding etjuivalenls in the Itoman l'
'tabet for Cliiuese letters. .111 that can be done, therefore, *

MALAV AKD ENGLIBB SPELLING.

to endeavour to represent Chinese sounds in Roman letters.
The great difficulty in doing this arises from the Tact that iu
every dialect of Chinese there are sounds which no combinations
or modilicatioRs of Roman letters are able to express adequate-
ly ; so that the best system must be imperfect, and can only ap-
proximately represent Chinese words. Those members of the
Committee who are most conversant with the Chinese language,
are, however, of opinion, that the system suggested below is sa-
tisfactory as far as it goes ; and further, that no additional mo-
dilicaLion of the Roman letters would be of any substantial ad-
vantage. But they strongly recommend that to secure identi-
fication in at] important documents, Chinese names should be
written in the Chinese as well as in the Roman character.

■i. The ditHculties in the way of writing Malay in Humau
letters are not so great: still there are difficulties which every-
body who has attempted to Jea! with the subject has felt. The
chief of these is to be found in the eircnmstance that in Malay,
more freijuently than otherwise, the vowels are not expressed ;
ao that here also as in Chinese, it is sounds and not letters that
have to he represented. It should, however, be observed that
the Malay writing is so far phonetic that the Roman characters,
according to the system recommended by the Committee^ will in
the main give the sjNilling as well as the sound. Again, in or-
der to help persons unacquainted with, or possessing but little
knowledge of the language, it has been found absolutely neces-
sary to mark the diETerence between short and long vowel sounds
h} accents of some kind, and great care is required to make
these as intelligible as possible : and for simplicity's sake, as few
as may be. Moreover, some of the consonants in Malay have
no single equivalent, and others in certain situations have u
B|>ecial and peculiar use.

I. Hitherto no one system of spelling has been generally re-
cognized and adopted, which has led to several absurd mistakes,
such as Sel'iHgor being spelt as Saleugore, Ln'rnl as Laroofe,
KriitH as CdreeeaH ; but the various authorities in Malay, how-
ever they may differ on other )>oints, have with one consent
adopted ihe Continental or Italian system of vowels as best
suited to the retiuirements of Malay ; and the Committee have
no hesitation in following them so far.

The following system they believe to be sufficiently accurate,
and as simple as the circumstances of the case permit.

UjLAY AND B.VOI.ISll GPELLING,

I. The Voweia

B Eve vowels when used in writing Malay and ChineM I
words have the Coniinenfal, or, more strictly, the Italian, souiM).

The/ sometimes have a long sound, and are then written wilb j
a circumflex accent over them, thus A, e &c. ; and sometimes tliej' ]
have a short sound, when they are written a, e &c., without any 1
accent. This is more fully explained in the subjoined table. The I
Committee consider that the labour of writing the accent over J

I ihe long vowels will be far more than compensated for by the

^^^Bpniracy in pronunciation that will be secured, a» the accent
^^^^BU point out the accentuated eyllables. If " Sarufak" and
^^^B^cmiilan" had always been so written, Engliehmen nould have
^^^^Btai saved the absurd mistake of pronouncing them SaTahirfmek
^^^^Bd Samii/oH, OS if the accent were on the first syllable in each
^^^^Kie instead of the second.

I 6. fiat in addition to those vowel sounds which may be fair- J

I \y represented by the five vowels marked as long and ebort, there I

I is another of exceedingly frequent occurrence in Malay which is I

K> vague and indehiiite that no usturat representative at once I
eaggests itself, and Malay scholars have given different render I
ingeofiL After long and careful deliberation the Committee
have come to the conclusion that there will l>e the least danger
of misunderstanding if this sound be uniformly expressed by the
letter e so written. The mark of shortness (^] is very important
to distmguish it from the common short e as sounded in tbe
I English words "pen," met," to which it bears little resemblance.

Tbe Bonnd which we wish to express by this character (e) is that
of e in such words as " lateral" " considerable."

Tbe Arabic letter c (ain), which is found in a few Malay
words, takes the sound of all tbe vowels, long and short, in turn j
And its presence will be indicated by a dot written underneatli I
» ^ ic, or a e &c.

There are two diptbongsl souuds which will be written an
tod W, pronounced as in the table below.

haiav and enolibh 9pxluk0.
9. Tables of Vowbls.

. The Voweb.

Their eouod io Eaglisli.

Examples in Malay. .

SoprnDO
Diploma

Iftma, kepflla

The aecond a in mfllcaa

FSte
Ten

■P^rak, krgta
sendok, preksa

Pique
Tin

tidor, ptsau
pintu, bintang

Those
rroportioii

k6rek, tdlak
tongkat. Baron jt

Truth
Full

bftka, gCkra
tumbok, tunjuk

'Ab the e in "lateral"|kehan,perampflan,p#ag-
] " eonudentble" lima, b^tul

IFtiut (as in German )!Ukaa, k£rbau

with the sound of noK
f Height I SaD^i, bft$r«i

U The dot iodicatee the
' ! presence of e (ain.)

MALAY AND ENGLISH SPBLLIMO. 4^

II. The Consonants.

10. A table of ConsonaDts is ^iven below with their respec*
iive BOondB, and their Malay equivalents. It will be observed
that " c, ** " g *' soft, and " q " are omitted, and. they should
never be employed in writing Oriental languages in Bomau
charactersp as their sound is better i-epresented by ^^p," ^%" "k,"
Teq>ectively, and the use of them has led to strange mistakes.
An instance of this is the name of Kedah, which having been
spelt '^ Qaedah, " has come to be pronounced ^* Kwidah.''

(•

11. It is important to remember that whenever the lettert^
ng*' occur together they represent one letter only, and that
letter has uniformly the sound of ^' ng '' in '' singing/' not that
of " ng*' either in " single" or in " singed.'' Whenever it is in-
t^ided that the " g" should be souuded hard, as in " single/' the
word must be written with a second " g" as '^ Siinggoh'^
" Trengg&nu." The letters "w" and "y" are only used a»
Consonants.

li. The final '^ k" in Malay words is usually silent in the
Straits Settlements and the Malay Peninsula ; or rather it is only
partially sounded, being begun and then stopped suddenly.

1^5. The apostrophe ( ' ) represents the Malay mark '^ hamza"
( ' ). When it occurs in the middle of a word, as in "sa'orang/'^
it serves as a mark of separation between syllables;- at the end of
a word it has the same effect as the final " kJ

H. Some of the Consonants are written, like the vowels re-
presenting p ( ain ), with a dot beneath. This is the case where

two or more letters in the Malay Alphabet arc represented by
obe Roman character. Almost all the characters bearing this
mark are confined to nrords of Arabic origin, such as a certain
number of proper names, and words connected with Religion.
Their use therefore will be limited, the great bulk of words in
the Malay language lieing written in the simpler characters.

15. We can now give the table of Consonants which will
aetually be used. Whenever nothing is said respecting pronun-
ciation the letter has the ordinary English sound.

GEOGEAPHY
OF THE MALAY PENINSULA.

By Mr. A. M. Skinner.

^ PART I — CARTOGRAPHY.

ifead at a Meeting of tht Society held on the Sth July {seenhop, 5)

Some of the most interesting and valuable eontributions to the
Journal of the Indian Archipelago, more especially during t\\^
earlier numbers weie upon the Geography of the Peninsula. Mr.
Logan himself frequently returned to the subject during the years
1846-53. Those jmpers contain a fund of minute topographical
details, the itineraries of at least six important journeys in the
interior, and, in short, much of the rough material for a Map of
the districts which lie nearest to our Settlements. To a fuller
consideration of these records I will presently return; but first
as to the Maps of the Peninsula, l^nfortnnately at that period
of activity no such Map was compiled. Prior to Sir A. Clark^s
time, as far as I can discover, but one official map was produced —
if a mere outline sketch can be so called. This was first pub-
lished in 1802, apparently for the use of the Political Depart-
ment of the Indian Government in connection with the publi-
cation of the " Treaties and Suiinuds (180:3.)'^ It is now better
known as the map bound up with our fir&t Colonial Blue- Book
(C. — 465,1872) on the Selangor l)Ombardment. Mr. Moniot, at
that time Surveyor General of the Straits, prepared it ; but he
made little or no use of the information obtained ten years
before. I was puzzled at first to discover what guide he had fol-
lowed on the subject, much of the detail in his sketch being in
express contradiction not only to that collected by Logan, but
also to the notorious facts of the case. I think I have now
discovered the original in an old Dutch !Map of Sumatra, the
Peninsula and the Straits of Rio, stowed ^way in the Survey
Office, and bearing two dates, 1S£0 for the Straits of Rio, and
1835 for Sumatra. Tliere is nothing to show to what date
tlie '' Peninsula " portion of it should l>c referred ; but it may

* It was my intention, to have dealt with the whole subject in a single
paper, but so much fresh information is being collected in varioos quarters
that I find it advisable to postpone dealing with the Geographical details
till the next number. — A. M. S.

GBOORAPHY. &S

be gathered, from the boundaries assigned to Province Wellesley,
that it was compiled by the Dutch authorities between 1800 and
i82H— probably during their brief re-occupation of Malacca.
This map is almost exactly reproducedi though on a smaller scale
and with fewer particularsi by that to which Mr. Moniot^s name
is attached ; a fact which will sufficiently indicate how inade-
quate such a sketch must be at the present time. But it was
not till after the Perak War (June 187t^) that any better, or in-
deed any other map of the whole Peninsula was to be obtained ;
and I have therefore had a copy made of it, as well as a copy
n;duced to the same scale from the large map now under prepar-
ation. I had intended to contrast them in one and the same
sketch ; but on second thoughts it will be simpler to keep them
separate ; and the later, and certainly more correct map, though
too small to give many names, may perhaps be ueeful for
reference. It marks roughly the outlines of the Malay States,,
the mountain-chains, and the river systems, as known up to the
pretient time (1878) ; and also the routes of the principal journeys
in the interior of which we have anv record.

Having described at some length the only official map published
during the ninety years our Government had been paramount in
the Straits, prior to Sir A Clarke's intervention in the Native
States of the Peninsula, I may here refer more briefly to what hai$
been done since that time. Imme<liately after the Pangkor Treaty
(January 1S74) a party explored the I'Oute from Larut to Kwala
Kangi»a, aud thence down the K. Perak to the sea. This may
be considereil the key to the geography of Perak in the Xort//,
jiiist as the common source of the K. Muar and the soutlieni
bmnch of the K. Pahang is the key to the geography of the
HoHfA of the Peninsula, and the knowledge of the country be-
tween the Northern branch of the R. Pahang and the R.
Kelantan, is the key to the geography of the Interior of tli«^
Peninsula. On lM>th these latter districts much light was thrown
in lb 75 by the journeys of Messrs. O'Brien and Daly and
M. de Mikluho-Maclay respectively. Thus within IS mouths
of the Pangkor Treaty, our Government had obtained more
imjiortant information than had been collected during the ninety
years prior to tliat event. I will refer to these journeys at greater
length presently ; I only mention them here in explanation of tlie
two official maj>s published in 1S7<», which mark a great advance
in our knowledge of the country. The first in point of date, and,
strange to say, the most accurate in every resjiect, is one which
apparently owed its existence to the Perak war. It was publish-
ed by the Home Authorities in Blue- Book C. 1512 (June IS 70)
and was *' compiled from sketch surveys made by Capt. InncH,

54 GEOGRAPHY.

K. K., Mr. J. W. Birch and Mr. Daly*' — scaJe 15 miles to 1 inch;
and it was '^Lithd. at the Qr. Mr. Genl's Dept. under the
direction of Lt.-Col. B. Home c. b. b. b.^'' It is much to he
regretted that no separate copies of this excellent map were
procured. The similar but less correct map published on the
part of the local Government, and received out here towards the
end of 1870, met with a rapid sale, the whole issue having
long since been disposed of. Many applications have be^n made
in vain for further copies, especially during the present year ;
and I feel little doubt that, apart from the crpng want of a good
map on a large scale for educational piuposes, there mil be nu-
merous private purchasers to recoup any expenses of publica-
tion which may thus l>e incurred by Gh)vemment, or by the
Society if disposed to venture on such an undertaking. And
oven if copies could still be procured of either map of 1870
I should recommend a re-public:ition; so many of the inacc^uracies
having now l)een corrected, and no small portion of the blank
spaces having l)een filled in with fresh particulars.

Before I turn to the exploratioiLs, extending over a pericxl
of half a century (18£5-75), to which such knowledge of the Pe-
ninsula as we |K)88ess is mainly due, I will briefly refer to the
charts of the old Navigators, so far as I know them. But I
must here state that our Raffles Library is extremely deficient in
old "Travels," and that I cannot hope to give anything like a com-
plete view of the growth of our knowledge. The earliest ac-
I'ouiits of the Peninsula, as a whole and accompanied with Maps,
are those of the French traveller de la Ijoubere, and the English
navi<rator Captain Dampier,* who appear to have been in these
parts at the same time (16S()), though without meeting or even
liearing of each other. I have not succeeded in finding a copy
of Loubere^s Map, but Major McNair, who saw a copy in Eng-
land, thus refers to it in hisbcnik " Sanmg and Kris" (p.;345) : —
" In He La Loubere's IxKik is a quaint but very correct Map
of the Malayan Peninsula, prepared by M. Cassini, the Director
of the Observatory of Paris in 1(>S8, from which is gathered
the fact that Perak then continutnl to be looked upon as second
only t^» Malac<'a on the Western coast. The River Perak is not
v('r\ corrtH't in its reprc»sentation, Immu^ made more to resemble

• Our Enpflish Cosmogfrapher Hakluyt, who, like Barros, never traveUeil
himRolf but devoted his life to promoting the digcovery of unknown lands,
WAS probably the first Englishman to map out the Straits in his " very rare
Map" of 151K>, a copy of which is in the British Museum. In the second
volume of ** Navigations," published the same year, he refers to " the isles
(if Nicubar, Oomes Polo, and Pulo Pinaom " (Pinang?)tothe maineland
of Maljuoa. and to the kingdom of JunsaUum." (.Turk ^Vylcn ?)

s tiil«l CTwk. This is doubtless cine to the inforumtion reeeivedl ■
Uiut llic riveK to the noi-th joined the Perak^ which, iii tha I
tver of th* Jiirii Ma« aad the Bniae, is very nearly correct. "■ 111 I
l^uminer's Voyages (VA. Londun, I7i!>) I find three sket^-hes of j
Ihe Pi-nitiHiilu. Two of these (soIk. I and III) are intrixhieed io I
general m^yitf. But the sketili in vul. II is on u larger seals
iiiid in confined to the Str.ut». It in uunons that while both t)ie I
former represent the Peninsula as widening towards Malacca
ami Jiilior, the latter, thoiif^h t^'U years earlier iu date than the
iiia[> iu volume III, yet g^ivea its true shape. But the immea

■ m this sketeh are moijt |ier)(lexin^, there liein^ indeinl hut tive
that *~Mi l«e safely identilied,— fl. of Quei/ai, R. of JohoH (the
• inlv Native States shewn) Malaera, H. Formosa und Sieaigktt
9f' Singapore (ronnd St. John'sj. Tlie K. Perak is marked, J
n-ithoiit being named, as a ^reat estimrv some 5 or (• mile» J
wide, running for a distance of 30 miles N. E., with islands lying ]
in it "t'a larger size than Penaiig and the Dindingg. It may 1
be fonicetnrtd that this is intended to rej^'esent the whole water- 1
MHteni, ineUidiug R. Kinta and Butang Fadang. There ia also
the same eonritsioii tvith regard to a su])pose<l connection l^etween
the B. Penik and the rivere to the North, tliat Major McNair
noticed in Loiil>crc'K mu{>; the tivcr &'N^i-iac<'a« (Baroae ?) is 1
rei'rcsented sis joining the Perak about 30 milee from the hcju J
Tlie later Dutch map, already referre<l to, maket; the eame mistake,
I'rubiibly tbrungh copying these older maps. It is at the same
time poBJihle that the Britas was once connected, artifieiuHy or
natnrally, witli the R. Perak ; and this siippoeition is to some
extent eiip|iorti-d by the nniHrual ipiuntity of mud silted at the

'• Rnala " of that river, which is out of all proportion tti the nize

■ ■f the present stream ef the Briias. It is more probable however
thut the BUpiM^ed junction of the Pciak and Bniae was intended
to represent the old connection Iwtween Larut and Kwala Kangisa;
as represented in the map 1 come to next, that of the R. Perak
by Captain Forrest compiled from his own surveys 100 years
later, in 1 7 S;], (voyage to the Mergni Arehi|ielago, London 1 79i.)
Tbi* tnwiiig gives the lower part nf the river very correctly.
Col. Low who wa« sent to Perak on a jiolitical mission in 1826
arknowledge^ tliat it was hv the help of this clmrt alone that
H. M. S. " Antelope," «0 giinB, got into the river (I. A. Journal
vol IV. p. Ifl9). Above the DuU-h Fact<-ry, which Capt. Forrest I
r*fere to o» l>eing " re-estahlishefl" at Tanjong Putns, the plan of I
tW river g«ts much confui^ed. This portion of the journey watt per-
r(>niu>d " in » country i'<ivered Imat in which the writ^-r went up

" 1(1 |iuy his resjiects to the King of Perak ;" and from this point
Capt. Ffjrrest evidently found it more diflicult to take correct ol>-
*rr>'ation»>. He MM^'mB to have mel the KIue; at 8ayvng, unless he

56 GFXXiRAPUY.

has mistaken the situation of K. Kangsa, which he writes " Qualo
Consow/' and marks as an extensive tributary having at two days'
distance a ^' Carrying Place one day by land to Larut River/'
I am inclined to think there has in fact been some confusion
between this supposed tributary^ and the bend to the North
which the main stream takes near this point. If this surmise
is correct the residence of "the King" was probably at Alahan,
where Col. Ijow found the Court 4^3 years later. The only name
given in its vicinity is Kanttiu Panjang^ probably .Pasir Pan-
jang. But this tracking of Perak, 1>efore the Siamese invasion,
is so interesting that I have had it copied, and readers can form
their own judgments on these points. It will be seen that the
lower j)art of the river is given very correctly, and that most
of the names can 1)e identified. All reference to the Bruas, as
eonnected with Uhi Perak, has now disappeared ; and it is curious
that the mistake, as it undoubhHlly was then, should have re*
aj)peareil many years later in the Dutch Ma]>s already referred
to. ^Ir. Moniot might have have been warned by this to
(listnLst so unsafe a guide. Col. Low, it may be remarked, als^j
overlooks the imjwrtance of this portion of Forrest's sketch.
The only reference he makes to the route from Kwala Kangsa to
the seal is in the following passage from his account of I'hi Perak
as ** descrilHKl t<» me bv Natives, and bv the Chinese ;"

'^ From Quallah Kangsan tliere is an elephant road to

•' Trong. The first Man^h is tx> Padang Assun. The second to

*^ Pondt»k, chieflv across rice grounds. Hen» the |K)puIation
*'nuiv be rated a\ 1,000.''

It is |K»ssible that Col. Ijow. here sjHtaksof the Kwala Kangsa,
which he has referred to just befoiv as near Kendnmg; and that
there is some confusion l)etween the Trong near Tjarut and the
Tn»ng to the north of Keilah.

Between tlie date of C'apt. Forrest's engiiiving (published in
\1\H) and Mr. Moniot's (publishe<l in l'S<)2), no map with which
the Malay (leography is sjH?ciaIly concerniKl was published.
Tli'.'i-e are however two M. S. drawings to speak of, Ijow's and
Bnrney's, which have also bet»n preserved in the Survey Office,
(•riginally at Penang and of late years at Singajjore. I'lie for*
nier heai-s date IS^I-; the latter is uiidati*<l, but was prt^bably
coinpileil at the time Caj)tain Burney negotiated the Siamese
Treaty of IS^O. Col. (then Lt.) liow <*(mfine<l his sketch almttst
<»ntirely to the northern provin<*es of Siam. Cajituin Burney's
tnieing im*lud(*s Kedah, Singora, and Patani ; and the care with
whirli he compiUnl it may l»e gathennl from the '* memonindunr*
at the side, from which I quote the f«»llowing |Kissa^e :^

< ■

'•t

ince of
mrgh's,
.iidsav's
le^crip-
ilots?, a*<
mr |»as-
tht» two

appear
|)ec-tinu-

•uiiirah,
Prie4
L'kiiow-
lie pro-
[alavau
uislator

of th e

u-< own
?i.hI t!ic'
ul Isth
l)v th-
n tin*.-,*
:<-., — t)
ttl.' iii-

V Noars.
» realise
Kaiin'sa
leuanti
iiM not

n knew
te h-.»ni
to the
en that
ifornia-
iinks to
fr *S this

' ^*en

"■• *•*'•'*'*'>'. uuni„p, ?S\vettenliani and I'lekeri

has mistak*
Consow," a
distance a
I am inclir
between tl
which the
is correct t
where Col.
^ivcn in it
Jang. Bui
is so intere
their own j
lower part
of the nan
connected ^
that the nni
apl)eare(l m
to. Mr. J
distrust so
overlooks t
The only re
the sea is in
as ** describ

'' From
'' Tron^r. '

*^ Pondok, •
" niav he vo

It is |)oss
which he Ub
there is so
Tront^ to til

Between
171)2) and 3
the Malar
Til ere are li
Bnrnev's, v
onginally ii
mer heai-s *
compiled air.
Treaty of I ^
entirely to
tracinjjf incl
which he coi
at the side, from which I qnote the following passage* :^

oeooRAPHv. 57

''The Coast and IsIaiuU between Pah Plira and Prince of
"AValeB* L»land are set dowu after comi)ariiig Horsburgh'^^
** Forreet'st Blair's, Heather^B, Inverarity's, Martin Liud^uiy's
** and Dupres de Mennevillete'^ Charts with maps and descrip-
** tioDS obtained from seveml Malayan and Siamese Pilots^ as
" well as with what was observed by ourselves durin*^ our ^las-
" Kage to and from Punguh. Of all the Kuropi^u (]7hartSy the tw<»
" oldest^ Dupres de Mannevillite's and Martin Lindsay's, appear
"• bj far the most correct. Some information also res|)ectin^
" the towns on the Gulf of Siam and the country round Punkah,
".was received from Pailre Juan, a Native Ca^holi^• Priest
''residing near that town; and it is but ju^t to ackuow-
'' ledge that very great assistance was derived duiing the pm-
*• i^ress of the Mission, from the descriptive sket<*h of the Malayan
" Peninsula compiled by Mr. John Anderson, Malay translator
"to Government.''

What Capt. Burney says al>out the superior correctness of th e
okler charts, now hclds gorxl about the older maps ; for nothing
has^ l»een produced since his date that can vie with his own
sketirh in practical usefulness or careful exet'Ution. Indeed tlu*
old Navigators, the Dam])iers and Forrests of the 17th aiul l^tli
centuries, appear to have l>ecu sucece<le<l of late yeari bv the
Indian Officers, until recently stationed or employed in thesi*
part.r>, — C..»l. Low, Caj)fs. Burnev, Newbold, Be^bie, &(.-., — 1'»
whose eagerness for knowledge we owe so much of the littlo in-
formation we possess about the Malay Peninsula.

From the time when Logan's Journals ('eascjl to apjK'ara Iomm-
night settknl down upon the Straits, lasting some twenty years.
It i> difficult for those who were not here before 1871 to realist*
how little wais then known of the Peiiinsula. Kwala Kani^sa
ami Seliima were names unknown ; S. I jony; and Sri Menanti
were little better; Muar, Hirnani, Perak, and Kurau could not
then be name<l without an afFj'ctation of sihhm'uI, not to say pe-
dantic kni»wled||^. I do not believe that any person then knew
of the true c<jurse of the R. Perak, or of the short route fr«)ni
Larut t«> I'lu Perak, which 1 have alreadv calhnl the kev to the
^^raphy of that part ; and as to which it has been seen that
Captain Forrest ninety years l>efore had i)ossesse4l some informa-
tion. But within two years of the Pangkor Treaty, thanks to
Sir A. Chirke's initiative and the development of events, this
state of things was entirely chan^cil. Information luid l>een
collected in many districts. The journex from Larut to Perak,
and down the latter river, which was performed in 1S71
by M(»Sfc4rs. Dunlop, Swettenham and Pickerin;;^:, efpK-teil for

38 (IKIXiltAPHY.

"that port Iff tht' Pt'iiineiilu, whiit the jouniev liy Mensrs. Duljr
and O'Brien, ii|) the Miiar aixl iIowd tlie Pahang, effMrt«d
for tJie ttnie UHik-rstamting of th« relutiotiK, wlu-ther phvsifal or
political, which ^xint Itetween the Stiit*e of Johor, Pahang, uii<l
the NejfH Semhilaii, in the South of the Peninsula. The jmivney
■uf M. lie Miielay in |s7o nini>t uImh he inenfiimed, as thr"wing
li^it i>!i the nnknowi) Central regiuni. Of the# tliren jonr-
nevN, so ini]M)rtant to onr Cartfigrajrfiy, name record should herf
I>e made; more especially as no acwmnt of them has ever W'U
piiblixhed in a [lermBiient or ({vnenilly ai-oeiwihle form. I have
therefore Jtelectitl the moet strikin^f feature of each Hci-ount to
■conclude this ])U)>ev. But it would In' invidious nut to refer
wiso til certain earlier joiirneyB, via: that of Mr. Charles (fray
(vift MuliK.-L>a, Niining, Jumpol and Pahang in 1S£5, I. A.
Journul vol. VI, ji. 9W)) ; of Mv. Logan {vift Singajwirc, Imlan,
Semmng, Bhimut, and Johor in 1*^+7, I. .\. Journal II, p. lilH) ;
uud of the Bev. Le Favre (via Johor, Benut, and Batii Pahut in
IS4(i; and ajrain viflMalaccu, Riimhnu,Snngei-Ujonganil Jelchn
iu l^'ll, I. A. Journul vols. I& II). I hoi>e to avail myself
largely of these uccountd in Part II of this jHijier, when I treat of
the geography of each Statt.' ; hut it is the less neeessury to tpioti'
from them hcre,a8 they are already preuervLHl in an accessililc form.

I will iuiwever take this opjHirtnnity of recommemling tlicir
<-areful ptn-iisal to all thoM who arc ginxi enough to assist
in rendering onr ne«' map more coniplete. I find that a
gixNj deal of the itiformation furnished from time to time obvi-
oiwly lacks the advantage of having undergone coin]inri.*'>n with
the local details collected hy earlier writers, and this is a grave
loss when the writers are such us I'alihe Favre, and the late Mr.
Logan.

I. (hlsti'act tVom the Journal of .Messrs. Djulup, Swett^nliaiQ
inJ Pickering, during the crossing from Laral to A'. Kaagiii
February U, In?*.)

'* We starte<l at l.lJOjt.m. and within half au hour, got into the
finest jungle we have yet seen, crossed ini'essuntly by a Ix'auti-
ful clear stream. This jungle wiw filled with the brightest
scarlet iiud yellow fioweiv ; there were numbers of orchids. Af-
ter i^ontinniilly amending tit! we came to the soun-e of the stream,
we began to deee«iid again, following the cnnrM of another
stream ruumiig in the opposite direction. AU this time we
had been going through a narrow valley*, Bukit Berapit fonnirtg
one side of it, and as we ™me out into the open, we stood in
front of one of the mort e\traordinarv rocks I have uver «e«n,
■ ailed ftunong Pond.'k.

"We hiul just I'Uiiii.- our iif a uarrow valie>, fiile«l witli deose
juti^le and uot very lii^h hilli i>n etiol) side. Cumini; nut i>f ttiiu,
tilt- t-slley now \eviA uiiJ eomparativdy t-lenr, WBlened ont abrupt-
ly, w> that it became an extensive i»lain. CInao in front of iw,
rather uti th« left, ro«e as it were etraigbt nnt of a plain as level
a» the sea, a large roek, some HIIU feet hijjb, partly covered with
tnTf, partly bare nt-k in » lieer pret'ijitoes."

" The rock iteelF ik forme<t of limeMti>ne, aiut it im that t;urioUH
looking' bill, etimmonly called Bukit Guutiinjf which, when seen
fnim the sea, forms the diief land mark for entering the Larut
riv»rr. ^hv imly hill I have seen jit nil like it ia " Elephant
Miiunt" in Kedah, and we wmld see that fiimong Pondofc re-
ttemMec the monnt, iti the fact of itii beinir full of eavav. On run'
rifrbt wa- Bukit Bcntpit and this stri'tches away tv tlic riHrhl,
in a ranjfe "f gradually lessening hills, Right in front of u-,
a limutiful valley, some twentv miles iuiig> iilmost all cultiviiteil
nrpartlvso, shut in the di-itai»'e hv the hills in the int.'rior ,.f
pMak."

"Kel>ruar> lUhatll.lJ a. m. we an-ivwl within l.jll yui-ds
uf ■•iir destination, imW tu find we weie on the wron^ side of
a nide and deep river. It is no use attempting tu ai^ue a
point like this, so we nudreaaed and swum aennii!', The others
e&nie u]> auti had to go thr'iugh the same performance. The
river we i-ame across was the Kangsa, which here runs intt)
the Perak river, a stream about 2(10 vards broad; and we are
looking foniard with considerable plen-ure to a three days'
jtwmuy dowii it,"

li. (Extract from Mr. Daly'a Journal during the erossin^
/ruia tin Miiaf and Jiiim^mI lo PaAaaff, !h75.

" 1 cannot get even o«r man to accompitny uti, although we
bave offered very high wageH, — so we are starting by ourselvee.
His i^ a drawl»u;k to me, as I always like to get some matt
who can give me the native names or rivcro, hills, and kam-
ponge, wherever I go."

" Thei ^y, as one of the objections to uiir going to Fahang,
Uiat we cannot lind our way through the lake ( IWsek HeriL}
whtdi we have tu cross to strike again the stream that run»
into the Pahang river. I apprehend more ditficulty in getting
the boat over tlie shoals and anags of the " Ilir Ser^ting."

" The Malays of this plaiv won't go tvith us, as they say that
ihfy an aure to he killed l>y the " orang utan" ( wild men ) of

iiO GKOGRAPHY.

^' Got the boat clearod oat, freshly caulked, and got galas
{poles), kajitngt, and rudder, and floated her. She seems too
large for the work^ but '^beggars etc''

'' Angunt, \6th, — Unable to persuade any one even to help us in
getting the boat under way, we started on our journey to
Pahan^. The party c^msists of O'Brien, the three police and
myself — and provisions for 10 days, viz : rice, tea, a few tins of
sardines and powder and shot — relying upon shooting a few

pigeons now and then for fresh meat/'

•
'^ At starting from Kwala Jumpol had great diflSculty in get-
ting Ihe prahu over the sandy bars, and, though the distance
from the Kwala up the Kiver Jumpol to the place where the
boats are taken overland at Penarri is only about 1 mile, we took
over three hours dragging the boat. It is a very narrow steam,
choked with fallen timber and sand banks overhanging with
the much dreaded thorns, called '' unas" by the Malays, that
resemlile tigers' claws and tear everything they lay hold of.
Nearly all the time we were in the water dragging the boat
along."

'* On arriving at Penarri we took everything out of the boat
and carried the things across to the Kiver llir Sereting, and in
the evening ^e. managed to get fourteen men at ten cents a
head to pull the boat across the dividing land, from River Jum-
pol to River llir Sereting. 1 measured the distance from
one river to the other, — it is 2t chains or a little more than a
quarter of a mile; There is a rise of 25 feet from the river bed
up the first bank, and we were a long time pulling the heavy
boat up to the level land. Long bamboos were lashed to the
fore thwart of the boat and all hands haule<l at the bamboos —
the knots on the bamboo giving good holding power. It vvas
a Hhe moonlight night and the e.xcitable Malays worked with
a will, making a great noise.

" When we had got the boat across, after two hours' work, and
safely deposited in the other river, I sent up a couple of rockets
to their great delight and paid them. Gave quinine to a great
many who had remittent fever and ague.

'' It is a great relief to have got so far, and away from the
Kwala Jumpol people who are foolish and suspicious from
ignorance, and who were threatening mischief.

III. (FroM Clt( Pahanp fo f'/n Kelantan. A short Itinerary,
compile<l from the note book kept by M. de Maelay, 1875:)

took about 61t Ui 7U iiourw to arrive Ht tlie river T-iiniknii

t utream from K-waln Suii^i Pahitu^. Tbe juuruey wuk inudu

tolerably luiy« Hut- bottomed boat, whicb foar Malays pitttbi'd

anl with long poles, two and two by tiints. Tliiu kind <if

H»rirt, which I hiivc met with here, Jii Johor, Keiuntuti

almtnit all over the Malay PeninBiila, \» used partly on -m:-

l of the DJig'ht depth, but chieKv because ot tlie'notulilu

of the i-urrent. In this respeut it lias a j^reat advantu;^*

the oar, fur each new push with the pole, holding as it d'M^

p ground, fainderti, or at leaHt reduces ttiamiuimum.the bmk-

wnl How of the t-nrrent. If, under these tirciimstame:;, wu-

tekunn the rate of advance at 1 t« IJ miles jter hour (\vbieh

■rkuniui; in any case is not at all too hiyh) then the distauiL-

Kwala Sunj^i Tamilenjj from tbe estuary of the Sniitct'i

Itahantr (all iK'udin^ of the stream incliKleil) is about 70 to i^O

_"itth miles. Not far tmm the Kwulu Tamileng I found the

iLT Pahangfthou^haomen-liat narrower than in its lower strfaui,

t about 4-0 fathoms wide, or about as broad as in ils mid.lle

At the month of the Tamilenff on the right liauk of

t river, lie* an important village called Kamponj RoA. Here

TciUDd it necessary tti transfer my rather larffe covered bout (in

M"h all my baggajje, two servants and five Malavs had fnnnd

m) into two small open cnnces.

Thi* bed of the river Tamileng is, it ninst he allowed, in maity
places rather riamtw, and forms numerous rapids (Jeram) ; wliiUt
r>thers, owing to the silting- of the sand, the water is very
ill'iw. Following the course of the river Tamileng, we passed
itixth rapid, and I rei-koued tliat at this spit we were i.j'l feci
L-ve the level of the sea.

N<wr the sixth rapid, at the kainpon<^ of Pengulu tTi>ndong, I
Uticea] at *ome distance a remurkalile mountiun, which wjik
oinlMl out to me as Gimonif T<iiau. I believe that from here
wiain e ml 1 I..- reached in i or 3 days. The liank of tli"
irerTamiIeugHplfeare<lto be tolerably well— 'peoplwl, mo-itly by
lalays, but I also remarke<I several Chinamen among thetn.

■ 'n>e unexpected visit of mi " oraag patek" never seen
before, tilled tbe iteople with such misgivings ttiat
1 quite dumb, and to all questions that were put only
" ^ro /««" " 6arH ihilitng" or " 6H/nm f-aii." It wtm
I difficult not to take iieoj>le, who ln-camc thus Huddctily
H for regular "niikro kephalen." After I bud followed
"hkBDileng up its coi!i-se for 2J biiui--i, 1 cjime ti. ihe

UEOGaAPNV.

>uth of a still smaller stream, the River Sua/ or Sat. From
here Kuala Sat there are two wajs further iij> the river Tami-
leng; eastwardjaway to Trinjfgfmio ^arrived at aft«r a journey of
S or 4 days.) The stream Sat, flowimf iu a northerly direction,
roarkh the way to Kulantan. Prom Ulu Sot it took me G hours
e to reach the small Kamjwng ChiuHgut, consisting of twohut*.
J!\irther, the water of the Sat proved too sliallow even for the
smallest canop, sneh a one as is only tit to carry two men and
Hbme baggage. From Chiangut there is a f<>otpath of oidy S or !>
houn^ n'alkiiig to Kwnla Limaii, whidi belongs to the water-
Hyi<t«ni of thti river Kelantan. From Chiangut foiluwing
the eoui-se of the sti-eamlet Preten (a tributary of the Sat) and
alnavs keeping in a northcrlv din-ction, one rcai'hes further ii]>
to Batii Ata/i.

This hill formK the ix>litical Frontier of tlie territories Puliany
and Kelantan, and at the saiii ■ time the watershed of the two
river systems (R. i^tIlHng and R. Kelantan) A second hill must be
crojised, of much the name heijfht, about ■tOU feet al^rte Chiangut.
From here, still going northward, I reached the small river Limaii
at the point where it becomes iiavigahle, and where the tmvelling
further up the stream is usually done iu ii " raket" or " dug-out,"
made of bamlKMi. Kwala Sungei Limau lies aUiut 400 feet
lower than Batu-Atap. Prom Kwula Limau it takes 5 hours tti
follow down the small river Trei>al, to it* mouth In the river
Sat/oioii, which like the tirst two in still very narrow and full of
rupids. After eight hours morw in the rivers Bmlatii, K'l, Reton.
one reaches the embouchure of this latter intii the /,/-if, from
wliieli [loiiit a convenient water-way in apiin rea«'he<l.

Not far from Ktmla fMou the /^ .<rf«^ also empties itself
into R. Lebr, on the ItankK of which I met a considerable number
of Orang Sakai.

U]N<tream on tlie R. Lwlie one comeb to Kwala iir'Xc The Siko,
whicli at its month is wider than the Lebe, comes from AV. S. W,
and forms the water-way t*> Selangor, and aWto I'lul^ibang;
but it takes a greater round than the wav I followed [rhiTamileng
to I'lu U-U-.)

The stream thus formed by the junction uf the Lel>e and !^iko
is called the Snaffe' Kriauttn. In nine hours one <-uuia> to tlic •■on-
aiderable settlement of A'«/^ A^hik, the renidem^ of the Itaja of
Kelantan ; and an hour and a ha'f further down, to Kwiiln Sungei
Kelantan.

IIXKSE SKCRET SOCIETIES AND THEIR
ORIGIN.

BY MH. W. A, I'R'KKRING.

wrf al a Mtrthg •■/ the Soi-!ety, hehl ou fie ti/A May, ISJ^i.

Ai-THoiBu the iiamemus branches of the great Chinese Seorut
Society Tbien-Ti-Hui, liave, singe the foundation of the Colo-
nies, by tkeir riots and quarrels, forced themselves on the notice
of the public of the Straits Settlements, very little aeems to be
^acrally known as to Utuir origin, history, and objects. To
Eumpcan^, an almost complete knowledge of the working und
of the Soi-iety, has lieen to a certain extent at-
labk, by the publication in iHiitJ, of M. Uustsvc Suhlegel's
' ian-Ti-Hai, or the " Hung League," which treats very
lanelively of the subject of this threat Chinese brotherhood.

Amongst tlie Chinese themselves, unlesK a man be a raeitiL^ry
of the ^iety, he seldom or never knows anything at all about
the always suspected, and often dreaded " Hni." In China, to be
mil in poseefipion of any o( the books, seals, or insignia of th« ,
Society, would render a person liable to decapitation, or i
feet him to a persecution to which even death would be pre- ,
Me. Schli'gel, in his preface to the book above-mentioned.

Ntapioable. I
Whian-Ti
Kanelivel
AmoDgs
of the So«

" We do not suppose ihat the present work contains all posei- 1
\ information. Notwithstanding all our endeavours, we couM
I induce a single Chinaman in this place, whom we BUppi>s«l
Bbe a member (of the Thiau-Ti-Hui) to confess this.

' Bat even if this had been the case, not much benetit would,
"(ably have been derivwl from it. The greater part ol the
Ittbers, consisting of the lower orders of the population, are
sufficiently versed in their own language and history, or
initiated into the Secrets of the League, to lie able to give any
explanation ae to the meaning of the symbols, &c."

" A second difficulty k found in the unwillingness of Cfaiuese
literati to investigate any iKiok treating of the subject. If
they ore member*, and are initiated into the Becrets, they are '
afraid to tell them, for both in China and the Colnniee (Dutch ?)
ibe Lrague is forbidden. by severe lows. In the other I'a'je, llx-y

._ J

fUI.VE.Ht fBCHET MOC[LTIES.

arc prejudiced agaiust it by education and example, as the
Leaguu is alwaya repre^nted ia ito blackegt coloun! ; and a Chi-
oese uot beloD^iDg to the League, caunot be induced to take up
>' manual or book treating of it« ritee ; the looking on it bein^
deemed already contaminatin|r."

Ill the Straits Settlements, we do nut experience tbese (liAi-
cidlics in gaining intbrtnatioii ; as the Society, with its nuiue-
loun branches, ia recognised by the Goveriimeut, and the name^
of tens or thousands of office -bearers and members are regisltr-
eii, there ia no ditticulty in 6)>eaking with the initialed Chinese
on the subject of their League; the outside Chinese population,
(which includes the more respectable portion of the community]
itv, aud will always remain, as the Society ie now conscitnted,
in total ignorance of its workiog and rules.

In registering the various Ijodges of the Hung-Leaguc, in
Siitga|>ore, Penang, and Malacca, I have had many opportunities
of fi^aiuing an acquaintance with the organisation of the Brother-
hood, by conversation with the Sin-sengs or Masters of I,odges,
and by perusal of tiie numerous manuals or cateuhismi' which
have passed through my hands, and of which I possess one or
two ancient copies. It is, however, my opinion that any Euro-
pean who will take the trouble to thoroughly digest M, Scbleeel's
invaluable work on the subject, witt know more of the origin,
ceremonies and ostensible objeels of the Thien-Ti-Hui, than nine
out of ten of the Masters of Lodges in the Straits Settlements.
As the book in question is now very scarce, and uot accesaihle to
the general public, I considered that to tlic members of the
Straiis Asiatic Sooiety an account of the establishment of lln-
Society as stated in the introductions to the manuals used hy all
the Lodges in these Colonies, might not he uninteresting i and if
my surmise prove correct, I would in future Numbers of tlii^
journal continue a translation uf the Manual itself; and endea-
vour to trace the Society from its estahUahment aa u political
'society in IQli, to its present existence as au association of, at
file best, very ijaeslionablu characters, the objects of which are,
eombiuution to cany out private quarrels, and to uphold the in-
terests of )he members, either by meana of the law, i>r in opite of
the law, and lastly to raise money by subscription, or hy levying
fees on bri'thels und gamblin<; houseti, in the districts controlled
by the difTereut bmnchee.

The Society is called "Triad" because of the Chinese name
often given to it, Sam-hap or "three united," — Heaven, Earth,
»ud Man; when these Uiree principles arc in mii^in, there is

Klti<.-«d a complete circle, or globe, oi peace and liariuony- In
political etage of the Thieo-Ti-Hui, which, accr>r(linj|^ to tbe
tory ^Teii in the various raanuak, Liimmenceil during tli«
'Wt«r part of the 17th century, under the reign of Kaiig-hi or
Son Cb«iig the 2ud and ^rd Umperors or the presi^nt dynasty
" Ching"* or " pure," the happy iveuhs expected ujmn the union
of Heaven, Enrtli, and Man, seem t" l»e merely the rcploratiou to
ImfMirial powere of tlie ChJucite Miiigf or " Bright" dynasty,
whk'h iu the person of Teuiig-Cheng was cut otf hy the Manuhus
in about 162s. In the^ Coloniet^, it i^ iliiHuult to imagine wbat
are the aims of the numerous li>dgef=, «iiich having departed from
even a political etalus, though nominally branches cjftlie origi-
nal Society, are t<) all intent* and purjiows rival Societies.

Ili'wever degrailed the Sociely may have beeame in its prtt- ,
sent handi, there is great reason to believe that originally in ^
th<r long past, it was a system of freemasonry, and that its ob-
ject u-as tu benetit mankind by spreadintr a spirit of brother- i

' hood, and by teacbiug the duties of man to God, and toliis neigh- I

hour. The motto of the Thie»-Ti-Hui whether acted upon or '
not, is "Olwy Heaven and Work Righteousness," and the ssso-
ci»lion which could adopt this principle as its fundamental rule,
ma^t have lieen composed of individuals raised far above the

I MlMf of mere political adventurers.

^^^^rOppression which "luabeili u ui^c man mad," may have
^^^^^■ced the Society to become a political association, and the ritet^
^^^^Hfl ceremonies already in use were iittlise^l u,h means to screen
^^^^^k operations of the Society from the government otticials, and \
^^^^pi> to unite the niemliers, from all parts of the \ast Empire. <
^^^^B the Tai-ping rebellion, the Ijeaguc played a conspicuous
^^^^^rt, and there is no doubt that, " when Heaven shall have
changed it« intentions," and tlie present reigning family of
China shall have accomplished its destiny, the Thicn-Ti-Hui, will
• at its post, and the members of the " Hung" lamily will be
' y to take advantage of the general upheaval which must take
, and at least will attempt to fuiHI one of their avowed oh-
viK : the overtnrn of the " f'hing."

(A» lieibre remarked the professed olijccts of the League have,

I in the Straits to a certain extent lost sight of. But at the

time it must be recollected that some veara ago the leader

E-tlie "3ioTo''or "Small Knife" rebellion at Amoy, was a

(Rita-born Chinese, and that there are doubtless now in the

Straits, wverat old T«i-piiig rtWs. Tlie class of Cbinese who
Hock to th^se (^iloniee, is certainly not cnoaposed of men, who,
either by jioettion or udiication, uan l>e e\pected to cherish very
deeply the higher priDciplea inculcated by the teaching of the
Society ; iind bs there ai-e no patriotic aims to he attained under
our gentlt: and liheriil Guvt-nimynt, the only ohjects for which
they can strive, are thorn; lower interests which are only too dear
to the average Celestial mind, such as intrigue, ussistance in
•petty feud*, combination to extoit money, and to iutorterc with
the course of jnalicc

It mnst be borne in mind, lliat umongst the Chinese, as with

/ the Irish in times not very rumot^t, law has l}een so long asso-

i ciated in their minds ivith injustice, that it lias almost become a

J, / virtue in their eyes to hamper and ubatruct the execution of the

^r laws of their country as administered by the Mandarins. The

r^ ^ 1 Secret Societies as at present constituted, though dtcliuing in

I' '. power and influence, and occd.'^ionally useful, are, take them all

\ in all, a nuisance to both the Chinese and the Govern men t, and

\ are eonlinually interfering to prevent justice lieiiig done, if

it tells against any of thtir memltere.

After the above remarks, no pernon will suspect me of partiality
towards Chinese Secivt Societies; it is nevcrthtilcss a ques-
tion whether the Tliien-Ti-Hni might' not with some radical re-
formations, be inodu conducive to the order and tranquillity of a
country inhabited by a large Chines- population. The various
Lod)^, instead of being in u constant state of ieud and jealousy
should Ite cordially united in one Grand Loilge, and. as while cn-
joviug the protection and fostering care of a civilisud Govern-
ment, tbei-e cau be no excuse for pi^rpetuating the ]H])itical ele-
ment of the Society, this should be eliminated, leaving only what
is really good and benevolent in the manual of instruction.
If, as at present, the branchcsuf the Thien-Ti-Hui, persistent-
ly ignore and walk in opposition to their great motto, "Obey
Heaven and Work Righteousness," they can neither expect that
" Heaven will protect Hung," nor that any firm and strong Go-
vernment will endure their intrigues, or allow them to exist to
thf disgrace and intonveniLuce of a civilised community.

The following narrative is a compilation from several manuals
of instruction, used by different branches of the Secret Society in
Siugapore and Malacca. As, for reasons stated at the com-
mencement of this introduction, the members of the " Hung"
League have never dared to put into print the rules and ceremo-
nies of their associatiun, the manuscripts have been subjected to
much change and interpolation at the hands of transcribers, and

) ia naarfaed by L-ollo<)uiaiism8, aiul a liiss ia favcmrof a
aliat ProTince or District acoonlingtjt tie origin of the Lodge.
. of tlie books nhiuli liavt.' iMme uiidor my iiotice seem of
^i«at age, and many are biackuned wiLli use, and much dogs-
eand : none arv exautly alike, hut what i^ deHciciit In some, i»
Aipfdied by others.

. 1 have choAeu for my uroundwork a u«i>y uhich, althoughditiWr-
_ eiderably from tliat used by M. Schleg:cl| aud le^ correct
I p«iiut of dates, (fives I think a more thoroughly Chiueee a<:-
Bount of ooeurreni!t», which as far as our present knowledge goes,
are l>ut hy|]otlipLical. While endeaviuriu;; l possible the peuti-
_liar Cliinetw style ufeKpressioii, which I trust will not diminish
■ iutervst of the story. For the Wiiefit of readers notL'onversuiit
Ith Chinese Chronology it may l>e necessary to state tliat tlie
< narrated in thn story are suppoiied to have taken place du-
■ the rtign of Kan^-Hi, the 2uil Kjiipemr nf the present
LDi^hu, or " Ching" Dynasty.

^lu ItUl Tsuii^-t.'heii^ or Chuaii;;-liieh-Ti, the lutt inonarcli
' ih? Chinese dj'Dasty " Miiig" (which had held the Empire
■ A. D. I'Ml] woB driven from his thfine by Shmi-Ohi tlie
htr of Kang-hi.

I^lx Uie rei^ii. of the Km|>eror Kang-Eli, in the' \eur Kah-
{ A.D. 1111)4.) the Western Eleulb Tatars invaded the
lOndartes of the Flowery Land, hringiug troitblo mid devasta-
t into the Middle Kinj^lom.

^To nvcDge these injuries, the Frovincial Govenimeut xeiit se-
nl largv armies to subdue the Barbarians, hnt all was in vain,
", after losing several battles, the defeated General Koeh-Ting-
presented a memorial in jierson to the Emperor, humhly
Iggiiii; h\» Sacred Majesty <" setiil an iirmy to the relief of
"i people,

> The Kniperur held a consultjiti"U with his uoliles, hut for i.ome

lid not arrive at any decision ; when a high Minister

kddcnly came forward, and humhly bowing said : " By the

morial of Ko^h-Tlng-Hni, the situation seems tru'y alarm*

I would eanieslly recommend compliance with his memo-

and beg your Majesty to at once send an army to recover

p territories of our Sovereign Lord, and to protect the people

litt*^ by Heaven to your charire."

((llNE«t stfHKT sfM-IETIEM.

The Emjieror aoeJerl to tins sug^reetinn, uud ilenmnilGd o)' the
atiscmbled nobles, tvliicii of the Miiiiiters they could recounnead
tu take command ol tlie army and lead it Ibrth 'f The uobles
thus replied : " At the preient time it will be impoeaible to Hud
umoQgst the court officials, an able Minister who dai'e un-
deiukti this heavy res]i<iiisil>ility. We would therefore recora-
mend V>nir Majesty to issue an Edict, and order it to be cir-
culated and posted in every provinue, country, and district of
the Empirt, to the i-ffect that whoever will oWy the proclama-
tion and duhduc the Eleuth Tatars, no matter whether they
be oHicials, common people, women, children, Budilhiut or
Taoial priest*, they shall receive U'.I'OO tacls of tfold, ami be
appointed l-jirls over 1(1,000 fumilieo; this will certainly have
the effect of bringing forward men of the highest talent to
reeponil to the call of our Sovereign Loitl."

The Kin|>eror was exceedingly pltiised with the proposal, and
at ouce issued an Imperial Edict, which was speedily distributed
throiiglidtit the whole Empire. There was no place under Heaven
which the proclnmation did not reuch. Now, in a range of moun-
tains culli-d Kiu-Lien, in the district of Toan Leng in
Hok-Kien, there was n monastery, named Siau Lim Si, enn-
taioing \i^ priests, who on hearing of the above edict, went
to the place where it was posted, and finding that it was genuine,
they, after consulting together, took down the copj of the pro-
clamation. Some pei-son informing the Imperial Commissinncr
of tliis, he called all the priests, aud they being assembled,
he addressed them as follows : " Are talent and ability to W
found amongst you priests, are there amougst you uny who
<iare to comply with the Emperor's edict, aud come forward
t« conquer these A\ estern barl^ariaus" V All the priests respect-
fully replied," Let there be no doubt in your Ex(%lleney's mind
on this subject. The old saying is : ' Talents and ability divell
amongst the priesthood.' Our brethren are in all 12S persons,
and without the assistance of an Imperial soldier, we will con-
ijUer ibeee Kleuths; even if their camp be lOU li * in extent, we
will destroy it, and not leave as much as an inch of straw re-
maining,"

The oDicial on hearing these word- was exceedingly delighted,
and ordered the priests to return to their monastery, and pack
up their baggage, preparatory to a start on the morrow t/iwarda
Peking, where they wuuld be f>ermitted to behold the sacie*!
person of the Emperor.

• About 80 iuilt«.

CHIVIWB SBfHFT ■sOlIB

I'fl

B»vin|r received tliia order, they went back to their inoiiiL&te-
w, and each of them having packed up his tilings, ucd buckled
1 his weapon, the whole body started nest morning in tin?
hio ot the CommissioDer.

k Jti u short time, they arrived »t thu capital, and were aitcom-
Mlat«d by the Commissiouert at the Hgll ol' the Military Board,
Aere he t<^ld them to stay till next mnri)ing, when they would
1 Andietice of his Sacred Majesty.

I In tliL'Jth wutch, about ^ a. \i. t the Emperjr beiujf seated on
■ throne, the Commissioner ap)>ruaclied, and prostrating liim-
" yi"' servant having reverently received your Majes-
j^9 command to summon tt^ther brave heroes from every place
ider heaven, he, in circulating the Edict, fortunately found, in
: Kin Lien Mountain?, a monastery containing H8 Buddhist
all of whom are perfe-t in the Civil and Military arts and
ciees, and they boast that without using the Imperial sol-
n, they will at sight exterminate the Kleuths, as catily as
^ etson can wave his hand ; your minister has brought them to
e gate of the Palaoi^, where they are now awaiting your Majf!-
^« decision."

riie Emperor ordered the priests to be brought befofp him,
g their manly and robust appearance, be was much
«t-d ; wliile they were yet in the Palace, His Majesty apjlointed
1 to the rank of gciieralf^, and presented them with a sword,
I which were engraved the characters Jit, and Sun, J the
fription being of triangular form.

.His Majesty also appointed the minister Te"-Knn-Tat to
kae Commis^ry General, and Commtssioner to accompany the

Da tie day following, having saeriliced to the standards, the
J»y was 9rt in motion, having received the Imperial command
^inarch forward.

Kuw at this lime, the barbarians were beaicging the Iroutier

of Tung-Kuan, and when the army of relief arrived,

I lHfl(ragii»re<l generals Lau and '\g were on the walls; they

"enly saw a buOy of Imperial Soldiers approaching, ivbicb

knew must be a force sent to their aseistaDce, so at once^

kT)ii! oflcial huam«M of thv Chinese Court and cabinet is usuallj con-
I at a *«rj lurlf hour in tlie mortiins;, tLe Eiupvror frequtrntl; tiLkia|r
tt bt 3 or 4 *. H.

ESiBuuI iii'Mmti^iD.

CHINBSE SECRKT ,>iOLTIt:TIE.-i.

throwing open the gates, they went forth to meet and ftdmit the
army into the city.

Ai'ter being entertained In the generals, the ablmt questioued
them as to the position of the Kleuth Camp, and asked if any
engagements had yet taken place. The generals replied ; " Thi-
Kleutti soldiers are indeed Herce and brave, and their eotrencb-
ments are strong; daily have tbey attacked this city, and it ii«
only by our exceeding watchfolness, and owing to the strength
of our walls and the depth uf our moat, tbat we have been abit
to defend il ; and our only hope was, that onr Sovereign
Lord would send troops to save us. We trost that the abbot
has discovered some excellent scheme, and brought brave
soldiers with whom we may yet suiidue tliese hnr1}anans.
Any movement on our part must be undertaken (vith the
greatest wisdom and foresight, it it will be iraposcible t^i oonteml
against the Eleuths." The a'lbot said : " You generals have
bei'n here some time, ao of course ynu possess a knowledge as V>
the position of the enemy's camp and the means of approach
thereto." General I^u-King replied " I have here, a map of
the position, and if the master will look it «ver, be will sw at a
glance the wliole situation in every particular," Having es-
amineil well the chart, the ablxit said that be understood perfect-
ly how he was placed j " to-morrow we will lead out oiir men,
and Sod out what these barbarians are made of, 1 have a scheme
for attacking them."

Tlienext morning the gates were opened, and I be army marched
ibrth. On this being reported to the Eleuth general Phe" Leii;^
Thieu, he buckled on hi»< shield, and mounted his hotse; hut
on seeing uothiag but a crowd of shaven priests, he laughed, ami
mockingly said : "1 little, thought during the yea re the Em-
peror of the Middle Kingdom has claimed my obedience, that he
wa» supported by an army of priesU. If you really intend tu
retire from the world, why do you not keep your vows ; how dare
} ou measure yourselves against me 't" The ablwt in a loud voice
replied ; " Dog of a barbarian ! the Chinese have notbiug in com-
mon with you Eleuths, any more than with the lower unioials;
wh) will you rush into strife, and run blindly to your own des-
truction V" Phei Leng Thien, was greatly enraged at this, and
shouted: "Will no one lay bandson this bald-headed prieet"'!'
One of the surrounding chiefs responding to the call, and being
armed witli a long sword, galloped forward with a shout ; but
from behind the :ibbot, Choa-Tek-Tiong &p]>eared like a Hasli
of lightning, and with a knife in each hand, elosed with thehorse^
man. After thirty cuts and thrusts on either side, the issue was

I DndecJdMJ, but Tek-TioDg bitting upon a BcLeme, turoed
bie hone and tied.

Tli« Chief, not «ceiD}f that ttiJs wae meruly a feintj pursued
hotly ; Tek-Tiong drawing forth a copper Lar, turned round
»udd«nly, and struck the Eleuih on the left arm, on which lie fell
from his saddle with a terrible yell

l*"g-Toa-Ang seeing that Tek-Tiong was victorioue, wavL<d
the colourB, and the whole army cheered luatijy; this mad*
Pben -Leng-Thien almost burst with rage, so spurring forward
his hnrw, he rushed at Png-Toa-Aug; their horses met, and a
Irrnhle tight ensued between the two men. The Abbot per-
nriving that Phef -Leng-Thien was onu of Heaven's own
heroes, and fearing that Toa-Aug would be overmatehed,
!><>UDded the trumpets lo recall the army. Now just at this
time, Toa-Ang was anxion? to exhibit his ])mwese to the ut-
mofit, Imt on hearing the trumpet, he obeyed tlie signal, and
retired with the rest; on seeing the Abbot, he said, " I was
ju»t going to put intu fffect a stratagem, why did you recall the
tnxipsV Tile abbot replied ;" I perceive this man is a phenome-
non of bravery, and I feared lest you would not be able to with-
stand him, for this reason I recalled you ; this man must be at-
tacked by strat^'gy. It is hopeless to resist him by mere force.
To-morrow I will carry out my schemes, and we shall certain-
ly be victorioUB."

The next day the Allwt called together all the brethren, and
iDBttucteii them as follows,

■' I find that there is a roviue called the Hu-Tek valley, in
which we can place an ambuscade, by which means we shall
gain a cooaplete victory. O-Tek-Te must take ;iO of the bre-
thren, and lie in wait on t!ie left side ot the valley ; Ma-Thiau-
Heng will take iO, and place them on the right side, of the
Mime valley. Each man must be provided with plenty nf dry wood,
atraw, italphur, gunpowder and other combustibles, and mines
consisting of shells and (ireballs must be set in the pathway;
Chhofl-Tek-Tiong, and Chlioii-Seng-Tso, with Low-Keng, will
with 3,IJUI) of tlie troops, attack the enemy opposed to bim;
Ng-Su-Tsnan, Pog-Hui-Ho, and O-Sun-Hiang, will also take
thfi sam« men, and attack the Eleuths, while Png-Toa-Ang
will, tn* pretending to fly, allure the enemy into the Hu-Tek
valley ; and when the 'Signal guns uhew that the Kleuth« ari' en-
liapped, O-Tek-Te, and Ma-Thiau-Heng, with their men will
•pnng the loioefi, and our whole force will nt once fall to kill and
KSh'rminate the i-arhariauB.

CHINBSt &LCBCT SWIETIK3.

At the time appointed, the ablxit toolc the brethren of his
monastery with their horses, and stationing them in front of the
whole army, cried with a loud voice " Phei-Leug-Thicu, I,
the old priest, adjure you to respond to the command of Heaven,
and to follow the advice of men ; if you do thiB, yon will be al-
lowed to return home, and avoid calamity and disgrace. If you
will not listen to my words, then truly I fear you will run tn
deelruetion, and I should be grieved that such a brave hero
should perish miserably in this place."

Fhei>-Leng-Thien being enraged, cried; " What is the ad-
vautage of so many words'' Bring on your men and horses; I
will this day see which of ns is to gaiu the victory, or |>erisb."

The words were scarcely uttered, when he saw Chboa-Tefc-
Tiong and Lau-Keng riding forwurd, nourishing their swords,
and shouting the war cry: I'liei-Leng-Thien in great wrath
spurred on his horse, and eni^n^tui both meu. After several en-
counters bad taken place, Png-Toa-Aug galloped up. crying.
■' Here I am, I will take Phe'i-Leng-Tbieu." Ou hearing this,
Leug-Tbieo left Chhon, and, Lau, and rushed on Toa-Ang, who
after a tew passes turned his horse, and fled towards the mouth
of the Hu-tek ravine. Phen-Leng-'riiien being deceived by thif-
ctratagem, gave chase, and wave^I his whip for his men to follow.

When the abbot )>erceived that the Sleuths had entered the
trap, he ordered the signal guns to he tired, and immediately,
the two priest*,- O-Tek-Te, and Ma-Thiau-Heng, with their men,
discharged iucessantly their fire-arrows and sprung their mines:
Heaven and earth were obscured by the blaze and smoke, nnd at
one blow, more than 3O,00H soMicrs and l,(llllt nfhcers of the
l-'leutb array were annihilated.

Of the whole army, the (feneral Phe"-Leng-Tbien alone
escaped with hia horse, and galloping into the mountain, he soon
found the wad so rugged and dilticult, that he was obliged tij
dismount, abandon his horse, and walk like a conimou soldier,
lieing only ton happy to save his life, nnd (>nmf«rt himself by
thinking his time had nut yet come.

llie Elenth little knew that by the AbbotV eifinmands, the
Uenerals Chhoa, Ma, Ng, and O were lying in umhush in the
road ; when these men saw Phen-Leng-Thien coming along,
they could not help saying; " this excellent scheme of the Ab-
liot is truly worthy of n spiritual being"! they then rushed for-
wurd, and under a discbarge of their fire-arrows, the brave and
heroic Phea-I<ene-Thien succumbed t-y his fate, and perisheii
miserably at their hands. The alH>ve event took place on the

12Ui day of tbe 7th mooa of the l:)th year of tie Emperor
Kmng-bi.

Haviog divined by lot for a propitious day, tlie army celebrat-
ed the victory, and mftrclied I>ack to the Capital, On the day
of their return, tbe Civil and Military Officials went outside the
city to receive and weloome the oonijueroi-s, and as ttie brettireu
cmmmI the gate of the t'lhU Court, a man uame forward, and in a
fond voiee addressed the I iS priests :

" Behold the iavinctble heroes of the highest rank.

" Their conra^ and valour have never been equall^nl.

At the proper time, tlie priests were presented at Cuurt, and
p«s»e() in review l>efore their Sovereijfu Lord. The whole armj
received rewards, hut the Emperor specially called before him
tbe brethren, and wiahed to invest them with titles of nobility ;
but OD lieariug of this intention, all the priests excused them-
■elve*', and the Abl>ot on behalf of the brethren humbly addres-
~" I Hie Majesty as follows.

" Vour i^rvants having left their families, ui>d retired from the
plld, do not desire an illustriotts worldly reputation; they only
y that they may be allowed to return to their monai>tery, and
' eir lives in the cultivation of virtue by the performance
__ works ; this hein^ granted, they can never be sutficieutly
kteful for your Majesty's kindness and eondeseeneion,"

f The Emperor hearing this, could not but accede to their re-
Bst, but at the same time he presented them with l<l,00'l taelx
■ ^1d, and having entertained them at a feast, ga\'e purmissiou
: prieet« to return to their monastery. Kang-Hi ap-
linted the Minister, Te" Kuu Tat, (who as before narrated ac-
jopanied the array as Commissioner), to the Military Command
f the O-Kong Province, and ordered him to proceed to his
ir pot>t on tbe same day as the priests were leaving tbe Capital.

f Having thanked tbe Kmperor, the priests withdrew from the

>, and the Civil and Military Officials returned to thetr

sctive Vameui'. Tei-Kun -Tat entertained the priests, his late

■rades, at a farewell feaet, where they talked over the dangers

- undergone while subduing the Klenths, and congratulated

I other on the splendid results of their labours. In view ol

ration, Uiey o^wld scarcely find words to express their

igbt«, so after taking a solemn oath of mutual brotherhood,

f bode farewell, and each party went its way.

Rf bo would have imagined, that during the IVaat, two old rsf-

kUL

c^ly Officials wlm iiml not relaroed with rest to tlieir Yamen,
bixl introduced themselves amongst the company, and heard erery-
tbing. The iiamefl of these Officers were Tiun-Kien-Clihiu,
anil Taii-Hiong, l»otli were of the liitrhcst rank of Prelect,
and ivtre mi very Iwd terms with Kun-Tat, whom tliey had for
a longtime wished to ruin. Teo-Kun-fat, was however a most
honourahle and much res|>ected man, and as yet they had not
liefD able to bring any charge against, bim. The two Officials
hod now wen him pledge himself to the priewts by a solemn oath
of brotherhool, so fall of the alfuir, they returned to their
Vamens, and concerted a most treacherous scheme.

The next morning they obtained an Audience of the Km-
peror, and petitioned His Majesty as follows.

"In your servant's opinion, the priests oF the Siau-Lim miv
nastery, by thus subdning the Eleuths, as easily oe one could put
on n suit of armour, have covered themselves with gWv, and
deserve to be handwl donn ae heroes to thousands of generations.
Truly thene inen are as fierce as wolves, and courageous a^ tigers;
if their heart* only remain unchanged, then the Government will
be safe and we may rest in peace ; hut on the contrary, if their
mimb; slionlil change, then indewl the State mil tjc enduugerw!."

" Besides this, Ten-Ki;n-Tat a man full of craft and ifltrigue,
liaa cherished whemes of ambition and relwlliou, but not h:v\-ing
resources or power, and being also without confederates, he lias
not us yet tiared to shew openly disaffection."

" Now, however, he has obtJiined an oath of life and death, from
the priest*, and your Majesty has given him command over, and
the power of 10,(W(I soldiers; truly he is now as a tiger with
the additional strength of (vings, and a^ a fierce fire increased
by oil; — he will iinme<1iat«ly carry into practice his ambitious
schemes, and the jiriests will respond to his call without fail.
With all these auxiliaries, who will he able to oppose a man nf
such wolf-and-tiger-like disposition ?"

" Your ministers having pondered over this matter, are m(«t
anxious, and at the risk of their lives, must reprexcnt the state
of things to your Maj isty ; th ;y beg that you will carefully en*
<iiiire into t'le case, aiij avoid the ui>fe<sity of repenting whon
It shall W too lute."

The Em]ienr Iwing deceived by the specious wonis r)f thesctwo
men, ijniisetl their zeal and fidelity in reprcjcntiug the affair, and
imme(li>itel\ demanded of the nobler if they had any gocxl schcmi>

Ctll}ii>t WLCRET SOCrKTias.

to propose, by flrhich tlitt band of o

iispinilorH slioiild b.' utterly

I Kien-CIiliiii reprosHing liia joy at the Hmperor's iatentionM,
" ide bis pritposttl an follows :^

^"" Your SIin'st«r has u plan; if it Iw followeJ out, though tliev

makp tbi'mselvw wiiipa, tht'v will ii'tt be iil>lt! tn fscujxf.

" Wait till the fwist of the new year, and then send an Official
witli a proper esc-ort of soldiers, to pretend that Your Majesty
kas aenl an Imj^erial gift of wiiie with which the priests may
fceei> the Eetrtival. At the same time, let the eBci>rt tw provideil
with aul^ur, salti)etre, gunpun'dcr, anil all kinds of combiuti-
ble^. Deiieiwl iijxin it, the priest* will take in this scheme —
At the same time, a Minlxter should l>e sent to Kun-Tut, with
the red scarf.* as a punishmuut fur his heinous erime of ranspl-
ttt rebel. By thus doiuij, at one cait of tli.' net we shall
L» the whole party."

K»]i];-ht joj-fully expressed hi« a]>proviil, and «rdeie<l the
to be (-arrieil out act-oniiiiK to the su^gwtii ■U'* of the twn

TbeM two otHcials Imviiijf reeeived the sacred ei.mmiiuils,oii thi-
Btomtw arruug»l their triwiw, and having put all thiuj^s in or-
der, eai'h proceeded to his separate Pi-oviuce. Kien-Chhiu went
straight ti> Huk-Kien, towards the Siau-lim mituistery; on
arririnif at a pLu-e culled the " Yellow Spring," he met on the
nm), a uurtur named Ma-ji-bob. Kien-Chhiu availing himself
of tJie iipiMrt unity, employed the man's carriage, and quietly qu«'8-
tiuneil him an to the most im]>(>rtant mad to the monastery.
By gradiul bihI careful enqniries, Kien- 3hhiu got the moHt com-
plete information from Ji-Hok, who replied to his questions
in B ni<»4 strai^^itforward manner, and kept nothing bock ;
awl liesidee this, lie was quite glad to act as informer and guide,
in iinl«r to avenga a blow he had received s«)me time before, from
an inmate of the monastei'y.

kiea-Chhin wax extremely pleased to Hnd this out, uud he felt
vm happy at seeing everytliing jirogreiMing ao favourably ; on
^proaihing thv monastery, the priests having received intell!-
gen<.-e of his arrival, came forward to pay due respect to the
iupenal Knvoy, and to rtiverently receive His Majesty's Saci-ed
Cooiniamts. The Abbot brought Kien^Clihiu into the Hall, uod
having ionted him to take his seat in the most honourable

pUu%, they treated hira every way in accerdaiUL'e nitli the rit««
ami ceremonies, (iffering him tta and tobat-co.

The priestB uddreiwetl Kien-Chhiu as follown. " We were
guilty (if some tlisrenpert in not j)ri>ce«ling: a mifHeient distance
t" meet Your KxwIIeiiey, but we humbly bejf you will pardon
oTir fault." Kien-Chliiu replied " How dare I call you disrenpect-
ful ! On tl)o contrary your behaviour has gratifie<l me very much.
His Majesty roiuUy remembering your nobility ^f character,
regrets liis imibiltty to visit you in person, but to ehen- dearly
tiie Kmevolent intentions of hit: tiaci'e*! mind, he haij «pe<<ial]y
deputed mo to present you with tliis gift of Imperial Wine,
with whifh you may wlebnite this fea«t of the new year."

On lieuriiig this, the priests were tilled with gratitude for this
ai't of cimdescension on the ])urt of His Majesty. All took
their proper seatf in the large Hull, and taking the Imperial
gift, H'ere pouring out the wine, and about to drink, when a
certain odour caused suspicion to all;— w) the Abbot taking in
Ids hand a magic sword bequeathed to the bretliren by the founder
<jf the monastery, and dipping it in the jar nf wine, immediate*
ly there arose a me))hitic vajxiur whidi force<l itself on all
present, and made them fall to the ground with terror. After
recovering themselves, the priests broke the jar of )Kiisoned
«Hne ill pieces, and cnrsiiijj the treacherous minister, med ;
" What ancient grudge have ynu against lu, or whut prewnt
injury have we done, that yon ehonld deceive His Majesty,
iind turn him against ns to our destruction ? Truly it is witiiont
4'ause that you have tloiie this thing, and there is nothing
for us but to defend ourselves with the force we have at our
disposal ; why await further injury V" Aft*r again cursing him,
they sei)»d Kien-Chhiu, and struck off his heud, hut at the same
moment, they saw the mountain above, and the monastery
within and without, illuminated by tire, which blazed up tn
heaven : everywhere, they were surrouiKled by the Kames, and
there a]i]>earMl no way of escape. The conHiigratiou continued
for two hours, and it is hanltosay how many perished in the
Hames, hut only eighteen priests were seen, and they carrying the
Keul and magic sword of the foimder, ran into the inner-hall,
where they cast themselves before the Image of Duddha, and
piteously, with tear*, implored his protertion to save them.
Suddenly, the Celwtial Spirit, Tai-lo, exercising his Buddhistic
powers, ordered his assistants Chn-khai and Uiu-knng to open
ont black and vellow roads, by which the eighteen brethren were
eWiibled tri make tlieir escape fntm the burning monnstery.

At the break of day, these priests saw afar off, Ji-hnk guiiiiiig

CIIIXEKE: SECftKT SOCIKTIES, 77

>op of Imperial eoMters, Biid {Kiiiitiiig to the f^t ami WcbI ;
I itu mediately struck them that it was this man whu hud led
K>lili«re t« the attuL-k on tlio mytiastcry, in revougt- for the
lo*' he h(wl rweived iwme tirat; before. The brethren deter-
niine<) thnt wlwtever tihouM lM?faII, tiiey would ut oiiee take
the •.ippurtuuity of revenging themselves on Ji-hok, niid this
*^ng done, they ivnuld consider what ftirther 8te)>s to take.

p^Baving made tliis decision, the priest" rueh(.>d iiit^ the niidnt
[be Chlieng* soldiers, drajfged out Ji-hok, and cut himinpieeea;
t the MjklieK erwd " kill these wiekctl priests," and as they
i n>> weupoRK, awl most of the priests hud been wounded
( biinit, tliey could do nothing ugainett a Ixxly of armed
I* had no resunn-e but to eseajie if jHwsible by flight.
flrti, till they arrived at a pLice of safety culled the Loug-
"aii-h, outside the distriet of the Yellow Spring, ami
nearly perished of hunger and cold. As they were all
f, the river bunk, two men, Clua Pung Heugund Go-tcng Kui,
^nately came up, and reneued the brethren in their boat, where
enve tliem for the present, and relate how Tan-Hi'Wig
pring received the red wiirf, procewled on his Mission.

i-Hiung having reeeivisl the Imperial Conimund, left the
|rital, and went direct to the Military Distriet of 0-Kong, where
in-Tut uime forward to meet him ; and Tan-Hiong seizing the
"piiortiiiiity, while in the road, read the Eniiteror's warrant, and,
uphraidetl Kiin-tut for eonspiring to raise reltellion ; he told him
that exeusett could lie of no avail, and thn^ning around his ntnik
the red «utrf, Kun-tat was strangled, and his body drugged to a
pbu-e called f^Kaiig-Bix-. After this, Tan-hiong recalled his
tnK>[«, and they returned with hitn to the Capital, where he re-
ini the Bueeess of his mission.

■ muwler of Run-tat eauseil great eonsternation to hia fol-

[en*, and deep was the grief of his relations when they saw

' ' huul taken fniin them by a violent death, for no cause

T; they returned home, and carried the sad news to Kuo-

a father, wife, and chiklren.

' whoJe family were at first stunned with grief, heaven
I earth seemed ti> liave deserted them ; bnt after the first grief
over, the. wife nee Koeh-Siu-Eng, her son To-Tek,
lier Sister-ill-law Giok-Lien, with her son To-IIang,
witli all their household, and recovering Knn-Tat's corjise
. E-K.ang'Boe, buried it peucefully in the family gruve

I The present Hi-niut; in cuJI^hI Chbting or part.

CHIKESE SECRET SOCIETIES.

nt San-Kon*. Aiiei this, thej" performed the funeral eeremonies,
and went into the deepest mouniing^.

Wo will now return to the five priests, Chhoa, Png, Ma,
O, and Li; after shewing their gratitude to their preservers
cilia, and Go, they proceeded to the Black Dragon Mountain,
where they arrived at dusk, hut fomid no |ilace nf shelter; after
«!onsultation, the brethren detJ^rniined ti iji) t" the Ko-Khe Tem-
ple, aud beg hospitality there.

Tlie kcejwr of the Temple, Ng-Ch hang-- Seng, and his wife ««
Ciiiong, heiug persona of i-ompasKionate and jii»>t dispositions,
listened to the prayer of the priests, f»]»eneil the gates of the
Temple, received tliem reverently, aud gladly admitted the hre-
tlireu, treating them in a motit hospitable manner. During the
night, the host aud his wife conversed with their guests, and of
course the priests related the sad tale of nil the injuries they had
reoeived; the husband and wife being moved with pity, invited
them to take np their alxxle at the temple, until they I'ould
•levis© means of avenging their wn>ug^,

Who could have imagined, that in half u month's time, the
news of the priests' escape, and place of refuge, would get to the
ears of the Mandarins ? it howevev did reach them, and they
sent troops to the temple, to arrest the brethivn ; luckily
the priests received early inforniarion of the intentions of
the oftioials, so, having expressed their gratitude ti> Chhiang-seng
atid his wife, they left the Ko-Khe temple, and est-jped to the
Province of O-Kong, to a temple called that of the " Spiritual
Kinsf," where they entered a monastery, and dwelt there.

Kor some time everything went 4uietly, and one day the five
piiestM went for a stroll to E-Kang-hoe; coming to the bank of
the river, they suddenly espied a censer floating down the stream ;
taking up the vase, they saw inscribed on it the characters, " 'llie
precious white censer" ; it hail tivo ears, its bu«e was a triiwil,
atid the whi>ie was comjxwed of green-«t<me.

The brethren hmuleit the incense- burner to each other, and in
turning it aliout, they were exceedingly astonished at s«.-eing un
the l»ottuni, the ftdloanng charai'ters engraved; "Ovtrtuni the
" Chheng" and restore the " Beng,"* When thej- had thoroughly
compreliendwi the meaning »f the legend, the brethren knelt
h:>tore the censer ami prayed. After this, they took up tw.i bro-
ken pieces of wiloured pottery, which were lying near tlie spot, and

■ HOnD Chheng Hok Bmg.

CHINBSt SEIHET SOrttTIBS.

71)

J die«e as iliviiiing b
■ siii-i'Cs^on, and eacn lime the pieces ft<II to the ground uninjur-
tliis made tho brethren still more astonished, ho thev
1 l>owe<l hefore the eeiiser, and prayeil ae foilows.

' IF at a future time w« are to sneeeed in uveii^n>^iiur w
MpjireKKion, f^^rant us uguJn thrt-e fuvonmhle i^oNte in (<

Ollgf

I'Uvy a^^iu Uirew the two pieee8 of |»ottery three times in the

1 thrice woe a favourable unewer given. The brethft-n

t once prostrated theniiielves in (gratitude, and tnking stalks of

, iiswl them a^ ineeiwe sticks, and insert«*l them in the

r; tJiey theit all imitated the ancients Lau-])i, Kwan-ii and

i~hui, and t4>ok a solemn oath of mutual fidelity.

I Suddenly' tliere appeared in the censer, a magic Ijuok of futc ;

I saw it clearly, and were extremely delighted. But an we

" Walls have ears," ami all this was overheard I>y the Im-

ial soMiere, who immediateU' snrrounded the brethren, cry-

" seize and bind these rebellious priests." The priei^ts ta-

j uj) the (wiiser, witli united strength cut away tliroiigh the

sops, and escaped. Now this affair took place near the s|H>t

Aere Koeh-eiu-eng with her siMter-in-law and their children

• Biicrificing at Knn-tafs grave, and while employed in this

', tlipy heanl a voice, and suddenly there appeared rising

torn ihe ftirt-h tt swonl, on the hill of which were engraveil Itn'

laraeteiv. " Two Dragons disputing for a i)earl" and on the

, " (Ivertnm the Chhcng and restore the Beng- Just as they

liccipiiered the chaiacters, they heard a cry of " save life."

Hie sisters-in-law took op the swowl, and rushing to the Hpot,

' the Im|ieriul troojjs ; 'So, making a trial of the sword, they

Mhed at the soldiers, and slauglitered a great nuniU'r of them,

rewcuiug the five priests.

lie sisters- ill -law called the brethren to the mound of Ihe

V, and ([Mcslioncd thcni as U' the circumstances under wbii^h

had U-en attacked ; the live priestu related their sad story

IDm beginning to end, and told how much they had siiffcr<^«!

i treachery' aiwl dei'eit.

After bearing their tale, the Lady Koeh knew that tliesi' *verc
! men who had taken the oath of brotherhood with her late
Mband, anil that like him they were victiubt of tlie treacherous
'mister i she was thercfori- moved with comiiuttsion towartls the
i»r-«t*', luid ]iointing to the grave, related in turn her storv.
whieh the priests learned that they were bef.'re the touib

go CHINESE 8BCRBT SOCIETIES.

of Kun-tat^ and they immediately knelt down^ and prated for
assistance^ protesting with tears against thi^ injustice they wera
sufEering.

The Lady Koeh approached the kneeling priests^ and exhorir'
ing them to calm their g^ef, said, " This is no place to linger. 1
invite yon to come to my humble dwelling, and abide there a day
or two before returning to the monastery ; this ^inll be ftafer,
and will not delay you much/'

It is unnecessary to say that the priests gladly accepted the
invitation, and remained with the lady some days, until they
could with safety return to the Temple of the " Spiritual King."

It is now necessary to bring to notice five men, named Oo-thien-
seug, Png-tai-iu, Li-sek-te, Tho-pit*tat, and Lim-eng-Chiau.
Tliese men were originally employed as horse dealers in the pro-
vinces Che-Kiang and Shantuiv^ ; one day they were accidentally
passing the temple of the " Spiritual Temple/' where they met
the five priests, Choah, Pung, Ma, Li, and Ho. The horse-
dealers entered the Temple, and held u conversation with the
priests, after which they united with them as brothers, swearing
to assist them to the death in avenging their wrongs.

There was also a Ta4>i8t named Tan-Kin-lam, a hermit dwel-
ling in the cave of the " White Heron.'' One day as he was vi-
siting the surroimding villages, (where he had gained a great
reputation by reciting the Taoist Scriptures, and was much
honoured for his good deeds) he met four men, Tho-hong,
Toleng, Ho-Khai, and Tan-phiau, who communicating with
him by secret signs and ambiguous sayings, made known
to Kin-lam that they wished to go to the Temple to meet
with the five priests, Choah, Pung, Ma, Ho, and Li. They all
proceeded towards the Temple, but on arriving there, found that
the priests had l>eeu harassed and pursued by the Mandarin
tr(K)ps, who had forced them to esi*a[)e. — The brethren had for-
tfinately managed to get to a place called the Dragon and Tiger
Mountain, where they met with the five Tiger (renerals, (fo-
thien-seng, Png-hui-sing, Tiua -keng«Chiau, lu^i -buu«tso, and
liini-tui-kang, who brought the priests up to the mountain, re-
ccivtHl them kindly, and hosiring their st4>rv, jritiod them exceed-
ingly.

The Tiger Generals aske<i the priests to stay with them two
or three months, and promised at the end of that period to go \rith
them to the Flowery ftivilion of Hung,t where they wouW gather

t Ang-hoa-Tenflf.

CHINB8E SBCHKT 80C1WIKS. 81

together their soldiers and horses, and assemble brave heroes
from every quarter, in order to exterminate the treacherous offi-
eiBla, and wipe out the grievances and wron^ snfFered by the
brethren. How excellent were their intentions !

The priests agreed with joy to the plan, and when the time
arrived, the mountain camp was broken up, and all proceeded
in order to the Ilun^ Pavilion, where Kin-lam and his eompa-
nioiis jcHned them.

Without further delay, the whole part\, being arranged with
the proper ceremonies according to rank, sat down, and the
priests questioned Kin-lam as follows ;

'' What is the honourable surname and name of our honourable
Taoist brother, who has this day favoured us with his prssence,
and what instruction can be impart to us''? Kin-Ian answered;
'' My unworthy surname is Tan, and my insignificant name is
Kin-lam ; formerly I was a high Minister at the Court of this
''Chheug'' dynasty, and having gained high honourj<i at the
Han-lim College, I was promoted to a seat at the Board of War.
Seeing that the reins of Ooverament Were in the hands of a
elique of treacherous Ministei's, and worthless favourites, I re*
tired from office, and entered the Taoist priesthood/'

'* Hearing that you virtuous and jiatriotie gentlemen, are
about to raise the banner of justice and righteousness, I wish to
jmn in your plans, and to assist in driving out the traitorous
ofiieials, and in avenging the foul injuries yon have received."

All assembled were delighted, and cried with a loud voice ;
'' Fortunate indeed is it, that the master is come to assist us ;
now certainly, the traitors must be exterminated, and our op-
pressions avenged ; we beg the master \nll at oi)ce divine for us
a lucky day, on which we may all renew our oath, and raise soldiers
for the great work."

Kin-lam acceded to the request, and before the whole com-
pany assembled in the Hall, the 25th day of the 7th moon at
the hour Thin, was the date chosen for the renewal of the oath,
by mixing bfeod.

The 15th of the Hth moon was selected, as the dav on which
to sacriiiee to the standardly, and put in motion tlie arm)'.

As a sign that these were auspicious dates, the Southern Skv,
suddenly omened, and the characters Thicn-yen-kok-sik ; [**K.
pattern oif the celestial Palace'*) were displayed. Kin-lam having

8£ CIIIXESK SI-X'HKT SOCIKTIlttS.

aecopted this new omen a^ favourable^ the whole as^nibly adopted
thene four characters for the Fla^, around which to rally their
adherents. On th^ same day, they also recruited one hundred
and seven men, and liesides these, there appeared a youth who
offered himself; on the priests enquiiing his name, he replied :
'' I am no other than Chu-hung*ehok, the i^randson of the late
Emperor Chun^i^cheng ; the son of the concubine Li-sien/'

On hearing this, all bowed down before the youth, and ac-
knowledged him as their sovereign Lord. — Kin-lam was appoint-
ed Commander in Chief and Sin-Seng, or Grand master ; Ho-
Khai and Tan phiau were made Brigadiers, and Tho-hong with
Tho-Ieng received commissions as Oenerals of the advanced
guard and pioneers ; — Go, Aug, Li, To, and Lim, were appointed
Generals of the left wing; and Go, Pang, Tin^, luo, ami Lim,
Generals of the right.

The five prie.«t^ were appointed as Generals in Chief of the
rear guard.

Having arnaiged tlie Pavilion, all the assembly mijuxl blotjd
and took the oath of fidelity, when suddenly a man uame^ So-
Ang-Kong was announced. Kin- lam, seeing that tlie new-i*onier
was a person of great ability, appointed him after casting lots,
as the Sien Hong or Vanguanl, to clear the way for the army by
bridging over the rivers. As Kin-lam was making this ap-
pointment, a red light shone in the eastern heavens, and Kin-
km availing himself of the omen, and being filled with righteous
intentions, changed the name of So-Kong to Thien-yn-hung or
" Heaven will protect the '* Hung.^* The brotherhocKl assumed
the surname of " Hung** or " universal,^' and adopted the words
' OI)ey Heaven and walk righteously' as their motto.

On the appointed day, having sacrificed to the standards, the
army was set in motion, and the first day they marched to the
'' Ban-hun^' Mountain in Chet-Kang. On this Moontain dwelt
a roan, Ban-hun-lung, whose native place was Hu-po, in the pre-
fecture of Tai Chbang.

This roan^s original name was Tah-chung, but having retired
from the world, and entered the priesthood, he had taken the
name " Ho-buan/'

At home, he had left three sons, Heng, Seng, and Phiu, and
the reason he had abandoned his family was, because about the
middle of the year, he had killed a man. Ban-lung was nine
f^t high, his face was like a large hand-basin ; his head was as

cHi.sESE swiitrr s(M-iKrirs. us

a peck measure, aoil his hair an<l ivhiakers were reO. — ^Tu

r)fi, Kau-Iniig carried a p;iir of dragon mnce^, and his

I waa equal U» that of 10,0()'l ordinary men, — lie was

'nstible. On tbe day in qu<^lion, he waii eittitig at leisure

'.he mountain, and beholding a body of men and horsea

^iug-, he diBcei-ueJaoinn^t tliem, the banner of the Bud'lhi^t

: being at a loss to make out the meaning ol theprocpssinu,

• Jeacended to a^k the ruuMiiu of >nn:\t au as^finbiagL*. On ap-

ichiug tbe Ariny, Han-lnnf; became moved by a spirit of

e and rights lusnes^, and was fVircud to cry out; "Oh

es, if you ilo not niidertuke the fulfilment of Heaven's de-

and redrese all the injustice Uut hus been [lerpetratol

*t Vuu, you are ug true men. If you will not reject youi

» brother, I would follow in yntv train, and with you,

y all the injustice under which you have suffeieil bo long ;

Mrcely dare hope that you will deign to accept my poor as-

uce." Tbe brethren seeing Ban- lung to I>e a man ofiiuch

;rH, were rejoiced to enliat him, and at once agreed t<t ap-

t him as Generalissimo, and obey him a^^ tbuir "T»a-Ku,"

IJer brother. Ban-!ung uecepted the post without hesita-

aud eouduct«ii the Army to tbe " Phwnix Mountain,"

e they pitched their camp. Baa lung then went forward,

I led the bretbreu agaiuxt the " Chheiig" army; the raetallii:

rtiros of either army were beaten loudly, and the soldiers cloaed

'\ each other; great was the slaughter on both sides, and

r several engagements, t'le "Chheng" army was utterly de-

*mI. Having giiiueil the victory, our army returned joyfully

> their camp, hut tbe proverb says, " tbe planning of an affair

fith men, but the carrying of it out is with Heaven. "t The

ko. Bun-lung, again t^iok out the army to battle, and before

e encounters were over, his horse stumbling on the rocky

lad, he fell, and uttering a single (rroan, died. Tbe whole

my, on seeing that Bun-lung had perished, exerted their utmost

rength, and cutting their way through the enemy, cjrried

I' his Itody, and arriving at their camp, buried their geuerul

1 peace. Truly this wa$ a lamentable alfaii !

The Urand Master, Kin-lam, alone was aware by hi» |)uwcrs
Jivioation, that Bnn-Iuag must perish about the middle of
' Kth mooo, and that it is impossible Ibr a human being to

Mpe bi* destiny; so going in front of the irmy, he exhorte*!
1 saying ;

It is impossible to elude the great account, and Bau-luug

. fftteil t4> perish io thta taauner ; our brethren must not give

tmy U» grief; it is next to impossible to restore the dead, the

84 CKJNK8K SEl'ECrr SOCIETIKf:.

I)t6t thin[^ we can do, is to tnmsform the body of our deeeaieil
(General by crematioo, and bury the ashes at the ftiot of tbia
mountain. Let the pUKse of burial be an octagonal plot of
j^und, facing the Jim and Sin points of the compass. —This
was (lone, and in front of the grave was erected a nine storied
Pagoda^ beliind was a twelve peaked hill. Tlie whole army as-
sisted as one man, and in a day the burial was accomplished
properiy.

The Sien-Seng, Kin Lam, erected a tomb-stone, and on this
tablet were engraved six characters ; to each character whs added
the character '' Sui/' or water.

After the funeral ceremonies were concluded, the Sien-seng
Kin-Lam,addressed the army, saying; "Since Ban Lung's death,
I have consulted the fates, and by divination, I perceive that
the destiny of the " Chlieng'^ dynasty is not yet fulfilled ; if we
from day to day contend with the Imperialists, we shall only be
wasting our strength. The best thing to be done, is that the
whole of our brethren disperse, each man to his own dwelling,
and his own province, disguising his name and surname, and
enlisting as many brave heroes as possible to join the good cause.
We will remain quietly until the intentions of Heaven are
changed, and then as easily as putting on a suit of armour, we
will restore the '''Beng *' dynasty, and avenge our long standing
gneviances. The whole army agreed to this with acclamation,
and all followed Kin*lam's advice ; but before parting, they in
public assembly, established the Thien-Te*Hui, and divided the
Society into five banners or lodges, inventing verses, characters,
and pass words, by which the members could be mutually recog-
nised, until the day shall arrive when they will be able to over-
turn the Chheng dynasty, and fully restore the Beng to their
rightful Empire.

* Sun Thien, heng To.

t Bo 8u, tsai Jio ; Seng sii, t«ai TLien.

MALAY PROVERBS.*

BY W. E. MAXWELL.

B9tul at a Meetiwff 0/ ike Society keld ou He ;Wd Jnue, 1878.

8oii£ oDe has happily defined a proverb to be '^ the wiidom
<»C nmny and the wit of one." As the embodimeot, often in
tene q>igTaminati€ form, of certain shrewd bits of worldly
wiimIodi, proverbs are generally popular mth the peasantry
of every nation ; and to judge from the homely metaphors
and illustrations to be found in many proverbs^ it is from the
peasantry that they have usually originated. They are the
stoek*in-tnide of riistie; sapatis, who, innocent of any book-
knowledge, learn their wisdom from the sea, the sky and
the heavenly bodies, from the habits of animals and the qua-
lities of trees, fruits and flowers ; or who gather lessons^ it may
be, of patience, thrift, or courage from incidents of their daily
puivuits. To enable us to fully understand the national cthar-
acter of an Eastern people, who have no literature worthy of
the name and who are divntled from us by race, language, and
religion, a stndy of their proverbs is almost indispensable. An
insight is then <»btained into their modes of thought, and their
motives of action, and, from the principles inculcated, it is |m>s-
Mble to form some estimate of what vices they condemn, acul
what virtues thev mlmire.

In studying the manners and customs of a people, a know-
ledge of their proverl>s is of great assistance. Tlie genius oi*
the Malay language is in favour of neat, pithy sentences, and it
abounds, therefore, in these crystallisations, (if the expression can
be |>ermitted,) of primitive wisdom and humour, though in this
respect it is said to be inferior to the Javanese. Some open up
perfect pictures of certain phases of rural life, and indeed are
scarcely intelligible except to those whose knowledge of tlie
country and mode of life of the people enables them to aj)pre-
ciate the local colouring. As a proof of their popularity, I may
instanee the frequent quotation of proverbs in the Malay news-
papers which were started in the Colony of last year, and
of niiich no less than three in the native charac*ter are now
p«iblislied weekly in Singapore. One can seldom take up the

* OdIj a small portion of the Proverbs arc pabliahed in this N'nnibtjr
of the Journal. The remaiiMkr wiU appear in Jamiaiy,

86 MALAY FROVSaBS.

*' Jawi Perdnakan*^ without finding an argument clenched,
or an adversary answered by some well known *' ibdrai " (pro-
verb), or '^ peruj)0niMai$^* (simiUtode), a dictum of some forgotten
sage from which there is no appeal.

To any one studying the language, Malay proverbs ai*e ex-
tremely useful, not only because they contain many homely
words and phrases not usually to be met with in books, but
also as examples of the art of putting ideas into ver^' few
words, in which the Malays excel ; but which the student, whose
thouglits will run in a European mould, finds it so difficult to
a'^quire. Newbold, in his " Political and Statistical account of
the British Settlements in the Straits of Malacca,'' which though
])ublished as long ago as 1H89, is still by far the most valuable
authority on Malay subjects in the English language, give**
(vol.* II, p. 8*55.) translations of a few Malay proverbs, but \vit\\
this exception I am not aware that any <'oHcction in onr lan-
guage has hitherto been printtn!.

1 began to of>ilect Malay proverbs in 1874 while resi-
ding in Province Wellesley, where there is a large Malay popu-
lation. The Malav and French dictionary of I'Abb^ Favre, which
wa^ published in 1875, fell into my hands early last year, and
I then found that I had been anticijwted in my researches, not
only bv the learned and reverend author, but also bv M.
Klinkert, a Dutch gentleman, who, as early as 18t(*5, published
a collection of 1H:J Malay proverbs with a preface and notes in
the Dutch language. M. Favre, in his preface, acknowledges
his obligations to M. Klinkert's work in the following passage :
" C^est ainsi M. Klinkert qui, dans un ouvrage special, nous
a scrvi a (*ompleter notre c<»lIection de proverl)es Malais, ex-
traits partiellement de divers auteurs : nous lui devons ausf.i
les enigmes/' The only copy of M. Klinkert's Ixiok which
I have seen, a thin pinijAlct of 51 pages, does not con-
tain the enigmas mentioned in the foregoing quotation. It
is j)robable therefore that later and more complete editi<ms exist.
In the very interesting and UKxlest introduction which pre-
cedes M. Klinkert's collection of Malay proverlw*, the author
states that they are taken partly from the works of Abdullah bin
AIkIu! Kadir Munshi, espei'ially fnmi his " Hikayat AlxluUah'*
and l)is ** Pclayaran,^' and jwrtly, but more rarely, from other
'' Hikayat," from native '^ jutt/fuft" and from the lips of Malavs
themselves. For many proverlis in the collection he acknow-
ledges his imlebtedness to the late Mr. Keaslierry of Singa[K)rc,
" a man who^ fnmi his youth until he l)ecame an old man,
'' studiinl the Malays and their language, and who had the ad-

MALAY PROVKIiBS. ^7

** vantage of haviiio- the above-mentioned AlxiuUah as his
^* teui'her and atssistant/^

The author goes on to say that in publishing his small i*oliec-
tion of proverliSy got together from these soaK*e8^ he has a par-
ticular aim in view, namely^ to encourage other students of the
Malay language to complete the collection, by adding to it many
pn>verbs which may exist unknown to him, " lest the study of
" Malay lie neglected for the study of the Javanese language, to
*• which the preference has been given rather too exclusively of
*' late years (in the Dutch colonies)/^

As far as Malay authors are concerned, the hibours ol' the
Ablie Favre and M. Klinkert in collecting Malay proverbs and
aphorisms have, I think, been exliaustive. But there is a wide
field left for the student who cares to amuse and instruct him-
fielf , and perhaps others, by picking up quaint sayings from the
natives themselves. One difficulty, in making a collection of
this sort, lies in deciding what to admit as a genuine proverb,
amd %vhat to reject as a mere sententious remaric or as a common
metaphorical expression. M. KKnkert admits to a doubt as
to whether '* a mere phrase '' may not here and there be foiiud
among the proverbs he publishes. M. Pavre certainly gives
several sjiecimens in his dictionary which can hardly lie consider-
Hl proverl>s, notably tli<ise quoted from a " livre de lectures''
(Kiblisheil in Singapore, which are in Kome instances mere mo-
ral maxims. I shall not pretend, however, in the collection now
published, to confine myself to a more rigid rule than that adopt-
ed by previous collectors.

In thit* iiajiei* 1 proj>ose only to supplement previous coll^'c-
ti »ns of Malay proverbs, and I shall not, therefore, include any
of those which are to be found in Fa v re's dictionary, (except
perha{>s in cases where my version of a phrase difFers from his) ;
though I am aware tluit this rule deprives me of some of the
l)est known and most characteristic specimens. Those now
printed have been collected at various times and places. Listen-
ing to the humble details of a rural law-suit, or the " simple
annals'' of a Malay village, I have occasionally jiicked up some
saying allege<l to have descended from the " orang tuah-fnah" (the
ancestors of the speaker) or the '* orang dukufn iala^' (the an-
I'ients) deserving of a place here ; others I have noted down in
conversation with Malays of all grades, from the raja to the r^of,
*and have verified by subsequent enquiry ; for others again I am
imlebted to the kindness of friends, Malays and others.

•

As it has l>een necessary, in order to avoid reprinting what

HAL&\ PBOVBBBS.

haft already been i>ubli«lied liy others, t» examine uarefiilly the
workfl of Favre aud Kliiiltert, the compilatiim of the following
pages has involved mure labour than their uiimber would au^gest.
That thcv have l>ecn put toother during the very moderate
leisure ]wrmitted liy official weupatiou* will perhaps be an exi'Uiie
for ern>rs which may be discovered by later students.

1, V.uijijtiHg IiiIh, f»Mti»ij jfiUih.

" The humbill tlies jnttt, and tbtt brHUch breaks. "

A najing often employed wheu I'ln-unistantial evidencL' swms
t'> cue lum^ snspieion a^inst a iiemoii who ix really iniUK'ent.
The hornbill or rhinweros-binl has a very jieeiiliar flight, and
the sound of its wings can Iw dietinetly heard ns it flien far nver-
htiid .

niere are several kimb« of liurabills in the PelktiiHuU, alid oue
variety with a very siugtdar not« is called by the Malaj' ii-hang
ttt.'-Ht.Hiii', a niekname iu justitk-Ation of whiuh the fottowiog;
storj is told. A Malay, iu order tn lie reienged on his mother-
in~tuw, shouldered his use and made his way to the poor woman's
house iiiul bt^ran to ent through the jumtw which supported
it. After a few steady ehojN, tho whole editiee tame tumbling
dduri, and he greets its fall with a [teal of laugliter. To punish
Kim fur liis unnatural eonduct, he »a« turned into o bird and
the telninij me»lHHh (feller of mother-in-law) ina> often he
hi-un) in the jungle uttering a seriett of sharp sounds 1iki> the
chops of an axe on timber, fojlowetl by Iht, Ha, Ha.

i. Aifii 6m», ttiriiA iliilaltnu paili.

" If you havu rice put it away under the un-husjce<l grain."
An injiinetion to secreey. An intention to injure any one should
l»e kept secret, otherwise the [n'rwin loneemed may i-ome to
know of itflnd Frustrate it.

■\. Ailii iH/na 'li/ri fiaiKi'

" Now it is wet ami now it is line,
A day will eome f<ir retaliation."

A proverb for the consolation of the vaixjuished. As sun-
shine and ruin alte-nat*-, so the loser of to-day may l>e the
eontjueror of tn-momiw. Qiiieltness at resenting an injur) hoa
always Imvu liekl tu lie a prevailing eharaeteristie of the Malay
nature. XewhoU (vol. 11^ p. \SG) says that he had seen Malay
letti-rs iu whteii, in allusion t^) the desire of avenging an insult,

MALAY PROVERBS. 89

Bueh expressions as the following occurred; ^' I ardently long for
his blood to clean my fiace blackened with charcoal/^ the ori-
ginal Malay expression (a quotation from the Sijara Mala^u) is
" wtemiasok'/tuH arang j/ang ter^honting di-muka*^

i. Aya guna^uia merak meagigal di hnfan /

" ^\^lat is the use of the peacock strutting in the jungle?"

The idea is that the beauty of the bird is thrown away when
exhibited only in a lonely spot where there is no one to admire it.
In Klinkerfs collection there is a proverb conveying a some-
what similar idea, ^^ Apa-kah guiia bulait traug d-nlaut liutnn^
** jikniav da lam uegri alaiigkah fjaiknitt /"

Why does the moon shine in the forest ? Were it not well
that her light should be bestowed on inha-bited places ?

5. Adu'kah baaya itu tuetiolak^kuH Oaiigkei /

" Will the crocodile reject the carcase ?"

Is it likely that a good offer will be refused ?

5. A^dM herugn itu kulan d't bri umkan di pniggun nitl9
Mkalifjun ka^utan juga pergi-nia,

"Though you may feed a jungle-fowl out of a gold plate it will
make for t!u* jungle nevertheless."

Tliis i^ one of many proverbs illustrating the iui[>ossibility of
eradicating natural habits. Another version is, upmufi kijtnig di
runtyi detigaii man, jikalau iga lepas, lari juga it/a ka hnfan
makan ru input, *' like a deer secured with a gold chain, which it'
set free nuis off to the forest to eat grass." (Favj^). (>>nipar(*
the following which is too elaborate, I fear, for a genuine pro-
verb. It is more like a successful metaphorical effort by some
Malav scribe ;

7. Adajjun bua/i pria Itn kalan difaHam d'taluH batax sagu
dan baja dengaa medu, lagi di niram dengan WHuinan, serta
di i^tak'kan diatas tebUy mkaU-pun ajmbila di manak pahit juga.

" You may plant the bitter cucumber on a bed of sago, and
manure it with honey, and water it with treacle, and train it
over sugar canes, but when it is cooked it vn\\ still be bitter."

H. Anak anjing if a buUh^kak jadi anak musang jeltaf /
" ('an the whelp of a dog become a civet cat ?"

Tlie translation, but not the original, is given in Newbold

DO MAlJkY PBO VERBS.

{vol. II. p. 3;36.) He explains it to mean that no good is to be
expected from' persons naturally depraved.

9. 'It^k ia^^ndn ay am ta^patoJe,

" The duck won't have it and the hen won't peck at it." A
phrase for something that is utterly worthless, not worth '^ a
brass farthing" or " a tinker*>j curse "!

10. Ikut hat'i Mafi^ ikut ra9a Unaw.

" Tis death to follow one's own will, 'tis destruction to give
way to desire." A maxim shewing the folly and immorality of ta-
king one's wishes and feelings as the sole guide of one's actions, ir-
respective of law and social obligations. This is a good specimen
of the jingling effect caused by the juxta-position of words
which rhyme, (an effect which is perhaps more common in
Hindustani than in Malay) often met with in Eastern proverlw.

Comjiare the following Hindustani proverl>s.

" Jiski dfij nnki teg'^

" Who has the pot has the sword," (a saying which shews a
projwr appreciation of the value of an efficient Commissariat),
and.

" Jf«ke hutk (luif ititke katli ^nO koi"

" He who has the spoon has all under his hand.

11. Adujtuii ikait .tfutiy ijiam dhlaUini iujoh bmUin nakall-
ftnn ter^maitok dhtolatu ptlkat jvffu.

" Even the fish which inhabit the seventh depth of the sea
<'ome into the net sooner or later." Illustration of the inutility
of attempting to evade fat^.

'* Tiijoh iitntatiy^ which 1 have translated " the seventh depth
of the sea," probably refers to the popular Mohamedan idea that
" the earth and sea were formed each of seven tiers" — see
Newbold, (Vol. II, :i60.)

12. Ada aifer a do I ah ika/t.

*' Wherever there is water there are fish." A seiroud line is
sometimes a^leil to complete the rhyme, but it does not add much
to the sense; Ad<i rt*zeki hiU'ih hnikan, " if there is nourishment
one can eat." The idea intended to be conveved is one of faith
in the bounty of God, who will provide for his creatures where -
♦*ver thev mav find themselves.

\'S, Ada padang a da biiulany.

MALAY PROVBBBS. 91

" Wherever there is a field, there are gras^-hoppers." Wher-
ever tibere is a settlement there is of course population .

14. Anjiug dibri maka» na*i^ bUa akank iniang ?

*' Will a dog ever be satisfied however much rice you may give
him T* Kindness is thrown away upon eoar^^e, unmannerly people,
who are never satisfied but are always exp;^ctinop fresh favours.

15. Ayer iawar ita* chateau di t»zng''kaii kaddiun taut itu
bmlik'kak menjadl tatoar ayer laut itu V

*• If a cup of fre^h water bj poured into the sea, will the salt-
water become fresh V A serious offence or a great sin cannot
be condoned or wiped out by any trifling means.

10. Agam itam terbang malam^

Hiuggap di jtoko pand an ;

Berkernah adu ntpa-uia t'idak,

" A black fowl which flies at night and settles iu the pandi n
bush ; there is a rustling but nothing is to !>e seen.^'

Applied metaphorically to any mysterious case in a Malay
eourt of justice, the details of which are wrapped iu olwcurity.
When it is impossible to get \a^ the bottom of such a case a
Malav will remark sententiouslv that it is '^ a black fowl whose
flight is by night.'' On the other hand a (?ase iu which the
facts are perfectly clear, and the guilt or innocence of the lux'used
is proved to demonstration, is '' a white fowl whi<'h flies by day/'
or, to give the phrase at full length,

17. AfUM putt* A terhang sh/attgy
Hinggap di ha la man ;

Mai ah kapada mat a orattg yaug ban yak.

" A white fowl which flies in broad day-light and alights in
the court-yard, full in the sight of all the people."

18. Ajia lagi sami iya fterkahandak ay am lah,

" Of course the boa-coiujtrictor wants the fowl." Applies to a
certain class of persons who are contented enough as long as
they get everything they require.

19. Bukan tanah menjadi padi.

^ Earth does not become grain.'' Another proverb illustrative
of the hopelessness of attempting to elevate the worthless.

" You cannot make a silk purse out of a sow's ear."

^2 MALAY PROVERBS.

20. Bonykokbharu Mul^ Lufa hharu chelik,

" The hunchback has become straight^ and the blind has recover-
-ed his sigfht/' A very common proverb, used ironically of a man
who has risen from obscurity to a good position, and in his pros-
perity turns his back on his old friends.

21. Begimana huuyt gendang^ begitulah farl-nya,

" As is the cadence of the tabor, so must the measure of the
dance be.^^ The idea intended to be conveyed is, I believe, that a
man has to r^ulate hia conduct according to the orders he gets
from his superiors. As the step has to be adapted to the music,
so the influence of those in power necessarily affects the conduct
of their subordinates. Among the Malays, as among other
Eastern nations, a small drum beaten by the hands is a prominent
feature in all musical entertainments. Two kinds in common
use are called gendang and rahdiia. Sometimes the time (in
dancing) is marked by clapping the hands {tepuk) or striking two
pieces of bamboo togther {kerchaji) .

A common version of this proverb is " Begimana tepuk fjugitu

22. Bnitga dipefek, perdu difendafig,

" The flower is plucked, the stalk trampled under foot." To
take the sweet and lenve the sour. Said of a man wlio ill-treat*^
his mother-ill- law.

23. Bnml mdua gang f'tada kena kitjan,

" Were is fhe spot on the earth that does not get moistened by
rain V

There is no mortal who does not commit sin at some time or
otlier. A common repartee <»f Malay wives scolded for some
short-coming; it amounts to *^ Pm no worse than anylxxly else,
" every one must do wrong sometimes."

24-. Bnrong terhaag dipipis lada,

" To grind i>epper for a bird on the wing." One of the iirst
processes of Malay cookery is to grind up the spices, etc. with
which the dish is to be seasoned. The proverb ridicules making
prejiarations for the disposal of something not yet in one's power.
It is strongly suggestive of the old injunction " first eat<*h your
hare."

25. BerguntoMg tiada hert^ill,

" To hang without a rope.'* To be without visible means of
support; e, g, a Malay woman, deserted but not divorced by her
husband, who cannot remarry and has no one to support her.

MALAY PROVERBS. 98

26. Berklaki didalam mimpi.

" To fight in a dream." To take trouble for nothiug.

97. Bmuffa pun gwjor^ putek pufi gagor^ luah pun gagor^
mauik pun gugor.

*' The (lowere fall and so must all things fair^ the old drop off
and the fully ripe." Death is the common lot of everything.

28. £u4Mt baik Oer'-pdda''pdda^ buai jahat jaugan sakali.

" Do good in moderation, do not do evil at all." Excessive
goodness is apt to exasperate the rest of mankind. It is enough
to be tolerably good, and to avoid doing anything at*tuaUy
wicked. Thus the Malay moralist.

29. Bert/ fa A lalu eembak ber lakn,

" The royal command is waived and the petition is allowed
to prevail."

A common expression at the Court of a Malay raja, when the
sovereign, allowing himself to be influenced by representations
humbly made to him, recalls his words, and graciously suffers
the suggestions of his chiefs, or the prayers of a suppliant, to
prevail.

•30. BeV'taugga na'k ber»jeiijing inrnn.

" To ascend by climbing a ladder and to come down with the
hands full." The trouble and difficulty of climbing up to the
notice of people in high places are repaid by the substantial fa-
vours to Ije got from them.

♦51. Bupa^nt/a hur'tk anak^nifa tentu-lali ber-rintek ,

" If the father is spotted the son will c»ertainly be speckleci,"
" like father like son."

^32. Bcf'-kilai ikaa didalam atji'r akn Jiiiiah f iha j aula a
bttuta»itt/a.

** As the lightning flashes on the fish in the water, I can tell
the males from the females." Means *' what is the ust» of attemp-
" ting concealment ? I can read your secret with the greatest
eaHC."

•^•3. Ber ha kin* kepada brok.

*' To make the monkey judge," or, to go to the monkey for jus-
tice." A fable is told by the Malays of two men one of whom
planted bananas on the land of the other. When the fruit was ripe
each claimed it, but not being able to come to any settlement they
referred the matter to the arbitration of a monkey (of the larg<-

94 MALAY PROVERBS.

kind called broL) The judge decided that the fruit must be di-
vided, but no sooner was this done than one of the suitors com-
plained that the other's share was too large. To satisfy him the
monkey redueed the share of the other by the requisite amount
which he ate himself. Then the second suitor cried out that the
share of the first was now too large. It had to be reduced to
satisfy him^ the subtracted portion going to the monkey as be-
fore. Thus they went on wrangling until the whole of the fruit
was gone and l^re was nothing left to wrangle about. Malay
•judges, if they are not calunmiated, have been known to pro-
tract proceedings until both sides have exhausted their means
in bribes. In such cases the unfortunate suitors are said to
ber hakim kapada brok,

34. Tanam tebu di blhir mulut.

^' To plant sugar cane on the lips." To cultivate a plausible
manner concealing under it a false heart.

35. Tid(la akaii pUang berbuah dua kmlL

^* The plantain does not bear fruit twice." A hint t^o importu-
nate people, who, not satisfied with what has been given t<»
them, ask for more.

36. 'Viddakah gnjah yang begifii besar diatn didalam /ml an
rimba ifu dapat ka-tangan imanmia ?

** Does not the elephant, whose size is so great and which in-
habits the recesses of the forest, fall into the hands of mankind ?"
A sententious reflection on the superiority of mind to matter,
intellect to brute force.

37. Tanam lalang ta^kan (nmboh padi,

^* If you plant lalang grass you will not get a crop of rice." A
man must expect to reap as he sows.

3S. Tangan me net a k bahu meinikul.

" Tlie hand is chopping (wood) while the shoulder is bearing
a load." Said of a man who makes monev in several wavs or
who has various employments.

3il. Ta^kan karhnau makaii aiiak'iiifa,

" The tiger will not eat its own cubj;*."

The Raja will not order the death of one of his own children.

1 do not know how to reconcile this proverb with a state-
, jnent in Major McNair's book, *' Sarong and Kris" {p. 1 24-)
: -that " the male tiger devours his own offspring whenever he

MALAY PROVERBS. 96

has an opportanity/^ except by presuming that the Malay au-
thor of the proverb alludes to the female tiger !

40. Ttdak kujan lagl b'ichak ini'kan pula kujan,

" Muddy enough when there is no rain, but now it is raining.'^
Said of a thing difficult to perform at any time without the
addition of an aggravating circumstance.

11, TW iHmhok ia' melatn

Ta' MU0§fok orang ta* kata,

" A plant most sprout before it climbs ; if it were not true
people would not say it/' " No smoke without fire/'

\9s. Titifla hahati batu tli galan.

" For want of a load a stone is carried on the back/' To give
one's self needless trouble.

43. Tolaktangga her^dyun kaki.

" Kick away the ladder and the legs are left swinging/' To
be in an unpleasant position in r^onsequence of a blunder of
one's own.

Sometimes another line is added.

Pelok tvhoh meiigajar din.

" Then vou fold vour arms and think what a iixA vou're
FHH?n" (/if, to hug the body and leetvre one's sdf),

Tliis phrase is common in Malay panfun, e. g. the following
allusion to the bad management of a Malay lover who abandoned
a flark beauty for a fair one and got neither ;

" It a III iejjan puteh ta' dapat.

Tolak tangga fjer-dyvn kaki.*'

KKnkert has this proverb in his «*ollection but gives it as
^ Tolak'kam tangga kaki berai/un"

4^. Ta HHiiggoh Haluirang me-Uud Ijatik iya ka tepi juga.

"The naluirang fish does not really go out to sea, it always re-
turns to the bank/'

A hit at stay-at-home people who never leave their own
villages.

The Halnvang is a small fresh- water fish, very common in the
Perak river.

96 MULAY PBOVBBBS.

4<5. Tuf ampang peluru di lalang.

A bullet is not- stopped by the Mang grass. The weak- can
oppose but the feeblest barriers to the attacks of the powerful.

46. Tiada tet'-kajang batu di pulau.

''The rocks on an island are not to be coveied over with
kajang awning^/' There must be a limit to benevolence ; one man
cannot feed a proviuce. Kajang ^ a kind of mat or screen made
of palm-leaves sewn together^ often used as an awning or
tarpaulin.

47. Ta'kan srek luka makan dik^jak^enok ka bindatig juja kita,

A cut with a t4ijak is not so serious but that re are able to go
to the fields again next day. The fyak is an instrument with
which the first process in padi cultivation, namely clearing the
ground of the long grass and rejds which have grown up since
the last crop was taken oflF, is p.? .-formed. It consists of a heavy
iron blade attached, at right angles nearly, to a wooden handle.
AVeight is necessary, as the grass is thick and strong and its
root« are under water. A certain amount of dexterity is re-
quired, or the operator may cut his own feet. The proverb,
which i^ common among Malay peasants in Perak, means some-
thing of this kind : " What is the use of being sulky because
^' our Chief or Punghulu has punished or injured us ? We
" have to till his fields for him all the same whether we like it
'' or not.''

Ter-l'lebat-klebai iteperti lint^xh lapar.

" Waving atx)ut like a hungry leech.'' A simile applie<l to Ma-
la} damsels who shew a want of maidenly propriety.

IS. Tamaa hi Ian g main haloha dapat kabinasa^an,

" Covet^jusness begets loss of shame, avarice results in de-
struction."

Favre, quoting Hikajfat Abdullah gives loba, not haUba, as
the Malay wortl for cocefounnehH, (Diet. vol. 2. p. 5»37.) I give
the word as I have l>een accustomed to hear it ])ronounced, after
having consulted several Malays of education.

Another Malay word, signifying " miserly, avaricious" is
rfiikel, I have not found this in any di<'tionarv, though Favrc
(qiii»ting"Klinkert) gives kike/.

4-0. Tiada bulih telinga^ tandok di pulan^kan.

** As he can't twist the ear he pulls at the horn." " )^\ hook
or l)\ crook."

MALAY PUOVEKBS. 97

To illustrate the way in which this proverb is used I may
mention that I once heard it quoted, in a country police court in
Province Wellesley, by an old Malay who was asked for his de-
fence to a certain charge. He declared it to be a second at-
tempt on the part of his adversarj' to injure him, a former one
having failed; and he wound up his speech with " teUnga ta* dapat
pmla9 dia handak pulati taiuM'\ (if he can't wring me !\v the
ear he is determined to have me by the horn) .

50. Ter-lepan dcri-pada mnhU buiiya manok niulitt harlmau.

" Freed from the mouth of the ci'ocodile only to fall into
the jaws of the tiger."

This proverb and the next suggest at once the familiar Eng-
lish one " Out of the frying pan into the fire."

51. Takut-kan hautu pHok'kaii bangkel.

" From fear of the ghost, to clasp the cor|ise."

5i. Jaugan nan gat pilih-tit/a takut inaa kena Ottkn 6ulu.'

" Do not pick and choose too nicely or you may chance to get a
liamboo knot." The knot or joint of the bamboo, or of the sugar-
cane, is a symliol among the Malays of an^lhing that is quite
worthless and can be turned to no good account. The proverb
means that a man who is very hard to pleas<* may have to put
II j^ with an inferior article in the end.

5'i. ft d ran kai^uia ruga jdi'ang,

" The creel says that the basket is coarsely plaited." " Yet,
as I have heard a Malay say, ^' halnia jaras pun jarang juqa,
" the creel, too, has u-ide interstices, " a commentary which fully
explains the proverb. It corresponds closely with the familiar
English pn>verl> about the jwt which called the kettle blju*k.

51. Jaitgan kamv mngkakan ka/tal a pi hen] Hu pnn mamth
gvri jnga.

*^ Do not imagine otherwise, even an iron steamer has to go
into dock." A warning not to supiiose that anything is so
strong and solid as to be l)eyond the- reach of injury or decay.

55. Jangatilak tuaii^ttian pi kit kalav tebn ifv hengkok uta-^
ffinan ittt pnn bengkok jnga,

" Do not suppose, my masters, that because a sugai cane i*
crooked its sweet juice is equally crooked !" A good thing i»
none tlie worse for having come from a bad person ; or, a repuls-
ive exterior does not prove that there is nothing go<xl within.

9ft MALAY PROVERBS.

56. Jong pechah t/u sarai.

^' When the junk is wrecked the shark ha^ his 61V It is an
ill wind that bk)W6 no one any good.

57. Chikil berhabU lapuk bertedoh.

" The last degree of stinginess is to leave the mould (mildew)
undisturbed.''

58. ■ Diam ubi lagi kintal

Diam best lagi dentil,

'' The yam remains still and increases in bulk ; iron lies quiet
and wastes away the more." Another version of the same pro-
verb is " JJiaw nbi berisi, diam b^si ber-ka ra U karat "

The meaning is easily gathered from the following pasc^age
from the JIika//at Abttttl/a// (p. 245) : '' M(fk*i diomUah iya
(Tuau Rofflen) bokira bukau-tiia diam penggali berkaraty mela"
inkau diam nbi adania btrini" " ^Ir. Raffles remained silent, but
his silence was not that of the spade which lies rusting, but that
of the yam which is abiding to its <*ontents.'' Favre in his diction-
ary (tit. guli) seems to have somewhat misunderstood this
passage.

51). Di vhobit paha koiian kiri pun nakit jugo.

** If the right thigh is pinched pain will also be felt in the left.''
A man may be made to suffer by something done to a near
relation. In Malay countries it is common to influence a man
by threats of injury to his family ; absconding criminals and
slaves are sometimes induced to return and surrender them-
selves by the knowledge that their wives and children or other
near relations have been seized and are undergoing ill treatment.

6i). Di tepnk langau k^tnaii fiada akan mtmbnnyi,

** To chip hands with the right hand only will not produce any
sound." The combined action of both parties to an agreement
is necessary, if it is to 1^ carried out properly. If one is
willing, and toe other unwilling, no result will be produced.

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF

0PHI0PHAGU8 ELAPS, THE SNAKE-EATING
HAMADRYAD, IN SINGAPOE.

Shortly after my arrival ia Sin^pore in May last I had
the good fortane to make the acquaiaCaace of Mr. Wm.
Davidson, Carator of the '^ A. O. Hame'^ Museum at Simla and
a naturalist of extensive information^ who was here on a
visit. He was greatly interested in the prospects of our
infant Museum and in the course of several conversa-
tions with him, I mentioned my intention, when time per-
mitted, of studying the Ophiology of the island and penin-
snia,— offering as it does a tempting field to naturalists,
inasmuch as as it appears to be rs yet almost un worked.
Amongst the encouraging remarks which he made was a careful
injunction to keep a good look-out for any specimens of GUnther's
celebrated Hamadryad, the Oph'wphagus Flaps, which had the re-
putation, not only of eating the formidable Cobra di Capello^ but
of being the fiercest Asiatic reptile known to exist ; inasmuch as
cases are on record of its having chased men for a distance of
a mile or more, moderate-sized rivers even forming no impedi-
ment to its revengeful pursuit. I was therefore naturally led
to make extensive enquiries both amongst tlie natives and those
friends whom a similar interest in Natural History hud led to
study the occurrence and habits of our little known Ophidia^
and these enquiries have been rewarded by a gratifying success.
That I am not " telling a twice-told talt*" in bring-
ing this reptile to your notice may be shewn by a quo-
tation from Dr. Oxley who compiled the best existing sketch
of the Zoology of the island, and who says " Snakes are not nu-
merous in Singapore, the most common is a dark cobra. I
believe this, with a trigonocephalus, are the only well authen-
" ticated venomous species in the Island." Meanwhile a slight
sketch of all that can be learned on the spot concerning the for-
midable reptile under notice may be of interest.

The RafHes Library, though fairly provided with popular
works on Natural History does not of course pretend to furnish
specialists with works bearing on the particular study in which
they may be engaged; and I was fortunate in finding on its
shelves even three works which gave me some information on
the subject I had chosen for enquiry. Two of these — Piguierfs-
" Reptiles and Birds" and Woods' " Reptiles" contain only

paesiitg iiotit'ps of tlie snake in <]uestioii ; l)ut Dr. Fayrer's m»g-
nifieeiit work od the TifinafopAri/i'i or \i0\B0ii0U6 Buakes o{ the
lodiao peiiinBitla fiimisheB the fullest information respecting
the appearance, habits and powers of its Indian congener.
Without this latter work, indeul, positive identification would
have been almost impossible, so neceesary ar» accurate engrav-
ings to all who would endeavour to satislactorily determine the
species or family of animals hitherto undescribed, as our "Fellow
Colonists" in Singapore. Let me therefore summarize the ac-
counts given in these books of the formidable serpent I am
about to descrilie: —

Louis Figuier's workfi will be familiar to many bearers. Cover-
ing a va^t ex[ent of ground tbey are essentially " popular" and
as such of valuf, thoueb it is (seldom that the specialist can, in
these lively volumes, find much that will serve his purposes in
the way of scientilie accuracy. I was however glad to iind (as
a beginning,} that M. Fi^uici's English Editor (Mr. Gillmore)
had added to the original volumt an interesting paraj;raph res-
pecting the Humadryad under notice. He de^crilies it hb having
a less developed hood than the true enbrn, and having a single
small tooth placed at some dlstmice behinil the fang. The only
species he says, "attain): to thirteen feet in length and is pi-o-
portionabty formidable being much less timid and retinng in
its habits than the Cobras of the genus Xaja. It preys liabitu*
ally on other snakes and seems to be more plentiful eastward of
the Buy of Bengal than it is in Tndia." >fr. Gillmore then uite^
instances of itscapture in Burmuh &c., mentioning a ease in which
an <'le|>hflut succnmbid to its poison in three hours, and he coin-
cludis his brief notice hy slatin^r that " it appears not to be
" nncummon in the Andaman inlands, while its ranjfe ofdisfri-
" bution extends thcngh the Malay countries to the Philippines
"and to New Guinea." This is in fact all that is satd of the
most deadly re)itile inhabiting the Asiatic continent. The
statement that it extended " through the Malay enuntriei^,
however, justified me in believing that 1 should eventual-
ly oomeupou a rooie detailed description. Mr. Davidson informid
me that museum specimens were rare frnm two oHUses ; one, that
few natives acquainted with its terrible powers cared to attempt
its capture ; the other that when a specimen was oKserved, such
strenuous etTorts were mode to destroy the reptile, that iu after
preservation as a spetiimen wa^i impossible. A heaillens or
crushed snake presents hut a sorry object, and the outward re-
semblance of the ftamit'lr^'id to innocuous species has, I doubt
nol, led before this to iu ifjeelinn hy these unacquainted with
Hi£(M.,«.nm) rarity.

(AKE-ElTINH

The oust HulUority I cousulted was Mr. Woods' volume <>a~^^^^^|
R<;ptilee. This fascinatiog writer leaves lew aubjects wholljf ' ^^^^^|
untouched, through he of course also »a.'rilices detail to suit I.K4 ^^^^^|
popular oature ol his works. Taking his volume ;ts we find it, ^^^^^|
however, T wa^i gUd to come across the following notice ^f ^^^^^|

"The serpent- eating Hamadryad or Ifaitailryat eUps, is nota> ^^^^H
ble for the peculiarity from which it derives ita name. !■: teud? ^^^^H
almost wholly on reptiles, devouring the lizards that inhabit the ^^^^^|
^me country, and also liviog largely on snakes. Dr. Cantor ^^^^^|
«aye of this Serpent that it cannot bear starvation nearly so ^^^^^|
well as most reptiles, requiring to be fed at least once a month. ^^^^^|
' Two specimens in my possession were regularly fed by giving ^^^^^M
them a serpent, no matter whether venomous or not, every fort- ^^^^^|
night. As s<Kin as this food is brought near, the serpent begint' ^^^^^|
to hiss londly, and expandin)^ ite hood, rises two or three fee^ ^^^^^H
and retAii)in<^ this attitude as if to take a sure aim, watching the ^^^^^M
movements of the prey, darts upon it in the same manner as the ^^^^^|
Na^ra THpudians (1. e. the cohru) does. When the victim ift ^^^^^|
killed bv poison, and Ijy degrees swallowed, the act is follow^ ^^^^^|
by a trthargic state, lasting for about twelve hours." ^^^^^|

" The Hamadryad is fond of water, will drink, and Hkes to {mat ^^^^^|
UiL- toni^Ae rapidly through water ns if to moisten that member. ^^^^^|
It is a tieree and dangerous i-eptile, not only resisting when at* ^^^^^|
tacked, but even pursuing the foe should he retreat, a proceeding; ^^^^^|
contrary to the general rule among serpents. The poison of this ^^^^^|
creature is viruknt in action, a fowl dying in fourteen miuntefl, ^^^^^|
and a dog in less than three hours after receiving the fatal bite, ^^^^^|
allhongti the experiments were made in the cold season, whea ^^^^^|
tbe poison of venomous snakes is always rather inactive. Tbs ^^^^^|
poisonous secretion reddens liliaiit paper very slightly, and, a» ^^^^^M
te the case nith most serpent poisons, loses its eOicacy by being. ^^^^^|
expo$e<l to the air. The native Indian name of the Hamad ryod ^^^^^M
^» Sniir CAoar." ^^^H

" The colour of this snaku i^ generally o( an olive hue, anbiirii. ^^^^^^|
and pati» Mow, but there is a variety marked with ci-oss-band*. ^^^^^|
of whit«. It is lar^ species, varying from four to six feel in ^^^^^|
teti^b, while some specimens are said to reach ten feet." ^^^^^M

As might have been expected Dr. Fayrer's work give^ Tor ^^^^^|
morv )>articular details, which I proceed to quote. They embody, ^^^^^H
ftll that i§ known of the Indian species : — " fliis is probably tbe - ^^
largest and most formidablf venomous snake known. It yiuwn

104 THE SN* Kt-BATiatl HAMAUmAD.

tu the length of twelve or fourteen feet, and is not only very
powerful, but aim active aai aggressive. It is hooded like the
Cobra, and resembles it in its general configuration and charac-
ters.

Uiinther's detinition of it is ae follows : — " Body rather elon-
gate ; tail of proportionate length ; head rather short, depressed,
scarcely distinct from neck, which is dilatable. OccipiUts sur-
rounded by three pairs of large shields, the two anterior of which
are temporals. Nostril between two nasals. Lareal none ; one
or Iwo pra;-three post-omilars. Scales smooth, much imhricae-
ed, in transverse rows, in fifteen series round the body, but it
many more round the neck ; those of the vertebral series ran
lather larger than the others."

"Ventrals more than HHi, anal eutire ; anterior sub-candaLs
simple, posterior two rowed, sometimes al! bifid. Maxillary
with a large fang in front, whieh is perforated at the end, show-
ing a longitudinal grove in front ; a second, small, simple tooth
at Eiome distance behind tbe fang. The colour of this snake
varies according to age and locality. The adult is some shade
of olive green or brown. According to Giinther it is : —

. " Olive green above ; the shields of the head, the scales of the
neck, hinder part of the body and of the tail edged with black ;
trunk with numerous oblique, alternate black and white bands
L-onverging towards the head; lower parts marhled with blackish,
or uniform pale greenish." This variety is found in Bengal,
Assam, the Malayan Peninsula, aud Southern India.

" Brownish olive, unifurm ivoteriorly, with the scales blut;k
eiiged posteriorly ; each scale of the tail with a very distinct
white, black-edged ooelles ; as in Plyas mncosus."

" This variety is nut found in Bengal; Gilnther sayt; it is
found in tlie Philippine Islauds, and perhaps in Burmah."

" Uniform brownish black, scales of the hinder part of tbe
bo<ly aud of tbe tail somewhat lighter in the centre; all the
lower parts black, except the chin and throat, which are yellow."
This variety is found in Borneo.

" Young speciuieus have a much more varied coloratidu ; they
are black, with numerous white, equidistant, narrow cross bands
descending obliquely backwards ; head with four white cross-
bands; one occupies tbe extremity of the throat, the second
across the posterior froutois, third across tbe crown of the bead.

THE S-NAXE-EATING HAMADRYAD. 10*5

bdiind tbe obit ; the foarth aeross the occiput to the angle of
the moQth ; the two latter bands are composed of oval spots.

" Iq a specimen from the Anamallay Moantains the belly is
black, and the white bands extend across, being wider than on
the back ; in a second specimen, of which the locality is unknown,
the belly is white, each ventral having a blackish margin. The
young Ophiophagus might well be mistaken for a snake of
another genus.

''Major Beddome says the young Ophiophagus is very
Kke ihe JDipsoi Dendropkila, an innocent snake. The shields
surrounding the occipi tals are large, and give a distinctive char-
acter to tbe snake. There is one prae-orbital, seven upper labials,
the third and fourth entering into the orbit, the third the larg-
est, the seventh and jenent very low ; temporals large, 2 by 2 ;
ventrals 215-26'^; sub-caudals 80-100 ; the number of entire
anterior sub-caudals varies much.''

'' The Ophiophagus is probably the largest and most deadly
of the thanalophidia; fortunately, though widely distributed it
is not very common. According to Giinther it is found in al-
most every part of the Indian continent; in the Andaman and
Philippine Islands, in Java, Sumatra, Borneo, and according to
Diimeril in New Guinea. Major Beddome of Madras says he
has killed one nearly fourteen feet in length near Cuttack in
Bengal, where it is common. I had a living specimen of the
dusky vaiiety from Rangoon, nearly twelve feet in length."

"The Hamadryas, says Dr. Cantor, is very fierce, and is
always ready not only to attack, but to pursue, when opposed ;
this too is a cons]>icuou$ trait in tbe Tenasserim serpent."

" As its name implies, it feeds upon other snakes, though
probably when its usual food is not forthcoming, it is contented
with birds, mammals, fish, frogs, &c.

" It resembles the Cobra, exept that it is longer in proportion
to its size, and its hood is relatively smaller ; it is, however
more gracefu! in its movements, and turns more rapidly. It is
occasionally seen with the snake-charmers who prize it highly
as a show ; but the\' say it is exceedingly dangerous to catch,
and diflScutt to handle before its fangs are removed."

It wiU be noted in the foregoing description that the *' brown-
ish olive vanity, uuiform anteHorly with the scales black-edged
posteriorly" is referred only to the Phillippine Island;! and Bunnah.-

104 THh SNAKt-EATlKlJ HAMADEVAU.

Tlio specimen before ub, however, is UDdoubtedly tbat variety
and ae such is of eoneiderabli' inteieet, though the black marks
between the scales are less defined than in Dr. Fayrers admirable
drawing.

Sucb beiug all the available iDformalion 1 was able to collect
on the subject of the Ilamadi^ad jou will easily understand
that I was pleased t« make the acquaintance of two gentlemen
oC this plac*:, who had Tor some years devoted themselves to col-
lecting and preserving such objects of Natural History as the
extensive grounds surrunnding their house in Sirangoon Road
allowed them to capture. I mentioned to them my desire to
come across a veritable specimen of 0. Elajis and in a verj' few
days was informed that they had as they believed one of these
snakes \a their collection. I was invited to inspect it and at
lirst sight we had no doubt ol the correctness of the identifica-
tion. A detailed comparison of their specimen with Dr. Fayrer's
plate in hia "Thanatophidia of India" convinced me that the
sought-for reptile was before us. I subjoin the narrative of its
capture verbnUm as furnisheil.

"My mandorc " Manit." reraemliere the (.apture of the snake
vety well, as he had a very narrow escape of being bitten. The
attack wax ijuite unprovoked ; in fact the tirst sign of the snake's
presence was a loud hiss, and the sight of the suake's head
raieed in the air on a level with his (the mandore's ) breast.
By jumping smartly back he evaded the spring of the hama-
dryad and succeeded by means of bamboos close at hand, aud
with the aid of the other gardeners close by, in getting the
snake heU down to the ground until a noose was slipped round
bis head, in which state he was placed alive iu a lai^e bottle.

" I saw the snake alive in the bottle and it was only just dead
from sutlbcation when I ifoun^ in the spirit to preserve it.

The maudore did not see the suake before, as it waii coiled in
a ret^ess amongst the roots of a large soontui tree about 15
}urUs from our house, and he was approaching the house from
the other side of the tree : the suake made his spring just as the
man passed by. The man hud been thirty years in Singapore at
least [he is a Bawian,) but had never seen tbis sort of snake be-
fore. Ht knew however at once from descriptions given him by
old Malays, and by men who lived in the jungle that it was a
Tiidong-kore kAning. He had often heard of this ^nake and
knew it to bo very deadiv in its bite. He had heard that it vas,
alM> calli-d " Ular-muri ' but does not think this bst the cor-
rect name, as he says it is evidently allied !'> the Cobra;

THE 8NAIL£-EATIN6 HAMADBYAD. 105

be cdletl it '' Ular tudong-itam-kecbil. " The lOiiDdore states
Umi he remembers seeing a snake something like this about
•ix faetrloiK also hooded bqt black in coior^ shot by my father
aboat iwei^y years age; but thinks that was only a very large
and old oobra. He 4Hiy« he has heard that formerly these
hamadryads were noi so rare as they are liow, but they were
always hard to get a sight of, as when men oame across them
they always smashed them up with their sticks^ or whatever
weapons they might have with them. He had also heard of
deaths resulting from their bites. As I said before^ I saw, in
eooBMny with my mother and fether, this snake alive, and my
mouker hearing the noise made by the natives, ran out of the
hmiae about 2 p. m. and saw the snake being noosed prior to
being put in the bottle. Whilst in the bottle ics ferocity re-
natned unabated, and the sight of a finger or stick was enough
to make it bite viciously at the object.''

The reference to the similar snake, black in colour, may point
to the existence of what is known as the dusky variety of the
hamadryad in Singapore. I can only say that in such a case
it will be extremely interesting to meet with a specimen, though
its greater resemblance to the ordinary cobra deprives it of the
daim to attention made b}' the variety under notice, which
Blight be mistaken by the uninitiated for a harmless serpent^-a
proof of which is afforded by the fact that our best known local
sportsman has himself twice seen the reptile without bein^ aware-
of its deadly qualities.

N. B. DENNYS.

NOTKS ON Gl^^TTA AND CAOUTCHOUC
IN THE MALAY PENINSULA.

BY Mu. H. J. MUBTON,

Az//>/. Botanical Gartiens Siugnpore.

Having so n^c^ently as last December ^iven the resulUof i^y
iDvestij^atiuns into the origin of Malay GuUas and RtMer$ in ii
Report to the Ineal Government, I may perhaps be accuseJ of
iteration in returning to the subject so soon ; but a!< tlie matter
is one of increasing importance^ and as greater publicity will be
ensured; and thereby discussion invited, through the pages of the
Society's J(»urnal, I have bi'cn induced to give the following re-
.sume of what I have hitherto l)een able to learn about them.

First of all it is necessary to distinguish here between Gutta
Percha and Caoutchouc — producing orders.

The trees producing Gutta Percha are all mcmbtT;; of the
order «SV//>r/^/<v/f, a family whicli includes many species useful to
man, the best known in the Straits being perhaps the Chiko
(Sapota Acias.)

The Gutta-producing trees are confined to the genus Isonandra^
which is limited to species by the authors of the " Genera Plan-
tarum/' Isonandra-Gutta is the oldest known species and yields
what is kiKjwn- in commerce as Gutta Percha in local parlance
GutU Taban.

This tr(*e is occasionally met with in Singaptire and in Johor
in the Pulai hills, and I iiave met with it in Penik on Gunong
Meru, (funong Sayong, Gunong Punjang, Gunong Bubo, Gu-
nong Hijiiu and Bi^jang Malacca, where large trees of SO to 1*20
feet are met with^ but owing to the* reckless way in which the
ijutta is collected, it is fast disappearing, and every succeeding
year the collectors are oblii»*ed U) go further from their kampongs
in search of it.

The mode of collecting the milk is as follows. A tree not less
than 8 feet in circumference at three feet from the ^^round is se-
lected, the larger the tree the greater the quantity of Gutta ob-
tainable, it is then cut do;vn at 5 or (> feet from the ground, and
as soon as it is felled the top is taken otf where the principal stem
is about 'i or 4 inches in diameter : ihis the natives sav causes the
trunk to yield a larger quantity of milk ; it is then ringed at in-
tervals of 5 to 15 inches with gofo^s^ and the milk collect«*<] in oo-

CITT.V PBBOUA. 107

oMnut shells, palm leaves or any tliiuir available, and thea boiled
ibran hour, otherwise it becomes brittle and useless. Its average
price per pikirf 4(id^3fifap)«i8 ftO|i%||i& to foO^iaecortlin^ to quality.
The only otiier Outta Percha that I liave seen is 6^M//a Puteh
the product of I. microphylla; theirs 3 diflTers hnn I. Outta in the
shape and colour of its leaves, and is readily recognized «it a dis-
tance by the Pefsk collectors. * *

.. .This Outta is obtained in. the saioe way as the iornv^/'i but
m worth. oaly about %\^ pt^r pikuL It diffevs in appearance from
:0» tabao in being; white^ more spongy aqd less plastic ; but it
ia o^ien ibuad adulterated with Q. jelutpng, which causes it to
.bt bfitUe and almost useless, The tri^ea of each species yiejd
about 2-3 catties of Gutta each. They appear to be .very slow-
growing trees, and one ^i ft. in circumference at 'J ft. from the
giouad would doabtleaa prove on minute examination to be 30
years old. Sides of hills, on granite formations, in .well drained
spots, appear best suited to their requirements ; and if their cul-
tivation is attempted the best phin to adopt i.s certainly to
proeure ripe seeds and sow them singly in pots, made of a joint
and one internode of a bamboo, and when ready for planting in
permanent plantations, the bamboo should be split down on two
sides and planted also ; thus preventing any injury to the tap-
root, of which they are very impatient. Lai^ quantitien of
sroail plants are mc^ with in the jungle, but thev require very
t«reful titling on scoount of their long tap-root ; any injury t<»
which, even if they survive, they take a long time to recover.
Of the Indiiir Rubbers, or Caoutchoucs, I have met with tw(»
varieiies in the Straits, viz, Outta Uambong and Outta Singgarip.

In my report to the local Government, I mentioned my belief
that G. Rambong was procured from Ficun elastica and since then
Mr. Low has written to me that I was correct in the supposition,
as he had seen branches and young trees of the species in question ;
so that nothing more need be said here about 0. Rambong, but
the origin of Gutta-Singgarip is still uncertain. A large plant
has been found in the jungle bordering the Botanical Gardens
which yields Gutta exactly alike G. Singgarip, but both Dr.
Beecnri and myself failed to find a perfect flower as they had
all been punctured by a minute insect, which in its attempts
to get at the nectar destroyed the reproductive organs. Mr.
Strettell of the Forest Dept of British Burmah has discovered a
new Caoutchouc producing tree in, Pegu, which yields a product
equal to tbe best Borneo Rubber and which Mr. Kurz determined
to be Ciaranetsia {Ureeola) eBCul-eui^,

G. Jelotong, whioh is often used to adulterate Gutta Tabai>
and G.' Pdteh, is obtained from a species of Alyxia.

. )

MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES.

THE WILD TRIBES OF THE MALAY PEMIK61TLA AND ABCHLPKLAOO.

The Council of the Rm^al Aiciatie Soeiety of the Stmitti
Branch have resolved to invite the aMi^taiice of persoue ratidiiqi^
-or travelling' in 'the Peninsala> in 8nniatni> or in the adjacent
<¥)untrie8> with a \iew to the collection of fuller and more variad
information than has been hitherto obtained in regard to the
wild tribes of these regions.

The interest such investigations possew for £thiiolo|gr,
Philolog]^' &c.^ and the importance of proseeutinp^ them without
delav^ are sufKciently obvious. The following^ pasaage from Mr.
Logan's writings ( I. A. Journal 1850 vol. IV p. 264»5) will
iustruet those to whom the subject is new as to the precise ob-
jects to be aimed at^ and the best methods of enquiry to be fol-
lowed. " For the Ethnology^ of any given region the first requiie-
" ment is a full and accurate description of each tribe in it, and
" in the adjacent und connected re^ons, as it exists at present
" amd has existed in recent or historical times. This embraees
'* the geo^^pliical limits and the numliers of the tribe, the
'' Physical Oeography of its locations, and its relations of all
" kinds t<^> intermixtMl, surrounding, and more distant tribes.
" The environments, of the race thus ascertained, the individual
*' man must be described in his Physiological and Mental Cha-
" racteristics and in his language. The Familv in all its pecu-
" liarities of formation and preservation, the relative position of
'^ its members, its labours and its amusements, must next be
" studied. The agglomeration of families into communities,
" united s<K'ially but not politically, is also to be considered.
** Liistly, the Clan, Society, Tril)e or Nation as a })oIitical unity,
*' cither isolati'd, confederate, or suboitlinate, must be invcstiga-
** teil in all its institutions, customs and relations .......

'* When we atttiupt to enquire into the cause or origin of any
*' of tlie facts presented by our ethnic Monograph of the kind
'* \\e have indicated, we find that very little light is to be ob-
** tainc(] in the history of the particular trilx*. It «ugg;csts
/* numerous enquiries, but pan answer only a few. If we confine
'* our attention to it, the gceat mass . of its characteristic's are
** soon lost in a dark and seemingly imjienet ruble anti(|uity.
"* But althoiigh each, race/ when* thus taken 'by "itself, vanishes

HISCEI.L-WEOl'S NOTICES. lOft

" ttloQg its separate path, it assumes an entirely new asp9^
" vhen we coni|Nire it with other races/'

To assist in tbe collection of dialects the folbwing Vocabulary^
consisting of one hundred words and fifteen numerals^ has be^n
comjMkd and printed by the Society ; and will it is hoped prove
of ose^ particularly in regard to the various Semang, Sakei and
Jakun dialects in the interior of the Peninsula.

In collecting Vocabularies the following points should be
lM>rne in inind^ in order to facilitate the comparison of one dtakict
with another.

1. In all cases to ascertain the exact name and locality (or
nomadic district) of the tribe, as dem-ribed by itself.

2. In taking down such generic words as " tree " and " bird '*
to-distingiiish carefully the general name (if there is one) from
the names of particnlar kinds of tree and birds. This i;ule hfsa
vei^' wide application amoug'uncivilized Tribes, which commonly
poflsess but one wonl for ///•*«, kand and for I ^g, foot frc, &c.

•i. TV) trive all the svninnnioitf or nearly sviumvmou!^ wonls

^» ft « ft- * ft-

in use in each case, with er.sy distinction of their meaning as
far 38 possible. Undeveloped dialects usually possess a very
redunilunt A'o^'ubulary in rcs|>ect ol obje<»t<

4-. To observe carefully whether or not a woixl be o^ one
syllable ; and if of more than one syllable whether or not it be
a comiKjuud wonl. ^Fliis is particularly important where tbe
wonls Ixjgin or end, as tbey frequently do in such dialects,
with a double i-on^'onant like " Kn, *' or " Xp. "

o. To 4)bserve and represent the sound of each wonl as fully
and exactly as |)ossible, and for this j)urpose to adhere to tbe
system of s|)elling recommended in the reix)rt published at page
45 of this Journal. The following is a List of wjLirds, the
equivalents for which it is desired, for the purpose of com)>arison,
to obtain in as many of the "Wihl-Trilx* Dialei'ts as pj^siblo.

^^^^^M

^H 110

MLI^CEU-ANEOLS NOTICfJ;. ^^^I

^^^P LrsT OF WouuH vo

U FOBNlSr, OollPAUATne VocABI t,lR*IES.

^SLi'''*-"

Toogn* FlowM
Tooth . 1 JVoit

^SSffV:

— ■ I^£

Bird Root

BUlwr

Egg ' SMd

obiid

Feather Wood

Ftmnlf BaaanH

Belly

MaU- O.ieoa.nut

Body

, Eiue

Boni^

Aot. Honey

Ear

Dwi- Oil

Eye

Do« SaU.

-pL:e

Blepliati' W<iiL

Fioger

Fisb

Foot

Fowl Gold

Hair

UoBODtt.. Iron

Hand

Pig f^ilve,

Head

Rat Tin

MoutJ)

NmJ

Sottke Arrow

Rom

Boat

Skin

Tree Mat

Sl^^r

Aliv^ Paddle

Suoipitan

Deud

Wai-t-Clotl.

Cold Oao

Hot Two

Juo«le

Larue Three-

Monotuin

Small Four

Riv^v

Five

Seu

Black 8ij! 1

Eartb

White Se^en "^W^M

aky

Suu

Comt^ ^^^^1

Uooa

C^ Ten ^B^^B

'9U>

Eat Eleven ™ ™

TbuDdei

Drnk ■ Twelve

LiKtitDiiitf

Sleep Twenty

Wind

Thirty

EUin

On? hundred

FiM

Water

IHJ

Sigbt

T.iiy

' To morrow

" 7psf*rday

^. .

MISOELLANKOUS XOTICES. Ill

The Semang and Sakei Tribes of the Distruts of Kedah
' - . VxD Perak bordering on Province Wetxest.ey.

The following interesting partieularn relating to the Senian^
and Sakei Tribes of the little known region lying behind Pro-
vince Welleslev were recently published in the Field Newspaper
(April the 23itl 1878.) It is not diflieult to indentify the sig-
nature as that of a gentleman lately in charge of the ProviiK*e
Police, who spent some time in the neighbouring jungle.

The Senuin<;r and Sakei^ as they are termed by themselves,
claim by tradition to be the aborigines of the Malay Periin-
** sula, and to have settled down in their present locality after
** vears of travel in an endeavour to reach the end of the land.
" Tlie inromls of the Malays have driven them from the borders
" near the sea to tlie centre of the country, where still exist the
" primeieval forests in which they can remain unmolested by
.*' their fellow men, whom thev fear more than the wild beast*
" with whom thev live/'

"The features ot the l!5akei, or '^ plains" men, are those of the
Negro, and it is a matter for students of the dispersion of races
to decide how and from whence come the dark skin, wooly hair,
flat nr»ses, jmd thick lips sr> prevaltMit anionq^t the Sakei of the
Malav P«*uinsnla.

''The true Scniang, on t\w other hand, hjis a I'omplexion <»f a
Hght <*op[>cr <*i)lour, l>rowii straight hair, and a cl<*ar skin.

** The two tribes sj».»ak <lifFerent languages, but follow the same
iikkIc of life, and are on arnicabh* terms. The Semaugs keep
;<lm«^»st t*ntirely to their mountain jungle, while the Sakei «k>
<-asinnally issue from their plain retreats to hold <*ommnnication
with tlie Malavs.

•

The tirst oi-ca-^icni in whicii 1 had a view of these interesting
<I»eriuiehs of humanity was in the year is64 while on a.to.ur
Af insjvction at the head of the Sehima river; a branch of the
Kriaii,' which hitter wa^ the l>oundarv, prior to the Ferak war,
Ftetwctni that C4>untrv and the British pf>ssessions neiur its miaith.
On arriving at a Malay kam]>ong close to Ounoug Inas, a .high
f)eiik of the <H*ntre mountain range T learnt tbat there w^r^^a
numlieT* of -SakeiMti- the- neighbourhood, and' of course atopioe
^l>lessed a'^'wish '"t^'-^^o -itoni, and • acportiipglvrsent a mutual
MsflaV frieiV^ t^ a^lf the I^JMef 4f he ::W4ikili)'^ <i)me-. to see. the
^/<7w/?/»^/r^ or^wlfitetiian. '"r^ i ."^iv^i. •

112

.A.VtOl > NOTICKS.

" 'Hie chief, who gloried iu the name of Tuboo, or autrur-caoe,
was about ■> ft. 3 in. high, of a dark broira com|>Jexion, with
ven Hat features, and grizzly hair which would vie with a ne-
gro's in twitt.

'■ His frame was spare t^ja dpgi-ei-, hut hard ; hii. mustles kuoU
ted and visible in every portiou of his light Hgure, which still
retained the the elasticity of manhood, notwithstandiug hix
age, which must have been about lifty-tive or sixty. His eyea
small and piercing, moved about in a restless, suspiuious man-
ner, which nothing could prevent, and in tbi« feature the ^Ta-
laye are wiint to recognise a wild man.

- I uau told that when a man waiit«il to marry he lirtt of all
upiike to the girl ; if she agrevl, he then went to the father and
mother, taking some jungle [noduce us a gift. The terms t-t
purchase were then arranged — usually a piece of iron, some roots
and Howers ; and when these were furthcoming a day was fixed of au ant-bill (where the Malayissup]>ose that spirit»
regide), after which the crjuple leave and proceed to some favou-
rable spot for their honey moon, returning at leisure to the tribe.
It in a most peculiar feature with these people that the marriHgi-
law exists at all ; and further, the (stringency which attaches to it
is astounding. Polygamy is allowed, but is seldom practised ;
while the punishment for adultery is death — usually carried out
by u relative, who invites his victim to a bunting excursion, and.
alter tiring bini out, beats his brains out with a >-lub while he h
asleep, and leaves him to rot on the earth denying to his re-
mainp the rough sepulture given to those who die in an honour-
able way, whose remains are laid on a log uf wood, in a sitting

posture, and buried a foot or two under the ground

I made strict enquirio as t<> llieir belief, naturally concluding
there wculd exist some idea of a Supreme Being ; but, to my
surprise these people bad no idea of a God ; they had no repre-
sentative caves or sacred spots; nothing wa« looked U|ion as
supernatural ; they did not bother themselves to imagine a caus<.-
f(n- thunder or lightning, or sun or moon, or any i>f the pheiio-
mens which one and all give rise in other savages to (Mx-tical
ideal' of dragouK, combats, and dettrojiug 8[^.irits. The Saket
were l*orn, lived as be«t they L-ould, die<l, rotted, and thete
ended. Tbey build no houses, seldom stop more tlian two days
III one s|><it, and pun^ue a tliurougbly nomadic life, having no
tWvkf or lierds, existing Imn hand tu month, but free and
(his they prize to a wonderful degree. Nothing will induce a

MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES. 113

Sakei to become civilized, even so much as the Malay of the
Ulterior; he is never happy except while roaming in his native
tant^ md, although he will eat rice and smoke tobacco, which
he ean only get from the Malays, he rashes off after satisfying
Ue Cfrnving for the weed ( of which he is inordinately fond )
and does not appear again for months.

''The second occasion of meeting these people was at the
bead of the Baling river, a branch of the Muda, near Pa-
ftani, where I had the good fortune to come across a tribe
ander the protection of the Raja of Kedah, by whose orders
tiiey mamed unmolested through his country. I received a
Tint m>m the chief and a party of his people, men, women,
and children numbering in all a dozen, and for a week had
daily intercourse with them. Tbe members of this tribe differ-
ed greaily from those near the Selama river, for they were
of the Semang race for the most part. The chief himself,
who had received the title of " datu " or chief from the raja
was a man of no common intelligence ; besides his own lan-
guage, which is different from any I have ever read of, he
•poke Malay and Siamese. Dressed in the narong of the Ma-
lays, at a distance it was impossible to detect that he was
not one of that race ; but on close inspection be bore all the
evidences of his extraction, and especially that restlessness of
tbe eye which, as I safd before, is so sure a si^^n of the de-
nizen of the forest. Amongst his followers were two Bro-
thers, named Gading (or Joory) and Buloo (Bamboo) whose ap-
pearance struck me very much. About twentv-three and twenty-
five years of age respectively, these men were perfect specimens
of manhood. Five feet ten or eleven in height, their limbs were
symmetrical to a degree ; their features, finely cut and intelli-
gent, were positively good ; their bodies, perfectly formed, ren-
dered their mo^ement« particularly graceful, and I must admit
to being envious of their fine proportions and '^ general air of
" robust health. They were a kind of body guard of their Datu,
" and he was evidently proud of them, and justly so.^

Some interesting particulars, though with fewer details, have
also been published in the Of&cial lleports of Mr. Swettenham
(April 1875), who encountered some tribes of the Sakei in Ulu
Slim ; Mr. Daly who came across them in the upper part of the
Ula IVrak (June 1875) ; and Captain Speedy who encountered
other tribes shortly afterwards in the Bidor district, nearly 100
miles off.

ANTiqnTiEs OF Province Wellesley.

Col, Jamps Low, who wa« for maay yenre Siiperiiitfmlenl
in charge of Province Wcllesley, mukpe the following reference
to this suhj(>ct iu liis " Dissertation on the w»il and agriculture
of Peiianij and Pro\'ince \Vellt«ley," published in Singapore in
1636.

" While employe<I several years ago in exploring the niins of
" an ancient Bondhist temple in Pro\'ince Wellesley, — an account
" of which I have promiiwd to the Asiatic Society of Calcutta — 1
"obtainei! a small coffee-pot which had been carefully biult up
■' with bricks at the depth of foiir or five feet. The lid' was firni-
" ly baked, but on being Imndled, the veswel crnmbled, naarly to
" pieces — within it was found the figure of a fowl constructed of
^' thin silver wire, which also fell to pieces on being handled.
" But the bill and feet were perfect, bring made of an alloyed
" metal, chiefly gold."

The writei gives no clue as to the whereabouts of this ancient
Buddhist tem]ile, but 1 imagine it to have been ooe of those sin-
githir mounds of shells which are to W met with in the north of
Province Wellesley not far f ii)m the Muda river. Thej' are com-
posed of sea-shells of the kind called kepa^ and karang (cockles)
by the Malays, though they are eitualed at some distance from
the sea. No other shells of the kind are to Iw found near the

fdace, I believe. I ha\e been told by Malays in Province Wel-
esley that one of these tnoundf' was ii]>ene<l and exjilonni by Col.
Low. If the others, left ]>erfect by him, have escaped destruc-
tion lit the hands of (!hinese linieburners, they will probably he
worth examiuatiou and description. " Goa kepah" ( ehell-
cave), a place in the neighbourhood, no doubt takes its name
from these mound?. I do not know if Cul. Low carried out his
intention of desiiribing the resulto ol his exploration. I have
searched thraugh the only volumes of the proceedings of the
Asiatic Society of Calcutta to which I have access (vols. I, 1 1
and HI.), hut I have found no paper on the subject.

Al the foot of Bukit Mertajam, ou the South aide, there is a
block of granite on which some rude characters have been traced.
The Malays call it liaiu tnnU, the rock of the writing. I helieve
that the inscrirtion has never been deciphered and that the cha-
racter has not l)een identified. When I saw it last (in ltS74),
it was dithcult in places to detect the ancient inscription on the
ruggad face of the rock, its faint lines contrasting strangely
with the deeply-cut initials of Cob Low on the same boulder.

W. K. M.

*li4CEUJiV«0lS NOTICKS.

ToBA, — SrM\ru\.

^^^^Pirom a detailed clescriptiou of Higli Tobu, in l!ii; BataL

' OouDtry, appearing in the Sumatra Couranl of ttie itii April,
the following particulars were recently translated in the Straitg
Timft. Since the Military operstious of the Dutch from Stng-
kel, some accurate information has, for the first time, been ob>

' tained regarding these interesting districts, hithert-i a f'-i;a in-

' eoftiila even to the Dutch themselve>.

I " High Toba, which is at present so much talked ofon the

I coaata, je a table land, situated between the 2nd and ;}rd degreea
I of North Latitude and between the USth and 9ilth degrees of
East Longitude from Greenwich. It is generally un extensive
ateppe country covered utmost every where with thickly grow-
ing lallang and intersected by clefts from ^00 to •'JOO rhine-land
, feet deep. Iti the plain the Tobane«e cultivates dry rice and
abi. Id tilling, he makes use of an efficient plough drawn by
one or two biiflkloes. In the ciclls which usnally abound in
water, many promising Sawah fields are met with. Kxcepting
maize, gambier, pisang, and some other fruits, no produce is,
however, found, even fire wood is very scarce. Notwithstanding
thiE scarcity the soil cannot be termed unfertile, it being almost
every where covered with a thick layer of kmann. But mutual
divieioDS among the people and mutual hatred prevent joint
' efTortf to irrigate the land by canals from the Batang Taro river
which rii^ee there. High Toba being about -'iOUO feet above the
sea level, the temperature is very moderate and may sometiraes
be even termed cold. In the shade the thermometer barely
Heee to 2ii° Reaumur, and early in the morning it fails to H"
R. The populations of High Toba, who in manners, customs,
several of their general laws, and certain pecularitics of character
form a whole, may be divided amongst inhabited places lying
I to 4 hours from each other ; or if prett^rable, amongst districts
ixmtsining :2U, :Jll, or 411 villages close together. On the other
hand, on the shores of the Tuba lake, 1,000 villages containing
-100,0111) souls at least can be seen at a glance. A traveller com-
ing from the south can seethe lake lying 1,5011 to 2,000 feet
below him, the panorama being an impresaive one, aasui-edly too
^nud for cannilukls like the Bataks. Even Switzerland with its
abundance of lakes need not be abhamed to include that blue mir-
ror in ite landscapes. The Toba lake is fed by a great number of
' atreams which flow into it from all sides, chiefly from the north.

Ka considerable outlet on the east. It lies from east to north
Ixing about 10 hours long and I- broad, with a breath of S
to the north west. In the middle then- is, however, a

116 MISCELLANEOUS KOTICRS.

large and thickly peopled island. The prahv?8 of the natives are
made of long bollowed-out tree sterns^ provided on both sidee
with outriggers to keep the equilibrium. With there very heavy
and unwieldy prahus manned by 200 to 300 men naval battles
are sometimes fought. On the shores of the lake^ which are as
it were covered with villages^ there are splendid terraces laid oat
into rice fields lying one above another. The villages are mostly
well fortified and impregnable to a Batak enemy^ but in con-
structing tbem^ cartouche, shot and shells have naturally not
been thought of several are surrounded by walls 10 t(f 20 feet
high which are often protected by ditches 20, 30, and even 40
feet deep. These ditches are flashed by the help of conduits,
and, when the village is besieged, can again be filled with water.
One village, so fortified^ once held out against an enemy 10,000
strong. For greater security bastions are also built, surrounded
by concealed pitfallt?, ranjn'sy and such like. Notwithstanding
the great scarcity of wood, the bouses and lami's ( assembly
houses ) are very strongly and elegantly built, the honour and
riches of the natives consisting in them. We have already often
mentioned that Toba is thickly peopled. Almost all the Batak-
tribes hold that Toba is the cradle of their race. In the charac-
ter of the people there is, however, something savage, something
unbridled ; yes, something of the animal. To those however,
who can deal with them thev are accessible, and suffer themselves
to be led by them. Yet, in consequence of other circumstances,
missionary work will be somewhat difficult there. In no case
however will it be hopeless labour. Besides great riches and
deep poverty, the most intense cunning, and credible narrow
mindedness, we find tlsere also the most disgusting deformities
by the side of many slim muscular and well built forms. These
contrasts are caused by the complete freedom of the one and the
complete dependence and slavery of the other.

*' Let us look upon a genuine Tobanese. There he stands be-
fore you with regular, large and well built figure, usually with
significant and defiant looks. His clothing gives one at once a
high opinion of bis prosperity and princely descent. A durable
garment, either black And white, or black and red, of the value
of 4 to 6 Spanish dollars, is bound round the trips by a white
girdle, and hangs down to his feet. Another garment as costly
hangs over the shoulder. Both his ears are adorued with gold
rings, and on his head he wears a white or red turban. At feasts
the latter is of silk, or he wears an ornamental string of pearls
through his hair, which he allows to hang down in long plaits'
in war time ; besides a copper pipe, worth 30 Spanish dollars.
In Tobii a tael of gold is worth 8 Spanish dollars.

MISCBLLANK0V8 NOTICBS. 117

** In terrible contrast with the dressof the^well-ta-doy is the deep
misery of the slaves. When these unfortunates beooma enslaved
by usury and deceit, every measure is, generally speaking, taken
to keep them in the lowest stage of poverty and want. In the
possession of a great number of slaves consist, properly speak-
ing, the wealth and the pride of a prosperous Tobanese. It is
no rarity to iind notables or headmen each possessing from
100 to 200 slaves, there being even families who possess as
many as ten villages, all inhabited by slaves, who till the
fields, build the villages, and serve as soldiers in the wars of
their masters. We have still to name one pitiable class of men,
namely the eunuchs who, however, save in Toba, are no long-
er found in the Batak country. Luckily they are few ; they
are used to accompany and attend upon women. For free
people and headmen wives are very dear in Toba. In Silin-
dong and Pangaloan, people pay 10 and more buffaloes for a
young woman. In Toba the figure rises to 20 and 30, be-
sides horses, gold, slave.^, &c. In Toba alone the custom still
prevails of keeping the skulls of deceased fathers aud grand-
fathers. The dead man remains several years in a sopo, in a
coffin closed with rosin, until the skull can at length be taken
away without difficulty. On a suitable day the eldest son tales
the skull of his father to the market place, shews it to the
headmen present, while he gives away a cow for public use
saying '* Our father wished once more to visit the market."
Alter this there follows a series of festivities in honour of
the deceased, for which the whole family bring together 2()
to ^3U buffaloes to be slaughtered. During the festivities the
skull is adorned with a silk turban and gold rings. The
skull at length finds a resting place in the grave. On do-
mestic occurrences, and in war time, the skull plays an important
part, together with the spirit of the deceased. Should a skull be
made away with, it is considered as foreboding ilMuck, and as
bein<^ the greatest disgrace that can befall a family."

Siamese Titles.

The following note is appended to Capt. Buruey's map of
the Siamese Provinces (referred to at p. 57) and is no doubt in
Capt. Burney's handwriting. It was probably written in 1826,
when the first Treaty with Siam was framed.

It is of course as difiicult to define the exact meaning of
Siamese Titles, as that of many English l^tles and degrees of
rank.

" C/ioic iir' I»rd and Master, aud CAow Mooung Lord or Gover-

118

MlBCBIJ-ANtOls NOTICES.

nor of a country. The Governor Ueuerat of ladia is styled
CkoK Mooung Benyala; Khnn is love and gratitude, and a Chief
in conversatiou is styled, " Chow Khun." Than is just, so Chow
Than is a title generally given to a chief. Pyi, when added to
the name of a country or town, signiHes Governor, tbus the Go-
vernor of Penang is styled Pj/a Ko Mnk, or the King of Kedat
Pga Moauiy Serai. The Siamese name of Kcdali, Mooung Serai,
IB taken from Kedah Peak, which they call " Khos Serai," and
the Malays " Gunong Jerai" or " Cherai." " Chow Pya" may be
translated into Governor (reiieral, but it ia a title also aunexed
to high olfices near the sovereign, and particularly to chiefs
nearly related to the Royal Family; thus the " Kalahom" or
commander in chief, and the " Chakri," or Prime Minister are
called "Chow Pya." The former superintends the affaire of all
Provinces to the South of Bangkok, and the latter, of all to the
North of that city; and to thrir affairs respectively the most
niinut« reports are tranHmiitw! from every Province, from Sin-
gora to Cheung Mai or Zemee. The present Minister for
Foreign Affairs is a Pya, " Pya Klang," and being reluted to the
Royal Family is often styled "Chow Pya." He is said to be
very friendly to the English : Prak, when annexed to a form or
country, may he translated into Lieutenant Governor ; " Luang"
or "Chrora" to a Resident, and "Mom" or " Kbom" to an
officer in charge ; much lower in rank " Pya," " Prak," &c., are
also conferred as honorary titles^ on other public officers, and
when annexed to a man's name appear to corres)X)nd t» Baronets,
Knights &c. The late Mr. Light ii> said to have been made a
'■ Prak" by the Kinp of Siara.

" Punahua," Loubere translates into "Huu" (the head) of
■' Phan" {Thousands} ; but I am told the title is derived from
" Phoh," father, " No" on, " Hua" head, meaning " I bear yon
as my father on my head" denoting the highese respect according
to the custom of oriental nations. The Siamese generally affix
the wood " Phoh," father, to the names of their chiefs. The
three sons of the Chow Pya of Ligor gtyled " Phoh Kloom,"
"Phoh-Pbo" and " Phoh-Siug," the last of which resembled so
nearly the Malayan wood " Poosing" deceitful, that the father
on establishing that son at Kedah directed him to be always
called by the Malayan title " Baginda Muda," or young Princ*.
The Siamese name for Singapore is " Ko-mai" new Island."

ANNUAL ABSTRACT OP METEOl

- -

—

9. A. M.

Moirmii.

......

p. M.9

p. M.

DryWot

Inchra iDCbM lachM iDchM iDchu

T ; T

•F*

January ...

29.9U aa.Mi 29.967

.081

I9.95S

80.7,76.4^83.
81.1 76.9^88.

.981

.tBH

.94S

.1189

.'»7

.962

.Ma

.91 ft

.109

.!)03

82.3,7S.SM.

X :::

.91G

.80S

.834

.■on

,8«fl

8i.9' 78.887^

.H98

,800

.875

.me

.856

84.71 79.!|8fl.i

Septemlwr...
OctoiH^r

November ...
December ...

.938 .819 .013
.938 .869 .918

.854 .934 lOfi .916 *

.9110 HI.9 77.Gi84,;*

.l«9'82.(l'77.8 83.'

7'^3.3'77.9'eC.t

,959 .856 .937 ,104

.917 Sl.i], 78.385.;
.901 K3.9 7S.I 64.
.870>t3.2 77.9,88,

...j^89.9*3J9.846 89.918 .'<97 89.903 HS1'77.fll84,

Highest reading; of Baroniet«r dariDg the year 8(1
Lowest <lo. t)o. 33

HifthMt Tempenture Observed 9i!.b'

mUnmi

8
IB

8S:38(£S^SS8^!S I*

00 I

.^._L.

fi> fi> Cu Ct# ^ ^ Ct#
o o o o o

§•§•§•

;

aDSQcocoeataocat

33a283338<

S'S'S'S'S'S'ffi

n
n

No. a.

.lOrKNAL

.sTi{Air;s MAXc

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

DKCKMBKVf. 1878

I'lHMnnEI) IIAI.F-YKARI.Y

No. 2.

[ Prioe to Mem ber? , Kxt ni copies ... . . . $1 .(X> (MUrh

To non-meiuh<.>i*R ... ... 2.00 uauh

efOUHNAL

OF Tin:

STIiAlTS BlIANCH

OF THE

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

DECEMBER, 1S78.

PtBLl!<llED HALF-YEARLY.

SlNGAPOliE :

ri.IMLU AT TIIL •• Ml.-<SIUN TkLSm," UV A. L. ABl>VLLi.U.

(^OHKK^ENDA.

Fii the seoon«l papor in t liis imiiiber (Malay Proverbs) tltt^

No, HS ior pt'ii'mjii^t
,, 182 „ iiii'i'iait-rhij)
,, too ., in'r-j*i nffk'i~jn iiifh'^i

., 1JJ'> ., rhit'/tftft

r<»a<l fK'.ifjiiJif.h,
rhuihah.

111 the sixth paper (Por.ik Maiius^'ripts) the i'ollowiii;^ «5«)r-
v#.»<.tti<>ns have to be made : —

No.

■ ^

-9

183

iiote 3 for (;Ira\vf'ur<l

read Cniwfiii-d.

1 89 Um

., trnlliful

•>y

youthful.

191

„ I on II

pocMii.

191

• s

:Mj

,, k'frtt Iff r-tfl hill

hLluit-'dhf'k^

191

• *

:58

., if

*•)

is.

192

l:">

,. his

how.

192

•i

:M.

,, shad

shall.

192

:]5

., whom

"i^

when.

193

„ crowd

?*»

eraved.

193

5 <t/if<v iuvasioii

of.

193

., these

mauiiseript«

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

^I List of Members

n Annnal General Meeting

III Report of the Couficil for 1678
rV do. Treasurer

V President's Address

•••

The Song of the Dyak Head-feast,

by Eevd J. Perham . . .

Malay Proverbs, Part II,

by W. E. Maxwell

A Malay Nautch, ^

by Frank A. Swettenham

Pidgin English,

by N. B. Dennys

The Founding of Singapore,

by Sir T. S. Baffles ...

6 Notes on two Perak Manuscripts,

by W. E. Maxwell

Page.
I

123-135

136-162

163-167

168-174

175-182

183-193

7 The Metalliferous Foi*mation of the Peninsul^

byD. D.Daly 194-198

8 Suggestions regarding a new Malay Dictionary,

by the Hon'ble G. J. Irving ... 199-204

9 Ethnological Excursions in the Malay Peninsula,

by N. Von Mikluho Maclay ... 205-221

10 Miscellaneous Notices.

G eoj^uphical Notes

Ancont of Bujan^ Malacca

Palxii FosBf Bambau

The Minerals of Sarawak, Note by Mr. Everett

8emangs, letter of Professor

Capture of Ophiophagus Elaps...

Ophi4>phagus Elap 8 in Perak ...

A Malay Kramat

Malay Dictionary ...

Meteorological Beturns for 1878

■••

222-225
225-227
227-229
229-231
231-233
233-235
235-236
236-23S
238-239
24/0

THE STRAITS BRANCH

OV THK

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

Hib Excellency Sir W. C F. Kol»ins<ni, k. c. m. g. (Patrun.)

COUNCIL.

/Yen. Archneaoon Hosi*, 31. a. I'rfAiiknt.
« 1 Major S. Diinlop, k. a. Yiw Firttdrnf (Singapore.)
S { Hon'ble C. J. Irvill|^^ Vice PreeicJ^nt (Penamj.)
C I James Miller Esq.

^ A. M. Skinner, Esq.

Hnnnj. Treo Sliver.
Ifo II nj . See reta ry.

Ernest Bieber Esq, l. i,. n. Edwin Koek, Esq.

1S\ B. Dennys, Esq. Ph. D. L>. F. A. Henov, Esq.

K. W. HuUt-tt, Es(j. M. A.

List

Acluuison, Mr. W;
Au^us, Mr. G ;
Anson, Mr. A :
Aniistrong, Mr. Alex:
P»iiuni^rten, Mr. C ;
Ph ntl.v, Mr. H. E ;
PnTuard, Mr. A :
fUmard, Mr. F. G ;
pM'rnard, Mr. C G ;
Uii^t^s, Kevd. L. ( ' :
iJirrh, Mr. J. K :
Hinli, Mr. E. W:
lUark, Mr. A. F:
Bond. Hon I. 8:
Pnnltbee, Mr. F. K :
Hn»\\7i, Mr. L ;
J-Jrowii, Mr. D ;
Bruif, Mr. K<»bt'rt \l ;
H-irkinshaw, Mr. .1 :
lirussel, Mr. J :
i ;nni»bell, Hon. \\ \
Car^ill, Mr. Tlioinas :
C>j>e, Mr. Herlu'rt :
<< •melius, Mr. B. M. A
Cousins, Mr. A. W. V;
Curr, Mr. J. C :

OF Mem BE US for 1879.

Dalmann, Mr. E. B;
Daly, Mr. D. B;

l)enis(»n, Mr. N;

r>ou^la.^, Capt : B ;

r>«»yle, Mr. P;

i)roez<', Lt. J. Haver;

T)utt\ Mr. A ;

DunlM|., Mr. C ;

Dunlois Mr. C. Tennant ;

Kmiiirrson, Mr. C ;

Falls, J>r. T. B;

Faviv, r Abbe (Hon. Meinb.;

Frri;ns(>n, Mr. A. M. Jr;

FmstT, Wr. J ;

Glinz, Mr. 0;

(loiiiHs. Kevd. W. H;

Cirahaiii, Mr;

(iT-ay, Mr. A ;

FIii;_i'ed(.ni, Mr. E ;

Hanson, Mr. J. F;

Hazbs Mr. E ;

K'Tnun^, Mr. A. H. A:

lbNV(tson,Mr. H. W:

l^♦T^vi^^ Mr. H ;

Hill, Mr. E.C;

Uol... Mr. W;

MEMBERS.

Holinberi^, Mr. B. H ;
llordyk, Mr. K. F ;
Ibrahiiu bin Abdullah ;
Iiines, Mr. James ;
[vHTifl'inann, Mr. A ;
Ivftliding, Mr. F ;
Ker, Mr. W. G ;
Kor, Mr. Y. R ;
Krohn, Mr. W ;
KvDuerslev, Mr. C. W. S ;
Labiian and Sarawak, Lord Bis-

h<»[» of ;
Lanib, Mr. J ;
Lamlnfrt, Mr. J. K ;
TiJinil^^rt, Mr. E ;
Lambert, Mr. (x. R;
Leech, Mr. H. W. C ;
rjeic«»st<*r, Mr. A. W. M ;
Ma<-Lavertv, Mr. U ;
Maelav, Mikluho (Hon. Memb.)
MaeNair, Hon, Majoi J. F. A ;
Mahomed bin Mali boo] ► ;
Mauslield, Mr. Gec» ;
Maxwell, Sir P. Benson ;
Maxwell, Mr. W. E ;
Maxwell, Mr. R. W ;
Mohanied Said ;
Muhr}', Mr. O ;
Miillor, Mr. J. B ;
Mnrray, Capt. R;
Mnrton, Mr. H. J ;
Newton, Mr. Howard :
O'Brien, Mr. H. A;
Paul, Mr. W. F. B ;
Penney, Mr. F. (; ;
Perhani, R^'vd. J. (Hon.

Menil>erJ
Pickerini;, Mr. W. A :
PJKtorius, Mr. P;
l^ppa, Mr. <l ;
Jlead, Hon. W. H ;
Renir, Mr. (I. A :

Riun, Mr. Edmond ;
Ross, Mr. J. D ;
Ritter, Mr. E ;
Rowell, Dr. T. I ; m. d.
Sai^ff, Sye4 Mohamed bin Ah-
med Al';
Sarawak, Raja of ^Hon. Memb.)
Scheerdcr, Mr. J. C ;
Sohomburgk, Mr. Carl ;
Sehultzc, Mr.
Syed, Abu Baker ;
Shelf ord, Hon : Thomas ;
Shaw, Hon : Capt. E. W ;
Skinner, Mr. C. J ;
Sinclair, Mr. E ;
Smith, Hon. C. C ;
Sohst, Mr. T ;
Soto, Mr. M ;
Stewart, Mr. C. de B ;
Stiven, Mr. Robt. G ;
Suhl, Mr. M;
Swt»ttenham, Mr. F. A ;
Swinburne, Capt. ;
Syers, Mr. H. C.
Syme«, Mr. R. L. ;
Tall>ot, Mr. A. P;
Tan Kim Oheiij? ;
Thompson, Mr. W ;
Tiode, Mr. R ;
Tolson, Mr. G. P :
Trachslcr, Mr. H ;
Trebing. Dr. Oh ;
Uloth, Mr. H. W ;
Vaughan, Mr. H. C ;
Vernumt, Mr. J. M. B ;
Walker, Li. R. S. F ;
Whampoa, Hon. H. A. K ;
Wheatlev, Mr. J. J. Ij ;
Woodford , Mr. H. B ;
Wvneken, Mr. K ;
Zoiuke. Mr. P :

PROCEEDINGS

ANNUAL MEETING, 13th JANUAEY.

Minuter.

The Annual General Meeting of the Straits Branch of
the Royal Asiatic Society was held at the Eaffles Library
at 8.30 p.m. on Monday the 13th January, 1879.

Prcttenf,

Ven. Arch. G. E. Hose, m. a. — President.

A. M. Skinner, Esq., Hon Secy.
The Hon. C. J. Irving, Hon. Treasurer.

E. Bieber, Esq., l. l. d.

N. B. Dennys, Esq., Ph. D.

J. Miller, Esq.

D. F. A. Hervey, Esq.

E. Koek, Esq.
and numerous members and visitoi*s.

Mr. Geo. Mansfield is elected a member as proposed by
the Council.

The Honorary Secretary reads the Council's Annual Report.

It is agreed by the Meeting that the Report be adopted
and published.

The Honorary Treasurer reads the Council's Financial
Report.

It is agreed liy the Meeting that the Report be adopted
and published.

The President then addresses the Meeting and concludes
by resigning, on behalf of himself and the other members
of the Council, the offices which they have discharged during
the past year.

The C!ouncil then proceeds to ballot for the Officers and
CoTineil during 1879, Messrs. Dennys and Koek acting as
scrutineers of the ballot.

The following Officers and Councillors are electod ;—

President, Von. Arch. G. F. Hose, m. a.

Vipp-Presidpnt / ^^^^S^ ^^^' ^' J- Irving,
vice-riesiaent ^ gj^gapore, Major S. Dunlop.

Honorary Secretary, A. M. Skinner, Esq,
Honorary Treasurer, J. Miller Esq.

COUSCILLORS.

E. Bieber, Esq., l. l. d.
N. B. Dennys, Esq., Ph D.
E. Koek, Esq.

D. F. A, Hervey, Esq.

E. W. Hullett, Esq., m. a.

A vote of thanks to the Honorary Secretary for his services
during the year having been put and carried, the Meeting
separates.

The Council's Annual Report for 1878.

Read at the Anumd MMiiirj hrjd on the \Wi January^ 1879.

In presenting to the Straits Asiatic Society tlieir first
Annual Report, tlie Council are «j:lad of the oppoi*tunity to
review briefly the steps which have been made to consolidate
and extend the work of the Society, since the first General
Meeting of January 2l8t.

It is satisfactory to record that the accession of new mem-
bers has steadily continued, and at the present time the
Society may conp;ratulate its(»lf u|)on numberinsf in all 158
Members, viz : —

The Patron (an office It. E. the Govemor was phrased to
accept last August.)

4 Honorary Members (the Rapi ol* Sarawak. "Mi^ssrs.
Maclay, Yixwa and J. Perham.)

lo;] Ordinary Membei-s (including the Officers and Coun-
cillors.)

In March, the Royal Asiatic Society, the parent of many
branches, communicated its willingness to allow the Society
to be affiliated to it in the usual manner.

PSOCXBDINGS V

•

Thanks to the permission accorded by the Committee of
Baffles' Library and Museum to make use of the Library
reading*room, no difficulty has been experienced with regard
totheplace of meeting. Nine "General Meetings" have taken
place, and 22 Papers have been read; comprising, amongst
others, original accounts of : —

"Breeding Pearls," "The Chinese in Singapore, their
Triad Societies, and their Immigration to the Straits," " The
Wild Tribes in the Peninsula and their Dialects," " The
Proverbs of the Malays," "The Snake-eating Serpent," "The
Dyak Mengap," "A Malay Nautch at Pahang," "Agriculture
in the Straits," " The Metalliferous Formation of the Penin-
sula," " Rambau," " Pidgin English," and " Suggestions re-
garding a new Malay Dictionary."

The first number of the Journal (nominally for July) was
actually published in September, owing to delay in the
printing ; and the 500 bound copies delivered have been dealt
with as follows : —

Distributed to Members

160

Do. to Councillors (extra) ... ... 12

Do. to Contributors ... ... ... 12

Do. to the Press ... ... ... 8

Do. to Learned Societies ... ... 12

On sale at Singapore, Bangkok, Hongkong, and Penang 95

About 200 copies remain on hand, as well as about
100 copies of each paper unbound.

The numbers actually sold are not accurately known yet.
It is believed they are not large. In the meantime, the
Society has escaped from any difficulty with regard to funds
through the cordial support it has met with from all classes
of the community.

As yet only slight progress has been made towards the
formation of a library, and none whatever towards the collec-
tion of Malay Books and MSS. ; but there is at any rate
some prospect of a steady growth in the number of journals
and records exchanged for our own journal with kindred
Societies elsewhere. For example, a complete set of the
Records of the Indian Geographical Survey has been fur-
nished to us from India (12 vols.) and a communication has
been rec eived from the President of the Ecole des Langues
Vivantesy accompanied with three rare publications regarding

Tl PBOe££D11908.

the Malay and Javanese languages. The Batavian Society
of Arts and Sciences has also offered its heai-ty support ; and
in all these cases our correspondents have vohmteered their
assistance. It is our Society which has been sought ; and
this may be regarded as a recognition of the useful positi(>n
it is calculated to fill in relation to other Scientific Associa-
tions.

The Council would here more particularly acknowledge
the co-operation they have met with from the Foreign Con-
suls in Singapore, through whose aid they look to obtain a
wider basis for their i)roceedingS5 and the great advantage
of exchanging publications with Foreign as well as with
English '- learned Societies."'

In addition to the General Meetings, the publication of
the Society's Journals, and the formation of the Society "s
Library, the Council has addressed itself to certain qut^stions
of a more practical character, such as the prepanition of a
new map of the Peninsula, the recomniendation to Govern-
ment to purchase the late Mr. Logan's Philological Library, the
indexing of the 12 vols, of that distin^^uished man's Jo\irnals
of the Archipelago, the publication of a new Dictionary, and
the i>reparation and distribution of a servic(»able Vocabulary
to assist in collecting the Dialects of Wild Tribes.

With regard to the new Map, and to the i)urchase of ilr.
Logan's Phihdogical Collection, though neither of these
matters has yet bt»cn detinitcly si'ttlecl, the Council Avishes
here to aclcnowledgo the powerful su])j>ort afforded by Go-
vernment to the obj(*cts which this Socit^ty has been formed
to promote: and it may be mentioned that one of the diihcul-
ties in the way of publishing an iniprovtMl map — the want of
funds — has been to a great (extent removed by th(* (.iovern-
numt's undertakinu* to distribute among the Native States
200 copies at the price of §2 each.

As to the still nunv s(»riou8 difliculty, the want of exact
infonnation regarding the countries that form the Peninsula
— most of which is still unexplored — something has already
has done bv the Societv. The River Triany;, connectin«r
Jrli^bii with flu* main stream of the River Pahang, was des-
cended bv a traveller from S. rionij: last June, thus clear-
ing up a. largt* ] portion of the water-system of the Pahang,
and incidentally explaining the hitherto mysterious connec-
tion between Jclei and the Negri Scmbilau. The prosecution

PROCEEDINOfl, TU

of this journey was, it is believed, entii'ely due to the Society.
Other explorations of equal consequence have beeu made in
the interior of the Kinta District (Perak) by Mr. Leech,
and ai^n>ss the watershed that separates Pahang and Ki^lau-
tau by Mr. M. Maclay. These journeys, though executed
under other influences, have been made more pfenerally use-
ful, an<l have been broui^ht toser\'e our purpose, by obtaininjif
eumi)ass bearin<):s and itineraries of the newly explored dis-
tricts for publication and record.

With req:ard to the question of publishing either a new or
a supplementary Dictionar}-, a paper has recently' been read
betore the Society, which will be found in the ensuing num-
ber of the Journal. Other communications on the subject
liave also been under the Council's consideration from two
independent sources.

As to tlie forthcoming numb(n' of ihe Soeiety's Joiu'iial
(Deeeml)er 187.S;, the material is already in the printer's hands,
and the printing of it is W(»ll advanced, and should be com-
pleted in a few weeks.

It only remains for the Council to take this opportunity
of thanking the numerous contributors who have responded
to their invitation ; and to express their acknowledgements
to the h>cal and other journals for their ready co-operation
in bringing the Society's proceedings to the notice of the
[mblie.

The Hon. Trkastkek's Report.

The list of Members of the Society, handed to me for the
collection of the subscriptions, included loo names, exclusive
of those of four Ilojiorarv Members ; but of tliese, two were
subsequently withdrawn as having been entered through
some misapprehension, tlie number of the subscribing mem-
bers being thus rednciM.l to lo-J.

On the :>lst I)ecemh(»r, the whole of the subscriptions had
been paid with the exception of 10, of which four have since'
}>een paid: eight are likt.'ly to be jmid shortly ; and four may
be considered as withdrawn.

Annexed is an abstract (4" the cash account of the year,
fn»in wliich it will be secMi that the Receipts amounted to
S'^iT.on and ihe payuients to SolT.DS, the transactions re -
.suiting in a balance to the credit of the Societv of ^s.WJ.52.
The subscript ii»ns for 187S, to be received in 1871>, amounted
t<» S72 ; but on the other hand one subscription, StJ, was paid
iu 1878 in advaijce for 187J) ; and there were bills for 1878
outstanding at the end of the year to the amount of §41.60.

VUl

pBocsEDnraB.

The general result is shewn by the annexed statement of
Asse^ and Liabilities, from which it will be seen that the
net balance to the credit of the Society at the close of the
year was $333.92.

This appears to be as satisfactory a position as could have
been anticipated, but it must be borne in mind that it results
from the fact that the Society, while it has received the
subscriptions for the entire year, has only issued one number
of the Journal, instead of the two numbers, which it is pro-
posed to issue yearly in future.

The cost of the publication of the number of the Journal
for July did not much fall short of §400 ; and though the
cost of the subsequent numbers is likely to be less consider-
able, the publication of the two numbers must be expected
to absorb a very considerable proportion of the income of
the Societ}', which does not appear likely much to exceed
ji?900 a year.

Straits Asiatic Socikty.
Cash account 1878.

SuVtioiiB for 1878
<lo. .. 187J»
Sale of Journal

S O.
817 50

Publication of Journal ..
Phot<jgitiphs
Litho^'aphs
Printing Not ioefl &<'.
AdvertiflemonlB ...
Allowanco to Clork

GhiB ...

PoetBgo

StationtTy

MiscelloneouR

Balance

S C.

827 50

AssBTs AND Liabilities.
Ist January, 1879.
8 C.I
Balance Chartered Mercantile I Bills outstanding Pub. of

Bank 297 52, Journal (final) ...

Balance Cash ... 12 00!

Subscriptions 1878 j Sundries for December

outstanding ... 72 1 Subscription for 1879

in advance

Balance to credit

. :w.

•t

10 52

26 59

i\ H2

517

i^H

.. 309

.Vi

827

^ c.

10 (M)

47.60
;^33.92

8381.52

S381.52

THE PRESIDENT'S ADDRESS.

€rent1emen, if it had not been announced to you, both in
the notices convening this meeting and in the public prints,
that the President would address the Society this eveninij;,
I should only toj tjladly renviin silent ; beinsf sitisfit^l that
in the two Reports to which you have just iisbrvud all that
need be said of th;i past year has been said. For tho sub-
ject, as it seems to me, of an address from the Pr^^sidout of
snch a »Society sis this, at the end of his y(3ar of oflije, slionld
be a review of the history of tho Soci(»ty during that yoar.
But when I saw the exhaustive Report which tlie Hon. Si*-
cretary had dr:iwn up for the Council, and which has just
been presented to this meetinij, I felt, llko "^ the needy
knifegrinder," that I had no story to tell. Very little re-
mains for me to say except to congratulate the Society upon
its present jK)sition. It is about a year old. I am not quite
sure whether the day of the first preliminary meeting, th(»
4th of November 1877, or January 21st in 1878, the meeting
at which Rules were made and Officers appointed, should be
called the birthday of the Scxnety : probably- the latter ; and
in that case it has not yet C|nite reached its first anniversary.
But the baby is alive and well. Tl has survived s^i^me of the
dangers of infancy ; it has not been sniother^»d by kindness,
nor left to perish from neglect ; it has not been starved, as tin*
Treasurer's rt»port shews; and it has shewn itself capable of
perfonning most of the functions which were expected of it.

We must all feel that the Report of the Council gives
snihcient ground for the opinion that the Soci(*ty is vigorous.
Nine meetings held in the year : — twenty-two papers read : —
one number of the Journal published, and a second almost
ready for publication: — a library commenced: — IGO mem-
bers enrolled : — and last, though not least, a balance at the
Bank : all these are healthy signs, and give us reason to
liope that the Society is well established, and has a long and
useful career before it.

Some of the papers that have been read are of very great
value. I may mention as an instance Mr. Maclay's account
of his long wanderings among the wild tribes of the Penin-
sula. He has fixed with a precision which only personal in-
vestigation on the spot could secure, both the habitat of each
division of these scattered tribes, and the reLition in which
they stand to one another, and to other nw^es. Every one
who reads his most interesting paper must, 1 think, come to
the same conclusions as Mr. Maclay himself, that, though

124 MENOAP, THE SONG OF THE DTAK HEAD FEAST.

In Dyak life the sense of the invisible is constantly pre-
sent and active. Spirits and goblins are to them as real as
themselves. And this is specially true of these ceremonial
feasts. In the feasts for the dead the spirits of Hades are
invoked; in those connected with farming Pulang Gana,
who is supposed to reside somewhere imder the ground, is
called upon ; and in the Head-feast it is Singalang Burong
who is invoked to be present. He may be described as the
Mars of Sea Dyak mj'thology, and is put far away above the
skies. But the invocation is not made by the hiiman per-
former in the manner of a prayer direct to this great be-
ing ; it takes the form of a story setting forth how the
mythical hero Kling or Klieng made a Head-feast and
fetched Singalang Burong to it. This Kling about whom there
are many fables is a spirit, and is supposed to live somewhere
or other not far from maukind, and to be able to confer
benefits upon them. The Dyak performer or performers then,
as they walk up and down the long verandali of the house sing-
ing the Mengap, in reality describe Kling's Gawe Pala, and
how Singalaug Burong was invited and came. In thought
the Dyaks identify themselves with Kling, and the resultant
signification is that the recitation of this story is an invoca-
tion to Singalang Burong, who is supposed to come not to
Kling's house only, but to the actual Dyak house where the
feast is celebrated ; and he is received by a j^articular cere-
mony, and is offered food or sacrifice.

The performer begins by describing how the people in
Kling's house eontemphite the heavens in their various cha-
racters : —

"They see to the end of lieaven like a well-joined l)()x."

"They see the speckled evening clouds like a nienaga jar
' in fullness of beautv."

"They see the sun already descending to the twinkling
' expanse of ocean.'-

They see ''the threatening clouds like an expanse of black
cloth;'' ''the brightly shining moon": ''tlie stars and
milky way ;'' and tluMi the house with its inmates, the
'* crowned ytmng men"; and "hiding women" in high glee,
and grtive old men sitting on the verandah — all prepa'*ing
for high festival. The women are destrribed decorating the
house with native cloths; one is comi)ared to a dove, another
to an argus pheasant, another to a niinah bird — all hiugh-
ing >vith pleasure. All the ancient Dyak chiefs and Malay

HENGAF, THE SONG Of THE DTAK HEAD FEAST. l25

chiefs are called upon in the song to attend, and even the
spirits in Hades ; and last of all Singalang Burong. To him
henceforward the song is almost entirely confined.

We must suppose the scene to be laid in Kling's house.
Kumang, Kling's wife, the ideal of Dyak feminine beauty,
comes out of the room and sits down on the verandah beside
lier husband, and complains that the festival preparations
make slow progress. She declares she has no comfort either
in standing, sitting or lying down on account of this slack-
ness ; and by way of rousing her spouse to activity, says the
festival preparations had better be put a stop to altogether.
But Kling will never have it said that he began but could
not finish.

ludah keba aku nuiig^u.
N<la kala aku piilai lobu.
Makau benong tajau bujang.

ludah keba aku ngaiyau,
Nda kala aku pulai sabau,
Makau Blabit ladong penyariang.

Indiih keba aku lueti,
Nda kala aku nda mai,
Bulih kaliuipai babi blang.

Indah keba aku maiijok,
Nda kala aku pulai luchok,
Bulih Bti-lauggai ruai lalang.

Kitv' Insi togiir nda besampiar untiik tulang.
Kite bifcji laju ari i)eluru leka l>angkong,
Kite ]>isi lanit ari suiupit betiboug pungganj',
Sampure uya kite a«oli betulx)li ugambi ngabang.

'• Wlu'ii I havf Lfouf to fine p«^)ple,
*• N<'ver did 1 return euipty handed
" Bringing jars with me.

*• When T have gone on the war-path,
•• Never did I return unKueeeRsful
** Bringing a luisketful of heads.

" When 1 have gon** to lay pig-tnms,
•• Nevtrr did I return without
** Obtaining a Iwuir's tusk.

" Wh«'n I have set bird «nan's.
*• Never di<l I return unfruitful
•* Getting au tugiw plicusimt.

126 MENGAPy THE SONG OF THE DTAK HEAD FEABT.

" We have a sti-ong one, the maiTOw of whose bones

never wastes.
** We have one swifter than a bullet of molten lead.
*' We have one more piercing than the sumpitan with

ringed endings.
" Sampure we will order to gather companions and

fetch the guests to the feast.*'

So Sampure is ordered to fetch Singalang Burong who
lives on the top of a hill called " Sandong Tenyalang." But
Sampure begs to be excused on account of illness ; upon
which Kasulai (the moth) and Laiang (the swallow) offer them-
selves for the work, with much boasting of their activity and
swiftness. With one bound they can clear the space be-
tween the earth and the '' clouds crossing the skies." So
they speed on their way. Midway to the skies they come to
the house of ''Ini Manang," (Grandmother Doctor) who asks
the meaning of their humed arrival covered with dirt and
pei*spiration. *' Who is sick of the fever P Who is at the
point of death ? I have no time to go down to doctor them."

Agi lelak aku uchu

Bai'u pulai ari tuchong langgong Sanyandang

Di-injau Umang

Betebang batang pisang raia.

** I am still weary, O gi-andchild,

** Am just come back ii-om plain-topped Sanyandaug ;

** Having been boiTOwed by Umang

** To cut down the grand plantain tree.'**

They answer that they are not come to ask her to exercise
her medical skill, but simply to inquire how far it is to the
coimtry of Salulut Antu Ribut, (the spirit of the winds.)
Ini Maiuing joking gives them this mystityiug direction. *' I f
you start early in the dark morning you will be a night on
the way. If you start this evening you will get there at
once." Whether this reply helped them or not they get to
their destination at last ; and the Wind Spirit accosts them.

Nania siduai agi bepetiing, agi malam 't
Bangat bepagi l>elam-lam ?
Dini bala bisi ngunja monoai'
i)mi antu ti begugu nda jcna baka P

•* Why come you while it is still dark, still night ':

»So very eai'ly in the dawn of moniing ?
'* Where is thore a hostile army invading the <ountry r
•• Where arc there' thundering Kpirits in rountless

II umbers r "'

* This refei'd to a pai'ticiUar performance of the l>yak Mauang»^ i. c.
^ledicine men.

MENGAP, THE SONG OF THE DTAE HEAD FEAST. 127

They assure lier they bring no evil tidings; and they tell
her they have been sent to fetch Singalang Biirong, and
desire her assistance in the matter. Here 1 may ^i^ivc^ a
specimen of the verlx)sity of these recitations:!. Kasulai and
Laiaug -wish to borrow Antu Ribiit to,

Nyin^^kau Lunp: Tabimau
Ka Tuvaii Imroh n.'uian^.
Nempjiloiij; Sinj^jilaii^ Buroii^
Di tiichoniT S;nidnTi«; Tonyaljuig.
Syvrxi aki Mciunil Jiij^ii
Ka muii^j^ii Noiiipuronj^ Balaui;
\an3'a ka Aki Laii<^ Riiiil>a
lOi L('inl)ii)>:i lanjL?it Louiciij;jaii^.
M<*Hiin ka aki Tiiin*^ Buhau
Di diiii Kara Kijaiit:.

** R«arli up t<» Lant: Talmiian

'• At Tuniu bvlow tin* c^louds.

** Strike out to Siiipilant; Bun>nt:.

" On tlio top of Saiulon*^ Tonya laiii^.

'• (?all to ^ranilfatlirr Mcnaul .Inj^u

•* On Nomi)uronj; Bulan^ hill.

*' Ask for ^randfatlior Ijan^ Riiiil^a

"At Lrnihaha in tlu» mystoritniK liravinis.

*• Sond for ^'antlfatlwr Ijauj^ Buhun

'• On tlir branch of the Kara Kijanj^;."

The.se, (iv«' beinij^s described as livin*^ at live diffcn»iiL [)l;H'rs
•all refer to Sinjjralanj:: Buroni^:, who is thus called by many
names in order to magnify his greatness, to lengthen the
.story and till uj* time. This is a general feature of all
** Mengup.'' But to go on with the story: Ka,suhii aiul Ln-
iang desire Antu Ribut to tak(.^ the message on because they
would not be able to get through *' pintu langit '' (the door
of heaven), whereas she, being wind, would have no dilticulty.
She could get through the smallest of cracks. At tirst sh(j ob-
jects on the plea of being busy. ''She is busy blowing
through the steej) valleys cut out like boats, blowing the leaves
jind scattei'ing the dust.'' However at length they prevail
niH.m her, they return and sh(» goes forward: but tirst she goes
lip a high tre<» where she changes her fonn, drops her per-
s<.»nality as a spirit, and bercunes natural wind. Upon this
♦•verywhere throughout the jungle there arises the sound of
nii"'htv mshin'T win«l "like the thund(»r of a m(X)n-mad water-
fall.*' Everywhere is th«» sound of driving wind and of fall-
in*' leaves. She blows in all quaii:ers.

Mnpiit ka lau^it n^ilah hiilau

Mupiit ka ill u^ilah Santuu.

Muput kit dulum ai ngiluii kuaiiuguUj

128 MENGAP, THE SOKG OF THE DYAK HEAD FEAST.

Muput ka tanah ngilab eabaian,
Muput ka langit ntilang remang,
Nyelipak remang rarat,
Baka singkap kraug kapuiyang,
Nyelopak pintii remang biirak,
Baka pantiik peti bejuang,
Menselit pintu langit,
Baka tiimbit peti tetukang.
Xelian lobang njan
Toman gren laja pematang.
Mampul lobang guntor
Ti miipur inggai* betinggang.
Ny<.'lapat lo]>ang kilat
Jampat nyelambai petang.

Tlie ab<n'e describes liow Antu Ribut blew everywhere,

*• Slu' ])lo\vK to lieavenward beyond the mmm.
'• 8bt! blows to seaward beyond the Cocoanut itilf.
*• She ]>low8 in the waters l>eyond the i)ebbly bottom.
" She blows to earthward l)eyond Hailes.
' '* Slie blows to the skies below the elouds.
** She ereeps ])etwe(?n the drifting eloiuls,
*' Which are like pieces of sliced kapaiyang.t
•* She pushes through the door of the white tlocked clouds,
•• Marked as with nails of a cross- beamed box.
" She edges her passage through the diH»r of heaven,
• Closed up like a box with opening cover.
*' She slips through the rain holes.
*' No bigger than the size of a sumpitan arrow.
•* She enters the openings of the thunders.
•* With roarings loud rushing one upon another.
*• She shoots through the way of the lightning
** Which swiftly darts at night."

And moreover she blows upon all the fruit trees in succes-
si(ni niakini*: them to bear unwonted fruit. And so with
sounds of thunder and tempest she S23eeds on her errand to
the farthest heaven.

Now amont^st Sin^j^alanj^ Buronyf's slaves is a certain
Jiujan^ Pedan^ (Youn^^ Sword) who happens to be clearing;;
and weeding the *" .svj/>^/»7 " bushes as Antu Ribut passes, and
he is utterly astounded at the noise, lie looks heavenward
and earthward and seaward but can see nothinijf to account
for it. On comes tin* t(»mpest ; he is confounded, loses
heart and runs away, h\ivin<^ half his thinjj-s behind him.
He falls aj^ainst the stumps and the buttresses of tlie trees
and against the l(>;jfs in the way, and c<unes tumblinir, trem-
blinij;, and bruisrd \n thr hous<' c>f his mistivss. ,

Sudan Berinian Bun<rkonii'
Dara Tiong MenyeJong,

f A kind ui' triiit.

XENOAP, THE SONG OP THE DTAK HEAD FEAfiT. 129

which is the poetical name of Sinf^alanpf Biironjy's wife.
He falls down exha-nsted on the verandah and faints away.
His mistress laments over her faithful slave; but after a
time he revives, and they ask him what frightened him so
dreadfully, suggesting it may have been the nish of the
flood tide, or the waves of the sea. No, he says, he has
fought with enemies at sea, and striven with waves, but never
heard anything so awesome before. Singalang Burong him-
self now appears on the scene, and being at a loss to account
for the fright simply calls Bujang Pedang a liar, and a prating
coward. Whilst they are engaged in discussion Antu Ri-
but arrives, and striking violently against the house shakes
it to its foundations. Bujang Pedang recognizes the sound
and tells them it was that he heard under the '^ aelfang ''''
bushes. The trees of the jungle bend to the tempest, eocoa-
nut and sago trees are broken in two, pinang trees fall, and
various fruit trees die by the stroke of the wind ; but it inak(»s
other fruit trees suddenly put forth abundant fruit,

Mupnt Antu Ribut ung^i badu luidii.
Mangka ka buah un^gai leju l<gii.

** The Wind Spirit ])lows and will nf»t ooaso, conRO,

" Strikes against the fruit trees and will not weary, weary."

Everybody becomes suddenly cold and great consternation
prevails. Singalang Burong liinistdl' is roused, and demands
in loud and angr^- tones who lias broken jiny ^^ yemaU^''
(taboo), and so brought a plague of ^vind and rain upon th(*
countr}'. He declares he will s(dl them, or light them, or
punish them whoever they may be. Il(^ then resorts to cer-
tain channs to chann away the evil, sucli as burning somi»
tuba root and other things. In tli(» meantime Antu Ribut
herself goes up to the lious(\ but at th(» top of the ladder she
stops short. She is afraid of Singalang Buroiig whom she
sees in full war-costume, with arms c-oniplete and his war-
ehanns tied round his waist; and going down the ladder
again she goes round to the back of the house, and slips
through the window in the roof into the room wliere Singa-
lang Burong's wife sits at her wc^iving. Suddenly all her
wea\'ing materials are seen Hying in all directions, she her-
self is frightened jind takes n^fr.ge behind a ])ost ; but when
she has recovered her [>res«Mice of mind and collected her
scattered articles, it dawns ui)ou her (how does not appear)
that this Wind is a messenger fi-oiii IIh* lower world, bringing
an announcement that "* m«'n are Killing the white spotted
pig." Now she entertains Antu Ribut in the style of a great
cbief, and calls to her husband ; but he heeds not,

130 MENGAP, THE SONG'oP THE OTAK HEAD FEAST.

Nda ny«ant sa-loka Tniikut.
' Nda nimbas sa-leka braB.

*' Does not answer a grain of bran,
" Does not reply a grain of rice,"

( that is to the extent of a grain, &c.) The lady is displeased
and declares she wonld rather be divorced from him than be
treated in that way. This brings Singalang Bnrong into
the room which is described as

Bilik buik haka tasik ledong lelinang.

'' A room rich like the wide expanse of glistening sea."

It appears that Antn Ribnt does not speak and tell the
jmrport of her message, for they still have to find it out for
themselves, which they do by taking a '' frojHmg,''' ^ (teles-
cope) to see what is going on in the lower regions. They
see the festival preparations ther(% the drums and gongs,
and thus tht»y understand that they are invited to the feast.

Befoiv Singalang Bnrong can start he must call from the
jungle liis sons-in-law, who are the sacred birds which the
Dyaks use a.s omens. These are considered both as spirits
and as actual birds, for they speak like men and fly like
birds. Here will be observed the reason why the festival is
called Gawe Bnrong ( Bird feast). Singalang Bnrong the*
war-spirit is also the chief of the omen birds. The hawk
with brown body aiid white head and breast, very connnon hi
this country, is supposed to be a kind of outward personifica-
lion of him, and probably the king of birds in Dyak estima-
tion. The story of the feast centres in him and the inferior
birds who all come to it; hence the title Gawe Bnrong. To
<'all these feathered sons-in-law of Singalang Bnrong to-
gether the big oU gong of tlie ancients is beaten, at the
sound of which all tli.' birds iuimediately repair to the house
of their father-in-law, where they are told that Antu Ribnt
has brought an invitation to a feast in the lower world. So
thev all iifct readv and are about to start, when it comes out
that Dara Inchin T(^maga, one of Singalang Burongs
daughters an<l the wife of the bird Katupong, refus(»s to go
with tli(»ni. On being (questioned why she refuses, sht*
d<»clarcs that unless she obtains a certain precious ornament
she will remain at home. She is afraid that at the feast s1h»
will ap])t'ar less splendidly attired than the ladies Kumang,
and Lulong, and Indai Aljang.

* This must be a later addition to the story.

amiTOAP, THK »oxa of thk dtak heap feast. 131

Akn nnggai alah bandnnK Itiban Lnlong sidiiai Kumang.
Akn unggai alali tolah laLan Kalinab ti diBebut Indai Abang.

'' I wont be beaten compared with Lidoug and Kumang.

** I wont be lesfl apoken of than Kalinah who is called Indai Abang."

This precious oruament is variously described as a' " lump
of gold," a **^ lump of silver " and compared iii the way of
praise to various jungle fruits, A great consultation is held
and inquiries made as to where this may be found. Tlie old
men are asked and thoy know not. The King of the Sea
gives a like answer, neither do the birds above mentioned
know where it is to be obtained. At length the grandfather
of the bird Katui)ong recollects that he ha« seen it "afar
off" in Nising's house. Nising is the grandfather of the
Burong Malam* (night bird,) All the sons-in-law set out
at once for Nising's house. Arriving there they approach
warily and listen clandestinely to what is going on inside; and
they hear Nising's wife trj'ing to sing a child to sleep. She
carries it up and down the house, iK)ints out the fowls and
pigs, Ac. yet the child refuses to stop crying nnich to the
mother's anger. " How can I but cry," the child says, '' I
have liad a bad dream, wherein I thought T wjis bitten by a
snake which struck me in the side, and I was (»ut tlimugh
below the heart." '-If so," answ^era the mother, "it signi-
fies your life will not be a long one."

" Soon will your neck bo stuck in the mud bank.

" Soon will your head bo inclosed in rotan-aeyn,

'* Soon will vour mouth oat tli / cotton threads, t

'' For this shadows forth that you are to be iliQ spouse of
Beragai'sJ spear;" and much more in the sanio strain, but T
will return to this again. After hearing this singing thoy go
up into the house and make th(*ir request. Nising refuses to
give them any of the ornaments, \\\K)\\ which thoy resort to
stratagem. They get liim to drink '"inaV until he be-
comes insensible when they snatch this precious jewel from
hid turbfin. Hixm after Nising rocovoi's, and finding out
what has been done he blustei-s and strikes about wishing to
kill right and left ; but at h»ngth Uwy pacify him telling him
the precious ornament is wanto<l to take to a Gawe in the
lower world, upon which he a,ssenis to tlnur taking it away,

• This i« not a hird jit all. hut an instnrt whir.h is often heard at night, and
lieing used as un onion oome« under the <le»i«^nation ** Kuron«j" as do als«»
the doer and other creatures l)t'hi«les bir<ls.

t This refers to cotton which in the feast is tied round the head.

X The name of a bird.

132 MENaAP, THE SONG OP THB DTAK HEAD FEAST.

saying that he has many more where that came from. They
start off homewards and come to their waiting father-in-law
and deliver the "precious jewcr' into the hajicls of his daugh-
ter, Dara Inchin Temaga.

Now this ornament, on account of which so much trouble
and delay is undergone, is nothing else than a human head^
either a mass of putrifying flesh, or a blackened charred skull.
The high price and value of this gliastly trophy in Dy.ak
estimation is marked by the many epithets which describe
it, the trouble of obtaining it, and the being for whom it was
sought, no less a i)erson that the daughter of the great Sin-
galang Burong. It shows how a Dyak woman of quality
esteems the possession of it. This is that which shall make
Dara Inchin more splendi-dly attired than her compeers Lulong
and Kumang, themselves the ideal of Dyak feminine beauty.
And moreover the story is a distinct {ussertion of that which
has been often said, viz, that tlie women are at the bottom,
the prime movers of lieaxl-taking in many instances; and how
should they not be with the example of this story before
them ?

The meaning and application of the woman singing
a child to sleep in Nising's house is the imprecation of a fear-
ful curse on tlieir enemies. The child wliicli is carried up
find down the house is simply metaphorical for a human head,
which in the Gawe is carried about the house, and throiigh
it the curse of death is invoked upon its surviniig associates.
In the words I have quoted above their life is prayed to be
short, tlieir necks to rot in the mud, their mouths to be tri-
umphed over and uiocked, and their heads to be hung up in thi^
couquerors' houses as tro])hies of victory. And this is but
a very small })art of the whole curse. It is this part of tlu*-
Houcr which is listened to Avith tin* irnnitest ketMiness and en-
joyment, especially by th<' young Avho crowd round the per-
former at this part.

With this '* ornament "* in possession Singalang Bnrong
and his followers set out for the luw(»r world. On the wav

•

they pass through several mythical countries the nani(»s of
which are given, and conic to*'y>/////r I((n<iif'\ of which
"' Cirandmother Doctor'' is the jfuanlian, arid see no wav ol'
I'-ettinjj: throny-h, it is so tii^ht and lirnilv shut. The vonntif
men tr^- their strength and the cd^e of their weapons to
force a passage through, but to no pnrposc^ In the midst of
the noise the old -'grandmother'' herself appears and chides

MEKGAP, THE SONG OF THE DYAK HEAD FEAST. 133

her gniudcliildrou for their uiisoonily eoiidiiet. She then
with a turn of a poroiii)ine (|nill opens tlie door and they
j>as8 throni^h. Downward they «;<) until they come to a cer-
tain pri»jectin;jf rock somewhere in the lower skies where
they rest a while. Dara Inchin Temajj^a in wanderinjjf about
sees the hinnan world, the land and sea and the islands ;
u^K>u which she describes the mouths of tln^* various rivei*s of
tjarawak.

The following juay be given as specimens : —

UtT; ti hidas hidas,
Nya uontfa ToIkik ;
Nilur kite I'iiri ka }»ias.

VU' ti rL'UJ<»u;r Jvnjoiiir,
Xyji imlau Biimu^.
MiiKbiii di ti<;nii;r

kiipal iipi.

Vu* li uMiijar ^aiijar,
Xya iioiij^ii Ltiiar,
Di paudaiijr I'ijar.

mala an inali.

VXt' li liii'^'a liii^'a.
\va mmu';' Kalaka.
Molina Malaua

ti main liiuj.

Whii'li Jiiav be rcnderctl a.s follows:

•• 'I'iiai whi'ji is liki- ;i wid«']iiii;;: <'\]'aiiot'

*■ 1 ; lh<' iimiil li oi" 'I'riias ; ) I\lMi';i1t'l»af^ '■

" WbitlK-i" \vi.- riiii ti) «.>«.-ai><.' iIh' i>att«'rij)ir ^^»♦v^

"'Vli.ii vvhiili is l)ii:li [M;ik».'<l,
■ I: tli«' island <if Hwroni^;
'* \i]\*v iTiii:.-" parsi-d l>v lliv i'wc ;djip: .

■•'f'n-i! \N}ii.;i L'Ii--t.'iip; wiiil"

•' !- ;}i" niMiitli <>t III*' I.aiar. S.iiiImi .

" \.\l in- I'V i)»" si'lliiiLT -^«iii

■• Is ' 1m- t»:-»iil ii ••!" K.iiaka :

•• Tb" '••'iiiii-} «•!' Midami ^\ith luaiiy \vi\«>."

134 MENGAP, THE SONG OP THE DYAK HEAD FEAST.

Soooii after this they come to the path which leads them
to the house of Klingf. As the whole of the performance is
directed to the fetchinj:^ and coming of Singalan^ Burong,
naturally great eifects follow upon his arrival, and such are
described. As soon as he enters the house the paddy chests
suddenly become filled, and any holes in wall or roof close
themselves up, for he brings with him no lack of medicines
and charms. His power over the sick and old is miraculous.
" Old men ha\dng spoken with grandfather Lang become
young again : — The dumb begiii to stammer out speech.
The blind see, tlie lame walk limpingly. Women with child
are delivered of children as big as frogs." At a certain
point the performer goes to the doorway of the house, and
l)retends to receive him with great honour, waving the
siicriticial fowl over him. Siugalang Burong is said to have
the white hair of old age, but the face of a youth.

Now follows the closing scene of the ceremony called
"' bedenjamjy The perfomer goes along the house beginning
with the head man, touches each person in it, and pronounces
an invocaticm \\\)oi\ him. In this he is supposed to pei'sonate
Siugalang Burong and his sons-in-law, who are believed to
be the real actors. Siugalang Burong himself '' «e*yV^^J/^• ''
the headmen, and his sons-in-law the birds bless the rest.
The touch of the human performer and i\\e accompanying
invocation are thought to effect a connnunication between
these bird spirits from the skies, and each individual being.
The great bird-chief and his dependents come from above to
give men their charms and their blessings. Upon the men
the performer invokes physical strength and bravery in war ;
and upon the women luck with paddy, cleverness in Dyak
feminine aceomplisments, and beauty in form and complexion.

This ceremony being over, the wunien go to Siugalang
Burong (in the house of Kling according to the Mengap)
with ''///<//•"" and nmke him drunk. When in a state of
insensibility his turban drops off, and out of it falls the head
which was procured as above related. Its appearance creates
a threat stir in the house, and Luloii<r and Kuniany: come (►ut
of tlie room and take it. After leaving: charms and iiiedi-
cines behind liini and asking for things in return, Siugalang
Hurniig ;m<] his cvnnpauy g«) back to the skie??.

Al the least thev make ci^'taiii ercelions at ivir'ii'tr inter-
vals ah>ng the verandah of the house called ^^jifindtuif/" on
which are hung their war-charms, and swords and s2>ears, Ac.

XEKGAP. THE SONG OF THE DYAK HEAD FEAhiT. 135

lu sinijfiu^ the performer po^s i'ouikI tlieso and iil()ii;i; the
*' runL*^ The recitation takes a whole ni<^ht to complete ; it
begins about i\ p. ni. in the evening and ends alxmt or 10
a. u. in the niornin«i:. The killing of a pi<; and exaniinin|j^
the liver is the last act of the ceremony.

Ill Balau Dyak the wor<l "Menjrap'' is equivalent lo
"Siuginjr" or recitinjif in any distinctive tone, and is ai)plied
to Dyak soujj: or Christian woi-ship : but in ISaribus dialect it
is applied to certain kinds of ceremonial songs only.

MALAY PROVERBS.

BY W. E. MAXWELL.

(Continued from patjc i>S.

01. Di Imlah nnik ka hunjU, thqnt ka muka sendiriju<ja.
To Hpit ill the air jiiid *^et it back in one's own face.

To speak evil of Ids own family or relations is an injnrv
which recoils upon the speaker himself. '* To wash one's dirty
linen in public."

i}'2. I)lma}u( xcnuit lunti knUui fidfik dnlnia inda '^
Where is it that ants die if not in suirar ?

Ruin is comiiionlv the result when evervthinix is aban-
doned for the sake of pleasure.

Tlie justness of the illustration will l)e apparenl (o i'\OYy
one who lias lived in the East. How to keep suj^ar free fioin
ants is one* of the prol^lems that puzzles every Anglo-Indian.

iV'\. Deri j'fiili nrtfiHf ^nujhit tcUmjuk. kabni dckat did mnj'

From afar nutn ]>oint Ww liiii,^<'r at him; it' he is close by
thev make Lrrimaces (7/7. lift the eves).

A man who has disi^^ra'-ed himself, and wIih is an object of
(■oniem[>t to his neiijfhl.x.Mirs.

(Jl. Ihni'iif'i J^diutdu tin inf titht .
lirrL'tni/ ^),nhi hr"iinit.

Mi rtijuk iHidii i/i-nti ka.^ili,

.\>i\ il"«»Hl OIH' wiio li;i'« -i< MIM'l 11 mi; i'> iH'>;jn\\.

.\!jik«' v.>w< ;it a -liniic,

Suik n'itli S'Hiif.' onr wjin i^; loiid t>f vou.

BIALAT PROVERBS. 137

There is a refined cynicism abont this piece of wisdom,
hanlly to be expected from Perak Malays, from whom never-
theless I got it. The third line which reconnnends a display
of tenii)er being reserved for those who love us best is espe-
cially sulminible. The idea of tlio whoh* is '* ap]>ly where you
iin* most Hkelv to succeed/*

«>.■>. Ret (I k mp)i n n t i perh a h .
The cm eked will break.

Ready to part company at aiiy moment, arid waiting only
for a decent excuse. Said of two conii)snn()ns, or of a chief
and adherent, one of whom wants to break with the other,
an<l only awaits an opportunity.

on. liinfjnn fnlauf/^ hraf priif.
Light bones, full stomach.

The active man will ahvays have enough to eat.
Rliujnn itdamj signifies energy, activity.

<>7. liintjmi snwn inPiijinjIiKi^ hntf fiamfi memihnJ.

Alike to carry (in the hand) light burdens: alike to shiml-
d^r heavv loads.

To share toofether wliaievcr l)ofalls, wli other good or evil
fortune. To stand or fall togethor. Used in allusion to the
tn-atnient of childnMi of on<» family, who ouufht to 1h» treat (»d
with impartiality by tlioir partMits. One should n<»t have
nil the light loads, and another all the heavy ones.

<*»J^. Uinnti}i sinJah^ luilmt Itt'vlnrmji,

The sound of ihe chisel is heard afier ihe luaise is com-
pleted.

Means: the re-opening of a matter Avhieh ought to ]»e
M»nsi<lertMl tinallv si»tihMl. To start an obieeiion too late.

As a hen pecks her chiekens.

A rule to decid»» th<Mlei;re(M)f pniiislinhMit allowable* in Ma-
\\i\ iiurseries. Maternal correi'liMii shoiiiil not be too severe.
The hen does not kill her rhicki'ns outright, but merely
gives uu occasi<mal peck to Iho.m* which misbehave.

138 MALAY PROVERBS.

70. SepeHi Icmn didalam lijmt.
Like a ''^sarmig^^ not yet unfolded.

Bright and fresh in its even folds, with its clean, new
smell, attractive colours, etc. A simile applied to a young
girl, a bride, etc.

71. Fieperti amhun di hujong rum put.
Like the dew on a blade 6f grass.

When the sun is up the dew-drop falls from the leaf to
the ground (himhang pamis^ 9^(J^^' ^^^ huml): the Malays use
the illustration familiarly in speaking of that kind of love
which comes fix>m the mouth, but not from the heart, and
which melts away on the appearance of adversity.

72.

Seperti ponggok merindn hnlan.

" As the owl sighs longingly to the moon."

A figure often used by Malays in describing the longing of
a lover for his mistress. It recalls a line in Gray's Elegy :

"' The moping owl doth to the moon complain.'''

7 '3 . Sepert i k wa ng meh ik d ip u chulc gu nong,

'" Like the argus-pheasant calling on the mountain -peak.'*

Another poetical simile for a complaining lover. Here he
is compared to a lonely bird sounding its note far from all
companions.

71'. Seperti a pi moha)! nehnm,
Snioul*lerin<' like burnint' chaif.

Nursing resentment, though shewing no outward signs of
)i(»iit or pjission.

Pa<ldv chaff Avhen burned does not blaze, but a lar<re
heap, it* ignitod, will smoidder away slowly till the whole is
rcdu('«Ml to ashi's.

7'">. Sepert i hndak heixt (ujer fa hi.
Like i\w hud If h plant when manured.

The phint alluded to «;rows like a Aveed and requires no
cultivation. The meaning intended to be conveyed is exactly
that of the English proverb. "' 111 weeds grow apace."

ICALAT PBOVEBBS. 139

76. Seperti talam dtut mnka.
Like a tray which has two faces.
A simile applied to a false frieiul.

77. Seperti tiills diataat aijcr.
Like Avriting on water.

An act by which no impressioi^ is made.

78. iiipcrtl km kena hdnchnn.

Like a monkey smeared with belnchnu.

Jielachnn is a favourite condiment among Malays, of which
it is enough to say that shrimps and small iish dried in the sun
and poimded in a moi'tarare the principal ingredient. Mon-
keys have a peculiar horror of its verj^ strong smell. The
Malay phrase here given is applied to any wild or extravagant
conduct, which seems as absurd as the antics of a monkey
frantically endeavouring to get the behichfui off his paws.

70. Seperti hnrotifj tftujiik pubimj k" heinm.
As the crow returns to his country.

■

T<» go back as om* eaine. no richer no poorer. When the
rrnws imigrate, as tlie Mahivs sav ihey <l<», tlii'v fly back as
they came (itatn perqi if tun haliL)^ i aki ug nolliiiig from the
country where thev have soiourned .so loii'r.

^*^ Si'jn'rfi ffnjin[/ It'dpiila Jnisok.

Like a d(»g with a soiv IksuI.

X c'»ntemptuous expression a^^plied to an outcast wilhoui
friends, shelter, foo<l or mouev.

81. Srpcrti 'Jf'i'ilfijt ftt'n timtd.
Like a saw with a double edge.

Wliirh cuts both wavs Jurik mfik'Hi snro}ni nmhuf,) as it i»

*'
drawn up or down. See No. 7<».

■'^'J. SijH rli ijii kli/'('kf iffi ,

lAk^' ill*.' sliHvk .<»r t'lH' kind rjill^d kiu'i-klini.

A person with a rhara«;ter for sp«»nging shanielenslv on
his neighbours.

140 HALAY FB0VEBB8.

83. fieperti ular kena pain.

Like a snake which has received a blow.

Used in speaking of a lazy, dilatorj' person. The Malays
compare the slow, listless motions of a man who unwillingly
get« up to perform some duty on which he is sent, to the
contortions of a wounded snake. The verb meti<fgliat signifies
to writhe as a wounded reptile, or to turn and twist as a
man yawnin*; and stretching.

The Perak version of the pi-overb is ^Xijyliony hayei nlnr
di puhiL^^

^N(jgl{onij=meHififl ioHif=mcri(jfjlif(f ,

84. fie peril tab nan di dalam tnkiL
Like a swann of bees.

The mumblmg or mutterin*;: i>f a person who speaks in-
coherently is here compared with the buzzing i)f bees in a
cluster.

85. Hiapft. makan ritabie lyalah heraaa pedaa.
He who eats chilies will burn his mouth.

Everyone must be ready to bear the consequences of his
own act.

8(1. St'bah innhit hadnn hinafia.

It is by the mouth that the body is ruined.

A single word at a critical time may make or mar a nuurs
fortune.

Sa^patali rhahift ierliuiamj^ i<it^}niiah rhahap mc-hpas-hnt
hntainj,

87. Stidah Ifidah la/n dijihif.

Licked up after having been ejected from tlie luoutli.

8aid«>f a donor, who re[>eut.s (►f hi^ geuoi'osity and asks for
liis gift back again ; or of a Mohamedan husband who after
divorcing his wife would like to take her back.

VJlLJLY fbovebbs. 141

88. " Seperti petiiajap berpaling Iiandak ilir.^^

lake a boat starting down-stream and turning (as it leaves
the bonk.)

▲ Malay beauty dressed and decked out on the occasion of
a festival is compared tv) a boat equipped for a voyage, at the
moment when she heads round to the current.

89. Seperti isi deiigan kuku.
Like the quick and the nail.

A figure to express the closest degree of friendship. As
inseparable as the nail ( of a man's finger ) and the flesh
underneath it.

90. Sa^manin-manu gnla ada pasir iHdalamnia^ dan ««'-
pahii pahit mamhu ada klatnia meujadi ubat.

However sweet sugar may be, there is always some sand in
it, and however bitter the mambu may be, it« astringent
qualities are useful in medicine.

Nothing is altogether good or bad. The leaves of the
mambu are a native remedy in cases of small-pox. A bunch
of them is tied over the door of the house where the sick
person lies. When the disease is in its last stage, the leaves
are bruised on a stone with rice, and the paste so procured is
applied to the surface of the skin to allay irritation.

91. Seperti belut piilang ka luvipur.
Like the eel which goes ha<ik to the mud.

The return of a i)erson to his own country or house after
having been abroad to seek his fortune. The next proverb
has a similar meaning.

92. Sepeiii ihan puhnuj kn Inhok.
Like the fish which returns to the jx^ol.

93. Seperti tetegok di vmnah tlnggal.
Like the night- jar at a deserted house.

The tegok or teteijo/c is a bird, common in the Malay Penin-
sula, whose habits are nocturnal and solitarj'. It has a
peculiar, liqui<l, monotonous call. The phnuse is used to
signify the solitude and loneliness of a stranger {prang dagang)
in a Malay kampong.

142 MALAY PBOVEBBS.

94. Semut di pijak ta^mati^ gajah harung herkalupangan.

Without killing the ants on which he treads, the elephant
passes by making a wide passage through the jungle.

Said of a' person who is particular in his conduct regarding
certain observances, ignoring the fact that his open breach
of others is patent to everyone.

95. Seperti aiidk ayam kahilmigan ihuniu.

" Like a chicken which has lost its mother."

Description of a state of mental confusion and anxiety.

9G. Seilap dahnlu sakit ke^ndian.

" Pleasant at first but followed by pain.''

Indulgence in vicious pleasure results in grief and sori'ow
in the end, " a sugarcane is sweet," say the Malays, •^^ as
long as the stem lasts, but when you get to the top (puchuk)
you will find it insipid! "

97. SepBrii rusa kena famhat.
Like a deer tethered to a post.

Stupid and helpless. A domestic animal under ihe same
circumstances would be quite at home, but the (le(^r tied up
is out of its element.

98. Seperti nnjinff henileh hcnujkei.

Like a dog which has found a dead animal.

Applied to pei'sons who want to keep for themselv<\s some-
thing which has fallen in their way, and who grudge^ othci's a
share, (as dogs growl and snap at each other ovci- a carcast'.)

99 Seperfi ffojali mnmk hdmponf/.

Like an elephant's incursion into a village.

Refers to the damage done to ihe cr<)j)s and ganh^is of
villagers by the arrival of a tnx^p of persons, r. u'. th(* foi-
lowei*s of some raja on his travels. Kvery thing t»atablt» is
earned off, and the peasant compares the raid t<> the havoc
eaused by wild elephants.

100. Seperti penyapu di ikut heuana sntra.
Like a broom bound with silk thread.

MALAY PROVERBS. 143

A conteniptiioiis expression for a connnon person dressed
more finely than becomes liis position. The broom is the
most base of all dtmiestic utensils amonj:^ Malays, and this
adds bitterness to the comparison.

101. Seperti hmuhtt ili tepi (/tnitauf/.

Like the rice-dust (brok(Mi <^rains of rice) on the sides of
the measure.

Somethin^^ of which the presence or absence is equally
inappreciable, mfi.^ok pun in^peuoh^ terhii pun ttClvah, Tlie
iifth wheel to the coach.

102. Sfperfl snyur (fevf/nn ramhut.
Like vejj^etables (compared) with hair.

The difference between an und<n'takinp^ which promises
a ivasonable prospect of support and one which dot^s not.

10-^. Sayanghnn knin h mi n glean hajn.

Out of concern for tlu» S(h-innL to throw awav the lacket.

A second line, which is sometimes added,

SinjiDujIfun hi in hna,tf/k<iu d/n'.

(if you an* fond of anoth(»r, caj^t me off,) explains the
application.

The pr4»verb rofc^rs to th<» dilemma in which a Malay hus-
band is plac(Ml, wln'U he pro[K)si's to take a stvond wife, and
tintls that each lady wisln's to he tin* sole olnect of his atfec-
tions.

l04. S'tipiiJith joiif/ uuftink jHiii fiiijliif/ Uer-clniu'iit rliin' jinja.

Ten junks may come in, Imt tlie do«^^s still tuck their tails
bet \vt»en their lei:s.

Ruler may succeed ruh»r, or other imporlant chani^es in
the «4i»v<»rnment of a cciuutry may taki* i)lace, but the eon-
diti(»u of th«' lowrr rhiss(»s will r<*mai?i \\w sann'.

This proverb is to br fouutl in KliiiktM't's eolbn-tion and in
Favre's ilieti<»narv, hut the furiiMT i^ivcs no t^xijlanalion and
that ;4"ivt»n bv Favn* is hanllv :alist;irlcirv. II is b(»st exem-
plitieil by another Malay sayin}.^, *" Slupa jiuil raja pan tan-
if an aha ku dahijuga,^'

144 MALAY PB0VEBB8.

" Whoever may be raja my hand goes up to my f rehead
all the same (in allusion to the mode of saluting)."

'* The arrival of ten junks rvnt/^ here used metaphorically
for any important or astonishing event, is rather a charac-
teristic figure ; in Malay villages on the coasts of the Penin-
sula there are few events in the quiet lives of the people
so important as the arrival of the periodical trading boats.

105. Smlah ferAaln hilir malam a pa handak dikataJean
jagi.

(The pralin) has gone too far down-stream in the night;
what more is to be said "?

To have overshot the mark or to have done more than was
intended and to repent when too late.

In travelling in boats on the rapid rivers of the Peninsula,
if the ]>oler8, on the way upstream, go past their destination
in the darkness, it matters very little, because the boat can
come down again with the stream ; but it is otherwise if the
mistake is made when descending a river, and to go back
involves a laborious journey against the curi'ent.

lOG. Sesat dl hv/uiuf jalan halik hapangkal jalan.

If you miss your way go back to the beginning of the road.
If a thing is not likely to succeed it is best to commence
de novo.

107. Sirih naik jun/oyig patah .

As the sirih vine is growing up the prop breaks.

Said of the ruin or misfortune Avhicli befalls a family,
when its support is suddenly removed by death or otherwise.

108. Seporii jnuda hulum herlakl.

Like a widow who has not been mari'ied.

10J>. Scporti (jadiA Rudiih hevlahL
Like ji iiiai*len who has be(Mi mari'ied.

CN>mpare the followintjf VmoH from a Malay p^em, of which
it is enough to explain that earrings s)dKinf/ are among the
Malays the token of viry^initv : —

Siniggiih ln'rmdmhg tidal: heniaralt
Ba<jei mumhaii^ di td)uk tupei.

MALAY PSOVEBBfii. 145

110. Smlah fer-kachak-kau hennng arang Intamlah tapa/i.

After having trodden on a charcoal line, the soles of the
feet are of 00111*86 black.

Said of a person who Avilfully breaks a well known regu-
lation and whose guilt is therefore clear.

The charcoal thread mentioned is the black line used by
carpenters in marking timber for sawing.

111. Sesak her-umlm'-uiulor luri ttrmaln mcnyhamhui la-

To retreat when hai'd-pressed, not ashamed to fly and nut
satisiied when pursuing.

A maxim illustrating Malay tactics in war or piracy.
Malay warfare is generally a series of desultory attai*ks and
retreats* Confronted by a superior force the attacking party
does not disdain a. retn)ga.d<» movement, and when it is his
turn to pursue he does not follow up his advantage.

112. Se peril kumhamf jftftna bill.

Like a cockchafer whose string has broken.
Said of a person who has recovtM'ed his freedom.

Kmnhnug is tlu* carpenter-bee, which Malay children spin,
by means of a tread (ti«'d to one of the insect's legs), to
amuse themselves with the buzzing sound which it makes.

ll->. Scpcrtl hvjiik /tifas ticrl hnhfi.

Like a fish (of the kind called Jh/nh) which has escaped
from the trap.

This proverb has miicli the same meaning as the last.

B»ijiih\ is a fresh water fish foun<l in muddy places. Itnlm,
is a fish-trap made of split bamboo tied witli rattan. It
has a circular opening which narrows as the end of the pas-
sage is reached, and is ctnistructed on the same principle as
the eel-iM.»t <a* lobster-[M>t. One of the highest mountains
in Perak is called llnhn, li is su]»posed to be the tisli-tiii[>
of a niytliolngicjil personag^^ iiaiiwd StiiKj Kttfcwhai, jnul the
rocks in the i>ed of the Pnrak river jii Pa^^hat an* poiiite<l oiit
as his i^V/ //■///•. (stakes which are put down tool)struct a stieani
and thus t<.» force the fish to take the i»i)ening which leads
to the trap.)

146 MALAY FB0VEBB8.

114. Seperti ai/am kicwis pogi viakan pcigi kuwis peianrf
nidhan peiamj.

Like a hen, what it scratches up in the moniinj^ it eats
in the niorninjjf, and what it scratches up in the evening it
eats in the evenin*^.

A Mahiy ])easant will use this phrase in speaking of his own
means of livelihood, if he wants to explain that he makes
j ust enough by his daily labour to sup^Kiil himself from day
to day.

'* To live from hand to mouth."

115. Vagar mnkan padi, tclunjnk inernsuk maid.

The fence eats the corn, the forefinger pierces the eye.

Klinkert's version gives '^ mfjui/ni'lnik^' iuHiedd oi ntet-imuh
but this latter word is in us(» in Perak and seems to mean
the same as sif/i^ (to poke with the finger,) and to be less
strong than mcnmjunfj which means " to thrust upwards,"
as with a spear.

The saying is sometimes qiU'ted in a rhythmical form,

7V//.///' inlnijuJc .Nv/y//

Pminr mnhnn pf/di
Trhnijuk inci'iistih mnta,

A measure <»f (jjil put luideriieaili ilu' sleeping platfnrm ;
the fence <levours tlie rice; the liiiirer tliriists at the eve.

The iiieaiiinix is, to suilVr iniurv at tlie hands (»f a ]>ersou
i'rnni whom piotecti<»n was naturally to he exi>ect(Ml. If tin*
measure of tfjii disappears, the owner of the house must
hiame the members (►f his own family, whose conduct in
taking it is as unnatural as that of tii- liedge in the proverb,
which eats up what it was put to prote -t, or o\ a man's finger,
which iniui'es instead of LTuardini;- liis eve. Favre (piotcs
Hail'/ 'I I'lh as the work from which li»' took this [)roverb.

T!." >in|»|ilics wt'i*' "xiiaii^lcd !)ut Paieml'iiiiu" did n'»t liill.

T!ii> r.'ters to an ancient >iege of the i(»wn ot Pah'nd>ang
in Sumatra by the Dutch. According to Malay tradition

HALXT PROVERBS. 147

the troops of the Hollanders raised the siege after great
expense iiad been incurred in the expedition. The failure
of ibis particular enterprise has ever since been quoted in
the above form to signify failures in general.

11 7t Pelakat api diatas hvmbuiig.
To light a lire on the roof.

To destroy a thing on purpose, pretending all the time to
be of use.

It is a common thing to light a lire on the ground in front
of a Malay house to keep away mosquitoes. The proverb
supposes the case of a man professing to light such a fire, but
really setting fire to the house.

118. Peii yang herisi mas perak itxi fiada di'lilU'kan
orang.

People do not pour out the contents of the box in which
they keep their gold and silver.

Men do not give away their best for nothing, whether,
literally, their most valuable possessions, or figuratively,
their wisdom, experience, discoveries, etc.

119. Pubis beiiaiiff (la pat di it6o?iy,
Paiah aravg siulah sakalL

The thread severed may be joined again ;

If a piece of charcoal be broken, it is all over.

Near relations or intimate friends do not quarrel irrecon-
cileably, but between strangers or mere acquaintances a col-
lision may end fatally.

120. PIpU tali makau her hnjayif
Ta lialau padi liahis

Han dak lialan kaiii hamh.

The deaf piplf is feeding in the rain,

If it is not driven away the padi will all be finished.

To drive it away one must wet one's clothes.

Said of a person in a dilemma ; each course open to him
presents difficulties.

148 MALAY PTlOVERBft.

There are two kinds of pipit^ small birds which infest the
jmdi fields when the grain is ripening. The pipit tuli will
not move when shouted at, though it will take to flight if
an arm is waved or other gesticulations made. The other
kind pipit uhan^ or cheah nban^ so called from its white head,
is more easily frightened away.

121. Pepat (U luar ravchonff didalam.
Flat outside and sharp within.

Said of a person whose professions are fair but whose feel-
ings are hostile.

122. F achat hamlah menjadi nlar.
The leech wants to become a snake.

Said in ridicule of unreasonable aspirations.

12'3. Puchn/i di rhifa ulam ahan datang.

To be wishing for young shoots just as the fruit arrives.

To receive something much better than wluit one is wish-
ing for or expecting. TJlam is the word applied by Malays
to the various kinds of fniit which they eat with samhal ;
e. g. uknn pnfeh murlmiu/^ nlatnpetai^ uimn jrrivg, ffr. When
no fruit is to be obtained, pucJinh\ the youug shoots of various
trees, are used instead.

124. Padr/vy prahn di Iaiifa)U
Pada))(f haf? di fikirctii.

The field for a ship is the ocean.
The field of the lieart is refiection.

125. KuhtH tehui niah mnfi l-ahnt hifhili hnpa rnnii^

'sSwallow it and vour Jii(»tli«*r dies reieet it and your
iaiher dies."

An awkward aiternativi^ quoted })rov(*rhially in any (nis(^
where choice has to be made between two <*ourses eaeli o[)eii
to objection. Auothi^r version is.

Handak ditchni termamd^nUnt, htnuhth di J^hh.ih Hilda lutlmir.

"Would you swallow it, it sticks in your throat : would
j'ou spit it out, it will not go foi-th."

31ALAY rUOVEKBd. 149

126. Kacltan^i lui)akan hulit.
*'^Tbe bean forgets its pod."

Iiigi'atitude. The successtiil ailvontiirtT declines to re-
member his humble origin.

127. KHcliil'kechil-lnh anak, lahnr sailah hemr mevjadi

*-\Vliile small, children; grown big, (li(n-nn.-'

Youth is the time for education : it is too late to eom-
ueuce tuition when the pupil is capable of resistance.

( It is im^wssible to reproduce in a translation the play on
the words anak and unak.)

128. • Kalan tiada kulit herclwrell/ih tnlang,

*' If it were not for the skin the bones would separate."

If there were not some important funetionarj' to keep a
Government or Society together it would fall to pieces ; if
the father or mother dies the family is likely to be broken
up.

129. Kamana handak pcrfji layaug-kujaiuj it it tali ada di
iamjan kita,

" How can the kite get away while the cord is in our
hands y "

The s^Mise if?, there is no fear of a debtor absconding when
his debt is secured by some substantial pledge or deix>sit in
tlie hands of th«' creditor. Tlic kite without a string is a
verv conjmon litruro ainonir MaLivs wh«'n describing an un-
certain condition. See Crawfurd, Historv Indian Archipelago,
Vol. 11. p. 11.

1-i'L KirliU fan'jan lojini sftjujft ladahkau,

'"If mv hands are too r^nvM \ will hold out a tray."

•<■■ •■

Exprcssiioii of the willingness of a poor man to take all
that he can get from tlir rich or great.

1-}I. Ktx/nl-kirJtII anak hariman,

'* Though small^ a ti^vr-viih all tJie same."'

150 MALAY PROVERBS.

Even the young of a dangerous animal are not to be trifled
with. The Malay ryot must not imagine that he can take a
liberty with a raja's son because he happens to be a child.

132. Kalau sudah untong sd'chupah tiada btdih jadi so*-
gardang.

'^ If a chupah is gained, there is no chance of its becoming
a gmvtang.^^

Said of one who is just able to support himself, whose
daily earnings enable him to live but not to save. The
chupah and the ganiang are measures cori'esponding roughly
with the quart and gallon.

133. Kenapukul di pantat gigi Iiabis tanggal.
** Struck on the back all its teeth drop out."

An expression used of a f niit-tree laden with fruit which
falls off when the stem is shaken i^

134. Kikir pari behidang ht'ing
Rendam tujuh hari ta hasali,

"A skate-skin grater, a dry hide.

Soaked for seven days is not moistened."

A phrase used in speaking of any instance of excessive
avarice or parsimony; kikir means literally '* a file " but also
signifies "avarice." The proverb illustrates the grasping,
hoarding qualities of a miser and the difficulty of getting
anything out of him.

135. Kilat didalam kiluu^ gwruh meiigandong kujatK

** Lightning lurks within brightness, thunder is big with
rain."

Some hidden purpose may be concealed under a man's
ordinary conduct or demeanour, just as a dangerous flash may
be unsuspected amid the general brilliancy of a summer's
day, and the first growl of tlunuler gives notice of an ap-
proaching storm though no rain has fallen.

13G. Kundur tiada melata jyergi, lahu tiada melata mar!.

''If the g-owrd-2>lant does not creep forward, the pumpkin-
yin^ will not creep to meet it."

MALAY PB0VEKB8. 151

Advances must be made by both sides if two parties
are to meet eneh other half-way. Mutual concessions are
likely to bring about an understanding.

137. Kandur herletinff-lethig iegang ber'jala-:)ala,

"The loose vibrates ^vith a twang, the tight hangs loose
like a fringe."

(" Black is white and white is black.")

An ironical expression, common in Peiuk, illustrative of
the habitual falsehood and untrustworthy character of the
Malays of that state. There is another saying of the same
kind, with much the same meaning.

*'^Ampctt gasal lima ffenap.^^ "Four is odd and five is
even."

*^ Bef'letinp'leting-^ signifies to make a twanging sound
like that produced by the vibmtion of a taut string. I have
nut succeeded in finding the word in any dictionary.

138. Krus bring neperii hayfing
Siapa pan fiada tmniaroh myang,

'• Thin and dry as a shadow.
There is no one to care about him."

A rhyme used by children makuig fun of a companion
who has the misfortune to be thin.

139. Kalai-halai Inujei ttendolc di dvhong.

*• Swinging alx>ut carelessly, like a ladle earned in a bun-
dle."

*■ Said in ridicule of the jrait affected by *' fast " Malays,
male and female, a swaying movement of the body from the
hii>s while walking.

Ktdal'balat like a common word halai bidai (neglectful,
careless, Crmr/vrd)^ is one of those untranslatable conii)ound
words the sound of which is intended to assist the meaning,
like the similar Eny:lish Avord •^liurly-burly," or the Hindus-
taui word idia^pidtn ( t(»p33*-tur\-3-, higgledy-piggledy.)

Dukoruj^ according to Marsden, means to carry ontke\)a^iV.
or nnder the arm. Crawfuid tninslates it " to carry on V\\vi
hip/' litrre, ''on the back or hip.'' lu tliis provexb dv

152 3IALAY PROVERBS.

duko7ujy uo doubt, means '* carried in a bundle on the back."
Malays movino^ from one place to another usually carry their
cooking utensils and a few days provisions on their backs.
The load is bundled up in a mroncj or other cloth, one end
of which is brought over one shoulder, and the other end
under the other arm, both ends being tied together across the
chest. A native spoon for culinary purposes, (a wooden
handle lashed with rattan to a cocoanut shell), is an awk-
ward article to carry in such a bundle. It sticks out incon-
veniently and sways about with the motion of the bearer.

140. Kalis bngei ayer di daiin kladu

" Rolling ofif, like water on a Caladiuni leaf."'

A simile used in speaking of one who will pay no attention
to advice. Good counsel has as little effect on him as water
on a kladi leaf, " inins off like water ott* a duck's back."

Klinkert ( and Fa^Te following him ) gives kalis ( peeled,
pared,) the secondar}' meaning to be '' unwilling to listen to
remonstrance." They do not seem to have known this
proverb, though it seems to explain satisfactorily the secon-
dary meaning of the word.

141. Kamxuli deri hahuvan,
" Steered from the bow."

An expression used of a home in which the wife rules
and where the husband is '" heni^ecked."

142. Kdit tinhuntoh nmpannin ttfrcknr,
^fihari pntHH sahari bcrh(nu/td,

** A single hook and one piece of bait.
Ouco broken off you may drift ivv a day."

Don't run the risk of having your busiin'ss si(>}>pe(l by
failing to jjrovide the apparatus in suilicieni quaulily.

1 lo, K^dtti tid'ik dij)Cif(Uf(i)iia jdnjl iidak (h'h'jmlni(f.

**He neither holds to his word nor carries out hi« pro-
mises/*

A general description of an nut I'UJii worthy per.son.

144. K)\ia ntja thi jun/ntHf, l:rrj<i hHn di kili/c,

"The rdj'd^B business is bonie on the head, our own may
(Ut the titime timi}) be carried undtr lUe vvyui,"

MALAY PROVERBS. ISJl

A common plimso in Malay States where the ryots art>
liable to forced labour at the order of the nija. It means
*' while obeyinjj tlie royal connuands let ns also keep an eye
on our own affairs."

145, Kaaih'hm anah tniujU-iangU'-hin
Kattih'ka)) hlni f higgnl-tinggal-Jcmi.

'* To love one's children one must weep for them some-
times ; to love one's wife one must leave her now and then.'*

The second proposition in this sentence recalls the fa<;t
that with the Malays, wlio are Mohamedans, ix)ly*^amy ia
an institution.

146, Karam dilnnt huHh diilmha karam dlhati sndah so*
kali.

" The boat which is swamped at sea may be baled out, but
a shipwreck of the ntfections is final."

147, K<tin Milei pemiucjijniKj hnhin,
"One cloth round the waist is all."

A figurative mode of expressing^ that a person is extremely
|>oor.

Its. Kifrhd't !i(ihtvno IdJii di l-r(nd(f}i(/^ vtfnuii^id sa^tminf

"A wholr herd i^f Imffnloes may ho shut up in a pen. but
thrrr is nne bt'iiiir wJ'o is not i<» be LTuanlcil.'*

A woniaii. of fonrsc, is luoaiit. \ think thai th(» Abbe
Favrt- has missed tlie jxiint in translatinji; this proverb, of
whii'h he i^'ivt's a slinhtly diil'erent versi(ni : —

oroi.if Hilda df/iKit di'HinhiVi-J.dn,

The Freueh translation i-uiis, --it rst [>lns fa<*ile d<» jifarder
uii* rftddr ffh'liir dr lni(l1t!< tjnr dt' lUinniirr iin k*»/// lurmnw
*i In /v/M/>/y/' hut I siiould ]avtV-r to render it. "Though a
lienl of ]»atfal(M»s may b(^ i^Miardctl, a siiM^le human beini
H woman) is n«'t to lu' und»*i*stn(Ml."

1 U>. ^-'i^ji dt:?K/iiii lldnh ada haht hertjitj'd jnqn,

'" The teeth s«»metinies bite the tonsrue."

154 MALAT PBOVEBBB.

The best of friends fall out sometimea.

150. Oetih-kan puru di btbir,

" To be impatient with a sore on one's lip."

To hate one's own child because it is deformed or ugly.

151. Qenmd-gemivi bagei kamhiii^ ber-ulat.
** As thick as maggots in a (dead) goat."

A simile to express the number and movement of a crowd
of persons e. g. an assemblage of persons in a Malay house,

Gemiut is not be to be found in the dictionaries, but I
believe it to signify the creeping motion of worms, etc.

162. Oaya sahja rasania Wallah.

" A project only ; the result God knoweth."

*' L' homme propose mais Dieu dispose."

" Man proposesy Ood disposes " is one of the proverbs men-
tioned by Archbishop Trench ( Proverbs and their lessons,
p. 63 ) as probably common to every nation in Europe. It
has probably found its way into Malay through the Aiabs.
Wallah means literally "By God" though I have translated
it as if Wallahii alam had been written.

153. Gelagah borah rambnian jaiiian.
Ornvg berhun//a dia berbuvpa.
Orang berbuah dia tidak.

''Like a barren tree; others flower, be too puts foi'tli
flowers ; others bear fruit, he does not."

Said of a pretentious or ostentatious person, who wishes
to imitate every one who has or does anything that he
admires. He takes in hand many i)roiects but none of them
reach completion. I have been unable to identify the plant
\\Qve q^WqA "' gelagah honih.'' In Favre's dictionary gelegnh
is explained to mean '"a kind of reed (snrchannn sjwnfdnnfw).''^

loi. Gajdh lain de bell htnixa tidak terbeli.

*' He could buy the elepb ant, but not the goad."

A taunt directed against a person who does not take any
trouble about minor det:iils when the main thing is secured,
e. g. who, having a large house, neglects to provide a carpet
or hmp.

MALAY PHOTERBS, 165

155. huka itu sitmhoh partUnia tinggaljuga.

" The wound is healed, but the sear of it remains."

A feud may seem to be forgotten but the sense of injury
remains and may take an active form at any time.

156. Lemhu tnndok panjang^ tiada menandok pun dikaia
ormigjuga iya menandok.

" Cows have long horns and so, though they injure ao one,
people say they are vicious."

A man of a family, tribe or race which bears a bad charac-
ter may be an excellent person, but he will be distrusted all
the same.

" Give a dog a bad name and hang him."

157. Lepas deripadn mulot huaya^ viasok ka mulot harU
man.

*'To fall into the jaws of the tiger after escaping from the
mouth of the alligator."

" Out of the f r}'ing pan into the fire."

158. Lagi tongkaf lag I senjata,

•' Weapons to boot, besides staves."

To have ever)' advantage e. g. to be good and wise and
fortunate besides being rich.

159. Lampfui aerei masok gnlei tenfn maung,

" If there is too much lemon-grass in the currj'-, it is cer-
tain to be nast}'."

Said of an unsuitable match, e. g, the mamage of an old
man with a younj; girl. Here one element, oge preponderates
in tbe transaction, and the result is not likely to be satis-
factory.

160. Lagi lank lagi nasi.

" Tlie more meat the more rice."

Tbe more rajas the greater the number of f oUowera.

156 MALAY PROrERBR.

Lauky is anything substantial eaten with rice, snch as meat,
fish, vegetables, whether curried or not,

161. Lenggok'lengffcing bagei chnpah hanyut,

" Rocking to and fro, like a floating cocoanut shell."

A simile used of a woman of openly wanton conduct.

Lengqaiig is the Malay equivalent for "swagger." See
No. 139.

162. Lngi irang lagi bersiiloh.

"Though it is already light be carries a torch."

Said of an upright judge, or other virtuous person, whose
conduct will bear the closest scrutiny.

163. Langit mntoh hnmi chayer.

" If the sky falls the earth melts."

The downfall of an important personage involves the
destruction of those immediately beneath and dependent on
him.

164. Lang pxinggok tang hei'-ikan
Tidor siang her/aga mnhm,

" The tail-less kite that preys on fish sleeps all day and is
astir at night."

Said of a noted thief or other bad character.

Laruf 2m)uigolx is probably some kind of owl, but T have not
identified the species.

165. Mnka herpandanf/ hnd't hadapaian.

"To look on the face after having found out the cha-
racter."

Good manners do not permit Malays to hotray open dis-
trust of one another and, while \\w ruh's of courtesv aro
obsen'ed, it is difficult to discover from a man's demeanonr
what his professions maybe worth, ihit " fore-warned is
fore-armed " and a Malay, who mei^ts in a bar^^niin (n* in
any domestic negotiation soni(»-one regarding wliosc* un-
friendly disposition he has received private* information, goes
to the interview prepared " to look on (he f'oce viih a hnov-
ie(/ae (ff the character'^

MALAY ritOVKIIUJi. 157

1C6. Minytth deugaii uifcr adukah herchanqnir?
** Will oil mix with water" ?

Distinctions in rank should be observed and ui^held.

167. Mafi-mntl herminyak hiar Uchnk.

If you use oil let the haii* be thoroughly greased."

Do a thing thoroughly whether it be a good or bad action.

Similar proverbs arc given by Klinkert in his collection ;
Mfiti-mali mundi hiar hasnh ; mati'mait herdawai hiarlah hiiam.

The idea seems to be similar to thai expressed by the
familiar saying *' One may as well be hanged for a sheep as
for a lamb." The Perak Malays say ""^ Vala-pahi akn
hamhih inntl hiarhih a leu matt her-liapan vhhidei,^^ "" Suppos-
ing that I nnist suifer death let it, at all events, be for a silk
robe." In other words, let me have the satisfaction of
attaining notoriety by having killed some important person-
age and let me not be slain as a punishment for a vulgar or
common offence.

168. Mahihcrdaiioiigin'aha liayu/ftf,

" ( He is) ashamed to row, (so) the boat drifts."

The man who is ashamed io put his own hand to his w(>rk
will make nothing of it.

169. Mali st'ffau /lidifjf ia^ tnahv.

*" Disinclined to die but get not willing to live."

Said of a person Avho is a burden on his family and is too
lazy to do anything for his c>\vn support.

Sometimes the phrase is inverted, Hid\ip t>(f/an mail
ta'muu ; but the meaning is much the same.

]7<». Malmhali (rrmuj iiiLiuilnyanhan garannnja,
*' Will a man put his salt out iji the rainV"

Will a man j.ubli.sh his own dishonour, or put himself to
open shame and discredit by exj>osing the faults oi liA^
owu household ?

158 MALAY PROVERBti.

171. Maiahari itu bulihkah ditutop dengan nyiruV

" Can the sun be covered up with a winnowing sieve ?"

It is impossible to conceal what is patent to all. A great
crime will almost certainly be discovered.

Another version ( given by Klinkert ) has hangkei gnjah^
the carcase of an elephant, instead of mata hari, the sun.

172. Melepaskan avjingi tersepit.

"To extricate a dog caught (in a hedge.)"

To meet with an ill return for doing an act of kindness,
the chances bring, that the dog will bite its rescuer.

173. Merdjuk ayer di ni^wany.

"To be out of temper with water in the hold." To sidk
and do nothing when the boat has sprung a leak.

The ryot cannot afford to shew temper with his chief, on
whom he depends for support. His means of livelihood
disappear if he does.

174. Mhmm aycr saWasa duri,
Makan saWasu lilin^

Tidor taUenay mandi Mbasah.

" To taste thorns in water,
To taste wax in food.

To take rest without sleep and to bathe without being
wetted."

Describes the restless and uneasy condition of a man
whos(^ mind is preoccupied wiili some plan or ])roject which
he does not see how to put into execution. The tirst line
will be found in Klinkeri's collection and in Favre's dic-
tionary, ^'///> voce *'• miHwrn,-' but the meaning there given is
hardly satisfactorj-.

175. Mifstniy trrjun laniei terjonfjkd,

" Wlien the wild cat jumps down the flooring laths (split
bamboo) stick up."

The evil reputation of a criminal will cling about the
scene of Ida zuisdeede long after he ha^ disappeared.

MALAY PHOVEKBS. 159

176. Mengioak-meiigwak hagei hidony gajah.

" Bellowing as if he bad the snout of an elephant."

An uncomplimentary simile used regarding a person who
breathes loud.

177. Mengivap hagci orany omhak.
"Gasping like a man at the point of death."

A Perak phrase used of a person to whom every movement
seems to be an exertion.

178. Masam bagei nikah tasu/ca,
"As cross as an unwilling bride."

179. Melahuh'Iahnh bagei buntnl di-tiup.
Swelling and swelling, like the bmdnl lish blown out."

180. Menehonga rnpa kcrbau jania n kemdufn,

" Staring riglit and left like a buffalo bull which walks
last of the herd."

Said of a man in attendance upon Mohamedan w^omcn
when they walk abroad.

181. Menpleiinfi'lditifj bufjci chacliing hipaimsaHj

Turning round and round, like a worm in the heat / of
the sun)."

Said of a person \vandoring about in an undefined and
purposeless manner. Favre has {^^d) voce ^\diitchinff^) ^^Heperfi
clinching k^naai/er pnnas,'' like a Avorin touched by hot water,
which he explains t<» iiK^au a person writiing under misfor-
tune. Menghdi))fj (Perak) mr~lr,diinj, wri^^gliiig about.

182. M(',rl'ijf-rui[f $< [nrii knnfjhmg di ohd: j(nnhon.
** Flourishing like the htingbm^i beside a cess-pool."

Said disparagingly of a i>er«on who seems to be doing well
in the world. *' 111 \v«.M'ds grow apace."

Knn'ikong^ { mnn iFntu' [ddnfr put a gr re, cnnvoloul as rajdaas;
Favre,) is a very conmion and rather despised vegetable
which grows ireely wJtliout cultivation.

160 MALAY PROVERBS.

Riap, joyous, mirthful, means also luxuriant as applied to
vegetation.

183. Minum chuka jpagi hari,

" To drink vinegar in the morning."

Something that "goes against the grain" e. g. polygauiy,
from the point of view of the wives. Malay women are
extremely jealous, and one of several wives of one husband
(perampumi bermadu) will describe her lot by this phrase,
'' minum chuka, etc."

184. Meyigalis kain [jai/ahjitga ka-cherok;
Mengalis chakaj) dimatn-mata sahja.

" To change a gannont there is the trouble of going into
a corner, but to change words (break promises) is the sim-
plest thing in the world."

185. Meniaga hnluh kamp.
Hujung hilang pangkal lesap»

" If you tiude in the rough bamboo, you lose the top and
the bottom disappears."

To lose one's capital besides forfeiting all the anticipated
profit, by a foolish investment.

Bnhih kasap is a kind of bamboo, (also called 6?/i7(/i /t'^>r
and buluh telang), which is of no use for building purposes,
the wood being extremely thin and the b(a*o large. The
Rawah Malays boil jmlid rice in lengths of it to give to their
friends on feast days, and the custom prevails also in some
parts of Perak.

Goldsmith's ** gross of green sped ach's" is just the kind
of transaction to which this proverb would apply.

18(1. Mcnuhan jenit ditimimt genfliifj,
'* To set a snare in a narrow place.''

To take advantage of annther's difticulties, r. g. to pur-
chase (property for a cjuarter (►f its value) fruiii a man in
distressed circunistanee^s, (by teniptijig liini with iwidv
money.)

187. Mennlong kerhan diimigknit linrinidn.

To go to the rescue of u buffalo which has been seized
Zy- u tiger. ^^

MALAY PTIOVERBS. 161

To make professions of assistance, but really to take od-
ventage of the misfortunes of the pei'son in want of it.

Malaya who follow up a ti*(er which has carried off a
buffalo, cut the throat of the latter, if it is still alive , in
order to be able to eat the meat.

188. Manis niulutnia berchakap,

SepeHi santanmanisany didalanwii/a paint hagei liam*
pedu.

** The mouth speaks sweet thinpfs, like sweetmeats made
with cocoanut, but inside there is bitterness as of gall."
HyiK)crisy. '* Lingua susuiTonis est pejor felle draconis."

189. Membuat baik iiada dipuji,
Membuat Jahat tiada dikejL

" If he does well no one praises him,
If he does wrong no one despises him/'

Said of the condition of a slave in the household of a
Malay raja or chief.

190. Menyaladang bagei jtaiias dipadang*

" Stretching away like n plain lit up by the sun."

An ilhisti'ation of the even justice which should be the
measure of a man's dealings with his neighbour. To run
over your neii-libour's rice field and to pick your way over
your own (say the Perak Malays) is like the unequal light in
a thicket, not like the broad blaze of sunlight in the plain,

(Ladang orang berlari-lari, Indang lata ber-janglcei-jcnigkei.)

Not a bad illustration of the Christian maxim "Do as you
would be done by."

191. XtifsU'nafsi luija dimntft SvUan dihnti,

"The di'sircs nn* a raia in tli(^ eves and a Sultan in the
heart."

Compare No. 10, ^- Thut h,ti vuiti. Hut rasa /nnassa.''

192. ILnuhih wnsak langmng haujus.

** Intending to cook food, to go and burn it."
To spoiJ /i/jj' mulerfakhig by excessive zeal.

162 MATiAT PROVERBS.

193. Hujanjatoh Jcapasir.

"Eain that falls on the sand."

Clean thrown away, like favours bestowed on a man who
shews no appreciation of them.

194. Harap hati handak memelulc gnnorufy apa day a ? tangan
ta* sampei.

The desire of the heart may be to grasp a mountain, but
what is the use ? the arm will not reach round it."

Said of a person desirous of marrying above his or her
station.

195. Hangus tiada berapiy karam tiada berayer.

" Burnt without fire, foundered without water."

A catastrophe, the cause of which is not apparent and for
which it is difficult to impute blame to any one.

196. Handak sombong herhini baniaJc, handak megah berla-
wan lebih.

" To shew arrogance marry a number of wives, to attain
celebrity be forward in fighting."

A maxim of Malay chiefs.

197. ITa i I gnja h sama dilapa h .
Hali humtin sama dlchechap.

" Togother we have sliced the lieart of the elephant,

Together we have dipi)ed the heart of the mite."

To share good and evil fortune, plenty and want, together

Said of tried friends and comrades.

Chlrh'ip or ch'rlrip is to dip r. //. food into gravy or sauce,
bread into sugar, hnhim into sainbal, etc. etc.

Another roninion proverb conveying a similar idea, namely

the readiness of sworn eonn\ides to face together whatever

may befal them, is '* Cluinf/kaf sama didalci, Inrah sam/i difu-

/vw. " "To^'ether we climb the hill, together we descend

into the valley.

A MALAY XArTCir.

IJY
FlJAXK A. SWKTTKVHAM.

Iiti*ftl tit n .]ff't'ftnif nt' ilir Siu'lrtiJ lirhl nii f/if ^}fJt Amthut IS?-'^.

It was ill the enrly part of IST') thai, \)\nn\r H(Mi1 on a Mis
sinii to tht* Tiaiidahara <»t' Palian*^, I \vitnt»s.se«l. wliat I liave
iu»vi?r s«»eii i»lsewhei*tM!i the Malav Peninsula or tlie fStrait^^
S«*ttleinents. a Mahiy Xmiteh.

I have i»t' (•o\ii's»», like most other pej^ph^ liere T suppose,
reii»*at«M]Iv \vitne.sse<l Malavs (laiK'inir an<l sintrinj^ dnrinyf the
Mulianini. espeeijillv in Pensini*': ! lijivr several tinii^s alsr
luM'ii javsent at a Miihiy •• MsiyunLr- Ji kinil of theatrical piM'-
tVirnunuM', ^vitli some JjinciuLr jiiid mueh s.»-ciille(l siuLfinj; : —
ihe jierforiners. ns ;i riih*, ])«'inLr ji trav«*llin^roni]>any of tlire<»
• •r four nn'U nnd |M»rh-aps om* woman, wlio nmkt* thnir livinj^*
l»y th«*ir j>erformani'i's. :in«l |)l;iy either at the invitation of
a li:i.JM in liis own house, or befor»* the ])nblie ini a sta;^t»
i-r»*rt»*«l in the mitLUe nf the Street.

FIa<l th«* perfnrnijiine I ii(>w (L'srri])e m^arly resi-mhhHl anv
of those rummnnly srrn here, or in the l^'ninsnh^, then*
iMinhl In* litth* interi'st in this <l(*s<'ri|>tion. but in the l)elit*f
tliut the sii^lit !is f saw it is a nirt* one, sehlom witnesscnl by
Knr«>p«*ans, an«l so far nn(K*scril)e(l, I liave ventnnMl to ofler
it, as it niav, to soni(\ be interesting:.

Tlje journov t<» Pahan^j; and wliat ort-urretl there I shall
n^»t spt»ak of, for they liMve no bearin;^* «)n the naiiteli. Tt
will be sutfieieiit to say lliiit this was not my tirst visit to
that stat'», tliJit tin* Handahara AhnnMl and Ids ehiefs were
well known To nn*, and that whilst awaitin;jf the Bandahara's
il^rision in an im[>.>rtanl matter, for wiiieh 1 hail already
l>eeii delay imI several days, w.» (for I had a conipauiou) were
invite«l to atteud a Nnutrh at the Baiidaliara'a BaleV,

164 A MALAY NAHTCH.

The invitation came at 2 a. m., and we at once responded
to it.

Our teiQporary lodginpf had been the upper story of the
Captain China's house, a not -too clean loft, gained by means
of an almost perpendicular ladder, and furnished for the most
part with the accessories of Chinese Processions, and a plen-
tiful supply of musquitoes.

It was not therefore matter of regret to leave this, even
at 2 a. m., for the B:iudahara's Balei, a spacious Hall, the
Entrance sidi* of whicli was open and approached by steps,
whilst the opposite side led through one small dor>r into the
' penetmliji ' of tln^ Bandahai'a's ])rivato dwt»lling.

The nautcli had l)een gohig on siiice 10 p. m. There were
assembled about 200 spectators, all or nearly all of them
men, — squatting on the lloor, on a liii::her or lower level ao- *
cording to their rank. We were ai'commodated with (»hair8
and there was oiie also placed for tht» Bandahani.

When we entered, wo saw sen ted »n] a. largi* carpj^t in the
middle of the Hall, fonr ijirls, two of them about IS jiiid
two about 11 vears old, all beautifully dressed iu Hilk aiiii
cloth of gold.

On their heads they eaL»h wore a larg* and (Mirlon«; but vt^-y
pretty ornament, made principally of gohl^a sort of square
flower garden where all the flowers wer.» Lifol.l, bul of delicate
workmanship, trembling and glittering witli »-verv inoviMii »nt
of the wearer.

Their hair, cut in a. ]>erf<»et oval r.)nn>l ilieir foreluMds, was
very becomin<j:ly dressed behind, 1 lie he il dr«'S^ b muit tieil
cm with silvt^r and j^obh^i cords.

The bodies of their dn^sstvs >ver(^ madt* iA' tiuflit lilting silk,
the neck, bosom and arms bare, wliil^l a white l>:ind round tin*
neck came down in front in the form (►f a V jninin;^ tln^ body
of the dress in tin* e«Mitr(\ nnd tli^rt* fasteu-l !)v n irolden
flower.

Round their waists they had belts, fasteue I \vitli y.^rv hirj^f*
and curiously worked ''pinding*' or l>urkh's, so hirge that
they reached quite across the waist. Tiie dr.'ss wns ji skirt
of cloth of gold, (not at all like the Sarong) nMehing to the
ancles, and the dancers wore also a scarf <»f tin* same ma-
terial fastened in its centre to the waist buckle, and hanging
down on each aide to the hem of the skirts.

A MALAY NAUTCH. 165

All four dancers were dressed alike, except that in the
elder girls, the body of the dress, tight fitting and shewing
the figure to the grciitest advantage, was white, with a cloth
of gold handkerchief tied round it under the arms and fas-
tened in fnwit, whilst in the case of the two younger, the
body was of the same stuff as the rest of the dress. Their
feet of course were bare.

We had ample time to minutely observe these particulars
before the dance connneiict»d. for when we came into the Hall
the four girls were sitting down in the usual Eastern fashion,
on tlie carpet, bending forward, their elbows resting on
their thighs, and hiding the sides of their faces which were
towards the audi(»n(!(? with fans, niad«» 1 think of crimson
and gilt paper which sparkled in the light.

On their arms tliey wore numbers of gold bangles and
their fingers were covered with diamond rings. In their
ears also they had fa»stene<l the small but pretty diamond
buttons S(.» nmch affected by Malays, and indeed now, by
Western ladies.

<')ii our iMitrance the Band struck up, and oiu* espeeial
attention was called to the orchestra as tin* instruments
were Javanese and st?hh»ni seen in the Malav Peninsula.

There w«n*e two rhirt* ptTforiiiei^, our plaving on a sort of
wo<Mlen i)ian(» tlu' W(MMi<-n keys l)eing tin* only resemblance,
for with tln^!u the niachinerv of thn instvunuMit l.H»gan and
ende*! — knocking the notes with pieces of stick Avhich he held
ineachlnuhl -The otln'V, with ;^iiMilar ])i(M*(*s of wo<m1, played
on invert***] ]>i>w]s of nii't;i].

Both thf'se [M'i*form»'is stM'iiied i«> iiavc suttieiently hard
Work, but they ]>l:iyr(l with (In* -jn^iili^-il spirit from lO p. m.
till o ;i. ni.

Th»* oth«'r jn*'nilM'r> i*\' tli<* BjmuI i-(ni>i.>led <'f. :; \rv\ .small
1m»\ whopliiVMh with a mtv lap'-e and thi«k srii k.«Mi a triijan-
tic ir<'ni4: :i \t'rv old wnmt'U v»ljo ]>eat a 'hiiiu v-ith two?,tieks,
and .-••nmimI «»rhj'r hoxs whi> lOav*) <mi iMstrinm';!.< likr ! I'ian-
gle.<.

All liie.M' ]«ei*t"oi'niers. we were told with nnu h M»hMnnity,
wer«* artists of tin* first t>rt]c2\ musters ami a unslressiu \W\y
cn*f^ ami I think thrv juvvcd tlw juistk'i: of the praiae.

166 A MALAY NAUTCH.

1 said the Band stuck up as we entered and I have tried
t<) describe the principal fi<]^ures in tht» scene which j^reeted
us, and wliich impressed ine, with much interest as a siji^ht
to which I wiis unaccustonied.

The Orchestra was on the left of the (^itrance, that is
r.ither to the side and luther in tlie back jj^round, and I was
<rlad of it. The i)08ition had evidently been chosen with due
I'ejj^ard to the feeliuj^s <>f the audience.

From tht» ehi borate and vehement execution of the players,
and the Avant of re<»;ular time in the nuisic, I judj^ed, and
ritrhtlv. that we had entered a,s the ouvertnre betran. Durinjx
it's peri'ormance, the dancers sat leanin^f forward and hiding
their faces as I have described, but when it concluded, and
without anv break, the music chanLred into the retrular time
for dancinjx, the four ^irls dr(>[»[)e(l their fans, raised their
hands in the act of •• Sambah *' or honra«i:e, ami then be<j^an
the nautch bv swavin<^ tiieir bodies and slowly wavinjr their
arms and hands in the most j^niceful movements, niakin*^:
much and eifeetive use all the while of the scari hanj^in*;
from their belts.

Gradinilly raisin;;: thenjselves from a sittint^ to a kneelinjx
jK)sture. actiuLT in perfect accord in every moti(»n, then risin;:
to their feet, thev be;^an a stories of tiurnres hardlv to be
exc(*edeil in Lrrace and diiticultv, e<Misi(lerinLr that the move-
ments are (»fisentiallv slow, the arms han<ls and IxkIv bein«^
the real perfornn'is whilst the teet are scarcely noticed and
for half tin' time ngt visible.

They daniM'd r> ur <> danet's, each lasting- (piit*' half an hour,
with materially ditfei'ent tinures aiid time in the nnisic.
All these dant.-es 1 was told wrr<» svmbolieul, one, of a«rricnl-
tnre, with the tilling- of the soil, the sewini;- of the seed, the
reaping antl winn<>winL!f of the i^^i'ain, mi^^ht easily have been
♦ruessril from the <laii('«'i-s ninvciiK'nts. i»nt those of the
an<lienre wliuni I wus near I'uouMrji to ipiestion were, Malay
like. nnal>h' to ,uive nie nnidi information. Attendants stood
or sat near the dancers and from time to time, as the ix\v\s
tossed one thin;;; on tin* H(»or, handed them another.. S(>me-
times it was a fan or a ^Jass they held. s<.inetinies a. tiower
or small vessri. but ofteiier thrir hands wny* mipty. as it is
in the. iiioxrmrnt of the (iiiL:rrs that tli'- ijiirf art of Malav
nautehes consists.

The last danc«*, symlwdical of war. was peVhaps the iK'st.

thcjuuaic tcingiiiuch faster almubl iu^5\>u'vVu\'^^ud the move-

A MALAY NAlTCll. 167

nieutg i»f the c.laiu'«»rs more free and even absindoned. For
the latter half of the diiiict* they eaeh had a wand, to repre-
sent a sw(»rd, bound with three rinj^s of burnished ^'<dd
which j^iltered in the li^ht like precious stones.

This naiitch, which bejjfan soberly. liki» the olliers, grew to
a Bacchante revel until the tlancers were, or ])retended to
be, pcwwessed by the Spirit <»f Danein«i^ '• haiitu nienari"
a.s they called it, and leaving the Hall f(»r a nionieut to
smear their tiuj^ei's an<l fac<'S with a fra^^rant oil, they re-
turned, and the tw<» ehlest. strikiui^ at each other with their
waiichs seemed inclined \o turn thr symbolical into a real
battle. Th«»v were howevrr, afti'r S(»me tronblr, cautrht bv
fuur or live AViMne'U, wh(» frit what the majjc wands could be
made to do, and ciirried forcibly out (►f the Hall. The two
vcmnwr ijirls, who looked as if thev too would like to be
ptissessed but did n«»t know li<»w to do it, were easily caught
aiid removed.

The Band, whose strains had l)een increasin*:: in wildness
and in time, ceased [jlayinj;: on the removal of the dancers,
and the naiitch was over. This was after 5 a. m.

The Bandaliara wh<» had ai)j>eared about 1 a. ni. told me
tliat one c»f thi' i^nris. when she became "properly" |)oss(»s.sed,
at#' nothinir for months but tl<>wers. a pretty and i>oetic
conceit.

In savini: irood l)ve we asked if we miiiht.as I und(»rstood
was customary. leav<* a i>res<*nt for the performers, who 1
shouhl have mentitmed were jiart of the Bandahara's own
household.

He cousiMited secmiuLrlv with i»leasure, and we left him
for our Ihjat just as tin* dav wa.s be^"inninjx to br(»ak.

By the time we had i^ot i»ur traps totrt'thiM- the sun had
risen and was driving- the niLclit fo-Lif from the nund»ers
of lovclv islands which stud the river near the town.

We rrot into our boat, sliov<'il ot!'. and th(»r«»Uiifhly tiretl lav
down on the thwarts ami in Jo minutes were fast asle<»p :
f»iil\ wakinj; when we reached the ** Pluto" at 7.lo a. >i.

-PlDGIN^' EXCLISH.

By N. B. DtiNNYs Ph. D.
Head (ft a Mveiimj oj fl**' Soclett/ held (m the ^)fh Dec. 1878.

•

Most visitors to tli(» Far Ejist liiive lieard of Pidj^in Eujiiflish,
tliou<jrli its use is principally c(.»ii fined to Hongkong and
the *" Treaty" or open ports of China. How and when it
took its orij^in is an unsolved mystery. The oldest livinpf
foreitrii resident in China recollects it as the standard means
of comnmnication, not merely between forei<i:n mjistei's and
their domestic servants, but betAveen the once fabulously rich
members of the Con<;:see or "• Thirteen Hon<^s, "' who, up to
1859, Avere alone permitted to transact business at Canton
with *• outside barbarians.'" But we fail tu find any authentic
n^cord as to when it first assumed the di<]^nity of a lan;4*na<jfe or
when proficiency in itsphraseolojxy was an object of ambition
to dapper younj^ Chinese clerks to enable them to fill the
posts of interpreters and squeeze-collectors. It appears to
have been in common use when Dr. Morrisf>n wa.s achievin«r
the herculean task of com[»ilinLi- tln^ first Anij;;lo-Chinese dic-
tionarv, some sixtvor more V(»ars a<n). and was ]>robablv cur-
rent sh<>rtlv after the Ea.st India Com])anv\s factorv was first
estp.blished at tlu* (^ity of Bams. I ]>roj)ose to occuj>y a
few minutes of your time in brieliy describinjjf this lat<^sl
addition to the philoloj^i^al family, and, it may be, to vindicate
its chiims to passiii*;: attcntitm tis illustrating under our own
eyes a ju'ocess which many tonj^iies now rankin<,^ as impcu'l-
ant must hav«* underLT'^ne in their earlier staijes. There
is a stron^LT flavour of •'PidL,^in'" in a ;j:o»)d <U»al ()f the Law
Latin and I'rench of the llth and ll^th centuries. Pid«:in
Lnirlish therefore, uncouth as it is. aids us in recallin<>: how
lan«»:uistic chanLTes were In'onirht al)out in t)urown and kindred
la.n;^uai^es.

Speculation, however, as 1 have said, is wt.>efully adrift in

tracing its ori«;in, and even its name has puzzled the brains

f)f clever etyniokx^ists. The most popular and probably the

jjjotft correct Jerivuliun is from llie word '"Wvavuvi^^'' wldcli

PTDOTN rNOLTftlT. 160

on the lips of a Chinamjin iitf<Tly ii^norant of Enp^lisli
//«e« sound sometliiu^ like "" pidgin." But I must confess
that this seems to me a rathc^r far fetched ori|j^iu thou^li
I cannot suggest anything better : nor, so far as T am aware,
can any one else.

As regards the formation of this qm^er dialect we find less
difficulty in arrivinir at a couelusion.

Of the natural tendencv ^f lan<'ua<2:e to assimilate words
from sources foreiyrn to its own orijjfiii W(^ ha.\>» numerous
examples in ever}'day life. Hindostanei^ words have become
a part and parcel of the English spoken in (ireat Britain,
while numerous Spanish expressions are current in tin* United
States. Spanish itself, again, has in Uruguay and Paraguay
admitted a large admixture of Guarani, and t lie conservative
Chinese have with equal facility adopted niany words from
Manchu and Mongolian. In all these cas(»s the intruding
Tocables have at first passed as "slang'" until custom has
stamped them with the mint-mark of respectability. Xo
yisible effect is produced upon the languagi^s in question by
the presence of these strangei*s. Yet dialects are to be found
which, beginning under similar circumstances, havt^ so lost
their original indentity in the process as to have beconu*
veritable philological *• bastards." Sucli are the llmjKn frnm-K
of the Mediternui*»aii, and the ijitainf or gypsi/y language of
that vast tribe, of Hin<lo(M)ri:{iu. wliicli still exists in ev.n'v Eu-
ropean country, its membi^rs. lil<e Isbmael ot'ol<L having '"their
hand aj'ainst everv man, and e\«'i*v man's hand ai^ainst
them." The most recent of these bastard diah.»cts, and
necessarily less perfect in its individuality than thosf* abovt*-
mentioned, is the Pid;jin Knglisli under notice, which at
the present day is spoken by sonic* hn ndreds of thousands of
Chinese upon the seahoar*! of their empire, and even threat-
ens to extend to thf* coasts of Jaj^an.

There was also. sin'>alarlv enouuh, a native (Miin«\se dialect
in process of formation, which was to tlie ccdloqnial of the
district in which it exist(Ml what **pidLrin" is to pur«» Eiii'-lish.
One effect <»f the Taiping rebellion, which caused an influx
of natives from the districts of CtMitral China to Shanghai,
was to cause the formation of a fused dialect, consisting of
words indifferently taken from tlu>se spoken at Shanghai,
Canton, and Nanking. No great growth of this s[)eech
has been noticeable since the rebellion was crushed ; Imt it
batle fair at one time to contribute another to the alvewdy
iiumerou.s varieties sjx^ken in diiferent parts of the em\Vvrvj.

170 PTDOTX FNOTJSn.

It is not impossiblo that ovouts will some clay brinp: about
this result, in which case it will probably attract considerable
attention on the part of sinologues, as the tonal rules hither-
to in force will be subjected to new and curious violations.

Still, with all this j^^rauted, none of the dialects or lanpfua-
ges I have mentioned are precisely aualoj^ous to '* pidjjin
Ent^lish" which, broadly speakinp^, chiefly consists of the
words of one laujxuaj^e nion* or less mutilated, put to^^ether
accordinjj to the idiom of another. Moreover there is, 1 fancv.
no record of any dialect however nu couth havin<^ sprun*^
up in so mushroom-like yet complete a manner. A member of
(mr Council who \ery kindly took the trouble to send me
some notes for this paper writes : •"• A G^reat difficulty i)re-
-* sents itself to my mind at once. How could a system of
-'speech have <xot itself established so soon as pi(li]:in En<>:lish
*Mnust have done, under the common view of its ori*ifin y
•"•Intc^rnal evidence appears to me to jjoiiit to another source
''than the first En^jlish factory at (Linton and a necessity
"not explained by the difficulties found by English in
'* speakinjT Chinese or l)y Chinese in speakinjif Enp^lish;""* and
he points out that tlnMV* is no pidji^in Portu<^ii(»sp at Macao
where tln^ same difficulties should liavt* led to the* sam<^ re-
sults. I do not however (juite a<ifret» with him. T should be
incHned to say that tli(* iiiimensc* difficulty experi(Mict»d by
averap^e Europeans in beconn'iijj: ilueiit in Chinese is ijuite
sufficient to account for any alteriiativt* l>eiu^ j^ladly ad(»pted :
while as re;jfards P<u'tu;^^U(»s(», thoMirli that spoken at Macao
is not exactiv *' Pidtrin'' it is niueli d«»ti*riorate(l in Ciiint^se
mouths; mon»over it is far easier for a Chinaman to learn
than En<^lish, which is I ima<rine the most diffi(*ult otail Euro-
pean lani]^uai^(»s for the Chinese to master.

Let us turn to the principal ruh»s wliieh «ifover;i " j>i«lii:in
English," and if possibles arrlvt* at some (•(►nelusimi as to its
prol)a.l)le future. AltouLch iHily <latin«4: baek to the early
<lavs of the I^]ast India. Coinpanv, a sutKcient time has
elapsed since its oriirin to tix its formation within reijular
limits. Take, for instance, to l)eo;in with, the pronoun
This (HTursonlv in the forms imi, ln\ and inm, which do dutv
both as personals and ]>oKsessives **lie" doinir dutv for "slu»**
an<l it. ** We** and *'th<'v*' are re!i<U'ri»d bv tlilsrr nmn, that
muii, the context imnlvinii* when thev are ust*d in a i)ersoual
ratlier than a denionstrativt» sense. The sentenc.' ** I saw
him" tlius becomes " mv have see he;'* while "we went
nut'' won hi be rendered "AlU) thisee man ;;o out.'' There
IS ruft herp any analogy between the Chinese forms (resem-

PIDGIN ESGLI811. 171

bliiig oui* own) and the rude substitutes ado])tcd. All native
dialeL'ts liave I. lu», Ave, you. and they, the possessive^ (in Man-
darin) beiu'^ reirularlv formed bv th(Midditit)Uof //, of: tlius,
»rr*, 1; iro tL mine. The iirhlele and eonjuiiction are t'ntindy
dis[»ens4id with in "' [>idL»iii'' as they are eolk»(jnially in Chi-
nese, the word '•to'i^ftlu'v'' l)eiiifj: used as a eopiilative only in
extreme eases. Verbs are in *'pid;Li'iii EnL*Iish '' (.-oniuufated
by tlie use of sucli words as //<(/>, ln/^mr-hf/ iV<*. TIuh '"I saw him''
l>ecumes -my hab looksee he'"; *"1 shall «ret it" is "' mv bv'me-
bv catehee he." The intinitiv«'s of m<jst words are made to
end in et; : Uko'. //v////,nvv, wtiUcr,:, Tiie word bchmij av ft'loinf
also does dutv as an auxiliarv '"I am a Cbinaujan" beinj^
'• my oloniLT Chine(\" Tlie suhjnnctive also is formed by ad-
diuii;' this word />([7o//// : " you shoukl *::o " beiniif expressed as
"yon b'lonLC iJ^o." *• If [ ^^o" is ^' sposcc my i^o ; ' and be-
\inii\ this there are no means of expressing the other tenses
exee]»t by t-lumsy roml)inations. '* If 1 liad ijfone" is '\sposee
uiy hav(» jiro.". h'lomj, of eoiu'sr, stands for " it />f7om/>f to
vonr business to."

The eomparison of adjeetivo is etf^eted by prcHxinjif the
words -morr" ami '"too muc-ln';'/' tliouixli tlie ordinary eom-

•^ ft

jtartitive form is often uscil in <*.»ii jum-tion with tin* lii'st-
named: tinis. ^(Mnl. moi*.' letter ; proimmuvMl b(4taln. too
linirlhM' l;*<">1 : lar^\'t' lalsu pnnsomiced hf/if/n], m(»re lar^'e*',
t«M» mucliee l.'iu'. TIm* Cliinesc f. »nii is siiii[>le eiioui^'h : ** 1 am
b'tter than lie is" bci!):;' "1. lli.in he. eoovl;" or. in tin*
s'liM'VJativ.-. **ih;i: is llie l>i«sl,'* "Mliat. than all. «'X(.'(MMlinu'
'_:"<>d." I'Idirin Kiiu^lisli iist's oni* own han<lv *' vcs" and *'im)"
in plare <»f the aw]<v.ir«l "it is." *• it is noi," of rhini'se.
Tiie^i' exa!ji])Ies silow tluil . :!s I't'^ai'ds i^raniniatieal slnn-tnrr.
*• pi«i'j-in" is in tin* main an ini[M'rf<'ct ;nlaj»tation »>f (Mir own
r-iie«^. lint t he Li^eiK^ral constrnctio]! nf si'iitcnres is »'sstMiti-
ally « 'hinese. ••(in ju tin* posi-e^hce and brill li' inr a Iett<.'r"
woiihj l>«* renden'd jiish as it woiiM he translatecl in a native
dialeet : •*Yoii sa\'re t hat p«»st-of]ieer : i;o looksee ha vr i4:ot one
rhit b'l«»ne- mv ; s]M)>ee h.ivi' Li<»t \(»n niakee IdiiiLT. * Tin*
ahs'-nee «»j' a relative fnrjn H'ee^.-'itales t he cnttine^ uj» of all
JMnj- phrase^ iutn short s.-Mienees l)oth in (Miinesean<l [)i<lLriii
Kii'jfli^h.

Ssi'-h hei :^-. in shoj-i, >(»meof the i:n».-.! imp-rtait Lirani-
iipitieal pe.-e»liafit i«'s of this dialeei. je; \i< t !i*/:i to its pro-
n^rii'iat io:;. J ii ']-.; are c'rlain s-.:!!:.-!.-^ w hi,-!i • iie '. i.iLiainan
iia-i j i- ini <'i-r<»ni an inherent diilienlty in pr.)noun;;i:i;';- Thus,
he eannot sound the tinal ijr of •'larjUe" exe:*pl as a seY^v\.Y\\\v^
syllable^ so he uihla uii c and wukca it iar|^<'/'. A iiUUiVwT <\\^-

172 PIDGIN ENGLISH.

ability exists to pronounce under certain circumstances,
dependent on the initial sound following them, words ending
in f, t, k, til, m, n, s, and v, which in like manner have ee or
o added to them ; t and k frequently take see, "want" be-
coming "'wantsee." There is no apparent reason for this
latter peculiarit}', unless it may be referred to habit, arising
fuom the constant recurrence of the ts sound in all Chinese
dialects. Custom gives the final ee to many words ending in
h and /, but they present no difficulty to the native speaker
as pure finals. The letter r is absolutely unpronounceable
either as initial or medial to the Southern Chinaman, and is
avoided as a final when possible — in striking contradistinc-
tion to the mandarin-speaking portion of the empire. In
Peking, almost every word is capable of taking a final r
sound by adding to or eliding its primitive terminal ; thus,
jen becomes jarh ; lul^ niirh, etc. When pronounced in the
south the r closely resembles the Hindoo letter r, which is
between an r and a r/. •

The results of these rules — if they can be so called — are
somewhat odd, the more so as, in addition to disguising the
words, the native compilers of pidgin vocabularies often
make up the quaintest combinations to express very simple
Words. As sjK'ciinens oF merely adulterated English I may
menti<Hw///(>f<>r all, rliifo for child, /Wee?/ f or face or chcaracter,
liih'C-lcr for English, kfUHjHtt-a for Compradore, and so on.
But one becomes puzzled at such renderings at put-lut-fa for
brother lut-iinu-nrni fi^r husband or sh^r-nian. for servant.
Of e'»m|)ouii(l words J may quote Intlf-rhtht and r(nc-chilo for
boy and girl: .l//o jAoixi U)r (iniii' ri^xht Jotis jn'dij in mdn or
Hcdvc.ii jtidf/iti nunt iov missionary, and loo/cscr. p'uhjbi for
ostentation or hvpoerisy ; wliili^ anvbody rei>uted to be
cracked is described as one who Icib ijol iratrr fop f<ifh? !

It will l)e readily understood that, thus ** transmogrified,'"
English as spoken by natives at tli<* Cliina p(n*ts becomes a
jargon, re.-cii'Ml only from eoiiteiiq)! by the fixed rules under
wliich it is eoiistnicted, aii<l the illustration it ail'ords of
Chinese idioms. !Many words in eoinmon use are of Portu-
guese or Malav origin, wliile a certain number of pure Chi-
nese phra-^es add to its ])>lygiot eharaeter. Some words,
again, are neither English, Chinese, nor anything else but
"pidgin," and tln'ir d«'rivalion cannot be asn^rtained. Such
are /// rs-A»v, wliieh signifies '* never min<l," rJiin-chin^ for
"'how do you <lo/' or *' good l)y(\"' *" to compliment,"' etc.
This hitter phrnsc is n(>t, as cummonly supi)osed, Chinese.
There id a phrdnef Tsimj Tsiiuj^ m^ianiug ^' \i ^jou ^leaes ;"

PIDOIN ENOLISn. 173

but it is never ased in tlio Honse of the modern Chin-Chiu^
and the natives b«>lievo th(» latter to be pure Eniii^H.sh. Oih»
of the most curious '* i)id^in'' words is au excrosc(nice pro-
nounced ga-lah. It has no si<:i^iiification, and is sinii)ly added
to a word or sentence to round it oft'. A Chinaman will thus
say, "my wantsee «:o topside ga-lali" tor " I shall be goin<>^
upstairs*' or *' up town.'' The oripfin of this qn«^er word is
found in Cliinese coUoquial. Each dialect has certain *• empty
soiuids/' as the syllables ar<? appropriately named, which are
aiiixed to the ends (►f sentences to satisfy certain laws i»f
rhythm, and the commonest of these is ht-lo or ho-ht^ which
has easily changed into i/a-lah, I must not omit to mention
a word which is of (constant ^ise and without which a China-
man quite breaks down in the simplest phrases — the word
piecey. This represents what is termed the '" classifier"
which in Chinese colloquial precedes most substantives and
to which a close analojjry is shewn by such words as oramj^
huahy bijl &c. in Malay. As Chinese however possesses some
75 of these useful words there is no need to look beyond it
for the derivation of their pidtifin equivalent.

Althouo^h pidgin English seems, when first heard by an
unaccustomed stranger, to be as diflicuH as a yeritabk* for-
eign language, its iny»'rted <Mnistructi(»n and curious mispro-
nunciation are verveasilv acnuived, and it ilni*ri'nn» (•(»ntinues
in extensive use. A c(»ll<>4uy eonniiitted to \vriiiiii4* looks
curious. Sui>pose, for instance, a foreigner to Iiayc called
ab<»ut some busmess on a native merchant :

(lilimmnn, Ai yah! chin-cliin; how you do ^

Fin-iltjnrr. Chin-chin ; any ]>iecoe ncAvs liiive u'oi '?

Vh. No urot news; thi>ee i\\\\ h'h.mix too niucliee hot ?

For, Yes: tuo nnichee hot ; you pidgin lunnba (»ne';>

Ch. Pidgin no b'long good jus' now; you got an}' pidgin
for mv y

For. My got littee smaHo piecee ; my wantsee buytee one
lole (r*»ll) sillik (silk.)

CIi. Ah ! mv irot plent y. Wliat fashion c<iloli you wantsee '^
Alio fashion have i4<'t. That (iuvnoah niississ(M' (( Jovernor's
wife) any time conn* thi>ee jsho]> maket* bnvtee (always dcal"^
at this shop); etc., etc.

It does not ap[»ear that pidgin English will di(» out.
Numbers of Cliincst*. indeed, tlianks to emigration to the Uwi-
ted SUite\% nnd tlw jncivu.'^cd fucilitioa available in the B\i\\^\v

174 PIDOTN EXrtLTSH.

Government schools at Hon<>kong, now learn to talk Enpflish
with fluency and correctness ; and the number of foreitri^M-s
who acquire one or oth(-r of the Chinese <lialeets is increasing^,
the latest estimate, counting all nationalities, bein^^ some-
what over five hundred. But there is always a. larore
tiuctuatin<}f population of forei<<n soldiers, sailors, and visitors,
to whom the acquisition of Chinese would involve a ti»il (juiti*
disproportioned to its use. To tln^se u means of connnunica-
tion with the natives, l»ased on a European vocabulaiy, is too
serviceable to be dispfiis^'d with, and for thcin pidgin Eni(-
lish >vill hold its yfrcnnid. So far from dvini^: out, it seems
rather probable that in the coiu'se of years it Avill take rank
as a dialect beside the linn an franco of the Mediteranciin Sea.
Those who are curious to see how i)idg;in Enp^lish looks when
printed may be referred to Mr. Leland's litth' book nf
Pidinii Eniiflish Sintf-Son'j- in the Ratrlr's Lil>rarv. Alth<»nirh
some of its phnises are rather far feteluMJ it will i^'wi^ any (hm-
a tolerably fair idea of this singular dialect.

THl'] FOUNDING QV SlXGAl'OKJ;.

'Tk:s iNTr.uTiiTiN'j i.f.'iTK]: or J-'n; '\\ S. 1\akili;s ita.-; i;i;mn KiN'T»r,v
i'L.\«:ii» A I" Till: i»:sTO-;Ar. <»:■• 'nil-: Stuaits A«-tat;;' SociiirY my tmi. Cii mt'tan
•>r ti:f- K-Mi i.!:s LiiniM;. ani» Misktm ('.OL-irrri;?:. wir.i vwr. rii. »v'.in..
rxrr.AX \tion.

I irfi.^ rrtnii'uft' i n'/ir}i Icnr'ni'' ViiniJninl^ htj at if fricml Mr, T.
tff'l},'''rliifrilrt.l Hi: iiiilnsid ii!n,<f t ni i i'(s{ n.tt hlfi,' Irnm. Sir

Si'imftn'il Il't^h'n f(» (\tl()iifl Aih/i'iiln'iKihr, ihtfctl Sintiapore fhr
10/// Ju)ic 1870, niiil to (ifffi' if ^> thn lififflrs Mnsfynn hrre in flic
name of T, H. Scholofiah/ f^-sv/. <tj' UnnrytPmnnfh^ Drvonnlnrt\ /o
irhum if hflontfy,

T Iifir*' )K) ffimbf ffnn irilJ nmsiiffr the Irfffr. rnnffiinimf r/x //
thn'.>i flir rini-A uf' fitr Ftnni(1fr nf' Ihr S'l/frninif nf llir finn o/' lii.^
f'tl.'in'f iHtssrfsinii, f»/' stilJirn ii/ rafni' itinl tnh'i'isf hi jtraritli' fur
lf.< sttfr-Jircn'iinl i ii I In' finUh'S MnsrHnl.

• I • • •

/ //fii-4 tlr.,

<lf/iirff \V, W . Wn.l.ANS.
/ III ( in: I ,'hii' /. ill

//.•' ^ tt.ii ,,i il fi t uf M*i iidifinirnf

uf ilir It'll lilt :; M llSr-ilin .

Siiion|MHN'. lutli Jinio, ISli*.

.Mv i\t';\y { 'n](»^H'l.

N'nii will ])r*.l)al»iy !i;ivr in consult llio ]VI;i]» in nr<l<M*
t'» iisr«'rr:iiii innii wlnl |»:irt oi* tii" world lliis lott«*ris <l;it«Ml.
liriVr lt> tlif rxtrt'iiiitv <»!" llh* .\r!il;iv P«Miiiisiila whrnMnii
will <»l>M^rve scvt'i'iii small Islamls foriniiiLT tli<' Straits of
Siii^apon*. i)\\ nn»' ^^' llicse* are the niins ot* the ancient
i'apital of '^ Sinirapnra," ov -City of the Lion" as it is called
hv lh** Malays. lltM'e T liav*\j nsf j)J;ni ted the Bvit\s\\ FV»\\x^
ami ;) 7///^>/v- romm;///^^mi>- nml jn-owisiuir Station for tlvi'i \m>-

176 THE POUNDING OP SINGAPORE.

tection and improvement of all our interests in this quarter
cannot well be conceived. Since my return to this Country
my public attention has been chiefly directed to the proceed-
ing's of the Hollanders, who, not satisfied with receiving from
us the fertile and important Islands of Java and the Moluccas,
have attempted to exercise a supremac}^ over the whole of Bor-
neo and Sumatra, and to exchide our nation from all inter-
course with the other States of the Archipelago. They have
been very particular in the means, and they seem to have consi-
dered the degradation of the English character as necessary to
their own Establishment. You ma}" easily conceive how much
annoyance this has given to me, and prepared as I was to
remain a quiet spectator of all their actions, I have not
iVmnd it possible to continue entirely neutral. While they
confined their proceedings to the Countries in which
European authority was established, we had no right to
interfere ; these we had by Treaty agreed to transfer to them,
and they were of course at liberty to act in them as they
thought proper without reference to our interests ; but they
no sooner found themselves possessed of these than they
conceived the idea of driving us from the Archipelago alto-
gether, and when I made my re-appearance in these Seas
they had actually hardly left us an inch of groimd to stand
upon. Even our right to the spot on which I write this,
though yesterday a wilderness and without inhabitant, is
disputed; and, in return for our unparallelled generosity, we
are left almost without a resting place in the Archipelago.

But it is not uiir interests alone that have suffered by this
unexpected return ; those of humanity and civilization suifer
more deeply. To comprehend the question justly 3'ou
must consider that it has always been an object of the first
importance to our Indian interests to preserve a free and
uninterrupted commerce with these Islands as well on
account of this conunerce itself, a^ the safety of our more
extensive commerce with China, which lies beyond them; and
that for the last century, owing to the defects and radical
weakness of the Dutch, we have been able to effect this with-
out serious molestation from them. The consequence of this
constant and friendly intercourse has be(»n the establishment
of numerous independent States tl iron jj^hc nit the Archi-
pelago. These have advanced cDiisiderably in civilization ;
and lis their knowledge increased so did their wants ; and
their advancement in civilization might be estimated in the
ratio of their commerce. The latter is suddenly arrested by
fJje withering grasp of the Hollander ; the first article he
insists upon is the exclusion of the ^ng\ia\i ^wd tV\e mono-

THE FOUNDING OP SINGAPORE. 177

poly on account of his own Government of whatever may be
the principal produce of the place ; the private merchant is
thrust out altojTether; or concleunied to put up with
vexations and impositions but above all the unhealthy
climate of Batavia ; at which Port alone the Dutch seem
determined that all the trade of these Islands shall centre.
Surely after the millions that have been sacrificed to this
hateful and destructive policy, they ought to have had some
common feeling: for humanity, some object in view beyond
the cold culculations of profit and loss. L(.»t them do what
they please with Java and the Moluccas, and these contain
a population of at least five millions ; but with the population
of Borneo, Sumatra and the other IslancLs, which is at least
equal in amount, they can have no ri«j:lit to interfere by
restrictive regulation. Let them turn their own lawful sub-
jects to what account they please, but let them not involve
our allies, and the British charaeter, in the gtnieral vortex
of the ruin they are working for themselves.

I must beg your pardon for troubling you with politics,

but it is necessary I should give you some account of th<Mn

to explain the cause of my movements, whicli have been

various and rapid. I had not been six weeks in Bencoolcn

before it was necessary to penetnite into the interior ot* the

Southern Districts of Sunuitr.i. 1 had linrdly acconiplislie*!

this when mv attention was dirccteil to tht? Central district ,*

and the original seat of Malayan Empire''"; on my return

from there I had to send a party arross the Island h\nn

Bencoolen ; beinj' the llrst. att/uint of the kind ever made bv

Eurojjeans, and finally 1 htul 1o })ro;'eed to Benjj^al to r<»2H)rt

my proceedings and to eonfi*r witli the Governor General

asj to what was l)est to be done to eheek the further j)rogre.ss

of the Dutch. Hen.' I fortunatelv met with everv attenticni ;

the subject was fairly and delib(.*rately considered, and to

use the emphatic words of Lt)rd Hastings "• there was but oiu*

opinion as to tlie moral turpitude of the means employed

bv our rivals and their dt.^ti'rinination to deirratle and iniure

the Britisli. In this crisis it remained to be considenMl what

was best ti) be done in this eountry without exciting actual

hostilities: and what should be recommended to the authorities

ill Europe, It was clear that the object of the Dutch was

not onlv to connnaiid for themselves all the trade of the

Eastern Islands, but to pos.sess the power in ihc event of

future war of preventing our regular intercourse with China.

* Menauijkabaii y- nn hUvnt^tiny; iwjoiint «»f t\\\^ vi^it is t > l>f» f )\m<\m
Ctmwtuixi'9 DvsvriptiYe Dictionary p, :i73.

178 THE FOUNDING OF SINGAPORE.

By possessing the only passes to this Empire, namely the
Straits oF Suiida and Malacca, they had it in their power at
all tiniow to impede that trade ; ami of their disposition to
exert this power, even in time of peace, there was no donbt.
It was therefori* determined that we should lose no time in
secnrin^^ if practicable, tke command of one oi these Straits;
and the >traits of Malacca on acconnt of their proximity to
our other Settlements appeare<l the most elijjcilde. 1 was
accordingly authorized to provide for the establishment of the
British interesis at Achcen, (the most Northern Kingdom of
Sumatra and which commands the Northern entrance of these
Straits) and to fix upon some Station that mijjht equally com-
mand the southern entrance. My ne<i^otiations occupied a
period of several months, but they ended successfully, and the
]n*edominnnce of the British intiuence in that quarter Inis
been duly provided for. The same has been effected ar this
end of the Straits and the intt^rnMHliale station of Malacca
althoui^^h occupied by the Dutch, has been completelv nulli-
fied.

This decisive thoui^h m<Mlerate [)olicy <ni the part of the
British Govern nient has paral vised the further cifoii:s of the
Dul<*h, and we have reason to hoi^e thai everv thinir will
remain /// yf(tfi( qan peiidinir the references which are neces-
s;irily Hia'le to Europe ))y both parties. Our eventua.1 objeel
j ; of course io secure the iudepr^ndence of tlie 1^'ornean, Su-
iiiiilran ami ellier States with which we have been in allianer
i*"r til" las! iv.eiitv \ears: and fnrth,'r, ir praetieal.)le t«» n.'-
: ;;i:: ih" ?^»'; I Liii'iif s oj' Mahuea, l*a'.ian«4" and Banea. rh«v>e
o-iirlr :'.\v r t..» l!,;\" hf.'ii i niit^lci-red to iIm- DuIcIk but as
lli ;, ar.> iii'li-h' <'i jo r.s in nearly a iNlillioii Sterling- on the
a<l j'l.'tni.'iil «?t* tli'lr Java aeeoujil^, '<t «s to l>e h<»[»ed we may
\. L iiial-:.' a «'oini>ron)ise \'^)V their retnrn.

i shall say n^-lliiuL;* »>t' tii«' iin[)ov(ance wiiieli I allai li to
t hi" j^erIIla:ienee ol' the position I have taken up at SinL;"aj»ore :
it is a rhild'ot mv own. But for mv IMalav studies 1 should
iianilv lia\f Icnown that :.neli a i>laee existeil : not ouh the
Bnropran but '; he Indian wvrhl also was ii;-norant of \\ . It
is im[>(»ssibjf to conceive a place co!nl>ininn' inorc advantages:
ii is within a. week's sail oF i/hina, still ( h^ser to Siani. ('«►-
chin-< 'hina, Ac in the \i'i-\ ii<^arl of th«.* Arc]n[>ela'^"o. or a-;
(he Malavs call it. it is '"tin- Na\<d of i he Mala\ countries'*:
air- :i<ly a popnlatiori of ai-o.: live - iiou-^and s.)ri!^'. has col-
lected ninler our tlai>', the i:.i:ab.'r is dailv increasiii"-, tin*
harbour, in every way sn[)'. rior, is tilled wilji Shippin;.r froiu
:i// qiiartciM -^ and although our Settlement has not been

THE FOUNDING OF SINCi AFORE. • 179

estaVJislied more than four iiicmtlis everv one is eomforlably
boused, provisions are in abundance, tlie Troops healthy, and
every thinjj^ bears the appearance of content and abun-
dance. 1 anx sure you will wisli me success, and I will there-
fore only add that if my plans are con firmed at home, it is
my Intention to make this my i^rincijuil residence, and to
devote the remainin<^ years of my residence in the East, to
the advancement of a Colony which in every way in which
it can bf» viewed bids fair to be one of the most important,
and at the same time one of the least expensive and trouble-
s*.»nie, that we possess. Our object is not territory but trade,
a g^'eat c«»mmcrcial Emporium, and a fulcrtna whence we
mav extend our influence politically, as circumstances mav
hereafter require. By takinia: immediate possession we put
a nei^-ative to tlie Dutch claim of exclusion, and at the same
time revive the drooping cr»ntidence (►f our allies and friends;
one Fre(» Port in these Seas nnist eventually destroy the spell
of Dutch monopoly ; and what Malta is in the West, that may
»Singajx»re become in the East.

I shall leave this for Bencoolen in a few days, where 1 hope
to remain quietly until we hear decidedly from Europe,
at all events I am not likely to (.[uit Sumatra ai^ain for scmie
months and then only for a short ]K»riod to revisit my
new S»'tt lenient. You mav iudi^e of our :!nxi<'tv to re-
turn to Bencoolen when 1 ttOl you thai nc Irft our little
trirl then' in Aui^ust lasl, nnd have no; sim-c seen her.
La«.lv liatHt's. wlio accomi)auied m«' to B('ii_i'al and is now with
iii«.% has since presented me Avitli a son ; the ein-unjstancc^s
pn^cedinir his birth were not very propitit mis ; 1 was obh'j^ed
to ijuit her onlv four days before tlie event, we were
alnnjst amon;4'st stran^j^ers, no nurse in whom to c<»nfide,
no exiK'Henced m<'dieal ai«l, f<»r we had expeetrd to reach
Bencoolen in time, and yet all went on well, and a tiner
babe ta* one Avith more proniise of intelli«^em'e never was
beh*dd. You will rec(»llect that our litth' ♦rirl was born on
the waves, under eircumstances not nion* ]>romisin|^, and yet
no mother and no ehildren eould have sntfered less. What
strange and uncertain disi)ensatious of Providence! Good
GckI when r think of C'laremont and all the prosju'cls which
were there anticipated, -init 1 must dieck my pen.

I thank von nu'st siiicerelv for vour h'ttcrs of the ^ih
Decendjcr 1^^17 ami 2Jlth April, 1811) ; the f')rmcr I could
never acknowled^r^* \\\] ]i<>w ; the latter is before me and 1
cannot express how much I feel indebted to you for your
kind and affectionate attention. The engraviugis 1 \i2i\vi

180 THE FOUNDING OP SINGAPORE.

duly ivceived: one* of them in pai*ticular is dear to mo from
many associations; it is from the Paintinii: which 1 so often
admired in the Drawin<jf-room.

Your account of our amiable and invaluable Prince lias
given me the greatest satisfaction. He has indeed had his
trials, but that he is himself again proves him to be of a higher
being than onr ordinary natures. Volumes would not do
justice to his merits or his virtues, my heart overflows when
I think of him and of his sufferings, and though far removed
and separated from the- passing scene, be assured I listen
wuth no common interest to all that is said of and about him.

I have tokl you that Lady Ratiles has presented me with
a son and a dauifhter ; from the circumstance of the latter
having been born on the voyage, the Javanese who are a j>oe-
tic people, wished her to be name<l Tunjung Segani, mean-
ing 'Lotos of the Sea," and a mon* apja-opriate name for
purity or innocence could not liavt* betni conceived. 1 gra-
tiiied their wish, but at the same time my <^wn, by prefixing
a more Christian and a more consecrated name "' Charlotte '';
my son has been christened ''Leopoiir'; and thus will ^'Leopold
and Charlotte" be commemorated in mv domestic circle, as
names ever dear and ever respected ; and that of my daughter
will be associated with the end>lem of purity, handed down
in remembrance of one whose virtues and interests will never
be forgotten.

I must not close this letter without uiviuiij von some
account of njv occui)ations and views as far as thev are of a
personal nature; 1 am Aain enough to liopo that these will
interest you more than all I could write of a public ov
l)olitical nature.

Notwithstanding the serious (lemands on my time arising
out i>f mv public station, and the discussion I have naturally
had with tlu* Dutch Authorities, I have been able to advance
verv considcrablv in mv collections in Natural Historv.
Sumatra docs uoi afford any of those interesting remains
of forniei* civilisation, and of the arts, which ab(»und in Java.
Here man is far behind-hand, perhaps a tJKaisand years even
behin<l his neighbour the Javanese; but we have ni(»re origi-
nality, and the tri'eat volume of Xatmv has hardlv been
(»pene(l. I was extremely unfortunate in the death (►f Dr.
Arnohl, who accompanied me as a Naturalist from England,
he fell a sacrifice to his zealous and indefatigable exertions
c^/j the tirt^t journey he made into the interior ; but not imtil

THE POrNDTXa OP RINOAPORE. 181

he immortalized his niimo by the discovery of one of the
cpreatest prodigies in niitnre that has been yet met with, a
flower of great beanty but more remarkable for its diinen-
aioiis ; it measures a full yard across, weighs fifteen p(mnds,
and contains in the Nectary no less than eight pints, each
petal being 11 inches in breadth and there being five of
theui. I sent a short description of this plant, with a draw-
ing and part of the flower itself, to Sir Joseph Banks ; from
whom, or some of the members of the Eoyal Society, you may
probably have heard more particulars. I havi* now with
me as a Botanist Dr. Jaik, a gentleman diigldy qualified,
and we are daily making very important additions to our
Herbarium. AVe have recently discovered at this place some
verj' beautiful species of the Xrjjenthcs or Pitcher Plant,
Tvhich in elegance and In'illiancy far surpass an^^ thing I
havf* yet seen in this quarter — the plant is very remark-
able, and though the genus ha.s beeu generally describ-
ed but little is known of the different species. AVe are now
engaged in making drawings of them, with a few other of
tlie most renuirkable and splendid productions of the vege-
table world which we have* met with, and propose forming
them int()a volume to be (»ngraved in Europe. This will be an
earnest of what we propose to do hereafter, and 3'ou will
oblige me much by informing me whciher His S(Tene
Highness would have any ol)jecti()n to Ihe first result of our
laboui's being dedicated to him ; there Avill not be above six
f>r eight engravings, but they will be on a large scale.

Besides our Botanical pursuits I have in my family two
French naturalists, one ()f them ste])-son to the c(*l(^brated
Cuvier: th<*ir attention is ])rinci]>ally directed to Zoology, but
wt? includ*' in nur researches every tiling' that is inter(\sting
in the mineral kiniidoni ; our collection of Birds is alrtnidy
verv extensive, an<l in flu* course of two or tlnve years we
h<»pt.' to complt^e our more important researches in Sumatra.
We shall endeavour to include the Malay Peninsula, Borneo
and elsewhert*. wherever the Dutch, who are the Vandals
f»f tli(» East, do not establish themselves to our exclusioji.
I li(»pe the plants t'tc. l)y Dr. llorst*n*ld reached Claremont
in safety an<l tolerable ]»reservation.

On the West Coast of Sumatra abound great varieties
of Asallims and Madrepon^s; but ft^v of these are known in
England, and collections are rare. 1 am preparing a few for
Claremont and shall be happy to hear from you if they ar(»
likely to be acceptable, or what would be more so. I beg of

182 THE POUNDINa OP SINGAPORi:.

yoii to present my respects to Prince Leopold witli every
assurance of deep regard, affection, and esteem Tvliich it may
be respectful for me to offer.

To the Duke of Kent, (altliougli I have not the honor of
his acquaintance T am personall}' kno^vn to his Royal Hi«fh-
ness) I will thank you also to present my respects, and
my con<]fratulations, aa well on his marriage as his appoint-
ment of Conmiander-in-Chief, wliich Ave learn by the Public
Prints has recently taken place.

Allow me to add my kindest remembrances to Sir Robert
Gardiner, the Baron Dr. Stockmar, and other members of the
family or visitors to whom I may have the honor of bring
Iniown and who are kind enough to take an interest in my wel-
fare ; and to assure you, iny dear friend, that I am with
sinceritv and truth,

Your obliged and

very faithfully attached friend,

(SignJd) T. S. RAFFLES.

NOTES ON TWO PERAK MANUSCRIPTS.

Bv W. E. Maxwell.

Malay liiston' is very little iiioro adyaiicod than it was
when 0^a^vfll^(l remark t^<l on the mc^airrt* and unsatisfactory
nature of the notif»»s whicli we ]H)ssess on •"• this cnrinus and
iiitorestinjx snb-ject.'\' 1 ) The Si jit, -n Mdlni/tt, or history of the
Malacca kincfs, is the work of ji Mohanieilan who iri'afted
t^vontrt which were recent in his time npon lei^ends whose
real place is in Hindoo inytliolojry. It posst^sses little yalue
as a historical document, t»xeept as rejj!:ards tin* rei«ifns of the
later kin<rs of Malacca.

The ^^ MnrotH/ Mii1nni'tinii.<nS^ or "' Kediih Annals," ]>rof esses
tr) tri*at of the carlV history (►f the Stati* of Kcdah, and tlionp^h
not instifvin«r, as a histuricul docnnicnt, tli<* crcclit attached
toil hy its trfinsla1<*r, ( '<»1. \aa\\ it hardly mcrils, jjcrhaps, the
swe«*]»inLj: C(»ndi'ninati<'n (-f Mr. < rawfurd, uli^ d^'scrihcil it as
*• a datf]»*ss tissue of rank i'aMcfi'oni v\Iiiclj not a lirain of reli-
'■ ablo knowJcd;i»' can In* Lfal li^'rc*].". 2) If, as th^-rr se<'ms i,^ood
reason for hrlicvinii, tli" liin<loo Jro-cnds in tlirsc works arc
Trac«ahl»* to tin* lJi'aljniini«al ><riptni-<'s (•!' India, tljeir valin»
fn»m an ♦'11in<»I<»L''i<aI point ot* view may p«'rliaj»s some d:iy b<»
hctt<-r apprcciatrd. Tin* Hihif/a/ llinnj Timii fares no better
at Mr. rrawfnrd's liiinds llian tln^ work <»r Hie Kedali his-
torian, ft is des<i'ib.'d :is '' a most absnr<l and ])nerile produc-
••tiou. It <-ontains no lli^^torical tad n[>on wbidi the slii^htest
•• reliam-e ca!i b«* jilaced: no date wliatevcr. and, if we except
•• th»* faithful [a«-tur«* of native mind an<l mainn»rs which it
•' nncons<;i<»n>ly aif<»y(]s, is nfirrly v/orlbl(\ss and contenip-
•Mible."< :> ,

Leyden in his Kssay (»n tlie Tjan<;tiai,^es and LittTaturo of
the ln<lo-C]iines«' nations ( I ) Liives the fo]li>win''' aceount of
Malay historical mannsrript^:

1 I >!».-« 'riptiv^- I>i«-ti"T!;n_\ . -"'■ /<-<•#• (>iii.. hi.
liCniwfiinl. Hist. lii«l. Anij. Vol. II. p. ;{71.
:{Gi-awfur «lHist. Iiul. Aivli. vnl. II. p. :J7].
4 Asiatic Retioarche!^. Vol. X. jk ISO.

184 NOTEfl ON TWO PEHAK MANUSCRIPTS.

'' There are many Malay u compositions of a historical na-
" tui*e, though they are not so common as the classes that
" have been enumerated ; such as the HiJinyat Rajah bongsu,
" which I have not seen, but which has been described to mo
"as a genealogical history of the Malay Eajahs. The
" HiJcayaf Malahu which relates the founding of that city
"by a Javanese adventurer, the arrival of the Portuguese
" and the combats of tlie Malays with Albuquerque and the
" other Portuguese commanders. The Hikayat FUmjaya-
" Fniti^ or history of an ancient Raja of Malacca, the Hikayat
" Achiy or histor}' of Achi or Achin in Sumatra and the Hlka-
" yaf Hang Tnha^ or the adventiu'es of a Malay Chief during
" the reign of the last Raja of Malacca, and the account of
" a Malay Embassy sent to Mokka and Constantinople to re-
" quest assistance against the Portuguese. Such historical
" narrations are extremely numerous, indeed there is reason
*' to believe that there is one of every state or tribe ; and
" though occasionally embellished by fiction, it is only from
"them that we can obtain an outline of the Malay history
" and of the progress of the nation."

•

Leyden wrote seventy years ago, but, owing probably to
the limited intercourse of Europeans ^vith the native States
of the Peninsula, little has been discovered since his time to
justify his belief that separate liistorical narrations (existed
for every state or tribe. The publication of a translation of
the Hikayat Ma roiifi Mahairamisa by Col. Low (5) is, as far as
T know, the only acquisition of importance.

In Perak I have lost no opportunity of (niquiring for his-
torical manuscripts, and have succeeded in <»l)tainin|i; two, of
wliich I propose to give a short account in this paper.

The iirst is a short wnealoi>"v of the Moliamedan kincrs of
Perak. It is a well-thumbed little book of 72 pages, whieh
formerly belonged to the Raja B^ndaliara, an<l has evideutly
been treated as a treasure, for it is wrapj)ed up in a)i em-
broidered na]>kin {frf(nninni ) and an outer wrapper of yellow
cloth. The iirst page is missing but 1 hojx^ to g«'t it supj)lie<l
from memory or from another co])y.

The book commences with an abstract of the Sl/ani
Malaya au<l the Malay kings are traci^l from I*aleinl)aug to
Singhapura, and from Singhapura to Malacca. A Summary

(5) Journal Indian Archipelago Vol. III. j). 1.

NOTES ON TWO PERAK MANUSCRIPT. 185

of till" liistory of 11u» Malacca kiii^ifs is given, wliicli ditl'ers in
sjomo ])articulai"s from tlio account translated by Leydcn. (U)
llie Portnjifiicsc arc not mentioned, sinp:u]arly enoui!:li, bnt
8iilttin Mabnnid Sbjib, in whose rci«niMahKM*a was taken by
AlbiU|uerqne, is summarily dismissed in tbe following sentence;
*' It was this Sultan who is spoken of by people as -- Murhom
Kampar'' and the time that he reigned in Malacca was
thirty veavs. It was in his time thai Malaaca was taken by
the ]H.»ople f»f Moar, and ho fled to Pahang for a y(»ar, and
tbence to Bentan, where he spent twelve years, and thenci'
to Kampar, where he renrained for Hvt» years. Thus the
whole time that he was Eaia was fortv-eight vears/'

The Perak manuscript makes out thaf the first king of
Perak N»f ////>/ Muza/nv tS/mh ^vas the son of Sultan Mahnuid
(►f Malacca by a princess of Kt-hmtan. Ka ja. Muzafar. accord-
ing to this account, was brought u]> as ln'ir apparent of th*.'
throne of Mjilaeca, but was dis-inherited l»v his falher in
favour of Raja Ala-eddin, the sou <>f the Sultan's favourite
wife Tun Fatima. After the <leath of Snltau Mahmud
[Murhnin KfimjKtr' Raja Muzafar was turned out of the
countiT (Johor y) bv th(» Chiefs and went to Siak and thence
to Khuig. At Khuig h(» was found by a man of -' Manjong"
■Perak) bv whose iuHuence he was installed as Ra ia in Perak.

So far tin* -\IS. account, hut: this dors not agree either
with thu ^ijthui Ma 1(11/ It or with local tradition in P(.'rak.

ArcordiuLT to the S.'/ar,i Muhiij.'t ( Levden's translation,
p. -<»o) the tirst Sultan of I?erak was ''Tnn Viajet surnamed
Sri Maha Raia,"' wli(> was f(»rnierlv l)<ndahara of Johor and
'• wh«:» WHS originally a]»pninted Jtaja over Perak under the
'"title <'f Sultan MnzafarShah. Tie married th(^ IVincess of
"Perak and begot Sultan ^bmsur "7/o rritjuti (it j>rrsr}it.'^

The Johor origin of the IN.'rak Rajas is contirmed by tradi-
tion, though tin* inanuscri]>t before me uiakes the connection
rolliiteral only. After relating the installati(»n of Miizafar
Shall as Sultan in l^erak, the Perak historian ]irakesa digres-
si<»n to Johor, ex[>lains that Raja Ala-eddin (younger brother
of Muzafar Shah jiud son (»t! Sultan ^lahmud Shah of ]\Ia-
lacca' became Sultan of Johnr, and ixiv<'S a list <>f six Raias
who succeeded him that Kingdom. The roval line of Johor
ended I says the IN-rak manuserij)t) with "' Mffr/inui Mcmjhaf
di Kt'fa Tunjtji" and the sovereignty became vested in the
family of the Johor BOndahara.

186 NOTES ON TWO PEliAK MANUSCRIPT.

Returniiij^ to the first Rfija of Poralc, the chronicler, for-
p:ettin<jf that he has just stated that Muzafar Shah went to
Perak from Khxup:, makes Johor his starting; point after all.
'vHe begot a son named Raja Mansur, who remained at
" Johor wdien his father went to Perak, and who mari'ied a
'" sister of Mnrhom Bnklt (wife of Raja Jalil of Johor). Raja
" Muzafar Shall, wlieii he becanu^ Raja of Perak, establish-
" ed his (^iipital. at Tanah Abang, and after his death was
'' known as "' Murhom Tanah Ahamj:' Then Sultan Ala-eddin
" sent Raja Mansur and his wife to Perak, and they reigned
'^ there and established their capital at Kota Lama."

It is clear I think that tlie Perak historian was not satis-
fied with a Johor Bindahara as tlu^ progenitor of a line of
kings and has somewhat chimsily tried to adapt history to
the necessity of establishing a conneffion with the Royal
house of Malacca and thus obtaining for the Perak Rajas
tlie bene tit of an apocryphal descent from Alexander of
Macedonia.

The manuscript gives a few details regarding the rei<»ns
of twelve Perak Kajas commencing with Muzafar Shah (to
whose accession I. should b;* inclined to assi«»:n the date A.D.
looO) and ending with Mahmud Shah, in whose time the
Biigis invasion of Kedah (A.D. 1770) took place. The
average duration t>i" one reigu is about 1^) years. Two inva-
sions of Perak by the Achinese are recorded, both of Avhich
I'esulted in the defeat of the Perak Malays and the ca])tivity
of members of tin* Royal family and of various Chiefs. Tv/o
Buiris invasions are also mentioned.

An hllusiini whi<*h has a special interest for Europeans is
tin* mention of the I)utch factorv at Tanionir Putus in the Pe-
rak river, in the reigns of Sultan Lskander (about A. 1). \l^>i\\
and of his predecessor. Sultan Muzafar Shah (Mai'lioui Ifaji.)

No dales are given in this manuscript, l>ut it is possible
to sup]>ly them in some place's froui v*hat is known d' the
history of Adiin and JoIk^'. Perak u-ave Acliin one of her
juost famous kings, ^lansur Shah, whose ])eis<'vcring attacks
upon the PortugU(.'se in Malacca antimatter (»f authentic
historv. Crawfiud assiLTiis the > ear 15<)7 as the date of his
accession in Achin. TIk* Peralc rhronicler docs not mention
him l)v name, but in rtMatini:' the ev<'nts of the tirst Achini'se
invasion states thai the ehlesi son of the ]*erak king [Min-
hoiii Kota Lama) Avas among the captives and was taken by
the Queen of Achin as her husband. This was no doubt the

yOTES OX TWO PF.RAK MANrftrRIPTS. 187

well known Man.sur Shall. Tlio (Miruinstiiiicos of liis (loath
are not related, tliough iho Aehiuose iKtoouiit states that,
like many other kings of Aehin, he came to a violent end.
The author of the historical sketch under notice simply
** states that the King of Acliin went across to Perak to
*' amnse himself, and to visit his relations and to re-organise
*• the kingdom of Peiuk. Wlii^n In* returned from his A-isit
** to Peiuk and reached Kwala Acliih he died. The name
*' bv which he was known after his death was "' Sri Facia
Manghit di KwaJa,-^

The conclusion of this little work shews, I think, that it
was written out for oiie of the lat(^ Bandaharas of Perak, I
obtained it fi'om the late Raja Osman, the last Perak fir-n-
dahara. The final i)aragi*aph records how^ the office of
Bandahara, which had always been held by a Chief, was for
the first time vested in a Raja in the person of Raja Kechil
Muda the son of Sultan Mahmud Shah (Mnrhom Muda dl
Fiilo Btsar Indra Mnlia), In the words of the historian,
^' he took the title of Rnja. Bandahara Wakil aJ Snitan Wazir
** al Kahir and ruled over the countrv of Perak. He lived at
*• Sayong by the long sandy shore. After he had ruled
'* Perak for a long time he returned to the mercy of God
" most high and was knoAvn after his death as Murhom
'* SuyoH'f' dl Pa air Panjavff/^

The title of Raja Bandahara was first used in the tinu^ of
Sultan Iskandar {Mifrhoni Kahar) A.l). 1 75() — 1770.

The second manuscript is a historical work entitled "^ Ml^aJ
Malaiju^*'* or ''.-1// K.ianip/e fur Mahnjfi^^ which relates the
principal events of the reign of Sultan Tskandar of Perak
(Mnrhfp.it Kahar )^ of his immediate predecessors Sultans
Moliam.»d Shah and Muzafar Sliah and of his successor
Sultan Mahnuid Shah. Sultan Iskandar was Raja Muda dur-
iwj^ two reij?ns before he himself succeeded to the thront*.
His actual reign as Sultan lasted U\v fourteen years, but he
must lii»ve governed Perak dr. farfu for a vt^ry much longer
period. He seems to have l)e(Mi tht» strongest of the Perak
s<ivereigns and th(» days of MnrJinia Kahar are still si)oken
of in Perak as a kind of LToldcui aii:e, Avhen everything was
peaceful and pros[)<T<ms, when chiefs obeyed the Sultan and
the rvo(s f(>ll(>w<Hl tlieir chiefs clK^u'fullv.
• I *

The iiuthor of the Mi>ia/ 'Mahnjn was Raja Oholan, who
received! the title of llaja Krch'd ih^mr in the reign of Sultan
Muzafa4 Shah. He is remerabered in Perak bv the name (►!'

190 NOTES ON TWO PERAK 3IANUSCRirTS.

'' assembled nobles), for my part I cannot find it in my heart
'' to remain here any lon<^er, for it is distasteful to me to
*' have the royal dnim (uohat) sounded so near to the grave
'' of the late king. It is, therefore, my wish to remove
* ' from Brahman Indra/'

On the 17th October 1765, according to Dutch records, a
treaty was made between the Dutch East India Company
and '' Paduca Siry (Sri) Sultan Mohamed Shah, King
'' of Pera." It is interesting to tind in the Malay manus-
cript under notice an account of the negotiations wliich
led to this treaty and of the circumstances connected
with the signing of it. Even the names of the Dutch
officials are given ; baj^ely recognisable, it is true, in their
Malay rendering. The fact that the name oi the reigning
Sultan in the Malay nan-ation is Iskander Shah, while that
in the treaty is Mohamed Shah, need ]iot, I think, cast
a doubt on the veracity of thi* native account, for Euro-
peans are extrenn^y likely to have made a mistake about
native names. If the name wa^ Is/canihr Hhah hin Al
Mcrhvm Muhaiatd Shah, the mistake is easily accounted
for.

Iskander Shah fixed liis residence at Pulo Champaka Sri,
near Pasir Panjang on the Perak river, and dignified it, after
the manner of Malay Rajas, with a high-sounding Jiamc,
'* Fnlav Indra Salii/' Kling, Bugis, and Menangkabau tra-
ders are mentioned tis frequenting the new town and the
Chinese had a sei)arate quarter to themselves. In recording
the establislnnent of the new capital the histonan preserves
the following paiitnn conq)osed, he says, on the occasion:

Z^man Sultan Raja Iskaiidcr
Mt'Uibuat lu-gri di Pulo Chauipaka
Elok-nia i)okaii doiiji^uii bandar
T«»Dii)al da^iuii,' scntri ])t'rniai,M.
Mouihuat noj^ri di Pulo Champaka
Di urlar Pulo Indra Sakti
Daj^auj^ scntri datanj,' berniajLra
Kabawa duli b«»rbuat bakli.
Tuanku raja Sultan liskandir
Takhta di I*ul«» Indra Sakti
Endak nia jan;;au la;^'i di tsadar
Knat pun Kudah baj^i di hati.
Takhta di Pulo Indra Sakti
J)i Houibab t intra Sii ifii negi'i
Kuat piui Biidah bugi di hati
JBcrtoiubuh kabcbu-an-uiu i5'ahai'i-hai*i«

NOTES ON TWO PERAK MANUfcJCRlPT8. 191

To which he adds the following verso of his owu ;

Siiu^'ei Sin^kir solat b(jntiu*aug *
Kapitan Piilo Indra Sakti
Patt»k nen pikir daganjj^ T'^^^n koraii^
Xiat tji Hampei baj;ei ili luiti

A mission to India was one of ih(? principal events of
Iskandar Shah's reign and the despatch of a Kling trader,
named Tamhij Kachil^ to the Coroniandel Coast [hcmni Klutfj)
to persuade ship-owners to come to Perak to buy elephants,
his return with a ship, his enthusiastic reception and the
embarkation of the elephants are graphically described. But
the royal amusements and ceremonies r(»ceive much more of
the authors attention than incidents <>f this kind. They
are relieved here and there by enlivening touches, as when we
read, on the occasion of a public rejoicing when all nationali-
ties shared in the general festivities, that '* the Dutch went
*'throu<rh their exercises with muskets and blunderbuses
*'and the Chinese musical instruments were exceedinglv
*' niuuerous and sound(Ml like the noise of frogs i]i a pond
*• when rain is just commencing to fall."*

In another place '* the Pangliuia of Larut'" is described as
presenting himself before the Sultan at Sayong *' with
""all his followers { Saliti.)^ ])eople of Bukit (Tantang and
'" people of Penkalan and Perniatang, an excec^lingly large
'" number," an allusion to localities which have become well
*' known of late vears.

An expedition which Sultan Iskander made to the mouth
of the Perak river is celebrated in a long form which takes
up a number of pages in the latter part of the book. To
have descended the river to the sea was evidently a feat of
no small magnitude for a Raja of Perak of those days and
was accordinj^lv immortalised in a iittiu<:c manner. It is too
long, kowever, for translation here, and too diffuse for
extracts.

Aft<.'r a reign of fourteen years Sultan Iskander died and
received the i)Ostliumous title of ^' Mnrhnm Kamhar-vllah.''
He was succeeded by Sultan Mahnuid Shah of whos<? reign
a short account if given, and with whose death and the
accession of Sultan Aladin the chronicle ends. In his time
the Raja of Sclangor visited Perak and is stated to have
received the nobai^ the limijnia of royalty, and the title of
SultCih Saladvi from the Perak sovereign, ThQ Ml^i

192 NOTES ON TWO PEEAK MANUSCRIPTS.

subsequently visited Salangor and was escorted back as far as
Kwala Bemam by the newly created Eaja.

A Bugis invasion of Kedab,* which is no doubt that sick-
en of by English writers as having occurred in the year
1770, is then described by the Perak historian in the follow-
ing passage.

"It is related that a certain Bugis Chief, one Eaja Haji,
whom people called Pangeraii, came from Rliio to Salan-
gore, the reigning sovereign of that kingdom being a rela-
tion of his. There he concerted measures for an attack
upon Kedah and stopped at Perak on his way. He cast an-
chor just below the Dutch fort and the Dutchmen were a
good deal alarmed when they saw his numerous his vessels
were. He gave out that he wanted to see the Eaja of Pci*ak,
so the Laksamaua and the Shahbandar went up the river to
Pulo Besar Indra JUvlia and presented themselves before
the Sultan with the intelligence that the Pangeran had ar-
rived with the Eaja of Salangore and had anchored below
the Dutch fort and that he wanted an audience with His
Highness. They said that he had a great number of prahus,
one hundred and twenty sail, more or less, and asked for
His Highness instructions as they had heard that the strang-
er meditated some evil design upon the kingdom of Perak.
Then the King said *' Let him come up the river. 1 have
no fear or apprehension.'' At the same time His Highness
ordered that all his nobles and wamors and men-at-arms
should be collected and fully equipped witli their weapons
and accoutrements. Wlien tliev were all assembled at Pn/o
Besar Indra Mulia^ the Pan<iferan came up the river and
as far up as Telok Panadah the river was crowed with his
vessels from bank to bank. Then His Hii^rhness said " Be-
ing up the Prugrran to see me." So he was led up by the
Laksamana and the Shahbandar and entered the presence
of Sultan Mahmud Shad with the King of SMangor. And
whom he looked upon the face of the Sultan he was seized
with great fear and alarm, which was increased when he

* Murhom Kiunj^an of Kodah hud two In-othciK and ye vend Nephews who
thought themselves injured ]>y the ehH-tion of AhdiUlah (son of the JSnltan
by a sliive ^irl) to the succession. In the year 1770 they raised a rebellion
and brought the people of Selangor and Perak to their assistance. They
entered Kedah but finding the people did not join them they bunied Alors-
tur, then a very flowrishing town, and at the Kwala t^)ok several of the
Coast vessels an<l carried off a considerable deal of plan<ler. The old King
was so much enraged that be forbatl them ever returning to the country.
The disappointed Princes returned to Salangore where they died in want
fijid misary. Capi. Light in Anderton'i Considerations ; p. 153.

(See also Nevbold Vol II. p. Q.

jroTES ox TWO ?t:t?ar MAyrscpiPTfi. 193

gaw the grandonv of His Iliffhiioss ami tlio proparations of
the warriors. Af tor that he ceasod to oiitertain any f urtlier
evil intentions against thi? sovereign of Perak,

When the Raja of Selangor (»row<l h»av<» to <lepart in
order to accompany his relation the Pan<rerau in tlie invasion
Ketlah, Snltan Mahnind Sliali s*Mit liis yonnj^est brother
Rajii Kechil Bongsii witli the former. And KtMlali was de-
feated and then the invaders returned each io his own eoun-
trv."

This is the hist event recorded in the rtMgn of Malimud
Shah, whose death occurred after he had reiprued (»ight years
in Peiak. His successor was Sultan Ahi-eddin Mansur Shah,
with a catalogue of whose virtues the history closes. It was
probably concluded in his reign about on<? hundred years ago.

Though they abound with oriental exaggeration and the
moat tedious recapitulation, and though historical data are
«1isappointingly scarce, these are not without some interest.
and value, as I think the extracts wliicli I have given will
sliew. It is satisfactory to have any writen account at all
of the Perak Rajas (m piu'ely native authority an<l the gene-
ral accuracy of the JfimI Afahiyu has been borne out,
wherever possible, by a foniparis(>n of th<' facts related in it
with accounts of the same evtMits obtained from Europetan
sources. I could wish that it were in my power to lay befon*
the Society translations of the manuscripts of wiiich T have
here given a bri»*f sketch, for there an* now oi)])ortuniti(»s
for annotating the test by rctVrence to local traditions, and
i»f getting explanati(>ns about various custoinsand ceremonies
of the Perak Malays, which will diminish a,s civilization extends
and as the days of Malay rule recede further into the past.
But on the present occasion I must content myself with
thiij short Summary, which has been very hastily drawn ui>
and which professes to be notliing more than a general
description of tin* only Perak histories I have y«*t seen.

THE METALLIFEROUS FORMATION OF THE

PENINSULA.
By D. D. Daly.

Rend at a Meetlnff held on the 2nd Septemhe)\ 1878.

The principal object of this paper is to direct attention
to and invite information about the primary mineral deposits
in this Peninsula, and from personal observation, I have
formed a theory- regarding its origin, which I would humbly
advance.

We are aware that gold, tin, and galena have been a source
of export from the peninsula for some centuries, and that
the early Portuguese and Dutch settlers used to return to
their contries with rich cargoes of those precious metals.
Some of the workin^fs that were active in the last centur\'
are still yielding valuable results ; others were abandoned on
account of the extortion and oppression of native princes,
others from the alluvial washings and shallow leaders having
"' run out."

A different order of things exists at th(j present day;
chemistry, geology, and steam liave as in other countri(\s con-
verted obsolete mines into valuable properties, and if the
same services are applied to the Malay Peninsula the coun-
try might become rich and prosperous.

It would appear that the Malay Peninsula Avould be a
vast uninhabitable jungle, were it not that the interior }i(»lds
rich g^>ld and tin alluvial deposits on either side of the range
of hills that form the back-bone of the country. These
deposits, crushed and washed down by nature from their
onginal rocky bed, have attracted large numbers of C'hiin^se
miners for many years, and on their industry (for the Malay
miners are in a very inferir»r minority) the Revenue and [H'os-
perity of the Peninsula in a great measure^ depend. A )>art
from political and protective pur[)Oses. It Avould appear to
be a question whether the Native States wen* Avorth intei'fer-
ing about the tin not exist.

TEX XETALLXFESOtTB f OBUATIOir OF TRfi PElTIKSULii. 195

The soil is generally of a very poor description. With the
exception of a few patches of good limestone country, it is
a granite formation of recent date, slowly undergoing decom-
position, and as yet quite unable to cope with the rich loams
of such countries as Cuba or Java. Malays do not grow
sufficient rice for their own consumption and with the
exception of consumption tin, nearly all that comes under
the title of "' Straits i)roduce," comos from other countries,
and merely rests at Singa]x^rp and other ports for tranship-
ment. Tho tin produce, and the consequent importation of
Chinese miners, Ixnng so essential to the prosperity of the
country, I have ^^athered together a few notes, made during
exploring expeditions, with a view to ascertain the root, di-
rection, and source from whence these alluvial deposits are
shed.

Starting from Tanjong Tohor, a few miles S. E. of the
Moar River, a line in a northerly direction would pass at
first throuijh the old gold workings of Tanjong Tohor and
the neighbouring hills of Bukit Formosa, thence to the gold
leaders of Chindras, Mount Ophir and the River Krsang
and to the extensive tin deposits of the Kcsang and the
eastern lx)undary of tht* Malacca Territor}', There is no
doubt in my mind that Chindras is or. a spur or leader from
the main reef, the gold being found in pockets or nests ; but
gold leaders are often richer than the main reef, and if the
enterprising Directors of tho defunct Chindras Company
had sunk deeper than they did (their d(»epest shaft being
only about 100 feet they might have reached a more com-
pact body of stone.

I would shew a piece of tin ore that was got at Chin-Chin,
on a tributary of the river K.-aaui^ liere the tin is firmly
inbedded in a pieee of rock that was t'ornierly granite and
has be^-n Biibjeet to volcanic influences. The leader from
which this was picked up cannot be far from the line of the
lode which I believe to exist in a direction show by the red
line on this ilap. Diverging from the northerly line and
strikincr in a N. E. direction, the rich alluvial deposits of
gold, all tine steam gold are reached on the Si^gamet River,
a valuable river in johor where every facility would be given
by His Highness the Maharaja to Europeans to open up
mines and whose letters to native rajas wore most serviceable
to me when I went across the Peninsula to Pahang.

Still in a northerly direction, the tin-mines of PenHrek
and Jurapol are reached thence to the tin-mines of Sunge

THS KETALlIFEHOra FOHMATION OF THK PEKIirSUli.

Nipa, ft tributary of a large river the Simo;ei Triang thence
to Saiigei Krndbus wliere both tin and gold are found,
thenoe to Jelei, a gold district.

Striking off in a N. N. E. direction to the Sunpei Lui, a
tributarj' of tbi> Pahang River, gold is found in deep alluvial
deposits ill large quantities, but the Bi'tidahilm of Pahang
will not allow Europeans to visit this place, and prevents the
Chinese from introducing nia<?hinery, so that the gold ia
moat impert'ectlj worked. The Malays in that district told
me, that they got gold at the bottom of wells, that were
dug, in bunches and nests ; and the gold, after the dirt ia
crushed aud washed iu a rude way with peatle and mortar,
is brought up in a cocoanut shell aud must be sold to the
Buudaliflra of Pahang, The market price, when I was iu the
country, was 522 a bungkal. but the gold ia frequently smug-
gled over the range into S^liingor where the Chinese gold- ,
smiths give ^2 a bunkel and in SingupiDre the same gold ^
ranea in price from $35 to ^40 a bungkal.

I have so far pointed out some of the gold and tin-mioes
to the Eastward of the dividing range of the Peninsula, and
regarding the Westward side, I may say that the whole of"
the flat country at the foot of the range is a rast brokett'
allurial deposit of tin some 250 miles in length and ranging'
from one to 12 miles in width and again winding to thft:
Northwest to Tongkah and up to British Burmah.

With respect to the gold on the Westward aide of thft
range, there are only two places to my knowledge that pro-'
dace gold with the tin, namely Kanching in Sillflngor ami
the Batang Padang District in Perak; that is that produce
gold in sufficient ([uautities, to make a protit on the expenses
of sepaniting it from the lin. Keturning to the gold mines of
Ulu Suiigei Lui and proceeding in a straight line to Capa
Patani in a N, N. W, direction, the gold mines of Kliaa]
Mas are crossed on the Suiigei Li;bih, which ia a tributary (T"
the KClantan River, and on the same bearing some Galeni
mines are in full working order on the Ki'lantan ^ver.i
Gold and tin are known to exist in the interior of TrOnggAni
but tbe protective policy ot the Trfngano and Killanf
rajas precludes the examination aud proper working
European machinery of the valuable deposits that have beei
known to exist for so long. The Sultans of these countrie
are afraid of the raJM and are completely in their power ; bill
as they are tributary to Siam, and as the Siamese Einga

THE MSTALLItSBOUS FOBMATIOM OF THE PENINSULA. 197

progressive in developing the resources of their own coun-
try, I have no doubt the proper credentials from Bangkok,
wotQd enable a European to enter and work these valuable
mines on an economical and more profitable system.

Pursuing the same N. N. W. line, the gold mines of Klian
Has on the Teluphin Eiver, and the Galena mines at Palu
are reached, as well as other gold deposits in Patani, and this
would lead to the terminus of the supposed matrix of the
metalliferons deposits.

I stop at Cape Patani as the country further to the W.
and N. W. is not remarkable for the precious metals, al-
though coal has been found in the Isthmus of EIra.

I have shewn by a red line on this plan the approximate
position of the main-reef which I believe to exist in the
JPeninsula; and besides the fact of the numerous alluvial
mineral detrita and disconnected leaders that exist to the
Eastward and Westward of the same there are other geolo-
gical reasons that would support the theory. I need hardly
state that one of the first laws of Geology is that all soils
are disintegrated from rock, and an agriculturist coming to
a new country can make a very fair guess as to the nature
of the soil on being informed of the nature of the rocks.
So it is for the miner, — given the nature, set, direction and
dip of various strata, he will tell whether the country is
metalliferous or not ; and it was by means of this chain of
reasoning that Sir Roderick Murchison prophesied the disco-
very of the gold fields of Ballarat, and thence a line of rich
gold country to the Northward through Queensland, and
other islands, to the north of Australia. And it is by studying
and following up the wise precepts of that illustrious Geolo-
gist that we may deduct similar conclusions in new countries.

It is in examining the metamorphic rocks that the greatest
geological discoveries have been made ; and in tho Malay
Peninsula, these rocks in higher elevations and in regions
that have been disturbed by plutonic causes, are remarkable.

Both gold and tin belong exclusively to the older formation,
and both are found in veins of quartz origin imbedded gen-
erally between the granite on one side, and slate or micaceous
layers or sandstones on the other, and these places occur to
my knowledge in several parts in the Peninsula.

During an exploring expedition with a view to fixing the
Boondanes between Ferak and Siamese territory^ and ia

Ids THE METALLIFEROUS F0BMAT105 OF THE PENINSULA.

crossing a range of hills, I came upon different parts of the
country, where the slate formation cropped up with a very
flight dip out of the perpendicular, close to the granite, gfnd
which reminded me very forcibly of similar formations in the
gold-bearing districts of Australia.

On enquiry, the Malays stated there had been gold allu-
vial deposits at the base of these hills, and that there were
still some Chinamen washing stream-gold. I obtained some
of the gold in dust, and it presented a coarse, scaly appear-
ance which evidently showed that it had not travelled far
after having been shed from the matrix ; and confirmed an
opinion that I had formed that all the mineral deposits of gold
and tin in the Malay Peninsula are a recent granite or mi-
caceous detritus.

These detrital deposits might be followed up by an ex-
ploring prospecting party, armed with boring tools ; and by
boring through the quartz veins that pierce the granite, the
original lode or valuable leaders might be uncovered.

I am informed that there are two places, namely Ulu
Slini on the borders of Sclangor and Perak, and the Batang
Padang District in Perak, where the tin is found in large
blocks of stone which are rolled down the hill side. These
must be very close to the main lode and would be good start-
ing points for a prospecting party.

The Chinaman is given to gambling, and a large population
of Chinese indulge their taste in seeking out patches of allu-
vial tin, moving along the base of the hills from place to
place, and gaining a very uncertain amount of success. This
state of things will continue until the original lode is searched
for, when the reckless speculation in alluvial gold and tin will
be succeeded by a more certain and legitimate system of min-
ing, and the prosperity of the Malayan Peninsula will rest
on a more solid basis.

SUGGESTIONS REGAKDING A NEW MALAY

DICTIONARY.

By the Hon'blk C. J. Irving.

Read at a Meeting hdd on the dlh Decinnher, 1878.

As has been announced, I am desirous tluM eveninj^ of
invitingf discussion in regard to a question Avliicli must be, 1
think, of considerable interest to many of the members :
-irhether it is desirable that this J^ociety should undertake,
or promote, and if so in what manner or to what deii^ree, the
publication of a Work in the natun* of a Dictitmary of the
Malay language, to take the phice of, or to be sui)plementary
to, the Dictionaries which exsist at present.

The name, Malaya^ which has betMi iidoptod to denote the
countries to which the rest^arclies of this society are, gene-
rally speakin<;, limited, is in itS(»Jt' an indicatioji of thr im-
portance which attaches to the Malay olcment in the popula-
tion : and however «ifreat mav be the intt^rest attacliinj' to
the language and habits of the f<>i*(ngn settlers vvh(» liav<»
reached these countries, from China or from India, within
recent times, or to the language and habits (n the scanty
remnants of the races who seem to have been the aboriginal
possessors of the soil — 1 think that it will gemn*ally be felt
that in the ethnological and philolo;;ioal divisions of the
Societv's researches, it is the Malav race, the Malav lan^nia w,
Malay hist-or}-, literature, and civilization, that should hold
the centml and dominant position.

And as regards the language I think that Malay has not
merelv this relative stroni;- claim on our attention, but that
absolutely and intrinsically it presents a Held for enquiry
which is very well worth the trouble of exploring. The
primitive element of the language, including the bulk of its
vocabulary and its methods of construction, is interesting as
the speech of a race whose remote ancestors may have lived
in these regions " dibawah angin,'^ to the leeward that is of

200 StJaOE&TIOKS SEGABDIKO A NEW HALAT DlCTIOKABT.

Sumatra aud Ja\ra, since the time that the shallow seas were
a continent, and a river of Sumatra ran between Singapore
and the Mainland ; the speech of a race that has been ima-
gined to be nearer perhaps than any other to the type from
which the greatly varying races in different parte of the
globe have diverged. Then the words of almost pure Sans-
krit embodied in the language are interesting as pointing
to the nature and remoteness of the origin of the civilization
which was still flourishing 300 or 400 years ago, and of which
traces are still remaining. Again the Arabic element, the
vocabulary of Eeligion, is evidence of the work of those early
Mohammedan Missionaries, who have impressed their mark
so deeply on the national character, but of whose work there
is otherwise scarcely more record than there is of that of
the Sanskrit-speaking nobles who introduced the vocabulary
of dominion into the language far back in pre-historic ages.

The language then being recognized as being in itself
worthy of study, and the study as taking a high place
amongst the objects with the prosecution of which this
society has charged itself, the importance of the question
which I have desired to introduce becomes apparent. For a
Dictionary is the shape, the only possible shape, in which
the great bulk of what is known in regard to a language
can be arranged. It is the form in which the original
student naturally and inevitably arranges his newly acquired
knowledge ; and it is the form in which knowledge acquired
by original research, is made easily accessible to successive
students.

The original student observes and records to a great
extent, I fancy, in obedience to what one may call the
student's instinct, and without any very definite idea of the
use to "v^'hich his records may ultimately be put, and in this
way I believe that it will be found that among those who
have given their attention to the Malay language of late
years a very considerable mass of information indeed has
been accumulated beyond what has appeared in any of the
existing Malay Dictionaries. The information lies at present
scattered in private note-books, and if nothing is done to
collect and preserv^e it, the chances are that it will be lost ;
as no doubt many a valuable collection of similar notes has
been lost in the course of the 60 or 70 yccars that have elapsed
since the publication of Marsden's Dictionary.

That it would be desirable to collect, collate, and verify
all such scattered notes as may be existing, and to record

irroaxBTXon begabdxko a new halat dictiokabt. 201

them in some permanent shape, will not I think be disputed ;
but as to what the exact shape and scope of the work should be,
there will naturally be differences of opinion, and it is upon
this point in especial that I am desirous of eliciting discus-
aion. Naturally one's first idea is to take up the work on
the largest and fullest scale, and produce a Dictionary which
should incorporate with our new matter the whole of what
has already appeared in the works of Marsdeu, Crawf urd,
Pavre and others. But before embarking on a work of such
magnitude it is well to count the cost beforehand in money
and labour, lest we put our hands to a task we are unable to
carry tlirough. My present impression is that instead of an
entirely new Dictionary, our work should take the form of
a supplement on appendix to Marsden's admirable work. In
this way the cost and labour of the undertaking would be
Yery greatly reduced; and the method would have the
advantage of keeping our new work, which we cannot hope to
be perfect, distinct and separate, and so conveniently present-
ed for criticism and future revision. Then again as we cannot
expect the work to be perfect as far as it goes, so neither can
we expect that it will be complete and final. It would not be
advisable to let the work drag on indefinitely, in the hope of
producing a work which should contain the last word on the
subject. A moderate time, say a couple of years, should I think
be fixed within which the whole of our avjiilable material
should be worked up; and if this were thrown into the slia])n
of a supplement to Marsden's work, ilie collation ami
incorjwration of the two might wvy properly, 1 think, be
left to our successors.

Supposing then the form resolved upon for ihe work to be
such as I have ])roposed, it remains to consider iho arrange-
ments bv which the necessary materials would b(» most
conveniently collected and bnm^rlit into sha.])e, and here
there are several methods that o])vionslv snirirest themselves.
The first is to make a detailed comparison of tin* words
contiiined in the other existinjjf Dictionaries with those fjiven
in Marsden's, Jind prepare lists of those which do not appear
in the latter. This would of course b(ia somewhat laborious
task, but less so than would ])ossibly be imagined it it were
undertaken by persons having a tolerably extensive acquain-
tance with the Malay vocabulary. To any one having such
an acquaintance there would b(* but little difficulty, I think,
in running down the pag<'s of Cra^vfurd and Favre, and
putting a provisional mark against all the words in regard
to which it would be proper to look and see whether they

202 SUOGESTIONS BEOABDING A NEW MALAY DICTIONABY.

were in Marsden or not. The words so marked could then
be looked up in Marsden, and those not found there could
be finally marked as words to be included in the contemplated
supplement, of course this would be a troublesome task, but
if it were divided amonsT half a dozen or even fewer
coUaborateurs, it would be done, I think, within a quite
moderate time. With quasi-mechanical work of that descrip-
tion it is astonishing liow much can bo done in a year tit an
expenditure of an hour a day.

Anotlier method of collecting the desired material is the
one which I have already indicated, — by persons takinji^ notes
oil new words which they may li<^ht upon in the course of
their readin^if. t have myself notes of nearly 1,000 words
taken froui the Hikayat Abdullah alone which I wiis unable
to find in Mai'sden ; and as I have already stated T believe
that there are considerable collections of similar notes in
other hands.

A third method, and one by which very interestinj]^ results
are likely to be obtained, would b;:' by the collection of notes
taken of words mot with in convtM'sation and the names of
natural objects, such as various kinds of plants, animals,
etc., as ascertained by enquiry from the natives.

So far I have dealt with tlio m liter in regard to the mere
collection of now Avords ; bur [ nood searcolv sav that iov
the purposos for whio.li a Malay Dictionary is required a
more " Avord l)(K)k '' would be ot" very little value. In regard to
cortain classes of v>^)rds iridcod, it m-iv sufHce to know sini;>lv
the Engli.sli equivalent of ilie Malay word. When for
oxaiui)!*' vou llav^•^jai;l ih:it *• kuda"* nioaiis '" horsi^'* and that
'' puroli" nioariM *• while/' you liav«' said ])orha.ps all tha.t: a
lJiL'iii)narv ne^'d trli. Uut a^ri roi^Mrds a. vast ininibcM' of words
the know UMl<4*e of lh«^ luiiv* <M|!jlvah'nt. English word iiolps
yon bui littio, nnh'ss von a;'.* shewn ijy Sv»nio apt example
hinn the It',, I'll i.^ u.<cif. ili»\v important this point is, is shewn
hy the ^lilVervSit fate ot" CravrtiinVs Dietionary and that of
his pri'd-'crssor ^Marsden. Notwithstanding the perhaps
greater fullness of CraAvfnr.rs vooabuiary, it stands for the
most pjirt unused on Mn» slndi', while Marsden is in continual
refiuisition bv the student, who everv time that ho looks out
a w<»rd adds, not nnToly a single \%\n\\ to his vooabulary, but
some a[)t expression, some naturally framed sentence to his
knowledge oi the language.

girOOE8TtON8 RCOARDIXG A TStRW MALAT DICTIONARY. 203

It shoTid therefore I think be in the nature of an instruc-
tion to contributors to our proposed work, — in every case to
give something more than the mere English equivalent of
the Malay word. Even in the case of the most definite
objects, or the most unambiguous qualificatives, a few
illnstrative words might be conveniently and advantageously
given.

But even when the words with their illustrative sentences
have been provided, the work will not be complete if we are
to keep up to the high standard held up in Marsden's ad-
mirable work. The derivations of the words so far as they
are not pure Malay origin should be stated ; at any rate so
far as they come from Sanskrit and Arabic sources. Then
again as regards objects of Natural History the Scientific
names of the objects should as far as possible be given.

I think I have said enough to shew that the work if it is
to be undertaken with the intention that it shall be worthy
of connection with that to which I have proposed that it shall
be supplementary, will be a laborious and a complex one :
and it is one therefore which should not be undertaken
rashly or unadvisedly, or without due consideration as to how
far the force and materials at our disposal will be sufficient
for the undertaking. So far as I can judge the materials
are likely to be ample ; nor '8 there likely to be any lack of
the requisite knowledge of >vi'itten and vernacular Malay.
Whether we have among us the requisite knowledj^e of Sans-
krit, Arabic, and the other languages required for tracing
out the derivations of the exotic words which have been in-
corporated in the language, or how if not, our deficiencies
in these respects might best be supplied, would be a point
which would require careful consideration. As regards the
scientific nomenclature I have little doubt but that among
the gentlemen connected with our Museum and the Botani-
cal and Zoological Gardens the necessary information would
readily be forthcoming.

I have thus given a sketch shewing the scope of the work
as it has grown up in my mind, and I have only to add a few
words as to the way in which it might be canned out. And
here I think it might be desirable before pledging ourselves
as it were to the scheme, to make an experiment on a cer-
tain definite portion of it. For example the word commen-
cing with Alif would constitute (if one may judge from
the numbers in Marsden) about -j^th of the whole. Here
would be distinct and manageable portion of tlie YiOTk,

206 ETHKOLOOICAL EXCUBSIOKS IN T^i! HALA.Y PfiNlKSULA.

One day's journey brought me from TeriMn (a Malay
Settlement) to the rivulet Bicko (an affluent of the Batu
Pahat). From here I again turned eastwards to the rivulet
Lebuj which (changing its name several times) flows into
the Sanibrau River. Throughout the journey I met with
numerous Oraiig Vtan, From the Sambrau, a tributary of
the Indau I reached the Sea.

This wandering from the mouth of the Muar River had
taken 30 days. From liere I returned into the interior of
the Country, and following the course of the rivers Kahan
and Made (affluents of the Sambrau) I again met with a
considerable number of Orang Utan. Following the course
of the river Johor (a district where Chinese have settled in
great numbers, I came to Sclat-Tobrau and to Johor-Bharu,
the residence of the Maharaja of Johor. This was my excur-
sion through Joliore (December 1874? — February 1875) on the
results of which I have already reported (1).

I began the second journey (June to October) by following
the old course up to the point where the Sambrau disem-
bogues into the Indau. From thence however I turned
westward up the stream of the river Indau, passing the
Bukit Janin (also called Gnnonf/ Indau) and in this trip I
again met with many Orany Ufau.

In consequence of the boundary disputes between the
Bandahara of Pahang and the Mabaraja of Johor, which
have lasted several years,. I was obliged in order to meet
the Bandahara, to turn seawards and go to Fikan where he
resides. From this place I followed the course of the im-
portant river Vahamj up to its tributary the Tamileu, Here,
a^ also in the mountains on the frontier of Paliang, Tring-
ganu and Kalantan I met with the unmixed Melanesian Popu-
lation, the Oramj Sakai ; and further up too on the rivulet
Are^uj (an alfluent of the River Lebe) 1 had opiX)rtunities of
observing a number of them on different occasions. In this
district, at the boundary of Paliang and Kalantan, west of
the Rivers Tamileu and Jjcbe, there is, as I believe, the high-
est mountain of the Peninsula, which is called Gunonq
Tahan, Around this mountain, and also further west to-
wards Perak as well as northward towards Kedah and
Singgoro there is a district in which there exists on the

(I) S. ^atuurkundig Tijdschrift voor N Indie. Theil 35— 3 AbL— Pag 250-

XTHNOLOOICAL EXCUBSIONS IN THE MALAT PEKINBULA. 207

monntains and in the woods, as yet undisturbed, the remnant
of the aboriginal Melanesian inhabitants. (2).

To be able to continue my journey, that is to say in order
to get men to go with me, I had again to return nearly to
the mouth of the Kalantan river, to Kota Bahaini, the re-
sidence of the Bajah of Kalantan (3).

From here I returned into the mountains and after hav-
ing passed the countries of the petty Malay Princes of ief/</e,
of 8cui (or Diringo) of Jambu and of liwmeni^ (nearly crossing
the Peninsula a second time) I came to Jwrovi^ a temporiiry
residence of the Rajah of Rumen. Here, through constantly
making inquiries, and letting no opportimity slip, I met with the
Orang Sakai several times. Through Jalor I reached the mouth
of the river Patani and the residence of the Rajah of Patani.

Making a fourth zigzag inland I again passed the terri-
tory of the Siamese princes, the Rajahs of Todi&tfy Teba and
Tschetia and arrived at Siivjc/oro the first important non-
European town of the Peninsula, the residence of a Siamese
Prince, or more correctly of a Siamese Governor. On the way
I was informed, that on the hills, l^ptween which I tra-
velled, there are to be found not a few unmixed Melanesian
tribes, who are called here Oranrj Scmnntj ; of these I how-
ever saw but two captured boys, in the house of the Rajah
muda of Singgoro. Here I most positively heard from
Malays and Siamese, that (►n the way to Li<ior, in the
mountains of Madelon, there is to be found a not inconsider-
able population of Orami Semainj. The wet season, having
begun (early in October) my further journey, which I had
pr<^l)08ed to continue to Banglcok, was interrupted. Along
a line broad road I ]>roeeede(l to Kotta Sta, the residence of
the (4) Yamtuan of Keilah, where I broke off my journey in
the Malay Peninsula. On my way back to Singapore I
visited the mission to the Orantr Mantra near Malacca.

i'l) Thi3 diritrict and tho (Tuno:i<^ Tahtiu arc not only anthropolojjfically
interesting on account of th(^ Oran;^ Sakai : there i.s another circumstance
which, ae its proWbility cannot ho donicl, makes this district worth a visit.
1 heard it positively maiintain(?d )»y many Mahiys and Oranj^ Sakai that a
very large Ape (<yille<l there Brn) lives in the woo<ls around and upon the
Gunong Tahan. It is sai<l to )»(• <^f Lj^n-ater lieighl than a man and is much
feared. It will bo the task of a Zo;)l(i^i.-;t who is not afniid of fatigue to in-
({iiire into the correctness oi tlii-; rumour. I am very willing to place at the
dinposal of any s<:ientiti(* traveller who will undertake the tasl: all the oh-
seryations I have made upf»n the country and tho people in the neighbour-
horxl of the Gunong Tahan.

(3) The following K ija^, a< also the Yamtu in (Sultan) of Tringganu. the
Raja of Kalantan, an<l the Yamtuan of Kedah are tributary to the Kiiig
of Siam.

(4) An abbreviation and corruption of the words Yang^d i-pcrtuan or S\iU».ii.

208 STHKOLOGICAL XXCUSSIOKS IN THE MALAY PEKINStJLA.

MELANESIAN TRIBES IN THE INTERIOR OF THE

MALAYAN PENINSULA.

The Okang Sakai and the Orang Semang.

(Opinions op Authors). — As I have pointed out already
in my first comumnication (5) our information respecting
the tribes in the interior of the Peninsula was very contra-
dictory and therefore little reliable. With respect to the
Orang Sakai and the Oraruj Semang we had the same contra-
dictory information ; thus, for instance, Low^ who had seen
them, says of the Sakai that their complexion does not diifer
from that of theMalays (6). Of the Oining Semang Newbold
says, that they are scarcely different from the Jakuns or
the Orang Utan of Johor who have almost a Malayan ap-
peaiunce. (1).

I decidedly disagree with these statements, though I have
no doubt, that these gentlemen, who as noticed already, had
known personally individuals of the respective tribes, made
their observations accurately. The explanation of this is
to be found in the fact that there are cross-breeds between
the Orang Sakai and the Malays and that some (jf them
exhibit a Malayan type ; and as in consequence of this blood
relationship they are more closely connected with the Ma-
lays and are therefore more frequently to be met with
in the Malay Kampongs tlie above-named gentlemen, who
had made no exursions into the interior, took these cross-
breeds for representatives of the pure type. Logan (8)
thoujrh ditferin<r from some others, savs, that the Oran;r

OCT ^ » ' O

Semang are certainly Ncf/ritos, but he calls them a mixed race.
According to my experience I must declare this also tu be
incorrect.

From my own experience and observations 1 liave come to
the conclusion, that the Oram/ i^ahti and the ()r(nri ScnmtKj

5 MH'f'ho M'irJiitj. Ethnoloj^isoh" Excursion in Johor. Naluurkundi;;.
'rij.lrfrlirift, 'J'li. x\xv, pti^-. IJ.'^O.

<» •'Thi'ir complexion <l<»jrf no! <iilT«M' fioin tliiit of th«' !il«»uivs." 'Vhv Seniau""
and Sakai ti*il»e.s of tin* Maluy PoninsuUi. by Lifnf, c'--'. .hti.'W^ L<ni\
Journal of the Indian Archipclai^^o mi'l Kasl<-rn Asia vol. iv. \k>-j;" l'2\h

7 '/'. J. N»:?r6o^/, J^>liti«;al and SI itiritiril Mccounl of thv Hritish ouUl*.'-
monts in the Straiti of Malacca, ls:j'J, i)axc 377.

8 Logan. Tho Journal of thu ludiau Aix-hipeUigo aud E:iijtorn Asia,
vol vU. p. 31 3'J,

STHHOLOQICAL EXCUBRIOyS IK TItE MALAY PEKINBUIJL. 209

are tribes of the same stock, that further, in their physical
kabitiM and in respect of huigiiage they are closely connected
with each other and represent a pure unmixed branch of the
Melanesian race ; anthropologically therefore they a,bso-
Intely differ from the Malays. The Melanesian tribes of the
Malayan Peninsula cliiefly because of the form of their skull
which has a tendency to be Brachycephalic, approach the
ne^itos of the Philippines, and like the latter they do not
differ vety widely from the Papuan tribes of New Guinea.

AwTHROPOLooTCAii NoTEs. — The accompanying plates (TI.
and II r.) give a more coiTect idea of the appearance*
and the physiognomy of the Ornnff Sakni and the Orann
Sevanvp than a long written description. In this prelimi-
nary commuiiication I shall merely give some of my obaen'a-
tions upon tlioso parts of the body which are of im^wrtance
in deciding the anatomical position of the rac(*.

HKiCrHT. — Early marriages, a miserable mod(» of existence,
and frequent want of food liave certainly mad(» their mark
upon the whole structure of tlu* body in these tribes, and
therefore weak, undersized individuals abound ; though
there are exceptions, well-formed and good-looking men
being not unc^^mmou. The size of full grown Oramj Sakaly
according to 25 measurements, varied among the men
from 1450 m. m. to 1G20 m. m. and among the w^omeu from
1400 m. m. to 1480 m. m.

The skull of the Onivq Sahai and the Orahcj St'mnnfj is
Mesocephalic with a distinct tendtMicy towards being, Bra<;hy-
cephalic. The index of breadth varied between 74 and 84
according to 24 measurements. This variation was in the
following proportions with respect to sex and age.

Sakai men (9) the \m\ox of breadth varied from 74 — 82
„ women (9) „ „ „ , ,, 7') — 84

„ children (G) „ „ „ „ 74 — 81

Hair. — The hair of the ;>//>• fianf/ orang Sakai (Plate IT.
fimire 5) curls vcrv closely 2 — 1- m.m. in diameter and forms a
ctmipact mass not standing u]) from tin* head to any great
defiTf^e. I also found h(»re, as on the West Coast of New
(iuinea and in the eastern, Moluccris, that the hair is a good
mark C)f purity of descent. Crossing is immediately sho^vn
by the curling becoming less close.

The henrd is also much curled, though neither it nor the
hair on the otht^r parts of the body is so closely cwrledastW

210 ETHKOLOGIOAL EZCT7B8IOK8 IN THE MALAY PENIN8T7LA.

hair of the head. The hair is of a dark shade. Besides the
closely curled individuals, who form the main element of
the unmixed Orang Sakai and Orang Semang not a faw
cross-breeds of different grades are to be found, whose hair
presents all possible ^adations from the frizzled Papuan
hair to the straight hair of the Malays.

Colour of the Skin. — In general the colour is darker
than that of the Malays, but it varies between very wide
limits. The approximate colour of the skin is that of the
medium shades between N. N. 28,42 and 21,46 of Broca's
table. The Sakaiy like other dark races, have the back, the
shoulder and the pudenda a little darker than the rest of
the body, the outer or stretch-side of the extremities is a
shade darker than the inner or bend-side. At the lower part
of the seat besides a darker colouring I noticed among older
people a kind of callous formation. The skin was very rugged
and rough ; but this is quite natural, the costume of the Sakai
covering only the waist and the perinaeum. The women in
general are lighter coloured than the men.

Eye. — On observing the eye of this people somewhat closely
two characteristics present themselves, first the very remark-
able size of the Plica semilunaris or Palpebra tertia ; I have
represented the proportionate size as exactly as possible on
Plate II figure 4. Tt forms a reddish membrane, which is
a little thicker at the lower edge. As the Plica is transpa-
rent, and as the Sclera is not white its size does not strike
one at first, the more so as the whole extent of the Plica
cannot be seen if observed en face ; it is only a side view of
the pupil that shows it completely. Some measured plicae
showed a breadth of 5 — 5i m. m., while the real — Caruncula
lacrimaiis was not more than 2 m. m. in breadth. Tlie plica
is so considerable that it really may be considered as a
characteristic mark of the race (9).

With very many " pur sang"*' Orang Sakai and Orang
Semamj 1 found, that the upper edge of the upper eyelid
terminates is a wrinkle of the skin, (Plate II figure 4;^ This
ir« a peculiarity which prevails in the Mongolian Race, there

This observation irnlncoJ mo to jjo through the note which I had ma«i(»
upon the Papuan nvoe in New (luinea. I found there also several remarks
\\\iox\ the ^rtuit and remarkable breadth of the Palpchra tertia. A l>r(Md
Valpehra tertia is not however a peculiarity of the Melanesian i*ace ; it is to
hf* ohsorved also amon^ the Chinese, thoug^h by no means to the same extent.
A inonfr Europeans too the breadth of the Plica varies very considerably.

XTHjrOliOOICAL EZCT7B8ION8 IV ^H£ MAIiAT PENINflULA. 211

•re however signs of it iu many Malays, Polynesians (10)
and, in this case, true Melanesians.

Fbbt. — Besides the very considerable size of the feet, the
pogitiou of the three outer toes is most noticeable : only the
two inner toes, the first and the second, are straight, the
three others are turned to the side — a peculiarity which is
to be found in many kinds of ai)es, but which up to this time
I have not noticed so distinctly in any family of the human
race, though approaches to it are often to be found.

Some observations on the mode op living, and some cus-
toms. — My meetings with the Orang Sakai and the Orang
Seniaug were too short to enable me to say much on this
snbject, and I am not willing simply to repeat statements
and tales of the Malays as the English authors I have men-
tioned have done, for I have noticed several times how little
correct, how intentionally deceptive indeed these statements
were. In the brief remarks that follow I rely upon facts
which I have observed myself (II).

The Malays distinguish between two kinds of Orang Sakai.
The Oraiuj Sakai-liar and Oraug Sahai-jina (the wild and
tame Orang Sakai). The former live isolated in the dense
forest, and probably never same into any direct contact
with the Malays. The latter, the Orang jina, though
they retain their nomadic habits have a certain amount of
intercourse with the Malays. They mediate the exchange of
jangle produce (Gutta, Caoutchoiik, Eotan, different kinds
of wood used as incense, Gum Dammar, Ivory, Rhinoceros
horns etc.,) for various article such as Parangs, Cotton goods.
Salt, Tobacco, Sirie and Gambir, and in some districts (as
in Pah'ing) even for old fire arms and the food of the Malays.
They also work for the Malays for short periods (during
the paddy harvest or on the opening of a new plantation)
and it is not uncommon for them to give their daughters in

10 I have several time o])served this fold of tho Eyelid at Mangareva
where no orossin;^ with (-hinese is poHsiblc. I saw it also among some of
the Papuans of th«.» West Coast uf Now (iuinea., It is the fold which is called
Epicanthus when ijatholoj^ically enlarj^od.

11 During my joiirnoy I only held intoroourse with the Orang Sakai jina :
it proved to Iaj impossible to converse with the Orang Sakai liar when by
ehance or after long searching I surprised them, even those whom I could
inspect, measure and sketch. They either did not understand Malay or
their brains and their tongues were so paralysed with fright at being in the
presence of a being whom they had never seen before — a white man — that
they remained silent when I (juestioned them. The short list of words
which I iiotc<l down and which I have published I obtained from the Orang
Sakai jina who however had several times to apply for information to their
wilil fellow-eountry-men.

212 ETHNOLOGICAL EXCURSIONS IN THE MALAY PENINSULA.

exchange to the Malays and Chinese who settle down in
their neighbourhood.

These Orang Sakai-jina generally speak Malay and their
children for the most part forget their original language.
They visit the huts and the Kan • pongs of the Malays
(in small parties with their wives and children) and this
is one important reason of the mixture of the t^o races,
the Orang Sakai giving their daughters as wives to the
Malays. Sometimes also during these visits, the conju-
gal fidelity of the Sakai women is tried by presents, and the
consequence is that to pur sawf Orang Sakai pn rents cross-
breed children arc born, either of half Malayan or of half
Chinese descent. These visits are further followed by the
graflual feeling of Malay wants and adoption of Malay cus-
toms by the Orang Sakai. I had several opportunities in
the course of my journey of obsei*ving this gradual absorp-
tion of the weaker race (the Melanesian) and its gradual
assimilation to the Malay population.

Between the Orancj Snkai-jlna and the Orang Sakai-Uar
there are numerous gradations. The former in the neigh-
bourhood of Malay Kanipongs construct small huts according
to the Malay model, which they visit from time to time.
Then there is a lower class who at a distance from the Malay
Kampongs occupy temporary Pondos (12) in the jungle which
serve them as night (juartors for one day or more at a time.
The real Orang li<u\ as I have been informed by members of
the tribe change their quarters every night, and the rofore
do not even take the trouble of erecting a Pondo.

It is quite natural, that these men of the woods make no
paths, and do not want any, for roving all over the foreSt.
T have observed several times how they advance through the
wood, in a manner entirely unlike that (»f the Malays.
The Malay in the* forest makes an extensive uso of his
Parang (wood knife), cutting down all that stands and hani^s
in his way; the Orauf/ Sakai (as also the Omit/ ('fan) on tin*
contrary, nrrrr takes this tronbU* ; ]):ir}lv because h(» is too
careful of his parang (if he h:is <r()t one at all), ])ai'tly because
this method would retard him too murh. Knowing the direc-
tion in which he is to go and kee[)ing it in view, he trie.' to
find out the lighter places in the wood. Without breaking
them, he btMids aside with his hand the v(niMLrei- trees, wiiirh
h(.* cannot avoid; he stoops or creeps beloAv the larger ones.

12 Poiido. The Malay name for a kind of lunhii 11;i--^1i:i]kmI hut ina<l>
of palm leaves which is put down in such a way as to form at the Siime time
a roof and a wbH, undor which one can either sit or lie.

ETHKOLOOICAL EXCUBSIONB IN THE MALAY PE5INSULA. 213

He will never tear off or cut awav a liana hanjirino: in his
way, he prefers holdiupf it in his hand and crawling under it;
and in spite of this constant stooping, croepinjj:, pickinof his
way, and running zicrzag, he advanct»s with crreat rapidity.
In following, not without trouble, such a real "man of the
wood," I have often admired the skill and quickness of his
movements and his clever evasion of all obstructions, and I
had to confess, that in spite of my long experience and prac-
tice in these things I found my master in an Orang Utan of
15 years old. I have purposely described these dotails, as
in the life of the nomadic inhabitants of the jungle they
areb y no means a trifling feature. The way the Orang Utan
have of wandering through the woods was for myself i)er-
sonally the cause of mucli trouble, and of long days of fruit-
less searching for traces of thom.

THKIK KKLATIOXS WITH THE MALAYS. If tllQ OrfOKJ Sakai-jiua

are somewhat dependent uj)on the Malays, the Oram/ liar
remain decidedly hostile to them, and never lose an opportu-
nity of taking revenge on these people who by continuall}'
laying out new j)lantati(ms diminish the temtory of the origi-
nal iuhahitants, get the produce of the jungle from thom for
a mere trifle, and if they can possibly do so, capture their ehil-
dren in order to kee]) or to s..*ll them as slaves. This man-
hunting, which S()m<»times occurs still, was formerly practised
on a larger scale, and in many districts wliere numerous
hordes of tin? ori«jfiiniI inhabitants used to live no traces of
them arc now to be found. The Malays however in spites
of their sui>eriority in all respects to the denizen of the
jungle are very much afraid ot these Orang liar and do not
venture either alone, or in small parties into those parts of
the forest which th'*y ar.' kn:r,vn t') I're'juent.

Ak.hs. — The weapon <^t' tlu' (h'lnnj luir, which is mosb
dreaded by the ^Malays, is the Bhihau (Blow Pipe) with
f ois uied arrows (l^Ji. Tin* us<' of this weapon is widely

1:5. Tin; (.'liiL't* invT"*-* li*':it of tliis .l\»i.s.»:i is tln'iuit*' «>/ mic \vi.*ll-kin)\vn
Ujus Fri*..* «»:' Vv .I.iViin \; ■, th«.' Anllfiu \ Toxirnrm. With tliis juii.-.' a ^"reat.
many «»th<*i* .sMb.sta:i'.' s :ii\' inix'.l. tlw nu]ul)t>r aii'l ii i. a;v '»f v.liich <1«.«])<mi<1
jKirtly <»:i eluiiii-.'. ;inl ]»irtly «ni tin.* soioiuM* of tli-.' jn'rpa.'cr. Tliu i)oisi.M-
fan;;s of <lilY<?i'fn1 kiii'l.s «'f :>nakcs. tlio juiLe.5 ol .i nuiii^t'r «»f trci's and fruits,
ev«*n Arse Tli*.': \\Li(;h Ijk- Orinui f'tci jlna Ljpt in cxi !i:iTiLcr fi'oni llu* MaLivs
HTH mixt"'l up t. I'^.tli ■;•. It thus cmios to p.i-s tliat t\w :irrow-pi)ison n«»t
onlv of ♦^vj.tv small tri)»'. )>ut of ovorv in'iividual O.n, i rtan is maclo of
<liffi".*!*iit mat. 'rials, au'l tliiit in <*(nirte<iuon«.*c ol" thi-; t li* «'|ic •'. < arc vrrv <Uf-
fuPi'Ul. 'rh.M'lTi'ct <.n mail is irrrtainlv verv<.ioa«llv :!'i I vrv rj.jii'l : thorou«;]ilv
tnistu'orthv Malav.-- in diflV'j-t'nt ])arts of tho IV'iiI:'. ai'.a i »!'l liic that thw
know fr<»in a-tual '.1i>.rv;:ti'>n that a man who lias !• • a \v»un'l.'<l is im*^ abl<»
tven to linirfii hi^ .Siri l»ut is seized with violent cramps; aiid sfvci-..- vouiitii.j^s
and so ilied. In some exjH^rimcntd that I made upon animals the poisou
bftd a very rapid effcctj evun when administered in very small dosea.

214 ETHNOLOGICAL ElLCUfiSlONS IN THE MALAY PENINBTTLA.

spread ; from Johor to Singgora it is to be found every .where
among the inhabitants of the jungle.

Another weapon which, though not so dangerous, is ethno-
logically much more impoi*tant is the Lends (Bow) ; I have
only found it in use among the unmixed Orang Sakai.
It is about 2 M. long, made of Bamboo, and the arrows have
iron points.

Clothing. — ^The Orang Sakai wear only a narrow girdle to
cover the pudenda. It is either made of bast or of some cotton
stuff got in exchange from the Malays, which they fasten like
a Tidiako (14) round the waist and draw through between
the legs. The Orang Sakai jina do their best to clothe
themselves like the Malays. The men very seldom wear
ornaments (15), and their hair is not dressed in any particuli^r
way.

Tattooing, and perforation op the partition op the
NOSE. — The women affect more conspicuous ornaments. While
I have seen no Sakai or Semang man tattooed, I found most
of the Sakai women so adorned, and always in the same style.
Figure 2 (plate III) shows the arrangement of the simple
design, with which in childhood they embellish their cheeks
and temples. The operation is performed with a needle, and
the design is marked with resin.

The women also have the partition of the nose perforated
to wear the Hajannio, which is generally the quill of aLan-
dak (Hystrixj. The hair, which is kept long at the back of
the head only, forms a kind of helmet or bonnet ; flowers and
sweet-scented leaves are often worn around it.

The remainder of the costume of the women consists of
a number of thin and sometimes red coloured rotans, which
form a ^nrdle round the waist as thick as the arm. They
also wear a piece of bast or cotton stuff, fastened in front,
drawn through between the legs, and then tied to the girdle
behind. Figure 2 (Plate II) shows a Sakai Lady in her daily
costume, drawn from nature.

As this piece of stuff only covers the perinaeum and as
the seat remains uncovered, I could, as I mentioned before
observe in both sexes a much darker colouring of the lower
parts of the seat, and a kind of callosity — a particularly
rou<;h and hard skin. The women, like the men, as soon

14. Tidiako or Chaical is the Malay name for a band which only covei
the waist and the perinoeum. ^

16. Once only 1 mot with a young Orang Sakai who wore a cord wijj|^ %
iAngmg fringe tied roo^d bis biub^r ofiix*

ETHNOLOGICAL EXCURSIOITS IN THE MALAY PENINSULA. 215

as thej come into Malay villag^es endeavour to clothe them-
selves according to Malay fashion.

The Orang Sakai usually has but one wife at a time, who
may have 5 to 6 children but who very often remains
childless.

Some further inpoumatiox about tiik modk of living

AND THE CUSTOMS OP THE OkANG-SaKAI AND THE

OrANO SemANG according to TJIE REPORTS OF

THE PEOPLE TUKMSKLVES OR OF TllK MORH

CRKDIBLE MALAYS.

The Orang Salcni and the Orang Semang consider them-
selves the oriffhial inliahifaats and independent of the
Malays and of the Malay Rajahs, and so they are in fact
ill their woods.

On several occasions, and in different places I heard ac-
counts of Sakai Rajahs, who are said to exist still and whom
the i)eople ol)ey though these Rajahs do not live in any
other style than the rest of the inhabitants of the forest.
K such a Rajah dies his widow can claim to be considered
as Queen. So I was often told and it is characteristic of
the position of the Orang Sakai Avomen as compared with
that of the Malay w-omen.

Besides the simple procedure of ?narri/iinj^ which an Oran^,'
Sakai describt^l in the w(>rds *' T take her and sleep with
her/' there is, as I Avas told hy i\w Orang yakai /uuty a
custom amonjjf the Oranjx Sakai of Pahan<ij, accordin*^ to
which the man on a certain day nnisl eatch the ^irl in the
jnnj^le before witin'sses, after a considerable si art has been
j»iven her. If he fails to catch her, he is not allowed to woo
h»^r a secoml tinu*. Connnnual niarriajj^e (\xists, it appears,
amon<r the ( Jrans^: Siikni ; at least 1 must conclude so from
a great number of accounts. A i;irl liavint^ been married io
a man for s<ane days or wi'cks 'hics, with his cons(Uit, and
volnntarily, to live f'»r a shorter or hnij^er period Avith another
man. She thus ;^oes in turn to all the inen of the party nntil
she c<nnes back to her first husband ; she does nof remain with
him however but rontinues to en^a«^e in such tem])orary
inarrinj»'es, which ai"«' rci^ulated by cliance and by her wishes.
She is however considered the vrife ol' the man who drst
took her (IG).

16. Thitf, which I fti\st lieard from MaLiys in Pahane, had been repeated
to me by mimberH of the Catholic Mission at Malacca, wno moat likely knc^i
it from the Orong }£unira»

216 ETHKOLOatClIi EXCURSIONS IN THE MALAY PENINBTTLA.

The Orang Sakai are very much afraid of the dead. The
incurably sick who are near their end are lef fc behind in the
jungle with a small supply of food. Cases of sudden death
are followed very often by the immediate flight of all the
members of the tribe from the soot wh ra the death occurred.
The dead body is simply left behind ; very rarely it is buried
in a shallow grave. The places where people have died, are
avoided as unlucky.

Exaggerated and fabulous accounts op the Malays res-
pecting THE Orang-liar. — The Malays, who, as I have men-
tioned already, are much afraid of the Orang liar, do not
neglect to account for their fright by a number of fables ;
for instance, the Malays of Pahang relate, that the wild
men on the river Tekam have feet of half a meter in length,
that they eat raw every sort of animal which they can
capture, that they are cannibals and so on.

The Malays in the Peninsula also repeat the tale, Avhich
is widely spread in the East Asiatic Archipelago, of the
existence of men with real tails. Some Orang liar, who
however naver t>how thcnuiclven ! are said to possess a tail,
which does not consist of hair only but is formed of bones
and flesh. Some of the relaters went so far us to pretend that
they had been ac;cident:illy eye witnesses of the existence
of such men.

The Orang Gavfjassi (17) who live in tlK' inonutains on the
boundary of Kedah and Siuggoro are said to possess two
very long pointed teeth standing out from the mouth.

The hair of the body of some Or:in<jf Sakai, on t]i>^ bounda-
ries of Kalautau and Perak is described as reiiiarkahly lon<x,
and also the direction of the Irair is said to l)e dilt'eivnt to
that of Malays and Europeans, that is to say it is turned
upwards among some of these eiu'ly-haired tribes. Thc^ fathervS
of grown up daughters are said to chiini for thenis.dvt'S tlu;
jns iJihiKv vocfis: 1 have so very often heard the existence of
this custom maintained, that there mnsi ])c something in it,
the more so as it is known elsewhere (18).

1 have conmnniieated tlie chief of these tales, as it is pos-
sible that in spite of their exaggeration and tUeir api>arent
absurdity thev may possess a certain though verr sliirht
*' /(>;.'</ lie rr/-i7cV

17. Pn'l'al'ly ii wil«l tril»c of Onui;^ Sakai.

IS. 13 ♦aidu's iiiiui'jrouH oxunpU'H i"> be found in histirical and f^f^'j^raphical
literaturo which I wiU uot eiiuinoruto here, 1 httvc hcurd ox the cxistcuco
of tiie same custom in the Eostaii Moluccati.

BTHHOLOOICAIi EZCTTBSIOVa IK TKE XALAT PENXNSTTLA. 217

TI.

MIXED MELANO— MALAYAN TRIBES IN THE
INTERIOR OF THE MALAY PENINSL^LA.

The Orano Utan and the Oran«i Raykt of Johor (19). —
Although the Oraiiir ITtau of Johor are a. vorv iiiixod
race showm*^ not a little ot* tlie Malay type, yet there are
exceptions, — reversions to the primitive type — which induced
me in tlieconrrfeot my first excursion in the Peninsiihi. when
I knew nothing positively abr)ut the existence of an unmixed
Melanesian race, to su|)pose that lliere had been in forni(»r
times Jin admixtur.* of Melanesian blood in the Oranj^ Utan.
Diirinij mv second i(»uriiev T several times met with indi-
viduals representing^ such reversion on the mountains and
by the river Indau (like those who were represented in the
supplement to my short notici.? of that excursion) (20).

In addition to their Phv.-ioyriiomv, tlie character of the
hair of some of them, and the ^i^reat variability in the form
of the skull, the remains of the earlier language, aTid the
pfreat resemblance between tlu'ir dialects and those of the
unmixed Orang Sakai {'11) are suthci^Mit to remove all doubt
respecting the orit^nn of the Orang Utan.

Antiiuopolooical Notks. — IL'ujlit. In consequence of bad
and insnfhcifiit foo<l, and a mode of living which is miserabh^
in all resi-ects som* Ora'i-^ Ut:ui may b^ found of remarkablv
small siz.'. Vci: this cannot he eonsiderfd as characteristic^
f>f the wholo race, as some authors would have it. The
heicrht (»f tlu^ OraiiLi: Utiin varies mons and tin* structur<»
of their bodies is weaker than is the case w^ith the Orang
•Sakai. Th»» wonnMi especially are strikingly sh(u*t. Tlu'ir
height varieil ( in 80 measurements) thus;
Men 1,:UH»M. M. .. 1,5(»0M.M.

Womeii . . I,:]05 ., ... I,4o0 ,, (22).

Skt'll. — As with their h('i'»:]it so also the Index of breadth
varii'S among the Oraiiu: liian l);»twe»Mi wid(»r limits than

!'.». Vi«l.« iiiv lirsr < ' >:iiin'ii:i(' i^!():i. lOtliru'l'u'-i: h;' ExiMir.^ioii in J«.iiior :
N'lilr.url--. 'J'ij.UhKft. l>.-.-I XXXV. iKiic- i-'-V'.

•1 ». M.l:h.tfto Ml •'•»'/ — Am K'i.i )'<» ^i i'- I^v iir.-.i >!i in Job .r.\ Th » J«»nrn'il
««f K.i.U'rn A.siu, V«>!. I. \ >. 1. ls7r> pji^ » '.»^ wit'j t'.sr ••.» p »rrrait;^.

-\. Yi»ii' my l\v»i ]••[' ■.••• ».;i I'lt- <liil t** • nf tli" ?il('l:i'H'si:i:i trlb'-^ in thi>
Mai IV I'.'TPnsnl;: ^» S. !•>. oi'n IJ. Iitlii-rk 'rii.l-.-l'r. voir- Taal— ].an<l— r'n
V<.»lk«*Tik»ni<lt' 1S7«"«.

22. I lue.ijiiri^l two womon, aliv.nly tli'^ nit)tln*rs of s<?vcr.vl Childrou who
were less thun 1,310 M. M.

^18 BTHNOLOOICAL EXC17B8IONS IN TKE MALAY FEKIKSXTLA.

among the Oraiig Sakai. Among the Orang XJtan the Index
of breadth varied thus,

Men from 71 to 86.

Women „ 79 to 91.

Children „ 74 to 80.

It is noticeable that the skull of the Orang Utan is more
dolichoceplialous than that of the '' pur sany^^ Orang Sakai.

Mode op Living. — With respect to the Orang XJtan also
the Malays make the distinction between Orang liar and
Oram/ jina, though the latter predominate, and are continu-
ally increasing " in number. The Oraiiff Utan are nomads
like the Orang Sakai. They try, indeed, to establish small
Kampongs, but these are only visited occasionally ; they con-
sist of a number of most miserable po^dos which are desert-
ed for ever if a death should occur in them. In general
their mode of living and their occupations correspond with
those of the Oranff-Sakai-j uia ; but in consequence of their
mixing with Malays, they are still more disposed to adopt
their customs, such of them at least, as are not altogether
incongruous with a nomadic life. They shew a great antipa-
thy to Islam, but this will gradually be overcome.

The Orang Utau have their own C.'hiefs who are called
B'dtem (2*{). They do not make use of the bow ; even the
sum pilau has been coniplet:^ly abandoned and forgotten by
some tribes. Their language lia.s been almost entirely sup-
planted by Malay.

Before nrany years have passe.l the Orawj Utan will he
thoroughly mingled with the Malay population and will be-
come absorbed into it, so that it will soon he almost impos-
sible to discover anv trac'e of the Mi-lanesian element.

The Okanc Mantua near Malacca, — These people are a
.small tribe better known than the oth(?r Orahii Utan from
the fact that, so long ago as the year 1848, Catholic Mis-
sionaries settled down among them (21). I visited a number
of them at the Ayer Salak Mission near Malacca, aiid I found
them, in consequence of the influence of the school, and their
constant intercimrse with th»' Missi<maries, the most un-
interesting of all the Urang Utan tribes for the jmrposes of
my particular studios. Their language has been forgotten

2:?. TIk' (lijifnity of th.^ Batten after his death can be transferred to his
widow like that of the Kaja of tno Onin«i: Sakai.

24. 'i'lie foumlor of the Mis:?i(>n, M. Boric, h:is written a short paper upon
thcai. whicli, tlianks to the kindacs-i of i'ai} Kjvd. 1*. Desbou:^ 1 have read
in M. S. The paper has l>een tninalated inti Englisli. Herr F. Jagor (S.
KeiseAkizzeu, Singapore, MaUicca, Java) visited the Mission in J57S.

ETHNOLOGICAL EXCURSIONS IN THE MALAY PENINSULA. 219

and has been replaced by Malay, in which all then* school
buoks and relisrious works are written. The IVIissionaries
have done nothing to collect the remaius of the old language.

The Mantras whom I saw (most of them children and wo-
men) were almost without exception of a Malay type : if I
had come to see them withr)ut knowing that they were
Mantras I should probably have taken them for a number
of Malays, badly fed, and brought up in a miserable condi-
tion, and I should have doubted the possibility^ of any mix-
ture of Melanesian blood. The Index of breadth of the
heads which I measured (15 in number) (25) was from 74
to 89.

The Oratuj Mantra spoke to me about a tribe living a few
da}^^ journey from Malacca whom they called Bersisi, and
who, according to their description, belong to the mixed
tribes. When I spoke of the Orang Sakai, whom I describ-
ed as men with a dark skin, curly hair, and a hole in the par-
tition of the nose, some of the older Mantras recollected the
name " Kenahoy^^^ which they had heard from their fathers
with a similar description.

In conclusion I will add a few words upon the synonymous
Luies of tl
the Ma lavs.

names of the tribes in the interior now in use among

The namo (Jrn)i(j Via it is often applied quite generally
to people who live in the woods, be they Orang Sakai, en-
Malays, or Chinese. Those who are si)ecially known by this
name however are tlic mixed tribes of Johor, Eumbau, and
Malacca.

The names Oraurf dUlahnn (-(>.;, Oramj hu/cif v-"'? (haiuf
guHoJUj ("28), Oram/ Itula ("29), Oraurf hint (rA)) are employed
in a similar sense, and do not refer to s])ecial tribes. By the
name of Orang-benua are specially nunint^tlie Orang Utan
in the South of Johor, on the rivers Johor and Bjitu Pahat.
I very often heard people speak about the Kaja Beuua who

!!.'>, Thrs4.» w/.Tf liovri ini'l yoiin^ peox>le, from about t> to :iO yrars of age

-I'l. I-*ifi)i»le Iff tin? iiiti'rioi'.

27. P«.-.)plo of tiM* liills.

2S. People of the mouutiiiu.-.

29. People who live at the source of a river.

30. People who live by the sea.

220 ETBNOIiOaiCAL EXCUB8I0KS IN THE MALAY PENINSITLA.

were not Mohamedans (though Malays) and whose residence
Tandiong-genteng (31) I found on the Kahan river.

The Oraiuf Rayet live on the river Muai*. The names
Jakun^^ and Orang " tor" are more or less nick names.

The MaiUras still know the Orang Bersisi and the Kenaboij,
the latter only by name. The Orang Bersul like the Man-
tras themselves (as I have mentioned already) are a mixed
race; the Orang-Kenahoy are probably nothing but Orauy
Sakai,

Lastly the Orang-Sakai and Semang are '^ pur sang" Mela-
nesians, who in Pahang, Kalantan, and Tringganu are
called Orang Sakai^ while up in the North in Singgoro and
Kedah they are called Oram) Seinaufj.

The Oi'a}u/ XJdai^ a name which I very often heai*d in
Pahang^ are probably, so far as I can judge from what I was
told, the Orang-Sakair-liary as are also the Oraiig-Gargassi in
Eedah.

The following table will illustrate this : —

Oimng Sakai "^
Semang

Udai }»Melanesian tribes.

Gargasi

Kenaboy

Oiuug Utan (of Johur) j

„ Rayet f Mixed Melano-Miilav

Mantra f tribes.

Bersisi J

The former are certainly luore iuierestiug- and I hope, that
my successful wauderinj»b will iuduce other naturalists to follow
me and continue the prosecution of these inqnirieg. My suc-
cessor will not be obliged — as I was myself— to search for
materials; from toy brief comnumicHtion he will lejirn, ^y/^t'rc'
the tribes are to be found and under what circumstances he

31. It waa luerelv a lar^e plain, clear of all trees, close U» the river Kalian
(an affluent of the Semroug) which a<'cor(linj^ to a tradition anion<( the Orati;;
Vtan jina is known as the old seat of the Kaja Benua. It is probable thai
if the jungle and lalang were burnt some amrient remains might be found
in this 8pot> such as tooIs> arms, perhaps even old coins; a discover}-
which would probabljr throw aomo li^ht upon the history of this port of the
Peaiaivlft*

nHNOLOGICATi EXCUHfilOXfl IN THE 3IALAT PENINfiTTIiA. 221

will have to perform his work. No less important task will
lie before him than a thorough study of the life of these pri-
mitive races with whom I had the good fortune to meet. He
will certainly be rewarded with ninny new. important, and
greatly interesting facts ; but the inquiry will only succeed if
he is not afraid of toil and fatigue, and if he will share for
some months the life of these primitive nomad tribes. This
is the only way to investigate now the habits of these interestinj/
savages, as all tales of the Malays about them are incorrect,
exaggerated, or entirely false.

But this work should not bo delayed, as these tribes are
disappearing more and more without leaving any traces;
like the passage of the Orang Utan through the primeval for-
est his Avhole life passes away without leaving any trace be-
hind ; and this is true not only of the life of an individual but
of that of a whole tribe. In this way hundreds of human lives
are gone, and thousands of years have passed away.

[Plate No. Ill, a small tracing of M. Maclay's journey,
lias not been copied. The Map with his Itineraiy, published
in Journal No. I, will sufliciently explain the course he took.]

^mm

MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES.

Geogeaphical Notes — ^Recent Journeys in the Peninsula.

Since the publication of the last Number of this Journal,
some important additions have been made to our knowledge of
the physical outlines of the Country in four different regions
of the Peninsula; Ulu Johor, Ulu Kinta, Jclei, and Rambau.

The highest mountain range in Johor, Gunong Blumut
(3200 feet), has recently been ascended for the firj5t time,
two independent parties having reached the top within a few
days of each other; and from one of the Travellers a more
particular account of the journey is promised for our next
Journal.

In the interior of Perak, the Kinta valley was explored last
August to its upper watershed ; and a rani^e of hicrh hills wns
ascended, some 30 miles to the east of Kinta. The highest
peak was proved to be about 8,000 feot high. It was named
by its discoverers, and is now familiarly known, as Mount
]\ohirfS(m, the hi«,''he^t point ot the ranjxo called (h(no}f(i Uiam.
A<I(liti(»n}il importance was given to this journey from the part
taken in it by some Ceylon planters, who iiad been recommend-
ed to the Government ()f Perak i)y the (.'olonial Auflioiities in
England, as j)ioneers of Coflee-phinting in the Malay highlands.

Special interest was felt, in tlieir annonneenient that several
hundred thousand acres wore to be iound of hmd suitable for
coffee over 2000 feet ahove the sea ; the couse(]uence bein«j: tliat
a good many '^ y)rospectors " from Ceylon and elsewhere have
since visited Perak ; but hitherto they have not added niueh to
our knowledge of the Country's physical features.

The real point of Geographical interest still remains. \<>
there or is there wot an important stream in the very e(»ntre of
the Peninsula, which after draining the eastern slo|>(»s of these
high mountains joins the JPle.i^ and together with th(^ />'^/vf
from the west forms the R. Fahntig? A train of n priori
reasoning, based on the difficulty of explaining this re«^x'on's
drainage otherwise, fiwt suggested the thought some year:*, ago,

tflSCELLAKEOtrS NOTICES. 223

It is true thnt no such stream was known of in Mr. Logan's
time (see Indian Archipelago Journal I. pa^fc 247 ; but a liint
of it — thongli given unconsciously — may ])erhaps be traced in
3Ir. Logan's reference to 5. Ginta vol. II. p. 123). It was
Mr. Daly's account of liis journey (1875) from Muar to
Pahanir, published in 1877, that first broujjjht evidence to sup-
port surii an hypothesis; for he intimated that the northern
branch, which joined Paljanir at Kwdla BPnu ^vas an even
larger stream tlian the one he himself descended from tlje south.
Unfortunately the " tracin^^" of his ronte^ which was embodied
in the Map (1S70), omits to sliow the junction of any such
northern branch; and it is onlv within the last vear that the
hypothesis Jias been really confirmed to some extent by the
publication of .Air. I\Inclay\s account of liis journey up the
Jphi ; and the jichievcincnt of l^uron Vcrbocli last July, when
lie crossed from J^nnfrci Ujouir into JPlPhv, and thence down
into Jrh'i^ on the eastern side of tlie Berniim watershed, by
the lih'rr Triamj.

The point can never 1)0 fiiiallv setlhMJ until the interior of
Perak, beyond Mount Robinson, shall have been crossed in a
gouth — easterly direction : and an expedition is in fact about
to 1)0 despatched, under the auspices of Mr. Leech who ascended
XI(»unt Kobinsoii \{\^t vc;ir, to cross tlu^ still moio eastern
Country, that lies bcrwcon Ulrcr PlnHy u feeder of the Perak
in the Xorthern interior ol* that State, and 7i*//v/* Hjim, thr
n'»rthern branch of the Ulvc' Jirniam^ in the interior of SrlAn^^or.

The continuMtion of the Pjipcr on the *' Geography of the Pe-
ninsula/' Part I of whicli (conlincd to its Cartocrrnphy) appeared
in the hi'it .Tonrnnl, has under these circumstances been deferred
ibr the |»rcsent. Fresh inf<»i"mation is fast beinu: obtained in
various (quarters, and llie most useful mode of dealini:: with it
at pre.-ent will be to prim short detached notes ofc^K^h import-
iint pii'ce of work done in the way oi' exploring now country,
such as tlie Ibnr ioniiu^vs above leterred to. Two of these ( tin;
asccMits of ijli'iiii})i(i Jfhhnnf and Mo^mf Ixohmaou ) were new
ground even to the Malav^ theinselve<. The other two, (tin*
routes thronsrh Jr^ci and Ptihii ]\(>i:< in Uand)au) thouiih well
known to the Malavs hav»» not Ixmmi hitherto mnd(?, or at anv
rite <lescribed, by Europeans. Of the journey thvou'rh Jr/r?\
from S. Ujonir to ralnintc, Haron Verboeh has unfortunately
left us no aeeonnt : ^ilthou'^h it was tmdertaken expressly on
l>elialf ()f on:' So(;ietv. The Ilami)au iournev was descrihed
at the time befiae a (xen(?ral Meetini^of the Society, as recorded
in the extract from the Straits Times which is printed below.

224 MTBCELLANEOITfl NOTICES.

There is vet a srreat deal more to be learnt about the interior
of the P*'?)insnhi. Ho'V i;^norant we all are at present of its
Physical G«^(>f!:ni})hy, viewed as a whole, may be judged from
the ooriespoiuh^ncc in the local papers last September, after
the ascent of Jlonnt Robinson, rep:ardiiiji; the " true backbone"
of the Peninsula; witness the followin<r letter, ohallenixinj^
certain foregone conclusions on this subject v.'hieh are undouI)ted-
]y premature at present : —

Singapore^ October Isty 1878.

'* You will perhaps allow me to correct an error in the Over-
land Summarv of last Saturdav, in whidi vou state that ftlr.
(Christie's ])arty found that from '• Afount Robinson" the Straits
of Malacca were vi^:ible on the West, and the China Sea on the
East."

" The only full account of the journey yet published is to be
foinid in Mr. Leech*s Diarv; and if vou refer to vour issue of
the :21st ultimo, you will read," we were disappointed in get-
" tint:^ a. view to the East, which was onr principal inducement
'• to conn* here, as we were surrounded by a sea of mist, which
*• however lav a l(>no: wav below us. Throufifh it we could see
"the tops of nunierons Peaks, stickiii.i;" tip like islands"

** A Ceylon pajx^r, irom which you made some extracts on
the 2i)th ultimo, re[)orts Mr, Christie to have said, ** a third
ran^ife marked on the map was non-existent." Buttojud^^e
from I\lr. Leech's account tiiere is scarcely enou»zh evidence to
])rononnce an opini<ni, even on thi< point. However that may
be, it is certain these places lie in the hititude of the Penin-
sulas <^reate<it width, where, if \\c may trust the Admiralty
charts, it is three d(»'rree< ot' loniiitude. oi- n]»wards of 200 miles,
iVom sea t(» si^a.

*'ln <]\()vt tlie interior of /'r/vf/. is not the interior of the

Pf'/u'ns///(i : while as yet wi' have h\'nnt bnl little even of

Perak, l)evond ils coasts and rivers; and it inav safe Iv be stated

that neilher from Priak iinr ;inv other r.f the States between

I\« dali and Joh(»r. has anv per.«>on yet ptMiet rated so far into

the monntain-ranu*<»s of the Peninsula, a< to obtain a view ot'

tln^'hina Sea. It will he, a Cent ol* no ^reat dillicnltv \o

achieve, and it will no (l«Mibt be accomplished l»ef<>re loni:; : biu.

in the meantime 1 should !>e sonv to see v^u nnder-rate the

atnount of countrv still Ivinir /^^/vvr h/coa/ntn, (.r the neces^itv

. . ."— > .' ^ »

for some inrther exploration into the interioi-."

This necessitv is well understood bv the present enericetic ad-
ministration of Perak, for as lias already been mentioned an ex-

MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES, 22o

ploring party is about to start from Kwal.'i Kau;^sa to clear up
some of the very questiou>i lierc rofbrrcd u>; of which it is
hoped our Society will receive au account wlien the expedition
rctnrus. A. ]M. S.

AsCJCNT OF BlMANtJ MALACCA.

Conuected with the geoirraphy of IVrak the iolh^wino^' ac-
c«>unt of the important muuntain in tlie Kanipar <iistri('l
i-alled Biijang Malaccd, and its .surn»undings. nuiy he usefully
recorded. Tins is uot one of the vorv nunnrons ** untrodden
summits" of Perak ; for its western side has been selected f<»r
the first experiment in Perak cotfee-planling by Europeans.
On this very account special interest will be attached to the
following iiarticulars, and also because «)f its central and com-
manding situaticm as a place of observation.

It is to the Diary of Mr. I.eech, the District otlicer, we are
again indebted for this interesting and precise information; as
well as to the Resident, Mr. Low, fur bearing' our Society
in mind when transmitting it.

Mth January^ 1871).

•* A stiflf climb brought us to some caves within about lUO
feet of the summit, and here we pitched our cani|). The baro-
meter showed the height of this place to be l^Oi Meet above;
the Kampar River. At an elevation <»f about iloOO lc«.t, ilic
vegetation be^^an to change rather markedly, and In ji .-wiiinpy
piece of ground we came on a larLr(MMuni)Jrr < . r.j ;' #'^, -mih-
as much as 50 feet InLrh and iSinrlus in <li.;i» :■/. Tr.. r-

were two distinct species, one not n.ilil-.'j ;. ■ < ■ . i: \\-: ; ■'.'.. ■;•,'
uf the other was more like thnt of :iii ;; •:; -i:!.

" On the extreme summit alxivi* r!;.- i :r. • \\: ■.. . ! ! ■ .
the night, there was a most marked fhaii ;■; l:i :!i! :. - .
<;f the vegetation, the lerns and in. •>.-{.- ;.> \\< ;' ;i- /.i !..

scrub of rhododendron and other simihir i»;.i;i:-. ;■ .: < ... ! •■
the dwarf bamboo, reminded me very inue.i «•! lii'- v-.j. ,::; . ii
on the top of ilount Robinson ; n)any (»f the ])],Mnts 1 reei.iriii ._
ed at once as the same. l.>ut as was natural to expect, consider-
ing the diflerence in height, — the one hill little over -)(»0 tin;
oilier about Wi) feet hiiih. — manv of the Mount Kobinson plants
were absent, e>peciaily the long-stalked braken witli crescent-
shaped tops and long sprays, of which we nnide our beds on
ilouut Robinson and with which it was covered.

\^th January, 1879.

'• We were up before the sun this morning, not having had
very agreeable night; as it rained continuously and a good de

226 MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES,

of water dripped on to us from the rocks above. We left our
cave at once and proceeded to the summit, and climbed on to
some small trees just in time to see the sun rise. The morn-
ing wan beautifully clear and we got a magnificent view ;
bounded on the north by Mount Rohinsoii^ Gunoiig Chalci and
Gunong Rawjup. Immediately below us to the east lay a long
and narrow vnlley running nearly true north and south ; the
northern end of it drained by a tributary of the Sungei Z)/-
pong the bonthern end by Sungei C/dndaria?ig ; beyond this
valley another ridge rose nearly as high as the one on whicli
we stood, and our Sakei guides told us that the valley on its
eastern face was the one in which the Sungei Batang Padang
took its rise. It appeared to be nearly parallel to the valley
immediately below us. Behind this ran»ie ro.<?e another at the
ejistern side of which the Ulu Bidor is said to he found ; and
beyond this the sky line is formed by a very lofty range ap-
parently nearly continuous from mount Robinson, with one
very steep pass through it a little to the North of East from
where we were standing. In this pass 1 imagine the Dipomj
takes its rise. This sky-line range, the Sakei said, divides
the watershed of the Peninsula, and is therefore the much-
sought for ** back-bone" range. Some distance to the south
east there appeared to be a spur which might well form the
valley of the Sungei Slim, The Sakei, from whom I ju'ot these
particulars, live on the western slopes of Biijang Malacca^ and
do not appear to have ever been down even tiic eastern face of
their own hill. I should not therefore havo felt much inclin-
ed to place confidence in what they told uie, liad not the lay
of the laud corrcsi)onde(l exactly with what was to have been
ex[)ected from what is known of the rivers draining this part
oi" the country. 1 was particularly struck by the mountainous
nature of the (country to the cast and soutii, as well as to the
north; having been originally under the impression that the
Batang Padamj and bidor rivers drained a broad level valley
similar to the Perak or Kinta vallevs.

The following are some bearings which 1 obtained and
which uiav be useful : —

Gunong Uohinson ] 1" 00' ^

„ Kamjup 14^)0' [-Skv line.

„ Chalci rrm')

„ Lumbei II L>n)U' Skv line.
(*' back-bone'^ rniige ':)

Gunong LTlu Bidor i;3()'^()()*

„ Bubo 307^00' distant.

;; Eanduai 307*^30' near.

MI8CELLAXE0UA NOTICES. 227

From where we stood we could ^cq the opposite side of the
valley below us to the east nlmost conipletoly covered by oKl
^^akei ln>iaij^s. which cpiitc bears out wl::it I had l)oon previ-
ously told, luit did uot credit, that thoio are liilly 7(H» v^ Ihes'j
people liviug there.

I here a&;ain noticed n tact which attrartod luv attontioii
wJieu up the Kinta valley Uwt AuL'n^t witli the first coHeo
ex[dorers, — tliat the ISakei eiiltivatiou a|)pears to he liiuiteil
to a height of between 300 or 400 teei up tt> 2,000 feet. Above
this latter hei<(ht iliey appear Mvircely ever to <ro. Possibly
this is the limit at which '" pntfr will thrivr. Above this level
there are a larjre uuiub.^r of beautiful v.ilU'Vs, whi<*h both my
eoiupanioiis agreed were admirably suited for coffee cultiva-
tion, as far as site was concerned.

Pabki Pass ItAMJt.vr.

{Ocvrlitiiff nju^c/i'tnu Sii.n;/rt (J^nifJ i'f Mnlno'ti,\

The followin*^ ij; extracted from the aciN)unt jjjiven in tin;
Straits Times of the General Mectin;^heldon the 7th iSeptember.

** In \\\< description of a \Valk thronirh Uambau, whicli wc
jrivc at leu;j:th, as il is not likely to nicd;e its appear.mcc ifi
the Society's .Journal as a separate paper, .\lr. Skinner
said : — There is a kind of nnder.-tandini;" — an umrritfen rule,
and I think a very wholesome rule — that no fresh paper should
I)C cf»mmenced after \'^.'M) v. m. It is now nearlv 10, but the
Chairniau seems to think that our programme should be com-
pleted ; ami if the ladies and jjjenllemeii present ihink so too,
this mav bo done without iufrinuiui:: the rule after all, for the
truth is I have no i)aper to read.

" I merely propose to descrilx^ in a few words a journey 1 re-
cent Iv made across the Fttlh'i Pati.^, from Sr1 Jlf^na/^fi into
Kambau, and across that country into Malacca; which, for
some reason, no European ever hapj)eus to have made before ;
hut which is in itself a tolerablv easy walk of three davs, and
by far the most direct route from 6*/v MPiuintl (and its neiuhbour-
hood, Ula Muar, (Jnnon'j Rutlr, imd Kwuta i'/^rr) iut* MaJMcci.

'^ We started on horseback from Suniifei Ujonj;, iwhen' I h.nl
gone by the usual River Iiinj^<;i r Mite,) and ro«h' by a. path
almost at rij^ht an.'iles to the course afterwards taken as i.ir ns
Bnkit l^iUus ; covering' the distance of 9 or 10 mih*s bef'Uc
breakfast, at a rate and over a road which allowed but little
time for reflection or observation.

228 MI8CSLLAKE0US NOTICES.

*' Having breakfasted at Bukit Putus, the frontier police sta-
tion," we left Captain Mnrray and walked that afternoon to 8rl
Menanti ; a hard walk ; we did nof. get our dinner till 9 p. M.
and slept in the former barracks of the detaclinient of H. M/s
10th Regiment, on Tnnkn Hantah's invitation. It is now
used as a kind of bidei,

" Next morning webreakfasted at the foot of Ganong Vdsir. So
far the path is well-known ; and at least two gentlemen pre-
sent have followed it. We passed for instance an illustrious
padi field, not unknown to fame, and in which one's thoughts
reverted to the distinguished traveller who has just shewn us
the way to make our fortunes (Mr. Daly); but from Gfinong
Fdsir to Rambau it is different. I can only tind one account
of a previous journey across Bukit Pdbei, that of Mr. Charles
Gray in 1825, whose jour ne}'' is described in the Indian Archi-
pelago Journal vol. VI., and who is still well remembered in
Malacca from the circumstance of his deatli occurring a few
days after his rtturn. Ilr, however, ap|)ears to have approach-
ed the pass from the Hanibau side, and to 1 avc left it on the
Sri Menanti side, by different roads to those 1 pursued ; and
thisshort piece of country (which Mr. Skinner ^lointed out on the
new Map) from Pabei through Sri Lfmak t«» I^lf^yjid A^nhia
and Bandar, had not before been crossed by any European. The
journey from Bandar to Malacca is comparatively well-known ;
and I cannot help thinking that if it were also known that the
path from, there to Sri Mtnanti were so good a one, firm and
dry, and in fact a bridle-path for several miles of the way — it
would uwv% frequently have been used, particularly during
the recent military occupation of the ^^cL'ri ISombilan. I
should add that it is well known to the Nutives, and even to
the Sungei Ujong police I'eonB. I had the best proof of this,
for at the top of the pass {PPrhPniuai Tt^nrja// — about 1300 feet
liisjh) while resting to take breath we counted 30 souls ; a parfy
of II or 12 Malays having come up from either side while we
were resfiuvf. We both passed and met many others; and similar
parties Ibid be!Mi passed going in and out of Suntjei Ujong by
Bukit Putus Pass. No (loni)t the rice famine which is now be
ing felt in Sri Mriianti, explains the unusually larjje numl)crs.
They are going " to buy corn in Egjpf On the Rambau
side I was told thev could buv ;> eantancrs for a dollar; in Sri
Menanti only 3 J ^.mtangs. Rambau is just now a favoured
laud in other resfK-'ets. The hiijh price of Tnpioc.i has been
made known ; and as so much of its waste lands are well-suit-
ed tor its cultivation, fresh clearings, even around Pabei, are
numeruui^. Many of tliebc are in Malay hauU:^; cleared and

XISOELLANGOITS N0TTCB8* 220

planted as I was assured without Chinese help. But Chinese
were there too, both plantino: and actin2^ as carriers. Altogether
lasree witli Mr. Swetteii ham's remark that liamhau lias the
largest Mulay popuhitiou of any of the Nrgri Sorabilau ; and
I fihoald not describe it as iin()roi>;ressivc, for in an nt^riculturo
|»oiut. of TJew it shows sij^ns of progress, both of a more pro-
mising charaolery and more independent of oxtraiieous i n II uei K.'es,
than can be found in most of the other ^lahiv States near our
Settlements.

"The second night was passed at M<"sjid Nrrasa, where
the Data of Rambau lives, near Bandar. From there,
after twice crossing the river (whicli is hero a fine fresh rapid
stream^ excellent for batiiint^, with a sandy bottom, and said
to be above the reach of aliii^ators) we had a long walk to
Briao near the Malacca frontier ; and eventually reached A lor
Gajah in time for an afternoon meal, and so on to Malacca iu
the evening of the third day. It was on the whole a very
pleasant an<l interesting journey, whicli [ can safely recom-
mend to others as a sufficiently easy overland route of 3 days
from Snngei Ujong to Malacca, and a pleasant variation of the
somewhat monotonous two days' journey by way of Linsom
and the River Linggi."

'* Some discussion eusueii as to the customs of Rambau.
from whicli it appeared that the tribal forms of Society and
Government still flourish there, while in the noighhourinii
States thev have been i^reatlv modified ; tiie causes sujJTixested
Ixrinti the comparative i-^ohuioii of llanibau, the Jibsouct* of
Chinese, and its unique gooniraphicul situation, placed us it is
neither :it the moutli nor at the source of any important
stream/'

Thk Minerals or Sarawak.

Dy A, ILirf En^reh^ [hde] Sarawak Onvrnrnwiit Servicr,

{Sec Journal L 1878.)

The paper on the distribution of the Minerals of Sarawak,
wiiich appeared in the first issue of this Journal, had left my
hands several years past, and as I was not aware of its intended
publication, it is now scarcely up to dati* in some few particu-
liirs. By the courtesy of the Editor I am enabled to supply
these defifiencies by the j)resent note.

Manganese. — Lundu and Rejang must be added to the loca-
lities already given for this Mmeral. In the first tv^m^^

230 MIBC£LIA1^0US NOTICES.

district it occurs as an oxide in the usual boss-like aggre-
gations.

Copper. — Some insignificant traces of Copper have been re-
ported to exist in the rocks forming the left iiaiid entrance of
the Salak river in Santubong Bay.

Lea-i — Galena is now known to exist in Sarawak but
only in minute trfoes. It has been ' lately discovered in
Southern Borneo also and is there associated with Arsenic.

Antimony. — Since the date of my last note an attempt has
been made to follow up the numerous indications of antimony
in the llejang to their common source, but hitherto without
much success. A small quantity of ore, however, has been
exported from the district, and it is at least i)robable that when
the exploration has been pushed further in the direction of the
elevated country near the Tabnjang Mountain there will be a
better result to record. Tlie Sesang branch of the Kalakah
river has yielded traces of Antimony in addition to the locjili-
ties previously mentioneil. In the section on Antimony the
paragraph '' Lodes in which the matrix is felspar are rarer"
and should read "are richer."

Coal. — Mv remarks on this Mineral referred to the Silantek
(Lingga) coal and not to the Sadonjx coal at ])ro.<cut bein^
worked by the Government. This latter is of inferior quality.

Petroleum. — Mineral oil may now be included in tlie Sara-
wak list. Indications of its ])rcsence have been discovered in
Sadong ; but tiiey are, I believe, of no importance iV<>m an
economical point of view.

Tungtten, — A lode of a dark lookincj Mineral, which appears
to pierce the limestone hill of Hiisau from side to side, has
been pronounced to consist largely ol' ^^^)llram or tun«;state of
iron and Manganese.

Limestone, (7/ay5, (f^. --Inexhaustible supplies of limestone
are available in Sarawak. It can be quarrictl on tiie river side
within 25 miles of Kuchiny: and it affnnis both ordiiiarv
and hydraulic lime, eacli excellent of its kind. Plastic Clays
of the finest quality abound in varions parts of the Territory
and are at present utilized solely for the manufacture of bricks
and coai*se pottery. The country is not rich in ornamental
stones available for bnilding or other usefnl [)nrp()ses. The
only rocks of this description with which I am acquainted are
a pure white saocharoid marble (metamorphic limestone) in

MIftCELLANEOFfl NOTICES. 231

the Upper Rimarahan and a Imnd.^ome dnrk blackisli-greeii
rock with white or pale ^reen inarl>Iin<i^s which is found in the
ilistant Upper Itejanj^ country, wlionoe r^niall spool mens are
bron^ht hv the Kavans, who make this stone into ornjunenls.
It is prolKibly a variety of Serpentine.

In conehidinnr tliis brief note 1 shouM mention that Silver
wai« inadvcrtentlv omitted in mv list of the minerals which do
not come within the niono[X)ly of the Borneo Company.

A. H. E.
fkirn?rrik, -ISrd November, 1878.

The Skmanc.s.

[The followifig letters, written by a di.stini2;uished authority
on the subject of whioh they troat, have boon kindly placed at
tli« S^xriety's di-^posal. Tiioui^h written some years jigo they
will still, it is believed, be found interesting.]

Oxford University JIuseum^

.\rai/4, 181)1).

Professor writos to thank Colonel for the

Trouble he hns taken on bohalt* of the interests of tiie Museum
h-TC' in havintr the two aborl^^jiies phnto^-iapliod, and in dosirinj^
fill-* l»a.ia of Kr-daii to ])p)cnre a skoieton ot'ouo ol' those pe()))lo.
The two photoi^rnphs enclosed aio taken from the now Museum
here, an institution comparatively recently sui)eradded to tin*
old classical univorsitv.

Sonie 8 or i> paj)crs have recently been written upon the
history and physical peculiarities of the Srinan^fs, and the
Aidamancrs, who are supposed to be of the same stock.
T'olonel Fytche. ColoncM Campi)cll in his notes i)y an oM
Sportsman, Mr. Earl, Lieutenant St. John, (lOth Hoyal Hitlcs,
and a lV:e Uouri«Mi have all written about either the JSriuin^
in P. Welles ey or the \n<laman Islanners, and all a^ree that
the continental <hvart'blaek and the Islander are nnurh the same.
Mr. Wallaee, who spent many yfarsin the Archii e!aj;:o to tin
southward nt Timor, rern.Mte.(filo]oA:e ,an(l has just brought out
a book, a verv itockI one, in which he discusses all the Natural
History points, relating hoth to man and boast, agrees with these
gentleman in thinking the Soinangs of the Malacca Peninsula

232 MISOELLANEOtTS KOTICES.

to be of the same race with the Andatnaners ; and he also

considers them to be of the same stock as the little black people

CJilled Negrito in the Philippines* But he does not thiuk them

allied to the Australian or Papuan race^ as Mr. Lo;;:in, a

writer of some note, does, calling them '' Draviro Australijins ''

(Journal of the Indian Archipelairj) p.p 156. 157). The Fere

Bourieu who observes of tlie Mcntras, a wild tribe in the

Malay Peninsula akin to the Sr?mangs, that they a»e bathed

for the first time when they are dead, observes also that after

they are put into the grave either sitting, standing, or

reclining, they arc not visited alter tlie first three days, during

which time a fire is kept burning at the grave. If the Uaja

of Ki-dali is a .Muhomedan, he would not be likely to have

any very strong scruples as to causing a skeleton interred in a

non-Musselman fashion to be disinterred. Probablv but little

disinterment would be necessary, as verv little earth would be

* * ■

put upon the dead body.

Professor cannot couclude without expressiui; his

sense of the obliiration wliicli tho cultivators of science owe to
Lieut.-Governor for his exertion-?.

January 5, 1870.

There was some delay in jrettinLr the Semanu's skeleton
from tho •* Diouied," but it has conu^ to hand quite safely, a^
I outriit to have written a fortniiiht or more aj^o to thank you
for your trouble and the interest vou hive taken in the matter.

The skeleton is verv viilnable, tlioUi>h verv diilVrent from
what I ha<l expected. 1 find the Senijiugs are a small race
with narrow, large heads ; from the cliaraeter of the bones I
should suppose they live mainly on flesh food, the bones being
hard and bright. The man musr have been an old one, which
is a comparatively r;ire thim^ to find among s:ivages ; at least
most of the sava-jc* skulls that, cotne into mv hands are skulls
of vourij; men : and 1 imagine also from mv own experience of
sneli people wliilst living, that they are old at ages when we
are young I shall work up all that, Iims l»een writ fen in the
Transactions of voiir India i Societies ( Lo;/an*> siiid IF. 15.
Hodgson's names are familiar to me as Kditors or Contribr.tors)
and I shall make out all that the bones themselves have to
teach me, and conbine mv information. Whatever I write I
will see that you have. I shall send yon shortly a paper I
have been writing on the excavations of our own ravage fore-
fathers here in England, which 1 hope you may find more or
less wtorestiDg.

MISCELULNEOUS NOTICES. 233

I ^m much obliged to you for your mention of the Dodo bones.
LuckiK Mr. Flower, the Antiquarinn, is the father ofthe Mr.
(I think now Captnin) Flower who was so nctivc in di«j:j];in/ in
the Miiuritius ; and as I am an ally of the f ither, we contrived to
get a very large share of those valuable relics for our Museum.
We were bound in honor so to do, as before this discovery a
skull of that extinct bird which we preserved was the only one,
except one in Copenhagen, in the world.

It Wfts very vexatious at first, that discovering of new bones ;
every fresh discovery reducing; tiie value and interest of our
specimen, much as the discovery of the tirst husband reduces
the Value of the second in Tennyson's Poem of •"Enoch Arden."
But we made this out if it. I have to thank von also ior
mentioning our Museum to Dr. Stoliczkn. 1 am in corres-
]Mm deuce as to oxchanges with Dr. Anderson of the Indian
Museuu), and I will put myself in communication with Dr.
Stoliczka also.

If the Raja of Kcdah should come upon another skeleton of
the Scniang, I should be very glad of it. In the meantime it
will be mv business to make the best possible use of the one
which we have.

Capture of a specimen of OrHioPiiAGUs Elaps.

[The following communication to the Curator of the Eaffles
Museum may be of interest.]

'' I am very glad indeed to be able to send you another and
a liner specimen of the Ophiophagus Elaps, a female mea-
.suring 11 feet A inches.

'' The circumstances attending its capture are somewhat
interesting. The man describes the snake as going along
with its head (devated above the ground, and states that it
came right at him ; he wisely bolted and gave the alarm to
the men in the fort; the brute then took up his position on
the top of the Sentry box. I happened to b(} passing
and heard the shouting, and was just in time to save the
snake from being battered to pieces. Two plucky fellows
volunteered to take it alive, but it was a risky thing to do,
as immediately we approached the sentry box the snake

234 MISCELLANEOUS NOTICBS.

threw out its head from the folds and with distended neck
shewed fight ; however a noose at the end of a long stick was
cleverly slipped over the neck whilst one of the niea ;xot
hold of the tail ; so we had him all fast without a blemish.

'* The snake was then taken to the Godown and its veno-
mous powers tested on three dogs.

"The first dog was slightly bitten in the shoulder at lOli.
34m., and an antidote believed in by the Chinese was applied.
I enclose a specimen of the i)lant. The second dog was
bitten very severely at 10.55, the snake holding on to the
animal like a bull-dog to his dog. A strong solution of
Chloral Hydrate was injected by the hypodermic Syringe,
but without effect as the animal died in 15 minutes. The
first dog not appearing much worse for the first bite, he was
bitten again at 11.21 very severely in the nose and foot, the
snake fastening on the latter place very tenaciously. The
Chinese antidote was again applied ; the plant was bruised
in a small portion of water, the solution poured down the
dog's throat, and the benised leaves well rubbed into the
wounds, but the dog sunk at once and died at 1 2.2(), 1 hour
46 minutes after the first bite and 59 minutes atter the
second.

"The third dog was bitten at 1 1.19, at first very slightly and
then severely in the foot ; no antidote was used in this case,
and this animal lived, some Chinaman having applied the
actual centery to the wound in the foot ; but the poor brute
suffered very severely and 1 do not think it will recover. Tin*
Sc'lAngor Natives recojjnise the Snake as the most dancrerous
known ; they term it the '"Tcdong Sclah.''

" They all say it moves with the head lifted olf the ground,
and that it will not only attack, but pui*sue. An instiinee of
this occured some time ago ; one of the European Officers in
riding along one of the roads came on a very large Snake
and it followed him, and he had to ]nit his \n)u\ into a
gallop to escape; he described it sini[)ly as a Cobra, but since
reading of your paper in the first Number of the Straits Asia-
tic Society's Journal he considers it was a specimen of the
Ophophiagus l']lai)S of about <> or 7 feet h)ng. The ])erusa.l of
the paper by yon, and my seeing the two specimens her**,
proves beyond a doubt that the Oph. Elaps exists. In
Northern Australia one about 7 feet in length bit a fine re-
triever of mine. I was then Goveniment JResident of Port

MISCKLLAXEOUS XOTICKS. 235

Darwin and my daughter was riding with nie, my mounted
orderly in attendance. The orderly dismounted, and the
snake after biting the dog went into a hollow place, from
which he came out and would have bitten the man had he
not dispatched him with his sabre.

*' M}' daughter on seeing the specimen T now send you,
at once recognised it lus similar to the one which she saw at
Port Darwin, the bright orange patch under th<^ neck occur-
ing in both cases.

The dog died in about •> hours, after every care and the
applicali<»n of the Ilypodermic Syringe by the Surgeon.
The Natives here say the Oph. Elaps is not common;
several of the intelligent and elderly men say, they have
seen much larger specimen ; one respectable man say he saw
one a fathom lager than the one T send you wliich would be
19 feet.

'' Enclosed is tiie Mate's receipt, for the Jar, which I trust
will arrive safely as Captain Joyc^^ [U'omises tn take charge
of it. I. also semi you a small Pvthon and a. very venomous
Siiakt' iornu'd the "TcJoiij^ Malalr.iri."' Siu<.l In attack iiieti.

^ I).

•]HK oi*ni(»ri[A<irs i.lm*s

A rjHTMSjiondc'iit stall's lliat llic rxi^lmci' of this reptile
in th«^ Pcninsuhi was la-ovrd in the cariv iiart n\' 1S7<J, when
u d»»tafhin«'nr (^f tlnvBiitl's wciv (piartrrcd at Kw.ila KanLi;.--i.
A spj-'ciiii«'»i was killed a;nl bnMi^^lit iiit(» th'.* cjiii^* l.>y s.t.ik*
MaUivs: it Wiis <'xaiiiliu'<i aii«l id'.si(iii<M] 1»\' SiirutMni-Aiaii.i-
Davis. TiiM ?Jalavs drs'-rih^Mi it as l]i<' ii)o-;t t'<«niiiilaMt*
snak«^ thin' ar«' ai.-f[:iaiut»M] with. aii«l rdatiMJ iii.si.iuc.'S in
which it iiad ])..'i''ii known to cIims!' in<*n wlio lia I di.r>tui'i>:'d
it, cvt.'n lakiiiLif U* the wa*;-'.' ai'l-.T t.h«Mn it' th.*y ])]r.n;4">Ml int.>
a river to I'scape from ii. 'Hir Maliiy nauH* u'iv;ni to t lie
specini'Mi <*aught at Kwala Kaiiirsa was TfJniii Srhih ( Nv/rf/.--
Favrc; Thei'e is an allusion to it in tlie M'fi'itwj McJuiif'ii.nfi^a.
( .VM' rVilom*! Low's tr.nisl'.ition, .jonrnal India Archi]n'l'iu;o
vol. III. ])aiL:'' i2iIj ) a!id tlie peculirir rhararieristii; of i his
snak(». namely that it will actually pursue a reireatiug fo-*,
is introdurt'cl into tlie h»;^end. '"The boa fi^elinj? himself
"" rather getting the worst of it, suddenly stirred, and shook

236 MISCELLANEOUS ^'OTICES.

** his head and body, and became a fearful tcdong sclali, or
*' hooded snake, the girth of which was that of a cocoanut
tree, whoso tongue was lolling out and whose eyes were
large as cymbals. The people amazed dispersed, and a few
daring persons remained and beat the snakes. Then again

*^ they assembled in great(»r numbers, with loud shouts and
** noise, to destroy the snake. The latter inir sued the Knja, who

sought for shelter behind a tree.^^

A MALAY KRAMAT.

The mining district of Larut in Perak is so essentially a
Chinese settlement that its early Malay history is generally
completely lost sight of. Before the discovery of tin in
Larut, some thirty or forty years ago, Trong, which is fur-
ther south, was the port from which traders and merchandise
found their way to Parit Gantang and Kwala Kangsa. It is
still a thriving district and likely to increase in impoi'tance,
but it has been eclipsed for many years by Larut. The old
plantations of fruit trees at Trong mark it at once as a much
older settlement than Larut, where cultivation is in its in-
fancy. Trees are among the few traces which tlu* Malay
leaves of his occupation ; he does not build stone walls and
seldom erects permanent monuments of any kind. Ancient
groves of durian trees, phinted no one can say when or by
whom, may sometimes shew where a populous Kayapniif/ must
at one time have been established ; but in all other respects
a deserted Malay settlement became undistinL^uishable
iuuGfle in a verv few years.

Local tnxdition in Perak hiis handed down various stories
connected with Achinose invasions of Perak, which must
havt* taken place in the 16th and 17tli centuries, and there
is little doubt of the truth of the popular account which
makes the coast settlements, now called Larut and Trong,
the scene of some of the encounters between the invadera
and the people of the country. For a long time Perak was
a mere dependenc}' of Achv_-en, and it may be fairl}' supjx)sed
that some of the conquerors settled in the former country.

Rightly or wrongly the Malays of Larut assign an Achinese
origin to an old grave which was discovered in the forest
fiom(» years ago, and of which I propose to give a brief descrip-
tion. It is situated about half-way between the Larut
Hesidencv and the mininj? \411age of Kanuintint^. In the
neighbourhood tlu> old durian trees o? Jiwa betoken the pre-

MISCKLLANKOT'S XdTIOKS. . 237

Tjencf of a Malay population at a date Ion;? i*"^ •!' to the
advent uf the Chinese minor. The jirmve wa lis'M>YCTecl
about twenty years ago by workmen em ploy (^d by ^^ M^^utri
nf Perak to make tlie Kamunting: road, and it ex il-'d much
ciiriowity among the Malays at the time. Thc» ALnlri and
all the ladies of his family went on eK'phants t > >.» » it and
it has been an object of much popular pre.stit^^«* «v»n' since.

The Malays of Java wimv abl<.' t'r(»m villasfe Irailiiion to
jfive the name and sex of the occupant of this lonely tomb,
"Toll Bidan Susu Lanjut," whose nam<» sounds better in the
orijrinal than in an Enfjlisli translation. Shf is said to have been
an aid Achinese woman of j^ood family ; of her persoiial history
nt»thinij^ is known, but her claims to respectabiliiy are
erinei'd by the carved head and foot stones of Achinese
iir(»rkmanship, wliioh adorn her gravt*. and her sanctity is
pn>yed by the favt that the stctnes ar*^ eight feet .apart.
It is a well-known Malay snpersiti<»n that tUt' stones placed
to mark the gr;iv(»s of Saints miraculously increase their
n»latiy»:* distance during tli<» lapse of years, and thus bear
iniite testimony to the h(»liness of the i)«'rson whose resting-
place they mark.

Tlie Kraiunf on tlie Kainunting nuil is on the sj>ur of a
hill thr<mgh wln*«-h the ronlwnv is cut. A tree overshadows
the grave and is hung with strips of white cloth and other
nigs ifffujipf'^'ji) which the devout have put there. The di-
rection of the grave is as nearly as possible due north and
rti»utli. Th<.» stones at its head and fo(»t are of the same
«ize, and in every respect identical one with the other. They
are of san<lstone, and an* said by the natives to have been
brought from A<hin. In design ancl execution tlu^y are
8U])erior to (udinary Malay art ; as will be seen, 1 think, on
reference t<» the rubbings of the carved surface of one of
them, which Ihwq been executed for me by the Larut Sur\'ey
()itic«% and which 1 hav(» tiansmitted to the Society with this
psi[M'r. The extreme mciisureinents of the stont*s (furnished
fr«»m the same source) are 2' T' X <»' i>" X 0' 7". They
are in exc»4ieiii jireservation ami the carving is fresh
and sharp. Some Mahiys profess to discover in the three
rows of verticnl <lirection on tin* broadest face of the
Hhibs the Mohamedan attestati(»n of tin* unity of God

iJl'xX (La ilalut illa-lla) repeated over and over again; but
T confess that I have been unable ti» do so. The oiferings
at a Kramat are ^enernlly incense iishimii or j«Mf'iinji'^ OT

238 MISCKLLAXEOrS NOTICES.

benzoin (kayninian) ; these are burned in little stands made
of bamboo rods ; one end is stuck in the ground and the other
spKt into four or live, and then opened out and plaited with
basket work, so as to hold a little earth. They are called
sangka ; a Malay will often vow that if -he succeeds in some
particular project, or gets out of some difficulty in which he
may happen to be placed, he will burn three or more sa}igka
at such and such a Kraitinf, Persons who visit a Kranmt in
times of distress or difficulty, to i3ray and to vow offerings^
in case their prayers are grauted, usually leave bt'hind them
as tokens of their vows small j^ieees of wliite cloth, which
are tied to the branches of a trot* or to sticks planted in the
ground near the sacred spot.

For votary purposes the lontr-forj^otten Um\h of Toh Bidan
Snsu Laujut enjoys eonsirlerable popnlarity among the
Mohamedaus of Larut ; and the tree which overshadows it
has I am glad to say been span^l the fate vrliich awaited the
rest of the lun^^lo which overhunir the road. N(> eocJie was
bold enough to put an axe to it.

W. E. M.

[The tracing, which it is fonnd im2)0s.-;ihle to print h«*re,
is in the Society's possession, and can he se<'n at the
Raffies Librarv l.)v any one inter«'st(^d in tlie i^ulncctJ

MALAV-l'>N<il.lsn Dk'TJONAKIKS.

U does nci so^'aic wrll for »'itlier ilic ♦•ntcrprise nr tht*
Sehohirshij) of English dwellers in this part of Ihe w<»rld,
thai tile Ijcst Malay and English «lietionar\ whiih wt- poss^'ss
is niori' than tw<» thir<ls (►f a cent nry ohl. hMncc tin- '»iil)li-
eatioii of M:irNden\s Wi)rk t!n*r<' have ind»'<Ml Ixmmi ".ssucd
several Malav \'o.'al)nlari«'s, l):'.'.id(\s ih-' iii'>r<' anihjt i.»iis a:i<l
voluniinons worlc <>r" ('raufnr.l. lint onis ili- ^-.-mt 1,'-: of
tliex' \o<-ai»nlarIes has at t'.'iiip:<-d to print Ih:' .MahiN w-.rds
in tin* Arahic ciiaraeters, in wliirh alone (lif echirM^Mi .M.ilay
is acrn.sionir;! to r.ad his «»\\ n hni^'nai;'-'. Mveii Mars l.':i is
si)arin:4; of his Aral>i«- tvp ', and f(aN"^"o,»s tlie u-^t' of i* \\\
jnost of his niiMi'rons ip.ioial innsJlVoni ^lalay e.nihnrs. I uder
these rireuni^t.iiict's, and h.uinu- regard t" ilie ;it tainnieat of
Malav as il i> expe«-ied from many of the Civil Serva'.its in
this {'olonv, we cannot won«hM* that th«' su[»ply <»f copies of
FiivVi'^s iW;iiav-Fron(di Diclivniavv sent out to the Straits

Mls^CELLAXEurs NOTICES. 2?^^

Settloiueiits has been for soiiu* time exlmu.sted. The work
is no longer in type, and although doubtless some copies
remain in European booksellers' shops, this fact appears to
be a sufficient excuse for tisking whether the Government
and our learned Societies ought not, at the present juncture,
to do something towards producing a Malay-English Dicti-
onary, Avoi'thv to rank witli the work of L' Abbe Favre, and
with the Malay- Dutch dictionaries of Von Dewall, Pijnappel
and Klinkert. L' Abbe Favre has generously given leave
for an English translation of his work to be published, but
to print an edition of 500 copies would entail an expendi-
ture of more tluni il.OO(); too ham* a risk for an v individual.
An*! Favre's wrn-k, excellent as it is. has snnie mistakes and
deficiencies : the Jattrr notaldy in the l>otanical information.
At least it is to liope<l that the matter will not be suffered
to drop.

L. C Jj.

UanthiH

January

Februaz7
March

June

July
Angast

October
Decern lt>^^

GroateBtBi
faUin34rl»<'

R£MAKK».

Raiufall woh RegiHtered ut

during tho year l861» 1 Station.

Du. 1870 1 do.

Do. 1871 I- do.

LKk 1H72 5 do.

Do. 1873 5 du.

Do. 1871 6 <lo.

Do. 1875 8 (U>.

Do. 1S7H 7 do.

Do. 1?S77 7 do.

Do. 1878 7 do.

T. 1. ROWELL, M.D.,
J^riiiciml Civil Medical Officer, 5, S.

JOURNAL

8TKA1TS HRANCIi.

)YAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

.IIJLY, 1879.

n'lu.isiiiai ii\i.i--vi:Ar,i,Y.

SINOAPltttK--
I 4 Co , liuurliui I filixiwr IrMlol'i: •!» (V.. IVllh

iro. 3.

JOURNAL

OF THE

STl? A ITS JU{ ANCJ I

OF THE

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY

Jll.V, 1871).

IMT.I.ISIIF.I) IIAI.K-YHAKLY

1*1. ^. ■: v: iiiK "• Mixiox I*i!K>;s" i;v iwr l'l.•••l'l.•I^■||||;

^Priojsl j.orcHw.l I >^ « '•• •

ERRATA.

Pago 21, 7tli lino from top for Illustration

91
99

J»

»♦

21, Gth

22, 17th
22, 21tli „
29, 4Hi line
38, (;tli
:3t, Gth
34, 8th
40, 2n(l
42, 2nd
rj(», 8th

?»

bottom „ Sesah
top „ diyan

„ 6ra?t

,, Aviw
bottom „ rhiaii
top ,, iiumeravtur

„ hurah

„ -won top

,, Zr/A'/

,. wo

19
99
9»

read illusfrnllve^
Seeah
di-gaii,
Gau,

„ chiftn,

„ lifrah

„ kakt
,, /to
Stamford Raffles"

', G2, After tho Titlin^i add th«* words *'By Sir
„ ijV, 4th lino from to^) „ o hi It's read riTi-/t'«
„ 144, 3rd line „ bottom after the words " alono is " add tho
word *' prinlt'ir* (vide ante p. 92)'*

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

( I. List of Members ...
\I1. rroceeJiujjs

1 Chinese yecrei Societies,

by W. A. Pickering

1 Malay I?roverbs, Part HE.,

by W. E. Maxwell

Page.
I

... 1-18

... 19-51

Notes on Giitta Perclia,

r F. W. Burbidgo
by^ W. H. Treacher
(^ II. J. Murtoii

... 52-01

t The Marilinie Code of the Malays,

Iteprinted from a Translation l.)y Sir S. RaMes... (>2-84

o A Trip to Gunon^ lUumiit,

by D. F. A. Uervev

'• Cavt.-i at Sungei liatu in Selanixor

liv 1). I). Dalv /.'.

.. «S5-115

..llO-lll)

7 (icno^nipliy i»i* Airliiij,

Translated from the German, by Dr. Beiber ...r20-12'J

iS Account of u N;ilnralist*s Visit to Selanj^ur,

1«\- A. J. Hornadav, ... ...121-131

J) Mi-i.cilaiicons Notices

. i'Kocli.MMilCAIi NoTi:s

i I.*"»ui<-s lYovA .S'l;uiLr«»r t:«> Pah.-nitr.
^ Mr O.Miic'.s Surv..'y JtciM)rl ..
'. A 'i'iuifi's Wakf

jir«M.-»lin.„' pearls

I'll'" Maritime Codr, and tSir tS. liaflics

Mvlcurolugical licturns

1 '•]'!
."l:52.lo:.

. .• I^lO-l^V.)

...l:^iMi()

...14:3-141.
145

THE STRAITS BRANCH.

OK TU£

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

Patrons.

His Excolloiuv Sir William F. C. IloIuiisuii, k.c.m.o

His ExcfllfUcy Major, Gt'iicral A. E. H. Aiison, u.a.. c.m.n.

COUNCIL.

Veil. Aivlul«*aci.»ii G. F. Hose, m.a. Prutiith^ul.
Major S. Duiilop, k.a. Viro Preskknt (Siiijupun:.)

Hon'blr C. J. Irvine,'. Via: P,'iii<Uh'itl (Paiaiifj.)

James Miller, Esq. Hnimrnnj Tirasfrer.

A. M. Skiiiiior. Esq. Jfowniirij Strrctttnj.

o
O

G. A. Itemi'. Esq. Edwin Koek, J^S(j.

K. B. Denuys, Esq. Ph. 1). D. F. A. Hervrv , Ei>q.

li. W. HllUrtt, Esq., M.A.

List of

Adamsoii. Mr. W.
Ah'^us, Mr. G.
Anson, Mr. A.
AmistronjjT, Mr. A.
BiUiinirarten, Mr. (.*.
Bent lev, Mr. II. G.
Bemaril, Mr. F. G.
BijTirs. Kevd. L. C.
Bireh,Mr. J. K.
Birch, :Mr. E. W.
Black, Mr. A. F.
Bond, Hon'ble I. S.
Boulthee, Mr. F. K.
Brown, ^^Fr. L.
Brown, Mr. J).
Brui»', Mr. KoKr. I».
Biirkin.sliaw, ^Ir. J.
Brussd, Mr. J.
Campl'dl. H«»u*M«' \l.
Cart^ill, Mr. Tln.mia^.
Co|m:, Mr. Herlx-rt.
Cornelius. Mr. B. M. A.
Cousins, Mr. A. \V. V.
Cuii, Mr. J. C.

Mkmheus F(iu IH7.K

Daliiiauii, Mr. E. B.
Daly, Mr. 1>. D.
ncnison, Mr. N.
hoiiLjlas, C;q)t. J .
I)ovh.. Mv. l\

Brooze, Ll. J. 1 1 aver.

iHiir, Mr. Alex.

Diinlop, Mr, C.

I)unloj», Mr. C. J. Tennaiji.

Emmerson, Mr. i*.

Falls, Dr. T. B.

Favro, rAMu- (ITon. Meini'vi)

Ferguson, Mr. A. M., Jr.

Eraser, Mr. J.

iJlinz, Mr. C.

<Mnnes, liL'vd. W. H.

(Jraham. Mr. Jaiiu-s.

Gray, Mr. A.

ilaLTt.'durj), Mr. E.

Hansen. Mr. J. F.

ILi/lc, Mr. E.

FhriiH-n.-^. Mr. A. IE .\,

li«*wctson, Mr. R. W.

lierwiv, Mr. 11.

MEMJJ Llis.

liill, Mr. h].C.
(Jiltilhin, lloirhlr S.
lJol.% Mr. ^V.
iloiiiilxri:-, Mr. 1*. !l.
iLov<Ivk, Mv. K. l*'.
ihralniji Mn A1>tliilhih.
Iiiiu's. Mr. .Iniin'N.

l\:jii:Viii:iiin. Mr. A.

Ki'liilin.:, Mr. F.

Ki'rr, Mr. W. (i.

K..r. Mr. V. LV

l\r«»l:n, ?kir. \V.

1\\ ::ii« r-!«'V, .Vi r. ( '. W. S

L.'iln'.iJli ail-.l .'•:i'\!v.:ilv'. I.«»r:l Jii.--

Iiuiii'.. Mr. .1.
i.::i::'.« r;, M '. .'. iC.
TiiimLi ri, .^Ir. K.
f.aiiil'i'ri. T'.r. 'J. !i.
I..' .•!». M-. li. v.. ('.
1. •:. ■••■i-r, J"'-!.-. .\. \v'. yi.
-111. • . . • • • . , • 1 1 . * » .

. s;i _i.. r. ; I "li. .'i .'. I' "r •; . l" . .\ .
.:!• .:• •.: .•■:) M;:l:!.-.o.l.

• • ■ ' ■ . . " i' ! . I 1 11 ■ •"
. ■ . ■ . .*• . ". « •. . I . •

'• ■ ..•,■■ = ....:.<».

; V. • '.
J- {.
I • I

■ ■ i . .. .1 ! i ]■'::■' . ' !• '.li- .

:•• \. A

v.i- <

liccul, Hi»ii'Mo W. II.

j^'iiu', Mr. (j. A.

lliiin, Mr. K«1ihoiu1.

Ro^A, Mr. .1. !>., Jr.

Kitlcr, ^k. K.

KoAvi'll, Dr. 'r. 1., 3r.n.

{^:iLr<»i>\ Svi'il Muhoiiiod Mil A!

S.sniwnk, !»aia ni" (Hoii'.n'iirv

M'.'inlH'r. )
St-lu'crib'r, Mr. .1. (J.
.'*:^<ln)nil:uriik, Mr. OarJ.
■•^rhuil :'•.•', Mr.
^'\«-.L Aliu IJaiv'M*.
.s"l!c!r..r«l. ll'.iri.ir Thonia.'.
;<ki»«!i.r. ?.lr. ».'. J.
iSliH'lair, Mr. L.
.Sinilh. lI.'irM.-C. (Vi-i!
.^ohsL Mr. T.

Stit.., :\rr. M.

^•tw.art, Mr. C. *!.• It.
.^tiv«u. Mr. liol.t. G.
Slrinp-r, Mr. (..'.
SiiliK .Mr. .M.
.'•^.viH«'!i!iaji!. Mr. l-\ A. .
S». in'';irii". <';:>»!. !\
Sx. .•>, }\v. [\A\

*^ • ' t I ' ' I !• • I

'i"t:' ..i, :\v. .A. !'.
■i'.::i l\ i:i! i 'liiiiu-

"\ "! ••!'. '\\i', <;. I'.
1 1' •"•1. r. /If. 11.

{' '.' :i. A-'. \. \\ .
\ A\: l...:!. .*I r. iv ('.

• ■•ii. .. ..I. i,<i. 1'.
•'^ " : :• 1/ !.* S I'
■*\ ■••■ M-M. .!"ii •■'■■ !!. A.. IV.,

\. :.. •■ \. :;•■. i. .T. L.

\ . \ . i»« ii, .'i •■. 1\.

/."'..i .. ••.!■• r

r^' ..ilk' • ^ i. L . t. 1

PROCEEDINGS

GENERAL MEETING, MONDAY, Tth APPJL, 1870.

Various piililii-atioiis, pivaontcd to the Social y siiic*' i\w h\M
Gfnoral Meetiiii^, Svoiv laid Ix^foro the ^leotiniij.

Tbo foll«>wiiicr Gcntlomeii. rocoinniondtMl ],y (li«' Council, vvor-'

dulv olt.'Ctt'd : —

Messrs. Srhult/.c, Svoi*?, and Tiedo.

The Pr.'sidcfnt drow attention to (b<' piil)liration of No. Ff of
ilitt fc^ocioty's Journal, ^vlii'h has l)0«.'n a('ruui]>lisii"«l r^in«v ihc I.Mst
G«-n«.ral Moetinu^

Tlio followinLT l*afH-rh WiT.* r«'*ad hy (^ipl.iin IJ. l)>iiL:las. If. ^I/s
U^'sidcnt; froju S'^^liintror routriiiutors ; -

Mr. D. 1). Dalv. on sunn- Liinostom.' Ciivcs in I 'in [\!ani:-.

Mr. \V. T. Ifornadav, ;in Ain*.'rifMTi Nalnrali.^l. cii lij- !;ir«'.-
nmniai.s to Ix? ff>nnd in S».l.:niior.

Tho S(.H-rt4ary rr-ad a pa|.'<"'r (»n *• Ma'-roiloniisin '" I v |>r. MiKlnli-.'
Maclav.

GENERAL MEETING, MONDAY, !»rn JUXE, \>^7iK

Mon'hh.' Colonol J. .]ai(<» and J. V. Joaijuiin. K<«|., iv-.-onmiMn,!,.,!
liv tlu» Council, wi'n- clc< t mI nicnil.MMs.

'J'hc Privsidi'Ut a!in«>!inc,'d fh • aci-M)f:an^-:' i>v Ili^ l']\"'«ll.'n(\ t!i.'
Adinini!=*trator of tlur ollici* oi l*ain»n. as rfi|M.-.->l"d l^y fiu' r'-iuu-.i!.
undiT tlif' Ituh's of th«* Surictv.

A Papor hy ]\[r. \Y. A. PIcb'rinL^ on Chinas • S-'cPfi S:>(''-t'<-N
in tho Strait ?< S».'rtli'm<*ni,s was read hv Ili«' Pr<*sid«'nt.

A Paper comaiuinir l>otani«'al notes n-spoctimr <intia l^-rciia
and Caoutchour bv Mr. ['. \V. ]^uH»id''c, conti-ibntr.l t<» tli.' So.i.-Jv
(with somo remarks on th«' subj(M:t^ by Mr. W. U Trearj^cr, was p;-.-!
Itv tin- Secretary.

"CHINESE SECRET SOCIETIES/'

Part II.
BF W. A. PICKERING.

Read at a ilecihig of the Society held on tlie 9th June 1879.

Having in the first number of this Journal) given an ac-
count of the origin and establishment of the ^^Hung League "
or Thien-Te-Hui, I will now describe an initiatory ceremony,
as actually witnessed by myself and others, in the best dis-
ciplined Lodge in Singapore, and which lasted from 10 p. m.
to 3 A. ]£., during which period some seventy new Members
were admitt^ into the Society.

As I have neither the time to re-translate in full, nor the
ability to improve on M. SchlegeVs version of the ritual, I
shall describe the ceremonies and furniture of a Lodge, as
I myself have seen them in Singapore ; merely ti*anslating
such portions as may seem necessary for my purpose, and, at
times, taking the liberty of quoting from the "Hung
(or Ang*) League."

Any reader wishing to become more minutely acquainted
with the Thien-Te-Hui, shoidd procure M. SchlegePs book,
in which he will find a graphic description of the working,
rules, and ceremonies of the Society, as (from all I hear)
it now exists in China, and in semi-civilised Countries,
where Chinese Colonists are compelled to combine against
the unscrupulous and capricious tyranny of Native rulers.

In the Straits Settlements, the secret Societies are in fact,
but large Friendly Societies, without political objects ; dan-
gerous no doubt, to a certain extent, but only for the reason
that, owing to the nature of our Chinese population, each
Hoey contains a large proportion of lawless and unprincipled
chamcters.

* In this paper I shall pronounco thi? word and all Chinese namoi ac«
cording io the liokkcn dialect.

2 CHIKEBt: SECRET SOCIETIES,

Theoretically, all Meetings of the " League," arc held in
the jungle or mountains, and every new member is instruct-
ed to reply, when asked where he was initiated, "In the
mountains, for fear of the * Chheng' Officials."

In the British Colony of the Straits Settlements, however,
each Lodge has a substantial "Hui-Koan" (1) or Meeting-
house ; and at Singapore, the Grand Lodge possesses a very
superior building at Eochore, where, twice a year, ( on the
25th of the 1st and on the 25th of the 7th moons) the " five
ancestors"* (2) are worsliipi>ed, and feasts, with theatricals,
are held in their honour, by the following nine bmnches of
the " Ghee Hin" Society :—

1 Hok-Kien Ghee Hin, (8)

2 Hok-Hin, (4)

3 Tie-Kun Ghee Hin, (5)

4 Kwong Hok or Ghee Kheo. (G)

5 Siong-Peh-Koan, (7)

6 Kwang-Hui-Siau, (8)

7 Ghee Sin, (9)

8 Ghee Hok, (10)

9 Hailam Ghee Hin, (11)

For many years there has been no " Toa-Ko'' (12) or Grand
Master of the Ghee Ilin Society, as no person dare come
fonvard to undertake the onerous and responsible duties
of the office, but each of ilie Bmnches is managed and
governed by the following office bearers : —

1 Tsong-Li (13) or General Manager.

1 Sien-Seng (li) or Master of Lodge.

1 Sien-Hong (15) or Van-guard.

1 Ang-Kuu (IG) Red Bdt on or Executioner,

and a varying number of Tsam-Hoa, (17) or Councillors, and
Thili-i)an Chhau-oo,1! (18) or District Head men, who carry
out the ordei's of the superiors : —

* The live prit^st:? 0-ti'k-lo, Pn;^-tai-an^, ClihcKi Lek-tioii«^, Ma-C'hinu-
hiu ami Li-;jck-kluii, who eijcap<Hl fruin the buruiiig of he iSiau-Lim mou-
abU'ry.

•i Iron pliinks, Cirasfi-cihof.-s.

-At'

CRINEfiS 8SCBET 80CIETISS* 3

I. The Lodqe and itb Puknituhe.

The accompanying lithograph, taken from a native sketch,
gives a very good idea of a Lodge anmnged for a ceremony
of initiation.

Just inside the outer door of the Lodge is the famous
Ang-Kuu, (19) or Red Baton, (a staflP of 36 Chinese inches
in length) which is used as an instrument of punishment,
and from which one of the office-bearera derives his title.

So-Ang-Kuang (20) is on guard at the outer door, and any
person wishing to enter the Lodge,must take up the BSton
with botli hands, and repeat the following verse.

'* In my hands I bold tbc red cane,
" On my way to the Lodge I've no fear,
" You ask me brother, whither I go,
•* You come eiirly, but I walked slow."

Any stranger failing in this test, ought, according to the
mlcs of the Society, to be beheaded at once.

Having gained entry, we come to the Aug Gate*(21) guard-
ed on the right by Ban-To-hong (22) and on the left by
Ban-To-liong (23;.

Above the Gate, on each side, is a Flag, the two together
bearing chariictei*s meaning, " The barriers are open, the
way is clear"(2i), and on the lintels is the couplet;

" Situate in the Ko range, where the Kh6 hills have branched forth
for ag^*8-*

'* The Gate hioks towards the great Ocean, into which the imited
waters of the" three rivei*8,t have flowed during myriads of years.

The next stngo, is the '" Hall of Sincerity and Justice,"
(25) guarded by Te"-Ki-iu (26) on the right, and Tan-Teng-
Seng (27) on the left. The two flags above, have the inscrip-
tion, '• Dissiipato revenge, and put away all malice"(28).
There is also on each side, a horizontal sentence, " Two
dragons disputing over a Pearl," (29) and " Overturn the
" Chheng restore the Beng " on

On the door-posts is the antithetic coui)let : —

" Though a man be not a relation, if be be just, he is worthy of all
honour.

" A friend, if he be found destitute of honour, ought to be repudia-
ted."

The next step takes us to the " City of Willows,"(30) at

** Ko-K)i(> is the name of the Temple whore tlic 5 pricHts found a refuge,
t Hziia Ho.

20 jp^T:5fc 2» ^; igiH 26 i}^^ 29 nn^vu

21)^P^ 2mm^^ 27H[^^ B0:^^^%

4 CRXNESE BEDRET 80CIETIEB.

the Ea«t Gate of which, Go-Kim-loi, (31) and Oo-Hoan-ji (32)
are the gnardians. Practically, there is only one Gate repre-
sented in the Singapore Lodges, but theoretically, the city
has a Gate at each point of the compass, guarded respectively
by the ancient heroes,* Hanpeng, (33) Han-Hok, (34) Te"-
Chhan (35) and Li-chhang-kok, (36) whose flags adorn the
City walls.

The couplet on the East Gate is,

" At the command of the General, the gate opens and myriads stream
forth.

The awe-inspiring " Ang" heroee, guard the cnti*ancc to the *' Wil-
low City."

Also the following.

" To the East, in the Wiiod, it is difficult to walk qniclcly.

" The sun appearing above the hills, rises fi\-»m t!ie E:iyitoni Ocean.

On the West Gate.

" In the metal road of the West, one must be careful.
" But of the two paths, the Western is more clear.

On the South Gate.

" The fiery South Road, is exceedingly hot.

Chang-Ghiu, Ghuan-Chiu, and Yen-ping.§ extend thi'ir protection at
far as the Southern Capital.

The couplet of the North Gate f is,

" The Northern waters are deep and hard to cross.

In Tun-nan and Sze-Chuan there is a way l»y whirh wo can pass."

Entering the East Gate of the '• City of Willows," wo
come to the " Red flowery Pavilion,''(3r) before which Cliian»j
Kiet-hin (38) dispenses the purifying waters of the Ssiin-
Ho, (39) or three Rivers, to the new nionibor.s.

Above the Pavilion is the Grand Altar,( lO) witli the pul-
pit of the Sien-Seng, or Master of the Lodir.^ ; and on the
East side, is the "Circle of Heaven and Eavtli,"( 11} with
its couplet.

" Agitate Heaven and Earth, and reform the worM.
"Let the *'Beng** triumph, and l»»t rightisnisncss obtain thmu^li.
uot the Empire.

* See " Hung League" p. 21.
§ Prefectures of Hok-Kien,

t According to Cmncsc idoaa the 4 cardinal p'-iints an'l tlie contiv ri^j»iv.
■ent the 6 elements, viz: E. wood, W. metal, S. fin», X, w.itii". ci-iitr.', earjli.

3li^^3*J Sinn 37j^:^a|t lOii/j.

32^Bftj^ roumm 3«ifi£^ ni£i*gj

3Zmm 36$g 39H?Rr

CHnrSSE 8X:CRF.T BOCICTtEB. 5

Passing tliro\if]fh tlio Circlo, out of tlip Wost door of tlie
''Pavilion," we iviieli the "' Two Plankod Bridjro," guarded
by the spirits of deceased brethren, " Kiot-Ben|;f-|ni"( 12)
and " Ban-Bun-beng,"*(l:^>) whose '' spirit throne" ('^^) or
tablet, is on the left side of the bridge-head. On this tablet
is the inscription.

** Wben will the (lay of vt'iiofiuince iirrivo ?

Until tlion. wo will cherisli our ri?s«.*ntuiout. though it ho uiyriads
of Toare.

The right hand plank of the Bridge is supposed to be of
copper, and that on the left, of iron.

At the bridge-head is the couplet.

" Staggering acwss, we h.'aTO no trat'i.'.s l»oliind.

** Whilo all creation is silently expectant, seeing that the day is al-
ready boginiiing to be rt*d.§

In the centre of the Bridge, underneath.

"A true prine«? will aeomiplisli everything he takes in hand.
" A ti'ue man will bring to perfi.'otion all he mnh'rtakes to do.

On the Bridge, are hung, "" Ang" (I'i) coin to the valne
of 30,82 l^f cash, and nndernealh are three stepping-
stones, arranged in a triangular figure, over which avi» pa.ss
to the ''Fiery vaUey"{t()) or ^^^ Red Furnace,"! 17) guarded by
a malignant though ju.st spirit, called the "' Ked youlh,"( IS)
who enviously scrutinises the hearts of all who appn»aeh
him, and mercilessly .slays all traitors with his .spear, an<l
Cdusigns their souls to the flames.

Aceor«ling to th<» testimony of the Head men, many vic-
tims have falle!i by his s[»enr in Siii«4a]M)iv.

Having pnssed .scatheless through this ordeal, we arrive at
the "Market of Cniv«»r.sal Peace/'; 10) and the *'Tem]de of
Virtue and Happiuj^ss/'i.V)) which are at the end (»f our dau-
gei'ous joiu'ney.

In the market is Chia-pauir-heujr (•">!) who .s(d Is the pre-
cious " Ang" fruifs. of liv»» kinds, and in the Tt^nple, Ij^csid^.s
the inscription already in»tired on the ' S[)irit throne of <le-
ceased br<»thr«4i," is i1h» following couplet.

•• In this happy j.lii«-e. ii ilier«« he any iniinivity, tin' wind willehanse
it avk-ay.

^* Kit't-liU!!, til'.' a'*.-^»'i;'t«-.l myrijids.

^ The charn«;t«T ("-An*^" Vjh ) is mjuji.!..:.,] r>f tho chMr:urt''r.i whii-h
can i'ejjrfS«Mit ;;-^-Jl.

^i'-tyiMi^^^ i7|rM ^''*M

inyAki d

6 CHTKfiBE SECBST BOCflETTEfl.

** In this virtuoTiB family there will be no trouble ; the Sun will con«
tinually illumine the door."

II. The Ckeemony.^T

In a room convenient to the Lodge, on the right of the
" Market of Universal Peace," the candidates having purified
their bodies by ablution, and wearing clean clothes, are pre-
pared for admission.

Each candidate must be introduced by an office-bearer,
who is supposed to be responsible for him, that during four
months, the new member (52) shall not even come to words
with the brethren, and that for the term of three years, he
shall not break the more important of the 36 arti«.*los of the
Society's Oath.

Experience however shows, that this obligation sits very
lightly oil both new members and Head-men, at any rate
amongst the class which now-a-days composes the Societies.

Each candidate having paid a fee of $3.50, ( g2 of which go
to the treasury of the Lodge, while the balance is expended
in fees to office-bearers, and in tlie expenses of the evening),
his surname, name, age, place and hour of birth, are entered
on the Kegister of the Society, and copied on a sheet of Red
paper.

in token of having cast off all allegiance to the present
dynasty '" C'hheng," tiie '* queue'' of ea(.*h is unbraided, and
the hair allowed to flow loosely down the biick, the right
shoulder and breast are bared, and the candidate is not al-
lowed to retain a single article on his person, except a jacket
and short trousers.

In consideration of the poverty of most of the new-
comers, th(»y are not required to put on now clothes, but
newlj'-washed raiment is insist (?d upc^n.

The Sien-Seng, Sien-Hong, Ani::-Kun, and the Chhau-oes
who act the parts of the Generals guarding the gates itc,
must, however, dress in new clotln'S on every occasion.

After preparing the candidates, tlie Master prv^ceeds io
arrange the articles on the Clraiul altar, the most important
part of this dnfy being the inseHion of all theparapluTnalia..
ill the "Peck nunisure,''^^ i»r Ang Tau."*-^'{) On the fn»nt

• Xcarlv :il\v.iv?*, thouir^ t'rroniM>u-«lv, sin»k<':i ol* a-* tin- Hu-thd. SfO
** iliin^r Lca^^iic." pp. 11 jinl 1 r,» tVn* nn iii*i'ivs!iii;4 di -■»•!• ij*! it m nf tliis
artioli'.

52 f,-^ :»3jM:^

CHINESE SECRET SOCIETIES. 7

of the " Tau" are four ehai*acters, Plan tain, (51) Taro,(55)
Phim,(56) Orangc.(57) Behind is the inscription, " The pro-
visions in the Peck measure are Red (Ang)."

Inside the Tau, is i)Iaced a peck of rice, amongst which is
deposited a red paper parcel, containing 108 of the " Ang"
Cash,(58) and the whole is neatly covered with red pai)er,
into wl^ch the Sien-Seng sticks the various aiiiicles and
instruments, symbolical of the history and objects of the
Thien-Te-Hui,* in the following order.

(1) The Flags of the " Five Ancestors," which ai*e trian-
gular; each containing the surname of one of the live
priests, Chhoa-Tek-Tiong,(59) Png-Toa-Ang,(GO) Ma-Chhiau-
Hin,(Gl) 0-Tek-T(',(62) and Li-Sek-Khai ;(63) and the name
of the Province, — Fiili-Kien, Kwangtung, Yunnan, Ilu-
Kwang^, or Chekiang, in which each priest founded a Lodge.

On these Flags, arc inscribed in abbreviated chanicters,
the mottoes, *'Obey Heaven, Walk righteou8ly,"((Jt) and
"Exterminate the Chheng,"(G5) or, "Overturn theChlieng,
restore the Beng."

The flags are. Black, Eed, Yellow or Carnation colour.
White, and Green, (or Azure blue) ; all have a pennon with
suitable inscription, and before inserting each in the Tau,
the Sien Seng recites an appropriate verso. — e. ij.

Tlie first, or Black Flag of Hok-Kien.

'• The bliick Hag of Hok-Kien liiis tlie procodence."

"In Kaui-Siok iKan-Suhj they also associiited together, and laid a
foundation.'*

•• The •• Beng * confeiTed on the I>xlgo, the title of ** Blue Lotus
Hsdl."

" So the whole 13 i)rovineos shall guard tlie Imj^enal domains."
(2) The Flags of the five horse dealers"^ or "Tiger
Generals,"» 6G; Lim-eng.Chhiau,(G7) Li-sek-ti,(C8)Go-thien-
seng,((>9j Tho-pit-tat,(70) and Ang-thai-sui,(71). These flags
are of the same colour and description as those of the \i\fd
ancestors. On each is the name of the General, and the Pro-
vince, Kansuh, Kwang-si, Sze-chuan, Shan-si, or Kiang-si, in

"* For a full and minute dc3crii)tion of the Flaj^s c^c, j>eo Schlej^ul — pp.
33— 1^ J.

§ Xow divided into Hii-Nan, and llu-rdi.

S CHINESE SEC]I^T SOCIETIES.

wbicli provinces the horse-dealers established subordinate
Lodges.

(3) The flags of the Five elements ; (72) Metal, Wood,
Water, Fire, and Earth, White, Green, Black, Red, and
Yellow.

(4) The flags of the cardinal points ; East, green. West,
white. South, red. North, black,

(5) The Four Season flags ; Spring, green, Summer, red,
Autumn, white. Winter black.

(()) Tlie flags of Heaven, Earth, the Sun and Moon,
Azure, Yellow, Red, and White.

(7) The seven stars, (73) eight diagi-anis, (74) Golden Or-
chid (75) flags, and the standard of the " Victorious brother-
hood," green, yellow, red, and scarlet.

(8) The four rod flags of ;— the elder brother, Ban-hiin-
leong,*(76) Sien Seng, Tan-kin lam, (7 7) the Sien Hong,
Thien-iu-ang,(78) and the Genenil of the main body, Thun-
thien-hnai (79).

(9) The yellow umbrella ; (80;.

(10) The Wan-ant Flag for the Leader uf the Armies (81;.

(11) The Spirit Tablet "of the five ancestors 'Y82; ; on
the left of which are inserted, the warrant flags, the "pre-
cious sword,"f'8'3j a pair of scissors, a swan-pan, (^84) and the

. "precious mirror/' (6^y).

On the right of the Tablet, are the sword-sheath, fool
mciisuro, small scales and weights, the "' four precious things
of the library,'78^A viz. pen, ink, iukstone, and white paper
fan, — also, there are five hanks of each colour of silk thread,
white, yellow, red, green, and black.

(12) " A model of the real, '* Ang lloa Teng "('87 ), with its
three doors; in a kind of turret above the central door
is the inscription, ''By Imperial, (or Sacred) Ci>nnnand 'V88;-
The side-doors have inscribed on them a pair of parallel sene
tences, altogether containing 10 characters, each having th.
radical '* sui," or water, added (80).

" Here is the place where "Tat chung,'^' the first Buddhist

« Sue IVpui- No. 1 ^^- A. S. Jininuil, June 187>*. p. *><>■

72 in ''PiR^i^ s2.jiii ""Hm

.-3%-

CHUTESfi 6ECBET SOOIETllSSt d

priest who ever received an official title, is buried ; this spot
belongs to the " Ang " family."

Before the •' Pavilion" doors on each side, are a piece of
touchwood, and a " Jewelled Emperor^fi^OOj lamp. In front
of these, is the "nine storied precious pagoda C91).

Two charms are pasted on the front of the "Peck-mea-
sure," and the " Tan" is then elevated, and placed on the
West side of the Altar, the Sien-Seng repeating the follow-
ing stanza.

" We have newly establisbed the City of Willows."

" And the heix>08 of ' Ang ' are assembled to-night."

" Shields and Spears are piled up high."

" Overturn Chhcng and then restore the Beng." — (Schlegcl.)

On the Altar, in front, or to the East of the *T?au," arc
placed 5 cups of Tea, 5 cups of Wine, 5 bowls of Rice, 5
pairs of chop-sticks, the 3 sacrificial meats. Pork, fowl, and
duck, 1 paper of tobacco, 1 paper of tea, 7 Lamps for the
seven Stars, and 1 pair of large red candles. In front of
these, is the " precious censer," (92) in which are five stalks
of grass, — and a purifying charm.

The Altar thus being arranged, the Sien-Seng goes out-
side the " Ang Gate," and calling over the names of the
candidates, explains to them the origin and objects of the
Society, by reciting the history of the subjugation of the
Western Eleuths, as described in my last paper.

On the occasions on which I have been present at the
meetings of Lodges, the master has further addressed his
hearers, in the following manner : —

** Many of our oaths and ceremonies are needless, and ob-
solete, as under the British Government there is no neces-
sity for some of the rules, and the laws of this country do
not allow us to cany out others ; the ritual is however re-
tained for old custom's sake.

*' The real benefits you will receive by joining our Society,
are, that if outsidei's oppress you, or in case you get into
trouble, on application to the Headmen, they will in minor
cases take you to the Registrars of Secret Societies, the Ins-
pector Genei'al of Police, and the Protector of Chinese, who
will certainly assist you to obtain redress ; in serious cases,
we will assist you towards procuring Legal advice."

Although this kind of address was n o doubt intended

• Soo "Journal" June 1S78 pp. 82 & St.

t **Giok-llon^'* a deity of the " Sun*;" dynasty.

90 5M oi:fim^m 02Q^{5g

10 CHINESE SECBET SOCIETIES.

for my benefit, it really describes the way in wliicli most
of the Societies in Singapore manage their affairs, and cer-
tainly quarrels nowadays, only arrive at any magnitude when
the Head-men are helpless and incompetent.

The majority of the principal office-bearers of the Sing-
apore Societies, honestly desire to keep their men in order,
and themselves out of trouble, and the quarrels wliicli occa-
sionally grow into small riots, would, amongst such a heter-
ogenous Chinese population as that of this Colony, continu-
ally occur, w^ere there no Secret Societies in existence.
There is this difference however ; — under Ords. XrX of 1809,
and V of 1877 we are able to exercise a wholesome control
of the Chiefs of Hoevs, while if the Secret Societies were
abolished, we should have no check at all on the thousands
of the disorderly class of Chinese.

In my opinion, it would be impossible to rule China by
British law ; nmch more so, the three or four hundred thou-
sand Chinese in our Colony, who, (except a small proportion)
the scum of the Empire, and coming from different Pro-
vinces, Prefectures, and Districts, of their native land,
speak dialects and sub-dialects unintelligible to each other ;
while all are ignonmt of the language and motives of the
governing nation.

Our freedom, — the germs of which were brought into Bri-
tain by our English forefathers, — (in deference to Mr. Free-
man I do not use the word Anglo-Saxon) has been gradually
developed during more than a thousand years, at the exi>ense
of many of the noblest of our race, who have given up their
lives for the good cause, in the field, and on the scaffold.

The Chinese, on the contrary, is accustomed from infancy
to lean upon, or to dread, some superior and ever present
power, either in the shape of his Government, his clan, or
the village elders. T do not think any persons will say
that they find anything of the sort in our complicated, and
to the Chinaman, (who comes here at a jnature age with his
prejudices and habits confirmed) inexplicable course of Law.

If some such system ns those in force in the Dutch,
French, or Spanish Colonies, is incompatible with our consti-
tution and laws, I can see no other way of ruling ChiueHt\
than by recognising tin' secret Societies, and by immedi-
ately commencing the training of a competent statF i*i
officials, conversant with the Chinese language, and mode
of tlu>ught, to supervise and control them.

1 am aware that theoC views arc almost diametrically
opposed to those 1 advanced in irasers Muynsincj some

CHINEBE SECRET SOCIETIES. 11

three yejiw n<jn ; but at that tinio T ff)ii<lly hopod that the
Govenuiiont w«)al«l 5?»v its way to (^xjN^ptional ami more
stiiii<^eiit le;j:i.shitioii, for au exceptional i^puhition. As my
holies have proved falhujions, I have been obliged to chanpre
my opinions.

Retui'ninj^ to the subject of this paper; — I have been in-
formed by many old office-bearers of Societies, that 40 years
ago, the pnnishnients of the League were carried o\it in their

Jail for some out raw.

At the present time, I am sure the Headmen dare not
even nse the *' Red Baton" seriously, and no Society would
dare to think of making a combined effort against the (Jov-
eniment.

After the adtlress to the new members, the Sien Seng ex-
plains to them the various secret signs and pass-words of
the Society, which are of great use to the Chinese who travel
in the Native States »^^id through the Aroliipelago. At a
mei=»ting of initiation, these secrets are however only revealed
in a very eleni'Mitary manner; a familiar knowledge of them
can only be obtaine I by attending Lodg»»s ol' Instruction,
which are frequently htrld, and which as in the case of all
meeting-s are dulv notilLed to the Government.

Having delivered his address, and finished his instructions,
the Master unbraids his queue, and puts on a suit of clothes,
and a turban <»t' pure white ; the *' (.'hlian-o's acting as
Generals are also arrayed in white costume, but have red tur-
bans, and straw shoes la'v.M»d over whitt^ stockings, something
in the style of the pictures of Italian bandits."

The Mast'T, (Tau Kin-Ian) with right shoulder bare,
enters the *• Ang Gat«s" and pass«\s through the *' Hall ot*
Sincerity antl Justice," and the East Gate of the •'City of
Willows," ( at each stage rept»ating an appropriate verse)
until he amves in front ot* the altar above 1 1n* *' Red- flowery
Pavilion;" here, he lights the ••Jewelled Emperor Lamps,"
nses the two pieces of touchwood as candles, lights the 7-
star lamps, and burns a charm to drive all evil spirits from
the Lodge. He then with a sprig of pomegranate and a cup

12 CRtirSSI! BECBfiT BOCIETIESt

of pure water, sprinkles the altar at the four points of the
compass, to cleanse the offerings from all impurity. Af ter
this, the Master takes out the five stalks of grass, and light-
ing them as (incense-sticks) replaces each with a profoimd
obeisance, in the " Precious Censer" before the Tablet of the
^ Five Ancestors."

This being done, he lights 15 incense-sticks, and holding
them between his outstretched palms, kneels down, making the
following invocation to the Chinese Pantheon, and knocking
his head on the ground at the mention of the names of the
most august deities or spirits.

"At this moment, being the hour, of the

day, of the moon of the Cyclical vear, , I

J open this our Lodge, of the Ghee Hin

Society, estaolished in Street, in the British coun-
try of 8ingai>ore, for the purpose of expelling the ' Cheng'
and of re-establishing the 'Beng' dynasty, — humbly im-
ploring Heaven that its intentions may flow in unison with
our own."

" In the * pear garden' of the Lodge, of the Ghee

Hin Society of Singapore, our leader will this night bring
new brethren to receive the commands of Heaven, and with
iron livers and copper galls, to unite themselves in an oath
by the mixing of blood, in imitation of the ancient worthios
Lau, Koan, and Tin" "

" We are all agreed with our whole hearts, to obey Hea-
ven and walk righteously, and to use our utmost exertions,
to restore our native hills and rivers to the * Beng' dynasty,
that its heir may sit on the Imperial Thone, for over and

ever."

The Buddhist and Tauist Gods, angels, and spirits, witli
the five Ancestors, the five Tiger Generals, and the four
ancient worthies, are then invoked to descend, at such a
monotonous length, that I must refer the reader again to
M. SchlegePs book for a minute account.

The invocation concludes as follows : —

" This night we pledge that the brethren in the whole
universe, shall be as from one womb, as begotten by on(»
Father, and nourished by one Mother; that wo will obey
Heaven and work righteousness; — that our faithfullirarts
■hall never change. If august Heaven grants that tli »
•Beng* be restored, then happiness will return to our Umd."

After this, the Sien-Seng pours out libations of toa and
wine, and sacrifices to the Standard ; this being done, he

CHIKfiSE SECRET fiOCIETIES. 13

monnts his pulpit or thi-one on tlio North of the altar, and
orders Ban-To-hong and Ban-To-lionpf to guard the "An^
Gate"; Tan-Teng-seng and Ten Ki-in to the *' Hall of
Sincerity and Jnstice"; Go Kini-hii, and Go Hoan-ji to the
East Gate of the " City of Willows." Each of these Genemls
is presented with a small triangular warrant liapr, ("05)
which is stuck behind his head ; and a sword or "' iron
plank."

Chiang Kiet-hin with the water of the '* Sam-ho" or three
rivers, is ordered to take up his station in front of the Pavi-
lion; Kiet Ban-pu and Ban Bun-bong, each being armed
with a sword, are sent to tlie '"^ Two-planked Bridge."

The " Red Boy," (liis faee well rouged and a circular frame
as a halo, round his head) armed with a spear, is posted at
the " Red furnace," and old Cliia Pang-heng is stationed to
sell f rnit in the *' m.irket of Universal Peace."

Tlie guards being set, an alarm is given from the " Aug
Gate," outside of which the candidates are squatted on th(ur
hams, waiting admission.

The Master, Tan Kin-lam, orders the General of the main
body, Tun Thien-hoai, to go out and see the cause of the
alarm ; in a shijrt while TliiiMi-hoai return.^, saviuir : —

" May it please the worsliipfiil Master, tln^ Vanguard
(T^neral Tliien lu-ang is witliouf, having tlio secret sign and
]>nss\vord, and he humbly begs an interview with the Five
Ancestors."

The Master having granted ponnission, the Sieii-ITong or
Vanguard, enters (he L'ate, and having r(^p<*ated the ap-
])iv»priate verse at each barrier, ])as.s(\s into the city, and falls
prostrate before the altar.

The Sien-Seng then catechises him thus.

Q, *' Tin.' live ancestors are above, but who is this prostrate

beneath me "?
A. *• 1 am Thien lu-Ang of the Ko-Khe Temi^le"
Q. '• What proof can you sliew of this "?
A. "I have a verse, as a proof "
Q. '' What 16 the verse "P"

-1. *• I am indeed Thi.Mi lu-Ang, bringing myriads of
new troops into the C iiy."
'•That thej' to-niglit in the Pear Garden may take

tin* oath of brotherhood."
"'The whole Empire desires to take the surname

An<'

Q. For what do you come here V"
A. " To worship the Thien Te-hui."

14 CHn^SE SECRET BOOIETIGfl.

Q, " What proof do j'ou bring? "
A, "I Imvo this voi'se : —

'•Ilpavon produced the Sun-Moon Lord, (Bong)
whose surname is Aug."

'• But from North to South the Wind has blown him
where it listed.

"All the heroic brethern of Aug are now associated
together, to restore the rightful dynasty.

'* Waiting f I »r the dragon to appear, when they will

burst op<»n the barrier><, and ov<^rturn the Chheng."

Q. "Why do you wish io worship the Heaven and

Eartli SorietyV"
A. "In order that we may drive out the Chheng and

rostort^ our Beng."
Q. " Have you any proof ?"
A, " T have this verse : —

"We hav(» searched the origin, and enquired exhans-

tively inio the cause.
"And tind that the Chheng toi>k from us by force

our native land.
'' Following our loadcTs, we will now restore the Em-
pire.
'•Tin* glory of the Beng shall api)ear, and the
rt'i'j'n of ri;^lit*Hin:sii<\^s shall In* established.''
Q. "i)o you know that there is a great and a small

Heaven and lO'.idh Soeit'tv ?"
A, " Yes, the ivrea! »Sorietv ori«'inaied in Heaven, and
llie lesser at t lie waters of tliethrct* riv«'rs (Sam Ho.)"
Q, ""How can you prove this'P
A, " r#v I lie folh^wiuLT verse : —

"'Onr socictv wiis ori"inallv established at the Pam

Ho.
"And multitud.'s of brctl.ren took the oath of alle-

gianee.
*• On the day whon the principh^s of Heaven shall be

carried (»ut.
"" Our wlioh' Faniilv shall sinjjr the hvinn of Uni-
versal Pea^^^''
(^. "* From wh»»nce do you comey"
A. "' I c(»me from the Fast."
(^. '"' What evidence do y»)u bring?"
A. ""I have this wrsi) : —

"This sun an-l moon is-^uing from the Vu\^i, clcarlv.

(Benir.)
''The army is composed of countless myriads of the Aug

CHINESE SECBET SOCIETlEb. 15

licioes/'

**To ovcrtui'u the Chhoiig aiul ivstoie B»jng in (be
duty of all good men."

"And tlieir sineeriiv iind lovjiltv will at last be rewarded
by rank and emolument.

The aitechism is continued to tli(» length of S'O'l questions,*
to each of which the Vanguard nuist give suitable answers
and vei'ses, describing the history and ceremonial of the
Society. It is really astonishing to hear a clever Sien Hong
give every answer and verse correctly, without I'cferi'ing to
a Book, or requiring any assistance from the Master, who has
the Ritual before him on the altar.

This part of the ceremony lasts nearly an hour, during
which tune the Vanguard is kneeling before the spirits of the
five ancestors, who are supposed to have descended iut«j their
tablet on the altar.

The Sien-Seng now addresses the Sien-lLong as follows.

*' Having thoroughly examined you, I lincl that by your
satisfactory replies, you have proved yourself to be the real
Tliicn Ju-an«i ; the iive ancestors graciously accept your
answers and petition, so kotow, and return thanks for their
benevolent condescension."

The vanguard having performed the '' Kotow, '' returns
thanks as follows.

" I humbly thank the pure ( Beng ) spirits of our five
ancestors, and beg that they will assist the Ang children
to slay the Chheng. To-night having been permitted to
have an interview with the live Founders, I have a iirm hop<i
that the spirits will help us to restore the great dynasty of
Beng."

The Master then says; '*! now present you with this pre-
cious sword and a warrant ; all the candidates who are found
to be faithful and sincere, you may bring within the City
to take the oath of fidelity ; but those whom you may iind
to be tratoii*s you must take outside the (Jate, and behead. "
Presenting the sword and warrant flag, he repeats this
verse.

"Tlie five Anco.-lors i. resent vou with this sword and

commission.
'* To be worn on vour i)crson while collectin;^ material

or war.
*• And whilst gathering the brethren from within
the Four Seas.

• bee the **ii\ui\s Leajjuc."

Id CHINESE SECBET SOCIETIES.

" To bring them to the Flowery Pavilion, that they
may be thoroughly instructed in their duties."

The Sien Hong then goes outside the " Ang Gate," saying
on his Avay,

*' The live Ancestoi*s have bestowed on me this Flag,
" Authorising me to bring new members "within the
City moat.

" In a true man, sincerity and loyalty are the most
important charae tens ties,

" You must on no account on returning home, divulge
the secrets of this night."

The new members in pairs, now enter the ^' Ang Gate,"
kneeling down in the attitude of prayer, mth burning in-
cense-sticks between their out-stretched palms, the lighted
ends towards the ground.

Generals Ban To-hong and To-liong, with th(*ir swords
forming an arch over the Gate, ask their respective candi-
dates.

1. " What is your sui'name and name?"

2. " In what Trovince, Prefecture, and District, were you
born ?"

3. '' What is your ago ?''

-k ** What is the cyclical character of the hour of your
birth?"

These questions being satisfactorily answered, each Sin
Kheh repeats the following formula after the Genei'al who
prompts him.

" 1 now of my own free-will, enter the branch

*"' of the Ghee Ilin Societv established in the British Coun-
" try of Singapore, and will use my utmost endeavoui*s, to
''drive out the Cliheug, and establish the Beng d}ims-
" ty. I promise to obey the laws of the British Government,
" and to follow the instructions of the Registrars of our
" Society, The Inspector General of Police andtlie Protector
" of Chinese. I also promise to obey the 0(5 articles of the
" Society's oath, and to appear whenever called upon by the
'* Head men of this Lodge. If I fail to carry out each and
" and every pariicular of this my oath, may I perish, and be
''extinguished as this incense-stick is now extinguished."
At tlii,s the incense sticks of both new nionibers are i>lunged
inio the earth, and extinguished. This formula is gone
throutrh three times, bv each Sin-Klieh, after v/hich the
Generals say ;

" What arc these we hold over you ?''

omKESE ftECRKT BOOIETlEft. 17

A. *' The swords of Sincerity uuil Justic<»."

Q. '" For what are they used ?''

A. "To behead traitors."

C^. Which are the harder, these swords or your nocks ?

A, "As onr hearts are truly Kiyal and sincere, our necks
aie harder than your sword.*' With a loud Yoice thc» Gen-
erals say, " Pass on," and the same ceremony is exactly re-
peated at the " Hall of Sincerity and Justice," and at the
" Gate of the City of the Willows;" where, as this pax>er has
grown to an unco^j^cionable length, I must leave them for
the present.

I am not of couivse blind to the fact, that the parts of the
oath relating to obedience to British law, and to the Regis-
trars of the Societies, were probably introduced in deference
to the presence of official foreign visitors, though I have
good reason to believe that new members are warned to obey
the Colonial laws, and so keep their chiefs out of trouble.

For some years I have strongly discountenanced the use of
the words " Ang-mo" or " Red haired," for "' English," ex-
ei»pt in those unavoidable cases when a " freshly caught" Sin
Kheh would be totallv unable to understand anv other term.

I have no doubt that on occa.sions when I have been pre-
■ent at meetin<rs, special instructions have been given to
the "Generals," to avoid tlie objeotionabh? expression, and
to u.se thi* Words " Kng-kok" or -' Tai-Eng-kok" f<a' English
or British, :is also to givf tin* proper titles to local Ottirials.
It is however an unplrasant fa*-t that th<» (.1iin<*se in deaiig-
nating foreii^n offij'ials, use terms somewhat less complimen-
tary than those to be found in the a]>pendix to Mayers'
"Cliinese Government"; Inspectors of Police for instance, are
called "big dogs," and the Superintendent of that body has
no higher title than that of '-Head of the big-dogs." In-
spectors of Nuisances are called "Earth butt'aloes," and so
on. At the meeting above described, it was most amusing
to h(»ar the " Generals" correcting themselves when guilty
of a lain<HH JinffHir, or to see the austere visage of a
"(luardian" relax, as he called out to a "(leneral" fresh
from the junirle. '' You f<M>l ! iJiev will be angrv if vou say
Anjr mo; vuu nuist onlv say * Eng-kok. As tor the
eandiilates, the effort to comprehend such words, as the
i^hinese equivalt»nts for "'Hritish G<»vernment," and ''Inspec-
tor General of Polite," was evidently too much for them, and
seemed to be an even more severe ordeal than the drawn
swords under which they had to pass.

18 CHTNEiE SECRET SOCIKTIESI.

Should the members of this Society feel an interest in the
farther progress of tiie candidates, I hope on a future occa-
sion, to describe the ceremony, including the taking of the
oath, the mixing and drinking of the blood, and the behead-
ing of the " traitorous Minister/*

■r

MALAY PROVERBS.

BY W. E. MAXWELL.

198. Uiilop dikandony adat mati dikandong tanaJu

** In life wo arc encompassed by regulations, in death by
the mould of the grave."

An expression of submission, humility or resignation.
Quoted when def emng to the order of a superior c. g, by a
ryot on hearing the sentence or decision of a raja or chief.

190, Hu/ftH mo 8 di negri orauy^
Hiijon bain di negri «(ndin\
Baik jufja di najri scndiri,

'•' Though it niiu gold in the land of strangers and stone
in our own, yet is it better to be in our own country."

Chaque oiseau trouve .si»n nid beau.
There in no place like homo.

Pat rift' fumns ignc allaio Ittcnlcntior,

200, Ilaraphan Si JJntut menygamit kain koyak di upahkan,

*' Inist the man who has elephantiasis to do anything !
Why you must pay him even to pick up a torn garment ! "

Pei'sons afflicted with elephantiasis ( a disease not uncom-
mon in Malay countries ) are proverbial among Malays for
extreme laziness.

Menygamiiy I take to moan here to pick up with the fing-
ers, but it might also mean in this context to '^put the
fingers through" the hole in a torn garment and to tear it
m^rc. Gamit means literally to beckon with the hand.

20 MALAY FKOVERBS.

201. A! hubfn hni'vh uiifomj ahdohu nyam pmli maeak ma-
kan ka ifftnt.

*' Alas ! what accursed mist'oriuuc is mine that the fowl
irheu the inidi is ripe, should seek its food in the jungle !"

To eat abroad Avheu there is food at home, or to sleep
out when there is a roof of one's own {rmmih ada henlimluuj
hertandang tidor) are evidence of criminal misconduct ac-
cording to the menangkabau code.

202. Usaldah aku iaenduli ada aku pandana adtij)^ iiada
aku panda H-g hdnkantj,

" Never niiud, I value you not, 1 look ahead of me, not
behind me."

A common phrase when a quarrel takes place between
two people closely connected by friendship or relationship,
husband and wife for instance. An astonishing amount of
spite can be put by a vituperative Malay into the phrase
"Per//t7«A, ali\i tamilah^^ (Begone, -I hold thee of no account)
with an extra emphasis on the ih'st syllabic of the last word.
The last part of the sentence is equivalent to '" there arc
as good lish in the sea as ever came out of it."

208. Ant pat ijffuml lima r/cmfp.

Four is odd and live is even. See No. 1-37.

20 L FjinjUup-tnyhip hnjei nnnpiii tcurjuh jalaiu
Coming and g(^in«r. like gr.iss in the middle of a path.

Said t»t* a man who is always in bad health, like grass
constantly lr«Mldon down by the feet of j>assers-by, he will
not lloiirisli .satisfactorily and yet will not die outright.

205. -1/ h'ft'hi,/i-hif/i Innff.i hluiuhl iikiiiiti huitih,

() njuri', ni<»r'jl likr the Dutchmen askiu:^' fur land.

Tradiliuii.N i^f tln» Dnieli, uliu had a facti»ry on ihe IVrak
river in th«^ srvcntei'uth and oi*(hteenUi centuries, still lin^^er
anionic the iNM'ak Malays. Tliis proverb, which is directed
against greetliness in general. i»robably originated in some
foriijotten traiisaeiion between the early Dutch tra<U-rs and
the Kaia with whcnn th(»v bar^jained for a site for their set-
tlemeut.

3iALAY l^ROVliBBfc;. 21

206. Alali mahu hertimhatig engijah chaiHjkil umrls akan
pemhaiarnuf.

*• He will jiccept defeat (in a suit or dispiite about monov)
but refuses to i>ay and offei^s his throat to be pierced is
satisfaction.''

Illnstration of the dilticulty of extorting payment from
au Eastern debtor. Thou^jh he has the means to pay and
admits his liability, he will not produce the money except
with the greatest reluctance and often not until after
strenuous efforts to soften his creditor's heart or shame him
in the presence of bystanders (always ready to blame want
of generosity in othera) by offering his life-blood to the un-
fortunate man tsho is only asking his due.

En (jtja h = eiuitja n .

Amrin^ the carotid artery *P I do not find this word in
any dictionary.

207. Iiujnt aidani bitlant kena,
Jimai anlara bulum hahU,

•' Redect before anything has happened ;
" Save before everything has gone."

Think while there is yet time ; be sparing while there is
still something to save. A maxim quoted sententiously by
Malay advisers when some important step is being discussed
l}rior to action beuig talcen.

A somCAvhat similar one, "' Jleniesaldahulujiuh' pcnJapalau^
ineaiesal hariulian apa ia i/una.^^ To repent first is gain, to re-
pent afterwards is useless), will be found, in a slightly-
different form, in Klinkert's colL»ction.

A Malay newspaper which I saw lately quoted the pro-
verb in the following versified form.

Bcsar it'daiuj dcugau ajjUaii
liesa r ga la h ajya [i^'iuui la
*' ficeah dahida ^Kudapaian
t^csal liUhuUau aj)a (jnnania,''

208. Ajni gadohlcan? pcngayv. saiua di iautjav^ prahti sama
di atjcr.

" Why be quarrelsome ? \Vc have each got paddles in
oiu' hands and boats in the water. '^

22 MALAY rROVEKDl?.

A phrase to express readiness to tiglit, when two Malay
chiefs, each of whom '• lain hunt " (is capable of taking the
uffousive )., cannot settle their disputes amicably.

200. Alah hlsn. Ini.ni bia^to,

*' Venom loses the day when met by experience." Hatred
and i)rejudice are powerless in ]n'0]tK)rtion as familiai'ity
with the position gives the pei^son against whom they
arc directed the means of counteracting them.

Quotin;^ this proverb (not without political significance),
an old Perak Malay once called my attention to the eagle
on the Mexican dollar, which is represented as holding a
snake in its talons. The skilful way in which bird, guided
by instinct, holds its adversary in a position in which it can-
not use its venomod fanirs seemed to the Malay to illustrate
his text admirablv.

2 1 0. ( >ru II tj kaijti jauya n. dif/ri n .
Ormrf miali'in jnuyav tlihina.

*• Do not wurslui>. the rich or contemn the poor.*'

Eo contented with thy lot.

«■

Ouii, U) iidinire, i»ay court to, fawn upon.

211. Urnii I hci'lrinloHij '^i jKniotihl",
Oi'itil'j Ittrnjfi (If hntinta,

A man siiiLj^s on hi?^ o-vvn «leei'ini:,^-nlace and i« sovereiiru
s own heart.

'*A. uiau ol' a eonlenled mind \>ill make him.-elf happy
in his own wav.

]\ nftis. ;i .<leci»in;jr ]»latfonn, is a h^bs elaborate bedstead
than ilie (/flu, and kahl used bv wtdl-to-do Malavs.

212. Lanliluh icnum d! hoindi imui,

** You need not wait on me at the morning' abluiions.

Said in deprecation of open Hatter v. It U a mark of res-
l>ect: and solicitude anions' !i[alays, as anionic other Kastern
nations, to attend anotlier to the batli. to wasli his feet or
clothes, to rub or shami)oo him etc. Often these attentions
are not altogether disinterested, but are paid to a guest or
stranger fi-om whom the operator hopes to get some advau-

MALAY PnOVEBBf?. 23

tage. Hence this blunt saying " You nootl not come to my
morning bath " which is iM|uiv.ilent to '' I s(»o through youV
flatten-."

Tnnan is hero used for the personal pronoun. In this
sense it is coninionly used in Perak between ]>ersons whose
r.ink is the same or nearl}- so. Tliis iinj»lif(l equality of
itink characterises th«^ won! when it is usimI in the sis2rnifiea-
tionof '"a (ompanion" or ''to accompany," a point whieli
is missed, I think, in Favre's dictionary. To accompany as
a femnn is "to accompany /rti- a tthmi it-nif,^" /. f, as a friend,
(tv as a mark of jiolitent^ss.

21 o, Aijam f»'rh'/tnn Imujiiit hatra faliL

''The fowl has es<ap«»d and the hand is left dirty.''

.Said in ridicuh' nf a jicrson who loses something which
he IcKiked npfui as secured and finds himself an object of
general derision, r, tj, a Malay avIios** Jitdin'Cy aft<'r all the
l»reliminarics havi» bren aiTiinged. jilts him and marri(»s
another.

211. Uagel sl-kmloiiff fhqiat chin-chin,
•' Like Hndinqf a rinc: to one who has lost his hand.''
Lrr. Like tli«* loppcd-onf wlio ^xi^in a ring;.

A san^astic ]»hra.M» ainu'd at prrsmis who oonu* in i'(»r a
>lrok«' 4»1" irood iovtunr which tln'ir hinnbh' condition and
habits of lift' prcv«»nt them from turning to account.

215. Ihnjpi bersulnh tengah hnri.

'•Like caiTving a li":ht in tht* <hiv time."

Unnecessaiy trou])Ie or waste of powt'r, " idle and ridicu-
loiuj excess.''

'• Likr fit*if'l beans, the hMvincfS of tho hook."

Not worth llir tniublc of takintr:* like the pods left here
and th«*r«» on thr tree after the erop has biMm plucked.

Pt'fei " {*k^i arbrc Vnrll*! .v/nrw//; produit inie espece de
'• givs haricots que hs nat\jrcls niangent comme hors
" d'teuvre, malgre leur odeur foile et dcsagrcable.'' Favre.
Anngyru L. Marsden.

24 3rALAT PROVJ^RBS.

217. Bagei kvniet dfngan Jcapor,

" Like tunwerie wlien it meets lime."

A simile illustnitivo of the close sympathy and feeling
existing between two intimate friends. [Rtium narati or
gama sa/odo.) Malays sav that the prepared lime nsed with
betehuit, if it is touched with turmeric, is at once stained
witli a bright yellow colour which spreads thrcmgh the whole
mass.

218. Ber-telaii'telan hagei panutc dl hclnknr,

" Striking unequally like sunshine in a thicket." See
No. 180.

Jirr-Maii'trlnH^ marked in sf»ots, unevenly or unequally :
e.g. a paper stained with oil spilt upon it may be said to
be dt*rti'lfin'f**hiii,

219. I»((f/' htpdl' 'itU(!«''k hi*'iiiiiuinii.

*' Like an axe undertakiuir marriaije nesfotiations." The
axe seems to be a i»opular figure to denote rough, eoai'se
conduct. The extreme of rc»ughness is reachcnl when the
uncomprinnising instrument i.s inragined engaging in aifaiis
in which rlomt'stir <lipl<»mary and politeness exhaust ihem-
sf'lves.

220. Iliith i jftiniKih h'l-simtf/ffn hiiri.

" Like iin owl in the <lav lini»»/'

To sit mut(» and f("H)lish, lik»* a man whi> has suIlVivd a
public rebuk*^ in th«* .V'//V/.v, or assi^mbly, f4»r improj)er speech
or conduct.

221. Jh'}i 'Oihj in\htjHii dliij'ir, t'ln'iuhh fff'dttinti diifii't,

•'In his folly ho is not to b«» ct»rrected, in his shrt'Wihn^ss
he is n<»t be followed.' <h% less literally,

•'Impatient of instruction wh^^re h<» is iy:iiorant, and an
unsafe guide where h(» jmjsscsscs shrewdn(*ss/'

A proverbial phrase to descrilK' ;and condemn) a type
of character to be met with among Malays as ninonir »,ihf»r
natitms.

322. Btfrsara/( atirasi hll'ju.j^ It rchf^ri i niiriisi tinfti
" Parting feels like loss, separation feels like death."

iriLAT PROVERBS. 25

A sentiment, tinged with the neccessary amount of
Oriental exaggeration, to express excessive affection.

223. Bir titehjangan tumpah.

" Lose a drop so long as yon do not spill the whole.*'

It is wise to sacrifice a little if thereby the loss of the
whole can be prevented. A similar expression is " Takut titeh
lalu fttmpahJ^ " From fear of losing a drop the whole is spilt."

221-. Burotig tjang Jiir jangan di lepaskan,

Khahftr gnnf/ nnit^fehil janffan fU (Jengarkan,

*' Do not let loose an untamed bird,
ITearken not to impossible stories."

To give circulation to idle rumours is like setting a wild
bird at liberty. You don't know Avhere it may settle next.

225. Ihifuljitga di fmnhitn anci-anei,
"Hillocks even are piled up by white ants."
Great things may be achieved by pei'severanoe.

22^>. lUrpeanu hfrtn'nii^ berscrah herkahandak hatL

*•' To commission another an^. then accompany him ; to
hand over a thing and then long for it back again."

Quoted in ridicuh* of an uncertain and capricious disposi-
tion.

227.

Bndnn ht^rttHdnru nifnf UCkim audara^
Kasih sndnrn sama odn^
Kns'ih lni[m nwnokoh hftria gong (tdtt^
Knailt mnh ynmnfa {sodhi rain) jahnt ;
Kfinilt sahahfif yarna hina^n,

Uelationship is of the boily, there is no relationship of
gnld ; the love of mere r<»lations is equal on both sides;
a father's love adds to the store (of his children) ; a mother's
love follows them every where, but the love w^hich exists
between friends is such that they will die together.

2?28. Barmuj dtmnun pun panfnt prink if it hitnm Jugn,

*• Wliatever von may do, the bottom of the pot will still
be black."

26 MALAY PROVKRBfl.

You cannot make the African white. A person of low
origin will always carry about the evidence of it with him.

229. Buat nasfi tamhah,

" To provide a supplementary dish of rice.''

To have concubines as well as the lawful number of
wives. At a Malay feast the guests are helped to rice by the
attendants, but a large dish of rice is set before them as well,
from which they are at liberty to help themselves when
they feel inclined. This is called nasi tamhah.

230. Bir puteh iuling jantjan puUli mata,
** Let the bones whiten, but not the eves I'
Death before dishonour.

231. Bir alah meniabong ana ahan rdcii:iiig sorah.'

" Covering defeat in the cock-pit by making the gi-eatest
noise." Carrying off defeat by swagger.

Said of any one who attempts to conceal his feel-
ings of chagrin or disappointment consequent on g;rief or
loss, by insincere boasting or expressions of satisfaction.

232. Biinga dersunfiny fiwhi/i ahan laiju,

" A flower Avorn as an ornament withei's when done with."

The usual trite comparison between flowers and feminine
larais. The same idea in different
in Favre's Dictionary snh voce bunga.

233. Badnnitiu huHh flimifilc lutfinift tunli dimilih.

'* Tlie body may be possessed, but the affections cannot !)»»
coerced.''

231. Bir hnrhxn pcnat asakan hnfi snhi,

'* Never mind the fatigue of the body so lon<^ n^ tlit^ henrl
is cheerful."

A slave will d«> twi(^> as much work if Ut'pf in izoo.l
humour bv e(msidertit(» treatment.

235. Bir Jatnh ierhtah jancfan juUth i^'nimjHfit,

" Let it fall as if set down, not as if thrown down."

charais. The same idea in different lanijnaire will be tVnmd

MAXAY PBOV£SBb. 27

Temper a refusal with civility, so tis to send away the
unsuccessful applicant without having given cause for of-
fence ; in other words let a man down gently, not '' with
a run."

230. Baik herjagovij-jagong antarii j)adi masak.

" It is well to put up with maize until the yadi bo ripe.*'

" Half a loaf is better than no bread."

Compare the following form in " Hikayat Abdullah."

*' Tiada rotan ((Icar ]}nn herguna,'' When there is no rattan,
one must use liancs,

237. Ttri<iuget'Singvt ba<jti iJatuiig dihaiva rebalt,

" Bending about like the itatoag fish (in a pool) under a
fallen tree."

An ironical comparison popularly used in Perak in describ-
ing the affected graces of a conceited pei'son. {See No. 240).

238. Tcr-loHchat'lonchat bagti ulai pinang.
" Hopinng about like a betel-nut worm."

Said of a restless person who will not remain still in one
place, but is always on the move.

The nlut plnang is a small maggot whose mode of locomo-
tion is by a series of leaps.

239. Tcr-h'jsal'/cesut bagei aiuik lida/i di-akn.

" Moving along the floor, like a child whose parent will
nut notice it."

Said of a man who is in dis<(race with his superior, c, g.
a ryot with his chief, or a slave with his master. He may
crawl after his lord praying to be taken back into favour,
but gets nothing but cold neglect.

210. Tiir-SL' tide ng-stsiul rug bagei ttcpai di-bcuKnh mangkuxng,

" Swaying from side to side like the aeiKit fish imder the
shade of the nxaogknaug^^ another simile used in ridiculing
affected grace of motion. (^Vr No. 2-37.)

The scind is a small fresh-water lish with a very thin body.
As it swims along among the i\u)ii\y •mangkifuuf/ leaves,
which dip into a pool, it beu'.ls gracefullv over iroiu bVOlcVo

28 HALAT FROT£&BS.

side as if to avoid the tlionis. These fish are very plentiful
in Kedah and about Kuala Muda where they lU'e salted aud
exported.

241. Ter-nantl-nanti Uiyei bevlaki-haa rajah.

-^ Put off repeatedly, as if a royal wedding were in pro-
gress."

An allusion to the proverbial unpunctuality of Malay
Rajas.

242. Ter-layaiiff-layauj huyci biila sa'hi.

" Wafted about like a feather."

Always alone, wherever fortune may send him or Avhatever
business he may undertake. Said of an orphan or stranger.

243. Ter-chadiak bmjei Umhiny ter-gaihi.

" Stuck up straight like a pawned spear.'*

Said of a person who stands about uncomfortably instead
of sitting down sociably with others.

244. Ter-Jerib-Jcrih haf/ci hucliiHfi biany.
*' Squalling continuiilly like a noisy cat."

Said of a talkative person whose tongue is never still.

Biamjy is not to be found in the dictionaries, but it is a
common word for the cry of a cat and is evidently imitated
from the sound.

245. Ter-tji'mying boy«u nnjiufj distura anUiii.

^' Shewing his teeth, like a dog stirred up with a p(.>le.

An uncomplimentary comparison used of a person who is
always on the grin.''

iirnnj'niy=krc)nj'd or hv'mny to snarl, shew the teetli, etc.
^Hwt{. To put at, V, (J, a gamecock at another. t<\ura
indn)i. To make a drive (at a dog) with a lic-e-poun dcr
fon purpose to make it angry).

2 k). Tirhali'iir /.vo///»n>?f/ hnlihainii fftmji,
T*:rfn(/t'tir JufH sin jut fthtn ifihii,

"When a village in burned there is smoke (<► be seen.
But the heart may be in flames aud yet no one know it."

MALlt FtlOVERBS. 26

Who can tell the troubles of a person who suffers and
makes no sign ?

2'J:7. Tilda hinasa kan tit* dapat.

"The Uiha is spoilt, but no fish have been got/'

Ue has come to the end of his capital without having
accomplished his object.

Klinkert gives a similar proverb, which is quoted in
Favre's dictionaiy (sah voce umpau), but the meaning given
in the latter is not, I venture to think, the correct one.

Ilahis umpun k^irung-kening tUula daimi.

" The bait is all finished, but no kenuifj-kcruny fish have
been caught."'

To have one's trouble for nothing.

248. Tuah mdambong tingyi,
Chelaka mcninipa hadan,

" Good luck has soared al(>f t and the body is weighed down
by misfortune."'

Malays commonly ascribe success to good luck and have
the timiest faith in lucky days, lucky marks, lucky animals
and lucky pei-sons. The two lines above quoted are applied
proverbially to some one whose luck has abandoned him or
liis family, and who is now experiencing the frowns of for-
tune. The phrase occurs in the Undang-nndang of Perak,
with a number of others inculcating the hoi>elessness of
avoiding predestined misfortune.

Lamhoiiff is an expression used for the start given to a
kite by the peraon who launches it upwards,

249. Ter-kejar-kejar hit gel kin'hing Jatoli anak,
"Hunting about like a cat which has dropped a kitten."

Said of the jnovenients of a person who bustles about in
a flamed and excited manner.

2'jO. Tiii'ul haii yciihj (/nitn Ifilauy iakid tinibul hi'nm,

'' If you give way to a fiery temper prudence disappears
and boldness succeeds it.''

30 MALAY PBOVEBBS.

The best commentary on tliis maxim is the advice of an
old Malay, " go into a new country as hens, not as cocks.
" If you go as cocks, ready to take oft'ence at everything,
" you will not be there for three months before there is
'^ some fatal collision.'^

25L Tampat makan jangan di berak.

"Do not pollute the place whei*e you have eaten."

A homely and conmion proverb conveying an injunction
to gratitude. Do not return evil for good, or bite the hand
that feeds you.

252. Ti'ffa sudiih hcrdiri habis^
"Nothing to do but to stand up."

Ready to start at a moment's notice with no preparations
to make.

2o''), Tabcrtvpai JotiJI, if/bcrtibau tarult^ tabcilaiujkap
mangman'j. oluh di darat sahja.

" He who does not keep his appointment, who does not
put down his stakes, or Avho does not accept the challenge is
defeated before ever the water is reached.'

An allusion to the various incidents of the ordeal by
diving, a method of deciding a disputed point which was occa-
bionalty resorted to in Perak in former times. I got the fol-
lowing account of the manner of conducting the ordeal from a
Malay chief who saw it earned out ojice at Tan jong San en-
dang near Pasir Sala in the reign of Sultan Abdullah Mo-
hamed Shah, father of the present Raja Muda Yusuf.

The (n*deal by diving requires the sanction of the Sultan
himself and must be conducted in the presence of ^lie Orang
Besar Ampat, or Four Chiefs of the first rank. If two dis-
putants in an important question aj^ree to settle their dittVr-
enc*? in this way they apply to the Raja who iixos a day
f usually thre*^ days otf) for the j)urpose5 i^^^d orders that a
certain sum of money shall abide the event. This appoint-
ment ot* time and place is the iirst stage in the proceedings
and is called bedi'pat jfinji and the laying uf the bet or deposit
of stakes is called dcrfiban Lindi. On the day appointed the
parties attend Avith their friends at the Raja's bahi and
there, in the presence of the Court, a Irani writes dovrn a
solemn declaiution for each person, each maintaining t^^q

XALAT PROVERBS.* SI

tnitli of his side of the question. The fifst, invoking the
name of God, the intercession of the Prophet and the tombs
of the deceased ynltans of the country, assei-ts the affirma-
tive pvopoi!ition, and liis adversar}- witli the same solemnity
records his donial. This is called bertdmjhijt mtnigmfnuj or
'* taking up the challenge." Each paper is then carefully
rolled up by the kranl and is placed by him in a flfepai-ate
bamb«>o tube ; tin* ends of both are then sealed up. When
thus prepared the bamboo tubes are exactly alike and no
one, not even the hran!, can tell which contains tlie assertion,
and which tin* denial. IVo boys are then selected, one of
the bambof»s is given to each, and they are led down to the
river, where the Kaja and Chiefs take up their station, and
the people flock down in crowds. Two stakes have becMi
driven into the bed of the river in a pool i>revi«>usly selected,
and the boys are placed be.^ide them, u]> to their necks in
water. A pole is placed horizontally on their heads, and on
a given signal this is is pi'essed downwards and the boys are
made to sink at the same moment. Each hcdds on to his
post under water and remains below as long as he can. As
H''K)n as one giv«'s in an<l appears abovo water his bamboo
tube is snatched from him and hurliMl far out into the
stream. The vi«?tor is led up in triumph to tin* hffh*! and tin'
crowd surges up to hi'ar tin* result. His bainl«<>o is then
(»p<'ned and the winiuT d»M*lared.

The Penik Malays l)oHt*vt» tins to be an infallible tv^st of
the truth of a cans*'. The boy wlio holds the falsi* declara-
tion is half-drowneil th^v sav, as suun as his head is under
water, w^iereas tlie cliampion of the truth is able to remain
below until the bystanders drag the post out c»f the river, with
the boy stilJ elinging to it. Sueli is the power (»f the truth
backed by the sa»:»red names and persons invoked I

The loser is often tined in addition to suffering the loss of
his stakes (one half of which goes to the Raja). He also
has to pay tlie eustoinary fees, nam»?ly. §J).25 for the use oi'
the //'ih'f\ >*12.-V) to the hrn.il and ^5 to ea'*li of the bov-:.

Tiiis ordinal is not ]ieenliar to Perak. F lind a short dfS-
cription of a similar enstom in Pe«j:u in Hamilton's "'New
Aeeonnts of the East Indies'* (1727). In Pej^u, he says, the
<»rdeal bv water is inanaired •' bv driviny; a slake of wood
** into a rivt»r and making the accuser and a<M*usiMl take Imld
" of the srake and kee;) their heads and bo<lies under wa-
iter, and htj who stays hmsrost undtM' water is the per-
'• son to be credited.*'

82 KALAT PR0VERB8.

Mang-manj means accusation. This word must not bo
confounded with mong-mongy (a brass gong, larger than the
kind called cha^iang, which is beaten when a Boyal procla-
mation is published. See Sijara Mahyu p. 83.

251. TeUngn rahit di pa sang snbautj,
Kahi nnfut di paku-kan gelang,

" In the torn oar an earring is fastened
On the swollen leg a bangle is clasi)ed.''

Said of any arningemont in which a want of fitn.»ss or
suitability is apparent. " A beggar on horseback." Com-
pare No. 215.

Uniul elephantiasis.

255. Jihn ada padi berhampahih,
Jika ada hatl herasalali,

" In all padl there is chaff, but

In every heart there should be fei^liivjf/'

Do not employ a person who is so insensible to right fold-
ing as to pay no attention to ri*buki» or remonstriince. Ciot
rid of him Jis you would of the chaff in your corn. '* Le sage
entend s'l demi mot."

256. Ji/(ii iiad'i tt'mapn (ir'tng dl w?/^y/, dt*n' lildop haik-lih
tnafi.

" Tf tlio black stain on tho fin»o cannot ho wipoil out doath
itself is proforablo to life.''

Tf revenge for an injury is impo?sMil)lo. life with dishonour
13 not worth having. (>>»' No. •>.)

257. .///r ( he.'nit !/af>'/ Ifn'lc /'ftoh ha I'tuf m.'njffdi jnihin.

*" Provi(l»*d tli;it tin* st^^l Ix* irood, if it drop info tlh* MOii
it will form nn islautl."

As many of their im^verbrf show, the Malays are intons<»lv
aristo(*ratic in tlioir prin^'iiilo-; and liavo the finntvst faith in
good blo(»il and higlibreeding. Tlw* plirast* ln*ro (j noted
conveys the i)0pular bidief that a man of good family will
flourish wherever he settle, and will draw others after him.

XiXAT PBOTXBB0. 88

258. Jangan dUeniang mataliari clumdong
Takut mengihd jalan ta* berantas.

^^ Look nofc ou the setting sun for fear that you may be
led on untrodden paths."

Sunset is the time for spells and incantations ; on lovers
this period of the day is supposed to have a particularly
powerful effect. To them therefore this advice is addressed.
Under the influence of unseen spells at this hour they may
be induced to throw off all caution, and leave their homes to
face unknown dangers and difficulties.

RaniaSf beraiUaSy To clear a path through jungle by cut-
ting down the underw^iod.

2f59. Jalan mail Icgi dichvbaj
Inikan pula jalan binasa.

" Men venture even on the path of death,
" This, at the worst, is but that of ruin."

Trdde and commerce do not involve such risks as some
other undertakings. Where men can b3 found to risk their
lives in other pursuits, the chance of ruin should be faced
with equanimity !

260. Jangan bagei orang berjudi

Alah handak membaloi, menang handak lagu

" Don't b3 like the gambler, who if lie loses wants his
revenge, and if he wins longs for more."

Do not start in any evil course in which you will find it
difficult to stop yourself. Reformation is difficult. " II n^y
a que le premier pas qui coilte.^^

261. Jikalaic dudok divtas chian amas lamunkan hati tiada
senang,

" What if one sits on a gold cushion, if it be with an un-
quiet mind ?"

Poverty and independence are better than wealth, if it is
attended with unhappiness.

34 MALAT PROrEHBR.

262. JikaluH litola rial dl plugijang
Sudara yang rapat menjadi rengganj.

" When you have uo money in your pocket
'• Your closest friends become distant."

Tempore f elk i mnlii mxuierantur amici,
SifoHnnaperity mdlns amicus erit. Ovid.

263. Chamjhai sam.i di duki^ hurah sama di iKvnn.

" Together we have climbed the hills, together we have
gone down the valleys."

Our expression " the ups and downs of life " corresponds
closely with the Malay metaphor.

264. Cherdeky makan si bingong
Tidovy viakan sijaga.

" The shrewd devours the dull ;

" The sleeper falls a prey to the wakeful."

Every one for himself. The Malay notion, evidently, of
'^natural selection" and the "survival of the fittest."

265. ChUba-chiiba menanam mumbanj
Jikalan hiditp funis nPtjri.

" Try to plant a green Cocoanut

" If it lives it will be the pillar of the State.''

To carry through successfully an enterprise which any
one else would give up as hopeless is certain to result in
honour and distinction.

Sometimes quoted as a panfun ;

Lomba-lomba main gelombang
liiakhiiia sampei ka Indrutjiri
Choba-choba menanam mumbanri
Jika hid lip turns negri.
206. Di titek hhilt di pain blah

Tembika rjnga akn n jadin ia .

" Split when tapped and split when struck ;
" Nothing for it but to become i)otsherds,"

Defeat must be accepted when there is no alternative, and
death must be faced valiantlj.

" How can a man die better
Than facing fearful odds ?'' Macaulay,

207. Dalmlii kata bertepat, kamdi^n kata bercharL
" First he acknowledged it, now he seeks an excuse."

A phrase taken from the Unch)ig-nndang Meiian^kaban^
and commonly employed in Perak in describing a breach of
faith.

2()8. Diiindeh y tag hrat ditillt yaug pa)ijanfi.

" Borne down by the heavy and enfolded in the coils of
the long."

Illustrative of the i)owerle88noss of the humble to resist
Anything that may be done to them by the rich and great.
See No. 45.

200. D'davi augli'iiau duhiral k'iraitaiuit.

'* A fleet for the sea and an anny for the field/-

An idiomatic way of describing Malay armament!!), just as
we speak of " hoi-se, foot and artillery."

270. Di inridkavi yat'il tiba ku hdamj.

"To pursue an itching gore till the bone is reaclied/'

To give way to the inclinations or passions '• to the bitter
end." To indulge in uni'easoniug anger until a disaster is
the result.

271. Ikripada ttitlicdfaf dxngun in\int/ yamj hodoh haik her-
strn dengan orantj bcrakaL

" Enmity with a wise man is better than friendship with
a fool."

Because the first mav some Jay be a friend, whereas
no advantage can ever result from the society of the latter.

272 hia ta liandak sahy'i pvu Uv s'wr,

" She doesn't care for me and I have no inclination for
her. A slang phrase (Perak) to express mutual dislike, the
peculiarity of which consists in the use of the last word
\9i0r) which is not to be found in any dictionary; ^torissyno-
iijrmonf with wjin.

86 ItALAT PBOVEBBS.

273. Digwniong tinggi direndam basah,

** Hanged up he accepts his high positioti, ducked in a
pond he takes his wetting meekly.''

Said of an old retainer who will submit uncomplainingly
to any severity or oppression on the part of his master.

274. Disurohpergi dipaiiggil datawj.

" To go when told and come when bidden."

To be at the beck and call of another. " Come and he
cometh, do this and he doeth it." Two of the duties of a
ryot to his Punghulu as laid down in the Mcnangkabau Code.

275. Dikokiih di inenampal pip^.
Dibakar di melilit pimtony.

^^ It smites the check of him who bites it ;

It twists itself round the brand that would consume it."

The ill treatment or oppression of a slave or dependent by
his master reacts on the oppressor, just as some tough sub-
stance, when it gives \yay, will fly back in the face of him
who dra^s it with his teeth, or as something not easily in-
flammable, like hide for instance, >vill curl in the flames till
it encircles, perhaps, one of the brands which feeds them.

276. Dcn/far kata enggang mtihm hi' h kaluluh
Dengar lata oravg tersorak ka-lubnA,

" To listen to the call of the eaggafuj is to eat fallen fruit ;
to heed what people say is t# shout into a pool."

It is worse than useless to pay attention to rumour.

Enggang. The rhinoceros-bird. Bueeros. See No. 1.

277. Sepcrti pipit me h dan ja gong,

" Like a sparrow swallowing a grain of maize." *' Too much
for him.'' A poor man must not aspire to a rich man's
daughter.

278. Sepcrti bras knmbnh dijual /a'/aAw, diinnak la^mmtL
" Like spoilt rice which will fetch nothing if sold and will

not swell when boiled.

'' Good for nothing," See No. 9.

aiALlY P&OV£fi£g. 8?

Another version is given by Klinkert ; " Sa-kutuk bras basah
ditfimpi Ui^bcrlayauff cfiindnnij ta^bcrantah Ivjungnia tiadadi
sndn nlih itcl,^^ A measure of wet rice though winnowed
will not fly, though sifted will not become clean, and after
every thing the ducks won't look at it.

Kuinba, useless, spoilt.

Miud. To swell, as good rice does in boiling.

279. Nyleiek ba^jei bara bilah.

" Writhing like a smouldering stick."

Said contemptuously of immodest conduct or unnecessary
swagger. Like a burning stick, which nmst needs turn and
twist in the flames to afctiuct attention! Nyhtck-hicufflekky
{Lintik) Perak. See Nos. 237 and 240.

280. Paksa tekukur padi rehah.
Paksa tikus remjkiyang ie>rhuka.

" The wood-pigeon's opportunity is the fallen corn
The mouse's opportunity is the open gninary."

When precaution is relaxed, then is the time to help
oneself.

281. PUiivff 8(1* sikat sn^u «a' blanga
Tanda sapakat makan sama-sarna.

^' A bunch of plantains and a pot of milk ;
'* A token of friendship is to eat together."

Though the fare be humble, to share a meal together is
a pledge of friendship.

282. Kalau la^bcrmariam baiklah dianu

Knlait ta^b(rlct<i baik meridla-ridla^

Ktilaii i'lada smipamj baik hagijahi'ir lupuuffy

Kahiu tiiidii padi sa^bantfifj krcja fa^jadiy

Kalim tlada bras kreja tiadii dras,

Kaluu ta^bem\jivi kamana pergi Urhuang^

Kalau ta^berduit kama7ia pergi terclimvit'chuwif ,

" If you have no guns, better hold your tongue ;

If you are without a lela^ best say you are satisfied ;

If unprovided with muskets give me a wide berth ;

If you are without jjadi your undertaking won't succeed ;

If you have no rice your progess w^on't be rapid ;

If you lack money you will be an outcaf:t wherever you go 5

If yoa havn't a copper you will wander all alone."

<J8 MALAY PfiOTEBBS.

A poetical cliallengc sent by a Pemk chief to an adversary.
It led to tiugical consequences and has now passed into a
pr.A'erb in the country'. The chief in question was a former
Shahbandar, to whom one Panglima Pranpf Sinahon com-
plained of an alleged insult to his family. The Shahbaudar
answered in the pieceding lines. A few days later the
Pauglima Piuug, with three companions, watched for him
OLi the river bank and killed him as he was returning to his
house after ablution before the majlwib prayers.

28*J. Knlau ydnh mdilih kalau daan mclayau'j,
" Gutta trickles down, bat a leaf is wafted awav."

The substantial remain«j, but tha worthless disappears.
One man leaves behind him solid proof of his character, while
another vanishes like a withered leaf and is missed by no
one.

284. Ktmt daun puii])in, kalau kifsat dann lahu hidih di
chclor,

" Thii pimpin leaf is rough to the touch ; so is the puuiX)kiu
leaf, but the latter may be boiled (for food)."

There is all the diff^»rence in the world in the view we
take of fc'traugers and that in which we regard our own
relations. The former, however well avo may come to know
them, can never be like our own blood, while with the latter,
even though estrangement take place reconciliation is al-
ways posjsible. Daim pimpvu is described as a hard, rough
leaf which no immer;5ion in boiling water will render less
rough and hard.

C'ldov, To iinmin-S'j in boiling water: to c-j ok by boiling
when the thing to be cooked is plunged in water already at
the boil ; unlike rchas which is to boil something put into the
water when cold.

The Malays are great obbcrvers of ties of relatioubhip.
Family conuections however distant are recognised. The
diifereiice to a man between liis relations and persons not
counected with him by blood or mamage is, they say, as the
difference between ilesh and fish ; *• mhtii^oh-hiisoh diujiiig
Imsoh ifindm hnlih mukati, kalau husoh ikan huang sahiU^^'
meat may be (^atable though a little high, but fish if at all
js^xnlt must be thrown away at once.

MALAY PBOTEMS. 39

285. Lulus benan4} lulus leiindan,

"If cotton will go through, so will thread."

A person must submit to that to which another person
of the same class submits. " Do as others do," a phrase to
stimulate an undecided person. Hence no doubt ihe secon-
dary meaning Pfiven in Klinkert's dictionary. Favre, who
takes the word from him, makes probably a mistake in jmnt-
ing liAindnn^ " a stiff thread," as a distinct word from helin-
Jnn^ '"' undecided,"

286. LaM pnlmig halaparan
Da gang lalu ditanahlcnn
JnaJc (li riba dUetaJc-hm
Kra di huian disusu.

" The husband goes hungiy,

" But she can cook for the stranger ;

*• The child on her lap is set down

'' Wliile the monkey from the jungle is taken to her breast."

A proverbial illustmtion of llie kind of circumstantial
pvidcnce on whir h a man may kill his wife for suspected
intidelity. The first two lint^s are taken from a. passage in
the Hiulnnff-nndnnif (hiws) of Perak f" h/fi hrr jfthn in^inaUin^
dagohf/ hiln di ffiitah I,- fin'') ; the last two have 1)»m.mi addiMl
later probably.

2:9 7. ^ftma hei dv h hi hor (f(i n I i-r/a u t /,
Y'fing hid*tp i^oi^a rl-a n nutft\
Ihiipfiil 111 (if I iftf. ff'i' iidiifi'unnfl.

" We occupy the world, one .sncc(»eding another.

The living thrust aside the <loa(l.

Waiting thoniselves for doaih in iheir turn."

Hod It* hi I hi cnifi ii'hi.

>/*// fitnt ndt/vf dii't* ; hrprt^ ft irrrimivthlJt' l,')iijnii

Oiunihftx #v/ vlftv, Viriril.

2P>^. MnhnU Lnam, uwrahhih Khnflh
'Mahnl dpiiifrm rnuda fm/dt,

'* Too dear, O Imam, the Khatib's cheaper ;
Fever's expensive, it's so easy to be ill."

40 ICAtlY PBOTfiRBS.

^'Mahal-lah Imam/' too dear, O Imam, or, <'it won' top,
my good Sir," has grown into a slang phrase in Perak to
signify a refusal. The origin of the phrase is as follows :
B^ja Che Sulong of Tipus in Perak, an ancestor of the last
Raja Bandaham, lost his only son, Raja AUang Ali, who
fell ill and died suddenly. The usual train of pious men
who haunt the funerals of the great attended on the occa-
sion to perform the necessary ceremonies and to receive the
customary dues. The father, inconsolable for the loss of
his only son, met them with the exclamation, " HidopAan
aiiak tenyin ilihuhij jlka hidop berhabis tetnan jika tidak
mahal'luil Imam, Raise my son to life first ; if you can do
that, take all T have ; if not, you are too dear, Imam."

289. Hilang adut tegah dipakat.

" Law disappears before a strong combination."

Justice suifers when there is a party strong enough to
sot the laws at defiance. The power which a Chinese secret
Society exercises would be aptly characterised by a Malay
uy a use of tliis proverb.

200. Ilimhik di ielan termangkalan^ haiidak di ludah tiada

" WonM you swallow it, it sticks in the throat; would you
disgorge ii, it will uot come forth." See No. 125.

291. Hitam, hitim gajah ; pnteh puteh udang kcpal,

" Black, the bl.vckness of an elephant ; white, the white-
ness of a handful of shrimps,"

There are many shades of colour among Malays though
they all seem brown from a western point of viow. A fair
complexion is more admired than a dark one. The proverb
defends the dark skin and ridicules a fair one.

292. Oramj iahni hmja jfimjnn di utnng
Orang lepas niknhjangan di tandniif/,

'•^ Don't borrow from a self-made man
Don't visit a newly married couple.*'

The Asiatic no.iveaa riche^ who is unaccustomed to the
possession of much money, is ati extortionate creditor. There
is a good deal of worldly wisdom in the advice to avoid both
newly made fortunes and newly married couples, borrowers
to the one and visitors to the other being equally unwelcome.

MALAY mOVEIUiS. ii

293. Yang thjah di sohony^ J/'^^ttf r^hali dilindch,

" What is firm is propped up ; what has fallen is x^ressed
down.''

'' Every one bastes the fat hog, while the lean one burn-
etii. Money begets money."

291. Yati'j di sauyka til ck mcnjadi
Yfing diam- bulih ka dla,

*' What was expected has not come to pass
Bub the prize falls to him who stirred not."

The object fin* which one mm strives unsuccessfully may
drop into the lap of another whj has done nothing to attain
it.

iJ9o. Bcrtjniuli /nlir litrlmvi. ///("//'i

Ihrsidoh hvhui tranj Iciiuwc hnruwuu

'• To pole down-str<\im m iV.lvs the Alligators laugli ;
To earrv a li^rht when tb*.' moon shiucd makes the Timers
laugh.''

The Miilays paddlu a b:>tit «lo>vu stroaiii ami pole it up
stroam. To p(»l»» down strMiii or to carry a lamp on a moon-
light night is tho luiglit i.»t' ab.:)UrJily.

21H». Af'i,ij-al tjfj iii.'.ijcl'jk i':i'uif<'iin hii' s.ifHiici lin-'imnif'

'" When you an.* di[»pini4' your hand into the tish tub you
m;iy as Wi.*ll thru-it th'..« arm in up to the elbow." Do a
tliiui^ thoroU;:;l)ly w1i-mi you ar.' about it. " You may as
wl'II be hango.l for a she?p iii for a lamb."

d
The

7 *'/•/»•'!. s'' I//, tin cvil-sm 'llin;;' prcparntion of ti.sli preserve
in a jar. Th<» fish ar«» put in raw with jdiMity of salt. TL
mouth of till* iar is tlirn sfal.'! v»'it]i c-hiv and the mixture
is alloW'.'d to riju*n or fi.*ruj'*ni for s»*veral days, after which
tho fish mav b«* coukod and caton. Meat is sometimes treat-
cd in the bam-.' wax .

42 M.VLAY rSOV£HBB«

297. Terdorong Idki hadan rnerasay terdorong lidah ma^i
pada nia,

" If llio foot slips the body f celd il ; for a slip of llic
toiigiio gold miist compcusate."

One of the aphorisms of Malay j udges.

298. luijah adil ryah di serdhcihy
Rajah ia^adil rajah di sautjhah,

"A just rajah is ouo to be houoiuvd,
An unjust one is one to be resisted."

299. Knal buroinj hUriia. in.njap^
Kuat hUfoiii ki^nia tPjtil.

"The bird's strength lies in its vvings, that of the crap
in its claws.''

The strength of a Raja lies in his ministers.

000. Ki'.al ij 'jth lci\hjro)fj clirjjaly
ILiriinaH iniAoinp"A-hj],ipfit,

"'The strong elephant stumbles and the swift tiger has
to spring.''

If the elephant and tiger ;;-.)nioliino3 bhmder, how mueh
more should faults be excusable in man,

001. ^Ldi I'Hiia Jar.ia j'jf'k m-dt, Kff'any Irnia hnuiji,

"The deer's death is brought about by its tracts; the
argus-pheasant's by its nute.''

So the guilty man is discovered and pTini.?hed by jueans
of evidence.

There are a lew i>uint»> ou wlii«h I Ldi<.»uld like t'> (^iVer some
wordsof explanation before concluding tliis}>aper. It isbelieved
that no plirase baa been included in the f(nvg<»iivjf eoWection
which is not current in a more or less i>roverbial form aniiuig
Malavs. Many of Ibem, I am aware, liardlv answer the
description of an old (t»llector of lOnjrlish proverbs who
required that the in^^^redients of a proverb slw.Aild be se7ist\
ihorlncss and mU, The second element seems often to be

UAULT FBOVEBBS. 43

wanting^. But then it miist be remembered that some of
these Malay phrases arc capable of being divided into two or
three or more, only one of which is perliaps quoted at one time.
No. 174 is one of these, No. 227 is another. It will be observed
that many of these Malay sayings are in- couplets ; one line
of which may sometimes be quoted independently of the
other, without impairing the sense. Tn others the point of
the couplets lies in the antithesis, and botli lines are essential
to the meaning.

Arrangement is of course a difficulty in a collection of
this sort. An analysis of proverbs and maxims grouped
under appropriate headings was not to be attempted. Al-
phabetical order has been followed where i)ossible.

As to the proverbs themselves I think I may fairly claim
for the Malays that their sayings, besides being pointed and
idiomatic, sometimes embody thoughts and ideas well worthy
of Western races. Pride and honour nro impressed in such
maxims as Ijlr puteh talaiuj jnvgan pnich mnta^ '*Let the
bones whiten but not the eyes" (No. ti-^Oj, and Mahii hah oramj
menjhujcmkan ffovmmnia (No, 170) "Will a man put his salt
out in the rain,'* (i. e, expose his family secret to public
ridicule). "Do not worship the rich or contemn the poor "
(No. 210) is a maxim worthy of the free and independent
spirit of the Malay, and I know no Oriental race who carry
it out bett<rr in ]>ractice. Sneers at the assumption of the
nouveau virhi\ and instance's oi' a truly conservative belief in
good blood and good breeding are plentiful. The successful
adventurer is the " blind man who has just found his sight "
(No.20^ KacJunuj Iiipa/.'dn /nillt, ^'Thebcan forgets its pod,"
(No. 12(>) conveys a similar sarcasm aimed at the meanness
which would attempt to conceal a humble origin. So "A
broom bound with silk thread" (No. 100) is tlie most in-
dulgent comparison which a Malay can find for a person
dressed above his rankk

The sound practii-al sense of English proverbs, such as
that which teaclies that " a stitch in time saves nine," or
that other which recommends '"honesty" on the score of
its being " the best policy," is not conspicuous among the
Malays, but, on the otlier hand, we find treachery and bad
faith, chariicteristics with whicli INlalays have been credited
for generations, often condemned by tluHuselves (See Nos.
137, 113). That they are not wanting in diplomatic cunning
is perhaps shewn bj- proverbs like (No. 165) MuAi berpan-

ii UALAT PBOTERBS.

dang budi kadapatauy which is is quite unfcranslateable with
out a long paraphrase. " Know all about j'our man before
you face him '^ (for you won't find out his real motives at
the interview,) is what is intended to be expressed. Suspi-
cion and distrust are inbred in Malays and vnth only too
good reason ; plausibility and hypocrisy come in, therefore,
for some stinging comparisons (Nos. 7o, and 188,) and it
is amusing to find an injunction to beware even of friendl}'
offers conveyed in the phraae Memdong kerhau ditmigkap
harimari (No. 187). "Such assistance .is the buffalo gets
when he is rescued from the tiger." '

Ingratitude must be common, or we should not find a cy-
nical warning not to help those in distress. To do so and to
meet with the customary return is "to help a dog out of a
hedge," {Mekpasiaii civjhig tersapity No. 172) see also No. 251.
Among a Mohamedan people we might expect to find that
proverbs on the subject of women are governed by theories
common to the whole Mohamedan world. This however is not
the case. Malay women are not concealed from public view,
and enjoy more freedom than falls to the lot of women in most
Mohamedan countries. Polyga mj is a foreign institution
which has never taken root kindly in Malay soil, and though
it is lawful for a man to have a plurality of wives, only a small
minority avail themselves of the privilege. It is uiieommon t<)
find a Malay husband who can induce his wives if he has more
than one, to live under one roof. To do so is, accordii^g to a
common expression, like '* keeping two tigers in one cage,''
{Harimait dua 8<Ckanda?irf.) Contemporary wives must be pro-
vided with separate establishments, they generally hate each
other and sometimescome to blows if theynieet. The first wife
looks upon her successor as an unwarrantable intruder who
has stolen away her husband's affections and ruiut-d tho
peace of her home. So well is this feeling known, that it is
common for the relations of a girl who is asked in marriage
by a man already provided with a wife, to insist that the first
wife shall be divorced before the new match is> a«a'r<.'d to.
Hence the common saying —

Soi/avfihan lain bnanylcnn l/.ijn^

Sayan ff/i'ai} lain hnanyhni nJcn,
If you love your sarong drop your jacket.
If you love the other cast me aside." (No. l<):j).

((

aiAULV FBOVfiBBS. 45

The unhappy man who owns two or move households
and has to listen in each to the npbraidiiiofs and reproaches
of the rival ladies must have, sav the Malays, " a heart of
stone and the ears of a jar," Ocrh-ifihav bafn hcriellngahin
tempo y an,

A woman who is one of Reveral wives of ouo husband is
said

Mimim cliuka pctfji hari. (Xo, 183.

"To drink vinepfar in the morning/' an alhision probably
to the bad temper in which she goes to the day's duties.

The phemomenon of a hen-pecked husband, which a
Mohamedan country might hnrdly be thought to afford, is hit
off in a very neat and concise proverb, Knmu^ll deri hahiwan,
" Steered from the bow " (No.l4l). It is by no means rare
to find Malay wives possessed of quite sufticient energy and
Bpirit to take command in the house.

Mari'iage does not exhaust all tlie proverbs on the subject
of women. Fenjinine nature in the abstract is attacked in
an uncomplimentary one, Kcrhau aa/itiwan lain di hnnl.tn'j
mamma sa^orann tlada t<jrkav'fil, "A herd of buffaloes may be
guarded, but not so one human being! (No. 148 .

But this is nothing compared with a danniatory sentence
in the Mcnangkabau (.'ode wliich iiiiuralivcly describi^s a
woman as ihn llt/iti safdara aP^jnhi Shc'dan *• the mother of
Satan and the sister of all the devils."

Of historical pn^verb.s, which commemorate real events and
incident?, a few specimens are giv<»n in tin* pri'ceding
collection. Two, which relate to the Dntch, ought not to
have escaped the attention of Mr. Klinkert, who, as far as
I know, was the first parienuogra])her who occu])ied himself
with Malay proverbs — Pt.la/jor /iftiia l\ilcmhniri fa\iln//^
''The supplies were all finished but Palembang did not fall."
It is a punning allusion to an unsuccessful siege (seeXo. lltJ)
in fonner days, and still tells with all its orij'inal force when
some expensive project, barivn of result, is under discussion.
What the Hollanders did in Perak to merit being handed
down to posterity in a pnjverb <lirected against those who,
like Oliver Twist, ask for *• more'' has not been preserved in
local tradition. I3ut Aihi-hif/l-laijlai^pi'vii Idanda viiuta tniuih^
''Everlastingly move, more, like Dutchmen asking for land''
(No. 205), is a phrase witli which Perak women will long

4G MALAY PBOVEBBfil.

continue to rebuke s:reediness and iraporttinity iu their off-
spring. The French liiivo or had a. sarcasm of the same kind
directed a<^ainst our nation, Auifhi!.^ and creditor having
been onco upon a time synonymoua terms: — J\ii payiiouB
me^ Aiujlols wouhl thus mean •^' I have settled with my
creditors ! " '•"

This brings mo to arioihcr class of proverbs, those wliich
are pohited at the natives of other states or countries and
which fasten on some failin«^ or «hortcomin£f and hold it up
to ridicule. The countries ritlieuh:d, no doubt, have proverbs
wliich reiniy v/itli interest, tlioso aimed aj:,'ainst them. The
Peralv Malay who jjridos himo^^lf on skill in the use of wea-
pons p.neers at; Kedah men as haij ini piipnlt sahong /a' hcrtaji,
" !}Ioclv p;nuu'coclv's thai ri«;ht without spurs." A more efifectual
wav of excitinii" tlio wral h of a Javancs;^ cannot bo devised than
to apply io liim a Malay ]>liras«' wliich insinuates a national
want of deanlines's; oran-j Jdoii lythiri'd: wakan foma '*' a Ja-
vaiiese ; a wood-pvckor tlsat eats iirsecti-j!"

Natives of lv(»rinchi in iiuninlra are 8U|»poS':'d to have the
pow«'r of turninjf tlituns-lves into liLT^T.:; and arc believed to
ran[;e the f'.'i\'>:s in tli.it IVn'm. Thi» i«le;i has prt)bably
arisen from tij ir i". iirl* s m-.-ss in tr.ivellinir aloiu: or in verv
small pari its in 11.".^ i:!:.- 1 i;i:ic-"si!.>le <li.-rii-!cts. *' There p;o
tlu' t'*;^r^'s to i".- ■•! I'; "U r»:iiial-> i](:^\ '" is ji sliont which iho
i-\ hi. vi: s<»?n«- ii.ii'ii!!-.' -j rr'>i'l!M:-!ii tv.vl^ r.; I'ut. ■•inu* an eatiniy-
lu-n^.' i.-; a-!i!''-' •■(. il.iin i'> ^ ■•••voki*.

T!i<» p'«.|«l • » f ?r":iani:ka-::in ar<' piviv,^rbi:illy dull-witted
:i!i!l ill' I*' r:? V M:!!:j;.s liavi» tli-' j\'li()wini»- proverb abtnit
lhv*nu M- nil '.I'll,'} ,111 ///;.■;?.;,.■/ I.nl m oihi ilan tl' 'inful: - h.iJui tula
A.."/ / !''/./ '-'I'li'v* Mfiian ;k:r:>:iu is 6\iA\ a ^^ul that if a fish
i:i v.iilij;! liir. Vt'in/li ht.' i.::iv Fiivs If 1 liad a li(»ok tliis would
l>i' ili^in,!".'"* ii v.'oiijil ui v< r o..'(i;r ti» kim.say hi?; <k'tractors,
t-) *l ■vis-.' a.:v iiui«rnnr)ln i;j'i;t^'; of cati-liini:: tlu* tish !

Th ' ;.J.il:)V:*. ni' P.'i-.ik v,'i V' (l.Tir.iri.vsl ],v llii'ijilion a
hu:iilr."l asi'l lil'ly y, p.v.; a---* :'. ;. '* irr-iirli.-n-ii:'., faliiili'ss and
l)l<M.d\'.'' ir^.i (]:': <^:-i://;.'n is i.avllv l.:( = i":;i' mrt l.>v one or twt>
]»rt»v«.-rl's alM)-.:t ili-in v,lii.*h ^>:Il l-» r<»;i!il prluti'il in the

.Soni." pri»Vt'n'^ ar;* pnrdy !-.!:i.l Lind y\ > ii<>< liavcl beyond
th'*>taT»' or (li-Jti-i,-; t<» wliicii tin'V ap:«iv. of tlsis class are

* I)'I-tnu'li-i'i!ri'».;?iLiv.-? of Litor.it uro, ** TIk' rhi!««.:f'pliv fif rrovcr^'.-."

MALAY TEOVEfiBrS. 1

a series of sayings -Nvhicli oxiol the prodac(ion8 or «:ood
things of particular places, on the principle Avhich dictated
the line.

^^ PoUdocsgiow in Limerick and hccfiu iHilliiiinrc,'^

In Perak the}' say "^' (Jufci laivanf/ ynvj jhili', au'r Buiang
Padang^ sirik slrih vhelnn^^ l'i\is bras Snuf/ki'ij jiLii fnang Bafu
Baraia^baJik ha TJatit hura^ '"Aenrry of fern-shoots, iho
water of Batang Padanir, the hctel-leaf oi' Chckus and the
rice of Sungkei ; if the liatu Dara man has once tasted these
he will never see his countvv again.'' Latii l\ira is in ^u-
matra and all thcj other places named are in IVrak. A si-
milar epitome of the good things to be had in Kampar
(Penik) is current among the nntives of that d!>:irict. Ihan-
nil hvipain Brraiv/y ra,nln.\i J'CAhd ina^ laufjUiit lavf/s<ft Pt')<«-
riky 8p2)ain f^t:pani Ovjvp^ fonpi'-jilc JUajnr,

So, in the palmy days of native rule in Larut, Lcfore the
Chinese had d;;ticd IdaKiy authority, when the ^^alay Chief,
the Orang Kaya Mantri, exercised almost rciiuil Po^vers and
the most profust* hospiialily tempted ]ncn from other parts
of Perak to Bukil Gantani:", it used to be said, TLrriiahiithan
nusi kerinsi)ia, tcrininuriil'an tn/rr ttmiJUifdiKj pclih, t* rhitifjh'ali^
kan rtvyrumi IcrMlx l-i^hfilil: hu;i^ ""• \\{^ v>lio has eaten tho
rice of the copper pot, Vi]h.>ha« dnmk the ^v:^ter of ilre
white jar and who lias p;!j?si'd the rtUihaa 6c,v//a ( a p'arli-
cular tree) will never return/'

The '■ v;hite iar'' i.liil stiHid.i oiiti.idt; tin' Mantri's li(;U.se.
the tree alluded to is a iMudninvk in tlie B,'.I:il hcrnpit Pnfc'S,
through which the road I'lvm Larub to Kv\aia Kangsar
now runs, but it is to be feared that their virtu*. s have de-
parted. The well-fed guest A\ho invented tliis ilattoring
sentiment did not foresee the time v.lien Amj.hitjyon would
be an exile and the former scenes of festivity silent and
nearly deserted.

The following is of nioie general ai'plicaiion and therefore
much more v.idely known, Jlmithk h^ul di Mtdnhu handak
memahei di Pal-, hdifiii'i^ hnadtk ii'lar dl Ihihi !htr,\ '*The place
to die is in !Mahicca, to clothe one's self Falembaug, to
sleep l>atu Bara.*' In IVrahuea great trisuble and exj-ense
are taken ai fun( ral^, and « raves are «j:enerallv tended ^\ith
much care arid r< verence, I'akmbang is fanums for its
silk-weaving, Ihe people of Batu Baru are said to under-

48 ^klALAY TROVERBS.

stand better than any other Malays how to make a comfortable
bed. " They pile up mats and mattresses until it hurts you
to tumble off them " is the description given to me.

One more proverb of this class, a local saying in Perak
where all the villages named are situated, —

Kalau jaiU (iijah jaVffan jadl i/ojah orang Padaixci Asani^
kalaujadi hirban jangan Jadi kurhati orang Satjong, halaujadi
nnjat jav.fftDi jadl ruj/at Pulo Tiff a, "Should you be an
elephant don't belong to the people of Padang Asam, should
you be a buffalo don't belong to Sayong, should you be a
peasant don't belong to Pulo Tiga." The allusions are, as
may be guessed, the reverse of complimentarj". Padang
Asam is on the main-ioad between Ulu Perak and the sea,
and in former times before a cart-road was made it was one
o£ the stages at wliich elephants, the only means of
transport, stopped. The people of Padang Asam must in
those days have gained an unenviable reputation for overload-
ing their elephants. Sayong boasts of extensive paddy fields,
which give plenty of oc-cupation for buffaloes, and they are
perhaps better cultivated than similar lands in other parts
of Perak. I don't know what particular tyrant gave rise,
by local o[)prossion, to tlit* notion that to be a ryot of Pulo
Ti;^a was an undesirable lot.

Without knowin'-- anvthinir about Malay.-^, it would be easv,
after readin*^ iheir proverb.-;, to pronounce them to be a
people given to a eouniry life. Agrieultun', hunting, lish-
ing, boating :ind v,d(.d-(Taft are Uie oeenpations or accom-
plishments v.liii.li fnrnish most of the iUustrations, and the
number of l,»(ni.st.s, birds, jishes and plants named in a ccdlection
of ]\[alay [»rovei-lKS will be found to be eonsiilerable. Pro-
verbs of this kind are of course of home manufacture. A
few, Iiow»»ver, whieh may be met with in books are of foreign
(►rigin and nuiy be traced to Hindustani, Persian or Arabic.
The proverb Jn/trnl Jur/'C i/iinf/ niinrifnnl ntf/jilkifn^ ''It is the
jeweller who can tell a preeiiuis stone" (Hiknyat Abilullah
p. •'»), is a ;:5(.uie\vliat clumsy adaptation of the Hindustani
Jftlutrl Ji'/rft' ji)f(rfi i/h\ Another very common proverb (nearly
equivahnt in meaning to the phrase '• IMood is thicker than
water.') T(/kr/n injcv di p-ira)!*! puivn^ *' Water is not to be cut
with a knife/' is almost exactly identical with the Hin-
dustani proverb Lathi-sc pnni jnla iwhin nota *' Water is not
to be divided bv a stick,"

MALAY PR0TERB8. 49

Both Malay and Hindnsfani furnish equivalents for a
well-known Froneli proverb, Vmis /e roi/ttnm*^ (ha areunlei^
leu bonpirs sonf /v>/x. The SLilays say UHninpni tinda lavfj
hiia hilaffiiu/ (fhi'-Ifh f(t,hy^ ''^'Whk^YO tlien^aro no kites ili(»
sjrasslujpjK^r says E am a kiti».*' The Hindustani version
is shorter and m»ater, Jif A rn/ thirahht uahln iralmn vamJ hhi
ihirahht^ '• Wliero there are no trees ev(»n tlieeastor-oil plant
is a tree."'

Malays who quote the snyinp, Bnmnf/ slrfpn meufjgcili lo-
hnn'i iiin J"f/'i f*irin'inifk l'"dttlti„n,ia '"Whosoever di^sapil,
he shall fall inti* it himself" (llikayat Abdullah, p. Ki-")), are
innocent no doubt of any intention to borrow from Solomon
or from th«» Arabs. Yet tliei'o can be no doubt of course of
the »Semitic ori«4;iu of the plirase and the Malay veisitm
must 1m» simply a transl-ititm. Is it a t ran si a.tion of Pro-
verbs XX Vf, -7, '' Whv>in tli(j(;dh a ftit t<Ji((II fall thorciii^^^ or
lias ir rt aehrd the Malays In 'Ui Mohamedan scmrees':* The
hitter sup[(»siti..n seems tie* more likely ; and yet the tirst
is n<»t imp<»ssible, for it i< wt'li-known that Alnhtllih
Un Ahihil Kfuh'r^ from \v]ios«» Antobio;j:raphy I take the
Malay passai^e, as.^isted some Kn^lish missionaries in tran-
slating th'» iJible into Malay. Thos'» interested in Moha-
med;iu h»i:r*i»d-; will iiiid a story eoiincrtcil with the phrase
Thus r<lat<'d by liurtnn ( Pili:Timau<.» to El-^Fediuah and
JFeri-ah. II. 2()o.: — *-At a^ .»iit halt a mile from the city
•• < jlrrcuh; we pas.-ed o?i llif Ict't a huLje lu-ap of sione.^,
•" v»'here my comiianii'ns stood ami eursi'd. This i:;;rim-h»okiM«:7
'•cairn i> p;5*.>u!ariy b"li"v«'jl to m»te the i»laee of the well
-whtrt* .M»u Lahab laid an ambusead<» fc»r th<^ Pro]»het.
"' Tliis wit'ked uncle st;iti<»m'd thc-re a slav<», with orders to
"•tlirow le-a«llomjf into the ]»it. the first p<»rson who aj^proach-
'"i-d liiiu, an«l privily ])r»rsuadvM.l his nephew to visit the
'•sjiot at nijhf : after a tinu% anxiously ho^anj^ to hear that
"the d«.*ecl had been done, Abu Lahab incautiouslv drew
"• ni^h, and was preci[)itated by his own bravo into the j)|jice
" cifdcstruction. Hmee the well-known saying in Islam, ''Whoso
" di;:«:eth a well tor his brother shall fall into it himself/'

JSoraetimes Malay ideas may perhaps be traced to Buddhist
and not to ?do!ianu'dan sources. In the Pnitaya Sut'tk.i a
^ rollwtion ormonil s^mtencesin (Singhalese the following passage
oc<'urs :

*• Though a man were to make an immense heap of sugar
'-and plant in the midst of it a seed of the Kommba tree and

60 UALIT PROVEltBS.

" were to pour upon it a thousand pots of milk, yet it will never
*' bear sweet fruit." *

The Malays say (see No. 7 ante, Vol. 1 p. 89) " Though
"you plant the p'/^ on a bed of sago and manure it with honoy
"and water it with treacle and train it over sugar-oanes, when
"it is cooked it will still be litter.'*

A similar proverb in Hindustani is Nim na mifha no sech gar
phi se, "The nim tree will not become sweet though watered
with syrup and clarified butter."

One more instance of a Hindustani proverb exactly repro-
duced in Malay will be sufficient ; JUni chadar ulna pan
phailana^ "Stretch your leg.s nccordintj to tlie length of your
ulanket'' corresponds very nenrly with the Malay, Brapa
panjang lanjur bagitiilah s^limut L e. " Suit yc/Ur blanket
to the length of your legs.'' Hoth are e([uivalent to the*
English proverb " Cut your coat according to your cloth.''
But it must not be thought from these specimeos that
the Malays are indebted to other nations for many of their
proverbs. The contniry in fact is the case ; originality of
thought, no less than happiness of cxpres.sion, usually charac-
terises them.

No excuse is needed, I trust, for my having endeavoured at
such considerable len":th to familiarise Knj^-Hsh Htud^nts
w^ith the peculiar turns of Malay thought. Tlie colh^clii»n
now printed may be very materially added to bv a ivferourt*
to Klinkert's work and to Favre's dictionary. The specimens
there given have not yet been published in English, and a
translation of them has not come within the scope of the
present paper. Should, however, the subject be foun<l in-
teresting by those in the Stniits Settlements who aim at a
thorough intimacy with the Malay language, then* is little
doubt that the Dutch and French collections will find a
translator at some later date.

As an encouragement to those who may feel disposed in
supplement existing collections let me quote a pjisssije from
a writer already cited who has devoted a papi-r to "'these nt»-
glected fragments of wisdom which exist among all nations: —

The interest we may derive from the study of proverbs is

^ BecoUectionsofCoylon^SeUEirk, us.

5IALAY rROVEKBS. 51

"not confined to their universal truths, nor to their poignant
" pleasantr}- ; a philosophical mind will discover in proverbs a
*' groat variety of the most curious knowledge. The manners
" of a peoi)le are painted after life in their domestic proverbs ;
** and it would not be advancing too much to assert that the
*' genius of the age mi^ht be often detected in its prevalent
** ones. The learned Selden tells ua that the proverbs of
" several nations were much studied by Bishoj) Andrews ; the
** reason assigned was, because '' by them he knew the minds
" of several nations, which," said ho, " is a brave thing, as we
*' count him wise who knows the minds and the iiisides of men,
** which is done by knowing what is habitual tt) them." Lord
*' Baeon condensed a wide circuit of philosophical thought
" when he observed that *• tlie genius, wit, and spirit of a
'* nation are discovered by their proverbs."

54 NOTES ON GUTTA PERCHl.

inelios dianiotor, and rarely exceeding 50 to 60 feet in height.
Said to yiuld 1 to 5 catties of prepared giitta, which being
lighter in colour than the last is called white {jmtih) in
coulradistiiiction to red ( ntevah).

Gtitt't Mcra/f (Kadayaii) ParaBuhrai or PuniBoknri (Mu-
riit). A ioresL tree having trunks 12 to 18 inches diameter,
and 50 to (lO fi/et in height. Foliage small, oblong. This
yii'Kls •> to 5 catties of gutta, which is whitish in colour and

HuljL'laijtic.

(inihi or 0,n.alo hVnnj (Kadayan) Vara Larall (Murut).
Forest troo hsiving trunks 12 to 24 inches diameter, and
yielding G to 10 catties of gutta, according to size.

(inlhf or G.tvdri Bnln (Kadayan) Para IJhIh (Mnrut.)
A fore:'t tn»e the trunk iif which sometimes attains a diame-
ter of ') to -t feet and yields 20 to J>0 catties of gutta,
L(.'aves »'{ to A inches long, l-l to 2 inches broad, glossy
green above, and ferruginous underneath. My own opinion
is that these hist four trees are all different species of Isonan-
dm. They are, however, so distinct that the gutta hunters
ea^^il}' recognise them, although at the time the pix)duce of
all is collected indiscriminately and, after being mixed, is
sold un<U»r the conjmon name of Oidla or Gniato Mrmh,
Murton says that the colour of this product " varies accord-
ing to the ([uantity of bark and other impurities mixed with
it;'' but the various proportions in which the produce of the
ditferent kinds of '* Gniato ' '-^^ielding trees are mixed, has*
1 believe, much to do with the colour and quality of the produce.

lirniJKK OR CvorTnoLc-viKLDiNG Climiji:us. Elastic rubber.
Caoutchouc or Guff'i Jjcrha/c, is obtained from three kinds
fsptM'ies or varieties) i»f rough-stemmed, wc>ody climbei*s,
found in the lot! v forests beside most of the rivers in North,
North-Kast, and South-West Borneo, at altitudes varying
from very near the f^L^n level, up to -ijOOO feet.

The stems vary in length from oO to 150 feet, aiul in
thickness from 2 to 8 inclu\s, and bv the collectors the
different kinds are at onc«' known bv the colour and corru-
gat ions of the si em or bark. Tin* heaves are 2 to 5 inclies
long, oblong, hiuceolate, and glossy above, and are set op-
posite on the thin brown thick-uoded branchlets, haviuj;

KOnSfl ON OUTTA PERCHA. 55

petioles J to 1 inch in length ; flowers unknown. Gutfa
Serapii Alendngan is said to have white flowers, and ihe
ronnd-fruited Serapif yellow ones. All tliroe kinds bear
edible fruits of a clear oi-an»re yellow, and those arc readily
distinguished by marked variations in size and form. These
fruits consist of an outer skin or rind as thick as that of
an ordinary oranja^e, but very tender and brittle when ripe,
milky sap or gutta exudin<y in drops from the fraclured
surfaces ; this when tasted beiii*^ iutoiiS(*ly bitter. Inside
the rind are sections of apricoi-colounwl pul[), crushed
closely together, but. easily separable, eai*h of which <-on-
tains a single soft leathery-coated seed, the size of that of
a scarlet runner bean.

Full grown fruits attain a diameter of 2 to 4 inches.

^' Fig. 1. Oiiiift Sprnplf Mt'ndn:j{()}, Finii. cl;'ar orange
yellow, 3 to 4 inches in diameter, di^tiiicUy p<'ar-.sliai.(sl and
edible.

* Fig. 1 is a reduced representation of th*^ kind known to
the Kadayans on the Lawas river as Gittia St^rdpif Mtunrmjc/f
or Gnfta ManuJH/nn Sfrajtlt, and is knowTi by its ei)rriii;!ii«Ml
stem having well marked nodes 15 to 18 inelies a[»!irt, ami
by its pear-shaped frniis. By the ]\lnrnls ii is called /*(♦/
Jjeleblf, On the Limbang river the frnit. is called JinUtmtii^
and ii! Terak Stntjijirtp or (Jnibi Snuincri'it. (S<m» Murlon's
Repo:t;.

* FUf, 2. Giifta Scmpii, Frnit avoi*aging 3 inches diame-
ter, oninge-yellow, orange-shaped and edible.

* Fig. 2 in a reduced sketch of a ronnd-fruited species
or variety, having stems and h*avcs very similar !<► the last
and yielding apparently the sann* milky exndation, but it
is said to produce but little gutta, and is seldom collected.
The Kadayans call it Strnpit an<l the Murnts J>oi Knla.uj,

A third kind, known as Mcnniujan Mfmria (Kadayan)
Kfitftwah (Murut) has much thicker stems than the two
last, covered with light cork coloured bark, but slightly
corrugated, and the fruit is round like the last, but rarely
exceeding 2 inches in diamett»r. The light corky bark and
small fruits distinguish it from the others, and unlik«»

* Bark of a redvUsIi colour.

* It has not bc<?n found piucticablo to re-pro<hict' theso iUnat rations.

56 NOTES ON GUTTA FEBOHlt

the last named round form, or Serapit, this kind yields very
cjnod gufcta. The milk of the first and third mentioned is
collect d indiscriminately, and tlie produce is known as Giiiin
Mnuiugtin or Onita SiUii, tlie last name, howevor, beinjj
applied lo the hard prodiicb of an entirely different tree in
Terak (See Mur Ion's Report).

This Caoutchouc or rubber is prepared by the addition of
Nipah salt tt> the milk, and stirrin«r ; and is sold in ihe form
of black £i^rfr\asy looking balls about half a catty wci^^ht each,
these bein<j tlmfaJtsl on a strip of rattan for convenience of
transport.

With reference to Gntla Sernplt Mp.nanfjany Mr. Collins
p;ives the foUowincf at ]>. !21of liin •^'^ Report ou the Caout-
cliouc of (.N>nnncnM\" — Vernacular names, Outta Susu or
Susuh (T\ral. Milk Gum). Jinlawan, varicly a; Jintawan 8u?u,
or Milky Jinlawan, vari(»ty b. ; Jintawan Bulat, or round
friiittl Jintawan, aiul c. Nj;v*»t or Xijfrvit Jintawsur:* AUo
Yiivietva. Sorauii, most conmuui varii'lv; b. Prtabo, tlio b(»st.
vari-'tv; and variety c. *' Monuui^an,' lh»» greatest quantitv,
(n-mh Kaijai (Sumatra.) *P"

Mr. ("ollins further adds that wlien this Caoutchouc ih-st:
aj)ju'ared in c:.»mnieree (ISlM) he .snci'e('«led in identilyiiui: it
as til' 1 r.Mluce of Un'fol?/.•>■/. ];artiy ii'<»nj the ace »nnt.s
r.f Molh'V, Low, lv(>xburL;li, etc., an-l ]»artly from ( -ami'l'-'irs
uoti'S and S[)e(»imens in tin- i>!'ilioli ]Mu.s(*um. Jmh^iiif^ fr.un
llie small woodcut illuslraiiou of Crrrola FJii.^fici j^i vi.-n at
naLfC 110'> of liindlt'v and ^Loori.^'.s Treasury oT Lolanv, t!je
liorni^aii plants here rcfcrre.! in h\ lae corlainlv do not Vie-
lonji^ to that species, allhouofh th' d.\sc*ription appended is
fairl}' truthful and evidt^nfly refers to the :<rr'ij)(L

Murton, at p. \2 of hisconlributiou to the hisi.»rv '>f Onlla-
producinjx trees, points out thai the tlowers of rrrrohf (o:ie
species <uily bein<if known) are in terminal panicles or ( ynu's,
whereas in th<» Srnipif^js they ai'e axillary.

The above are Mr. Burbidi^e's notes on this subject, which
he Avas jj^ood enou<i;;h, while busily enjjfaij^ed in other matters,
toputto»!:ether at my request. I trust 1 may be i)ardoned if
f add a few remarks of my own troni information whicli
r have p^athered from veteran Bornean Gutta and Rubber
collectors and others, both Eadayans and natives of Brunei,

KOTES ON GUTTA PEECttA,

Forest Trees Producing Gutta-Percha in N. W. Borneo,
IN Order of Commercial value of Product.

Order Sa])otacea\ Genus Isoimndra*

Value per

picul
at tiabuan.

Bomcan Name.

Habitat.

Product.

•1. GniatoElong

Hills only

Gutta percba, G. Cras
Gutta Mei-ab, G. Taban

§35 to $ 40 ;

1 2. „ Maresah

Dry plains
Si low hills

do.

$28 to $30

* 3. „ Manoun

do.

The produce of this and

$5 to 820

the two following trees

For the mix-

is only sold mixed with
that of 1 and 2.

ed articles.

•4j. „ Duiian

do.

t5. ., Berbangan

do.

A veiy inferior gutta is, or rather used to be, obtained
from the Jelutong, for mixing with the true gutta. Mr.
Murton (Journal No. 1 p. 107) states that Gutta Jelutong is
obtained from a species of Alyxia ; a statement opposed to
the description given me by tho Bornean collectors, from
which it would appear to be the product of a lofty tree,
taller than any of those yielding the true gutta (i.e., over
100 feet in height.) Growing on both hills and in swampy
land, with dark coloured bark, leaves 5" long 3" f broad,
gi'een above and light below, seeds in black pods like those
of a bean 9 to 10 inches in length, each pod containing 8 to
10 seeds. The timber is white, very light, tough, and much
resembles that of the Palye.

The collectors state that there is no such natural product
as Gutta Merah or red Gutta; the colour being due to the
admixture of tilings from the bark of the tree in the pro-
portion of ^ tilings to 5 guita ; as it is said that the Chinese
tmders, unaware of the adulteration, prefer the red or adul-
tei-ated to the natural Gutta.

Climbers producing Caoutchouc or India rubber in N. W,
Borneo.

t Bark of a dark colour. Fruit j in Fcbnuiry. 'Fruit 2i inclica lonjj, pear
fhaped^ coiuln^ to a sharj) poiut^ and attached by lor^e end. Edible.

58 KOTES ON GUTTA FEUCKA.

Ordor Aj)ocyn<tca; Genus Wilhujltheia (?)

JJrccoJa Blast ica (?)

1. Manungan Pulau or Bciiar, i. c, Manungan proper.

Bnjok ( Largaying)
Manga ( light coloured bark)

4. „ „ (dark „ „ )

From the above is obtained the Gutla Lechak, Giitla Siisu
or Gxitta Tapak of commerce, bought in Labuaii at from
§20 to ,^-^0 per picul.

5. St'rapit Larat.
0. „ Pulau.

The produce of the Serapit is only used to increase tho
weight of that of the Manungan.-?, the milk not hardening
sufficiently of itself.

7. Bertabu or Petabo Pulau.

8. Bertabu or Petabo Laul.

This gutta is no longer marketable ; it is used as a remedy
for ulcers — " Sakit Puru."

If this account is correct vre should perhaps talk of the
Manungans of Borneo, and not of the Serapits as Mr. Bur-
bidge proposes.

The flowers of all throe, viz., Manungans, Serapits and
Bertabus or Petal»os are axillary and not in terminal pani-
cles or cymes, as is the case Avith the llowers of Uiccoln.
The fruits of all are edible, and the plants are distinguished
chiefly by the dilVercnt shape of the leaves and fruit, and
the corrugations of the bark.

The fruit of the Manungan Pul, or proper, is ]"/Car-
shaped. As the Natives say it " has a neck to it.-' That of the
Manungan iiiijok is more egg-shaped — '" without the neck,"
and that of tlio Manimgan Manga is round. The h.-aves
of the Bertabus or Petabos ai'«» the broadest and largest ;
then come those of the Scra[)it^, soniewljat longer in jiro-
portion ; and lastly those of the Menungans, which are the
ymallest, and, in proj^orlioii to their breadth, tlu' I«)ngfsl.

CJutta and rubber are at present imp{»rtod into Labnaii
from the following rivers, viz., Barram, Meri, Hjikong, Baleit,
Tutong, Limbaug, Trusan, Lawas and Kimauis,

KOTES OK OITTTA PERORA. 69

The mode of collecting gutta in Borneo does not materi-
ally difler from that described by Mr. Murton in the first
number of this journal. The terms Gntta Sin«:garip, Gatta
Rambong, and Gutta Taban iare unknown to my informants.

The following observations are by Mr. Burbidge : —

New Gutta- yielding Trees.

Apparently all the Gutta or Caoutchouc-yielding trees
were discovered and their produce brought into use by the
natives of the localities in which they grow, and, the native
wants amply supplied, the inclination to look out sources of
fresh supply would of course cease ; but even since these
products are of considerable trade value to the collectors,
nothing seems to be done either to replace trees or search
out new gutta-yielding plants. Probably there are thou-
sands of tons of these known products still existing in
Bornean forests, but as ditficulties in collecting increase
(by the supply being yearly further removed from the
markets, etc.) so will jn-ices rise. The " Sera]nts '* may be
readily propagated by layering the stems and by seeds ; but
so long as the forests are uncontrolled by Europeans, it is
useless to expect natives to trouble themselves in the perpe-
tuation of these plants, easy though it l»e ; nor is it likely
they will hunt out fresh souret*s of supply. Much of the
gutta from Java, India an J Australia is the produce of a
species of /V^vf.*?, many sj)ecies of which milk-yielding trees
are common in Bornean forests, and it seems to me very pro-
bable that S'lnie of the.se vrould yield good i^utta in remuner-
ative quantitie.i as the result of experiments.

The Btirnea?! repre.s(»ntatives of the Bread fruit family
(Artortrp'.t) should also b> examined, as good gutta or
caoutchouc is yielded by at least one S. American speeies
belonging to this ordi/r."

rOSTSCPiIPT TO THE ABOVE NOTES OX

GUTTA, &c.

The pi^rusal o[ JFr. Treacher's very interesting and
valuable notes have induced me to add a little information
that has reached me since my last communication on this
subject was written.

60 NOTES OK 0UT1*A PERGHA.

As regards GtUta jehtong, Mr. Treacher*s description of
the Borneaji trees entirely coincides with my knowledge of
it, and from an examination of imperfectly developed flow-
ers Dr. Beccari arrived at the same conclusion.

The timber of the jelutong is sometimes used in Singa-
pore for making the Malay trompah or wooden sandals.

Mr. Treacher in one place describes the fruit as " being
a black pod like that of a bean ;". but a reference at the
foot of the page describes it as ^^2^ inches long, pear shaped,
" coming to a sharp point and attached by large end" — two
descriptions which appear to me diametrically opposed.

I have not seen the fruit of the Ah/xiuy but it thus des-
cribed by the authors of the " Genera Plantarum" " Drupae
" V. baccce 2 v. abortu solitaria*, ovoidece v. oblougce 1 —
" spermse v. monilifera?, articulis 2 rarius 3 — 4 oblongis 1 —
" spermes,"

I add also the general description of the genus for compa-
rison, from the same source : —

*' Frutices soppius glabri. Folia 3-4-natim verticillata y.
"rarius opposita, coriacea, nitida, pennivenia venia tamen
" parnm prominulis.'^ Flores parvuli, geniiiii v. eymosi,
cymis capitellatis ftisciculatis v. brcviter spieato-paniculatia
axillaribus t. in axillis f<^lioruui torminalium psoudo —
terminalibus.

A specimen of what appears by IFr. Tn^eliors descrip-
tion to be a Serajjit has been sent from tlio jnnjrlo here to
Kew and Professor Oliver has id(Mitified it as a Chllocnrputt,
Professor Dyer considers the Perak "' Chitta Siiifr^arip"
which is evidently one of the Bonioan Manmifjnns to be
identical with Wallieh's WUhujlihcia wnrinhnuict}. Later on,
referring to some specimens collected in ISingiiporche writes: —

" The Gufta Singtjarip plant that you have met with
"near the Botanic Garden is an interesting? discovery. It is
"not, I think, the same as the Perak ])liuit, thon^^h very
" close to it, — on the other hand it may be the sanie as one
" of Mr. Burbidge's Bornean species,"

Hundreds of young plants of at least five of tliose rubber-
producing climbers are now established in the Botanic gar-

NOTES ON GUTPA PERCH A. 61

den, so that we niay now coufidently look fbrwanl to an
C'lueulation of the greater part of the confusiou that has
hitherto existed in connection with this subject.

As regards Urceola the authors of the " Genera Planta-
rum " give ^' Species 4 Peninsuho Malayauiu Archipelagique
** incoho/'

Ucferring to Jlr. Burl>idgc\s remarks about the Artocarpav.
I may .say that tlie veteran collector Mr. Thos. Lobb once
showed me a specimen of a rubber which he had collected
in Horneo f>onie 2*') years previously from an Artocarpad,
and whi'h was then in a capital state of preservation ; whereas
the best " Ccara -scrap rubber" will not resist the action of
the atmosphere nearly so long.

As reganls the .species of the genus FicuSj the natives of
Perak have tried all the indigenous species, but with the
exceiition of F. e/ttstfrft, which produces ^' (lutfa ramho7}g^^^
none has been found to yield a marketable gutta and the milk
obtained from them is, at best, only lit for bird-lime.

A very important point is the mode of collecting and pre-
paring. The S. American rubbers, which are the i)est in the
lA»iid(.)n markets, are prepared in a very ditlerent manner to
the shivenlv, indt)lent mode carried out bv Mahivs, and I
have not the slightest hesitation in savin;^ that if the Mala-
van rn)>bors were prepared in the same way a^ the S. Ameri-
cmi, a hirger demand would arise for them, and materially
hi«:her prices be easily obtuinod than at present. As an in-
stance 1 may htate thai a sam[)le that 1 collected in Singapore,
which was allowed simply to coagulate without the addition of
salt or other foreign substance, was submitted by Professor
Dyer to competent Judges in London, and they reported that
••The quality is very fair. The ''present marketable valne is
about 1.^. '6d. per lb.; and on applying to Mr. Kobt. Campbell
he informed me that ihe ju'lco they paid in liondon was only
1^. for the best brands prepared in the usual way.

H. J. MURTON.
29th July, 1872.

THE MARITIME CODE

OF THK

MALAYS.

[Tlie following Paper coinprisos a trnnslation by Sir S.
Eafllcft ol the more important passages of the Malacca Mari-
time Coiles, interpolated with notes by the Tran>hitor. The
manner in which this vahiablc contribution came into the
Society's lianils is feuflicicntly ex]>laineil in a note which appears
at the end of the Miscelhmeous Notices. Tiie reprint of this
Translation, except for a few nece.-sary correction?, appears ia
the exact form of Sir IS. 1 {allies' orij^inal Tajier as printed in
the ^Malacca Weekly lic^ifister. A few foot notes under the
initials above referred to are appended in explanation of certain
obscure phrases.]

In the following t^ketch, which defines the Laws auil
usages of the Malays at Sea, tlie Malacca Code lias been select-
ed for the text, as well on account of the admitted superiority
of that once Nourishing kingdom among the Malay states in
general, as from the circumstance of this Code having, Avitli
some slight modilicMtious, been adopted by several of the an-
cient and |>owerfuI stntcs! on the Island of Celebes, and still
continuing in force amdng many of the J^iugis and i\Iacassar
Traders from that J.-laiid. The l)Ugis and Macassar states,
which are nations rndicallv distinct from the Jlabivs, possess a
iNiaritime Code of still greater antiquity, but in bolter titnes
ibey appear to have, in niiiny iufetnnce*^, adopted the >ca Laws
of Malacca, nearly in the same manner as the Uomans adopted
the celebrated lihodian cixle.

The Malacca code appears to have been compiled during
the reign cf Sultan Malimud Shah, t'he first sovereign of
^lalaf'ca meuiioncd in the Malayan ;ninals to liav<' cnd>raeeii
the Mabnrnedan fnitli. The (Mreunistance is undershxnl to have
taken |»lac.' about llie year of the llnjirab, corresponding with
tlie Christian Kra l:i*'G. — The origin of I lie Jlalay code nuiy,
therefore, be cnnsidered as nearly coeval with the tirst esta-
blishment (if Islamism among the ]\lalavs. The authority of
the code is thus stated ni the preamble.

tf\

MAklTIME CODK. 03

'•These are llic T.aws to be enforced in Ships, Junks, and
IVahus."

*' First of all Pafi Sinrun and Pati Elins fsscmhlod Na-
klioda Jenal and Nakhoda Dcwa and Nakhoda Isahak for tlic
purpose of consulting and advising relative to the usaj^es at
Sea, and of compelling in conformity thereto, u coA^i^i Undang
Undang or Institutes."

After they had consulted toofethor and collected the Laws,
lliey presented tlicm to Dato' Bendahara Sri Mnhn-Kaja in the
kingdom ofAIalacca, who laid them at the feet of the Ilhi.striouH
Blalimud Shah — Whereupon that prince said ** I grant the
request of the Bondaharr and establish the Sea Laws and In-
stitutes for your Government au<l that of your posterity. —
When von administer these Laws at {^ea tliev shall be carried
into effect at Sea in like manner as those of the Land are
carried into effect on Land, and let tlicm not interfere wiih
each other, for yiui," adressing himself to the Nakhodas, **are as
rnj:is at Sen, and 1 confer authority on yon accordingly "

The several Nakhodas who had framed the code wore then
honored with titles, Nakhoda Jenal received the 'I'itles iA'Sufff/
Uinma di Ituja^ and Nakhoda Isahak that of Hmnj Sella di
lioja ?

"In such manner were the Laws established and made
known during the times when the kingdom of JIalacca was
tranquil and prosperous during the reign of Sultan Mahmud
Shah."

1 it 2. According to other Copies these Titles are Sang-
boya di liaja and I)upati1i5hali, when Sri Nara di llajawao
I3cndahara ^nd governed that cm .try.

Therefiu'C, as the Laws of the Sea are established, as well
ns the Laws i-tthe liand, let them 1)C observed in ordtr that
whatever is undertaken may be i)roi)erly rc>^ulate<l — let these
JjRWS be followed towards all Countries, in as much as the
I,aw.Voi*tho Sea which relate to the Sea only, and the Laws <if
the Land, which relate to the Land only, are detined, because
those of the Sea cannnt interim iv with ihuse established on shore.

According to these Insiitutos let the Law be alministcred
at Sea that no disputes and quarrclij nniy take place — let them

64 HARITIHE OODE.

l)e known and <lescenfl lo po'^ferily, that men may
according to their own will and inclination, but that o;

not net
order and
ret^iiliirity niliy provail on board vesse's. as well during pros-
perity as adversity — let not wliat is established be done a\vay,
nor these hiws bo resisted or disobeyed.

If these Laws are attended to, no one can question this
authority of the Nakhoda ; for as the Raja is on shore, so is
the Nakhoda at Sea— this authority lins been conferred by tha
Sultan of the Land upon all Nakhodas in oi-der that they may
administer the I-^aws on board their respective vessels — Who-
ever does not admit this authority oftends against the Law.

It may be necessary to premise, that altho' the number
and description of Persons must materially depend on the size
of the vessel, and the nature and extent of the voyage, \et. the
following classes and denominations will be found to occur ia
abuost every Prahu; a terra under which the Malays include
every description of vessel.

The Nakhodii or Captain, who emplo3's a Jurotulis or
"Writer, corresponding in some degree with a Pureer, —

The klwc or kiwi the princii)al of whio^h is termed the Mula-
Kiwi : Suporcarixoes, or persons who have au adventure, in the
voyage, and to wiiom part of the cargo belongs.

Tlie ornng Tunipang or Monuinpung : Passenger.s from
one Port to aiiotlior.

OFFICERS AND CREW.

J/.(/m— The Master: tliorcarc generally two dtiiiominated
tlie Malim hesar :ind Maliin Ivoclii!, tlie suj>orinr and inferior,
tlio latter of whom is the Malim '' Angin,'' whoso •iuty it is
principally to manag<*. tlic sails accordiiiu: to tlie wind, the chief
^lalim, attendinu: to the course of the Pralui.

Jai'Omudi. — Persons who stcor the Praliu.

Jiirohtht. — One wlio aticnds (he anchor and fore part of
of the i'raliu.

Tah'iVf/. — rorsons, literally workmen, Pelly of!i<^prs hnv-
iu'i specific duties a''cu)rdin;; lo their denominations: as Tukft/ij
ti'Uk the officer of the hold. Tukaiuj Ajxuij ollicer of tie

MARITIME CODE. 65

nainmasl; or chief Petty ofBcer. Tuhaiig Kiri the officer of the
larboard or left side. Tukang Karmn the officer of the right
or starboatd side, &c.

Awak Prahu or Anak Vrahu, — The Crew or common men,
^'liich may consist either of free men, debtors or slaves.

OF THE RANK AND AUTHORITY OF THE
NAKHODA AND OFFICERS.

Let every man obey the Nakhoda agreeably to the autho-
rity conferred u|)on him by the Sultan of the laud from time
JJiQinemorial, for he is the l^aja while at sea, and altho' he may
"® young, he shall be as an Orang tu/ia, or hiive the authority
^* age, and administer the Law accordingly.

., First. — It is the law, that in all Prahus of every descrip-
"^«i, the Nakhoda shall be as the Raja.

I That the Juromudi or Steer-man shall be us the Benda-

'^t^ or Prime Minister; and the Jurobatus as Ti^mt-nggong

?^ chief Peace officer; and it shall bo the duty of those to super-

p^ tend every one, and to negotiate right and wrong within the

**«hu.

That the Tukang kanan and the Tuhaiu) kiri, shall possess
^espcctal.le influence and i)erform duty with the Tukamj Agung.

1'hat the JtirobaUi * *SVar, the Gtutfa?fff, f and Send/vi in

^^\sriei\(icv who wurks his passage) as well as the Tukany, shall be

Jj^der the immediate orders ofthe Nakhoda, and all the A?iak

rahu shall be under the orders of the T^^/j^/y belonging to
^Me Prahu.

The Malim shall be as a ruler or judge at Sen, as it is his
^luty to direct the course ot* the vessel. —

In the Macas.-ar copy it is stated, that the owner of the
Prahu shall be as the R«ja, the Niiklioda as the Bi-ndahara, the
Tukaug as the 'JV-ni« nggung, the Tukay^j Haitian (officer of the
forecastle) as 3(intris, and the Tiikaag Tc7fffa/ias ^7r/'^ Siffa

* Thif? wi»nl i.i)i)0{ir^ to iizoiin Ihc " Snpcrintt'mliri'jf '* JurolatVf who
** walk8 al-oi:!" unci lo«iks after his sul lordinalcs. \). F. A. H.

+ I have tsu far Kvii unable to asrccrlaiii the uitaniiij; of thi«i word. I>.
P. A. H.

66 MABITIME CODE.

(guards, eunucbs) — but as the Nakhodas arc geuerallyi and
always in the smaller Prnhus, owners, tiic distinction made at
Macassar is that which changes the comparison.

Hakim or Imam in tlie ranks of the different officers in
consequence of the introduction of a*superior to the Nakhoda
is of no real importance, and does not essentially alter the rank
or influence of the officer.

If any of the Crew disobey the orders of the Tukang
Agung, that officer shall deliver the offender over to the Juro-
batu, in order that he may be punished with seven stripes, but
it is the usage that such stiipes shall not be inflicted with an
uplifted or powerful arm, nor without the knowledge of the
Tukang. If the person who has offended still resists the au-
thority of the Tukang Agung, he shall be punished with four
stripes more.

According to the Macassar copy, the Anak Prahu are
slated to be under the immediate orders of the Tukang Tengah.
If any one resists his authority, he shall in the manner above
described, be punished in the presence of the Temenggong
(Juromudi) with three times seven stripes, and if the offended
still resists the authority of the Tukang it shall be lawful for
the Temenggong to hang him up (suspend him by the arms)
and to punish him with three stripes more.

" If any of tlie Crow disobey the Guntang and Se?iu?viy the
offender ishall be puni.>hcd with three stripes.

Of tliC duiit'S of the Offivcrs and Orcn\ and the nature

of their cnynijements*

There is no description of i»crsons who receive wages ou
board a Prahu, with the exception of persons who may act as
substitutes for such as may be obliged to "juit the Prahu on
account of illness or otheiwise. Every person on board has
some commercial speculation in view, however small ; and his
engagement is made for the voyage.

The Kakhoda or owner of tlie Prahu ;;iv('.s to ciicli accor.l-
ing to established custom, what is termed lolun'/'in, which
signilies assistance or advances ; which iulvanj.\s are of two
kinds: consisting cither of shares of the cargo, or loan of
money.

HAHmHE CODE. 67

In short, the whole voyage is to be coDsiclered as a com-
mercial adventure of the whole of the persons eno^aged in it;
and bears no slight similarity to the out-fit of a Dutch whaler.

OF THE MALIM.

'*Tho Law respecting the llalim is, that he shall, if he
reqniresit.be allowed one hnlf of a division of the hold ; and
receive a further assistance from the Nakhoda to the extent of
a Tahil and a half (12 Dollars) this officer being on the same
footing with the Malim besur or chief Malim.

It is the duty of the ]\ralini to remember the proper course
to steer, and to know the sea and the lands, the wind and the
waves ; the currents, the dei)ths, and the shallows ; the moon
And the stars, the years and the seasons ; and the bays^ and the
points of land ; the islands and coasts ; the rocks and shores,
the mountains and hills; each and every of them; and also to
know where the Trahu may be at iinj" time ; with the whole of
these the Malim should be well acquainted, in order that every
thing may go on prosperously, as well at sea as on laud ; and that
the Malim mav be free from fault.

While a I'rahu is at sea, the Malim again shall have
charge of all the cordage, and liggiuL'. He shall give orders res-
pectin «jj the same to the Tukang Agunp, whose duty it is to see
that the Anak l^ahu do what is necessary respecting the same.
The Tukang Kiri and Tukang Knnan shall also assist in super-
intending the An;ik Prahu."

According to tlio Macassar copy, "any of the Anak Prahu,
who may ne^Itcl their duty, or the order of the Tukang, may
be punished, at the Prtiirnna Ln?i'nnfjan (fore-hatch) or place
where the Cable and roies are kept, with seven stripes. If
every thinLr is nt)t at sea as the Malim wishes it, and the sails
are tak(Mi abnck let him, on his return to Port, give aliiis to
the j)onr, as an aekn(>\vled.i::omeiit i\)v his escape.

If the Malim forirots the course he is to steer, and through
his iiinorance, tin* Pnihn is wrecked, he shall suffer death; for
such is the Law»

If the Malim is <lesirour? of quitting the Prahu, at any
port or place, he shall not i)e permitted to do so.

C8 HAKITXUC CODE.

OP THE JUROMUDIS OR STEERMEN\

It 13 the duty of the Juromudis, when roh'evcd from their
tour of duty at the helm, to superintend and take care of all
the arms in the Prahu. In the event of the Frahu falling in
with Pimtes, let them combat with a strong hand and coura-
geous heart, for such is their duty."

By the Macassar copy it is established, *' that if the Juro-
mudis or Jurobatus are desirous of quitting the Frahu at any
time, they may be permitted to do so on paying, the former,
the sum of half a Tahil or one paha (4 or 2 dollars), and tlie
latter, one Paha* or two mas it wo or one dollars); each accord-
ing to his ability, but not exceeding the sums stated.'

OF THE PETTY OFFICERS AND CREW.

"If the Prahu is from three to four Depa (fathoms) wide,
the Auak Prahu shall be allowed assistance, or a participation
in the Cargo to the extent of one Koyau ; and all other persons,
not slaves, two Koyans.

If the Prahu is two and a half Dopa w!<io, the Anak Prahu
shall be allowed OOO Gantang.^, and the others, not slavc^^, TiOO
Gantangs."

Independent of the description of persons above allucled
to, as belonging: to the Prahu, it nuiy be necessary to arlvcrt to
slaves and debtors, j>anicu!arly the Litter ; respecting whom
the Law is as foll(»w.s : —

'* When any pCTs«»n wishes to bin«l himself in personal
sorvice for a Debt, l(»t an agroeincut be required at the lime
that the debtor shall follow and perform sorvit^o for his ere. ii tor
for the term of three vears, three months an I throe davs '' or
according to the Macassar <ropy *^ fur tlio form (•!' three years ;
in order that if the party is not wiilinn- to conlnrm then-i-*. he
may not become a debtctr : or if willini^ to do so, that he in.y
follow and servo his Creditor accord iuirlv/'

'"'4 ** puhii" iii:ik<» oiui "laliil," and o;i«h nf tin ni i,^ <livi«ltu iiit'»l.
*' mns " of wliii'li tluTi* nvr l«i to a '• tuhil " tlioy ai'"' \:ilu«'(l in Kalantin at
.1 11 (.InUiir. Tliis " taliil is a woiLcht f«»r wciu'liin;^ i^»M. Imt its valii.- vari*-^
in fli (Tore lit l<.n*ulit.it's, it is i^i\»'ii 1»\ lavn' as tlir l(5:h pail (if a "liati"
iilioiit 37 ;rrai»iiu's and its valiio i»s S fr. 25 o. vi'prosont in«if a sum of 2 ilol-
lar8, to which the Macivssar c«»i>y «loii1»tlei«s refers. D. F. A. JI.

€1

MARITIME CODE. 69

Note.— The Malay mMBurcs alluded to are as follows:— 1 ohiipA equal
to 1 Gantangf (Cal)oiiiK) Gallon) IG Gantanj;^ 1 Nal. 10 Kals (or 160 Gantangs)
one Koyan j which is gencniUy calcuLited at something like a ton, but virties.

If ftt any time before the expirKtion of the above mention-
ed period, the debtor wishes to discharge the obligation, he
shall be requirc«l to pay an advance at the rate of one in ten
Oil the amount of his debt, in addition to the principal ; unless
he does this, he need not be permitted to quit the Prahu. — ^"
According to the Macassar copy, "if the debtors of the Nak-
hoda wish to quit the Prahu at any place, by discharging their
obligations, they shall, on payinj; the advance of 1 in 10 on the
amount of the debt be discharged, and not be considered liable to
the duty of the country ; but if they have property in the Prahu
beyond the amount of their debt, a further demand is authoriz-
ed according to their ability to the extent of a paha (2 dollars)
each."

" This is the Law relating to the Kiwi. They shall pay
for the tonnage they require, unless they have assisted the Na-
khoda in his trading concerns to the extent of three or four
Tahils (21: or 32 dollars) ; in which case the Nakhoda shall give
them two three Koyans of Tonnage, or one division of the
hold ; it being considered that the profit on three or four Tahils
is an adequate conipeiisatii'U.

'* The Kiwi may obtain seven or eight divisions of the hold,
but thoy shall ivA- |)ay lor four <li visions as long as they are
under ni^rpcnient to j>}\y a <liity on thoir return to port (on the
goods thoy load) at the rale of 1 out of every 1/5.

" The Jliila Kiwi shall be entitled to half of the division of
the hold^Mn which the Kice or provisions are stowed (Petak
Gandiiiii^); be«MUso ho is the Punii^luilu or head man of all
the Kiwi.

** With respeot in the duties of the country on the sales, it
is the Law, that the Kiwi shuil pros«'nt eight ikmccs of cloth
and a bundle (-f Uattans. The Kiwi who present those shall
be freed from paying all other duties of the country because
this is adequate.

"Gantani;: J} jxallon. — W. E. M.]

* This wor.l " tjaniliini^ " Mr. Maxwell is cli*?po?cil to take litenvlly,
viz., tlu- liuM for i^O'kIs. Iiut I am inclinotl to ri.»ji'l " <{..■! lon;^ "' or ston*, a
uorc natunil i>liico f«»r provisionn, D. F. A. II.

70 UABITmS CODE.

*^ It is the usage^ that in all affairs that may arise, good or
bad^ the Nakhoda shall advise with and consult the Mula Ki-
wi and the Kiwi."

CHAPTER 11.

It is the established Law of the Uudang Undang {isteadat
hukum Uudaug Undang) that all Nakhodas, and MalimSy and
Tukangs, and Muda-mudas, and Anak Prahu^ each and every
one^ shall conform to what is the usage.

The Division of a Phahu.

These are the Laws respecting the Palas Lintang (i) (plat-
form). No person shall go there except at the time when there
is any business of importance, and then this is the place on
which to assemble for the purpose of advising and consulting.
If any of the Crew go upon the Palas Bujur (2) or foremast
platform and remain there, they shall bo punished with five
stripes. The Palas Bujur is ex[)ressly appropriated for the
recreation of the Muda-muJas. If any of the Crew go there,
they shall be punished with three stripes.

j/'^l^T- Noper."^on is allowed to remain in the Petarana(3) Lawaugan
or place whore (he enble and ropes are kept, except the Nak-
hoda, the IMuda-niiulas and the Tiikang acrniig. If any of the
Crew go there, they shall be punished with six stripes.

The Alanp:-nnika (the place before the Nakhoda's Cabin)
is appropriated fa- the Tukaiig ten;;;\h, Tiikang-kannn, and Tu-
kai:g-Iviri. If any (»f the Crew j^o there thev shall be punish-
ed with time stripes.

JvK(;ri.ATiONs roi: Tin: Saifty or tiik Pkaiiv.

"AVluMi a rrnhii ])roeceds to »S«'a every pcr>on on board
sIimH he under ehar.-ro cil'the Nakhodn."

'• At ill'.' time ;i Prahu i> ahcui t<> sail on lier vovaffc, the
Jlalini shall inl'-rni the Tukan.s tliereof who shall direct the
persons who have ilie wat<'h (oraui^ berkeponu*) to take <*arc
that the rim>:inK and sails an» in order, and to prevent a<*''ident
hv lire, as tire is a drea-il'iil ealauiiiv at Sea/*

{{) i. «•., Oil* ;pro;i«l injt placo ('lVM.•:^^ilv>. P. F. A. 11.
(2) i 1'., list' oM.ii.;^ siniM'l iml jjlaco. l.>. F. /v. 11.
(:<} iK'ar the foiv-lnilyh. \). F. A. II.

MARITIME CODK. 71

" As it is tlie duty of the Miida-mudas to superintend the
meu on watch^ let them be carel'iil tliut they perform their
duty ; for if any vessel drifts or runs on shore on any coasts or
point of Land in consequence of the fault of the Muda-mudas,
who neglect to superintend the people un \ratoh^ it is the Law
that the Muda-mudas in such case shall be punished and find
according to their ability ; with respect to the people un watch,
they shall be punished with twenty stripes each,"

*' If the Prahu drift from her anchorage, and approaches
near the shore and the persons on watch are not aware of it,
they shall be punished with eighty stripes each."

" If the persojis on watch allow Prahus to pass without
hailing them," or according to the Macassar copy, " allow the
people in other Prahus to hail lirst, they shall be punished
with seven stripes each/' — By that of Maciissar the orang
Mada-mudas shall also, in such cases, be liable to similar pun-
ishment, as is directed in the event of slaves absconding from
a Frahu, which in the Malacca copy is as follows.

It 13 the duty of the person on watch to superintend and
watch over all the slaves in the Prahu, in order to i)revent their
absconding. In this duty, as well as in all others they shall
be superintended by the Aluda-mudaa. If, thereibre, a slave at
any time absconds from a Prahu, it shall be the duty of the
Muda-uiudas to find out the person who is to blame ; and the
person who is so found out shall be punished with sixty stripes."
Tlie Macassar copy states, '' he shall be answerable for and
make good his value.''

'• It is the duty of the person on watch, to see that the
vessel is properly baled out: if therefore too much water is at
any time allowed to remain, the persons who are on the watch
at the time shall be punished with fifteen stripes each."

*' If the persons on watch do not keep a good look out,
and any thiug is stolen from the Prahu, they shall be punished
with two stripes from every person in the Prahu."

'•It is the uj^age that persous on watch shall each be al-
lowed convenience for smoking opium, in order that they
may not fall asleep during the time it is necesj-ary fur them to
keep watch."

72 MABITIME CODE.

" When the term of the wateli shall expire, the persons
who are to be relieved shall deliver over charge to the persons
appointed to succeed tlicm, and give notice thereof to every one,
and to the Muda-mudas/'

It is the duty of those who dress victuals (orangbertupei) (i)
to guard against accident by fire while a Prahu is at sea ; after
the victuals are dressed, the fire shall be carefully extinguished;
and if any person neglects to do so^ and the cooking place
takes fire, the Law is that after all the people in the Prahu
shall have put out the fire the person through whose neglect it
was occasioned shall be punished with two stripes from each
person in the Prahu, and his master shall be warned to be
more cnreful in future^ in order that the servant may not be
guilty of such neglect again, for of all things fire is to be dreaded
at sea.

If the ncrsou who is the cause of the fire is a slave, the
master shall be fined four paku pitis jawa ; if the master refuse
to pay, the slave shall be punished with four stripes " accord-
ing to the Macassar copy " and such punishment shall be in-
flicted at the Tiniba Huang or place from which the Fraha is
baled out.

The Law- Eespkctincj Throwing Cargo over Board.

** When there is a violent storm, and it may be necessary
(o throw over board a part of the cargo for the safety of the
Prahu, a general consultation shall be held with respect to the
property in the Prahu, and those who have much and those
who have little must agree to throw over-board in proportion.

** If the Kakhoda omits to assemble nil those who arc in-
terested, and the cargo is thrown over-board indiscriminately,
the fault shall be on the Nakhoda of the Prahu, for such ia
not the cnstouv.

Oi' Pkajus KuNNiXG Foul of kach Other.

"If aPialiu runs foul of a «(uardor armed vessel, in which
caso thev arc liable t<> forfeit their lives, tlie oficncc may be
compounded by each person on board ilic Prahu j)aving such
sum as a random lor life as may Ijc ai^rccd uimii ; each j^ayin*;
alike whether slaves (»r not slaves, rich or loor. vounir men or
women, and one not more than another.

(1) " tupci •' cookiut?-rlatc.— D .F. A. H.

JIARITIME CODE. 73

" If during a heavy sea or high winds, a Praliu strikes
upon a rock or on a shore or shoal, or runs foul of another
Prahu, by whicli one is lost, the Law is, that the loss shall not be
considcrc:! as accident but as a fault ; because, when there is
a heavy sea the Frahu ought to bo kept out of the way from
such occurrences/'

" The Law tlierefore states, whether the parties are rich or
poor, the loss occasioned by the damnge or wreck of the PraliU
j>liall be divided in three proportions, one of which shall be
borne by the person to whom the lost or damaged Prahu be-
longed, and the remaining two thirds by the i)erson8 who were
the occasion of it/'

The Macassar copy dillers in this respect being aa follows:
"During the time that thc'c are one or more Prahus in com-
pany, and there ha|)pens to arise a Storm, and the Prahus run
foul so that one is damaged, the fault shall be upon the persons
in the Praliu that runs foul of the other ; and the Law is (*papa
K^rma), according to wliat the lor<s or damage may be the
amount shall be divided into three parts (only), one shall be
made good by the persons in fault the other two parts being
lost."

Oi' Pltting into Puins and thi: Modk of Tkadixo.

'' AVhcn the Nakli(jda may bo do>irous of touching at any
Bay, Coast, or Island, he shall hold a general consultation,
and if it is approved of and agreed upon, it is proper that the
Prahu shall go whore he wislio>*. But it' ihc Prahu puts into
any Port or place wiihout the Nakhoda having previously held
a consultation, the Xakhoda is guilty of a fixult."

" In like manner, il'tlie Naklioda is desirous of sailing to
any other ])Iace or of crossing from one shore to another, he
shall liist hold a cousullation, and then if it is agreed that it
shall be so, the ropes shall he put in order, and when the rig-
going and sails are ready a further consultation shall be held
with the Juromudi, and Jurobatu, and the Tukang Agung in
order that the Prahu may proceed accordingly."

"When a Pi aim arrives at any Port tlio Nakhoda >hall be
Hist allowed to trade for four days, after which the Kiwi shall

* Acciaent.— D. V. A. 11.

74 STABITIHE CODS.

trade for two days, and then it shall be allowed to all on board
the Prahu to trade,"

" On the Nakhoda's going on shore h« shall be accom-
panied by the Muda-miidas, who shall afterwards return to
their duty on board the Prahu."

** After the regulated periods for trading shall have expir-
ed, and the Nakhoda wishes to make a purchasei no person be-
longing to the Prahu shall offer a higher price ; and if there are
any persons who offer to purchase the goods of the Mula Kiwi
or others, it is the Law, that the Nakhoda should first be made
acquainted with the price."

'* If any person on board a Prahu sliall purchase a slave, or
any merchandize, without informing the Nakhoda thereof, it i«
lawful for the Nakhoda to take them to himself^ on paying the
cost originally paid/'

'* If any person on hoard a Prahu purchases a female slave
without knowledge of the Nakhoda, it is the Law that the
Nakhoda mny take her to himself without reimburseirent to
the Purchaser ; such is also the Law with respect to runaway
slaves who may be so purchased."

According to the Macassar copy the following is the
amount of duty to be paid by Prahus at different Ports,

" When a Prahu arrives at Java, the amount of tribute or
duty on the account of each divi?>ion of the hold is 500 Pitis,
and 2 SailsJ'

*' At Binia, (>00 Pitis, 2 Sails, and one bundle of Rattans.
At Timor, 700 Pitis, 2 SatZjj, and one bundle of Rattans. At
Mengkasar (or Macassar) 2 Gautang of Gunpowder, 3 Sails
and two bundles of Rattans."

** At Tanjong Para 600 Pitis, 2 Sails, and 1 bundle of Rat-
tans."

" When slaves arc purchased at Java, the duty shall be cal-
culated on twelve men for each division of tlie hold. "

^*And whatever Prahu goes to any country for thepurpo.^e
of Trading, the duties of that country are calculated upon each
Frabu having eight divisions of the hold."

ICABXTIHS CODS« 75

Op Detentions.

" The Law is, that when the season is nearly over (Muiim
kasip) and the Nakhoda of the Frahu omits to sail, the Kiwi
shall wait on his account for seven days ; after which, if the Na-
khoda does hot proceed, and the season is over, the price paid
for the divisions of the hold shall be returned to the Kiwi.'

^' If the Kiwi are the cause of delay, and the season is nearly
over the Nakhoda shall detain the Prahu seven days on their
account, after which he is authorized to sail without them, and
no more shall be said or done relating thereto. '^

'^ If the season is not far encroached upon, and the Nakho-
da shall be desirous of sailing with despatch, let him give no-
tice thereof to the Kiwi and enter into an agreement with them
to sail in seven or fiftetn days — and if the Kiwi are not then
readr the Nakhoda is authorized to leave them behind, and to
sail/'

Op Persons quitting a Prahu.

" If a Kiwi quits the Praliu (of his own accord) at any place
during the voyage he shall forfeit the price paid for his divi-
sion of the hold and have no further claim on the Nakhoda."

*' If it is on account of any disagreement or quarrel that he
is desirous of quitting the Pmliu, (and in order to prevent mis-
chief) one hah' of the sum paid for his division of the hold shall
be returned."

'• But if a Kiwi is very quarrelsome, and creates much trou-
ble and dissension it is proper for the Nakhoda to send him on
shore as soon as possible, and to returu him the price he has
paid for his divisions of the hold."

" The Law with respect to Passengers (Orang inenumpang)
is that if they quit the Prahu at any time before they arrive at
their destination even if the voyage is only half completed, it
shall be the same as if they had reached their destined Port,
and no part of what has been paid shall be returned."

" If one of the Crew is sick, it is proper to wait for him five
or seven days, and if he is not then recovered, and the rest of
the Crew shall say, ? ' Why are we to bale out the vessel with-
out his assistance ' they shall be authorized to enquire for a

76 MARiTniE cod:c.

man for hire^ but it must not be one of the Crew that is so hir.
ed for wages, because no person can perform the duty of two.
If the Nakhoda cannot find a substitute, the wages shall re-
main in his hands, and he shall divide the sick man's share
of the cargo and property in the vessel among the rest of the

crew.'*

CHAPTER III.

Of Pbrsons who may bk in distress on wno may have

BF.EN wheckrd AT >Si:a.

Oravd Kara7n.

*' These are the Laws relating to Persons who may he in
distress or suffer from hunger in consequence of a scarcity of
Rice and Padi in their Country."

^' If at a time when, in consequence of its having pleased the
Almighty to visit the Kajas and Nobles with dissensions, or
o\^ing to a state of war there shall be great distress in any
country from the want of food, the poor and wretched sliall say
to the rich, * take us as your shu-es, but <rive ns to eat ;'
and afterwards, the persons who have reli'ned them shall
be desirous of selling them when tlie Country lias roi*o-
vered from its di.stress, it is the Law, tlint they shall ^ive
notice therof to the Oran^ bcsar or i)rincipal people, and the
Magistrate .shall direct that the parties bo not sold, hecause
they were distressed at the time of the auaeenient : the Ma-
gistrate shall, however, order that the i)er;ion who jnovided the
food shall have a claim on the ])crson who iveeived it to the
extent of one half of the amount of his value.''

"If a Slave is not provided with fo(ul liV his niasier, the
Magistrate shall direct him to perfi»rni service Cor the |K*r.snn
who relieved him for four seasons, ai'ter which he shall he re-
turned to his ]\la.ster. If snrh ^'^lave dios while perforin in;,'
service for the person who relieved him, and the eireumstanee
is made known to the i>roiier Oilieer, lie shall nul^ he answer-
able for his value ; hut il the Slave dies ami the person lor
whom he performs service does not report it, he shall he an-
swerable to the jjroprietor of the ISlave for half the amount of
his value, for such is the loss sustained when a Slave dies.*'

MARITIME CODE. 77

In conformity to the above are the Laws respecting per-
sons in distress at Sea or who have been wrecked.

*• If the pcr>on3 wht) liavc been wreckod say ^ take us and
sell us rather than allow us to perish here/ and the Nakhoda
takes them accjrdin«^ly, he shall nnlv have a claim to their
Services until the Prahn reaches tlie Port, when, if he is de-
sirous of selling them it shall be liis duty to report the same
to the Shnhbfindar. in order that the Ma'^istrate mav direct
that the Nakhoda be entitled to half tlie amount of their vmIuc :
what the persons who were wrecked may liavo s.iid shall not
be attended to because they were in distress."

'* If persons who have suffered from bein»z wrecked are met
with at the time they are in the water swimming, without a
chance of their reaching- the land in safety, and at their re-
quest are taken u]) by the Nakhoda of any Pruhu, the Nakho-
da shall he entitled to demand on his arrival at Port the sum
of 1 Paha (2 Dolhirs) if the party is not a Slave, and if a Slave,
the half of the amount of his value, but no more.*'

" If ship-\^ recked persons are met under the lee of an Island
where they have ^one on aecnunt of high winds and shall be in
distress, the demand <»n aeeount (»f eaeh, if not n slave, shall be
') Mas (2 Dulhirs .-mil a half) asid if a slave 7 Mas (.'J Dollars
and a half each). "

Anotlicr copy of tljc Malnoca ('o«le slates that the Nakho-
da is to dcm^ind as follow-;, on aecounl. of the (^antotty Layer ov
hoisliuii: of the Sail : -

**' F(»r all persons who may have Ix-en wreeked, and may be
niet at sea and taken up, the Xakhoda. shall he entitled to de-
mand on aceouiit ('J'tlie (iiCwfor?'/ Laytr at the rate of a Tnhll
(\ J^oUni'i^) eaeh, a.d if siieh persons re;i(iire to be su|)j)lied
with victu:ils, he sh;ill be entitled to make a further demand
at the rate of a palia ['2 Dollars each). ^'

'ihe Xakhoda is anlhori/.ed to make a similar demand f(»r
all persons who may Inivt? been pa>;>eni:ers in vessels that h<ive
been wre<ked. if liny have not reached their destined port ac-
cording^ Ir) their aiirMinent, and they .-hall have <,'0t lamlcd
prevh.usly, the law is th.'it the demand shall (also.i be at the
rat«! (if a lialf Tahil for eaeh ; if (►tlurwise (ai-d they shall have
nrrived at their destination) a i)aha i2 Dolharsj (aeli, which is
in full of all that can be demanded.

78 HAHimfS CODE.

Of Fishermen.

" It i« the Law with respect to Fishermen (Orang Pen^ail)
men who fish with liues and hooks, that if they have lost their
Prahu and are taken np hy a fisherman of their own class the
demand dhall be at the rate of 1 paha (2 Dollars) for each ;
and if they still retain their Prahn, bnt have lost their SaiN
and Paddles, in such case, the demand to be made by those
who take them np slisiU he 2 Mas (1 Dollar) each, for such is
the Law respecting fishermen of this description."

"The Laws respectinor (Orang menebas) fishermen who fish
in fiishing rivers are tlie sa!no when they are wrecked and in
distress as tlie Laws of tlie Soa, but they shall be administered
bv the Slialibandar of tlie Port."

Of Troves.

•' Thase are the Laws respecting anything that may be
found, whatever it may bo, whether CJold, Silver, runaway
Slaves or utliorwisi'."

** Whntovcr is found on theSiri, whoever may discover it,
is tlie [)n>j)(Miy of tln' Xiikluid:i of tlr* Prjihu, win) mny give
what he tliiiiks proper to the person who found it."

*' Whatever may be (jund by the pcrscms sent on shore to
j)ro('nre wood or waier, in like munner lieconies the property
of tlio Xakhoda; berause su''li persons act under his authority,
and are p(M-forminu^ the duty of the Prahu."

Aci'ording to th»» Macassar copy tlie Trove is to be divided
into four parts, (►no "f whicii (only) shall l»(»long to the Nakho-
da be«'auso there are uiaiiv of them.

*' lint whatever may be found on sliore by persons belonging
to thii Prahu. at a time wln^ii tlifv are not a(?tin:i uiider the
ordei's, nor pertMnuiii:,' the duty of the Prahu, even if the par-
tie^are Kiwi or Tuinpang in(Mii;'i'j[a '-•' tiiC 'iV(>ve shall \ni divided
into thrCv' parts and (»ue tlnrd >1imI1 a))pert;iin to the finder and
the two parts !)e^Mnne tlui pro|)erty of the Nakhoda."

'* *' IJ Tniii'Ti " '-^ th' or-lisiiiry f'.>ri:i, Ijnl " inciUJi^a i-< iil.-«> used I'y

snllK'. — [). \'\ A. 11.

MARITIME CODE. 79

"Ifa Trove is found under such circunstances by the
Nnkhoda's debtors in tliat case one half of the Trove eliall
belong to the debtors and the other to the Nakhoda.''

By the Macassar copy this is also the case with respect to
what may be found by the Tunipang nioniuga.

** If 4 Kiwi jioes on shore in any Bay, Coast, or Island, not on
account of his performing the business of tlie Nakhoda l)ut ex-
chisivcly for his own concern, whatever Trove ho may find it
shall be divided into two jiarts, and one shall appertain to the
finder, the other to the Xakhoda."

'* If any of the Xakhoda's family find anything under such
circumstancefl, tlie Trove shall be divided into four pans one
share of which shall beK»ng to the Nakhoda, the other three to
the finder."

The Macassar copy states, that if a niuda-mr.da selected
by the Nakhoda meets witli persons who have run away,
"whether it be in a Bav or on Coast or elsewhere, the Nakhoda
Sihall alone be entitled to benefit bv it.

" If Slaves belonging to tlie Nakhoda under any circum-
stance meet with a Trove it shall become tiie property of tlie
Nakhoda, who may give to the Under what he thinks proper."

'* Under whatever ciroum^lanccs Slaves who have abscond-
ed from their Master may be met and appreiiended by the
people belonging to IVahu, they shall become the property of
the Nakhoda, who is, however, bound to restore them to the
original proprietor, wherever he may be met, and wherever the
Slaves may be brought from, on being paid one half of their
value. Whatever valuabks such Slaves may have in their
possession at the time they are apprehended shall belong to
the Nakhoda."

*^If a Prahu is driven from tho Land without the tishermen,
the persons who meet with it and bring it to the shore shall be
entitled to demand half its value as a reward : but there are
two cases in which such reward shall nut be given.'

" First. — When the Rope by which the Prahu is fastened
is cut by any person, and the Prahu is carried out by the current,
the proprietor shall not be obliged to ^ivc any reward,"

80 MARITIME CODE.

*' Secondly. — AVhen a Prahu is stolen by any one and
afterwards set adrift and is carried to a distance by thecnrrent,
it is not incumbent on the propictur to ])ay any reward to the
person who meets with it and brings it to the shore/*

" The Prahus of a Kajah or of the Orang besar-besiir
(Nobles)* shall be exempted.' No specific reward shall be
d em landed for them, but the Uiehmen f to whom tiiey belong
shall give to those who find them what they think proper/'

*' With respect to the l^ampans, or small Boats, it is Law,
that when a person meets with a Sampan that has been drifted
a considerable way with floods in it, and the proprietor demands
it back, the value shall he divided into three parts, and the
person who found the Sampan shall be entitled to a quarter of
one of those parts (tbis appears to apply to liivers only)."

** If a person find a ^Sampan out at Sea with goods in it the
Law is, that according to wluit may be in the Siimpan the find-
er shall be entitled to one third [lart, and the owner receive
back the renuiiniu!^ two thirds.''

Oi' c.vRUYiNCi OFF Slaviis I'aoM ANOTirKi: Country.

'^ If the Slave of a Raja is stolen, it is the Law, that the
Nakhoda shall be put to death. If the Slave of an Oramj
l/i'.s(fr or ('f a iM-iulahara, is stolen, the Nakhoda shall be
fined 10 Tahiis 1 Paha '.\'2 Dollars). If the Slaveofa Tcman
Ilayet (cununon person) is .stolen by the Nakhoda he .shall
not only return tlie Slave but i>ay a fine in addition eiiiial to
the valtie of the Slave.''

*"If the Nakhoda carrii-.^ oli' die Slave of the Slialil»andar,
the I-.aw directs that his eii'irts shall be seized and he shall be
fined, because he has ::o respei't jmd atlchtiun for the Country
but in his case the K;i;a may i)ardon him if ho thinks pro[)er.''

( IIAPTEII IV.

Of Crimes and PiMsiiMiiNi on Loaud a l*i:Aiir.

'» There arc foui'Ca.^es, in Vv'liieh, it is lawful to inlliet Capi-
tal puiii-hmcnt on I oard a Prahu.''

(*) Chief rf.—W. K. ^l-

(+) OitintJ-kuva. — \V. ^. M.

VABimCE CODE. 81

" First— When any person mutinies against the Nakhoda.''

** Secondly. — When any person conspires and combines with
another, for the purpose of Icillinj^ the Nakhoda, the Law is^
that whoever he may be, whether Kiwi or Tukang, or Malimi
he shall suffer death."

" Thirdly. — When a man contrary to custom wears his Kris
when other persons in the Fi-ahu do not, and with the view of
effecting some purpose of his own, and of following his own in-
clination, it shall be lawful, on ?ufScient evidence being adduced
thut it is his intention to do mischief with his Kris to put such
person to death without d^alay, in order to prevent harm/'

Under thishead^ thr Macassar Copy adds, that when a man
is very bad indeed, beyond every other person in the Prahu, and
evinces his intention of carrying his evil disposition into effect, it
is law ful to put such person to death ; and nothing more shall
be said respecting it.

" Fourthly. — In certain cases of Adultery."

Of disrespecf/ul and contumacious hehatiour tonrirds the Nakhoda
(\)fOrang Degil ihnnjedda^ or according to the Macassar
Copy J Orayuj teaddat juabonco.j (y)

*• Whosoever is not respectful and obedient to the Nakhoda,
whatever mny be his Rank, or Station, such person slmll be ad-
judgotl and punished ncoordin<( to the nature of his offence, by
the Law of Jadil dan jedda {Z) and in tlxe same manner as if
Kuch conduct had been shewn towards Nobles and Rnjas on shore,
or the Senawi mav be directed to abuse or insult him, and if he
retaliates he may bo subjected to the abuse or insult of every
porson on the vessel. If he asks forgiveness it may be grant-
ed, but let him be punislieci, notwithstandiuif, in order that he
may not do the like another time.'*

(1) I h:iw bet'n unalilc to ascertain the meaniii«; of tho 2]i(l of these
wonU, hut "tlej^il" means-oUstiiiiite," ami tho next woixl, as s© often (.hjimim
in these easerf. is prohaMy litth* uiore than a synonym or possibly some word
inilii.*atin«^ aiitliority.

(2) Of tli»'.;c words I eannot learn the mcanin}j, but thoy are no doubt
BnifiH.— D. K. A. II.

82 hasitihe code.

Of Adultery and Criminal Connection with a
Woman, on board a Prahu.

" If any Person on board a Prahu has eriminal connection
with the Woman of the Nakhoda it is the Law, that he be put
to death."

" If the parties are not slaves, and the Woman is married,
it shall be lawful for the Nakhoda to order them both to be
put to death by the Crew.''

** If the parties are not Slaves and both unmarriecl, they
shall be punished with one hundred stripes each, and after-
wards obliged to marry. This punishment may be compound-
ed, on the parties paying a fine of 1 'i'ahil, 1 Paha (G Dol-
lars); but in either case they must marry, and if necessary, be
forced to do so, after which the woman's fault shall be for-
gotten."

^' If a man, not a Slave, has criminal connection with a
female Slave who cohabits with her master, he shall pay to
the master the value of such Slave provided she has never
been pregnant and but lately cohabitod with her master ; but
if she has been projrnaut and long cohaliitcd with her master,
the man shall be put to death In either case the Woman
shall suffer death."

'' If a man is not a Slave and commits adultery witli tlie
wife of any of tlie Crew, it shall be lawful f«n' the husbaml to
put him to deatli witliout further refc rencv?. The husb;md
may also put the woman to deatli; if he does not do rJn, slie
becomes the SImvc of the Nakh«5d:i, who sliall jn-ovido him
with one. in order tliat he may be contont juid ready in the
performance of his duty on b«)ard tlie Prahu."

" If a male Slave lias eriminal conne^'rion with a iVinale
Slave, they shall snflVr the puni^limcnt ('fhoatinir, whioli is lo
be inflicted by the whole Crew, under the su|M'rintenileiie{» nf
the Tukanj^ Ap:uni*', for such is the law in this e;iso wiih p.'<-
pcet to Slaves."

•* If any person holds an im})ro[)or discourse with f'le l*i'-
male Slave of another J. erson and it is in pri'si-ntv of in:«ny,
he shall be made to pay her value *'

(3) the first of t}le^e woinIs moau.^ *' ilisj)iitf," tli" 'l\v\ ih*.' iinMuinc "f
may approximiit(.'ly l»c conjt^rtnred from the contents an»l in tin- ^aiue \\\\y
as hiutod at in the 1st note in the preceding piiy;c. — D. F. A. il.

maritime code. 83

Of Quarrels, Disputes, and Dissensions on board a Prahu.

•' If any person quarrelf^ with another on board Ji Prahu, and
attempt to wound or strike him, an(i the blow missinj? its ob-
ject falls on any part of the Prahu," or according^ to the Macassar
Copy '^ If any one quarrels with another in a Prahu, and in
the scuffle cuts or injures any part of the shrouds, or cable, he
shall be fined in the sum of 4 pakuPitis Jawa."

"Iffvraan quarrels with another in the forepart of the
Prahii, and draws his Kris and afterwards conies off as far as
the place where the sails are kept, towards the person he has
quarrelled with, it is lawful that ho may he put to death ; but
if he can be apprehended, he shall be fineu instead, to the
amount of 1 Laksa 5 Paku Pitis Jawa."

^' Ifa man qunrrels with another and follows him quftrrelling
to <he door of the Naklioila's Cabin, tho' he may not have
drawn his Kris, it is lawful to put him to death, but if he can
be apprehended he shall be fined instead to the amount of 2Laksa
Paku Pitis Jawa.'

'' If a Kiwi (juarrcls witli tlie Nakho la and ani)roaches to-
wards him in the after part of the Prahu he may be put to
death, but if he asks forgiveiicss it may be «^rauted on his pay-
ing a fine of 4 Paku Pitis Jawii and providing a Buffiilo for
the entertainment of the Naklioda," or according to tlie Ma-
cassar <'opy, ''r3. Paku pitis Jawa «ind a |n*esent to the Nakhoda
of a Dnllalo and a Jar of Tuak (Toddy)."

Or TiiRiT.

*' Ifa man who is not a Slave (loininils a theft on board a
Prahu, whether the thing stolen be ^o\{\, silver, or other, he
shall be punished according to the Law cstablislied on the
Land.*'

''Ifa Slave is guilty of a Th('ft, he ^liall, in the (irst in-
stance, be confr«]ntc(l with his master ; and if it ap[)oars that
tlie master knew (jf ihe Theft and did not infnnn the Nakhoda
ur Tukang thereof, bul it rOiiclics the Nakhoda through otlui*
information the Law is, tiiat the Shive's han<l shall be cut utf
and the master fined as ifiie himself had been the thief, because
the Law is the same, with respect to the thief nu<l the person
who receives the articles that have been stolen.*'

84 MARITIME CODE.

In conclu'iiDg the above traDslation, it may be neceseanr
to observe, that by the Laws of Ports nnd Harbours, which
may be considered as part of the Maritime Law it is established,
that if there is reason to beb'evc the Nakhoda does uot conform
to the Institutes herein laid down, his conduct may, on his re-
turn to Port, be enquired into.

A TRIP TO GCJNONG BLUMUT.

By D. F. a. Hervey.
Bead at a Meeting of the Society held on the 13th October, 1879.

Having previously visited Gunong Pulei ('in 1876) Gunong
Panti and Gunong Mmtahak (in 1877), and having on the
two latter trips heard a good deal of Gnnong Bliunut as a
mountain far superior in magnitude and height, distant a long
way inland, at least 7 days journey, to which seemed attach-
ed a good deal of superstitious veneration, I had long been
desirous of making an attempt to reach this latter moun-
tain; and Mr. HuUett ('Principal of Raffles' Institute), who
had also made trips to the other mountains above mentioned,
being ready to join me, I obtained a month's leave, and on
the 21st January wo started on our expedition in a steam
launch very kindly lent us for the purpose by Captain Bur-
rows.

We left Singapore at 8.15 a. m. just as it was begin-
ning to clear after a continuous rainfall or* two days and
reached Pulau Ti%ong at 10.45 a. ni. Here we stopped for
water and got under way a.u^aiu at 11.55. The rain which
now began again continued to fall steadily till wo reached
Panchur some 18 miles up the Jolior rivor, at 2.15 p. m.
Up to this point our course had been pretty well N.N.W.,
but above Panchur the river takes a due northerly direction.
Below Panchur the Chanuol is on the east side, extensive
shallows and sand-banks prevailing to the west. At this
place we landed, and found it in charge of Che Masim, who
succeeded Che Musa, (a most agreeable and obliging man,
who accompanied me on my trip to Gunong ^Mrntahak at the
end of 1877, and who had, i was sorry to hear, succumbed
a few months before to fever |cauglit on an (expedition into
the interior.) Che Masim was very civil, but we were told
on all sides that in^e present swollen condition of the ri-
ver it was hopeless to think of reaching Blumut. Having
got our luggage on shore and despatched the launch back to

8G A TlllV TO GUNONG BLUMUT.

Singapore, wo hiid sissii^nod to lis as quartei'S the house
formerly occupied by Che Miisa oloso to the river, "which
was now ill a fiomowliat dilapidat;:»d condition but still occu-
pied, tb(^ inmatc^s insisted upon turning out and giving up to
us the inside room of "vvliicli, it mu.^t l)e confessed, we were
glad, for tin* outer room wns very olfensive aud after a
tolerable dinner prr^parcd by our Cliina boys we had a good
night's rest without curlaius. It rained all day persistently,
but it was sturliijht when we wont to bed. We were told that
the river was running so high that many of the " Kangkas,"
(Chinese Giimbier or Pepper stations) were submerged up to
the roof.

The next morning, the 22nd, though we were anxious to
talce advantage of the Hood tide, the usual Malav delavs
prevailed and wo could not get off in the jalor (dug out) with
which Che Slasim provided us till after a. m.

From tiie rising grouiul by the river side just above Pan-
chur thero is a very pretty vit.'W, givin^r Pul(*i just opposite
in tb(? far West, and to tli(» riixht Ihe bend of the river witli
Panti ami ^leiilalialc in 11h* distanc*. Panchur iiself is .said
to owe lis namt* to an ivurv conduit made bv a former Jvaia
to bring v»a!rr to a i)ond in wliieli he and bis li(»useliold
might <li.s|;orl: ihcin^elvi .'^. i.^arge ston;s ]>t*rrorated v.itli holes
ar«» i\]>o to be found on Ibe banks 01 the river which are
said to l.'e memorials left by ihe Achinese of a conquering
visit paid I0 Jolior in iliv* early ]'art of th<» 17lh century ;
they are s^[^po^^•.Ml to be paits vl anchors, and are called
" batu antin!'•-antini^^■'

At 11 a. m. W(» reached JSiing*-! Ibikil li- raiiifr.n, (Arr^enie
Hill I*iv«.r) which we entrn.'d in .-.'arcli of Ch«,' Jalil the
1\ iigluihi oT the pla." ', 1) j'i'ocnrr fre>]j 1,5. mi to take us mi to
Kota rinu'Lji, the i m-rent wiili ih" ebb b.-in*^- too strong for
th(» same ev.v- to lak** iis so far. We had h'l'i Panchur at
0.0 a. m. wiUi -.) <'our-; * X. bv W. ai'Kr wliifh <!un<»nir Panti
canse into vl«\v. Al iMli) ihe eour.-.- i-haiiL^ed to X. W. In-
W. till In. I<i, ^■/'':^•| w- n.ach.'d < ^)n.'LronLr, <m which the
(N»nrse ])er;inn' \\ . N. \/. '• ( innLTU^'n^' is n connii>n s»*;i-
sliell and lb-' na'..,' of this ]»hne is owin-* jivobably to ihr.
abnmhmc'* of tin .-!..• shrll.s ih.Tc ; hiM'e t\'rm«'i'lv tin us^mI to
to be worki'd ; and goM was iil>o fo^d in 1^17. At pre-
sent tin re isa] retty numeioiis settlement of Chinese Pepper
aud Cuimbicr-plauters,

A TBIP TO aXTNOKO BLTrMTTT. 87

We had to go for nboiit i a mile \i^ the Bukit Berangan
Eiver before we came upon (lie Jalil, who was very ready
and obliging, and who to our jrreat roHff made the same
boats go on with us, morely a'uling a eoiiplf of [>{i(Mlos to
each; we found him engiiged charing ground for a betel-
niit plantation ; there seemed to be a good many Malay
• clearings here with fruit trees and good sized houses.
We heard that a " Sladang," the bison of the Peninsula,
had passed close to the house of a Malay in the out-
skirts of this place a day or two before. On leaving
this sjnall tributary and getting into the main stream
again we found the current so strong that it very nearly
carried us away in spite of our two extra paddles, and
we actually lost ground for a sliort time, but ultimately
succeeded in making our way into a less im[»eluons current
and making progress. AVe heard that a Joli<n* steam launch
was waiting at Panli to bring back Mr. llill and Che Yahya
on their return from Bliunut. Clo^e to Gonggong is Sungei
i^vvei (Lemon-grajs liiver), near the mouth of which lies
Pulau Saning Dii'-ndang, (crow's uest Island) and immedi-
ately after come J5irangan Hill and Kiver. " { mile
further up is Pulau Linau ( vi red stemmed variety
of betelnut) just at ihe m!)uth of the Sr-hiyut lv,iver,
on the banks of v.liiirh ri^es a hill of the same
name, wliieh. would be a capital site for a bunga-
low, G houiV steam from Sinirajore; tlie si rait between
the island and the main is called S/lat r',!\ii(linah. There
are Chinese plantations U[) Ih" Si luyut IMver. Just after
thispoiTit the main riv«M' take; a siiarp bvud tt> lln^ right, and
henceforward its conr/t' e<.>nii:iMtvs for the most part
very winding, re>xMnbling in tliis resi.j«oi, the UKijorii}' of the
Peninsula rivinv. Al>oiit a mi!».' lii^lni- up on tlie left we
came to Galali Hi r.adniu;- (the pnntinui'ole of Si Badang),
the execuiiou ])hiee of former days and the si-me of one of
the many nestable dred^ perform*. 1 bv Si Budani^, the Her-
cules of !Ma.!ay h'iXx-nl. it. \i said that wh -i tin* river is
low the stumj> of :i tree is to l^o seen, tlie sli'Ui of whieh
(.some IS iuchisin diam»*^*j'j SiBadan.:: brokt' (»'!' and used sis
a ]w»le to ]iropel his l.)«>at against the sti'eam. Xfarly <^ppo/it<»
is M^rdahim, and a litth' further np SiuJuei NiJLra IVlnlor.

Prooe<'ding another \ mile v/e ri^ai-h Sungei lEi-nehok, and
i-a mill? hiii'hor on tin* h^lt the rlvr ami hill (tf P.'tiAtih,
and about the same distann' bevond them Bukit China : on
the right again is Piilau Patuni, the residence of Patani men.

68 ▲ TBIP TO GUNOKa BLUITUT.

A mile further on is Tanah St^roh, (Sunken soil) the scene
of a terrible catastrophe said to have taken place long ago,
a siidden subsidence of the soil which buried the whole
kampong with its inhabitants. This calamity is attributed
to a tremendous fall of rain brought about by the unlucky
conduct of a boy in swinging a fro^ in a cloth like a child.
There is a similar legend prevailing about a kampong
named Ktflifbur in Pahang, which likewise met with sadden
destruction owing to the misconduct of two little girls. Not
far above this at a bend of the river on the same side Batu
Siiwa comes into view, with red and white soil shewing on
the bank where the river has eaten into rising ground.
Just beyond is Tanjong Putus (severed Point) indicating no
doubt the spot which the river, as it often does during the
rainy season, has cut right across the neck of a bend and
made for itsolf another channel. A short way beyond on
the left may be descried with some trouble a tiny creek
which beai-s the name of Danau Scrfi, (Midge Lake) ; it
widens out a little way from the main stream into a lake,
which from its name may be supposed to rejoice in swarms
of a little stin^iifing croature more minute than the redoubt-
able ^'agas" (.saud-iiy). Turning our eyes once more to the
right we find ourselves facing Pcugkiilan Rambei [Bambei-
tree, (bearing a well-known fruit) landing-iilace], not furbelow
Sungt»i Dilniar (Pitch tree River) ; and close above this latter
is Kota Tinjj^gi, once the residence of Royalty ; the only re-
maining marks of its foruKU' greatness however are slight
traces of a fort, and two cemeteries, one close to the kampong
surrounded bv a low wall of hiterite and containing the
tombs of the former soverei^j^ns, and the other nearly a mile
olf in the jungle which contains the tombs, some of them
handsomely curved, of the Brndahiiras, the predecessors, it
is said, of those who took char«^e and ultimately bec«ame
the ind«»pendent ruhM's of Pahang ; among these is also the
tomb of one Yam-Tuan. It is much to be regretted that
none of these tombs have any inscription or even a date.
Behind the kani])oug is Padang Saujana a wide plain the
further part of which is well stocktMl with cocoanut palms
and various fruit-trees; this may be looked upon as a sign
of former prosperity, in fact it is frequently the only indica-
tion remaining of human occupation in places once well
peopled and highly prosperous.

We reat*hed Kota Tinggi at 5 p. m. and in half an hour the
Prnghftlu and Che Kasim, a Malay acquainted with Singa-

A TBIP TO GUNONG BLUMUT.

pore, made their appearance, and the latter gave us quai-
ters in his house, a fine large one conveniently close to the
creek which forms the landing place. After dinner we pro-
duced the Maharaja's letter, and it was then agreed by the
Malays assembled that we must be helped on our journey,
and Daio' Dorasap (the Pcnghulu) was to have the letter
explained to him next morning.

Next morninjf, 23rd, we set off along a path passing fii'st
through the kampong and then through the jungle for the
" Kangka" (settlement) of Tan Tek Seng the " Kangchu"
(river-head) of this district, which we reach ?d after a walk
of about a mile. We found Tek Seng read\ to sell us some
of his rice, and very civil ; he regaled u« with tea, sweets,
and some splendid oranges fresh from China, which I never
saw the like of out of Gibraltar. From some rising ground
at the back of his house in a pepper garden he shewed us a
view of Panti and M«-ntabak. Che Kasim vigorously denied
that the keel-like end of Panti was called Bdnang and the
far end Panti, (as I had been informed by an old experienc-
ed guide, c;he Moa of Panchur, sent with me by the Malia-
iiija on a former tripj, saying that Giinong Bauang was in
a different part of the country ; it is true that there arc
hills of that name on the West coast of Jolior near the
month of the Batu Pahat riv(?r, but it is so common for the
same name to occur more than once that I do not sre iu
that any reason for disbelieving the statement of Che Moa.
On our return to Kota Tinggi we heard that the steam-
launch was at Pcngkahin Pr-tei, and we were only ke2)t from
paying it a visit by the still perdistent rain. Meanwhile a
message came from Tek l^eng inviting us to dine with him
nt '4.-30 p. m., and we were making ready to set c»tf a«'ain for
the " Kangka," when a Malay boy brought word that a
" kapal api'' was coming down the river ; so we ran down t(»
the landing-place and after waiting a few minutes heard
tiie " puff-putt' " of the launch long before we saw her ; we
" cooehed" and shouted '"^ stop her'' as loud as we could, and
had I he satisfaction of seeing her turn round after she
had passed oiu* creek, and make for it ngain, where she
was fastened to a stake near the bank : HuUett and I
went out to her in a jaloi', and nuide ourselves known to
Hill. We of course plied him freely with questions on the
subject of Bh*imut and the way to it, we gathered that we
should get there without great diflieulty; not more than half
a mile of swamp on the way. The height was 8,iy0 ft. by lu^

90 A TRIP TO GUNONG BLUMDT.

aneroid, the soil very fair, perhaps not so pfood as Panti,
plenty of ferns and plants, lie had been obliged to throw
the bulk ot his away ; a^ Hill wanted to be off and the
launch, in spite of the rope, Wiis steaming hard to avoid being
carried away by the cunvnt, we luid to brin<jf our questions
to an end, so away went the launch with a jakun they had
brought from the inleri<»r, while we returned on shore and
started for the"kanf^l<a" to^etourdinner with the ''kangchu/'
No one would hav«? t»;uesse<l from our costume that we v/ere on
our way to dino with probably the wealthiest planter in
Johor, the (»wner of aboutHO plantations, but our d rets
was suited to the road by whiidi we had to travel, most of
the way ankle-deep in mud, aiid oe«:asioually swamps with
a partial and very insecure lloalin}^-brid«re of poles. We
reached the kani^ka about 5 p. m. banvleuu^ed and bari^footed,
splashed and sniearird with mud, but with the help of a cooly
and a pail of water, we soon sit that rii^ht, ami joined our
jovial lir).st in doinjj^ justice to his pleuiii'ul but not varied
fari*. lie was very talkative, said the Maharajah Wiis very
i,a)od (au assertion we were neither able nor disposed to
dispute) but thtit the »SinL,Mpore Tov/kays were tryin^j to
*' pusiuj^ '' (cheat) him ab«>uL the Gambier or some other
'•cliukei" (dues). The tiL,a'rs, he said, did not troubh* his
ueiLrhbourhood, but in Sj'luanL; district, (as we had already
heard) were numerous and Iml bt-eu conunittin;j^ dreadful
havoc anionLT the Chinese ])l:niiati«.»ii c(H.>iies, who for some
superstitious re.ison wo^ihl liot lake any steps to jnit
a stop to this wholesale drstrin-iien of human life; tin*
Cliine:-:f* veufelablc i^aivlein'i's in ."Sintjfapore seem less inthi-
enced l*v such ni)tion/, f«.i- th»*v iind no dilHcultvin settinii:
sprin-.'-i^funs fi»r ti;L:". I'S. We were tt»ld that any cooly spi-ak-
inif of the tiller by ju'Dper nami' was liable to a Hue <>f sl(L
We (jiustione(l our host alM»!it j^aml)IiiiLr, which system he
thoULrht best. t!i«* ^Sin^Mpol•e phin (?f ;att<.'mi>ted; su^»prv.ssinii,
or tlie Johore lieensi*, W(» <'i»uhl not ol;tain a detinite
answ.-r but jjrathtred that, wliih* he admitted jj^ambliu*;; di«l
a .L:r« jit dral (A' harm, and |»rores>i<»nal gamblers alwjjys win
an«l fn<inenllv ch.at«'<l, still the (•t)o]ies were \cv\' nuich
(Ifvoit'd Ut it, and w;'n.' v, iilini^ to risk ruiuiuij^ tli«Mnsrlv«'S ;
(cr^o, tlit'V shouhl ].»..' aihiwrd to do s(>, cs])ecially as our
friend <lraw.»^ his share (.d" prulit from the svsifni;. We left
at 8.0O ai:r«.'cably imjirosscJ with our host, a man who
deserves his jHJsiiion, for In » slari':! here 1 7 vt^ars aL;o in ;i
small plantation with a cajiilal of .>'M»i). We saw the tramhliu^
system in full play, it behig the Chinese New Year, when

A TKIP TO OUNONO BLUMUT. 91

the coolies are ^ivon 5 days uiiiiitorrnpted holiday, but even
that limitation is not always strictly adhered to, for the
towkays can alford a little liberality in this respect, seeinpr
that anyhow they got the money of their coolies who are
dependent on them for supplies of all kinds the whole year
round. Towkays will sometimes keep on working a mine or
plantation after it has ceased to pay, for the sake of the
money they can make out of the cooli(?s.

We returned about p. m. by Sunijei Pi'inandi in a sampan,
pettinfj jjflimpses in the darkness partly relieved by torchlight
of j^rand ferns drooping over the wat(U'. On reach in^^ the
house we learnt that the Pi-nf^hulu objected to our starting
next day till after the service of the "surau," i.e., till 1 p.m.
or 2 p.m., we agreed to this, though further delay was
annoying, as we did not see our way to combating such
an objection.

Fridatf 24//i. — ^The second fine morniuii since we left
Singapore, though unable to start till the afternoon, we
resolved to get oif as soon after the service as we could, so
wo put all our things together ready for a start, including
3 pikuls of rice for the boatmen and coolies we shoiild take
with us. All being ready, and there being 2 or '3 hours to
dispose of we got a " jalor"' and went up the Pc^mandi, in
search of plants and ferns, our curiosity having been excited
by wliat we saw the night before on our trip down the stream
from the " kangka." Bat the torchlight, effective thoujjfh
it was from a sctMiic point of view, proved somewhat deceptive,
for with the exception of one v.-iriety of lycopodium we
returned emptv-handcd. 1 lie ferns beinji all common. I added
th^ names of a few j)lauts to my vocabulary, which I always
seize the opportunity of doing whenever 1 get the chance; in
this direction then* is still a gieat deal to be done, as well as
in a general way, but some e;ire in necessary, as the Malays
sooner than confess their ignoranee, will often give a wrong
name. As regar<ls the general vocabular}- 1 do not believe
much more than halt* the languaire has yet been recorded,
Loian in his journal states that he already possessed a list
of Words exceeding that in Marsden's Dictionary, by 3,000
and that he was so constantly inereasinij his stock that he
, did not ]>ropose at tliat time to take any steps with a view to
publication. It is much to be desired that the Society
should secure the vocabulary referred to. The Pcnghulu of
the place, Diito' Derasap, is a gentleman of the old school, to

92 A TRIP TO QTTNOKG BLtTHUT.

whom nothing is so unpleasant as taking action in any matter,
and had it not been for the Maharaja's letter, we slionld no
doubt have found him immoveable, but with Che Kasim's aid
we succeeded in petti nj^ off at C.80 p. in. in a couple of
"jalor,'' Che Kasim's being a very fiuo one, but we were
undermanned, and after an unsuccessful attempt to get
another paddler from a Malay house a little way up the river,
wc had to struprgle on as we w(»re. Tlie first place ptissed on
leaving Kota Tinggi is Sungei IVinbioh a little higher on
the opposite (rioJit) bank, while a little higher on the Kota
si'le is the Sungei Pcmandi already mentioned. Close above
this on the same side is Pulau Pahang where the Pahangites
took up their quarters on visiting Jolior, and which became
a sort of settlement. Half a mile or so further up, still on
the same side is Sungei K»"man^», and crossing to the other
side about quarter mile further up we reach Pengkalan
Prtei ; here we arrived about 5 p. m. and having decided on
nighting here, we went to see the towkay of the '^kangka'*
who, being hospitably disposed, told us we were welcome to
take up our quartei-s at his house, and we lost no time in
availing ourselves of his offer. This " kangka '' is situated
at 0. bend of the river on a plateau some 60 feet or so above
it, and from the upper story a fine view of Pan ti may be had,
I)art of Mrntahak can be seen, but the rest is hidden by
the roof of a bangsal (?.<», cool y shed.) Some 8 or yeai's
ago a Mr. GeeehPheld huut here. lie was also the
first to work tin at SMiVang. The jungle about here
is very pretty and from what we see of it, oftVi's
satisfactoiy occui^tion for the plant-collector. The towkay
shewed some interest in the questic^n of colfee-plauting and
made a good many inquiries about it, seemed nither to fear
the advent of the European planter. Incessant gambling
going on here all night too.

Saturday 2of//. — Two men from the place where weliad ex-
pected to find them ^-esterday joined our boats this morning
and we started at 7 a. m. Passing Sungei Brdil ■^' on onr riiihi
about i mile up, and ] mile further on the left Sungei Prnaga
(from the hard wood of that name) at 9.80 a. m., we reached
K. Panti. Here we stopped for breakfast and put off' again at
10 a. m, taking with us a Chinaman l)oun<l for Srlnang who
was to work his passage, and he ]»liod his paihlle with an
energy which put to shame most of our crew. The scenery

* Said tx) owe its name to a booming sound wbioli its omits unilcr certain
iircumstanocs.

i. TMP TO GUNONO BLTTMtTT. 90

along the river is very pretty, the jungle beinoj clivorsified
by the blossoui-liko white Itaves of the shnib called by the
Malays "balik haclap" (hiiidsiJe before.) Another constantly
recnrrinpr feature is the ''rAsau" a palm-like sort of tree
which lines the banks and bob.s and bows its pine-like crown
before the iiishing current ; like other beautiful tliin<if3 its
only use is to be looked at. The rotan ("rattan; also often lends
a ehann to the scene with its great feathery fronds climbing
high up the trees. Saw some flying-foxes (kMuanjr) flying
liigh, we had seen a few yesterday evening. From K. Pan-
ti there is a jungle path passing through two oi* three plan-
tations to the mountain of the same name, the top ot which
may be reached iv six or sev(»n hours ; there is a shanty on
the south face of the summit, whence at the end of a long
stretch of jungle besprinkled with plantations may be de-
scried the mimth of the Jolior River with the neighbouring
islands and beyun<l them the Island of Singapore ; west-
ward, be>'ond a similar expanse of jungle rises the Pidei
range blue in the distance. To this view that presented
from the north and north-west ofl:'ers a startling contrast,
the moment you gc^t through the jungle and find yourself
on the edire of t}ie mountain the whole view is one st-a of
mountains from one to tliree thousand feet high; (J. t^»in-
bMayang or Asahan, ({. ^L-ntahak, (i. L^'song, Gnnong liiilan
S. Ohr-ndia Pnlau, fS. Timbun tnlang, lUikit (orPrnali) Pan-
jang, G. Pi^nyabonir, and Bhnnut were anui.ig the names
given, but th<' nativ«» is not very reliable on these points,
and these naint'S therefore require verilieation. To the north-
east the sea e;;n be descried with P. Tinggi and further
north P. Babi, an<l in clear weather P. Tionian would i)robably
be visible. Due north bt.'tween S. Timbun tnlang and P. Tinggi
lies a comparatively level space up to the foot of tbe north
side of Panti. Panti is a very peculiar hill in appearance,
with i's long straight back and abrupt wi»stern end ii sug-
gests the keel of a capsized boat, like tli(<rangkuban Prahu in
Java. It is said tliat an anchor and rope is to b** found some-
where on the summit, wln^re it is also asserted mangrove
grow, but it is hardly necessary to say tliat I could find no
traCfS of eitln-r ilu* one or the other. The soil on the top is
black and jK'aty-KjoLInnr, Ihtc a:id thcavare moist holh»ws with
a good (leal <»t ni')>s : I was sur[aisj-d to lind the "' rasau " up
liere and other vcLU'lalion usually characteristic i)f a h)W and
damp level ; it must, I sup]>ose. be attributed to the low
temperature and moist soil. Under this black soil is a white
sand, which is succeeded by a white semi-indnrat»»d sand-

94 • A TRIP TO OTTNONO BLrMUT.

stone ; as fur as I could see the mass of the hill consists of
more or loss indurated sandstone, on the side of the hill
boulders of very hard i-andy brown sandstone are to bp met
with; and there must alr-o bo ^ranilj', for T found n^ranite in
tho stream half way up Iht* liill, but tlH\v woro vrat or-woru
pieces the rock thore was sandslone. On the way up T came
across a tortoise about 18 in. by a foot, but could not find any
means of securing him. I for<;ot to mention the delightful
little spring at the to]), )>ivinp: forth c(»tfee-coloured water,
wln<*h is, notwithstandini; its Inns ])orfoctly sweet and uood.
It is the only hill 1 know of hen* which has v/ater actually on
the summit. The soil on this hill looks bettor than any I
have seen hitherto in this country, with tho exception per-
haps of some on the way to Blinnut.

To return to our journey. Havinp: left K. Panti about
10 n. m., at about 2 p. m. we reached Chrnj^kiidam
on the left, where there is a Kan<i;ka about 150 yards from
the river, the shed on the river bank was submercjed to about
half way up tho root*. Wlion we orob to the *-Kanp;ka" the
towkay, aftor roi^nlinfj^ us wilh tea and oranjifos, took us to
S(»nierisin<jf Lrr«nind lately cleared, behind the present building's;
tht^v he said he should erect a new Kanjjfka, tho site of the
present om* beini^ too low, considering the lioiL^lit to whieh
the river soinetimes rises in the wet sonson. The now site
promises a fine vi(*w. Tho current was very stronof, a'ld our pro-
t^ress ver> slow so far, wo ])ut it at not more thiin 1 \ miles an
hour, .it some bend wo a.-tually lost jjroniul f(.»r a time. Be-
fore we «j;ot t<) (.'lh'n«4kr<l;iin, on reachin;^ a turji in the riv»'r,
where the eurn'nt s«MMn«'d to have dii^d aw;iv, an old Miilav
in the bows (»f onr "jAlar'' remarked ''hariinau mfikau
harus " (a tiu^r is suallowin:^: the stroum), to exj»lain the sul-
ilen stillness ui' the sf ream, an illusiratinn rif ill' puAVfrs j n-
l>ularlv aserilx'd (o tliis aiiiiMl. After ha vi;!'»' :;n tM<v (r.'.ir.s »
for about ten minutrs, wr eann* a^ain int^» the fe.ll iM'.rr.'ut,
whieh w«* i'nnnd hail fivoidt'd Hi:' usual windings ainl tak^^i
a more diriM't Iin«» tlir.»n^h tlie jnn;^l(% the.-!-.' :»!••' r..» «l«'nljt
tho oeea.-'.icns n;i \vlii.-!i a '• T-in joi!;;;; l*nlus" is I'l'i-iii.';], ■{ lif old
bed p^ettinLC sIIiimI u\\ an 1 t'l-* ivu' cluinnid v.'e.-!i <l<M']',-r
and d'M'o T. ^V•' Irid \\\'-t li-avv sli'.nv.-rs al';:'i" h-avii-'"
( h; nL-\' laie, ami r.a-'lii'.l ^' l.'i-.'.n:: iibie.it .'• p. m.. an i land, tl
all «'-.;r jiiir-a'.,"' ai. I -^^ r. • i:i il:-^ " s'.ir.ni,'* t li-- l!.»";' < i" wiii-li
w.i-^ (inly two I',, I al'ov.' til!' \va'{ r. thon;;li in a |r. vi^i^^ \'-<[
i! lia 1 hern hijh and -irN a'-ow* tin* 1 a'jk. A.: \. •• :i: lir.'d 1 lie
lirst lu»us^ri of the kain[»onii-, our idiinetie pa^seni^-r hesiirred

A TRIP TO OUNONG BLU31UT. 95

himself, drawin«f from the Malay the remark "Ah China
pula bangau," hintiug at liis instinctive i'eelin*^ that he was
once more within reach of liis countrj||men. Tlie Pi-nyfliulu of
the i)l;ice, Che Husain, came to see us a few minutes after
we landed; we handed him ihe Mahari'ija's general letter
and another addressed to himself ; after reading them he
said he would have men and boats ready for us by 1 p. m.
next day, a sign of promptitude as pleasing as it Avas novel.
Found more men who had been to BUnnut with Hill and
Che Gaylia, and did not gather from them that there were
any great difficulties in the way ; they evidently looked upon
Mr. Hill's walking powers with an uncomfortable sort of
respect, and devoutly hoj)ed we sliould not drag them along
at such a pacc*, regardless of supplies. Quinine was highly
appreciated and was given with other medicines to parties
complaining <>f various ailments. At ^.15 p. m. thermometer
was 73" . At (y.'lO a. m. ui.'xb nioraiug 7-^*, this morning,
Sunday the 2(ith, we increased our supply of rice to 4 pikuls and
got a lew luxuries for the Malays. The river still as high
as ever; in December, 1877, it Avas supposed to be very high,
but it Wius not as high as this by 8 or D feet, which is said to
be the greatest rise for the last 8 or 10 years; the fact that
this was the second rise during the present rains was given as
a reason for not expecting any more really heavy rain. The
general o[>ini<)n was that tho rains would continue till the
close of the Chinese New Year. This place, S^luang, forms
the starting-p()int of the traveller bound for 0. Montahak,
the Avay lies through jungle and a whole string of deserted
tin-mines, the last of Avhich is close to the foot of the
mountain, b( in<^ separated from it by one of those delight-
ful sandy-bedded streanii-i wliieh an* hap[)ily not rare in these
jungles. The ascent of M- iitahak is not an undertaking of
any great difficulty; the path, as in most other mountains,
follows the X'idge, there i>i one stillish climb more than half
way up, but that does not take long. If it is not practica-
ble to reach the .summit in the same day, the b<'st place to
encamp is at a dip in the ridge at about 1,00(> feet, where
there is water cloo-; at hand. A distinguisiiing feature in
this mountain is llie [>revah.nce of th<.' '* daun payong^'a
gigantic leaf frt^m 10 to 15 feet long and from 2 A to 1 feet
or more broad; vou have siniidv to cut a dozen, stick them
in the giound by their stalks, and scatter a few on the
groun<l for a car]^)et, and in two or three minutes vou have a
luxurious green roofed hut giving complete shelter; I brought
vae or two of thesi> leaves to Singapore with me, and they

96 A TUIP TO GUNONG BLUMUT.

were deposited in the Museum. Gmnite crops up on this
mountain, but tliere were no large boulders visible, the
soil app(;ans pretty good, i)t*tter than what I have seen hither-
to excepting that ou l*anti. My reckonmg of the elevation
with one aneroid w;is 1,050 feet, the s.-ime as the lower peak
of Pulei, while Mr. Hill makes it 2,11)7 feet, so, as my ane-
roid agreed with Mr. Hill as to tlie height of Panti, 1,650
feet South face, I suspect that I did not reach the true sum-
mit, though I took a good deal of trouble in trying to do so,
and reached the point which was called so, and which I was
told was that reached by Macln}- a year or two before ; the
view inland from this mountain is very fine, finer even than
that from I'anti. Here as elsewhere when out of reach of
water, the travt*ller can get a cool drink fnan some of the
numerous hangini^ ropes and supple jacks he comes across
along Hie path ; a sectiuu of one of Ihese, three or four feet
long, will give half a jant of water, sumetimes most deli-
cious sweet water, others give a water slightly acrid,
but quite drinkable. I give the names of some of these
water-giving ''okar" as the Malays call ihem, viz.: sMn\is,
blcraug, i'mpt'las (tlie t'mpclas hold second place sis to water
supply), nlang (iliis gives th«» ni<)st wat(»r and has sin c>dible
fruit), jilan (i'ruit edible), bibat (red frnit notedibh*, shoots
edible, water plentihil), jria (fruit edible), grgrip (edible frnit
very pleasant), libAda (plea.sant edible fruit), garok (fruit
edible.) ktkrang ( fruit edible). As far as one could see, there
was not much variety in the way of ferns or orchids on this
mountain. The maslor of ►S'^b;\<lang, f heMalay champion, was
a y^^luaiig man, Seba<lang himself being a native of SAyong.
After leaving S«liiang at »».1.> p. m. we passed one more
Kangka, the iurth(»st ui» th** river. Wc sto[)ped for the night
at a ula'c called Kaninon'^ l)\l'i llainpar. consistinir of two
or throe somewhat impoverished louking huts; we were told,
however, that there were two or three ]nore furtlier away
fr.)ui the river bank out of sight ; they were cultivating
sugar-ean(», idaniains and kledes, alsi.) tapioca in a small way.
'J'lie land lliis si.le the river /'rii^ht hinilv), consists mainlv of
p-rmatangs (ridges) ; tiiv* hollows h-tween them were just
n'>w tilled with v.'aler, whieli 8erve<l to kee[> away the tigers
which usual! V infe-'t the neiirhbonrhood. We were i^iven a
deserled and vt-ry mneh <lilapi«laied shanty to put up in i\tr
llie night, l.jnt with a few ailditional kajant^s i'nnn the boat
and my walerprof >h«'et hung up at the side, we contrived
to get tolerably sheltered : but we should have cared but
little about this if we could have been free from those tor-

A TEIP TO OtTKONO BLUMUT. 97

menting little sand-flics which tortured us all night, piercing
through everything, wrap ourselves up as we might. The
Batu Hauipar, which gives its name to this place, is a " Krd-
mat,^' a sacred rock in the river, on which the devout spread
the mat of prayer ; it owes its sanctity, according to the
legend, to the execution on it by order of the Yam Tuan of Kota*
Tinggi, of one Jit, Pcnghulu of the Jakuns, who had been
detected in necromantic practices. When they came after
the execution with the burial garments to take away the
body, it had disappeared. Three months after he was met
alive and well on the same spot by his son, and from that
period he used to haunt the spot. He is also said to assume
at times the form of a white cock ; when met in human
form, he disappears, and a white cock is seen vanishing in
the distance. Between Scluang and Biltu Hampar,
S.Bifmftroh, S. Rtlmun, (tree bearing a sub-acid fruit)S. Solok,
(a cei-tain knife), we passed S. GSjah (elephant),
S. Landak (porcupine^ Pokok Mahong, S. Lahan, S. Sclftsa
(a pleasure house), Pasir RAja and Rantau RAja, Malay
houses on left at intervals of 7 minutes ; S. Dorhaka, and
S. Si-tonggeng both on the left, and Bdtu Sftwa. Of the
above places most take their names from trees or animals,
TasirRfija (King sand or strand) and Rantau Ruja (King
Reach) require no further expianation. S. GemCiroh takes
iiii name from the rushing sound of the stream there ; there
is an island of the same name close by. S. DtrhA-ka or 8.
Anak D^rhaka as it is also called, and S. Sitonggeng derive
their names, according to the Malay legend in this case aSf
in many others, from incidents which it is diflicult to de-
scribe in seeml}' langua<i^e ; however Sttonggeng (the stooper)
was the step- mother of Anak DiThaka (the rebellious son).
One day St-tonggeng was stooping picking up sticks, and in
hitching up her dress she made a gesture which was mis-
construed by her son, who thereupon assaulted her in a
way which caused her to turn round and give him such a
tremendous kick that he was heaved to the spot where flows
the stream to which he has given his name, and Setonggeng
herself was converted into the stream which bears her name.
The two streams are about a quarter of a mile apart. Batu
Sawa (fishing- weir rock) marks the spot where, says tradition,
Scbtidang picked up a rock to make way for his weir.

We left Kwala Batu Hampar at 9 11 a. m., and in a few
minutes passed a river of the same name, and in 10 minutes
had passed the clearing on the same sidCi and found big

98 A TRIP TO GUNOKG BLTTMUT.

jungle on both sides. On one of the trees we noticed a very
fine fern with long grass-like leaves, a non-botanist would
liken it to a delicate variety of hart^s-tongue ; the hart's-
tongue, or bird's-nest fern, is called " pokok sakat" by the
Malays, and the stag's horn, of which we now came upon
some very fine specimens, '^pasu putri" (princess's bowl).
At LCibok Kcndur (gourd hole), 9. 41 a. m., we came across
some " r&sau" again and ten minutes later wo passed Taujong
Blit. Shortly ^Eter we noticed a fine specimen of " jiokok
rawa, a beautiful round-topped tree with thick-set, glossy,
dark-green leaves, which boars a pleasant fruit. At 10.11
a. m. we pass on the left S. Duun Labiih, and at 10.24 n.
m. T&uah Dupar on the same side. At 10.37 a. m. we pas.s
S. Pelang Putus (severed-boat river), here the jungle on
both sides is very beautiful. According to tradition the
river just mentioned owes its name to one of the numerous
feats of So Badang ; it is stated that he and his wife Ntoek
Panjaiig went out in a p6lang boat together fishing, she in
the bows and he at the stern, and that each, seeing a fish at
their respective ends, jmddled in opi)osite directions, and
paddled with such force that the boat parted in two in the
middle. It will bo seen from the above tlint Nenek Panjang
was a fair match for her husband in physical jn-owosa, her
great poAvers are attributed to a circular root (akar gandir)
which she found lying on the ground like a hoop, and Avhifli
when she put it on fitted her waist exactly ; slio never took
it off, and from that time sh<? equallod hvv husband in
strength. The legend farther narrates that she bor«^ a child
to the Jin Kelembei, from whom her hu>9band obtained his
gift of great strengtli.

At 11.13 we passed JAlor Putus (a rock to tln^ h?ft wliich
occasioned the damage refeiTod U*). A I 11. lM> wf Kio:htt*d
Tanjong Perak, the point between the Kn^rgin and the .STiy-
ong: at 11.31 Ave entered the Longgiu with a sharp turn to
the East, the Siyong being N. W. Avef omul the Lr-iitrtjin qnito
sluggish, all the force of the current in tlio J(»lior bein^jf aj)-
parently contributed by the Sayong. In halt' an lionr trees
began to get in the way, botli sides of the stream, whirli is
not often more than 20 yards broad and very windin^r, and
if possible more beautiful than before. At 12.10 p. ni. we
passed Sungei Komanggit, and at 12.22 we came upon tlirei»
woodcutters' huts to the left, littU* crampi^d huts set upon
tall an dsomewhat slight poles; here we stopp(Mlt'or tiiJin till
1.12 p. m. At 1.38 p. m. wo passed Sungei Sadei, at 3 p. m.
n Jnkiin*& clearing and hut on the right ; 3.21 Sungei Scbang

A TAIP TO GUNONG BLUMUT. 09

on the right. At 3.35 we went over Lobang Ajar with
powerful current and whirlpool. At 4.5 p. m. on our left
was Piisir Bcrhala (idol sand) of which do clear account
was given. Au 4.3(5 had half an hour's work in cutting
through a tree fallen across the stream, and now the oppor-
tunity was taken of cutting some poles for " g&la" to punt
lis along with, and we certainly got along half again as fast
as with the paddles. At 4. 18 p. m. we passed Pulau Tan-
jong Putus, at 5. 37 Lubok tirok, at 6,i) j). m. Sungei Teng-
kil. Jungle can be touched on both sides. At C.19 Sungci
MAchap flows in to the right. After cutting our way through
more fallen trees, we reached Gaj ah Minah (where Messrs.
Hill and Yahya had put up for a night), about 5 minutes
past 7. p. m. For more than half an hour we had been en-
joying a delicious evening with the light of the young moon ;
I could not ascertain how this place had got its name. The
only sign of humanity about it is a very elementary sort of
shanty, which scarcel}^ deserves the name of hut, and looks
as if half a roof had fallen to the jijround and had been after-
wards i>ropped up by sticks in a slanting position ; we pre-
ferred the jalor for sleepin*: quarters, the shant)"^ and its
neighbourhood abounding in leeches. The said shanty was
put up by a rattan-cutter ; we were told that a Chinaman
had been carried off here by a tiger one year ago, and a
Malay two years ago. We must have had to cut through a
dozen trees or more during the day. Every now and again
everything had to be taken out of the boat and jjut on a tree
and then th<.^ boat could just scrape under, we were also con-
stantly having to lie flat ; about three hours were lost with
these constant stoppages. During the wet season, it is only
the Longgiu in which snags, etc. are so unpleasantly fam-
iliar; the Jolior is free from them as far as boats of light
draught are concerned , indeed during our trip, a steam
launch could quite well have gone up as far as the mouth of
the L'^nggiu. Tlie Joiior river is certainly a fine one, but
in the Le-n^rgiu, though narrower, the beauty of the scenery
inereixses ; some of the winding bits are wonderfully lovely,
rattans ever}- where adding to their charm and variety with
their beautiful fcLitherlike spniys ; the monkey-ropes
hanging gracefully here and there, their pale tint limning
ouLwith delicious contrast tlie cool dark green of tbe leafy
wails around them. In places the under soil has the pre-
vailing red hue of Sin;^;ipore but it is mostly sandy, though
occasionally it appears to be of abetter quality. Now and
again whitish clay uuder-lies the red.

100 A TBIP TO GUKONQ BLUUITT.

Tuesday, 28th. — ^To-day was simply a repetition of yesterday,
saving foi' the increase of snags and fallen timber. At 1 2.4^3
we i)ass(}d on our right Scnipang Mahaligei ( palace )
where used to be the Eojal fishing box. 12.4G, huts to the
loft, 1.25, S. Ayec PAtih on right. At 1.30 saw a beautiful
milsang in a trap up in a tree, trap consisted of two or throe
sticks tastencd from bough to bough the intervals being fill-
ed with thorny rattan leaves ; he was struggling desperately
for his freedom, but apparently in vain, when just as one of
our men had climbed nearly up to him, by a frantic effort
he got loose, and was out of sight in a moment. At l.-JS
passed Lilbok Bilik on our left, said to be a " KrAmat," but
we got no details. At 1.57 we had Siingei TcngkClah on
our left, and at 2.8 Sungei Tempinis : Sungei or I'cngkulau
Trugkrlah is the place where Logan re-embarked for Singa-
pore on his return from his trip in 1847 up the Endau river
and through the interior of Johor. Its name derives from
a fish, and in former days it was one of the retreats of Roy-
alty. 2.10, Jakun hut in clearing on the right, and again at
2.39. At 5.2(3 J), m. we reached the limited Kami>ong of
Kclosa BAniak, occupied by both Malays and Jakuns ; there
were three huts on the bank, the huts were very low on high
piles, two of them were thatched Avith dAun payong, or
umbrella leaf, which added much to their picturesque ap-
pearance. Tlie better part of the day had been wet, and we
were still forced to have our '' kajang'' up, and, as before,
we dined and slept on board our jalor. We were not allow-
ed to continue our wanderings on shore before dinner, our
men assuring us that at dusk in that neighbourhood we
were not at all unlikely to meet a roaming tiger. This place
is named from a fish, Kclrsa, which is said to abound here
and is described as having upper part dark green, belly
white, and large scales. Tlie river had, we were told, been
much higher a few days before, about 12 feet, as we judged,
above its present level. Next day (20th) we took on a
Malay and two Jakuns, more poling and a great deal of
cutting work, the stream narrowed so much that there was
but just room for the jalor to pass. We saw more hill cotfee
shrubs with good-sized berries on the banks of the river as
we passed. A little before 4 p, ni. we got into the Tiba
river, leaving the L<:nggiu on our left ; a little way up the
Ttb.l, we found ourselves at the PCngkalan, the residence of
the Prnghulu or Batin of the Jakuns ; as we neared his hut,
some women and squallinu: cliillren scrambled away, apparent-
ly alarmed at the sudden invasion of the strange oraug

A TRIP TO GUNONO BLUMUT. 101

puteL. We found the hut much superior to any we had
seen since leaving SolAang in size, construction, acconimo-
dation and comfort; it was thatched with a leaf resembling
nipah, and the flooring was a bark one, the best portion of
it being covered with nmts, on which we deposited our
sleeping-gear. We then went out into the garden in search
of forns, &c., and our curiosity was rewarded by some cai)ital
specimens found among the decaying logs which cumbered
the ground ; the garden contained some fine tapioca, sugar-
cane, plantains, and kledek ; the Batin kept a few fowls and
also a dog, which he used in the chase of the smaller jungle
deer. Not long after our arrival a very queer old man came
to see us, who was introduced as the Batin Ldma or Dato ;
he is the father of the present Batin, who was then
away on the Endau. The old man spoke Malay fluently,
but with a peculiar accent, broader than that of the Malays
and sounding the final k nmch more distinctly. I asked him
if he remembered Mr. Logan's visit some 30 years before,
he said ho did, and also that of M. Favre ; on the occasion
of the latter he was living in the Sayong where there are
two Jakun kampongs, some 30 i>eople in all ; he was des-
cribed by M. Favre as an old man of 80, according to which
he must have attained the extraordinary age of 110, but he
is now probably not much over 80, and at the time of M.
Favre's visit may have been between 50 and 60, with nearly
white hair, looking old for his years ; he probably deceived
M. FaATe by his ready acquiescence in the idea of his being
80 years old ; like most of the natives here he was quite
ready to agree to anything Avhich might please his guest,
and was quite disi)osed to say that he was 110. The Batin's
hut lies not far from Bukit Tclenteng and Pupur, which we
were told Mr. Hill ascended in search of plants during the day
he was kept waiting while his men were getting ready their
*'ambong." Mr. Hill gives the elevation at 1350 feet.
The Dato told me there was no hill at the source of th(i,
Sayung, as stated by Favre and Logan, from the other side
of which flowed tlie Bcnut into the straits of Malacca, he
said that the streams flowed in opposite directions from the
same swamp, but there must be some fall ; the same might
perhaps be assumed in the case of the two Semrongs asserted
by Ijogan to be one river joining the Batu Pahat and the
Endau further North, but in 1877 I was assured by
Che Musa of Panchur, who had explored the Endau and
its branches that this Avas not so, and that the two
Semrongs were separated at the source by rising ground, bo

102 A TRIP TO GUNONG BLUMUT.

that for tlio present at all events, Logan's assertion cannot
be uureservedl}' accepted. There were plenty of subjects
for conversation Avith the Dato; but I was obliged to
reserve them for such opportunity as I might get on my
return. After dinner our men told us some Malay talcs,
and Ave in return gave them Little Red Kiding Hood and
other stories, to Avhich they listened with much interest and
amusement, some of the incidents eliciting roars of laughter,
the unexpectedly tragic fate, however, of little Red Riding
Hood, according to our version, cast ji shade over the audience
who speedily retired to forget their grief in slumber. The next
da}" fiiOth) we succeeded, contrary to our expectations, in gett-
ing our party ott* at 11. -^0 a. m. We Avere IG in all, 12 men,
besides ourselves and the boys. I had to give up my native
mattress, there not being euou<^li carriera; the Malays
consider 15 to 20 kati snlHcient load for a man in an
" ambong*' (the basket they carry on the back Avith sliups
passing over the shoulders); Chinaman Avould cany nmch
more in his tAvo baskets on a kandar-sliek, but they could
not pass along a ^reat portion of the path Ave had to
truA^el, Avhich Avas in many phu?es only just Avide enough for
the head and shoulders to squeeze through. After
starting Ave hav.1 to cross a stream b}- means of some unplea-
santly rickotty brancli^'s; and then our course, there could be
hardly said to be a path, lay through jun«;le Avhicli Avas all
under water, sometimes up to the knees and occasionally
deeper still, with niu<ldy holes and invisible roots and
stumps, so that our progress was not rapid. After an hour
or t\V(j of this sort of work we ranie upon a larger stream
Avitli rushinL! current, a nuvliuni-si/ed tree stem lay across
it, but soni » inrlK'S u:id*r the surface, and thoujjh the
natives Avith their [»rehensih» feet crossed it safely, Avcdid not
feel quite eipial to the occasion, and our men soon had a few
uprights stuck in the bed of the stream secured to each
by horizontal bars, und so Ave got over. On the other ^.idu
all was eijually under AA'atcr and we continued to wade, oc-
ca>iionaUy up to th»^ niiddle, alon;^^ the banks of this stream,
Avhich was th«' [iiii;4:\riu, till :{ p. ni. or so, when we got on to
liiLrhcr •:'rounil, onlv n >nv and ajj^ain liavini^- a swami) or small
stnani to cros.'. \S\ I p. ni. Ave had reaehe<l still higher
unmnd Avlth a di.'liL^ditful cloar sandv-l)etldc<l brook iloAvin;'
at the foot of a sti.'cp rise; here, above tiie stream, we df-
ci«led on taking; up our quarters for the night, b«*ing t<»ld
thai ^.Ir. llilTs lirst resting place could not he n a-'hfd till
after dark; one of our men moreoyer, who had been taken

A TEIP TO OUNONO BLTTMUT. 103

with f erer on the way, was now too bad to po any further. Our
men now began, with greater energy than they had yet
shewn in anything, some to make a clearing, others to cut
down trees for their bark, and saplings for poles, and in
about an hoiir we had a capital shanty two or three feet ofP
the ground w^ith a kajang roof (for we had brought two ka-
jangs with us^ and bark flooring (the bark of the meranti tree).
This first day's work had completely destroyed my canvas
shoes, and having only one other pair (fortunately leather
however), with five or six days' trampin«i before me, I contem-
plated the future with some misgiving. After the persever-
ing attacks of sand-flies had been dispelled by the smoke of
a lire lit close to our hut, we at last got to sleep amid the
croaks, cries, shrieks, and hootings of a host of frogs, insects,
and birds. The stream below us was a tributary of the Prnis,
wliich we had crossed earlier in the day.

Next day (81st) we made a start about 8 a. m. including
the invalid of 3'osterday, whom I had dosed three times with
quinine; this drug and sal volatile, which I had with others
iu a little case, was in great request among our men. At lU
n. m. we reached HilTs first resting-place, Ayer Putih,
(white water), so called apparently on the h1cv)i a von
luceiido principle. Yesterday the soil was muddy or sand}',
now it waji darker, and the swamps through which Ave
passed between the higher levels oF our course rejoiced in a
deep brown mud, in wliidi wo sank now and then to over tho
knee. The rattan thorns were a constant annovance, and
the patli evon our Malays lost sometimes, but the Jakuns
seemed never at fault and sned aloniif, thou<^h somewhat
n\ore heavilv burdt»;ied than the others, with astonishini;
rapidity. In the way of fl'^ra wo observed some fine ferns
and lycopodiu;n.j, and a variety of plants and creepers with
beautifully marked leaves. About -3. -JO p. m. we heard the
sound of rushinir water a!id shortly after reached the banks
of a most deliiifhtful nioimtain torrent tearing down amongst
granite boulders of all sizr^s and shap(»s ; this we wen* told
was Biilu Li^njx^iu, oj tin* souree of the L-aiggiu River, and ou
this spjt was Batu S-tiMLjfii^an (the squatters' stone) or Butu
Bi^rkachanii^, to wliieli a legend is attached that it was the
first couch of the parents of the human race ; the details of
the legend cannot be staled here, so I simply follow the ac-
count of it given by Logan, who here first came upon the*
Lr-nggiu on his return from the trip up Endau as already
referred to. Another of our party being down with fever.

104 A TRIP TO OTTKOKO BLCTUUT.

we determined to camp here for the night, and so we soon
had a hut put up on the very brink of tlie torrent. Mean-
while we had a delicious bath, after which we wandered up
the stream and collected two or three uncommon ferns, one a
very small ribbon like plant adheriiipf to the rock by a thin
film of root and soil, another was a foot hij^h or so, with a
delicate straight black stem, and a radiating crown of fine
tapering leaves, also growing on the rock in the stream from
a horizontally arrowing root. The bed of the torrent here is
broken up granite, consisting mainly of quarlz, with a little
mica ; the boulders differ somewhat in quality, some being
rather sycintio, others more porphyritic in appearance ; good
large blocks of solid quartz were also found in the bed of
the stream, some of them shewing the regular prisms of
quartzy crystals. The soil on both banks was in some parts
sandy, in others clayey, in others of a somewhat coarser tex-
ture occasionally shewing a lateritic tendency which gave it
a gravelly appearance, but this was more noticeable further
up the country.

Next morning we continued our journc}' about 8 a. m.,
leaving two of our party behind, one of them to look after
the man who had succumbed to fcvor the previous day. I
gave the invalid a dose of quinine before starting, and loft
another for liini to take if n«.M^ded. The man who had bro-
ken down tlie iirst day hud quite n^covered. After two or
tliree hours' work in as<'endinir and deseendiui; a series of
hills with sandy and rocky slreanis between them, we had a
st(H'[) climb up a sli[)pory hill of rather superior looking soil,
and after goini,^ alomr a narrow ridi^e at the top Ave came to
a dip; lure wo were bron^ht to a halt, and were told
that this wjis tln^ oM IxMiiuhirv line between I'ahant' and
Jolior, but that now it ran further North. Our path soon
after descended and we wry sli()rtly had another steep
elimb up to a similar inirrow ridi^e and in eoniing up with
tlie header wer»? told thtv had just seen a titr^'r, or, as thev
more resp(»etfnlly pnt it, a D.ito, about '20 yards to tiieir
right who f>n seeini,^ theni made awny down the slope: tln*y
now refuses] to g(>any fnrlher till the whol^p irty hade(>lh*ete«l;
I was partirnhirly slrnek with the hJanehed facias of our boys
at th(» menti<»n of the Dato haviniif been so near L *In\^

\jL^^%i J'JJ lJL< )• After this we were not long in coming to
anotln^r halt, for a more satisfaotorj' purpose ; we had reached
a hirge square bloek of stone which projected from the side
of the hill, and whence we Imd a fine view of Bcchuak and

A TRIP TO OTTNONa BLUBtlTT. 105

Bliimut ; B^chtiak with her twin peaks to the right, BlAmut
stretching away to the left, concealing behind her broad back
Chiimmdong, the third of the trio. These three hold an im-
portant place in Benuak legends (I found the name acknow-
ledged by the Dato, who pronounced it as spelt, and talked of a
" RAja Ben(iak '' in old days.) As the result of my inquiries
was to confirm the accuracy of Logan's account, I cannot do
better than quote his account of the origin of the Benuak
country and race, and of the particular legend connected
with Blumut. ** The ground on which " we stand
is not solid. It is merely the skin of the earth
*'(kalitbumi). In ancient times Perman [the ''Allah" of
"the Benuak] broke up this skin, so that the world was
"destroyed and ovei'whelmed with water. Afterwards he
" caused Gunong Luliimut [Blumut] with Chimundong and
"Bcchiiak to rise, and this Ioav land which we inhabit was
" formed later. These mountanis in the South, and Gunong
"Ledang (Mt. Ophir), GAnong Kap (Mount Kof, probably),
"Gilnong Tongliat Bangsi, andGCinong Tongkat Siibang on
" the Nortli^ give a fixity to the earth's skin. The earth still
" depends entirely on these mountains for its steadiness. The
"Lulumut mountains are the oldest land. The summit of
" GAnong Tongkat Bangsi is within one foot of the sky; that
" of Gimong Tongkat Lubang is within an ear-ring's length ;
" and that of Gunong Kap is in contact with it. After Lulu-
" mut had emerged, a prahu of jjulei wood covered over and
" without any opening floated on the waters. In this Pirman
" had enclosed a man and woman whom he had made. After
" the lapse of some time the prahu was neither directed with
" or against the current nor driven to and fro. The man and
" woman feeling it to rest motionless, nibbled their way
" through it, stood on the dry ground, and beheld this our
" world. At first, however, everything was obscure. There
" was neither morning nor eveniuG: because the sun had not
" yet been made. When it became light they saw seven
" sindudo* trees and seven plants of rumput sambau. They
"then said to each other, ' in what a condition are we, with-
" out children or grand-children.' ISome time afterwards the
" woman became pregnant, and had two children, not, however,
" in her womb, but in the calves of her legs. 'From the
" right leg was brought forth a male, and the left a female
'" chihl. Ilence it is that the issue of the same womb can-
not intermarrj'. All mankind are the descendants of the

• Or Bikii'liVluk, ii'coinmon rhododendrum-liko shrub.

106 A THIP TO aUNOKQ BLITHUT. •

" two children of the first pair. When men had much in-
^^ creased, Pimam looked down upon them with pleasure
"and reckoned their uumbei's,

"They look upon the Gunoiip Liilumut group with
a superstitious reverence, not only connecting it with the
dawn of human life, but reganling it as possessed^of anima-
" tion itself. Lulilmut is the husband, Chimundong his old
** wife, and Bcchuak his young one. At first they lived to-
" gether in harmony, but one day Chimundong in a fit of
" jealousy cut oft Bcchflak's hair. The young wife retaliated
" by a kick applied with such force to Chimundong's head
"that it was forced out of its position. Lulumut, seeing his
mistake, stepped in with his huge body between them, and
has ever since kept them separated."
Some way further on we came to a tree where the path
bifurcated, on which wc found the initials of Mr. Hill
and Che Yahya bearing date 18-1-79, and an ari'ow pointing
to the left as the path to be followed by the Blumut-bound
traveller ; our predecessor had been taken along the right
hand path and ultimately found themselvos on the top of
Bi'cliftak wlionco a still higher mountain wsis visible, so they
retraced their sto])s and took the left-hand ])atli down to
the gorge, throiioh which runs a stream flowing ilown from
the dip l)etw(^on Blunmt and ni^chimk. Mt»ro tlioy put up
a hut and took up their quarters for tlio ni<^lit, ascendinix to
the top of Blunint the fowing morning. Wo took tho
left hand path, and found ourselven, aftor tho dosoont of
an almost perpendicular stoo]) of rich black soil, on tho odgi*
of the stream just mentioned, with Mr. Hill's hut just fa-
cing us on tho othor side of it. This stn^am, which ^rurglos
down through rocks clothed with forns and oaladiunis, is tho
souroo of the Kaliang, one (►f tho tributarios of the Endau,
and while our dinner was getting ready, wo olaniberod up tin*
rocks, and found besides ferns and taladiunis, a small waxen-
stemmed plant, thriving on tho veriest inininuini of soil,
with the most beautiful loaves of a velvety brown-tintod
green, their surface traversed by veins of pun»st. g(»M; this
plant, which seems to be an (uuUctorhilHn ot" some kind,
certainly carries off the palm from the silver, and tho rod an«l
gold varieties. After turning in, we found tho air vorv
keen ; and after a vain attempt to get to s1(m*|) in tho usual
amount of clothing, 1 was constrained to get up and don two
or three additional layei*8 of flannel, after which I contriv-
ed to pass the night in barely tolerable warmth; the wind
was blowing boistei'ously up the gully and through our hut.

A TRIP TO GUNONG BLUMUT. 107

SO as to cffeetiiallv clear out any little Avarmtli created by
our iiumbei'S, two hurricane lamps, and a fire on each side of
the hut.

At 7 a.m. we found the thennometer in the hut shewing 67®,
Outride, at t a. ni., it must have been three or four degrees
colder. We left for the ascent to the summit about 8 a. m.,
the path at first leading down a leather steep slope, but it soon
began to ascend ; and the soil grew black and slippery, and
the trees slighter in bulk but thicker in number; they wore
a thick coating of dripping moss which made their appear-
ance very deceptive ; a stem apparently as thick as a man's
leg turning out to be no bigger than his wrist. After toil-
ing and climbing and squeezing our way uj) for an hour or
so, we reached the top of the ridge, where a furious wind was
rushing by, hurr3'ing along an unbroken succession of dense
clouds; a little further on we came to an oi^ening on the
eastern side with grass and bushes ; here we found two
varieties of fern, very handsome, one I recognised, having met
with it on Pinang Hill ; and Mr. Hullett has seen it at Wood-
lands on the coast of the old Straits facing Johor Bh&ini ; it
is, I believe, the Dipteris Uorsfieldii : the other, I think, must
be the Matenia Vedinata. These two ferns are described by
Wallace in his work on the Malay Archipelago as rare species
he found on Mt. Ophir, — the latter, he adds, being only found
on that mountain. The ferns we saw exactly corresponded
with the engiuving which accompanies Wallace's account of
them, but none Ave saw exceeded two feet or so in height,
whereas Wallace describes those he met as reaching a
height of seven or eight feet and growing in groves. These,
however, were f oun d growin g close to the Padang B&tu on Mount
Ophir, probably a warmer and more sheltered spot, and the
specimens we saw were likely to be dwarfed from their
damp and bleak situation. We got several roots of both
species, but I regret that none of them have come to auy-
thirig. After another half an hour's absolute climbing, in
which we bad to make constant use of the bemossed stems
around us, we gained the summit, which is extremely nar-
row, hardly roacliiujr 20 feut diameter anvwhere; it consists
of large blocks of gmnit^', stunted trees, bushes, and the
rasau which 1 had noted with equal surprise on the top of
Pauti ; it mii.'st be taken as an indication of dampness. In-
tent on get tine: a view, we el imbed on to the top of some of
the roeks, but the clouds continued to sweep unbroken ov^
us, and so we proceeded to take obsenations below the roc .

108 A TRIP TO GUKONO BLUMUT.

instead, and groped and slid about under tliem and the
greasy black roots and soil between them with some success,
finding a variety of ferns and damp plants ; most of the mois-
ture-loving ferns we found are, I think, to be met with on
Pinang Hill, but I came across one variety which is very
like a creeper — the Malays call it "baju-bAju" — but which I
had never seen or heard of before ; there was a good dealof it in
one or two places ; it roaches about one foot in height and
is very slight and delicate; it grows on a horizontal root
with small fibrous tap-roots. We found a few orchids of the
commoner sorts. We found also another growth which
I have never seen before ; at first, among the other
foliage, it looked like some kind of pine or fir, such as grows
on Pinang Hill, but on examination it proved to be a creeper ;
we did not find its root; we brought down a spray ^vith us,
which I have submitted to the inspection of Mr. Murton, the
Superintendent uf the Botanical Gardens.

The summit of this mountajn is certainly a most extiuor-
dinary place, with its rocks and roots of trees so disposed
in a continuous descent as to form a succession of steep and
slippery caves, which constantly require climbing to get
through, and where it is often dilficult to get a footing.
Native tradition has been wont to call this the house of the
tiger racts but on the approa^.-h of the white man the race has
been removed to the sister mountainof Chimundong, where it
will doubth'ss remain till the invasion of some adventurous
'^orangputeh" drives it back to that other stronghold of the
race Gunoiig Fjcdang (Mount Ophir). When on an expedi-
tion to M^ntehak in 1877, I was informed that no one, not
even a Jakun, had ever n ached the summit of Blumut,
fJiikuiis caily passing over the lower jjoints; the obstacle
being tribes c»f huge and ferocious monkeys which rendered
it dangt*rous, if nt>t impossible*, to attempt it. It is true
that no Jakun had ever been to the toj) <»f this mountain,
till on<M>rtwo of them went with Mr. Hill a few days before
us, but I regret to jeay that the monkevs were disapjiointing-
Iv tijuid and retiring ; not one ventured within sij»:ht of us.

Ihp.ing tied up c-ur ['lauts, we ouciMuei'i* climbed on to the
toj* < f the reeks, and l.y J ]•. m. llir rlmids had all ekarL'd
a^^av, and we had the satij>l'aeti(.in ef a Jine vitw in all direc-
tii»ns; tlie horizon, however, never qiiite eUau'd, remaining
hazy to the last, so that we did not succeed in making out

A TBIP TO OUNONG BLtJMUT. 109

Mount Ophir as we had lioped to do. IiDiiiediately North
of us lay Chimundoii^, a fine mountain, Tvith two peaks some
little way apart, little if at all inferior in elevation to Blu-
mut; their bases touch. N. W. some 15 to 20 miles away,
rose Gunong Jiinin jif in Pahang territoiy. Directly South stand
the twin peaks of Bcchiiak, while S.S.E of her run the parallel
ridges of Prsclilngau (the old boundary) and Pt-ninjan. Some-
what hazy in the distance lay Gunong PAlei, about S. S. E.
Further to the Eiist, about E. S. E., we noted Panti and Mi-n-
tvhak with Scnibrh'iyang between them, and Bukit or Pcn-
uli Panjanj^ (long ridge), Bukit ^Bulang (moon hill), and
Bukit Tambun Tulang (bone-heap hill) in the fore ground.
East of North numbers of smaller hills could be seen, and
nearer East still other heights of ^considerable elevation
could be dimly descried in the distance ; no one could
identify these, but I suspect them to have been Pulau
Tioman and Pulau Aor. The greater part of the country
from S. to W., as far as we could see, appeared to be an
unbroken level of jungle, but the rest is a fine countiy
abounding in hills of all heights up to 13,000 feet, with
numerous streams following into the Johor, Endau and
Scdlli. The soil i-uns through all the changes, from black
mould to red clay and sand. We got down from the top
to oiir hut in time to collect a few plants from the rocky
stream close to it.

Next day, ord IV by., on roacliin;^ the Sing'T^ong stream,
I collected a few p(;bbles of quartz, iron-tirtted sand-stone,
and various forms of granite ; I also found a lump of what I
take to be a form of specular iron ore affected by wat(»r ; the
sand in the stream contains small laminate prisms of mica.
At BatulSetinggo:ig, ill the Iliilu Lilnggiu, we collected the
fems[and mineral specimens already described and reached the
Ayer Putih (noted for its black mud), somewhat to our sur-
prise, about 3.30 p. m.

Left next day about 8 a. m., (after a row between two of
our men, which was nipped in the bud at the first blow,)
and reached our resting place of the first day at 10 a. m.,
where we found the fover-slricken man and his friend, who
had been left behind at Batu Setinggong, hnd made them-
selves a verj' snug corner in the hut. After collecting to-
gether here we set off again ; and when we got to the iower
ground, which had all been under water before and ^iven
us so much trouble, we found the water had entirely dis-
appeared ; so our progress was u^uch quicker, and we

110 A TKIP TO GUNONG BLUMUT.

reached Pi-ngkfiltin Toba at 1 p. m., thus accomplishing iu
2 hours and 40 minutes a distance over wliich on the first day
we had expended 4 hours and a half. I had some talk with
the Dato about various legends ; amoiijj otliei*s that of Bukit
Pcniabonjr, said to be a practicable ascent within the day,
there and back, from K^lcsa BAniak. The legend is
that a cock-iij;;ht took place between Kaja Chfdan and
another Raja of old times, the defeated bird flew away to his
house at Bukit Bulan, while the victorious bird was turned
into stone and still remains a mute but faithful witness to
mark the spot where the tremendous conflict took place. The
Dato informed me that he had seen tlie figure himself ou
the toj) of Bukit Piuiabuiig ; it was a good deal above life-size,
he said, and just like a cock in white stone ; he added that
I he top of the hill was bare and a good view was to be had
trom it. Assuming that he really did visit the hill, it seems
to me not imj^robable that this hill may turn out to be
lime-stone, the most southerly in the Peninsula; at present,
I believe, there is no lime-stone known to exist South of the
Stilangor caves described in a paper by Mr. Daly, which was
read at a meeting of the Society not long ago. In the
aftenioou the Bat in (nephew of the Dato and son of an old
Jakun of onr party', a young man, came in, after a successful
chase, with a pilandok he had killeJ, and gave us a K-g.

oth. Had tin* ]Mlandok leg at breakfast, and found it most
excellent. 1 think it beats anv kind of meat I ever ate; it is
something Ix'tween a hare and cliic-ken in flavour. Hud some
talk with tin.' Batin and the Dato about I't'ligion, the origin
of the tig«*r race, and the camphor language. The legend of
tin' tiger the Dato ri'fnsed to coniniunirate in jjublic, and I
had to go to a ]>lac«' apart before he wouM tell it nie.

In their own h(»n.se tigers are supposed to have the human
shape, and only to assume the shape in which they are known
when they go abroad. Their original abode is placed at
dirnaku in the interior of the ]\L-nangkabau country; when
tlicy im;rea<od and crossed to the Peninsula they took up
([uartcrs at Cliuumg L«\lan^ and in tlie Blumut range. Tlie
lc;^cn«l ( f the I'vlLcin « f tlie ti«rer liad better be related in tlie
language i:i wliicli ii \Na:? told me, Malay. It is as f(»llows:
'• Pada zcnian <laliulu lia;^nn(la Ali Itaj.i vang ptTtaina.
"• Maka ad^lah pa'la suatu hari ia turun kasungei liandak mandi
"svi'la munihuat lir'ijatnva. jVlaka jKula kotika itu, kriuarlah
"sa-ckor kr»d(»k hijau dcri suiigci lain dijilatiiya krj»aila
'* Baginda Ali itu. Maka aclalah Ubrupa lama kcujdian deripa-

A TEIP TO GITNOXO BLUMTTT. Ill

da itu kddok hijau itu mt?njacli bunting, sambil beranak
sa-ckor hariniau ilrngan sa-okor biulya.
In connection with the foregoing, the Dato communicated
to me the following : —

'^Kalau chfdek, kalau ehat<.i
" Sangkut dahan pauh
" Matahslri jcntei harimaii tulia
" Jauh jangan drkat
" Aku tahu asal engkan
"Mftla menjadi, Fatiniah nama
" Mak, nabi Musa nama bapa.
'" Sr-grichinpr sC^grichang pAtah
" Ranting digonggong angsa
"Taroh kunchi ti^rkanching
' Maka kunohi nabi tidak torawA
Tidak trrnafsu terkanching
''Bi'at buangkan hawa nafsu
** Akii tahui turon temnron Tngkan
"Miilamrnjadi."

Which may be tiunslated as follows : Even though they be
"withered, though they snap, may you be entangled in the
" boughs of the pauh tree till tlie sun falls old tigor, keep far
"away and approach not, T know the origin of your first
"being, Fatimah wjis your Jlothcr's name and the prophet
" Moses your father's,"

[This appears to be a mistake, as Fatimah lived 1000 years
after Moses, probably Baginda Ali should be substituted
for Nabi Musa.]

" Snap snap go the twigs in the bill of the j»oose. Put on
" the lock and you are fastened up, once the lock of the
"prophet has been placed on you, no longer can you indulge
" your desires, you are fastened up, heavy is the restraint
"placed on your desires, I know your (original descent,"

The above srr.'tpah (»r charm is, it will be seen, for protec-
tion a«;ainst the tiger.

It will be observed that these two legendary accounts of the
origin of the tiger diifer, the first tracing it to i\w frog, and
that given in the serapah to Fatimah and Closes (or Baginda

112 A TRIP TO OirSOVO BLUMlfT.

All ). The explanation appears to me to be that the first is
the roal original native tradition, modified by the substitu-
tion of Baginda AH, a Molioniediin name, for that of the
native prince Avho mnsi originally have figured as the chief
actor in the transaction ; while the account given in the
second betrays the inrtuei.c<> of Mohamedanism, to suit which
it was evidently written, or at all events modified like the
(list. The theory of the semi-liuman nature of the tiger
race in its home at Clii"naku, the original tiger bein^^ born
(•f a frog, may be accounted for b}' its hunnm paternity.
Perhaps the legend in representing the tiger as descended
from man and f ro«; — the highest and one of the lowest of
animals — indicates the combination of great and base qualities
which is found in the ti^er ; or the frog may be intended to
point to the readiness with which he takes to the water ; or,
still more likely perhaps, the legend of his orij^in was framed
after that of his dual nature, and to account for it.

I made inquiries as to the camphor language in use by
the aboriginc^s and the Malays when in search of camphor.
On this sub]4'ct Logan makes the following remarks.

'' While soar«*hing for it they abstain from certain kinds
'• (►f food, oat a little earth, and use a kind of artificial lan-
" guuire called the halifisa kApur ( camphor language)."'* [I
found some ditiioulty in getting the words '^- bahasa krq>ur*'
un d(»r3tood ; wlien niv informants saw what I meant they
exclaimed *• oli he nutans pantan«r kapur."'] ** This I fouml
'* to be the same on i\u' S-dili, the Endau and the Batu
"'Pahat. From tlu* subjuined sj)ecimons it will be seen that
'• m.)st of the words arc formed on the Malavan and in many
*• castas hy men'Jv snbstitutinir for tlic common name (»ue de-
•• riviMl from siane (juality of the oliject, as ' grass fruit' for
•• *ri«'(',' ' far-soundiiiii' for 'iiun/ * short-legged' for 'liog,'
*• 'leaves' for *hair,* etc."

Tin: ('\>ieiioi; riA>:orA<;i:.

I I went throimh L-^gan's list, and as I had a goiul many
words given mc wliii'h do not a]>[»ear in liis list, and where
the words are the same several b(»ing sound(*d otlierwise
than his spelling would indicate, I insert them here in a
third column.]

113

A Tliir TO GUNOXG DLUMCT.

WORDS NOT MALAYAN.

Englibli.

Lo^au.

Now.

Wood

chu<S

kayu

Stone

eho\»t

che-iit

Rattan

iirat

pcnorik ( M terik )

Rain

kiiineh

kemeh ( of M kemah *)

Rivor

biQiplu

paeham tateDgel

binipeloh

Clouds

borungkiip ( M ruugkup )

Iron

ehaot

peranehau

Deer

sabaliu

bebaliu

do kijan«j

bungong

beaiinggi^ng

Ho£j

bamungko

eamiingko pemenggci (of M
piiuggoi )

Tiller

hilimma

tumang

Di>g

dupan, minchu

niineho

Elephant

bagantel

be bar penegap ( M tegap )

Rhmocros

chuwei jankrat

Eengkrat

Bear

ehiiwei x>jingpang

penk'pok ( ehuwei-M biua>

tang )
bani dahan ( of M pok-^iok )

Bee

chuwoi dhan

Wbil.'

pint 111

selepoh ( of M bei)oh )

C..»ld

bfsip

biap

Sick

ln'nto

bintoh

Tonjjue
Tooth

lin

pelen

pingivp

pengrep

Head

pinmgol, tilombung

peninggrd ( of M penanggal )

Heart

uiaml)ong luiribit

uieresit

Belly

iudui1.»ong

mambong ( M mamlx>ng-

euipty)

Cloth

l)oiiip«»ing

pompoiiig, bebeh

Haudkcrchiof

tilMinbuiig

K»iju puuingi^td

Ti-oubera

pil'vrO

do ( M pcrtjo* to blip into
a holt.' of the hand

<»r fijoi,

Spell-

piiidi'ihun

pordahan ( M dahun )

Dcjul

pant us

d.>

To fell trees

hantel

membantil

Parang

piniuchab

perantlias { M rantab^

Sword

poi-anchas pan iaug
kit- ho

pouianehong { M paneong )

Small knife

Hill

s('n^'

d.)

Pnihii

li»l)i''h

Betel K*aC

krckap tM krakaap

i])eni'.*das i M podaK)

Gauilnor

a>so

a use [ -nJ syllable nasal

Many

k<^ii

Little

siiluk«nu M s;o'.likit \

SL'd6k».>n

To eat

niinik«», tiko

iiii'iivkpli '. «»f M tcgok & to-

To drink

• * 1

.l'>"h

;.*o*v 1
nirntim

To thirst

hilo

haii8

To lase T lave r

lihaiii

To sit "

lar/iyah

benijul

Hi A TKIP TO GUNOiiG BLUMUT.

WORDS NOT MALAYAN.— Ct;M/*M«cJ.

EugUsli. L\>gjui. New.

To lay lyo aniV»iii luiiuMii

To go bitro bi.'lruh

To Bell piV'li bofjoloh

Tii'od tabo pengajul

WOUDS ADAPTED FROM THE MALAY.

Pt pprr, botcl Uaf iiiui-idas from piJas

C a m ^» i L'V k :'i pa i t — pa i' t

Piiiaiij,' p«aij;jilt.'t — I puiij^'elal

D.FA.H. klot ) biuih krlat

Tobacco p«'ll«;;ul — kail pcllgsWal

IIo^ k:ikipaii«^a- k.'ikipt'udc

[ Til 11* d f'l I 111 — J.a nil pell nvii n

Eye pill jjf i iig'^— ji iig' > peiii n l;« >k

Ear pciiingar — dingar poudeiigar

N(»Ke pencil I'liiu — chi'uin peiielihiiii

Wind piniop — tinp peiii'ni^

H^t piining -liiigring peiigeriii:^

Fire jiiniiigiit— liaiigat peiigangat

Musket jrhibuni — j:iii bum'

Musket- ball iini\ beeau j/iubuiif <'lieVit

Sun tniikat traiig — i-l . tmigkat

Mciou b'likat gb'jp — id do

A ruler I'inin^Mi' — clfn^rju. nmnif nieivnlah

(Inld i-ixjiuiiirg— kuiiing i>iiiehili i— i Jelei r

Tin )

Dollar > piiikUli-pwii pvuiulili

Silver ) peiiiuntnl

Slar piniiKor— u'.bnr anak ti»ngkat

Oar |■il:Lr«'^v^■t in\t'L peiigiu'li

To return Is-liiat id do

Kris I. ■jam sru^^kat--., do

Small a\e i.utin;,' j'iin'iiLr;i..,, puling peiiinga

Ijiirge — I'uting -., pemriting

Pirda ]'« ramliat ,. d«>

C«M'naii;it ( I'liali kukor ., buah pidau

i .. pulo .,

Si;g;'r iMinani.-- -.. prmani^

iviie I'Uali ruuipMt — .. {.k*

PatMy .. ..

Tn»v.>rJ' >..ri»i;'_j I'iiiijl.i i

T«' bi:v lu'.minu' --.. lua'ajnl

*' It i:5 l»t'litv<«l il'.Mt il ciii'L- ViC Jiol tali'.ii (u U.su llu' hussa
^*h'"l'ti' i\vri\{ dilliriilty will bt* i'.vjM.'ri«'iie('d in liiidinL'" ciuii-
"jdn.r iiv< s, and Dial ^^ll(Ml fuuiul the camphor will not
**vi«;M ilsrli' lo llio coilvvtor, uhocver may have* beoii tlio
'* ojiviiniiicr cd' iLio oin>Lr;,liliuii it io cvidciiUv biut'd vu

A TRIP TO GUNONO BLUMUT. 115

"the fact that althoiij^fh caiiiphor, tioes are abundant it very
"frequently happens that no eaniplior can be obtained from
them. "Were it otherwise," said an old Binud who was sin-
* gularly free from superstitions of any kind " camphor is so
"vahiable that not a sin{jle full ^a-own tree woulcl bo left
" in the forest/' Camphor is not collected by the Bermun
" tribes, at least on the western side of the Peninsula and
" the}' are unacquainted with the Biu^sA kapor." In com-
paring the words in the above list I have to acknowledofe
the assistance of Inche Mohamed Said, the Government
Muushi.

( 1 ) *• bani " ( or li.mir ) moans the l;uttros.3-liko root of a trcoo in Malay
and •' (lalinn " a bi-am-h, but tho way in v/hioli these wonls came to liave tho
rneauin^ given in tho text are bonicwliat ol»scm'e.

CAVES AT SUNGEI BATU IN SELANGOR.

By D. D. Daly.

{Read at a Meeting of the Society^ held on 7th April, 1879.)

A most interesting and important discovery of caves in
the Native State of SolAngor (near KwalaLumpor) was made a
few days ago by Mr. Syers, Superintendent of Police in that
State. Whilst on a hunting excursion in search of elephants
and other game, in company with an American naturalist, and
wearily plodding their way through a dense tropical jungle,
Mr. Syers was suddenly assailed by an unusual perfume, and
on asking the Safcm ( wild men ) who accompanied him and
who were tracking an elephant, he was told that it aroj^c from
a large deposit of bat's manure in some caves hard by.
Mr. Syers entered these caves, and a purty having been made
up to explore them, the followin;^ account by one of the ex-
plorers may not be uninteresting : —

"The party consisted of Capt. B. Douglas, H. B. M.'s
Resident of Sciaugor, Lieut. H. Lindsellof H. M.'s 28th Regt,
Mr. Syers, Supt. of Tolice, the writer, some Orang '^alici, and
some police.

" liCaving Klang at 8 a. m. in the steam-tender " Abdul
Samat" and following up the Klang river a distance of 17
miles, the rising township of Daniansara was reached at 10
a. m., thencv? a good road for 13 mile-j on ponies, and four
miles throuj^hiuiigle, brought the party to tlie great tin-mining
centre at Kwala Lumper.

" From Kwala Lurapor to the caves, along a jun;j:]c track,
all over very good soil, cliocolate-coloured lomn, and passing
through proves of numerous fruit trees, a ride of abont nine
miles in a noriherlv direction bronsrht us to the foot of a lime
stone hill, about 400 feet hii^h, with steep perpeniiioular sides.
The white clefts ofthe hill glistened in the sunlight and at once
indiciited limestone formation. Dnrian trees tjrow at the base of
this hill and threw their lofty branches, laden wiih fruit at
this season. Halfway up the hill, and through the rich-soiled flat

OAVES AT StTKaET BATT. 117

lit the base miis a bnbhling crystal streamlet over maiiy-colonred
qnnrtz and blno and limestone pebbles, suoli as Nvould gladden
the heart of a trout-fislier to take a cast over.

After reaching the hill we climbed about 50 feet over
rocky boulders and stood opposite a lar^e gateway, hollowed
out of the limestone hill, a great cavein, looking black and
ominous as we faced it, and tlie scent of the bat's manure was
strong. This is called the ^* Gua Lambong" (or swinging or
hanging cave), No. 1. Here tha Saheis and others commenced
their notes of warning as to the deep holes in this cave, and the
party entered with cautious 6tei>s. The writer tried hard to
take up a modest retirijig position in the rear, like Mark
Twain when there were rumours ot Arabs at the Pyramids of
Egypt, but he found that other members were also anxious
to show their humility in staying behind, some stopped to tuck
up their trowsers on account of the bat's manure, another
walked very suddenly on one side and stopped and closely ex-
amined the nature of the limestone formation, and the worst
case of timidity was of one who foremost at the start, suddenly
wheeled round to the rear saying he wanted to light a cigar.
However, having liglited torches the gallant representative of
II. M.'s 28th Uegiment took the lead and boldly advanced.
After a few yards' walking on the soft elastic layer of the bat's
manure, we had to throw away the danr.ir torchcc', as the rosin
from the damar that droppe<i on the manure sot fire to it, and
iu their place long split bamboos were used for torches, which
answered admirably.

The appearance of this cave was very grand. On a main
bearing ot N. N. \V we walked for about a quartan* of a mile
over rocks and then tjcutly over dry deposits of bat's manure,
which were from 3 to (> feet deep. The roof and sides of the
caves, which were 50 to 70 feet high and some IIO feet wide, were
beautifully arched, presenting the appearance of a ^reat Gothic
dome, with curved an^hes and giant buttresses. Verily thei'e
was a stillness and sublimitv in this work of nature that even
surpassed the awe of the holy place raised by human art.

Hanging from the conchoidal arches of this vaulted dome
were thousands of bats, whose flitting fl u t tor iu"* noises resem-
bled the sur^'inj^ of the sea on on iron-bound coast. Arriving
at the end of the cave we came upon an opening in the lime-
stone crust above, which shed a soft lit:ht over the scene, a
subdued tinge over the green-crusted walls at the top and a

118 CAVES AT RUNOEI BATU.

softer halo on the bricrht crvstids of tlie sfnliictites. Cnre-
fiilly taking awjiy spodmoii:^ of th.i Rtaln?litos and stalagmites
we wended our way b.iok to tlio entrance, a- id only reached it
as the torches were nearly finislied.

There is a sort of alcove hollowed oiit.sich* this CJitrauce to
the ri^ht hand hy nature out of tlie rocks. A moilel cook-
house with its stoves, fire i)hices and all th:it would be ueces-
s.uv for the most fastidious Ka<toru cor»k.

It seemed a |>ity to leave such a dv'lixhtfully cool atmos-
l»here for the heated exhalations without, hut nnothcr attrac-
tion awaited us and a cry of "Diirians" recalled us to the
most solid comforts of this life. (^iMutilics of durians L-rew
0!i the trees at the hase of this hill — a sure sign of good :>oil in
the Malay Peninsula — and after havin^j a t^ooil meal of this
delicious frfiit, after a quarter of an hour's walk in a northerly
direction, we were led by Mr. Syers and the Salcei to No. 2 Cave
called *'(lua Brlah '' (or the divi<ietl cave.) This cave was much
lower in height than the hist, hut contained very fantastical
limestone formatiims. The bearing' was N. N. K, Ihrouixh these
caverns, for about 10) yards, but there were l>ranches which
might be cxj>lore<l if sudicieut time allowed. Out^side these
two caves wore vcrv oriufinal <lrawin*j:s made bv the ^^'ah'^'i
with charcoal on the li norstono walls, rLMuiuilinj: us of our
lirst cllbrts at making skctc]n^■^ ('f the human form,

No. r> Cave, ^-Gua Lada'' (Pepper cave) called from the
numerous chili trees growing near the entraucf*, i^ reach el after
another half a mile in a nortlicrlv direction.

'1^1

This and No. 2, (^ive- arc both entercl fr<)m the l)aso of
the hill, no climbing requircJ like *'(fua Laml)i»u..:'' (Xo. ] ).
This is planned in one vault running S. S. IC, d'O yariis lonir,
with two si(h> corridors at right angles on citlu-r side, and the
crystalline deposits arc m()re perfect tljau in Xo. 1 (.'av**. Ifer*^
the lime>tone cohimns have jnjncd ihc stalaetires, au'l the
stalaL'milcs are mi»re prrRu-r. In some places, there an' great
]nilpits ovcrhnng with cano))ie-, whoso brilliant crystallin-*
frin;;<'s sparkle a^ain in the gari.^h glare i>l' the t«»rehe<,
in«lneing the visitor again to think of this as a giear
church of nature. Here, faist •stieally carved out of th-.^ roek,
may be seen imitation umbrellas and cnnehe< and baths part-
ly lillcd with bright waters that have droppe.l through the
limestone ceiling.

CAVEa AT 8DKGE1 LATU. 119

It is strange that fossils could not be found anywhere.
Nuthinji but thousands of tons of bat's dung — itself a great for-
tune in guano.

From the absence of fossils or shells it would ai)pear that
the sea never reached any part of this hill

Ihcrc are seven dilferent entrances to this hill, and a few
wild cattle, the * Seladang-,'' roaming about here; but
there arc lart^e herds of cattle at *' Batan«( Kali," near Ulu
Selangor. Wild clei'hants are plentiful, and Durians, Telasan,
Bambutan, Rambei. Mangostin and other large fr« it trees grow
plentifully in the rich soil surrounding this limestone hill, in
the midst of the most luxurious jungle vegetation.

GEOGRAPHY OF ACHIN.
Tkanslated fob the Society dy Dr. Biebeu.

[The following notes on the Gcograpliy of the North-wcst-
cni ptirt of Suniiitra are taken from a paper by Mr, T. C. R.
Wesfpahn van Iloorn tot Burgh, published a short time ago
in the '* Tijdsehrift van het aardrijkskundig geuootschap te
Amsterdam/']

Achin lies between 95^ 13' and 98° 17' East Longitude
and between 2° 48' and 5° 40' North Latitude.

The statements as to the extent of this territory, current up
to the present time, differ materially from each other. JUelvill
van Carnl)ee calcuhxtes it at 924, Anderson yt 1,200, Dijserink
at 9G0, and Vcth at 900 square miles.

Along the West coast an uninterrupted chain of moun-
tains extends, known by the name of Pedir Daholi ; it is a con-
tinuation of those mountains called the Bockit Barissan, which
extend to the Ylakken Hock, the Western point of South-
eastern Sumalra. These high mountains, which from North-
west to vSoutli-east run right through Sumatra, divide Achin
into two parts, the one shaping downwards to the West coast
and the other to the East coast.

As in tlioso parts of Sumatra, which have already been sub-
jected to Dutch rule, so also in Achin the mountains arc of a
volcanic nature; they are based on a foundation of trachyte,
while in the upper layers granite, porphyry, limestone and
sandstone come to tlie surface.

The low coast lands, called by the natives ''darat" or
*• rantau,'' are here and there broken by low chains of liills, but
for the greater j)'.irt they are swampy and covered with dense
woods. From Cape Diamond to the Tamiang river on the
East coast alluvial soil is to be found, and here the mouths of
the rivers arc continually changing, an.l the coa-t is intersected

GE00KA1*UY OF ACHlN/ 121

with iniiuiuerable creeks. In this way the whole Eastern part
of the North coast, as fur as the promontory of Batoe Padir,
presents itself as a broad flat range of coast land^ while the
Western part of the North coast bears the mouutainous charac-
ter common to the whole West coast of Sumatra.

In tlie chrtin of mountains lie the following as yetscarcely
known Volcanoes : — Not far from tlie North coast under 5° 26'
30" North Latitude and 95° 41' 30" East Longitude is situated
the Gocnong Yah Mocrah, otherwise called the Glawa, Lawa,
Salawa and known also as the Goud or Kouinjiinncberg. This
mountain is 2,300 meteis Ligh and wooded to the top. More to
the East and extending in an easterly direction under 5° 10'
North Latitude lie the Samalanga mountains. In the South-
western province A hi:', close to the Batta Districts, we find
the Goenong 15atoe Gapit. Besides these volcanoes the follow-
ing" mountains are named in the paper. Eastward of the
Gund or Koninginneberg or Goenong Pedir or Weesberg al-
ready mentioned, eastward also of Goenong Samalanga the
Goenong Tocdadah or Oiiphanfsbcrg, the Goenong Bangallang
and the mountains South of Pasangan. South-east of these
mountains is the crater B«)ckit Tjoenda in the province Tjoen-
da, and in the province Geilong tliere is the Bockit Pasei, a
long level mountain-ridge without a single prominent peak,
Vi'hich may be considered as n continuation of the Samahinga
mountains, a ran^e which probubly terminates in the Bockit
Tocniian. Further in the interior rise the Abong-abong and
in a South-easterly direction the Goenong Loese. Close to the
West coast at the port of Kloeang there are the Bockit Tem-
baga or K«>perheuvel, the Boekit Koeali at Ranoe North of
Uigas Day and South-west the Oo^^nong TampatToean.

Along a considerable pari of the West coast the moun-
tains slope down to the shore, and in some cases rise from it
very abruptly and are interrupted by parallel coast rivers.
Only in those parts lying more to the South-east, between the
coast river A^^sahan and the place called Trocmon, the moun-
tains recede, and then not more than i to 1 J miles from the
coast.

Tiicse narrow nuii'cs of shore covered with rich woods of
alders where the Settlements are situated, are very interesting
in comparison with tlu' ste»'p densely wooded mountains.

122 a£oc&AriiY ov Acuilir.

The ricerSy taking tlieii* ri^c on the two priucipal chains,
and having but a short coui-sc nud ti steep descent, are of little
importance. Wiiere there are no shoals, mud bank^, or break-
ers, such as are frequently found on the West coasf| to €>b-
struct the mouths ot the rivers, most of them offer a good
anchorage for vesseljs of sjinall draught.

As one of the niobt important rivcr:^^ we have to name the
Achin on the North-western ])oint of Sumatra, which takes its
rise on the slopes of the Gou.iberg. Its depth is from (j meters
to 12 meters and its breadth lOO meters, but its mouth is closed
by a barthrougli which there is a pastii^nge, sometimes obstruct-
ed, but with a fair wind it can be passed l)y sh;ops and launches.
The Lambosi or Lamboes, Oenga, Pan^ah, Wailah, Sinagum,
Tran<|^, Toca, Soesoeh, Jlanging, Labocan Iladjii, and finally
the Bakoeugan close to the territory of Troemou are the more
important rivers on the \\q^{ coast.

Tiic following rivers di."cmbo;:uc on the North aud East
coast, r/.:.: the Kroeng lijah, East of Tedropunt; the Pedir
and the Gighen (both flowing into the Pedir l>ay}, the Tje or
Ajer Laboe, Sawan Sainalanga (1^ miles AVest of Oedjong
Kaja, a mountain river, very broad at its mouth); the Djimi>
Pedada, ])janipo, Djocbi, PasMiThU, Pasei (30 meters broad but
(»nly 1 meter in depth at its mouth, while further n|) its depth
is »;5 meters). The rivers Belong, Piudjong, Lindjoeng and Ko-
qua discmlioguing Ear?t of Cape Aguni-aguni empty themselves
into the sea at the fianie point. Two and a half miles further
West of DiamoUil rroniontory is the Kerty and then the
Tjankoi, Pitlnda, Legabatan^'. and Djamboe Ajer or Zoetwater-
river at Diamond Cape, M'hich forms the boundary of Kerti and
Siinpang Ulim.

Further East there arc the mouths of the rivers llcntoei
and IJtkas, lUusah, Kingin and Bdas, Arakoendoer, Djollok (»r
Djoelok, IJjegin^', Bagan and Edi, which are all connected
with each other and form but one creek. These rivers, under
favorable circumstances, are navigable cvcji for schooners as soon
as they have passed the bars. Then folhnvthe radaw^Ketjil,
I'udawa Besar, Jrembilan, Perlakh, Toeli Besar Lagoe, Baja,
Baja Birim, Temboes, Pasir Poetih Rowan, Laugsar, Badja-
toea Bcsj.r, and Tamiang, the latter forming the boundary
betweeu Achin uod Siak.

OEOaRAPHY OF ACHIX. 123

The most important Promontories in the extreme North-
west^ west of the Achin river, are: Nadjiil. Rnja or Koeu-
ingspunt and Mnsamoeka. Tiicn follow on the West coast the
Capes Sedoe or Siddoli, Dawai, Baio(»8 or Rigas in the Rigas
Bay, Arocn, IJatoe Tootocng and Tsjellung, Bocbocn, Malaboe^
Taripoh, Raja or Felix, ]\Iargcrin(r, Toean, and Mankics. On
the East coast, East of the Aehin river, we find the capes Aroe
or Pedropnnf, Hatoe Putih. Segi or Sagi, Merdoe, Radja,
Pasangan^ Djaiuboe Ajer or Dianiautpunt, Perhikh, and Taaii-
an J/.

[ In til** siH.'Uiii;^ of the Native Names it luis not UcH'n nttomxitod to fol-
low the ••Straits" system; The Dut<;U metlvxl has Ken left untouched.]

ACCOUNT OF A NATURALIST'S VFSTT TO THE
TEREITORY OF SELANGOR.

By W^r. T. Hokxadav.

(Head at a Meeting of the Societif, held on the 7th of April, 1879. >^

Wishing to obtain a glimpse of (he Zo<»logy of the Sfalay
Peninsula, and also to collect as many spcclmeiis of Mammals
ns possible, I determined to make a flying visit to the terri-
tory of Selungor. Since that country has been but recently
opened up to Europeans and is thinly inhabited as yet, I ex-
pected to find it a good field for collecting, and so it proved.
Leaving Singapore on June 2nd, 1878, twenty-six hours'
steaming brought us to the mouth of (be river Klang, about
200 miles from onr starting p(»iut. Tliis is the largest river in
the territory, and is about 150 yards wide near the mouth.

For about 12 miles up the river the banks are low and
swampy, covered to the water's edge with tlic usual growth (»f
mangrove and nipa palm ; and then we arrive at the town of
Klang, the cnpitnl of the territory, situated on the fust bioh
ground. The fnrt is perched up on a hill overlooking l!ie
town, and on a higlier hill a little farther back — as if to keep
an eye over all — is the British Residency.

1 wns verv kindlv received bv Her ilajcstv'.s Resid(?;.t,
Captain Douglas, and during my entire stay in Klang 1 was
very hospitably entertained by If. C Syers, K's^uire, ^>upe^in-
tendent of I'olice.

I soon found there were no larj^e or specially valnai»lc
nnimals lo be obtained in the imincdiato vicinity of KInng, so
I enga^^ed a boat to take me down the river and up the coast
a few miles bv sea to a Malnv villaji:^ calK-d Jeroin, which is
about one mile from the mouth of the Sungci Ihilu, a little
river Ijiirly swarming with crocodiles. Here I lived twelve
days in the house of Datu Puteh, and devoted all my energies

A VISIT TO SELANaOT?. 125

to crocodiles. T sliof five witli my riflo, nnd five more were
caiitfht for nie by Malnys and Chinnmeii ]>y means of the well-
known rattan ami Ijark-ro|)e, with a slick tied in the middle
cro.ss-wi.se at the end of tlie rope and sharpened at hoth end.'?.
The largest crocodile I (►htainotl (crococlilu-'i paroaus) was 12
feet in Icntith and wei^i^hed -110 poiuuls. Two others were 11
feet, and another lOt feet in length, and of the {{}\\ spocimciis
I prepared 4 skeleton?, 4 i^kin?, and 1 skull.

Alono: this part of the coa>it the .^hore is very low, and
near the shore the sea is vorv .shallow. For many years the
sea has been gradually eating away the shore-line, and nndor-
mining the coeoannt trees which grow close along the beach,
until now the beach is thickly strewn with faUcn trunks. At
ebb tide the water recedes from the beach and leaves barn a
great mud llaf, nearly a mile wide, which is so .«?oft. and miry*
that it is almost impossible to etiect a landing from the sea at
that time.

Back from the beach for an unknown nnmber of mile.s
extends a swampy wilderness inhabited nt present only by
Avild beast:^. Along the banks of the Snngei Bulu, I saw
where the high grass had been trampled down quite recently
by what must have been a large herd of wild elephants, and I
was told by the natives that wild cattle were plfuliful in some
parts of the adjacent forest.

While at Jerom I made daily trii-s to the Snngei Bulu for
crocodiles and whatever else I could tind on the mud flats at
the mouth, \Nhich were always several feet above water when
the tide was out. In this vicinity 1 noticed a goodly number
of water-birds, notably a few pelicans^ two species of ibis, a
small white egrot, the stone plover, a booby, two terns, snipe,
.sandpiper, kc, I often saw troops of the common kra [inacn-
cus cynomolgint) wadiuir about in the mud under the man-
groves, looking for Ibod, and I easily shot several specimens.
We once surprised a tine kra zaya {Injdvooanncs satvator,
found also in Ceylon) on one of the mud banks, and my boy
immediately jumped out of the bcint and gave chase. The mud
came quite to his knees and his pri»gress was necessarily slow,
l)ut the iffimna farod even worse, a: d after an exciting chase
of about 100 yards (time about 20 minutes I ) the reptile was
overhauled and killed with a stick. It was a fine large speci-
men, measuring feet 2 inches.

MISCKLLANEOUS NOTICES.

flEOGPiAPniCAL XOTES.

Ill the last number of this Journal relVrcMico was made to
a proposed expedition to that least known porti<>n of Qlu Poiak,
which lies l)et\vecu the head- waters of the rivers Pi'fs nn<l »S7//w.
It has not yet been thonnighly exploretl, but tlic ]»r;Uniinary
labours of a profes-^ionjil Surveyor (Jlr. H. S. Deant*), have al-
rciidv eontriinited siiniethinji: to our knowledixe of tlii-^ distri(?r.
A separate Note tobeiouud at p. Klo will ('.»ntain a portion of
Jlr. l)eane'< repr>rt u|)«jn tn«* /V'/.>* and the ((umtry in whirh it
rise«.

From SelauLTor Sinne inlerestiui^ iuf'»rni:ili«»n has been
received respev'tini^ three routes across th<^ rani;c whicii separ-
ates that Sta(e ir«»m Pah;in<>:. Two nre dest-ribed on native
authority in the IblloNvint^ pa^sa^-e^ ; the third. Suniiei Tata,
inrms the subject of a <ei:arate note bv the same (•«»ntril)Utnr.

SiUiori R'th. — " DAtn M.'inku caMi«' in from I^dian*^: ln' was
•' three tiavs fc'in Sniij-} llnl/, n river lejulinir in'o J'aliMnir
''about a, mil(^ from /'A/. l*nhnnii\ Ii.* dtsciilM-"; i h'.* ruimtrv
** as bi'in-;»- v. rv i-ic'.i. abi'Uiidi:!''- in camph r l".rt'^\ -j' M. tin.
*' L'uita. and miIki- prod!!"l i. lie si-it.-- ii t'» !)■.' Isi^ nj'ininn
*• tlial if l-.uropean^e »lleel.- i llnM-evtnn-'. it vvnild yield ••''». >,n'if)
*' a nmntli. Kwala Pahan_f lie siate< t;» b(» l.") d:i\ < iV«>:n Siin.ei
** llnli, an«l h • add> thai in na^Nini: ov-r rh-' divid.nir ran ••• i«i
'' hills tlie -"-a \< vi-ii>le to th" S. \\ .'■

I'f'i 11 n-'if/i. •' ilaji Mn-tapha inform-; in«' ;h 1 if \\V.\ Im.Ix''
*• four davs an! foa;- ni^lit- ;..> (a':»-> l" ra;i;:n . '..!•• ..v-'-
*• Kampoii-;^ in pMhanir i^ ''^'O/f/jtan wIk re tiier.- ar- •••n ii«-.!- -.
*' the pe'iDJ'* \v«»rkinj /f/mif/s. lie savs ilia' i li«' wai' r— in- ';>
** or >nur<*-^ i«f ihe i*ah:in.: and lii-rnasn av" •>i!\ di\.<l. [ l.v a
*' nicr«' >tr'p "f land, a yar! i-' br-alili.

*' 'I"m< ])/itu liMKar. ih»' headman '1' / " '' /' '■•'•.•. i.-' •
*• ai»«Mll >i\' inaii'S liV h<.at irMiu llu' -• iirei- of •. i:i' !*;»:. iii--- -. •.;
** are iii.-f u^lmi, and (iKn m^ t!ie ^tn-ani eiiiaiu*"''- -i!*;!'".!i-

MlSCEIXANKOTTS XOTirKS.

133

'^ The Haji states it takes 21 days to go from the source
*'to the Kwala in an onlinarv sized boat.

" This information, 1 tiiink, may be d('[)en(leil on, as lluji
" ^lustapha is a Paliang man.

"He rhinics any Ennipoan juninu: down the river shouhl
*• he provided with a pass from tlie Daln HCndahara, but Mahiys
" wonhl not. be molested.

*' Till, irolil, and camphor abound, the oountrv beini' verv
'•rieh. Ht)r.sc.s are not known in Paliang. '

I'.i Jnhor a p<»int of some dillieulty lias been settled in
re^'ard to the union of the two rivers S(^uirmi.(, — tiuit. whieh
(l<»ws Kast intotiie Hfffff. Pa/"if, tuu\ that which iinws West
into the luf/fHt. Mr. Hervey devoted a month to expIorini» up
to the source of the latter, and a>e»»rtaiiied that these and other
streamlets intcriniuudc with thcMUmost intri^.'Hcy at the fountain
head, wIhmh'o they s!owly (iiverix-c* into opposite directions.
Jleevenrnailv returned l)v Matrlav's route r/V/ U/u ^f^lf/t:/c and
across the water slicd to f'/u Tclj'i ( 11. Juhor ) bv a short wav
to the Kast of IJluinut.

A M. S.

'' Sr.NGKi Tata ■' KorTi:.

A nundicr of Mciian.x]vab:ui men were ujrt at Ulu Klano;.
All tiie^i^ p«'Op!(» witii (In* e.\i;cplion of Manatah, tried to dis-
suade mo l'ro;ii jitt«.Mnp(iii'' t<» reach >ini uti T'tto^ the locaiitv
where tiic Ijanips-ii'^s arc. 'Ilicy said th«' only road wa.s up
th(» fac." of analmosl in:\«"( c^^iolc mnmilain — the granite rani^e
seen from /'A/. Khi/tij, It certainlv lonjcei stilf. but I
•^innilv told thciu "• whi-re Mala\s c.-in li«>, wc can,'' althou'rh
I was aji iilti mail (':i la:'t lln'V repeatedly rcmiiah? I nn» of j. I
>aid 1 shMuM ln»ld the eiHi'iirv at Satujt'i Ta^f. t'lnd see for mv-
>elf. Kim Li, whoin I iiad sent up peviously, stated there was
much oppnssion ^ninj on, bur ih.-it the ^lenan;j:kai)au m^^n,
wen^ >o packed and iiiilm-mial, it \v;i> verv difiieult to iret at;
th(* trurb Soar It) we started, and I tlnmd the road much
belter than I expecteil ; it w.is st(H*|> enou;j:h, but not so bad
as tin* track over /////./^ /i'/A(c//////ry. the dividintj rani^e between
AininOKj and !'la Ltni^jtif.,

Ry \'1A7) we ri-ached Hukit Lihty a steep roeky crest
almost liare, with stunted trees. The aneroid ^avc 1,500
fe(»t. above Kwala Lumpen*. I i»:ot .M>me useful bearinjjjs for the
mrvev. Juirra hill sr(H)d out verv <listinet from the lowland

134

MiacELtAsEOCR Nonons.

on the coast &nt\ bore S. W. J W. ; tlie right, tangent of 1
town ofKwala Lutupor S. W. i^ S. I saw the glint of in
H«a, and had it been clear, I could have made out eeven
known points.

The view was a very line one; the high mountain rai
between Selangor and Paliang to the N. E. with the vaile;
the Klang at our feet South-westward, was maguifipent.

To the westward there was a higher rocky summit, ]
hably 150 feet higher, distant above 200 yards from this,
better view eonid be obtained and I intend to use it in
siii'vey. 1 gave directions to have it cleared and whitei
about 12 feet down, the lluie can be procured from the
caves. Looking down from our post of observation it »
all plain sailing to reach Sitngei Tata, but we found ti
worst part of our journey. We first halted in a gully, 500
below the higlier station ; aai then had a very laborious
of 2 J bom's over the spurs of the range, riding and falling
ur 300 feet, reaching Sungei Tata and a little Kampong
«ome half a doKeo ^mall houses and a mining baksat on a
aniall rUe above the little atream at 3, 40 p. m. The aneroid
gave ^bis as 380 feet above Kwata Lumpor. Here we stopped,
and of <K)urse, 1 had a mild chalf with our Menaugkaha friends
tliey saiA I was old, but Kuaf jalati. We deferred bnsii
discussions until the morrow. We bathed in the stream, tl
bad a medicine meeting ; every one had some real or faucil
ailnten c, and I hoon emptied the bottle of chlorodyne in
Jimall medicine chest 1 noticed two men whose faces wi
■iiu«:h liwollen, the ears and eyes being nearly closed, yelloff'
ish pimples on the skin, and the features much distorted. The
mcD vjt-re charcoal -burners and stated they had worked at cut-
ting down the UangoK trees, thegnmorsap failing on them
I ho* s, fleeted them ; they said it would go off in three days; they
tlid m H <M)mplatn of much pain, but tliey had a wouderfuUn
buugcd-np look, Tlie night was deliciously cool, and not tod
brim(<fa mosquito was <o be heard; Nand tliea were nan
Howei Ttr fatiguing the hill route was, it was better than thd
lower track, part, of which was in the bed of Suutjei Tata andtj
then b y the valley of the Klang the traclt croitsini; and recroas^
irig th t Klang n times, the river swollen and reaching up to
the Kp jst, the stream so j-tront; that one had i.'rcat difficulty in
kcepii it^ his footing. Near the junction of the Klani; and
Tttla. we tame on the track to Pahang. About four miles below
tl)£ K ampoDg at Sungei Tata we reached a hot spring flowi

'mg|

MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES. l35

out of a basin in a small granite rock, about 2 or 3 feet above
the bed of a small branch or baek-\vater of the Klang on its
left bank. The water is impregnated with sulphur, and hot
enough to cook an egg or rice in ; we found it too hot to test
by hand. On approaching, steam is seen rising a consi-
derable height among the trees. A short distance below are
two other springs, the lowest being tlie coolest and oozing out
of the mud. Here wild cattle, " Seladang *' and other large game
came down to wallow in the hot ground^ and, so the natives
say, to drink the mineral water. The natives themselves bathe
in the water and use it as an internal medicine for rheuma-
tism, with, they say, good eftect. I had no detached thermone-
ter to test the temperature uf the springs, but I should say, the
hottest one was about 180 to 180 degrees; there was some
ebulition as of boiling.

B. D.

Survey Repokt on Uul Pekak, bv Mk. H. S. Dea^e.

[The Governnjcnt has courteously placed at the Society's
disposal the following extract from the Survey Report of Mr.
H. S. Deane, who has been engaged for some time in a
preliminary sui'vey of tiie interior of Periik on behalf of the
Ooverunient of that State.]

• While in Kinta I visited and spent several days on

the summit of Guiiong Bujang Ma-
<;uuun^' Huiiiii«,' Mil- laeea at an elevation of 3,800 feet abovo

lacca. Height :j,S(X)foct. g^,.^ ]cy^A,

From here I obtained a niagnitieint view of the main
or back-bone range, along that section of it in which the
Kinta ( ,'heiidriang Kampar Batang Taduang, and Bidor
rivei's take their rise.

Here also 1 secured satisfactory bearings, together with
angles of elevation and depth on all prominent points along
this section of the main range, and on the principal peaks

of the JSlim mountaiifs, which are
siiui Kuu','tv, o,uw tu situated at the extreme South-East
7,000 feet. conier of the State, and attain a con-

siderable hei^fht, i>robably not less than
(5,000 to 7,000 feet above sea level.

13G MIsJCELLANEOt'S NOTICES.

Tlio Slim Sloiintains iniiii<Mlial«»ly luljoiu the river of
that niiine, us also the Beviiaiii ri\er.

From Bujanjj Malacca, bcariipjfs weie nUn prodivtMl on
ihe Diiiding, Paugkor, Bubo, llijau, mikI other important
ranges.

On the return journey rr«»m Kinta 1 h't't the usual

iwd j.Mirmv to Pins ^''''''}'^ '^^ '» V^'^'''' '"^^^'''^ Chumor. and
ValUy. " taKinj^ a mirth-castt»rly coursi* rcacht'il

a Siikoi vilhi^jc callcil lvam|»>n«x Jjauirkor

K- ,.., .,,1 „ 1. situated on thi* Suui^fi Kcrliau (a tri-

l)Utarv «»t thi» rlus. ami wliich takes

its rise on the nortli-wcsfeni sIojhs of (Junwni; IJiam, i\.c.

Xo European havinir j»r<*vinusly visiteil this liM.aliiy.

I had some diHicultv in imlucinii' th(»

in.^llmS-paHv.''"^''"' ^'"'"-J"!--^. '" "•■';""'l'!"iv in.' in s..iuvli of

a ,y;.^o<l sii^ht ]>oinl.

At last thev airreed, and 1 miiifht ha\e had ih«' "wlnde
vilhiL!:'','' the i»nly stipulatitni they nnide beini; that I should
not lead them b(»yond a c(»rlain ]K>int, nnirkin*^ limit of
their ac(juaintance with the ranL,^e.

On the morniiii; of the sei-ond da\, jind jil'jrr a^- 'iicli'ijr

an«l d'' .^^•^•n^^m^• ^.-v-imI rid'_:i*-, \'. »* wrri*

MvIT!-;"^ '''^' *'*"''''' 1\.r:iinate in {imlinir a -in.sni; v.h\rh

\\]\\ r->i'iii a m«j.-t n-» rii! lrij«».'»»>in«'Lrie;il

-i lit inn.

This nitiniit.iin i.> kn^wn a^ (i';»!.»!i^ .\-.ii .i!!«l wii'-n
cl«:ir (1 ui»>ri"»ed li'««;ii lh«* l«»[» <•!' a hijh Wf- will r.-iinjiand
obsiTva'i i'»ii'< «»ii iln' <Ir.n«Mi;^- Iii:i?ii, L:i:mi, Malat-i-a Mini,

IhlbiJ, I*.»jid'»k. S;iv«t'iL:'. iLilil'l. r>io:;^, h:;|N.- Ill \\\r* the

wholf <•!' tb" Titi liaiJL:'-:! im!!^-* «»m in«' 'X! ;•••:■'•• i:«'r: b-'i'n
iHiiiiid.irN. :i:i'l a iii:i'j".!"i''''!i! vi'*»v nl" t Iii* b;i Ix-ni.j.-' r :n.i'"
I'orjiiinu^ lie' K.i-^t limit of !*er;ik to .\.'i7/' «•! ; l>ni:ii.i;- .Mahe-ca.

(Jnnonn" Asal »»\i*i'i' •••»::.> th«- I'ln I*!n> V.illr. , x.hi.I:

eMciMi.s i;i a n«i;'i \\«'S'";'!\ «lir •.•,:••. i
''• ^''•''.*- tl..i;i ;iii- ^i.H!^:-' . • r il 1 • • i :i liii I -• ji.i • .

«• IMi!' N.il!«'\, i:::<' i*:' i.-!i.i!- i\ :.i i"!::i:i- . • :i»i..|ij- .\^:']

tie-! • i-. .1 r«.nMmi-'i!*^ a:i': i!:'.:i'. I •.:* "/ •• •.' j».i''.'!l..i ;->il:"^
w bi: h ri^" t<» ;r.i r'.'\ ::i !••;; ni' ii'.iij: l.''»'i '...•,"?'.» ;".•. i :,*i'x.

.-e;i levi !. jm<i v.li' !: ii:. lim- in '! X* r: b '-x We-i «r!r"«.-i i-.-n
i'^nm th'* ea.'?lcr«l •' ar of ihe Asal ran;.-.

MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES. 137

Gxuioiig Asal bears filinost duo Kast from (luuoiig Pondok
and is distant from it al)uut :>8 miles in a direct line.

Returning to Kampong Langkor 1 followed the Sun-

. „ , , irei Kerbau to its iunction with the

Plyg " rhis river, which latter 1 went up as

far as it was navigable for boats of light
draught.

The Plus is a very tin'.» river, and alth' »ugh several of the
rapids* are tedious, the river can be much improved, should
there be suificient traflic on it to justify the (expenditure
of a few hundred pounds sterling.

From all I heard and personally saw I fe<.'l convinced

tliat tl»(» Plus Valley gen(»rally is ex-
Tin iiua>;..il ill IMiis (MMxlintrly rich in Tin deposit. Certainly
^'^' the soil on (Junonj^ Asal is very supe-

rior and well adapted to Coifee-growin;^, while in the valley
it is no less so for mt.»st low country pi oducts.

I must have been soi le oO miles uj) the Plus river at

the ra[)id t above referred to, and
Jcrauihinn (Rapid.) ^^.^^^^^ ^^.,^.^^ j ^.^^^. j^^ a short walk alomr

the bank still further up 1 think it quite possible that
had I lifted the boat ovch* the rapid (not a very bad one) I
might have <;nne much further up, as the river seemed
broad and deep for a c()nsi(leral)lu distance*.

Returning lo Kuala Kaiigsa v/r JMus and Perak river
I proceedeil to Thaiping.

Befon* starting for the inii rior again 1 t(H)ked the

necessary levels for a ]a'oposed tramway
Tiiimwuy to Thai- from Tel(»k Kertaiig to the market place
J*'""" at TliaipiuLi:. The information so re-

corded v.'ill be snliieienl. ft)r all working ]»lans and estimates,
but I will have to extnid Die sivlion and fid* ward particulars
from Oevlon h<^reafl.er.

My next iournt^v throuLjh the State commenced at

Thai])ing and took me across th(5
:jrd jounn'v to >..Ki- upper Avate's of the Kuran. Hijau, and
luu, ln;iK. \<-. otlier rivers to Kuala Sehinia.

From Kuala Sehima I as'-ended the Selaina river by
b(»at, jd'oceeding as far as it was naviuable f«»r small craft,

^Notiilily Joi'iuii Diiui whole I tinned.
f Jeraiu L>ina.

ami from this i)oint visile*! (riinoiig riias oihMif i lie must
soutlu'i'ly points of Ili«» Tili llniiixsa rniiLCO whii'li forms the
oxtre'iiu? northern h'liiit oi' tin* St;ite of P<'ra\'.

(:»uuong Inas, at h'a.st Un* particular sunnait asjconile*!

bv \iH\ stands rat In -r ov<'r r).orK) feet

tiuiUMi;^' Inas, lu'iLcht ;il.)OV(* ^?l•a leVC'l. b'.lt 1 In* sect ion of thw

**' '^ro'ii) of njonniains Avliieli more parti-

cularly mark the Nnrih limit ct tlu» IState, ris«? to iiii
elevation of njore Ihan (),n(M) fc^t in some parts i>r(»bahl\
almosi 7,000 feet above .sea level, and is known as Titi
13an<ral.

The weather i)ro»inir cloiidv ii uas not until after

n mainiii^i: s«'vcral c^mvs <»n Inas summit

Tit? ttiii'^-a. Alunit r> \]^'^^\ ] obtained, a c >m[)!t'te are of hori-

lo7.(KM.f,.M..tinhoi.-ht. ^,.,^,^.^1 .,^^,^ vertical an-les. ln:!s ob-

servi's ill! the range? I lune hitherto enumerated ( with tin
exce]>tion of tln^se in Kint:i. and i7i the South-east oL* Iha-I
district i. rit^dit roun 1 the rircle to the Tili IrauLr^a summit?
close at hand, and 'u whieh .vonlvl be phn-ed the extremi
northern station in tin's s( rit's < I* triuntriihiiit.ai.

On descendiuL' inas f ui'vl ].rir< .jjed in :i jiortlrwh

direction to the •\nan river, and takini.

Kriuiinv...-. 1,^,..^ ^.,.^,jj^ ^j^. ]ii-|.rs{ point t<. whiel

the river can be jiavi'^at" <l. i'«»l:ij»v.d its cours** t** tin
bi.undarv of rr<'\ince Weliesli.v ;ii Tarit r>iiMtar an<.l fron
there Avent to Tln'ipinLT ''•' Peiianc.

JJefore lea\iiii;' Pi^nanu" 1 \i>it«'«l t In* sii.ni;jl slati»»n on

the iiill ilnr.'. iind obtained ri eiprt>
4Hv.:.r\uti-..iiiV..iii I • ,...,| observi'.l io.'is on ( Juuon^' hr.isMation

'""-.I'-'-.,r'f'* ''■ ^•••i"^» rev.Mt;d bj.foiv Iravin- ti;nt hil

loll ; J..».iO t'.'l. ^ , . • •, 1 1

i'.Md Wiin-ll M:|S OL>tinellv \lsl!»;e al

though siiual-'. ai a distance «•.}■ .some lo mile.- i":-«'m tin
llair^tatV.

The com[»lcti<'n n\ .Mr. I.du'.-. |i»)iiranin.e n-.'\t !«.. 1: nn» t(

Ihirian Seb./.i'ic^'. JK'toi*..' hsninu* thi:

oi.M-rv.Cii..!!- t..>:- |.I;ii-v' | ob... r\etl fr.»m Ihikit TunLi'^xa.

liukii Tunur.l:i.. vlif ,.,..., K;,,,.j...^,^ <:;!iahin thationilitv

an«I .>efnre'l l»rariie^> mi 1 nhjn Nonnn-
Ian l>laiMls. r.muili of i*cr.ik ;i\«'i'near i*ani;k!»K the l)iu-
diiiLTS, and other ranu'«s.

The count r\ m-ar ami !•» S«»'itii-r;isl cf" jejrijii.. Sebiiiii!ii
i> m>t so v»«-d adapted to t rianjL,'ulatinn : i,. NiTtheleS:? th\
fcv&tem can be extended here I'.lso when neeesi:^arv.

ariaoKTj.ANEous notices. 139

Ht^reaftor T visit<Ml flio Beriuini rivor (tlie southern

liinil of flu* State) ami went np aa far
Bornaui riv.-r. Sim- as .Siuiixiiinf- -the end of *the deeper
^""' ' ' ■ l)ortioii of llie river jnid where pole.s

ii{k(> place of oiir.^ for navin.ition furl her \ip stream.

On th<» Heriiam 1 steamed ii[> as far as Kaniponpf Chan-
kat lierliitam''-' a distsiiUM* T put down at not le<s than 70
miles. Takinj^ b(»a1 al. li«*rliilam I we]ii up 7 to 1) mih\s fur-
ther and found sfiundin-LTs io b(^ 10 to 17 feet as far as
Sinipanjjf, where llie vi\.^v divides and shallows.

A Tigpir's Wake.

[ The follow! ui^ ( xiraet from the Diary of the Re.-iidont

Otticer at Iian;;at descril)i\s ihe snperstilions feeliii<^s of

Malavs,yomm'v»namou;jfotherori(niialsalso, towards th(»Ticfer.'

J *"■ At 10 A. :r. a jiroal noise of rejrieinjij with drums anc

i ^* S^"."^ approaehiu'j: .luij^ra hy ilie river was h(»ard, and on

\ *' my cpiestioain-.f tl'(^ pi^ipie, [ was to]«i ila ja Yakob had man-

*' aj:^ed to slioot a duixra with a sprin*:- ;^un, behind TiLC-^rhill,

" and was brinti:in.r it In slate to tl;e Sultan. I wi'Ul over

; '• to tlie Suhaif^ :i* Ha ja Yakob'-^, re([nesi, to s/e lh(»

'• :itt»Mid:i.nts on 1 he sbnmhter of a i'lLi-er. The anluial was

'" supported by [vjsts and i;!<tene.l in an ;«ttidud(» as nearly

"'as possibb' jij>[u(»i-liin'4- the liviuLi'. lis mouth was foreed

'• open, its t(»ny;u«' alJMwetl to <lr.»o|) (»ji one side, and a sniaU

'•rattan attaeiied t:> it-' n])]»"r jnw vvas [kiss(mI over a pob»

•• h(dd by a man l>i']iind. Thi-; lini>Iied, two sv*'ords were

'• produced and {ilacied ernsswise, i.nd a eouple <»f Panjj^limas

*' selected for tiied:m«'.'; th" «_jnii:.»;s and drums were beat(»n at

(piiek time, the man liohlin;^^ lie rattan attaehed to the

^ tiger's head puUed ii, m!»vin;^ tlu» li'*ad up and down, and

*• the two l*an;^Min»as, afiei* making; their obeisanee to tlu'

'• Sultan ru<h'' I at the swords ainl hohlintr them in their

'* hands coniin-'need a i'Uosr wikl ami exritinir dau'-e. Tln»v

*''^ spun around «»n one b'^-, wavini; their swords, then bound(Ml

'■•forward and madi* a thrust at the* ti<:c*'r ; movinuf back

*■ quickly with the [M»int of tin' w»'apon faeini^ the animal ;

** they crawled along the ground and sju'ung over it uttering

* From the Kutila B(>rnam.

140 MrSCELLANEOUS NOTICES.

" dofianl yolls, thoy cut and parried at snpi>ospd attacks,
*' iinally throwing down their weapon and taunting the dead
" beast by dancing before it nnarnied. This done Inas told
'" me the carcase was at my disposal.

" The death of this tiger now establishes the fact of the
*^ existence of tigers here, for asserting which I have been
" pretty frequently laughed at. However, this is not the Jii-
" gra pest, a brute whose death would be matter for general
" rejoicing, the one now destroy(Ml being a tigress 8 feet long
*' and 2 feet 8 inches high.''

Brekdixc; Pearls.

[The foUowing paragraj)lis rcsportsng '' Rrecding Pi-arls,*'
extracted ivoin Lrtjul and Wnh'r under the dates annexed to
them, may be of interest. "

I'lio glass tube n«)W l)('l\»re nic, so kindly providnl by Her
Higliuess the Kance nf Snruwak as n test tii'tlit; (rrcMlulity of
the inhabitants of the British Isles, contains a few genuine
seed p(?arls of tlio ^leh-a-jrina and live smail marine
siiells— CiP.vrles or Ovpneti, snb-i:.'nns Trivia nl' CiMV, wliioh
represent the rie:*. The spi-eilie (list ineiiims n\' the-e .-.nmll
(yivia are so niinnte that tliis indivichial spcci-'s ha-- heen lr«»ni
time to time varifju^-lv (le^<'rihe<l. It is the ( -void-a or\zji ol*
Tiinno'us smd of Laniar«.'k : (■. inlernu'ilia ol* I\ii'n<*r; ('. in-
seota of ^righels, and will (hiiihth'ss re«'('ivr oiii- i- «l<'Ni,jn:itinn*<
iVoni darini:; (:onehoh)i^i>ts, who deliLrlit in a re ii^i'Jis (lis^i-nt
from (he opinions of their pi'(Ml(!e.?ss"i'<. ^j'he so-c.illed rirr is :i
mariiH* shell (A' the genus (Vnnr.-i. the end or :ij)r\ o!" (»;ich
examph' earefully tiled or irJ'onnd oil' to represciil liie cfio^'t ot'
having heen led upon by the jiearls. Tin' whole i-; i\ ilcljhiiMte
and barefaced impo>tnre, and ii is to b,' h(»p«" 1 th.-u \vhe:i xune
('eniM'ations hence tliis misirrable mvth a^ain cio!- np in riu*
rejtetitive operation^ of history, some more jiower'ul pi-n tJuni
mine nuy find employnuMit in denonncinn' tlie --i'nnieh'-s at-
temi)t tt> imp(f.sc upcm tin* credulity of the ^.ieiitili'- w.irlfl.

(Signc*!) Ili^iu ()wi:n.
December 25, 1878.

MiaCELtANKOrR NOTICER. 141

Two or thrrr montlis jil'O I saw mention made of them bv

Major IMacNuir, K. E , in his work '' Peruk and the Mahiys,"

and some vears imn a work on Borneo, Sarawak, 6ic. made an

eRpecinI allusion to them. Bnt both authors spoke of the

thinwf rather asa jivlh. It would be truly worthv work for

von and a small council of vour frien«ls and brother savants

to solve this mvsterv. Procure nnother batch of these i»earls
.*■*■. *

which are known to experts by tlieir jj:eneral appearance; lock
them np (when in council assembled) for six months or so,
and at the end of that term reveal to the public whether the
pearlg have increasetl.

(Signed) Fkakk Bttckland.
November 16, 1878.

Pearls are composed of aggrejjjatod minute crystals of
carbonate of lime. J^nt we are apparently stumped at the out-
sot, for crystals can onlv j^row in solution, and the conditions
in wiiich pearls \)r?v(\ are, '• that they be kept in a dry box.'
Mowever, we must make the best of thiu'js as they arc. There
is always water present in the air as aqueous vapour, varyiui£
in quantity jiccordinir to rircunist:ui<es : and the extreme limit
of that quantity is deteiinined by the tenipeiMture. l.'ariionic
acid is also a consiaiit. ciuistituent of the air, the normal
amount beinic abouto. I percent, by v«)luun»; and then* are
always solid p.irtieles of or-^-inie and inorirjmic tnntter, varvinjr
in (juantity ami (piabty aeeoniinn^ t<» •)l»vi()us <MMiditions. We are
told thai it is necessary for the production ot'new ])CMrls that
nutritive material be provide as the carbonate. As pearls
arc ci»mposed of earbnnate of lime it is prohable that these
earthv salts are the sonrc(» from whi(.*h tJie \ounirnnes are
fornii'd. A< a eonlinnatioij (»!" tin-* [ may nuMition that the (dd
bonk previously alluded to states the Japanese use not rice, but
a cheek-vaFnisii pre[)ari'd trom a pturiciilar kind of slndl. The
preferenc(* of riic to other grains may Ikm'X lainetl bv the I'act
that it i-:the chief support of th(» iuiiabitants of warm (lountries
where breedinjx pearls are ronml, and hence is most easily
obtained. In ilie nei,Lrlibonrho'id ofciialiv clitl's (»r limestone
rocks, from the trituratim^ ( IH cts of atmospheric ag-encies,
lM)th chemical and physical, ihedu.'-t floating- in the atmosphere
is lar*»ely composed of carbonate of lime in an exces.sive-
ly tine state of division. It is just possible that similar

142 MISCELLANEOTTS NOTICEfl.

causes may operafe on flie lime salts of the rice inchul-
ed with the hreedirii;; pearls, and that so the air may
become charged with an infinitesimal (piantitv of lime dust.
Dnrin^ the day the. temporatnre of the air is hii^lior than at
ni«^bt, the range being greatest in tropical latitud-;^'*. Aft beture
reniarked, the quantity oi af|ueou.s va|)(>ur cai'ablci of being
held in suspension by the atin()S])h(M*e varies with the temper-
ature. At i\2 de;;rees Fahrenheit it is about. 2 j»'raiiis to rlic cnbic
foot : at 77 degrees Falirenlieit, 10 jjrains ; at. IDO deLirees
Fahreulieit it is about 20 grains. Should the temperature
during the night fall below tlie point of saturation for the
vapour contained in the air, the latter is condensed into
liquid globules, and dew begins to fall, carrying with it in its
descent the floating dust ])articles. In such a case, within the
box containing the pearl there will fall a fine moisture and
lime dust, and the pearl will receive its share, becMwninjj
coated with a delicate lilm. Sometimes no such deposit will
take phice, and sometimes it will he more a|»preiriablc than at
others, according to the amount of* vjipour witli which the air
is cliarged and tlic variati<»ii in the tem|)eratiirc. Dnrinj; the
niiilit th(; moisture, toi;('thcr with the* ctirboiiic! acid of the air,
will act. on tho. linu^ ])articles, dissolving thcni. Those of tin*
riirhoiiate of lime will euter into solution as the biearbonnic.
in exactlv the s:\in«* wav as wat«M* passinof over a caloarenus
soil acquires thepr«)periy kn«»wii as hardness 'i'he pho^^uliate
will be pjirtiallv <leeoiniMKed hv t li:* e:iri):>!iie aeid. and a!>«»
bfcomc dissolvecl tis the bicarhonate. !Ienr<» nltiniate'.v tii*
pear! is covered with an e.xceedinu^ly ^^^•ak .'-oluii"n m(' tl.e
l>icarl)onat{* of linn*. Next day, v.iiji reiurnini^: hetit. tli(*
in(»istnre evaporates, the carboiiie a'-i'i is given oil, ami i-ar-
bonate of linu^ is pi'«'eij»itale(l n a manner cxat'llv
analoiVDiis to the Wav in v.hieh stalictitrs are formed, t\i-eM.
that in the latter the deposit is ann»r|.hun-, while (»n tlic ).(arl
the moli'enle.v ai-e induced by the pre-<'xi'ti:)Lr c!)<til- to
assume a detinate p«>lar arraii«j:emci.t which result- in crv^lalil-
satioii. The elfect of all this would l.ethat a uniform or nearlv
uniform deposit w<»ultl lake j>lace ov<*r liie wiiole ol'tlic p.arl.
Hu* suppox* rliat on !l> surfaiM- theie -honld hapjMMi to h- a
sliirht irrcirularitv. -uch as ini^rlit luM-au-ed l»v the |n«'li.."inu
am^lc ot auv crvstal.thc moist ure, a<\-orclini;' to tiicl:iw< of the
surface-tension of a tluid, will run toi^t-thcr. and cl;n:.v around
the promiiKMiee. (Tins is simply illustrated by -pillino- a jitiie
water (Ui a plate, and introducing a pellet into its midst, when
the water will be seen to be luMped up round tJie pelh»t.

MlSCKLLANEOUS NOTIOKS. l4o

Hence, when the moisture evaporates, ap^reater deposit Avill
take phice at tliis ?*|)(>t than any other part, of the pearl, and the
irrejjfuhirity will l.e ^^radtnilly increased. In process of time a
nodule will appear, ior'ued of minute crystals <j;roupcd in a
sphericul ft)rin, which is r,lie ti^^ure of the equilibrium that any
a|LjurejL:ate of unite tends lo assume under the influence of
mutual attraction, and supported on a sJeujier pedicle. As the
sphericic increases in size, the force of gfravily overcomes the
cohesion of the pedicle, and a little pearl lies alongside the old
on*'. Consecutive deposits will continue to he made on its sur-
face, causing; ir to t: row fi^radually larger. Hut as the surface of
a sphere only incroase> as the sipnire (>f its diameter, while the
mass increases by I he cube, the growth of the pearl will be
must rapid when it is small, and the additions made to its bulk
more impercepLible the larger it gets. And so we are told it
takes I hree years lor a new pearl to be formed, but forty years
Ibr it to attain "the size that jewellers generally set, three in a
ring." Such an hypothesis must be taken for what it is worth.
Sly object is not so much to (»tt'er a solution of the problem,
as to indicate that, through the operation of natural causes, of
which, possibly, science is ignorant, it may be that pearls pro-
liferate in the manner that is alleged.

(Sd.) W. M.
41 It Ja/tua/y, l-STD.

Tni; Maimtjmk Codk and Sir 8. ItAFFLKa.
(See PapfT at jyir/e i')2.)

1 n the Weekly Kegister, a nowspai)or fomerly published
in Malacca, there appeared in the year 1840, a translation of
the Malay ( 'ode, with some remarks on Malay Codes, and on
the aboriginal tribes of the Peninsula, and with translations of
two Malay ^lainiseripts, one regarding the Menangkabau
in Johor, the other relating to the first arrival of the Portu-
guese in Malacca.

This ?!reries of juipers wr.s begun on the IMli January,
1840, and was completed vn the ord September of the
same vear.

The ;iame of the translator is not given, but the paper
is described as *' an original fragment of an unpublished
mamiscript."

144 MISCELLiVNEOUS NOTICES.

Tu 1877, Mr. Hen'ey haviiii; oxtnietod it from the
'" Wo'kly Rej-'ister'\ luul a t'i»\v eopi«\s of llio Maritime Code
printtd for private distribution. Mr. W. K. Maxwell, who
obtaiiied a coi)v, was struck by tli«» internal evidence ami
by some remarks of Newbold ])ointinj:j to Sir Stamford
HalKes as beiui^ the true thou j^li ii»ack no wledj^ed author of
this paper ; and eoinnnmiesited to the Society his reaaona
for thiukin*; so in a short Memorandum. It was shortly
after ascertained tlnit Mr. Maxwell's MU^picions wore
coiTect, and that Sir Stamford Raffles had in tact commu-
nicated this paper to the " Asiatic Researches '* in 1809.

Tlio cpu»siion, however, still remains: h'»w cann» the editoi
ot* the *• Weeklv R«^ij:ist*»r " to be ij^rioraut of this 1* there
can be little doubt that lu? publisluMl tin* paper from M. S. S.
for it is full of errors which would be otherwise un-
accountable.

But how did he roni«» across tlie M. S. S. V Possiblv
they were lel't by Uatijcs with some I'riciid in Mahicca, and
after ehiinirintr hands were ultiuiatelv made use of bv the
Editor of the WiM'klv lit^mstcr. In liatHcs* Memoirs bv
his widow, ♦'d. ls;*»o. extracts are un^ «'n «»r the paper as it
appeared in the *• Itcsearches." and a comparison of tln^sf
with the l.'ole :i> rt»-print«Ml in the Malacca ]»aper. sliews
th:i1 in places thf laiter is the nure lull of the two, which
su^'LTcsis tilt* infereiH-e that it was i>riiite{l from the oriixinal
ami unri'viseil M. ;<. S. <>f the authoi*. it wtnild be interest-
iu'*" to discover ilie.-.c if ihev are .>till <'\tant in ^lalacca.

^^ ft

The err«»rs in tln' Code as ii appears in the \Vt»ekl.^
Ke«rister. are ntiniennis, an<l nianv of them imiMirtanl. Th''
bulk of these have bi'en i-orrec<«d \u the ]>resent re-prin'
bv Mr. ^^axwc^ and Mi*. l!er\ey, who have al>o apj>ende«l
a few explanatory Notes. 'I'lit- "Maritime Code" alone is
in this Num'^er, the " Kemark^ " beinu^ reserve*! for the
next.

■2 £;

; f. S S S S

- - ■^ :^

JOURNAL

STJIAITS MAAGII

)YAL ASIATIC SOCIETY

ViS.CS.mSEB., 1879.

'I'UBLISJIiiJi IIALF-VKAIILV,

SlSOAPOKKi )*

AiiliSIS vf JJIIISOCIHTT--

[No. 4.]

JOURNAL

OF THE

STRUTS lUlANCH

OF TJIE

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY

DECEMBEB, 1879.

rUBLlSllED llALF-YEAKLY.

.siNGArOKE:

rUlMKI) AT IIIE PkISOX PjilMl.NG OmCE.

1880.

AgEMS of the i>OClETV:

Loudon, ...TKLUMiu JL Co. I rari!?,...Ei{>Esi Llboux & Cje.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

List of Members, ... ... ... ... v.

Proceedings, General Meeting, 13th October, 1879, ... viii.

Do., Annual General Meeting, 30th January, 1880, x.

Council's Annual Keport for 1879, ... ... xi.

Treasurer's Eeport for 1879, ... ... ... xvi.

President's Address, ... ... ... ... xix.

Beception of Professor Nordenskjold^ ... ... xxii.

The Maritime Code, by Sir Stamford Baffles, (Conclusion), 1

About Kinta, by jff. W. 0, Leech, l.l.b., f.c.d., ... 21

About Slim and Bemam, by JSf. W, (7. Leech, l.l.b., f.c.d., 34

The Aboriginal Tribes of Perak, by W. E, Maxwell, ... 46

The Vernacular Press in the Straits, by E, W. Birch, ... 51
Miscellaneous Notes, —

On the Guliga of Borneo, by A. Hart Everett,... 50

On the Name " Sumatra," ... ... 58

A Correction, ... ... .., 61

Kegister of Rainfall in the Straits Settlements and the

Native States, 2nd Half-year of 1879, ... 62

Ecgister of Meteorological Observations taken in Singa-
pore, during the year 1879, ... ... 63/61!

THE STRAITS BRAN'CH

OF THK

ROYAL ASfATIC SOCIKTY.

Pairon.

His ExxjfiLLExcv Majoh-Gkxehal A. E. H. ANSON, c.M.o.

Council for 1880.

^ .The Venerable Archdeacon G. F. Hoss^ M.a»» President,
P I The Hon'ble C. (\ Smith, m.a.> Vice-President^ (Singapore,)
^ J The Hon'ble C. J. Ittvrxo, Vice-President^ (Penang,)
£ r Edwix Koek, Esq., Honorary Treeisurer,
O ^F. A. SwETTEXiiAM, Esq., Honorary Secretary,

N. B. Dexxis, Esq., Ph. 1). R. W. Hfllett, Esq., m.a.

G. A. Eem^% Esq. A. M. Skixneb, Esq.

W. A. PrcitEniNo, Esq.

Member.^.

AdaMsox, Mr. AV.
Axous, Mr. G.
A N'sox, Mr. A .
Abmst&oxo, ]N[r. Alex.

Baumoaktex, Mr. C.
Bextley, Mr. H. E.
Bekxard, Mr. F. G.
BiEBEB, Dr. E.
BiGOS, Eevd. L. C»
Birch, Mr. E. W.
Birch, Mr. J. K.
Black, Mr. A. F.

Boxi), The lion ble I. S»
BoxETBEE, Mr. F. H.
Bradford, Mr. F.
Browx, Mr. D.
Browx, Mr. L.
Bruce, Mr. Eobt. R.
Brussel, Mr. J.

BUBKINSHAW, Mr. J.

Campbell, The Hon'ble BoBt»
(^ABGiLL, Mr. Thomas.
C^OPE, Mr. Herbebt.
Cobxelics, Mr. B. M» A,

M£M££KS.

Daikakk, Mr. £. B.
Daly, Mr. D. D.
Denisox, Mr. N.
Douglas, Capt. B.
Douglas, Tho Hon'ble Joux.
DoTLB, Mr. P.
Droeze, Lieut. J. Hayek*
DuFE, Mr. Alex.
Dupp, Mr. J. C.
Du5L0P, Mr. C.
Dunlop, Mr. C. J. T.

EmtEBsoN', Mr. C.

Palls, Dr. D. T. B.
Pavre, L*Abb6, ( Honorary

Member.)
Ferguson, Mr. A. M., Jr.
Festa, Chevalier.
PraseEi Mr. J.

GiLFTLLAN, The Hon'blc S.
Gliwz, Mr. C.
Gomes, Eevd. TV. H.
Grauak, Mr. Jas.
Gray, Mr. A.

Haoedorn, Mr. E.
Hansen, Mr. J. F.
IIazle, Mr. E.
Herwig, Mr. H.
Hkwetsox, Mr. H. W.
Hill, Mr. E. C.
Hole, Mr. W.
Holmuero, Mr. B. H.

rBRAnni BIX Abdullah, Mr.
IxNES, jMr. James.
IsEMONOER, The Hon'blc E. E.

Jaoo, Tho Hon'blo Col. J.
JOAQUIM, Mr. J. P.
JoiiOR, H. H. Tho Maharaja of,
(Honorary Member.)

Kehdtng, Mr. F.
KeR; Mr. T. Kawson.

Kroun, Sir. W.
Kynnerslet, Mr. C. W. S,

Laruax and Sarawak, Lord

Bishop of.
Lamb, Mr. J.
Lambert, Mr. E.
Lahbert, Mr. G. E.
Lambert, Mr. J. K.
Jjeecu, Mr. H. W. C.
Leicester, Mr. A. W. M.
LooAN, Mr. D.
Low, Mr. Huon, c.m«o.

Maack, Mr. H. P.
MacLaverty, Mr. G.
MvcLAY, Baron Mikluho,

(Honorary Member.)
Mahomed bin Maboob, Mr.
Mansfield, Mr. G.
Maxwell, Mr. F. R ().
Maxwell, Sir P. Benson.
Maxwell, 'Mr, Kobt. AY.
^Iaxwell, Mr. W. E.
McNaie, Tho Hon' bio ^fajor

J. F. A., c.M.o.
MoiiAMED Said, Mr.
MuiiRY, Mr. O.
Murray, Capt. Tl.
MuRTON, Mr. il. J.

NuY, Mr. P.

O'Brien, Mr. 11. A.

Paul, xMr. W. F. B.
Peruam, Eevd. J., (Houorarv
Mcmber.^

Read, Tho Hon'blo W. JI.
KiXN, Mr. Edmond.
Hitter, Mr. E.
Koss, Mr. J. 1)., Jr.
EowELL, Dr. T. 1.

Saooff, Syed Mouomed i:iv
AuMED Jih, Mr.

Membees.

SahjlWak, Raja of (Honorary

Member.)
ScniALJE, Mr. M.

ScilEKllDEK, Mr. J. C.

NcuoMHrRUJC, Mr. Carl.

NcauLTZE, Capt.

SuKLFORD, The llou'ble Thomas.

JSlNCLAIR, Mr. E.

»*Skinner, Mr. C. J.
Sou ST, Mr. T.
Stewart, Mr. C. de 1^.
Stivejt, Mr. BoBT. Q,
Stbingkb, Mr. C.
Swinburne, Capt. P.
Syed Abu Baker, Mr.
StERs, Mr. H. C.
SiTMES, Mr. K. L.

Talbot, Mr. A. P.
Tan Kim CHi>-a, Mr,
Thompson, Mr. W.

TiEDE, Mr. E.
ToLSON, Mr. G-. P.
.Trachsleb, Mr. 11.
Treacher, The llon'ble W. H.
Trebinq, Jbr. Ci£.
Trubner, Messre.

TJloth, Mr. II. W.

Vaughan, Mr. H. C.
Vermont, Mr. J. M. B.

Walker, Lieut. R S. F.
Whampoa, Tho Hon'bl© Hon

An Kay, c.m.o.
Wheatley, Mr. J. J. L.
Woodford, Mr. H. B.
Woods, Mr. L. H.
Wtneken, Mr. K.

Zemke, Mr. P,

FBOCEEDINaS.

GENERAL MEETING

HELD ON MONDAY, 13th OCTOBEE, 1879.

Pekskxt.

The Venerable Archdeacon G. F. Hose, m.a., (President,)

A. M. Skinkeb, Esq., {Ronorartf Secretary,)

Jas. Miller, Esq., (Honorary Treasurer.)

D. F. A. IIeuvet, Esq.

U. W. HuLLETT, Esq., m. a.

G. A. liEMl^, Esq.

besides
Members and Visitors.

The Minutes of the last Meeting are read and confirmed.

The following gentlemen, recommended by the Council, arc
elcct<jd Members : —

The ITon'ble S. Gilfillw.
The Hon*ble E. E. Iskmonger.
C. Stringer, Esq.

The President explains to the Council, that four montlis Imvo
been allowed to ehipse since the last General Mccti nsi;, owintr ti»
the absence from the Society of several of the most active ^Icuibcr:?
of the Council.

The President also states that action has been takcMi by \\\o
CouTi 'il upon several mattej^s of importance, some rcferoni*c to
which will be of interest to the h:'ocietv.

1. A reprint of the standard Malay work llikfu/nt AhtlfiUak
has been undertaken by the Society, with the aJ^^^i:5tau:c of the
Education Department.

(ix)

2. The vocabulary of words selected, to assist in the collec-
tion of dialects of wild tribes, has now been issued, some delay
having been caused by a very careful consideration of the list of
representative words, and by the labour of translating them (through
Dr. BiEB£B*8 assistance) into French, German, Dutch, and Span^
ish — the European languages of most service in reference to the })ur-
[)oses of the Society.

Copies of the vocabulary have already been circulated among
those resident in the Native States, Sumatra, and Sarawak, and
f'ommunicated to the learned Societies of neighbouring Colonies.

3. The new map, to be published with the aid of Government
under the auspices of this Society, is now ready for printing, and
will be sent home by the next mail,

4. Messrs. TrCbner & Co., of London, and Messrs. Lero^x
^ Co., of Paris, have written to request that they may be the
recognised Agents of the Society in London and Paris, respectively,
for the sale of the Journal, and the Council has acceded to their
request.

A paper upon the Kinta District of Perak, by Mr, H. W. C.
(^KGCH, is then read by the Secretary.

An account of certain Sakei Visitors to P^rak, by Mr. "VV. E.
Maxwell, is read by the President.

An account of his ascent of the Johor Biver and Gunong
Blumut is read by Mr. D. F. A. Hekvey.

The Secretary makes a statement to the Society respcr-ting
the Journal (No. 1II.)» ^^^ printing of which ^niU, it is hoped, bo
rompletcd shortly, so as to ensure its publication before the close
of the month.

• •

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

HELD AT TIIE EAFFLES LIBRARY AT S.:30 p.m.,
ON FRIDAY, THE SOrn JANUARY, 1880.

Pbesent.

The Yeuerable Archdea<.-07i G. F. Ho.se, m.a., (President.)
A. M. Skhsner, Esq., {Honorar// Secretani )
Edwin Koek, Esq., {Honorary Treasurer.)
N. B. Dexxys, Esq., Ph. D.
G. A. RemJc, Esq.

henides
Members and Visitors.

The Minutes of the last Meeting are read and confirmed.

The following gentlemen, recommended bv the (^ouncil, are
elected Members : —

L. H. Woods, Esq., (Malacca.)

M. ScHAALPE, Esq., (Rhio.)

F. NxTT, Esq., (Singapore. )

On the proposal of Mr. G. A. Remk, seconded by Dr. Dkxnts,
H. H. The Maharaja of Johor is elect(Ml an Honorary Member
of the Society.

The Secretary reads the Councils Report. The Treasurer reads
the CounciTs Financial Account for 1879. It is proposed, second-
ed, and adopted, that the Reports be printed.

The President addresses the Society, and concludes by resign-
ing, on behalf of himself and the other Oflicers and Councillors,
the offices they have held during 1879.

The Officers and Councillors for 1880 are ballotted for, Messrs.
Dkskys and Koee kindly undertaking to act as Scrutineers of the
ballot. Before ballotting for the new Officers, the President states

( II )

to the Meetlnp: that it id the wish of himself and all the present
office-bearers that the election about to take place should be made
without any regard to the present holders of office, who are them-
!*clres particularly desirous to see new names on the roll of the
Society s Officers.

The election of Ofllcera then proceeds, and the following are
declared to have been elected for 18S0 : —

President. — The Venerable Archdeacon O. F. HosE) m.a.
Vice-President {Singapore). — The Hon^ble Cecil C. Smith.
Vice-President {Penantj). — The Hon'blc C. J. Irving.
Hanorary Secretary. — F. A. Swettenham, Esq.
Honorary Treasurer, — Edwin Ivokk, Esq.

Memhers.

N. B. JDenxys, Esq., Ph. D. ; R. W. Hullett, Esq., Vl.k. ;
W. A. PicKERixo, E?q. ; G. A. 1^em6, Esq. ; A. M. Skinneb, Esq.

A vote of thanks is passed to the outgoing Officers.

A paper is read by Mr. E. W. Bincn on the Vernacular
Pres.** of the IStraity. After some remarks from Dr. D£NNT8,
re<;ardiupj the establishment of a Chinese Newspaper, the meeting
separates.

The Cotincil's Annual Report for 1879.

The Sfraits Asiatic Society has now completed the second year
(»f its exif«tei\c-e ; and notwithstanding some difficulties inseparable
from its position, its work has been carried on during the year
1S71) in accordance with the original programme.

There were last year eight applications to become Members,
and eleven resignations.

The Society on the 1st January, 1880, comprised: —

The Patron. — An office which His Excellency the Ad?ni-
nistralor, Major-General Anson, c.m.q., was pleased to accept
last May.

4 Honorary Mcmhers^—lihQi Eaja of Sarawak, Baron
Maclat, RcYds. L'Abbcs J. Favbk i)Ji(.{ J. Pebham.

(xii)

10 Officer 9 and Members of the Council.
139 Ordinary Members »

The OflScers and Members of the Council, whose Ecport Im
liow before the Society, were elected, as laid down in Rule 18, at
the Annual General Meeting held on the 13th Januarj) 1879. lu
April Dr. Biebeb, one of the Council, left for Europe, and the
remaining OfBicers of the Council elected Mr. EeM^, under Bule
10, to the place left vacant in the Council. In November the
departure of Mr. Hebvet caused another vacancy^ which has not
been filled.

The Treasurer, Mr. J. Miller, being temporarily absent, the
duties c»f his office were, at the close of tho year, kindly undertaken
by Mr. Koek, who presents the Financial Account for 1879 to thi.^
Meeting.

The objects of the Society, as originally defined, are : —

(flf.) The investigation of subjects connected with the Straits
of Malacca and the neighbouring countries.

(b,) The publication of papers in a Journal.

(c.) The formation of a library of books bearing on the objects
of the Society.

Numbers 2 and 3 of our series of Journals, have been issued
in the course of the year — No. 2 in April and No. 3 in November.

Nineteen " Papers " and sixteen " Miscellaneous Notices ** on
various subjects, as defined above, have appeared altogether. The
difliculties, already referred to as being inseparable from the posi-
tion of the Society, are particularly felt in connection with the
printing o£ these Papers and Journals ; and it is to those dKHculties
alone, and not to the want of contributions, that auy delay in tho
appearance of the Journal is to be attributed.

The subjects investigated comprise, amongst other topics, ori-
ginal accounts of the : —

1. Sakeis in the Interior of the Peninsula.

2. Sakeis in Perak.

3. Semangs in Kedah.

4. Macrodontism.

( ^iii )

5. S^langor Mammals.

6. Limestone iu TJlu Klang.

7. Gutta Percha.

8. Chinese Secret 8ocietiei) in the Straits Settlements.

9. Malay Proverbs.

10. M.S. of Sir Stamfoju) Raffles (unpublished) on the

Founding of Singapore, a reprint of his Malay Code.

11. Disquisitions respecting the Ophi Ophlgus Elaps^ and

" Breeding Pearls/*

12. Geographical Notes regarding the routes from Pahang

to Ulu Kclantan overland : from Sclamgor to Pahang
by Ulu Bernam and Sungei Tata ; across Eambau ; up
Gunong Blumut and the Semroug ; and a Survey JEle-
port upon the Eiver Plus and the interior of PCrak.

There are in all 26 different writers enrolled among the Con-
tributors of these papers.

For the selling and distributing of the Journal in Europe,
Agents have, on their own application, been appointed as follows : —

London, Messrs. TKiuNEa & Co.
Paris, Messrs. Lehoux & Co.

With the permission of the Committee of i\\v. Raffles Library,
our Meetings have, as hitherto, been held in their premises, except-
ing only on the oi-ca.^ion of the extraordinary fleeting in honour
of Professor NoRDExsKJOLn, when the Society was kindly invited to
assemble in the Singapore Club. The General Meetings have been
less numerous than last year, as it was found convenient to hold
them not monthly, but once in two months. This refers only to
the General Meetings, the Council having continued to meet
monthly as provided in the Rules.

Six General Meetings were held in the course of the year, at
which eight Papers w ere read, most of which either have appeared
already, or will oe published in the Journal (Xo. lV.)j which is now
in the printers* hands.

Among the interesting events of our Society's Meeting should
be recorded that, to which reference lias just been made — the occa-
sion on which the Society presented an address of congratulation
to the explorers of the Xorth-East passage, who recently visited
this port in the *' Vega.' An account of the proceedings on that

(xiv)

occasion, our President's Address, and Professor Nobdenskjold* s
reply are appended to this Report. Our Council felt that they
would be carrying out the wishes of Members in seizing an oppor-
tunity afforded them to acknowledge cordially the devotion to a
scientific course of which Professor Noedenskjold's career offers
BO eminent an example.

The Library is gradually increasing, through the exchanges
with other Societies, and occasional gifts of works suitable to its
shelves, and it now numbers 135 volumes.

The Society may also congratulate itself upon having taken
an active part in urging upon Q-overnment the importance of
purchasing the late Mr. LooiiN's Philological Library, both to
assist students and to prevent the disposal of this unique collection.
The Q-ovemment has since completed the purchase ; and the collec-
tion is now safely bestowed and available to all in the Baffles
Library.

The Map of the Malay Peninsula, regarding the expenses of
which we have also appealed to Government for assistance, is now
in the hands of Messrs. Stajtfoed & Co., of Charing Cross, and will,
it is hoped, before long be in the hands of Members. Some delay
was occasioned in endeavouring to correct and reconcile in the
Survey Office certain " bearings " of newly discovered mountain
peaks ; and also in copying the chart before sending it home —
assistance which deserves acknowledgment. It cannot be too clearly
explained that of the Peninsula, as a whole, this is in truth the Jtrst
Map, and that if by a Map is understood something correct and com-
plete, then it will not be one at all ; nor would it be for such a Socie-
ty as ours merely to be publishers of information already well known.
But this tracing, with its larger size and more numerous names,
will be of most service when it induces those who travel to furnish
corrections and additions, wherever our knowledge of the country
extends. Probably not one tenth part of the Peninsula has, even
at the present time, been traversed by Europeans, and it becomes
clear from the Geographical Notes, printed in each successive Jour-
nal, that if the Peninsula's Geography is ever to be really known,
explorations are required on a more comprehensive scale than can
be looked for in the occasional journals oi district officers.

The publication of a larger tracing is, in the meantime, a step
in the right direction, and for the means ot* publishing it, we are
largely indebted to the Governments of the Native States.

The Vocabulary of words selected to assist in collecting the
Dialects of Wild Tribes has been published, and circulated to the

(IV)

number of 50 copieB, and a great many remain in oar 01erk*8 hands
in this Library, entirely at the disposal of all, whether members or
not, who are willing to assist in forming a collection which will be
unique, useful and peculiarly appropriate to the geographical posi-
tion which Singapore occupies.

After the list of 100 representative words had been settled, it
was translated into G-erman, French, Dutch, and Spanish, in the
hope of extending the collection of these dialects over as wide a
portion of Malaya as possible.

Eleven dialects have already been collected from the following
tribes : —

1. Ulu Klnta, ) "S j 7. TJlu Aohin.

2. Chindariong, S 1 1 8. Pub Nias.

3. Kenering, ) ^ ^ 9. Eayan.

4. Balau Dyak. 10. Punan Malano.

5. Land Dyak. 11. Brabetan.

6. Samoi.

A comparative list will be published in an early number of the
Journal ; and it is hoped that the dialects of the Sakei or Mintra
tribes in Si^l^ngor and Sungei TJjong may then be added to the Ust.

Thus in reviewing the five matters referred to in the last
Annual Beport, it will be seen that three have been, at any rate,
in an advanced stage during the ptist year. There remain : —

the publication of a New Dictionary ;
the indexing of Mr. LooAJf's Journals.

These have still to be undertaken, though some beginning has
been made in the Index ; and possibly, through the labours of a
Member resident at Malacca, in commencing the new edition of a
Dictionary. For the due support of the latter work it is to be
feared our present means will prove inadequate ; and both these
undertakings are of that kind which demands no small share of
leisure, a commodity in which most of us are poor indeed.

Another undertaking has been the reprint of the standard
Malay work " Hikayat Abdullah," part of which, it will be remem-
bered, was recently published by Messrs. Henbt S. Kino & Co.,
translated into English by Mr. Thomson. The Malay work
was no longer obtainable, large sums having been offered for a
copy in vain. An advantageous offer having been made to the
Society, the whole work (437 pages) has been published" under
Contract for S400. It is satisfactory to be able to add, that the
volume is already completed, and that the outlay upon its publica-
tion has been recovered, with the exception of some $50 to $60.

(xvi)

There is but one other point to notice ; acknowledgment 19,
due to Ghovernment for remitting, to the benefit of our Society, all
local postage on its letters — MSS. and Journals. As it is important
this benefit should be known to all Members and contributors, the
communication from Government on the subject is here recorded: —

"Colonial Secbetaht's Office,

" Sin(/apore, 2 1st January, 1880.

" SiE, — In answer to your letter of 24!th December last, with
reference to reducing the payment for Postage on books despat-
ched to the other Settlements, I am directed by the Administrator to
inform you that His Excellency has great pleasure in thus assisting
the Straits Asiatic Society, and has directed that all publications,
sent out by the Society to the other Settlements, with the signature
of the Secretary, will pass without charge by all local steamers
between the Straits Settlements and Native States.

" Instructions to this effect have been issued to the Post Office.

" I have the honour to be,

" Sir,

" Your most obedient Servant,

(Signed) " CECIL C. SMITH,

Colonial Secretary/,
Straifs SettJemenisy

" The Honorary Secretary

of the Straits Branch

of the Boyal Asiatic Society,

Singapore.'"

Treasurer's Report.

At the last Annual General Meeting of the Society, held on
the 13th of January, 1870, there was a balance in the hands of the
Treasurer to the amount of §309.52, and the amount of Subscrip-
tions for 1878 then outstanding was $72, and the liabilities of tho
Society at that date amounted to $17.60 for bills outstanding.

Eight of the Subscriptions for 1878 have been paid, and the
four are now considered as withdrawn, under Rule ().

( xvii )

Tbe List of 3Iembers o£ tho Society, handed to the Treasurer
for the coUectioQ of the Sabacriptions, iacluded 153 names, exolu*
sire of those four Honorary Members, but of these, eleven members
have resigned in the beginnins; oE 1879, and four later on, four
are considered to have resigned under Rule 6, and, it is with feel-

S^B of deep regret, I have to inform you of the death of one of our
embers, Mr. P. B. Pistobius, who died in November last. The
number of the subscribing members being thus reduced to 137.

Of the eleven members who have resigned, only the four who
resigned a few months ago have paid their subscriptions.

On the 3l8t December last, 106, out of the 14S subscriptions
had been paid, and, with the exception of two which may be consi-
dered as withdrawn, the whole of the remaining subscriptions are
likely to be paid.

With reference to the outstanding subscriptions for 1879, 1
may state that almost all the Members are residing abroad, hence
the delay of collecting the debts.

By the abstract of the Cash accounts of the year, which I now
lay before the Society, it will bo seen that the receipts amounted to
$1,299.52, and the payments to $695.75. The transactions result-
ing in a balance to tne credit of the Society of $603.77. The sub-
Bcriptions for 1S79 to be received in 1880 amount to $186; and
there were Bills for 1879 outstanding? at the end of the year amount-
ing to 8672.58.

The general result is shewn by the Statement of Assets and
Liabilities, from which it will be seen that the net balance to the
credit of the Society at the close of the year was $117.19.

It was felt by the Council of the Society that a good opportu-
nity offered itself to reprint a standard work like the " Hikayat
Abdullah.''

But to enable the Society to do the work an advance had to be
made of ^98, and on its completion a further sum of $202 was padi.
For this $300 the Society have recouped themselves by the sale of
copies, amounting to 880(> in value, to the Education Department.

In addition to this, some $10 or so has been realised by pri-
vate sales of the work, but against this there is a sum of $100, due
to the Contractor for the work, and the Society is therefore some
$60 out of pocket on this account, which will be probably made up
by further sale^.

( XTiii )

From the sale of the Journals of the Society I believe a sum
of $36 has been recovered, but accounts have not as yet been ren-
dered by the Agents of the Society.

Edwin Koek,

Honorary Treasurer.
Singapore, 30th January, 1880.

STRAITS ASIATIC SOCIETY.

Cash Accouin?, 1879.

Balance of last account brought forward,
Subscriptions for 1878,
Do. 1879,

Sale of Journals, ...
Sale of " Hikayat Abdullah," . . .

.. $309 52

48 00

.. 636 00

6 00

.. 300 00

Publication of Journal,

Photographs,

Lithographs,

Printing "Hikayat Abdullah," ...

Advertisements,

Allowance to Clerk and Collector,

Postage, &c..

Stationery,

Miscellaneous,

$1,299 52

.. $340 80

35 60

36 00
98 00

3 00

.. 128 00

27 84

26 01

Balance,

$695 75
. $603 77

$1,299 52

Assets -\nd Liabtties,
Ist January, 1880

Asset a.

Balance in hand, ...
Subscriptions, 1S70, outstnndiiiG:,

.^GO:^ 77
. 1S(; (X)

8789 77

( xix)

Liabilities.

BilU outstaudiiig, Postage, Clerk's Salary,

Stationery, &c., ... ... ... $ 21 48

Mission Press for Cartridge paper, &c., ... 40 10

Printing "HikayatAbduUaV'... ... 302 00

Publication of Journal No. 3, about .. 300 00
Subscription of Mr. Veexiont for 1880 in

advance, ... ... ... 6 00

$672 58
Balance to credit, ... ... ... 117 19

$789 77

Edwin Koek,

Honorary Treaturer,

The President's Address.

Q^ntlemcu, I shall not trespass upon your time and attention
for more than a very few minutes this evening. I would not con-
sent to the proposal that an Address from the President should be
announced as part of the programme for this meeting, for I felt
doubtful whether I had anything to say, and sure that the very
few words I might desire to speak would not deserve to be called
an Address. But I find I cannot make up my mind to retire from
the honourable position which your kindness entrusted to me for
the second time a year ago, without a last word. You have heard
the history of the past year, and the present financial position of
the Society in the reports just read by the Secretary and the Trea-
surer. They give us reason, I think, to be satisfied with the work
already done, and to hope that there is a future for our Society
which is full of promise. The fact that three numbers of the
Journal, all containing most valuable contributions to the general
knowledge of this part of the world in which we live, and the races
inhabiting it, have been already produced, and that a fourth num-
ber is in progress, shews very plainly that such a Society as ours
was wanted in the Straits. Seeing how much information has come
in since the creation of a ])roper organization for receiving and
recording it makes one reflect with pain and regret upon the num-
ber of possible contributors to the special branches of knowledge
the Society seeks to advance who have passed away " mute and
inglorious " for the lack of such an organization. And from tho
same cause, I doubt not, much valuable matter which had been

( XX )

already committed to writing has been put aside as useless, car-
ried away to other lands, or has perished oy mischance or careless-
ness. Ot one such case at least I know. Some papers which were
the result of the learning and experience of one of the most able
of the older residents, the Hon'ble Thomas Bbaddell, intended
for publication in Logan's " Journal of the Indian Archipelago,"
were lost after the valuable publication ceased to exist. And ano-
ther series of papers from the same pen were entrusted to the edi-
tor of the short-lived " Journal of Eastern Asia," and met vnth the
same fate as their predecessors.

The failure and the loss were due in both cases to the same
cause. The whole enterprise was on the shoulders of a single indivi-
dual, and a want of leisure, or of health, or of p erseverance on his
part, brought the whole thing to an end. "We have a hope, as I
said on the first occasion I had the honour of addressing this
Society, that we may escape the danger, by the fact that we are a
Society, and therefore that, when one man fails or drops away, ano-
ther will be found to fill up his place in the ranks, and the work
will go on.

I do not propose to review in detail the articles contributed
to the pages of the Journal during the past year. I will only say
of them that they seem to shew no sign of falling off, either in
ability, or in permanent value.

It is very satisfactory that a LibraiT has been commenced.
The number of works in it is not large at present, and they consist,
perhaps too exclusively, of the transactions of Societies like our
own. But some progress has been made, and it has become re-
cognised that the formation of a collection of books beanng upon
our special subjects is one of the departments of the work we have
undertaken to do.

No doubt one reason of the slow advance we have made in this
direction is to be found in the proximity of the Eaffles Library,
which has lately been enriched by the Logan collection. But the
list of scientific books upon the countries and the peoples of Mala-
ya now on the shelves of the Raffles Library is by no means complete,
and is perhaps unlikely to be made so, as a more popular style of
literature is much more in demand. I do not doubt that in the
future, the student of our special subjects will have to depend upon
our Society for most of the books he may want to refer to, which
are not already in the Bafilob; collection.

[ xxi ]

Two of the events of the past year, enumerated in the Secre-
tary's Keport, seem to claim special mention. One was the recep-
tion by the Society of Professor Nobdenskjold and his companions
in the "Vega" on their homeward voyage, after having accom-
plished the North-East passage from Europe to China.

The other, which I consider of particular importance, m the
publication by the Society of a new edition of the ILiknyat Ab-
dullah. This requires somewhat more consideration, because the
action of the Council in the matter is liable to be challenpjed.
There is the question, which was raised at one of our Meetings
about another matter, whether it fs within the scope of such a
Society as ours to publish anything but the articles originally
communicated to us and our own transactions. Now, if any consider-
able risk of pecuniary loss were involved in such publication, I
should think that it would not be right to undertake it. But in
this case we were secured, by the the kind co-operation of the
Educational Department in consenting to take over a considerablg
portion of the edition at a fixed price. Being thus secured against
sinking the subscribers' money, we have been enablerl to do, for a
most important piece of Malayan lit<*niture, just what was done by
the liberality or Governments and enlightened individuals at the
l)eginning of the Renaissance for many of the Greek Classics that
had been nearly lost. We have brought it out again into the light
of day, and have put it within th(; reach of those who may be bene-
fited by it.

There is no doubt that the efforts of Government, of religious
bodies, and of benevolent individuals to spread edueation amongst
the people here are beginning to bear fruit, and that the natives
are slowly awakening to the advantages of acquiring knowledge.
But they have very few books, and the desire for them is not suffi-
ciently strong as yet to make them willing to incur much labour or
expense in procuring them. This must be done for them, probably
fi»r another generation at least. Isow there are few books which
they are so likely to read as the story of Abdull-vr the Munshi,
who, with a singularly pure diction, and in a most popular style, has
given a slight and partial, but still a very truthful sketch, of a most
important period in the history of these Settlements, illustrated, as
<me may say, with the most graphic pictures of life and manners in
a time which is fast passing out of memory. The restoring and
circulating of a book of this kind is likely to be a stimulus both to
those who are themselves accpiiring the elements of learning, and to
those who are setting their children to do so. It is also not impro-
bable that it may have the effect of teaching the natives to value
other remains of their own literature which are still in their pos-
Hossion, and even of encouraging some of the most cultivated

[ Mdi ]

among them to make their own independent e&rts in that field on
which one of themselves achieved a great success. I consider,
therefore, that, while the Society had its own proper objects in view
when it undertook the preservation of this interesting example of
Malay intelligence, it did not lose sight of them in putting it m tlie
way of tTiose for whom it was originally written.

BBCBPTION OP PROFESSOR NORDBNSKJOLD.

( Extract from the " Straits Times " of the ^th December,)

Mr. A. M. Skixneb, Honorary Secretary, opens the Meeting
by reading the following Resolution of the Society, at a Meeting
of the Council held on 8rd November : —

**The Council takes into consideration the information which
"has been received of the Fijya'* approaching visit to Singapore, and
" unanimously agrees to send to Professor Nordenskjold the hearty
"congratulations of this Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society upon
"his successful achievement of a North-East passage in his remarka-
"ble voyage through the Polar Seas from Sweden to Japan."

" Should the Vega, under the command of Captain Palaj^ deb,
" and the distinguished party, visit our port, it is resolved to offer
" such a recognition as may be practicable of the importance of
" Professor NoRDENSKJOLD^s achievements to science generally, and to
** those obiectH more particularly which the Asiatic Society exists to
** promote. *

Mr. Skinner explains that in pursuance of this resolution
Professor Nordenskjold and Captain Palander had been invited,
thanks to the courtesy of the members of the Club, to meet the
members of the Straits Branch of the Asiatic Society in the read-
ing-room of the Club this evening, an invitation which both
(Mninent men have kindly accepted.

The Venerable Archdeacon Hosk says : —

I^rofcssor Nordensk.jold, — In the name of the Straits Branch
of the Roval Asiatic Society, assembled here to meet vou, I have to
oftcr you the most hearty coni^n-atulations upon the succi^ss of that
<j:reat achievement which you, and your distinguished associates
have just accomplished in efFecting the North-Eastern Passage
throuL^h the Arctic Ocean.

lu all a<;es the North men have been l)()ld enough to face the
hardships of the frozen sea, tempted, in old times, by the desire of
1,'ettini^ lands and wealth, and in our own better days by the hope

of adding to the knowledge of this world of aura which men hliTfl
aXreoAj acquired. But too often, the tale of Arctic Exploration
haa been one of disappointment and failure; too often the discoverer'a
royage has ended in his own grave. To very few has a brilli&nt
HUccesH such as yours been given. In<loed we may aay there are
not many Geographical problema remaining of the magnitude and
importance of that wh^ch the voyage of the Veaa hae noived. The
aatiafaetion to yourself of having earned Bucn a reward by your
twenty years of labour among the dangers of the Northern Oeean
muttt be very great.

Whether the Nori.h.Ea«t passago comes to be used aa one of
the ordinary routes between Northern Europe and China, or not,
the advantage;' of your difficult journey cannot fail to bo real and
tabling. If, as has been suggcHted in Bngtand, it should be found
to demonstrate the pOBsibility of placing meteorological stations —
which can be duiv supplied and relieved— at the most favourable
jvointa for observation on the coast of Northern Asia, ao " doubling
■■ the range of time over which our weather predictdons now oilend,
'■ and immensely increasing the range of surface for which urediu-
" tions are issued,'" the beneficial results are indeed iucalculanle, in
imagination we see countless sailors avoiding the storm which, had
it not been foretold, would have overtaken and probably tleHtroyed
them ; and countless merchanta rejoicing over the added security
which attends their ventures. Perhaps too it i» not too great a
stretch of the imaginative faculty to picture to ourselves the toil-
ing populations and the anxious Q-overnuients of this great Conti-
nent escaping or mitigating the horrors of famine by the timely
provision which forecasts of nufavourablo seasons would enable
them to make. And if such things as these are likely to result
,from increased opportunities of observing meteorological fluctua'
tions in the Arctic regions, it will be a vast multitude, both oa nea
and land, that will bavo reason to admire the skill and courage
which made such opportunities attainable.

On the other hand, when merchant ships from the East and
from the West are traversing in safe^ the course which your jour-
ney has marked out ; when new markets are being formed tor the
manufactures and the natural products of both Europe and Asia ;
and when the produce of the richest province in Siberia is being
dtBtributed over the norld ; when, too, the material comforts «f
civilijation, and the light of religion and education are being con-
vened to such peoples as the Techutschis, whose misery and desti-
tution your charity relieved, it will be imposeibte to estimate the
additions to the sum of human happiness which this voyage of the

villh

As we believe this is the lost evening of your stay hero, we beg
Bll to accept our warmest good wishes for your journey home.

[ ™v ]

We shall look with the most intense interest for the accounts of
your arrival and of the reception you will meet with, both from
your countrymen and from all who have the progress of civiliza-
tion and science at heart, in the great cities of Europe which you
may visit. We shall ever consider ourselves fortunate that the
homeward course of the first circumnavigator of Europe and Asia
brought him past our Settlement at the extreme South of that
great Continent, and enabled us to meet one, who may look forward
to the happiness of being reckoned among the benefactors of
mankind.

Professor Nordenskjold replies as follows : —

"The Straits Branch op the Eoyal Asiatic Society, — The
kind reception to-day by which the Straits Settlements' branch of
the Royal Asiatic Society has honoured the Members of the Swedish
Expedition has for us quite a peculiar interest, which could be
afforded in no other place and by no other learned Society in the
world.

Havinic passed the North Cape of Asia, Cape Tsclicliskin, or
the much discussed Promontorium Tabiu of Ptolomeus, where even
in the hottest summer's day the scanty vegetation and the scarce
flowers are surrounded by ice and snow, where the land always was
uninhabited, and where scarcely a man has been before us but the
Russian Expl<>ror whose name it bears ; we at present enjoy the
hospitality of ts flourishing community in the southernmost part of
Asia, where snow is unknown, and even durincj the winter a luxu-
rious everjxreen vecretation surrounds a numerous and thrivinj;
j>opulation. The contrast is so strikinjjj that one could hardly
believe that it would bo possible for men to sustain two so different
climates.

I believe, however, that the horrors with which populai*
authors have surrounded the Northern C oast of Asia are u)ueh
exaj];gerated. It is true the winter we passed at the ver;^'e of the
Polar Circle on the Tschukschi Peninsula was very serious, with
a constant snow monsoon and a temperature often below the freez-
ing point of mercury, more severe indeed than the winter 1 passed
s(iven years ai^o nearly eight hundred miles farther to the North at
a place where the sun for nearly four winter months is constantly
hclow the hori/on.

But even in the far North the summer has its charms, the
snow melts and evaporates. The soil is then, during a few weeks,
covered with a flower carpet unrivalled in the South. The ice
breaks and melts away along the shores in the latter part of the
summer. And Anally Southerly winds and warm currents from
the h^iberiari "ivers open a broad channel of ice free water from

[ XIV ]

Jenesei to Beriu*;. It is in this chaunel tliat tlie Vega made her
NorthJEast passage.

I am persuaded this will not be the last time this channel will
be navigated, a« from immemorial time millions ot* birds emigrate
from the extreme South to tlie sliores of Northern Asia to breed
and enjoy its short summer, so I think the time will come when
numbers of seamen will, during some few weeks oF every year, seek
this coast for commercial purposes, importing merchandise to the
mouth of the great and deep rivers of JSiberia, and exporting from
thence produce to Europe, Asia, and America, and 1 believe this
navigation in the future will be attended with no peculiar dangers
to the ships, or privations to the crews. For that aiui, a more com-
plete knowledge of the Polar regions, of the extension of laud and
sea, of the forming of the ice in the deep open ocean, of the cur-
rents in the Polar basin, the prevailing winds, ifcc, is of the utmost
importance.

I am persuaded that these geographical desiderata will soon
bo supplied. For, with the exception of the Polar basins, all the
oceans of the globe at present are pretty well known. Very few
momentous problems are left for future explorers, and there will
be, no doubt, a lively competition among all the seafaring nations
to gain the last laurels left.

No people has done so much to lift the veil which has, for a
long time, surrounded the icy regions as the people of England, and
no nation can boast of such a large mercantile marine, such a num-
ber of hardy seamen and skilful navigators. The enthusiasm with
which this people, even in the remotest parts of its dominions,
embraces our undertaking has been a source of great pleasure to
me, as a certain pledge that our voyage will soon be followed by
others, and, finally, by practical results, of what importance we at
present hardly can form an exact idea.

Once more I thank you all for the kind reception to-day.

Captain Palandek exhibits several charts and maps, which are
anxiously scanned, giving details of the " silent sea ' over which
the Vega voyaged.

The Professor hands to Dr. Beckys, for the M^useum, a speci-
men of quartz which he had brought from the extreme nortnern
point of Asia.

THE MARITIME CODE

or THK

]M A L A Y S.
\l\' Sir Stamford I'a files,

Part II.

C Conliiiued from Journal Xo, 3, p. Si. J

TLe lone: admitted opinion that the Malaya possess no records
whatever of their laws and customs, an<l that they arc solely
governed in their dispute.'' by established customs aud usages, re-
ferred to as occasion may require from memory only, seems to
have been much strengthened bv the • observations contained in
jNIr. Marsden's account of Sumatra ; whi<-h, from its being the only
standard book in the English language containing a detailed account
of the I'lastward, apj)ears to liave been considered by many as ap-
plying generally, and thus calculaied to tit all the countries denomi-
nated Malayan ; whereas, the Island of Sumatra possesses in it«el£
an almost inexhaustible fund for roscunth and enquiry ; and can
onlv be ronsiilercd as one of the almost innumerable States, and
by no means the greatest in population or even in extent, of that
comprehensive and unparalleled archipelago throughout which
the Malavan nation is established.

The Island of Sumatra, as well as the Island of Java, Tan ah
TTgi or Bugis land (Celebes). Sulu, and the Moluccas (which, with
Borneo, compose what may be properly termed the Malayan group)
are peopled by nations radically distinct from the Malays; who
speak languages entirely different, and use various written charac-
ters original and peculiar to each; these nations are governed by

J MARITIME CODF.

their own Laws and Institutes ; and if we except the State of 'Mc-
nangkabau on the Island of Sumatra, it is on the shores of these
Islands only, and iu the Malay Peninsula, that the Malays are to be
found. Whatever may have been the origin of the Malayan nation,
the population of these various and extensive Inlands could never,
according to any natural inference, liave proceeded from the Ma-
lays ; but the reverse, more pr(»bably, may have been the cas<*,
whatever may have been the extent borrowed from a more foreign
source.

Notwithstanding, therefore, the idea of Mr. Mabsdex that the
various dialects of the Malayan tongue have experienced such
changes with respect to the purposes of intercourse, that they may
be classed into several languages differing considerably from each
other, I cannot but consider the Malayan nation as one people,
speaking one language, though spread over too wide a space to
preserve their character and customs in all the maritime States
lying between the Sulu Sea and the Southern Ocean, and bounded
longitudinally by Sumatra and by the Western side of Papua or New
Guinea ; but as that point more naturally belongs to a dissertation
on the origin of the nation and of its language, it need not be
attended to here (where the subject is only alluded to) ; as it
might be necessary, in finding out those boundaries to which the
Malayan laws extend, to establish such distinctions and general
definitions as may assicst in its explanation and more ready com-
prehension.

The laws and customs of the Malays may, therefore, be con-
sidered either separately, or as they have reference to those of
the more ancient and original inhabitants of the Eastern islands
with whom they are now so intimately connectod. What may be
termed the proper laws and proper custom^ of the Malayan nation,
as it at present exists, will first be adverted to.

Independently of the Laws of the Koran, which are more or
less observed iu the various Malay JStates according to the influ-
ence of their Arabian and Mahomedan Teachers, seldom further
than they affect matters of religion, marriage, and inheritance, they
possess several Codes of liaws denominated Undang undanf/^ or
institutes, of different antiquity and authority, compiled by their
respective sovereigns ; and every State of any extent possesses its
own Undang undang. Through the whole there appears a general
accordance : and where they differ, it is seldom beyond what situa-

MABITIMK CODn. O

iion and ftuperlor aihantasPR or authority have naturally dictated.
Many of tho Undnng inidanq contain the mere n*giilations for the
collection of the dutio.^ for trade and the peculiar observances of
the Port ; whil'i others ascend to the higher branches of civil and
criminal law.

From the comparatively nide and uncivilised character of the
Malay, neither learned disquisition, nor even general argument,
is to be looked for ; but simple idcaw, simply expressed, may illus-
trate character better than scientific arrangement or refined com-
position ; and, in this point of view, however local or particular
the subject may be, the Institutes and Regulations of bo extensive
a maritime nation must be interesting.

Considering, therefore, that a translation of their Codes, di-
gested and arranged according to one general plan, might be
as useful in forming and insuring a more secure intercourse
among this extraordinary and peculiar nation, as it might be
interesting in illustrating the unjustly degraded character of so
extensive a portion of the human race hitherto so little known,
whether with respect to what they are, or what they were, I have
long been engaged, as far as the severe duties of my public situ-
ation would admit, in collecting, at much trouble and consider-
able expense, Malay manuscripts of every description; and parti-
cularly copies of the Undang undang Malay it ^ which, with tho
various collections of Adat^ or immemorial customs, and what may
be usefully extracted from the Svjara and Akal Malagu, or an-
nals and traditions of the Malays, comprize wliat may be termed
the whole body of the Malay laws, customs, and usages, as far as
they can be considered original, under the heads of Grovernment
Property, Slavery, Inheritance, and Commerce.

On the Eastern side of Sumatra, the Malay States of Achin and
Palembang may be considered as of the most importance. From
these States I already possess one copy of the Undang vndang
Achihy with a short account of the Undang undang SiaA; Further
copies of these, as well as of the Institutes of Palembang, I have
reason to believe, arc within mv reach.

The laws of Achin are peculiar, on account of the severity of
the criminal laws ; and although it may be presumed that^they were
borrowed from the more ancient inhabitants of the Island, they are
interesting in as far as they may have been generally ado^tei V^

4 MATlTTnrE CODF.

the Malays in the Straits of Mala<'ea ; and may have given rise to
that sanguiuary disiiposition by wliirh thi'y are usually character-
ise'!.

Those of Siak have a peculiar interest from the long established
connection between that State and the Undang undang source in the
interiar. The Siak River takes its rise in the Menangkabau country,
and has obviously been the principal outlet from the rich and po-
pulous countries in the interior, of which so little is known.

The Malay customs and usages on the West Coast of Suma-
tra, I apprehend to be so much blended with those of the more ori-
ginal inhabitants of the Island, that even if there was a State
among them of sufficient importance to have its own Institutes, it
would scarcely deserve consideration in the general arrangement
of what is purely Malayan ; and they are, consequently, unattend-
ed to.

Of the Malay Peninsula, the principal States entitled to notice
on the Western side are those of Kcdah, Malacca, and Johor ; and
on the Eastern, those of Trrngganu, Patunt, and Pahang. From
these I have obtained and collected several copies of the Undang
undang Krdali, the Undang tnidang Malaka^ and the Undang un-
dang Johor. The Stales on the Eastern side of the Peninsula,
with the exception of Patani which has been considerably influ-
enced by the Siamese, seem i^cnerally to have admitted thc^ superi-
ority of the Malay Government, first established at Singapore and
afterwards at Johor.

On the Island of Borneo, tlie several Malay Slates have Re-
gulations and Institutes peculiar tu eacli ; not diiTering in any
material dei^ree from those of tlu? Peninsula. Some of these I have
already ol>tained, and others are in part Iransoribetl.

The iNTalayan Code, stated to have l^een C(Mn])ile(l during the
relixn of Sultan ^r.vHNrrn Suvn, of wliicli I have linve co|)Ies, treats
princi[)ally of eoiuinercial an<l maritime u^;ej;es : an«l is, in these
branches, intended to form tlie text ; whilst the Institutes of
Jolior, from the intimate connection wliieh a[)j)(^ars always to lia\e
existed between ^lalaeea and the Southern })art of \]\o Peninsula,
may be useful as a supplenunit on these points ; at the same time
that it will branch out into civil and criminal law generally
an<l the general principles of counnunication belueen tlie diiTereni,
Statcv

MARITIME CODE. 5

Tlio Krdali Coile may, in like manner, form the text for such
part of the Institutes as may be must usefully applied in the inter-
course of Europeans ; and will tend to a i^eneral understanding of
the character and usages of the Malay countries iu the immediate
vicinity of the British Settlements. Tliis State, until the establi^sh-
ment of the English at Pulo Pinang, possessed respectable com-
merce ; and still retains its Malavan Government and Institutions,
though reduced iu iuiportance, and applicable only to internal
affairs.

The Institutes of the smaller States, as of SelAngor, Perak,
and othei's, nuiy only require notice as far as they dilYer from the
general Codes of the superior States.

As the population of the Malayan Peninsula has excited much
interest, my attention has been particulaily directed to the yariou.s
tribes stated to be scattered over the couutrv.

Those on th<^ hills are usually termed Semang, and are woolly-
headed ; those on the plains Oranrj benna^ or people belonging to
the country, tlu; word henna beinij; applied by the Malays to any
extensive country as benua Cliina, henna KJlng ; but it ap-
pears to be only the ^Malay plural of the Arabic word bin or heni^
signifying a tribe. The early adventurers from Aral)ia frequently
make mention iu their writings of the different tribes tliey met
with to the Eastward ; and from them, most probably, the Malays
have adopted the term Orang henna,

I had an opportunity of seeing two of those people from a
tribe in tlie neiirhbourhood of ^lalacca. It consisted of about sixtv
people. The tribe was called Jokang. These people, from their
occasional intercourse with the villages dependent on Malacca,
speak tlie ^falayan language sulliciently to be generally understood ;
they relate that there are two other tribes, the Orang benua ami
the Orang uihiL The former appears the most interesting as com-
posing the Duijority; the hitter is only another name for the
Semang or Kafri.s.

Prom tlic intercourse and vicinity of the JoVanq tribe to Ma-
lacca, tliey have a<lnptc<l in:my Tilalay words not originally iu their
languaije ; and tlie following sliort specimen may, perhaps, tend to
illustrate tluMr connection, and to evince how far they pos^^essa » ■
culiar language, Tliey are not circumcisod, but appear to have ::-•

6 MARITIME CODE.

ceived some instruction regarding Nahi ha, or. as tliey pronounce
it, Isher. Thej Lave no books or peculiar word for God, whom
they designate by DeuSf evidently Portuguese. The men are well
formed, rather short ; resembling the Malays in countenance, but
Laving a sharper and smaller nose. Th^y may have but one wife,
whether rich or poor, and appear to observe no particular ceremo-
ny at their nuptials; the consent of the girl and that of the
p^^rcnta once obtained, they are united as man and wife.

The JoJcang language, in genend, coincidea with the Mal&j«
AS in the following instances: —

Earth

••• ••• •••

Tanah

Fire

••• ••• • m %

A pi

Fish

• •• ••• ••■

Ikan

Bird

• • • ... ...

Burong

Eye

■ •• ••• •■•

Mata

Nose

••• ••• •••

Hidoug

Teeth

■•• ••• •••

Gigi

Belly

• •• ••• •••

Prut

Sun

••• ••• •••

Mata-hari

Mouth

"•• ••• •••

Mulut

Eyebrow . . .

• • • • • • « • •

Kening

Old

Tuha

Good

••• •• •»•

Baik

The numerals are

also the same as in '

Malay.

In the following instances they differ from the

) Malay: —

Moon

• ■ • • • • « • *

Hunter Ishub ( the 7

laid spirit.) )

Stars

••• ••« •••

* • •

Chiang

Water ...

••• ••• ••«

• • ■

Yehs

Tiger

••• ■•• •••

• > •

Kokang

Bog

• • • • . . ...

. . .

Kay ape

Bear

• • • • • • • • .

...

Seho

Elephant ...

'•• ••• •••

• • •

Berenkel

Hhinoceros

••• ••• •-•

« • •

Vesaki

Foot

••• •*• •••

• • •

Tamen

Child ...

• • • • • • • • •

■ • •

Merbodo

Infant

••• ••• •••

• • •

Opayct

Arrows ...

••• ••• ••«

• • •

Tornaa

House ...

••• ••• ••«

• • «

Cheringu

MAEITIME CODE. 7

Head ... ... Hetah

liV'ild-hog Chang Khok

Devil ... Choling

As the relations that may have existed between the State of
Menangkabau on the Island of Sumatra and the Malay Peninsula
is not generally known, the following translation of a Malay manu-
script, to which I give some credit, may be interesting. The cir-
cumstances related are without date or authority , but it is in a
great degree confirmed by the genera) history of Johor, and the
present state of the country in the neighbourhood, as well as by
the existence at this day of another Malay State of considerable
extent, situated in the interior of the peninsula, and deriving its
authority from Menangkabau in Sumatra. The State alluded to is
that of Eambau, inland of Malacca, the Haja of which, as well as ,
his Officers, receive their authority and appointments from Sumatra.
Communication is carried on in the Malay Peninsula, through tho
Kver Linggi in tho neighbourhood of Malacca, and that of Siak
on the Sumatra side. The Malays of Ramban, with whom I havo
now had frequent communication, adopt tho broad dialect of the
Malays of Sumatra ; changing the a, at the end of a word into o, — a
peculiarity which may be still observed among many of tho
inhabitants of the southern part of the Peninsula : —

" Many years ago, tho Raja of Johor had an only daughter, the
fame of whose beautv reached the ears of the illustrious son of the
Raja of Menangkabau, whose residence is at Pagaruyong in Pulau
Percha and whose power is mighty. Tho young Prince enamour-
ed with the enchanting descriptions of this beauty, entreated
his father's permission to make the voyage to Johor for his recre-
ation , and the Raja his father was pleased to comply with his
request.

" The young Prince accordingly embarked from the shores of
Pulau Percha, attended by a numerous retinue suited to his high
rank and splendid fortune.

" On the arrival of the Prince from the Island of Sumatra in
the StrailH of Johor, he was desirous of immediately proceeding up
the river, but the Raja of Johor, alarmed at the unexpected ap-
pearance of so larj^e a fleet with a Royal Standard, refused him
admittance. The Prince, determined on proceeding, entered the
River ; and being opposed by tho Johorians a severe battle ensued,

M. mi TIME CO Dr.

in which the men of Juhor witc Jefoaled. niul oblij2:etl to retreat
in confusion.

*' On the result of the action being made known to the B^ja of
Johor, he assembled his Nobles and Oflicers of State, and advised
with them as to the conduct that should be pursued, fearful that
the men of Johor, wlio were worsted in the first engagement, might
not have the power or courage to stand in a second. It was their
unanimous opinion, that the Prince should be invited to proceed
up the River on friendly terms, and the Prince was accordingly
invited.

**The Prince lost no time in proceeding with his suite up the
River, where they landed from the lloyal Prahu, and, he was receiv-
ed i\s a Raja high in rank. The Raja of Johor then enquired of liim
the business that had brought liim there, and what were his wishes,
to which the Prince replied, that he was enamoured of his daugliter,
and came to solicit lier in marriage. The Raja, having consulted
with his Nobles and Officers of iSt ate, agreed to the marriage; and
a place was allotted for the residence of the Prince and his fol-
lowers. In a short time tlie Prince was married to the daughter of
the Raja, and they lived togctluM* in the district that had been
allotted to them ; and their lKV[)l^ine^s increased every day. How
long did this last 'f

*'The Prince soon became deliglited with his Princess, and so
pleased with the attentions of the Raja of Johor, and the com-
pound or district allotted to him, which now bore the name of Kum-
2^ong 3Lenanukahau, thai he thought not of returning to the
territories ol* his Royal father, but remained in Johor with his fol-
lowers : manv of wliom inarri(ul with the women of Johor, h^j thai
their numbers increased dailv.

**The Raja of Jolior havini'' afterwards conferred on the Prince
WiqWXXo o{ Yaufi lyiprrlnan lu rliil,i\\\\\. in consequenee, given him
considerable p^nver and anlhorily in Jt)h()r, the Prince exercised it
with great severity. The increasing conscqnence of the Prince, ad-
ded to his severity, alarmed the l\aja Muda's friends and ad-
herents, who were very numerous, and ihey consulted as to the
measures that should be taken. The Nobles were so enraged that
the power of Government was almost entirely taken out of the
hands of the men of Johor, and that a stranger i>hould a^:<umc au-

ICABITIME CODK. 9

thority, that thcj respectfully submitted the circumstance to the
serious consideration of the Baja, requesting that the whole o£
the Menangkabaus might be removed from Johor, or thej would
be soon enslaved by them.

* The Baja listened not to their request ; and the Baja Muda
becoming more enraged, he again assembled his friends and ad-
herents, and the number of those who were dissatisfied with the
Menangkabaus being allowed to remain in Johor becoming very
great, they unanimously agreed, to the number of above eight hun-
dred, to proceed, with long krises, into the compound of the Me-
nangkabaus and put them to death ; this resolution being fixed at
midday. They were desirous, however, of securing from danger the
daughter of the Raja, and, accordingly, previous to the attack, a
few men entered the compound at sunset unobserved, and brought
the Pnnc3ss in safety to the Eaja Muda.

" The Prince, entering the apartment where he expected to find
the Princess, searched in vaiu for her ; and aware of the enmity of
the Raja Muda, he instantly assembled all the Menangkabaus ; the
gong was sounded and all were in arms.

" Accompanied by all the Mcnangkabau men who were in the
compound at the time, the Prince sallied forth in search of his
Princess; no sooner were they without the compound than the
Raja Muda, hearing them «ap preach, advanced against them ; a se-
vere battle ensued, which lasted from before midnight until day-
light next morning, and in which four hundred of the men of Johor
were slain.

"In tlie morning the Prince re-entered the compound, and wan
closely followed by the remaining force of the Raja Muda ; these,
however, were soon slain to a man by the Menangkabaus, and
the Raja IMuda only escaped with his life, having taken the pre-
caution of returning to his house unobserved, before daylight.

" The Prince, exasperated at the treacherous conduct of the
men of Johor, and oiTended that the Raja should permit the Raja
Muda thus openly to attack him, proceeded the next morning
with all his men in order to give battle to the Raja himself, to re-
venge the ill-treatment he had received, and, if possible, recover
the Princess, his wife. A severe engagement took place, which last-

10 MABITIMB CODE.

ed all day, and with the darkness of the night, the men of Johor
fled in every direction.

" The Eaja proceeded to Tringganu, and the Eaja Muda with
his family took shelter in a neighbouring wood.

" Intimation of the place of the Eaja Muda's retreat being
conveyed to the Prince, he immediately proceeded thither, and
completely surrounded him. The Baja Muda finding himself in
this extremely awkward position, and no hope of escape left, put
his family to dtath one by one, in order that they might not
fall into the hands of the enemv ; after which he went forth from
the interior of the wood and endeavoured to rush throucrh the Mo-
nangkabaus who surrounded it, but in vain ; being repulsed ia every
direction he threw down his 8 word, and was in a few moments
slain. The Prince having thus revenged himself on the Eaja
Muda, a d fiiidini; that the Eaja of Johor had fled to Tringganu,
pursued him tliither. On the Prince's arrival at Tnngganu he de-
manded of the Eaja, that the Eaja of Johor should be given up to
him, and the Eaja of TrinGri^jmu complied with his request ; and
the Eaja of Johor being delivered up was immediately put to death
by the enraged Menangkabaus.

" The Prince then recovered his wife from the Eaja of Trino^ga-
nu with whom bshe had been loft by her father ; and havin^:^ remain-
ed a few days at Tringganu, he returned witii his followers to Jo-
hor. At Johor he remained till such time as the Prahus could bo
repaired and victual led for tlic voyaij^e, and then embarked with
the Menangkabaus for the kingilom of Lis fill her.

"Several, however, of the Menani:!^kahau3 rc^naincd in the coun-
try of Johor, in consequence of their bi'in:^ uuitcd in marriage to
the Johor women. The country of Jolior, wiilrh \va? previously well
cultivated, was soon overgrown with v/oOvl ; l);it the compound in
which the men of i\ronani;kabau resided, f^till b. ai^s the name of
*'Kar pong Menangkabau ;" and mmy [ucho are sliil \(^ he found
scattered over the country who call tlu'iiist Ivei ^Iciiani;ka!)aus, as
it was for many years that the T^'ince resided in tliiit counlry, and
those connected with him and his followers had become very nu-
merous/*

iTAJtrrniE cobs. 11

The ancient connection that existed between Malacca and Jo*
hor is particularly noticed in Malayan History, according to whicli>
the fii^dt Kaja of Malacca, Sultan Iskandee Siiaii, aftenN'arda, on
his embracing the Mahomedan faith, called Sultan MAHMtjn ShaH,
is supposed to have been a Ra;a of Slngapui'a (an ancient Malay
State near the site of Johor), who had taken refuge there on his
king«loni being invaded and destroyed by an armament from the
Island of Java. The pubsequcnt flight of the Malacca Kaja to the
Southern ])art of the Peninsula, on the establishment of the Porta*
guese, is related in several Malay books in my possession; from
one of which the following is a literal translation. Malacca is consi-
eredas the principal State on the Peninsula. The fall of its nativo
Government is interesting, although the records must be of modem
date. Sultan Maiimi'd Shah, the preseut Raja of Linggn and BhiOf
"whitljer tho seat of Government has long been transferred from
Johor, still traces his descent from the ilajas of Alalacca.

Trandation of a Malayan Manuscript enfifled a Sistory of
former times^ containing an account oj the arrival cf the FortU(fUC86
at Malacca,

" It 13 related, that ten Portuguese vessels from Manila ar*
rived at Malacca for the purpose of trade, during the reign of
Sultan AnM:ED Shait, at a time when that country possessed an ex*
tensive commerce, and everything in abundance ; when the affairs
of Government were correctly administered, and the officers pro*
perly appointed.

" At tho time that their ships arrived, the fort was composed
of Nihong alatt ; how many Portugues^se entered the fort, and with
what presents oE gold, of dollars, of cloths, and of Manila chains,
did they present themselves before the Raja, and how pleased
to excess was Sultan AinrEO Shah with the Portuguese ; what-
ever the Commander required, Sultan AnMEn Shah was ready to
grant; but how many of the BPndahara and Trmenggongs^ with
due obedience, urged tho Raja to be on his guard against the Por-
tuguese, *for,* said they, * the most experienced among us does
*not recnllect a misfortune so great as the arrival of the Porta-
•guese;'to this the Raja would reply *alas! revered Bcndahfira
'and you respected Icmcnggongs, you know nothing when you

12 MA^RITUfE CODE.

*»tate that these white men will do what is wi^ong in our country.*

*' For forty days the Portuguese ships traded at Malacca, but
still the Portuguese Commander remained on shore presenting
dollars by the chest, and gold ; and how many beautiful cloths
did he present to the illustrious Sultan Aumed Shah, so that the
Sultan was most happy.

" The BSndahara and the Temenggongs still remained of the
eame opinion respecting the Portuguese, and were not well in-
clined towards them ; but finding that their representations were
not attended to, nor well received by the Eaja, they ceased to
make them. To how many of the rich and great men did the Com-
mander of the Portuguese present Manila chains, and how pleas-
ed was every one wnth the Portuguese ; the Bcndahara and the
KmSnggongs were alone disatisfied.

" After this Sultan Ahmed Shah said to the Commander of
the Portuguese, *what more do you require from us that you ten-

* der us such rich presents ?* To this the Commander replied * we only
•request one thing of our friend, should ho still be well inclined to-

* wards the white men ;' whereupon Sultan Ahmed Shah said 'state

* what it is, that 1 may hear it, and if it is in my power I will com-
*ply with the request of my friend.* The Portui^uese answered, * we

* wish to request a small piece of ground to the extent of what the
■ skin of a beast may cover ;* * Then,' said the Eaja, * let not my

* friends be unhappy ; let them take whatever spot of ground they
' like best to the extent of what they request.'

" The Captain highly rejoiced at this ; and the Portuguese im-
mediately landed, bringing with them spades, bricks and mortar.

The Commander then took the skin of the bca.st, and, having rent
it into cords, measured therewith a piece of ground with four sides,
within which the Portuguese built a store house of very considera-
ble dimensions, leavinic large apertures in the walls for guns ; and
when the people of Malacca enquired the reason of the apertures
being left, the Portuguese returned tor answer^ * they are apertures
•that the w^hite men require for windows,' so that the people of
Malacca were satisfied and content. Alas ! how often did the Ben-
dahara and the Temenggongs approach the Ivaja with a request
that the white men might not be permitted to build a large house ;
but the Eaja would say, *my eyes are upon them, and they are few

MARITIME CODE. 13

* in number ; if they do what ia wrong, whatever it may be, I shall

* see it, and will give orders for their being massacred ;' literally,

* I will order men to amok ( or, as it is vulgarly termed, n*» amok )
'among them;' notwithstanding this, the Bendahara and the TC-
mSnggongs remained dissatisfied in their hearts, for they were •
wise men.

" After this, the Portuguese, during the night, conveyed into
their store-house cannon, and they landed small arms packed in
chests, saying the contents were cloths ; and in this manner did
the Portuguese deceive and cheat the people of Malacca.

" "What the Portuguese next did, the people of Malacca were
ignorant of ; but it was not long before the store house was
completed ; and when all their arms were in order, then it wa«
that at midnight, at a time when the people of Malacca were
asleep, that the Portuguese began to lire off their guns from
the Fort of Malacca.

" They soon destroyed all the houses of the people of Malac*
ca, and their Nihong Fort; and it was during the night when
the Portuguese first attacked the people of Malacca, that Saja
Ahmed Shah with his people, fled in all directions, for none
could remain to oppose the Portuguese.

" Tims did the Portuguese gain possession of Malacca ; whilst
Sultan Ahmed Shah fled to Moar. and from thence, in a short time,
to Johor, and afterwards to Bin tan, to establish another country ;
such is the account of the Portuguese seizure of the kingdom of
Malacca, from the hands of the Sultan Ahmed Shah.

" It is related, that the Portuguese remained in quiet posses-
sion of the country of Malacca for three years ; after which they
sent letters to their great country, which is called Goa, giving an
account that the kingdom of Malacca was conquered. As soon as
this intelligence arrived, the Raja of the Portuguese was exceed-
ingly happy, and in about two months after ho answered the let-
ters, and ordered the Portuguese to build the Fort at Malacca of
iron-stone, and that the form of the Fcrt should be like that at
Goa ; such was the occasion of the Fort of Malacca resembling that
of Goa.

14 MABIXnOC CODS.

" As Boon as tho letters arrived at Malacca from the Haja of
Goa, the Portuguese who were in Malacca ordered such of the
popk as had remain« d there to bring iron-stones for the Fort from
Kwala liinggi, Perlan Upi, Batu Bras, Pulau Java, a email Island
near Malacca, from Telur Mass, from Pa^an Pringjri, from Pulau
Burong, and from the country in the interior of Malacca; and the
price the Portuguese paid for them, was at the rate of SO dollars

per Ir^O stones of large, and 20 dollar.** per 100 stones of small
size. For the eggs which they used in tneir mortar, the Portu-
guese paid at the rate of a loaiiff hharu ( new coin ) for each. For
lime (kapur) they paid fifteen dollars for a koj/an ; and the cool-
ies employed digging away the hill, were paid at the rate of half a
dollar each for one day's work. During thirty-six years three months
and fourteen days the Portuguese were employed iu the construc-
tion of the Fort ; and then it was completed.

*• From this time the Portuguese remained in quiet possession
of Malacca about nine years and one month, when the country
once more began to flourish, and the trade became extensive on ac-
count of the quantities of merchandise brought there from all quar-
ters. Such is the account of tho country of Malacca under the
Portuguese.

" It is related, that after this period a Dutch vessel arrived at
Malacca for the purpose of trading ; the vepsd's name was After*
lenden and that of the Captain Ieer. The Captain perceived that
Malacca was a very fine place, and had a good Furt, therefore, after
the Dutch vessel had traded for fifteen days ho set sail for Eu-
rope, and arriving after a considerable time at the great couutrj,
he gave intelligence to the great Knja of what he had seen of the
beauty of Malacra, the extent of it^ commerce, and tho excellence
of its fort. On this the liaja of Europe said, *lf such is the ac-
* count of ]\ralac^a it is proper that J should order it to be attack-
*ed;' twenty-five vessels were thereupon ordered there by the Kaja
of Europe for tho purpose of attacking jMalarca, and, troops being
embarked on each, they first set sail for the kingdom of Bantam in
the country of Java, where the Dutch were in terms of friendship.

"At Bantam they found two Dutch ships and a ketch, and after
having taken on boiird buffaloes and provisions for tho use of the
persons on board tho vcsaels; they »aiicd for Malacca.

MASniMS CODS. 15

"As soon as tlie fleet arrived at Malacca the Commander sent
a letter to the Portuguese, lellin;^ them to hold themselves in readi-
ness*, as it was the intention of the Dutch to commence the attack on
the morrow at midday. To, this the Portuguese replied, 'como
*when you please we are ready.*

" On the next day the Dutch commenced the attack, and the
war continued for about two months, but the country of Malacca
was not carried; and the Dutch returned to Bantam, where they
remained quiet for some time with the intention of returning to
Europe ; but all the great men on board tlie vessels feoling ashamed
of what had happened, held consultation respecting another attack
on Malacca; they then proceeded against it a second lime, but it
did not surrender. The Dut^h then sent a letter off to Johor ia
terms of friendship to the Sultan, requesting his assistance in tho
attack of Malacca: with thia tho Ilaja of Johor was pleased, and
an agreement was entered into between tho l^aja of Johor and the
Dutch, which was sworn to, so that the Dutch and Malays were aa
one as far as ooncerned the taking of Malacca. An agreement was
made that the Dutch should attack from sea, and the people of
Johor by land ; if the country surrendered the Dutch were to re-
tain the country and the cannon, and everything else that might be
found within Malacca was to bo equally divided between the Dutch
and the people of Johor.

''"When the terms wore agreed upon, tho men of Johor and the
Dutch sailfd for Malacca; and after fighting for about fifteen days
from the seaside, many were slain, as well Portuguese aa Malays
and Dutch. The Ma!av» then hold a consultation and began to think
that if they f(>ught ac:ainrft the white men according to this fashion,
Malacca would not fall in fourteen years.

"It was therefore, agreed upon by all the Malays, that jBf ty
men should enter tho Port of Malacca and run amok,

"The Mnlava then selected a lucVy dav ; and on the 21st of the
m^nth, at 5 o'cl )( k in the morninor, fiftv IMalavs entered the Fort did
M''nffnmol ^ and every Portiii^ueso was either put to death or forced
to fly into the interior of the country, without order or regularity.

" On this all tho Malays plundered to a great extent in Malac«
ca, and the whole was divided between the meu of Johor and the

16 MA^BITIME CODE.

Dutch, according to their agreement.

"The men of Johorthen returned to their country, and the
Dutch remained in possession of Malacca ; and from that time to
the present, the Dutch and the men of Johor have been on the
strictest terms of friendship.

**Thid is the account of former times."

To return to the subject of the Undang undang Malagu, it will
appear, from what I have previously stated, that the collection, as
far as regards the Malayan nation separately, is nearly completed,
but as I have in view the more extensive plan of embracing the
original institutes of the various nations among the eastern Islands,
some time may elapse before it may bo in any considerable degree
of forwardness.

Of those there will be the institutes of Java and of the Bugis
States on the Island of Lelakussuu, which are first in importance.

On the Island of Java there are several TTndang undang cele-
brated to the Eastward, but as the whole Island of Java was once
under the domiuiou of tlio ancient Emperor of Siisuhouang Q-ire
Apoior that is still acknowledged to a certain extent, these may no
doubt be traced to one source and authority ; the difTiculty that has
hitherto existed in communicating with Java in consequence of the
Dutch establishment, has preventccj tlio acquisition of the most
importance. The Javanese laws are arranged in native codes of
considerable antiquity, and were colled ed many years back by the
Dutch Groverument for the guilance of their different officers; of
this collection I possess a copy, wliicli will at any rate assist iu
the compilation or translation oi more genuine codes from native
authority, whenever circumstances may admit of a communication
being opened with tlitJ Javancae llajas and Nobles.

Erom the Bugis and IMacassar nations of Tanah Ugi ( Celebes)
I have already received detached ])arts of tlic Undang undang ; but
the copies that have yet reached me are so incomplete and inaccu-
rate, and bear such recent traces of being but imperfect transcripts
from a better digested and regular code, that they cannot be depend-
ed on, and rather excite than satisjfy enquiry. 1 have long adopted

MAiiTTnfE cobt:. 17

measures witli the view of obtaining if not originals at least more

perfect transeripts, in which I have every reason to expect I shall

bo successful. The two principal codes on this Island are those of

Macassar and Boni. The laws as well as the liistory of the Bugis

States are of considerable antiquity, perhaps far exceeding thoao

on the Island of Java ; these are preserved in books, the greater

part of which are extant, but only to be found in their purity
inland.

With respect to the Sulu Islands, I have a short account of
their laws and usages, though no regular code. Several interesting
particulars connected therewith have been collected by Mr. Alex-
ASDER DALHYiu»LE, and printed in the "Oriental Repository."

Of the Moluccas, I have not yet been able to obtain further
information than what has tended to confirm, in every respect, the
detailed and full account given by Valenttx ; but as these Islands
have lately fallen into the hands of the English, whatever may be
desiderated from that quarter may easily be obtained. Though the
interior of the Islands still possesses an original population, their
government has long been Malayan.

As nothing beyond an imperfect description of a few original
tribes has yet been obtained respecting the inland population of
Borneo, it may be inferred, that as there appears to have been no
original nation of authority, or of extent adequate to reach the
shore or to be known by any of the States that have been establish-
ed on the coast, tlioir institutes, if tliey possess any, cannot be im-
portant, as they have not had any effect on the general population
of the Eastern Archipelagu.

On Sumatra, Mr. Marsdex has so well and diligently trodden
the ground, that we cannot, perhaps, contrary to his assertion,
expect to find written laws and institutes among any of the original
nations.

Tlic compilation that has been made by the English Eesidcnt
will form a valuable standard for comparison with the laws and
customs of the more Eiuntern Islands, but at the same time a
more extensive research into the interior, if unsuccessful in its prin-
cipnl object, cannot fail to be interesting, in as far a^ it may lead to
a more iuliiiiiUc :i'/']'i;ilut:iiicc with the Battaii and Mcnan«;kabai:E ;

MAUiTiMK ronr.

the formt^r uf which may be considered cOs the original population of
the Island, wliilc tlie eatablishment of iho Menaugkabaus may be
compared to that of the Moguls on the Continent of India. In the
Ketchehalima, or " Fine times of the Battas," adopt<*d by the Malays,
of which I have a copy, the divisions of lucky and unlucky times for
undertaking any affair are expressed by the terms Masewara BUfna
JBihana Sulala^ or, more correctly pronounced, Mukiswara Wishna
JJlrahana Sulala^ corresponding to the Hindoo Deities.

The table for calculating superstitions U extremely .simple.

To the collection that has already been made of the various
laws and usages of the MalnVi*, Sumatrans, Bugis, Maccossars, and
Sulus, must be added the Mahomcdan Laws of Inheritance, printed
by the Dutch at Batavia in 1700, in 102 articles, Dutch and ^lalayan ;
of this I possess a copy.

As the collection is so yarious antl extended, the compilation
must necessarily be deferred until the best authorities procurable can
be referred to, and, if po.^siblo, the leading native courts visited. I
request to present to the; Asiatic Society a sketch of the Maritime
Code of the Malays as translated from the duplicate copies I have
brought with me to Bcn<;al, and which, when corrected by more
original copies that I may liereafter obtain, and elucidated by notes
eorresponding with the general ])hm of the uuderlakiug, 1 pur-
pose shall form six h()(»ks ot! the ]Mahiy Jjaws.

In tracing back the ^Malayan laws io tliai of the more ancient
nations on tlie Ishiiuls of yuni:itra, J:iv:i, nud C(*lebes, and from
thence perhaps, ou one ^ide to the Cent iiu':i; of India, and on tlie
other to the large Island.^ in the; South Sons, a widr lit^ld will be open-
ed for researeh, as well into the origina",a>; into those extraordinary
language s which, in tlie proportion that they are I'orrectly spokou
or written, seem tt» appri>acli the Sanscrit.

Tlie comparntivuly modern oriijin of iiie Malays is a fact so ge-
nerally admitted, and universally supportetl by all their writings
and traditions, that it i.> ditlicult to account for the extraordinary
opinion laid down by tlie author (»f the sketch * of an intended

♦ Kntitlrd •• A lu)ii<;li ^k.'tcli of part of an iiitciulcd Ks^my towards aoCcTtdiniiiii
dodiu-titig, clucitlaun'4 and i-»»rn'(t i.'v; i'>(,rtblishod Mnuimonts of tlio .Jahwa or J:ih-
^vi Lun^ia:;e, vulfjrarry railed the Malav LuTi;Tuair.>;* by H. ^.. publi^b.-d iit rrinco
of Wulcb' Island, in 1807.

VAKITIMK CODK. 19

Efisay on tlio Malayan language, that the Arabians and Pcrsiana
have borrowed their present alphabetical characters from the Malaya,
an opinion that could only hope to attraet attention from the con-
fident manner in which it is asserted. The proofs tliat seem to have
occurred to the writer of the language being from the primeval
stock of Java, and one of the sons of Japheth, the third sou of Noah,
from the roots of the old Persian and the Sanscrit and Arabic
derivatives and compounds wliioh have been formed, may as well
be adduced in supporting a similar comparison between the Eng-
lish and Latin tongues ; we should be ratlier surpriNcd to find tho
former, from the number of ancient words it Las adopted, asserted
to bo the parent of the Eoman tongue.

It is easy and natural to a^Tount for the Malays having, in
their religion, adopted the written chiiracter of tho Arabs; and I
have no hesitotion in asserting, that noithfir Malay writings nor in-
scriptions, in their present character, can be traced back to periods
of greater antiquity than the alleged invention of tho modern Arabic
alphabet, or beyond the epoch at which the great intercourse be-
tween the Arabian and the Kastern nations took place. Admitting
however, that more early writing? did exist, there is no reason why
they may not have leen preserved in Sumatra in the more ancient
and original characters of the Biittas, the Kojaugs, or tho Lampougs;
in Java and the Bnlatas, in the cluiracters of the Javandore and
Bu^ifis nations; and even in the Malay Peninsula, bv a modiiicd cha-
racter of the Siamese.

For the component parts of the Malayan language, as it at
present exii^la, and the sources from whence we must trace the ori-
gin of the nation and it^ language, I beg t3 refer to the enlightened
statement, printed in the traubactions, by the author of the **Es6ay
on the Indu- Chinese Nations," whose enlarged views and determined
position will, I am convinced, be the more coulirmed and verified, in
the proportion that they may be enquired into.

The most obvious and natural origin of the Malavs, is that
they did not exist, as a separate and distinct nation, anterior to the
arrival of the Arabians in the Eastern Seas. At the present day
they seem to differ from the original nation from which they sprung,
in about the same degree as tho Chuliah or Kling differs from the
Tamul or Telinga on the Coromandel Coast, or the Mapillas of Mar-

20 MARITIME CODE.

taban differ from the ,* both which people appear, in like man-
ner with the MaLijs, to have been gradually formed as nations, and
separated from their original stock by the admixture of Arabian blood,
and riie introduction of the Arabic language and Moslem religion.

The word Jawi, so much insisted on, is the Malay for anything
mixed or crossed, as when the language of one country is written in
the character of another, it is termed Bhasa Jawi, or mixed lan-
guage, or when a child is born of a Ivling father and Malay mother,
it is called Anak JaxoL a child of a mixed race : thus the Malav
language being written in the Arabic character is termed Bhasa Jaioi^
the Malays, as a nation distinct from the fixed populations of the
Eastern Islands, not posscssijig any written character w^hatever but
what they borrow from the Arabs.

With respect to the Maritime Code, which I have now the ho-
nour to lay before the Society, it has been selected on account of its
singularity. The power of life and death vested in the N'acoJah
iiiav be considered as purely Malayan, or at anv rate to have had its
origin in the Eastern Islands, the Arabs, from whom alonel they
could have borrowed a foreign Sea Code not pos^^essing, ai» far as I
huve been able to ascertain, anv treatise whatever on Maritime Law
<»r in any instance admitting the authority of the Xacodah, or Cap-
tain, of a vessel to inflict capital punishment. ]n this point of view,
llic paper, even in its present state, may not be uninteresting, while
It may tend in a slight degree to account for, if not reconcile, some
of the pecliarities of a nation generally believed tu be guided solely
]>y individual will aud pas.^Ion.

l'niuU'lliL:i'»l«'.

ABOUT KINTA.

IJV
11. W. C. LkCCH, L.L.n., K.CM).

Pakt 1.

(Read at a Mtit'inrj of the ^orlHij, held on the VMh Odotwr, 1879 J

J 11 the following paper, I propose giviiii^ ii short description of
this most interesting and, to the outer world, ahuost unknown part-
of the count rv.

The Perak Eiver, the largest river on the western side of tl»e
JMalav Peninsula, tlows nearlv the whole lenjrth of the eountrv,
takijig its rise in the northern frontier and falling into the sea a
few miles North of the Bernam lliver, the southern boundary.
Nearly all its water is drawn from the tributaries on the eastern
(left) bank, and it is of the country drained by thoae tributaries
that I write.

Beginning from the North, about 12 or 15 miles above Kwala
Kangsa, we have the mouth of the Plus. From native report, the
valley drained by this river is known to be very extensive, the soil
exceptionally good, and the mineral resources considerable ; tin,
\Ahich exists all over Pcrak, is worked there to a small extent by
the Malays, and gold is known to exist. A jungle path, witli easy
gradients practicable for elephants and ho?ncH:l cattle, exists along
the valley of the Plus, across the water shed of the jwninsula into
Patan I, and oxcu have frequently been brought from there to Larut

22 AlJOl'T KT.VTA.

viu Ksvala Kaugsa. A continuation of the roail at present existing
from Larut to Kwala Kangsa, or, better still, I believe, a light
tramway, will not only open up the extensive valley of the Plus, but
will also, no doubt, in time attract a large portion of the pro-
ducts of Patani, which, in consequence of the North-east monsoon,
cannot find an outlet to the sea on the East coast for nearly sir
months of the year.

Till quite recently, this valley had never even been visited by an
European ; but during the present montli Mr. Deaxe, a gcntlemaa
from Ceylon who is in treatv witli the Government of Perak to
undertake a survey of the country, has gone there from Kinta, and
T quote the follow inu^ passages from a letter wliich I received from
him from the Plus, dated 5th June, 1879 : —

" From Cluimor I wont to Lankor, on the right bank of the river
*' Kurubu, a tributary of the Plus, which takes its rise on the north-
" ern slopes of the Gunong Eobinson range, not far from the
*' peak itself/"

"Thii Kumba is a river of considerable size, is pretty fast,
*' and must drain a con: i<!orabi{; urea, lis course Trom ri.se is N.W."
Here I mnv remark tinrt I am a cry niLich inclined to thir^k tbat this
river, the Kurubii, will be found to <]rain tlio eastern face of
Gunong Robinson, to Vfliicli I sliall refer fanber on. Mr. Deane
continues : —

*• jMy trip to the range ad joininj: the Plus drainnj^e and form-
** ing part of it, baa im})ressed me very favourably as regards tho
*• quality of the soil. It is out and out far superior to i.ny I have
"yet seen in Pcrak, and in many [;arts is simply niaguiilcent. being a
** fine free chueolati^-coloured soil, restinir on a friable clav, but the
"latter so free from admixture with sainl, t^c , as to be good for
*' cultivation for Hui?iy feet below the surface. I'orniation is granite
** as usual. On my way here 1 passed and secured mngiiifieent
''specimens of liiuo, the finest T have seen, I think, anywhere.
"From the top of Gunong Aslet you look over the Plus valley,
" which is of great extent, to a height of 6,000 to 8,000 feet, ami
" ranges away in tlie distance, say 40 to 70 m.ileS; covering an arc of
" 265'' to 50" of the circle."

ADOUT KINTA. 23

I havo now, T think, Irandcribed enough from Mr. Deane's
letter to give an idea of the extent and facilities of the Plus valley,
and will leave him to describe it in detail, as I have reason to hope
he will give the public the benefit of the information he has ob-
tained during his visit to Perak.

Kext, South of the Plus, comes the Kinta River, separated
from the Perak Eiver by a range of hills commonly called the Blanja
range. The highest points in this range are from «3,000 to 4,000
feet in elevation. None of the coffee planters from Ceylon who have
crossed this range havo been much pleased with it, thinking the
soil too stiff and climate too moist for coffee, whatever it might bo
for tea or other cultivation. Because coffee planters condemn it,
however, it must not be imagined that this range is worthless ; some
of the richest deposits of tin in P^rak are found along its east-
ern base ; this deposit of tin, technically called stream tin, in
found in two formations ; the upper one, the natural soil of the
ground, formed by the denudation of the hills, consists of a light
sandy loom in which a considerable proportion of tin sand exists :
working this is the mining which the Malays affect; the work is light,
it consists in damming up a small stream and then conducting the
water bv a number of artificial channels, where the soil is washed
away, the tin ore, in eonstMpience of its greater weight, being left in
the drain ; when this has gone on sulTiciently long, the water is
turned into another channel, and the ore removed from the bed of
the dry one. Below this surface soil, at various depths in different
parts of the di.strict, true ore-bearing stratum is reached, "pay dirt"
as it is called in Au.stralia ; the depth at which it is found varies from
ojie to eiglit or nine fallioms. and this is what the Chinese usually
mine for. Notvvith.standing the present depreciated price of tin, both
jVIalay and Chinese miners arc making money, which speaks for
itself as to the riclniess of tlie deposits ; a stream is just as neces-
sary to the Chinese miners at it is to Malays; the latter use the
water to remove the soil, and the former pump the water out of
their mines with a very ingenious water- wheel ; there are conse-
quently large tracts where neither can work, and in these there exists
the opening for European enterprize ; a large capital is not required,
hut a practical knowledge of mining is absolutely necessary; with
both combined larjijo profits would be a certainty ; when the present
miners, with their rude appliances and wasteful methods of mining
and smelting, can make a good profit, what would not more

2'i* ATJOVT KTNT.V.

scientific methods do ?

"Wliile on the subject of niininjnr, I may mention, that, up to
this, all the work is confined to the plains. Lodes no doubt exist in
the hills from which the deposits at tlie foot have been formed, and
at some future date it may be found profitable to work them, but,
till the rich deposits of stream tin are exhausted, I doubt if much
• will be sought in sifti.

Close to Pengkalan Katcha, the port of embarkation for one of
the most important mining settlements, called Papan, the Kinta is
joined by a large tributary, in volume nearly rivalling the Kinta
3*iver itself ; this stream is called the Sungci Raya, which also
drains an important tin district.

In the plain between the two rivers, a curious geological for-
mation is found. The main ranges of hills all through Perak are
granitic, but in this valley principally, and to a small extent else-
where, peculiar isolated limestone cliffs rise vertically out of the
plains to heights varying from 500 to 2,000 feet ; the greatest num-
ber of these hills, or rather I should say cliffs, are to be found between
the Kinta and Sungci Kaya ; there are a few of them on the west-
ern side (right bank) of the Kinta river, and these are the lime-
stones spoken of by Mr. De.vxe; one — GuuongPondok — well known
iis a steering point to all mariners making for the Larut river, exists
on the eastern side of the pass in the Gunong Bubo range, the road
from J^Arut to Kwala Kangsa passing the foot of it. A number
of these cliffs also exist between the Sungci Kaya and the Kangsa
river, of which I will s])cak directly, but further to the East they
are not to be found, nor, 1 belic^ve, to the South, as I have never met
them nor heard of them in Srirmi^op, although I saw a good deal of
that country while in the service of the Sclangor Government.
Like all limeslono formations, tlieso cliffs are pierced by caves in all
directions, in which large colonics of bats have lived for countless
aujos, depositing a species of guano (ta/ Jcalatri) largely used as ma-
nure in the Province AVeiloslcv, where it is brouirht from Kcdah,
in which lliis limestone formation is again mot. The peculiar feature
of this riH'k is the hit,'h state of crystallisation in which it exists, nt)
fos.Nils of any sort have yet boon found \n il. that I am aware of,
althon;:;h 1 ha\e rpoquontly scan-liod for ihcm. nor can any marks
ol tUvtilicalioi: he traced; the r >vk i< '^mmicimIIx pure ^^Mtc nc<:u-

ABOUT KINTA. 25

sionally with a slight shade of grey, blue, or red in it, and, when
broken, exactly resembles a piece of lump sugar. The same limestone
formation is, I believe, also to be found in Borneo. Some of the
richest deposits of tin are found about these cliffs, and probably
other minerals will bo found when they are properly examined ;
two of the best ores of irou (brown hematite and specular iron ore)
are common. Hot springs also exist. To the naturalist and botanist
this district is full of interest ; that magnificent butterfly — the
ornithoptera Brookani — formerly supposed to be peculiar to Borneo,
is found plentifully in several places. It is almost needless for me
to add that the presence of limestone is a pretty certain sign of
good soil. A marble saw, worked by water power, might produce
marble slabs for paving the ground floors of bungalows for little
more than the cost of transport, which, being by water the whole
way, woidd bo trifling ; and the difference between a marble pave-
ment and the red tiles commonlv used in the Straits needs no re-
mark. Before speaking of the hill district to the East of this, it
will be well to mention the means of access to this district.

The easiest way is by water. A coasting steamer, the Pyah
JPekhety calls every week at Durian Scbatang, a place about 40 miles
up the PCrak river, on her way to and from Singapore and Penang.
From Durian Scbatang to Kota Buliru, the future scat of Gov-
ernment in this district, is from two to three days by native
boats; the river is ouly practicable for a si oam-launch at present
for a short way, in couscquence ot" the number of snags in the
stream, but those will be removed as soon as tlic river is low enough
to admit of the work, tlio money being already granted by the
Government for the purpose. From Kota Bahru the Kinta in
navit^able for two dnys more by native boats to a place called
Mesjid Lama and the ISun!;ei Baya about the same distance tr>
above Pen^kaian Bahru, both places in the centre of the limestone
country. When I speak of these rivers being navigable 1 mean for
boats of over a koyan, say two tons, burden.

The first attempt to visit the high hills beyond these points was
undertaken last August, when Messrs. C'uristie and IIandyside,
the pioneer Ceylon coffee planters, visited this district. When they
told me that their object was to see the mountain country of tho
interior, J was at a loss which of the many routes to adopt, all being
equally unexplored by any one but Malay gutta-cuttci's and tho

26 ABOUT KINTJl.

aboriginal inhabitants of the bills, the Sakeis, The highest bill to
be seen from here was said by the natives to be the one in which
the Kinta took its rise, I therefore determined that the simplest
way to get there was to follow the course of the river. The diarj
which I kept during tlie trip was subsequently published by
the Straits Government, and from it I extract the following
particulars re-
starting from Tanjong Henkang, a place just above where tho
boats can come, which 1 mentioned just now (Mcsjid Lama), we
reached a place called Kwala S'mat as our first day's march. Here
we left the elephants and proceeded on foot. Here we may be said
to have just got into the hill country, the elevation by the aneroid
being about 700 feet where we camped with the hills on each side
of us. A little more than a day's march from this wo passed the
mouth of tho Sungei Pcuoh, a considerable tributary of the Kinta,
which flows from its source about N.AV. The elevation at its junc-
ture with the Kinta is about 1,000 feet. Three days from startinij
we reached the foot of Gunong Rayam, the hill for which we had
been making, having followed a rather circuitous route, keeping
close to the river the whole way. No where along the way were
any obstacles to making a road or tramway encountered.

From this point it took us the best part of a day to reach a
shoulder of tho first peak, where we encamped at an elevation consi-
derably over 4,0lX) feet. From here we obtained a map;nificent view.
It was, however, a bad camping ground, as* we were a considerable
distance above water and had left the forest below us ; the vegeta-
tion here consisted of flowering shrubs, ferns, and mosses, and it was
with difliculty that we found a tree sufficiently large to support our
tent. From this point Mr. Cukistie and I, with three or four Sa-
kcis, started for the top the next morning, expecting to get there in
about an hour, but on coming to the first peak we saw several others
beyond, and it was after 3 p.m. when we reached the last. As tho
Sakeis could give us no name for it, we called it Gunong llobinson»
after His Excellency the Governor, and as there was no prospect
of getting a view in consequence of the mist, and being
hungry and cold with no water between us and the camp, we beat
a precipitous retreat to tlie camp. AVe made tho height of Gunong
Kubiuson nearly !S,000 foot.

ABOrT KIXTA. 27

From the foot of Gilnong Kobinson we struck more to the South-
west than the ^)Ollth, by which we had come, crossing the Sungei
Pifnuh, at an elevation of about 2,500 feet, with hills on both sides
of U8, up to 5,000 and 6,000 feet. The Ceylon men were in raptures
with the soil about here. From thia we continued in a South-
westerly direction till we reached the Sungei Raya and followed
the course of that river to the plains. This is all that is at present
known of this extensive tract of forest extending to an indefinite
distance to the East at an elevation of from 2,000 or 3,000 feet up to
7,000 or 8,000 feet ; that it extends a long way further was evident
from the volume of the streams draining it.

After leaving the Sungei ]iaya, the next navigable river met
with to the East is the Kampar, flowinj:j past the foot of Q-unong
Bujang Malaka. This was the hill on which Mr. IIa^'dysidk begau
his first clearing, attracted to the place not so much by the soil as
by the facilities afforded by a navigable river to the foot of the hilL
Mr. Handtside's attempt proved a miserable failure, as might easily
have been foreseen ; igtiorant of any eastern language but Tamil, he
took a gang of twenty newly arrived Chinese coolies without an inter-
preter up on the mountain ; with them and some assistance from
the Malays and Sakeis he managed to fell about eight or ton acres
of forest in the height of the wet season, when it was impossible to
bum it ; the solitude of his life and the semi-mutiny of his coolies,
with whom he could not exchange a single word, was too much for
him, and his health and spirits completely gave way, and when Mr.
Smith and I visited him early in January wo found him in a most
desponding state of mind, wishing he could find some one to buy his
concession and reimburse liim for his outlay; the offer was too good
to be pressed, and Mr. Smith at once closed with it. This partly led
to the second expedition to the hills. Mr. Smith, having now
obtained a large grant of land, determined not to fix on a site to
commence operations till he had seen more of the country. The
Government was anxious to obtain more information about the
unknown country to the East, so I was commissioned to organize
an expedition to the eastern frontier of Pcrak, and with that object
3Ir. Smith and I, with eight elephants and a string of followers,
started from Kwala Kabul, a place about three miles South of Bujong
Malaka on the Kampar river, on the 25th March last. Before
going any farther, I should mention that the K!ampar river is a
large tributary of the Kinta, joining the latter river a short way

28 ABOUT KTXTA.

below Kota Baliru, of which I liave already spoken. The Kampar*
is navigable for one-koyan boats to the foot of Bujaug Malaka^
and this hill, or rather 1 should say short range, can be reached by
native boats from Duriau Scbatang in about two or three days,
according to the state of the river. To the North-west of Bujang
Malaka, the Kampar receives a large tributary, the Sungei Dipong,
which flows for the East, while the Kampar itself appears to take its
rise near the South of Gunong Robinson. A good view of this
country is obtained from the highest peak of Bujang Malaka, about
4,200 feet ; from there the Dipong valley is seen stretching away
about twenty or thirty miles to the East, while the course of the
Kampar is lost in a labyrinth of high hills to the North, more than
a quadrant of the circle of mountain and forest lying between them.

Here I may also mention that Gupeng, the most important
mining centre on this side of the country, employing 700 or 800
Chinese, is situated at the southern base of the range separating
the Sungei Eaya from the Kampar ; it is about 4 miles' distance
from each of them. To the North of Gupeng the mountains begin
at once ; to the South, about eight miles' distance, is Kota Bahru.
The hills to the North of Gopcnc:, as well as the Kampar valley,
have not yet been visited by an European.

Starting, as I have already mentioned, from Kwala KAbul on
the Kampar, it took us two days in a south-easterly direction
through primeval forest almost the whole of the way, to reach the
Chindariong river, a navigable stream draining the eastern side of
Bujang Malaka and separating Bujang i\raluka from hills of about
the same height to the East. These hills and those forming the
valley of the Dipong are comparatively thickly inh.ibited by
Sakeis, the aboriginal hill tribes of the country. AV^hcrcver I have
come across these people, and they are to bo met in the valleys of
all the rivers to the East and North of this, 1 have remarked that
they are confined to a zone extending from 500 to 1,500, or perhaps
2,000 feet; the reason, I imagine, for their not going higher is that
probably the crops which they cultivate, hill-padi, tapioca, and
occasionally a little tobacco, will be found not to thrive above these
elevations ; this is only surmise, but, if it proves correct, may be a
guide to future planters as to the alteration in temjierature at
different elevations. An account of these people has yet to be
written, and, if well done, will be a most valuable work viewed
from au anthropological point.

AUOUT KTKTA. 29

They posaesB a language of their own, and, I imagine, ai*e not
fell of the same race ; although closely allied to the Malays, physical
differences certainly exist between the tribes inhabiting different
Valleys, and the common idea that they wander at large all over the
hills is certainly a mistake ; each particular tribe keeps exclusively
to its own valley and is frequently at feud with its neighbours on
either side ; their habits are migratory in their own districts, but
unless when compelled by the oppression of the Malays, or other
causes, they seldom leave their own valley. One curious custom they
have. AVIien one of them dies the corpse is buried in the house ho
died in, and the whole party forsake the spot, going off to some other
place not very far off. I have been told that in this way they will
occasionally abandon their standing crop, but I will not vouch for the
truth of this. They live in groups of from eight or ten to as many
as twenty or even thirty, but seldom more. Like all savage races they
will undergo great privations, and can subsist on very little ; when
food is abundant they are most improvident of it, but they can never
starve, as the jungle abound:^ in fruits and roots on which they will
subsist. As regards animal food, all is grist that comes to their
mill — rats, snakes, pigs, or anything they can get. Almost their
only weapon consists of a blow-pipe about seven or eight feet long,
from which they shoot poisoned darts with great accuracy as much as
thirty or even forty paces; a single dart is sufficient to bring a bird or
monkey down in a couple of minutes ; they say that if they can hit
an elephant or a pig in the eye a couple of darts will do the job,
but they generally get pigs and deer by an ingenious spring made
of the branch of a tree with a bamboo spike fixed to the end of it;
the spring is held in a bent position by a bit of jungle cord, which,
when touched, releases it and the spike, eight or ten inches long, is
buried in the animal. The existence of these spring traps makes it
advisable always to be accompanied by a Sakei guide when moving
about in their country. Their marriage customs are very simple ; the
intending bridegroom presents the father of the bride with a few pre-
sents, such as a brass pot, a knife, a piece of red or white cotton cloth,
some fruit or rice ; and if deemed satisfactory, the bride and bride-
groom separate from the remainder of their friends and spend the
hone}Tnoon by themselves away in the jungle. The ordinary attire
of both sexes consists of a piece of bark cloth, in the case'of the
males seldom sufficient for decency; the females are a little better;
some of the younger women have good figures, and in many case mag-
nificent busts, but through frequently becoming mothers long before

33 ABOUT KINTA,

is first separated from the pig dirt and is then subjected to a
second washing, when a quantity of gold dust is obtained. The
amount is variable in different mines, and it is impossible to get
trustworthy statements on the subject from the Chinese ; there is
no doubt, however, that the quantity is considerable, the quality is
inferior ; I imagine it is alloyed with the tin with which it is found,
being of a very pale colour; extracted simply by washing, no doubt a
good deal is lost ; were mercury used no doubt more would be
obtained.

Leaving Tapa, travelling in a south-easterly direction through
the gold fields, we reached the Bidor in a day. This is another
navigable stream which joins the Batang Padang a short way
before they fall into the Porak river at Durian Scbatang.

There is not much tin worked on the Bidor, and it is not more
than half of the volume of the Btitang Padang, and dividing into
two streams of about equal size just above where we crossed it. I
do not imagine that it can drain nearly so extensive a tract of
countrv.

On both these rivers (the Batang Padang and the Bidor), but
more especially on the latter, we naw large numbers of tlie Sukeis
living in comparatively speaking permanent houses, and to a great
extent conforming to the customs and habits of the Malays.

From Bidor it took us two days to reach the Songkei, the hist
important tributary of the Porak river in this direction.

The output of tin from here is not large, as compared with the
rivers f mother West, but the quantity of gutta is proportionally
greater; the supply, however, in the more accessible districts is
beginning to fail. It is a matter worthy of careful consideration
whether cultivating the better class of gutta-producing trees would
not be a profitable undertaking, the first cost of planting would bo
the only outlay, as once started the trees would be able to take caro
of themselves.

The Songkei district is noted for the quantities of fruit grown
ihere, the groves of duriaus were the raosi extensive 1 have ever
t^een. It is but thinly inhabited at present, but a])pcars at one time
to have been a populous place.

ABOUT KINTA. 33

Having crossed the Songkei, our route still lay in a 80utli»
easterly directioa, and it took us two days to reach the river Slim];
our rate of travelling was very slow, as elephants are not used ia
this part of the country, and, although the path was sufficiently
good, there was not sufficient headway, and the mahouts had to stop
every few paces to cut away the branches of the trees.

The first day after leaving the Songkei we were much impressed
by the luxuriance of the Bcrtam palms. The climate is evidently
exceptionally moist about here, to judge by the quantity of moss and
ferns we saw. About tho middle of the first day from the Songkei
we reached the Sungei Trola, a tributary of the Slim. We had
now, therefore, left tho watershed of the Perak river. This will
therefore, I think, be a good point to make a break in this Paper,
which is extending itself beyond the limits I at first intended.

If this account proves sufficiently interesting to the members
of the Society for them to care for any more of it, I will continue
the account of our trip to the Slim and back to the Batang Padai^
through the hills.

ABOUT SLIM AND BERNAM,

Paet II.

In the first part of this Paper I have endeavoured to give flome
idea of the ^outh.eastern diptriot of Perak as far as the river Song-
^ei, bring the most eaf^terly effluent of the Ptrnk. The next river
met to the Ea^t after leaving the JSongkei is the Trda, which falls
into the hlim, which again falls into the Bernum, the next rain-basin
ISouth of the Perak river.

This Sungei Trola is a considerable stream, which only needs
to have the snags removed to make it navigable for boats up to half
a koyan ; at present the smallest canoe cannot get through it.

"Where we crossed it, at a place called Kampong Trula, there
is a colony of trading Malays settled, which has been here for the
last four or five years ; tlicy came or ginnlly to collect gutta and
other jungle produce, and liking the look of the place have settled
permanently ; these men, like most other foreign jVIalays in the
peninsula, come froni the Dutch colonies, and whatever. else may
be said of the Dutch rule in Malay countries, it appears to make
traders and colonists of the people under its influence.

After leaving the Trcla about two and a half miles, the path
passes through a pass about 100 feet high ; in it I noticed a pecu-
liar sort of friable soil, of a buff colour, which, when presssd in the
hand, crumbled down into flakes about the tenth of an inch thick.
The name of this pass is Gapis.

A 'cw miles beyond Gnpis the path passes some liot springs,
the geological formation of which puzzl(?d mo a good deal, as in the
immediate neighbourhood of the springs the rock was evidently stra-
tified, although apparently metamorphosed to a great extent, and con«

IBOtJt SLtM JlSTD BEHNJlM. 35

torted in a most extraordinary way ; and fifty yards away from the
springs all round the ordinary granitic formation prevailed. From
the cursory observations [ was able to make, it appeared to me that
these springs forme* J the apex of some irruptive force, although a
stratified rock underlying the granite appeared strange. I am
unable to give the temperature as I had no thermometer ret^istering
high enough, but the heat was too gre.it to have the hand in the
water ; there was a decidedly sulphurous smell in the neighbour-
hood, and I also saw a good deal of a bright green filmy matter
adhering to the stones in the water similar to what I have observed
at the hot springs amongst the limesto .e hills in the Kinta valley,
but whether it is of a vegetable or mineral origin I was unable to
determine.

Immediately after leaving the hot springs, the road lay among
a number of small hills, the offshoots apparently of higher hills to
the North, and here, for the first time, Mr. Smith appea''ed tho-
roughly satisfied with the soil, although to my uninitiated eye there
was not so much difference oetween it and lots of other soil we had
passed ; I, however) bow to his opinion on the subject of soils, as I
know nothing about them.

After leaving the low hills I have just spoken of, the path
tuns through a broad belt of gigantic bamboos, after which the river
Slim is reached. Just opposite the moutli of a tributary of it called
the G-aletin, a prettier view than the one tliat here met our gaze I
have not often seen, and it was one that I was not prepared to find ;
fruit trees and houses bore tcitimony to a considerable population
and an old kampong.

Crossing to the left bank of the Slim, our route lay nearly duo
North for about three quarters of a mile, till we reached Kampong
Chankat, where the Penguin Toh Sempuh lives.

Here I remained for a day transacting some business with the
people. Immediately opposite the kampong, about a quarter of a
mile from the river, there is an extensive hot spring, or rather I
should say group of springs, hotter than any I have yet met with in
Perak ; they can be recognised from a distance by the clouds of
eteam rising over the trees, and standing on the edge a man can
scarcely be seen on the opposite side through the Tapour.

36 ABOUT SLIM AND BERIVAU.

After a day's rest Mr. Smitu and I separated for a short time :
he starting to visit a hill up the vallej of the Qaletin, while I went
down the river to see the kampongs and the people, intending, if
possible, to visit some deposits of coal, which are said to exist about
here. The first part of mj programme was most successful, as I saw
a number of verj flourishing kampongs^ all, with one exception, on
the East (left) bank of the river ; these kampongs are situated on
spots of high ground surrounded by stretches of wet padi land
irrigated by a number of small streams flowing from ^he hills to
the East. The large majority of the inhabitants are foreign Malays,
principally Mandelings, and their style of cultivation is certainly
superior to that of the Malays in other parts of PSrak, for which
they reap their reward in the crops they get. The average yield,
they tell me, from the wet padi land is of 800 to 1,000 gantangs of
padi to the orlong, this, be it remembered, from land cultivated year
after year without manure.

The lowest kampong on the Slim is Kampong Pindras, and here
I was to have got guides to take me to the coal deposits, but when I
got there, the man, a Sakei, was away, and others who said they
thought they knew the road, stated that it would take them two or
three days to find it, so, as I had no time to spare, I gave up the hope
of finding the coal, and contented myself with a specimen which I
got from the Pcngulu. This is, I think, unmistakably coal, of an
inferior quality no doubt, but good coal is not often found on the
surface. If the Sarawak coal mining proves a success, it might tempt
some enterprising capitalist to commence operations here, the
facilities for transport offered by a navigable river are not to be
lost sight of ■

The Slim, as far as Kwala Galctin, is navigable for boats of
over a koyan. I saw one there when I passed that had come from
the Kwala Bernam to buy rice, a decided sign of prosperity when
the people grow more food than they consume. In no other part of
south-eastern Perak is this the case ; it must, however, be borne in
mind that tin-mining is the principal industry on the other rivers,
and that no tin has been worked on the Slim since the disturbaiice-i
consequent on the murder of Mr. Bihch, not through the failure
of the mines, but because the miners were obliged to leave at that
time, as the blockade prevented their getting supplies brought up to
them. When peace was restored, Kaja Asal, who was the leading

ABOUT SLIM AND BERK AM. 37

Bpirit of these miners, got certain concessions at Papan, on the
West of the Kinta river, and all the miners followed him there,
where, they say, the ore is more plentiful, but more difiScult to work.

As I failed to reach the coal deposits, but was part of the way
to the Bernam, I determined to visit that river, the southern
boundary of P^rak, before returning to the Ulu Slim. One day's
march from Kampong Blit, where I spent the night, took me to
Kampong Bernam, it was however a most fatiguing journey, although
we went in the lightest marching order ; the small forest leeches
(pcfchat) were more numerous than I ever saw them before. On the
way we crossed two considerable streams, and a number of small
ones, tributaries of the Slim : the first, Sungei Bil, was a mountain
torrent full of rocks ; the second was a navigable river, the Sungei
Berong, on which a colony of foreign Malays have settled, and
appear to be in a very thriving condition ; where they are settled
the country is flat, and they cultivate a good deal of wet padi.

After leaving the Berong we crossed the spurs of some high
hills to the East before reaching the Bernam at Kampong Bernam.
The distance from Kampong Chankat on the Slim to Kampong
Berham, I estimate at about twenty miles. I did not chain this
distance, but hare been able to plot it approximately by the time
and compass bearings.

Kampong Bernam is a large village on the northern side of
the river, said to contain about eighty families, nearly all foreign
Malays, who came as traders and have settled permanently. The
attraction which first brought them here was the tin-mining, which,
as I have already mentioned, has ceased on the Perak side since
Raja AsAL left. There are still extensive tin-mines being worked
on the southern (the Sclangor) side of the Bernam, but I was told
there are fewer miners now than there used to be.

Prom Kampong Bernam there is a well used path leading to
Pahang ; the gradient is said to be easy most of the way, but there
are two or three places where the path is impracticable for elephants,
i.e.y tame ones ; it is a curious fact, well authenticated, that wild
elephants can pass places where tame ones cannot. Buffaloes are
frequently brought by this pass from Pahang into P6rak and

38 ABOUT sLni aitd bebkam.

SSl^ngor. I was told that it is about two days' journey from
Kampong Bernam to the first Malay kampong in Pahang. A road
through either this or some of the other passes into Pahang would
bring a good deal of traffic over to the western side, as the transport
by water from a navigable point on the Bernam or Slim is shorter
and easier than by the Pahang river ; moreover the ports on the
western side of tho peninsula are always open, whereas on the
eastern side they are closed for six months of the year by the Norths
east monsoon.

I was told by the people both at the Slim and the Bernam that
at present a steam launch can go up the Beri^am to a place called
Chankat Mentri, to which point tho river is tidal. The ordinary
country boats can reach that point in three tides ; from Chankat
WSntri to Kampong Bernam on tlie Bernam river, or the Kwala
Galeiin on the Slim, is about three or four days' poling. The freight
at present charged from Kampong Bernam to the sea is $i per
hhara for tin, which is not excessive.

From Kampong Bernam can be seen a hill to the North-cast,
which at this point is the much talked of back-bone ran^re ; the
Bernam rises on the South of it, draining the south-western face,
the Berong takes its rise on the Nortli of this hill, draining the
north-western face of it. The Sungei Beroug falls iato the Bernam,
a short distance above the K\Tala Slim.

On my return to Kampong Chankat T made the acquaintance
of the Penguin, who was absent when I first arrived; his name is
Datoh Sempuu ; he is an old man, but full of ener».^y, one of the finest
specimens of Malay I have ever met. Unlike the generality of his
countrymen, who have seldom or never been beyond their own
immediate neighbourhood, ho has wandered over the wliole penin-
sula, from Siam to Johor, and has commemorated his visit to each
country by marrying a wife there ; he told me the naiues of his
wives, but broke down at about nineteen when trying to count the
number of his children ; he speaks ^akri fluently, and possesses great
influence with these people. 1 found him an invaluable j^uido and
companion on my return journey. For any one wishing to explore
the still unknown mountain regions of the peninsula, or to study
the habits and customs nf the Sakei^, a better guide could not bo
obtained than Toa S£Mruu«

▲BOUT 8LTH AKD BEB5AM. 89

I should mention here that, on my return to Kampong Chan-
kat from the Beraam, I found Mr. Smith, wlio had arrived before
me. He had ascended the valloy of the Galetin for soma distance,
and then climbed one of the hills to about a height of 3,0J0 feet by
the aneroid. He was simply in raptures about the soil, which he
compared to that of Ouva, the best cofFee district in Ceylon. The
numerous rocks and boulders he met also pleased him, as he, in
eommon with all the coffee planters I have met, has an un-
accountable, hankering after rocky land. He also got a few small
specimens of plumbago, with which he was much pleased, as he said
it is also found in the best laud in Ceylon, although I confess I do
not see what planters want with plumbago any more than rocks.

Another feature which both of us noticed, and which it appears
angurs well for the soil, was the comparatively small size of the
timber ; the best timber is said to grow on poor soil.

After stopping for a day at Kampong Chankat to enable Ton
Sempuu to collect a number of Sakris, we paid a visit to Batd Oaja,
the boundary point in the pass between the Slim and Pahang. This
was a two diiys* journey, one out and one back, and proved a most
interesting trip. We started in the morning from Kampong
Chankat, and keeping: a northerly course along the left (Bant) bank
of the Slim for about two miles, reached the confluence of the Sun-
gei Brusc and the Slim. The Bruse is a considerable tributary
of the Slim, flowinjT down the Batil Gaja pass in a direction about
South-west ; up this valley our course lay. We kept some distance
above the river on the North side of the valley, constantly crossing
small streams ilowiug down the side of the hills into the river
at the bottom. The ascent thou<j:h steady was gradual the whole
way, it was what I have heard very expressively described as
" collar work " all throu^^h. "VVe took the elephants a considerable
distance and then only left them as we could get on more quickly
on foot. The path was a good one and well worn, and we passed
several parties of Malays coming and going from Pahang.

The name of this pass, Batii Gaja, is derived froni a stone in it
on the right hand side of the path, which bears a fanciful resem*
bianco to an elephant kneeling down as they do to recoivo their
loads ; the head is deficient and is said to have been removed
to tho Ulu Bil, a river that I have abeady mentioned, by some

40 ABOUT SUH AND BESNaM.

mysterious agency in former times. This stone is addressed as
the Toh Graja, and every one passing is supposed to pluck a hand-
ful of grass or leaves, and striking Toh Gaja seven times on the
breast with them, to ask him for fine vr^ather for the journey ; this
ceremony we religiously performed, and having some people in the
party familiar with elephants, we were enabled to choose food such
as these animals like, and were rewarded by not getting any rain
till we returned to Kampong Chaukat. The idea about these leaves
is that no matter how many are offered in a day the next day no
trace of them remains.

The elevation at Batu Oaja, according to the aneroid, waa
2,500 feet; this is not actually the highest point in the pass, which is
about 200 yards further on, perhaps 50 feet higher. Immediately-
after crossing the pass a little trickling water is met, which. I waa
told, was the first beginning of Sungei Scmbilan, a tributary of the
Pahang river.

Two hills rose on cither side of the pass for at least another
1,000 feet : that to the North is called Gunong Petri, the southern
one I could not get a name for. No view was to be obtained from
the pass, as everything was hidden by a dense growth of gigantic
bamboos, which appeared to extend to the summits of both the hills
l^orth aud South of us. These large bamboos appeared to thrive in
most of the Slim and Songkci hills, and I have seen a good many of
them up the Kinta valley. Different planters express different
opinions of them ; in Ceylon, I believe, bamboo land is discredited ;
in southern India it is thought the best ; " doctors differ, &c." The
state of the weather, the hour of the day, and many other causes
appear to have a marked influence on the nature of the soil ; what-
ever the cause, no two planters w^hom I met appear to agree ;
query, does any of them know anything about it ?

In this pass I saw the footprints of wild elephants, whore, I
should have thought, few animals but a goat could have gone, most
certainly no tame elephant could have been taken there.

The return journey from Batu Gaja was uninteresting, as
wo merely retraced our footsteps. When I reached Kampong
Chaukat Ton Sempuu told me that at Batu Gaja we should be com-

AUOtTT SLTlt AXD BEUXlTtf. 41

paratively close to some gold and tin mines in Fahang, although
when I asked him at that place he said they were still more than
a day's journey distant ; he explained himself by saying that these
mines being in Pahang, beyond his jurisdiction, he was afraid that
I would have wanted to go there, and liad anything happened
he would be blamed.

These gold mines at the Ulu Pahang are spoken of as being
exceptionally rich. I heard stories which were quite incredible of
the quantities of gold dust got in a short time. One fact is well
knowU) that Pahang gold is of very line quality, in this respect
differing from Pr-rak gold, which is very pale. A good deal of gold
and ivory is said to pass westward from Pahang, and I met a trader
at the Slim who made no secret that he had just returned from
Pahang, where he had been negotiating for the purchase of tin to
be taken down the Bcrnam river.

After returning from Batu Gaja a couple of days were spent
in collecting coolies and making prepartions for our journey back ;
these preparations consisted chiefly in buying rice, padi was
procurable apparently in any reasonable quantity, but some delay
occurred in pounding out the rice.

Sal* f is are ihe collies here, in fact they lake the place of
elopliants further North as bcaj<ts of burtlien. Physically they are
a remarkably fhio race, much fairer and more robust than the Kinta
and Kampar Saheis.

Raja B?LA, a MandHing man, and the head of the traders
in the Kinta district, who accompanied me, was formerly engaged
working tin here, and he informed me that his people had no
difficulty in getting Sakeis to carry rice up to, or tin down from>
the mines, which I subsequently ascertained were about fourteen
or fifteen miles distant at an elevation of over 2,000 feet ; the
established rate was thirty cents per fifty catties up or down,
consisting usually of a slab of tin down or ten gantangs of rice up,
when Malays carried thoy were paid in coin, Sakeis usually took
their pay in kind — cloth, tobacco, &c,

When we started for the journey back our party consisted of
thirty-two all told, including some female Sakeis, who appeared as
willing and able to carry a load as the males. The track took us

42 IBOCT SLIM 4>'D TIEHSiV.

along the rijjlit (weateni) bank oF tlic Sliin ; for the firel tliree milea
ne juBt skirted botwocn the wot pfuli fields, nnd tho foot of tho
hUla; after this we begsn to rise gradually aloug u ridge, our eourso
continuing pretty nearly North ; after reaching an elevation o£
some 2,000 feet, we descended about GOO feet, and i^uuipud for tho
night on the bunk of a tributary of the iJlim ealled Suiigei Kudin.

The following morning we eroasod this Btream on a Sakei
bridge — a fallen tree— by no means pleoaont work ; we were encour-
aged by being told that b. man broke his leg croxitiug hore some time
ago with a slab of tin on his shoulder ; another 100 yarda further
on, the Slim itself had to be crossed in the a a me way. Af ter thia, sb-
ccnding to on ctevalion of about 3,100 feet, we came on an exteimire
tableland drained by a number of little streams formerly used by
the tiD miners.

As we came along, a hill was pointed out to ua aomc two op three
tnilea to the East, wbieh could not hare been leas than 4,000 or
5,000 feet high, called GiinoDg Dandan, said to be at this poini one
of the joints in the back-bone raoge.

Some four or five miles further on, we again oame on the Slim,
which we had not seen fur aome time ; it was here reduced to yery
modeat dimensiona, it did not take us much more than ankle deep
wading across it. The country about was comparatively flat, with billa
a few miles off, apparently aome thousanda of feet higher than we
were. I made the elevation at our camp 2,200 feet by the aneroid.
Mr. Smith was very much pleased with the soil, and aome Sakeit,
in whose clearing we encamped, gave us some roaated vhi kayu, which
were remarkably good. Satow are the only people who know
how to cook these roots ; they roast them in a. joint of bamboo split
longitudinally ; when done they come out aa white and floury as
the best murphy I ever saw,

TTp to this I did not notice much change in the vegetation from
that Been in the plaioa ; there waa rather an absence of large trees,
but the bambooa were eiceptionally fine, some as much aa four or
five feet between the joints and six or seven inches in diameter.
Mr. Smith pronounced favourably of the soil, and what appeared
to me to be an immense advantage was that it would bo possible to
grow coffee here without being coademned to cTcriasting tread-
mill, climbing up and down hilt.

ABOUT SLIM AND BER^AM. 43

After leaving the Slim we made a short day's march td the
SuQgci Kudin, a tributary of the Slim, oa the bank of which we had
encamped two days before. Here we must have been within a very
short distance of the frontier, judging from the size of the stream ;
this, however, is an uncertain guide, as we were told that we should
have a long day's march the following day without seeing water.
This would be a fine country for road making, apparently very dry,
with plenty of stone for metalling.

The following day, as we had been told, we saw no water, but the
Saieis were always able to get enough for drinking in the joints of
the bamboos; from a single joint I have seen as much as half a pint
taken. There is also a sort of large vine from which, when cut, the
water flows in a stream. This day's march took us through some very
pretty country if it were cleared, but at present there is no more to
be seen at an elevation of 4,000 or 5,000 feet than there is in the
pLiins, the jungle being so dense. We crossed the water shed of the
Slim and the Songkei to-day ; the elevation was about 4,000 feet.
Here our troubles began. As soon as we left the Slim valley our &-
kei* declared that they did not know the way and wanted to go back.
By great difficulty I was able to persuade part of the ganc^ to remain
with us, and we were obliged to eucamp for three days before Songkei
Sakeis could be got to replace those who had left us. None of our
Slim Sakeis had ever been beyond this before : so much for the sup-
posed migratory habits of these people. Here I may remark, that
any one wishing to explore these mountain regions must work out
one valley at a time. The Malay headmen lower down can always
provide guides familiar with their own valley, and in it their topogram
phical information is to be relied upon ; attempt to leave it, however,
for the next valley, and you are at onoe brought to a dead lock. The
Sakeis not infrequently are at feud with their neighbours on either
side, they have also a very wholesome dread of a very ingenious sort
of spring armed with a bamboo spike, which they are in the habit of
setting in the paths for pigs and deer, and which would be pretty
8ure to be fatal to a man if it struck him.

After a weary delay of three days we at last got guides, and
crossing the Songkei travelled round the southern face of a hill
called Gunong Sandor. We passed along the face of the hill at
9L general elevation of about 3,000 feet; we were a long way from the

4i ABOUT sli:m and ceuxam.

top. Here we saw a peculiar feature of the soil, which is so porous
that the streams running down the face of the hill all run under-
ground ; during a long day's march we did not see a drop of water
although constantly crossing water courses in which we frequently
heard the water running under our feet. In some of these water
courses the bed of the stream was marked by a succession of holes,
at irregular intervals, about six feet in diameter and nearly as much
deep, where the underground streams had made caves and the 8U-
perincumbent earth had fallen in.

Wo encamped on G-unong Sandor for one night, near a Sakei
clearing, and hero we saw a very ingenious arrangement by which
they got water ; they got large bamboos which they split and
removed the obstacles at the joints, they then shoved these shoota
into the side of the hill in a nearly horizontal direction till they
reached the water bearing strata when the water trickled from the
end of the bamboo in abundance for drinking ; bathing was a
tedious operation.

After leaving G-ilnong Sandor to our East we got into the valley
of the Bidor river, where we had more delay in getting fresh guides.
I was particularly struck by the marked falling ofp of the SaksiisiB
we advanced West. To the East they are taller, more robust and
fairer than the average Malay, but as we got West, towards the rivers
Bidor and Batang Padang, they degenerated very rapidly, becoming
smaller and darker than the Malay. The idea convoyed to my mind
from the appearance of the people in the different places was that
the Slim Sakeis were a well-fed, healthv race, whereas tha Bidor
and Batang Padang Sakeis had a miserable half-starved appearance.

By the time wo got into the Bidor valley and got guides, wo
found that, in couscquenco of the unavoidable delays and damage
through rain, our supply of rice was nearly finished, and there
was scarcely anything else left ; the time I had originally proposed
to be away had already been exceeded, aud most of the party had
had very nearly enough of camping out in the wet, and some of
them showed unmistakable signs ofbreaking down; I therefore deter-
mined that the shortest road back was the best; in consoquence nf
this we were unable to visit any of the hills at the sources of the
Bidor and Batang Padang, only skirting along the lower slop«^d of
those hills at elevations of less than 1,000 feet. In the hills iu

ABOUT SUM AND VKIINAM. 4.'»

this country it is almost impossible to get a view, except now aud
thou when the explorer comes on a Sukei clearing; nil the other
parts of the hills are so densely clothed in forest that forty or tifty
3'ards is generally the range of view ; from two or three clearings,
however, 1 saw some very lofty hills about the source of the Bataug
Padang, apparently the loftiest of these is one called Gnnong Kaja,
said to be one of the vertebrae of the back -bone range. It appeared
to be distant over twenty miles ; and Sakeis said it would take
three days to reach it, and another day to ascend. "Where wo
passed the Bidor it was broken up into three str<?ams, none of them
of any great size, I therefore have come to the conclusion that the
Bidor river does not drain any of the loftier hills in the interior;
its drainage is confined to the smaller outlying spurs, and the riveru
in this part of the country, which have their rise in the true water-
shed of the peninsula, are, beginning from the West, first the Kinta
river, next the Kampar river, next the Batang Padang, next the
Songkci ; I do not speak of the Plus on the North-west, or the Slim
and Bemam on the South-east, as they belong to different aystema
of drainage ; the Plus to the Upper Pcrak drainage, the Slim to the
Bemam drainage. Taking the four rivers mentioned above as the
principal arteries of the Lower POrak drainage the next set of
secondary streams are the Baya between the Kinta and the Kampar,
the Dipong and the Chenderiaug between the Kampar and the
Batang Padang, and the lastly the Bidor between the Bataug
Padang and the Songkei.

In the foregoing paper I have endeavoured to give a general
idea of this interesting and little known section of the kingdom of
Pcrak, containing large deposits of minerals, only needing intelli-
gence and capital to work them to advantage, and also offering
exceptional advantnges in the way of transport, soil and salubrious
climate to j)lantcrs of coffee, tea, and other tropical produce.

THE ABORIGINAL TRIBES OF PJ^RAK,

W. E. Maxwell.

(Read at a Meeting of the Society, held on the 13//* October, 1879.^

The wild tribes of the peninsula being Kafirs, or infidels, it is
the priTilege of their Malay neighbours, who are Mahomedans, to
caplTu^ and make slaves of them whenever they can do so. The
adult SaJcei or Semang has no market value ; he is untameable and
is certain to escape to his native woods and mountains. Chil-
dren of tender age are generally sought for ; they grow up ignorant
of the language of their tribe and of the wild freedom of the forest,
and have, therefore, little inducement to attempt to escape. In
Pcrak, KMah, and on the borders of Patani, I have met SaJcei or
Semang slaves in bondage among the Malays, sometimes children,
sometimes adults, the latter having passed their childhood in servi-
tude. They are not unkindly treated, but the more fact that chil-
dren are liable to be carried off into slavery is quite enough to ac-
count for the distance which the aborigines generally put between
themselves and the Malays. An investigation which has resulted
in the severe punishment of six Malays found guilty of dealing in
Sakei children in Ulu Pcrj^k has lately, it is believed, struck a death,
blow at this practice, as far as the State of Pcrak is concerned. No
less than seven children were recovered in various Malay villages
by the exertions of the Police. Some difficulty was experienced iu

iHonroiNAr. thiiiks oy pfiii.iK, -1?

[•rlting into commimieBtion nitli the tribeii from trlioDi Ibcy faad
been stolen, but eTentiially five men came don-n to the British
Uveidency at Ewalu Kaogsa charged by the mothers and other
relations of the mi»i<ing children to take them back. Most of the
fhildreu had beeu taktu from their relntiojis by men of their ovra
or other tribes, moat likely at the iustigation of the Malays, to whom
they were afterwards sold, Among the Malays they are worth from
thirty to forty dollars apiece. A Patim Malay coDfeaaed to me,
Eomc years ago, that he Cultivated the acijiiaictance of some Sake*
Jinat, (tame Sakeit, who mix with the Ma]ayB) because ho could
get them to steal children for him. For a few trifling articloe,
which seemed to the aavagc to be untold wealth, the latter would
start off to procure an unlucky infant with whom to pay his credi-
tor. Sometlmea. the Malay told me, a man would be away for two
inontUs, eventually hriugiug a child euatched from some tribe at
Ulu Ktlantan or TJIu Pahang.

The men who came down to the Residency at Ewala Eangsa
were of different tribes. In Ulu Pfrak the Semangt and Sakeis o£
the pliuns sevm to mix, both being distinct from the orang bukit
or Sakei bukit. the men of the mountains, who are described as
being fairer and better-looking than the others.

I greatly regret that circumetancea did not permit me to hare,
these people under observation fur more than one day, and that my
notes regarding them are, therefore, necessarily meagre.

The names of the five men are Kota. Bancba, Busoa, Beliso
and Naoa. Kota is a Semang, and so far civilised that be adopts
Malay dress when be visits a kampong. The others wore a chawal,
or waiat-cloth, of some cotton material purchased from the Malays,
not the back ehawat, which I have seen in the Kinta district,
They do not all belong to the same tribe, and do not all speak the
same language, though able to communicate freely with each
other. A Tocabulary was supplied to me by Kota. The other
men gave signs of dissent several times when he gave his versioii
of the word wanted, but the list was made late at night, and I had
no time to take down several equivalents of the same word. I hope,
on some future occasion, to be able perhaps to do bo. The skin-
diseaae remarked by most travellers, who have had an opportunity
of obaerTing the aboriginoa of the peninsula waa noticeable in all

4S ABORiatXAL T11TBE9 O? pAraK.

ot* tliese people. One of tliem had brouglit his blow-pipe and poi-
soned darts with him, and willingly exhibited the manner of using
them. The dart is dropped into the muzzle of the weapon and
allowed to fall down to the mouth-piece, where a piece of some soft
substance resembling fungus is inserted, in order that none of the
force of the air may be lost. The mouth-piece is taken into the
mouth, not merely applied to the lips. A small bird on the leaf of a
oocoanut tree was the object aimed at. It was not struck, but the
silent operation of the projectiles was evinced by the manner in
which the intended victim remained in its place, while dart after
dart passed close to it, evidently unconscious that it was being
aimed at. I had always regarded the blow-pipe as a breech-loader
and was somewhat astonished to see the darts inserted at the muz-
zle and shaken down through the tube. I should mention, how-
ever, that the marksman was in perfectly open ground. In the
forest this method uf loading has obvious disadvantages.

As an illustration of the superstitions of these people and their
belief in, and dread of, the powers of evil, I may state that a message
reached me from some of the headmen of a tribe in TJlu Perak
fttating their unwillingness to receive back two of the children
known to be at the British Residency. Both were believed to be
Ihe inheritors of evil-spirits {pelisit or hnjanff)^ which had possessed
their fathers. The father of one of them had actually been killed
by the general consent of the tribe in consequence of tlie numerous
cases of sickness and death which had occurred in a ])articular
place, all of which were traced to the pel hit, which was believed to
possess him. The man chosen to carry out the sentence was the
brother of the doomed man. His child was sold to Malavs from
fear that the peliaif, compelled to change its quarters, might have
found a dwelling place in her.

Tluinder, I was told, is greatly dreaded by the wild tribes,
When it thunders the women cut their legs with knives till the
blood flows, and then catching the drops in a piece of bamboo,
they cast them aloft towards the sky to propitiate the angry deities.

Singing and dancing are arts which are not unknown among
the aborigines, though, as may be supposed, they are still in a very
early stage of development. Dancing is confined to the female sex,
which was not represented among the Sukei visitors at the liesideucy .

ABOBIQINAL TR1BK8 OF Pl^BAK. 49

but of their music and singiDg, I had a fair specimen. Bersempul is
the word by which the Prrak Malays describe a gathering of SakeU
for music and dancing. (It does not appear to have been known
to the compilers of Malay dictionaries).

Sitting together in a circle and facing inwards, the five men
commenced a series of long chants or recitations in quick time.
The instruments on which they accompanied themselves were made
of pieces of bamboo. One held two short lengths or tubes pf
bamboo (green and recently cut) in an upright position on a
horizontal wooden log, one in each hand. These were raised and
then brought down on the log alternately, producing a ringing and
not unmusical sound, which had something of the effect of the
beating of a tom-tom. Two others beat pieces of bamboo held in
the left hands with other pieces held in the right, after the manner
of the Malay cheravhap. There was no hesitation or difficulty
about recollecting words ; the man who led was followed by the
other four, who were generally about a note behind him. The
general result- was monotonous, the performers sometimes chanting
rapidly on the same note for nearly a minute together. Their
whole range did not exceed three or four notes, 1 imagine.

The first song was the La/^u Oiatf, or song of the Gir^ tree.
This was au enumeration of fruit-bearingtrees, and of the favourite
niouutiiins and forests of the Sakeis. It is said to be held in great
veneration, and may contain the germs of the traditions of this
singular people. Next <'ame the Lagu Chenaku, or song of the
tiger-spirit. Chcnaku or Elian is the Sakei name for the man who,
under the semblance of human form, conceals his identity ius a tiger,
better known by the Malay word Jadi-jadi-an. Belief in this form
of lycanthropy i^^ widespread among the Malays as well as among
the aboriginal tribes. The next song was the Lagu Prah, or the
sung of the Frah tree, sung when the Frah fruit is ripe, no small
occasion of festivity among the forest tribes. The fruit (the nature
of which I do not know) is sliced up and mixed with other
ingredients (rojak) and then ccoked in lengths of bamboo Qemang).

The performance concluded with the Lagu Durian, a song in
praise of the I>urian fruit. This like the others was unfortunately
unintelligibl e to me, but it may be presumed that the Sakei esti-
mate of this fruit is a high one.

5() ABORiaiKAli TBIBR8 OF pfiEAK.

The men received a few trifling preHonts, and went awaj in
jbcreat delight. It was explained that what they principall j fear in
vii«iting inhabited plaitos is the ridicule and contumely heaped upon
them by the Malays. This is not astonishing, for at iSungei Baya
in the Kinta district. I wast a witness, a few months ago, of the
kind of treatment Sakei men and women sometimes receive in a
Malay kampong. A Sakei man followed by two or three girl^i
(above the average in good looks, judging by a Malay standard)
who lutd come to see the Pcngfdu, was literally hooted by all the
small boys of the kampong^ who ridiculed his accents, his drodis (or
rather his want of dress), his walk, and everything belonging to him.
From this state of things it follows that for trustworthy accounts
of Sake in oik» must seek out the tribes in the forests and adopt a
line of original enciuiry. Stories about Sakeii<, received second-hand
from the Malays, are seldom worthy of implicit credit ; the aborigi -
nal tribes are interesting to the Malays only bo far as they are
useful agents in clearing jungle, procuring gutta, or assisting in the
more questionable pursuit of child-stealing.

THE VERNACULAR PRESS IN THE STRAITS.

E. W. Birch.
(Read at a Meeting of the Societij, held on the 30th Jan., 1880.7

No mention has as yet been made iii the Society's journal of
the recent appcjirancc of a Vernacular Press in this Colony, and a
brief notice of its ri.se and progress may have some interest.

2. Towards the end of the vear 187G an association, entitled
the "Jawi Peranakkan" (Strait^j born), established a Malay printing
ofSce and began the publication of a weekly newspaper under that
name.

d. Lat^r on a Tamil ]\apc'i* -the *' Tangai Snahen '* — was
ijc<saed by the same publishers: it is a fortnightly periodical, has
been in existence for some two years, and has now reached a circu-
lation of about 150 copies.

i. About the same time efforts wore made by others to pro-
duce both Malay and Tamil newspapers ; a Tamil Paper having
been brought out prior to the publication of the " Tangai Snahen,"
and two Malay Papers subsequently to that of the ** Jawi Peranak-
kan,** but these have, after a short run, died out, and the " Jawi
Peranakkan '' and the* *' Tangai Snahen '' are, at the present mo-
ment, the sole representatives in Singapore of the two languages.

The names of the two Malay Papers referred to as having
existed for a short period in Singapore wt^re the " Peridaran Shamsu
Walkamer '' (" The Revolution of the Sun and the Moon ''), and the
"Bintang Barat" C" Western Star").

52 VEBNACUIiAB PRESS IX THE STRAITS.

5. These Papers had for some time a sister in Penang — the
" Jawi standard " — but it fared the same fate, and is no longer
issued.

Strange to say, though the Tamil population in Penang is
larger than that in Singapore, no Tamil Paper has as yet appeared.

G. The project has often been discussed of starting a Chinese
newspaper, but it has never got any further. The Chinese of
Singapore would not appear to have had sufficient interest in the
matter, or perhaps sufficient knowledge of the Chinese language to
induce the projectors to carry out their scheme.

7. The " Jawi Pcranakkan " claims to bo the first Malay
newspaper ever published. It has now a circulation of so me 250
copies, and appears to fulfill the useful function of a ** highest
reader " in all the vernacular schools.

The price charged for it is 30 cents per copy, or $5 per annum:
it appears every Monday, and is ably and punctually edited, having,
with only one exception, been issued consistently on the day on
which it professes to come out.

8. l''or the first year the i)roprictors adhered to the favourite
uianuscript writing and lithograph, but Mahiy type having been
obtained from England, the Paper has, for the last two years, been
j)rinte(l, and the .*-tyle is clear and easy.

0. Its object is to give to its readers the latest news, both
local and foreign, thought likely to prove interesting : and it is
amusing to mark how closely it follows the Englisli Press in jilacini;
all procurable war news before the public.

U). In matters political it would seem to express opinions of
its own. endeavouring at the >vu\v time to form tlioseof its readers.

11. Towards Government its tone is not hostile, nor even
critical ; indeed in only one instance was anything like a burst of
feeling given vent to : it was in the case of the recent ** Holidays
Ordinance," when not unnatural indignation was expressed at no
holiday being alloted to the great Mahomedan festivals of " Eamzan
Eed " or " Haji Eed."

YSBITACULAB FSE8S IN THE STRAITS. 53

12. The paper is surprisingly free from all personalities, ex-
cepting in letters having reference to Mahomedan customs of
legion and law (Adat) ; not infrequently, however, passages occur
'^th those ironical allusions well known to Malays as " Sendiran.'*

13. From a literary point of view it will doubtless tend to set-
tle the language and to give an uniformity to the various dialects of
^M!alay, an object which the original projectors claim to have had
in view. Its influence can scarcely fail to be considerable on the
"Vrritten language.

14. The " Jawi Peranakkan's " agents are numerous, and
liold their agencies in London, Penang, Malacca, Klang, Kwala
^angsa, Johor, Deli, Padang, Batavia, and Sarawak.

■ 15. In order t<» give au idea of the actual character of the
Paper, and the manner in which it is edited here, a short resume
follows of the contents of a late number of the "Jawi Peranakkan,"
bearing date the 12th of January, 1880.

16. It is a small paper arranged in columns very much in the
style of English newspapers. It commences by quoting the present
state of the market, devotes a column or so to advertisementH, by
which, however, it is said not to make more than $60 per annum,
and proceeds to give in full a Government Circular (English and
Malay) <letailing the management of the Malay College at Tclok
Blanga, and exhorting Malay llajas and others to make more use
of the College.

17. Of the next para., a translation is appended, which reads
as follows: —

" The HPkayat Abdullah has been re-printed by the members
** of the Asiatic Society, and is exceedingly clearly done ; whoever
'' now wishes to buy it can obtain it from the officer in charge of
'* the library at the Museum adjoining the Baffles' Institution."

18. The paper then touches on the recent death of the Datoh
Klana of Sungei Ujong while on his return from a pilgrimage to
Mecca. It appears that the Datoh, having accomplished his pilgri-
mage and having lost four of his followers, was returning to
Jeddah when he was overtaken by death at a resting place near the
latter town.

54 YEBKACULAB FBESS IK THE STRAITS.

19. A reference at some length is next made to tlie Moar die-
tnrbances and to the action of an honourable gentleman in respect
of them. The writer points out the contrast between this gentle-
man's activity on behalf of Tunku Alam, and the Tunku's sluggish-
ness in respect of his own right: rebuking him in the tone of a
philosopher, and hinting that he should make himself more ac-
quainted with the outside world and its doings.

20. Next comes the correspondence column, which contains a
letter from a correspondent in Malacca narrating the running
amuck {Mengdmolc) of a Malay on board the Japan, and the conse-
quent wounding of sixteen persons. The majority of letters ad-
dressed to the Editor are written with the intention of giving pieces
of local news not likely to be otherwise communicated, of exposing
some disreputable character, of relating some wonderful adventure
or phenomenon, and of eliciting information upon various subjects
often abstrusely grammatical.

21. The principal notices from the Ooveniment Gazette are
then copied, as also are extracts from other papers referring to events
in neighbouring countries: the first of these is taken from the Rangoon
Times ; it relates the discovery of sapphire mines in Siam, and dis-
cusses the probability of the Marquis of Lome being made Viceroy
of India.

•

22. From the Straits Times some passages are quoted respect-
ing the arrival of the French Flagships in Singapore, and the courtesy
(»f the Admiral in allowing the Band to play on the Esplanade.

Tf^. Three columns are given up to a series of paragra[)hs
giving news from Java and the adjoining Malay States, antl it is
worthy of notice that so large a number of places contribute news
from this part of Malaya. Such names are found as Semrirang.
Sr.rubaya, Bogor, Periuman, Menado, Bantan, Cherbun. Anilnni,
Knniwanu% and PAlau Banda.

2i Then come extracts from the London and China Express.
About England there are paragraphs with Court and Parliamentary
news, and a ])assing reference is made to the disturbances in
Irelaiv^

TESNACULAK PRESS IN THE STRAITS. ;>'>

From France, Kussia, Austria, Switzerland, Turkey, Kgypt, the
United States, Chili, and Peru various items of news are given.

25. The Indian telegrams are next copied from the Straits
Timetfy relating to the war in Afghanistan, and the paper is brought
to a close with the latest telegrams of the week, refcrriug, in this
instance, to the Bolivian Republic, to Ireland, and to Russia.

26. In the majority of cMises journalistic terms are expressed
by their English names written in Malay characters, or by tlieir
Malay equivalents, this being effected by a slight process of para-
phrasing, but in some cases the Arabic equivalents of these tctliiii-
cal phrases of journalism are employed such as : —

Editor

Mualif

uJI)^

Subscriber . . .

Mutaliah

J^Ua«

Notice

Ah If in

J^^

27. There is another useful little work which is atlributabh'
to the " Jawi Peranakkau" Company, and it will not be out of place
to notice it here : it is a Mahomedan and English Comparative
Calendar, which shows at a glance the corresponding date in the
Mahomedan table of reckoning to that used in our Calendar. This
Table, sold at ten c^aj^s a copy, lias, it is stated, n vi-ry lar«;(^ circii-
iatioii.

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES.

On the Guliga op Bohneo.

The Guliga, more commonly known as Bezoar, forms a recog-
nised article of export from the Eejang and Bintulu rivers in the
Sarawak territory. These concretions are chiefly obtained from a
red monkey (a species of Semiiopithecus), which seems to be verj
abundant in the interior districts of Borneo. A more valuable
Guliga, called the "Guliga Landak," is obtained from the porcupine,
but it is comparatively rare. The Sepoys stationed at Sibu Fort
in the Rejang formerly exported considerable numbers of these
calculi to Hindustan, where, in addition to their supposed efficaey
as an antidote for the poison of snakes and other venomous crea-
tures, they appear to be applied, either alone or in combination
with other medicines, to the treatment of fevers, asthmatic complaints,
<;eneral debility, &c. A few years ago, however, these men ceased
to send any but the Guliga Landak, since their //«^/;//.s' had informed
them that the concretions obtained from the monkeys had come to
be considered of very doubtful, if any, value from a medicinal point
of \new.

The usual test for a good Guliga is to place a little chunam
on the hand, and to rub the Guliga against it, w^hen, if it be genuine,
the lime becomes tinged with yellow. Imitations are by no means
rare, and on one occasion which came to my own knowle<lge some
Bakatans succeeded in deceiving the Chinamen, who trade in these
articles, by carefully moulding some fine light clay into the foi'm
of a Bezoar, and then rubbing it well all over with a genuine one
The extreme lightness of a real Guliga, and the lime test are, how-
ever, generally sufficient to expose a counterfeit Bezoar. The

mSCELLANEOUS NOTES. 57

SepojB Mid Malays apply various imaginary tcstH. Thus they
assert that if a true G-uliga be claFtped in the closed list, the bitter
tasto of the concretion will be plainly susuoptiblo to the tongue
wlien applied to the back of the hand, and even above the elbow if
the Gkdiga be a good *^ Landak ;*' and a Sepoy once assured me that
haying accidentally broken one of the latter, he immediately was
i9en8ible of a bitter taste in his mouth.

Accounts vary very much among the natives as to the exact
position in which the Guligas arc found : some saying they may
occur in any part of the body ; otlicrs that they occur only in the
stomach and intestines; whilst I have heard others declare that
they have taken them from the head and even the hand ! Bezoar-
stones are sold by weight, the gold scale being used, and th(» value
varies according to quality, and to tlie scarcity or abundance of the
commodity at the time of sale. The ordinary prices paid at Rejang
a few years ago were from §1.50 lo i<2 per amas for common
Ktones, and from 82.50 to $i; pei* amas for Q-uliga Landak. 1
have seen one of the latter whicli w;is valued at SI 00. It was
alwut the size of an average Tanj^iers' orange, and was perfectly
Kphcrical. The surface, where not artificially abraded, was smooth,
shining, bronze-brown, studded with numerous irregularly -shaped
fragments of dark rich brown standing out slightly above the
general muss of the calculus. Th(*si' fragnn^nts, in size and appear-
ance, bore a close resemblance to the crystals in a coarsegrained
[M>rphyritic rock.

The common monkey -bezoars vary nuich in colon r and shape
I have seen them of the size of large tilberts. curiously convoluted
and cordate in shape, with a smooth, shining surface of a pale
olive-green hue. Mr. A. R. liorouTOX once showed me one which
was an inch and-a-half long, and shaptul like an Indian Club. It
wa^ of a dirty greenish colour. j)erfectly smooth and cylindrical,
an<l it had become aggregated around a portion of a sumpitan dart,
wliich appears to have penetrated the animars stomach, and being
broken off short has subsequently served as the nucleus for the
formation of a calculus. The same gentleman liad in his possession
tv\'o [^ndak stones, one of which bore a close resemblance to a
hhtck in shape, and was of a bright green colour, and the second
was of a rich chocolate brown, and could best be likened in form
to a Constable's staff. One porcupine stone which was opened was

58 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES.

found to be a mere shell full of small brown shavings like shred
tobacco.

The part of the island which produces these stones in greatest
abundance seems to be, by a coincidence of native reports, the dis-
trict about the upper waters of thoBalungar (Batang JCayan). The
story is, that the head waters of this river are cut off from its lower
course by an extensive tract of hills beneath which the river disap-
pears, a report by no means unlikely if the country be, as is pro-
bable, limestone. The people of the district have no communica-
tion with the lower course of the river, and arc thus without any
supply of salt. In lieu of this necessity they make use of the
waters of certain .springs, which must be saline mineral springs,
and which the Kayans call " Sungnn." These springs are also fre-
quented by troops of the red Tnonkeys before mentioned, and the
Bezoars are most constantly found in the stomachs of these animals,
through their drinking the saline water. The hunters lie in wait
about such springs, and, so runs the report, on the animals coming
down to drink, they are able f o guess with tolerable certainty from
external signs which of the nionkeya will afford the Q-uliga, and
they forthwith shoot such with their sunipitahs. I have this
account, curious in more ways than one, from several quite inde-
pendent sources.

In conchuling ihcsc brief notes, I may remark that the wide-
spread idea of the medicinal virtue of these concretions would lead
us to su|)pose that there is some foundation for their reputation.

A. il ART Everett.

On III K X A M K •* S I M A r It A

In it volume reiM'Ullv added to tlie »Soiiety"s Libi'ary — "Notes
*• on the Mah\y Archipelago and Malacca, compiled from Chine4!»e
-Sources" Mr. \V. W (jhoknkvkldt .siys (p.l]2): *' The three
** preceding articles he^inning on ]>. S,") give tlie name of Sumatra
•' to the northern part of the Island which is now entirely called bv
" this name. In this case the name is certain! v taken from the

MISCELLAi^EOUS KOTES. 50

«(

' capital or principal settlement on the coast. Mabco Polo,
** who yisited Sumatra in 1290, speaks of Samara, which probably
** is the same place, as the difference in sound is easily explained
**by the circumstances under which Polo's book was written.
**Ibit Batuta (1346) correctly calls it Samathra, or Samuthra,
*'and describes its situation nearly in the same terms as our
* * author. As we know very little of the country yet, we arc
** unable to determine the exact locality now, but we think that
•* eventually the details given above will assist in doing so. It

appears, however, that tliis place Sumatra was not situated on the
" spot of the present Atjeh, but more to the East, on one of the

smaller rivers which fall into the sea there ; this is proved beyond
" doubt by the fact that three smaller States were situated due
*' West of it, before the Indian Ocean, on the western side of the
" island, was reached, the last of these three occupying the site of the
" present Atjeh, as will be shewn afterwards. We do not learn at
" what epoch Sumatra lost its importance and was supplanted by
** Atjeh ; the time assi^'ncd to tliis event in the history of the Ming
" dynatity, translated just now, is certainly too recent, and we think
" that the latter part of this article does not apply to Sumatra, but
** to the new capital of Atjeh."

On p. 141, however, Mr. Oboen eve ldt says: " On p. 92 we
" were still unable to determine the position of the old city of
" Sumatra ; we might have spoken of Pasei, which is pointed out by
" native tradition as the principal place on the coast before it was
** supplanted by Atjeh, but we refrained from doing so, as we did
** not know liow long it had occupied that position. Some new
" information has, however, been obtained since from a report of
" one of our functionaries who visited Pasei last year, and found
" there a village called Saniudra, on the left bank of the river, about
" three miles from the sea. Jt is curious to observe that our
" informant, just as the Chinese traveller in p. 85, speaks of the
** heavy surf which is continually raging at the mouth of the river.
" Taking together these different indications, we do not hesitate to
" say that this village of Samudra is the remnant of the former
" capital of the country."

With regard to this extract, it may be pointed out that the
account given in Scjara Malayu indicates with tolerable distinctness
the j)Osition of the old city of Samudra ; which, accordinL*^ to

60 MISCELLAlTEOnS NOTES.

the legend, was founded by Mabah Siltt (the younger of two
brothers residing at Pasangan, about half way between Tcluk
Hamnwi and Samalangan, who afterwards quarrelled, on whieh the
younger fled to the forest' of Jaran and acquired the position of a
Chief among the people there). The account of the circumstances
leading to the foundation of the city are obviously mythical.

But from two or three passages the situation may be conjec-
tured. In the account of the marriage of Sultan Malek al Saleh
(Mabah Silu) it states that he went out as far as Jambu Ayer
(which lies between Tanjong Pcrlak and Kcrti) to meet the Princess
of PSrlak. Again Pcrlak was conquered by enemies, and the in-
habitants took refuge in Samudra, which shews those States to have
been contiguous to each other. Malek al Saleh now founded
Pasei ; having previously crossed the river on a hunting expedition,
he came upon an elevated piece of ground near the riv er, which he
selected as the site for the now city. So that clearly the two cities
of Samudra and Pasei were only a short distance from each other.
In a later account of the quarrel between the brothers Sultan Malek
al Mansur of Samudra and Sultan Malek al Zahkr of Pasei,
it states that the former left Samudra and went out to the mouth
4)f the river, shewing that it was a city up a river, and it must be
iufcrred from the passages already referred to that the rive r on whieh
Samudra stood, lay between Samudra and Pasei, and was the only
stream of any consequence that separated them. The clear infer-
ence then on the whole is that Samudra was a city a little way up
a river lying somewhere between Pasei and Tanjong Pcrlak (Dia-
mond Point); whether this inference from native sources is con-
firmed by the discovery which Mr. Guoeneveldt mentions of the
actual site, it is not easy to say ; for Mr. (jeoeneveldt's account of
this discovery is brief,and decidedly meagre geo<5rapliically speaking .
luj says: " one of our functionaries visited Pasei last year and found
'' there a village called Samudra, on the left bank of the river, about
" three miles from the sea." Now though the Scjara Malayu has
a great deal of fable interwoven with historical details, we can
liardly doubt the fact of there being originally two distinct cities of
Samudra and Pasei, however mythical the tale of their foundation.
;irul Pasei and Samudra are mentioned interchangeably when speak-
ing of the same circumstances, as though they were the same. Ac-
iordinu; to the native account two brothers (already named) rule res-
|)ectiveiy over the two cities, but the account does not go very far.

MISCELLANEOUS NOT£3. 61

It iadicates, however, the rising superiority of Pasei, which gave its
name to the whole country, while Samudra sank into insignifie Skuke.
The question remains how does Samudra come to be up the Pasci
river? If so, where is the old city of Pasei? Probably the river
visited by the Dutch functionary was only one of the rivers in the
country of Pasei, and the " Orang Pasei," in the many changes that
have occurred in all those countries on the East coast of Sumatra,
may have lost their capital, and retreated to the river of Samudra.
It would certainly be satisfactory to have this point cleared up one
wav or the other.

A CORUECTIOX.

Mr. W. K. TiiEA.CHEB points out the foUowiu;^ error iu the
Botanical Notes contributed by him to the Society and printL^l
in tho last Number of this Journal : —

" On page 00 of the third Number of the Journal, Mr. Murtox
*' remarks that 1 have given two descriptions of the Jelufouj, which
"appear to him diametrically opposed. A reference to page 57,
" however, w'ill show that this is owing to a mistake of the printer.
" The notes on that page refer only to the Table, and not to my
" description of the Jeliffoir;."

ir4UiT{

3 1 g g 1 1

■ano;iipi

1 3 1 ; 51 1

S o>

l»

•Sundreux

< S S S S 3

1 8 3 sag

raSuBx BHiM3

1 1 S : i i i

■joSu-i[i)S'3uB[3

j i sl 1 1 i

■i:32u!1

1 1 1 S 3 1 1

-i
it

■noEiBin^ld nif[ oiy^

* S 3 S S S S

.g PS ^ w w OS o

■ianapisajl qiij_

i 3 s s s s s
1 " " - s s -

e ; t^

■^lumi]^ lining

i s s s s s S

1 2 * =■• ^ =; -

^ m ■* i>; ci* „; d

•r.

■t[|jo«ja.)jria

J s ss 5 r^-g

f w © « ji ..•; t^

1 . „ = o =, ,,

■SllBll.l^

J ^ 1 1 5 S 1

"■'■"■FK

i S S S S; SS S"
1 . J. » 2 c; ^

■ojodttSuis

j iisiss

1 /

^IHl

\ ;k ■< ^1 ^'f^

o
a>

-S2>

uaqmaaoQ

A
o

t^Q Oil

CO X

00 t^ o o

CO t^ 00 iH OS t^

• •••••

Od Od O) O OS Od
(N (N G^ <N C^

-jeqmaAOj^

CO M *H 1-H (N iH
O Oi OO iH O »-l
O l> 00 1-H 05 !>.

02 Od O) O O) Od
<N C^ C^ CI «

CO 'f' t^ O Oi CD

O CD 1-5 CO WD -^
00 1:^ 00 t^ t^ 1>

O O CO rH 00 lO

d CD CO 1>^ CD i6
00 t> 00 t^ 1:^ 1>

'jaqcx^oQ

'jeqmaadag

•(jsnSny

h^z

•9unf

•Xbj\[

•ludy

•qM'Dj\[

•jfjBTUqo^if

XjBnuBf

o
o

t^ CD (M «-' O O
rH O 05 f^ t^ 00
05 00 00 r-i 05 t>.

• ••■••

05 05 05 O 05 05
CI C<l (N CI CI

rH i-H O 05 O CD

1-J t>I CI CD* 1>I O
00 1.^ 00 t^ l> 1>

00 CD 05 t^ 00 00
r-t O !>. O t^ 00
05 00 » rH Cj l>

• «••••

'^ '^ CO ^ iH 05

rH O ^ t^ 00 O
00 t^ 00 l> 4^ l>

05 05 05 O 05 05

CI CI CI C4 CI

C5 1^ CO CI t^ O

05 O t> 05 t>. 00
C5 00 00 O 05 !>«

05 05 05 O 05 05
CI CI CI CI CI

05 1-H Tp i> 00 CD

05 CD CI CD t>I »d
!>. t^ 00 t> t^ t^

O CD CI O -^ 00
!>• 00 »0 05 O CO

00 t^ 00 p 05-l>

05 05 05 O 05 05
d CI CI CI CI

CO '^ »H CO t^ CO

ci i>l "^ i> 00 CD
00 t^ oo t^ t^ t^

•8

«>
o

(A
0)

•s

00 CO »— t^ »0 liO
00 05 CD 05 t> f-H

QC t^ X O 05 t^

• •••••

05 05 05 O 05 05
d CI CI d CI

O 00 !>•' CI i-H CO'

U5 O CO 05 CO O
X' t^ X O 05 CD

05 05 05 O 05 05

CI CI d CI d

'ci ^ cT-^i^o^
05 !>. »o d -^ d

X b* X 1— I 05 t^

05 C5 05 O 05 05
d d CI d d

O 05 1^ O CD »H
05 t> X r-< 05 t>.

05 0:05 05 05
CI CI CI d d

d p "^ Tp d 00

CI 00 "^ l>I 00 CD
X !>. X l>. t> 1:^

^ 05 CD on »iO ^

00 00 "^ 00 00 l>^
X l>» X l>» l> l>

^ 05

oa
o

A
o

O CO CD

o o t^

05 X X

05 05

c:5 CI

05 l>^

05 05 05 d 05 0>
C<l d d d Ci

CI X O 05 X CD
X t^ X t^ t> t>.

p 05 CI 1-H d X

'^ A^ ci 00 t>I o
X t^ 00 l> t^ t^

O CO -^ O CD O

d CD CI X> CD »?o
X t> X !>• t> t>.

V
A
u

X !>. UO d O X
05 O t> 05 t^ CO

X X X O 05 t^

_ • • • • • _ »

05 05 05 O 05 05
d d d d d

CI 00 "^ '^ Tfj CO

X O 05 CD O rji
i^ t> t> t>l> b*

pq
O

©^ OS'S

u
o

-4^
(O OB

O CO Od

%
^

a>
a>

o
CO

bo
o

-4^

•Joquio.iO(j

•J^q^I^A(^^^

•Joqo;.»Q

•joqino;d9v^'

•^sni^ny

•-^i"r

■,^mi

•\a\:n.ii[0;{

.\jtJTaiiT[*

•AUT^

•IH^U' I

•i{.)Ji;]^

<fi

A-

.1.

»(^ iH X CO t^ o o p O

i>^ocdc6c<iaiaJ»-J

00 c^ '^~ ^, -^ji p"tp p p

CO C> O O CD ci O 00* c^

Ti<i-Ht^O0t^f-Ht^Xt^

p p o p «-; p p o p
O O i-H o -^ r-i o o c<i

kO'-^t^00l>rH00Cil>»

p o p p "»o -^ ei p p

C> l?5 i-< '^' CC r-^ Oi O r-i

-H O !>• 00 1^ 1—1 t>» C5 t>

^. ^ ^. "^ ^ *-'^ ^ ^. *^

»o

I- CC l>» »-« 00 vJD l>.

CO t-. p r-< 1^ •+ r^J O "P

1^ ^ O t>^ 00 CO o o c

'-*^ ^ !>• j: i^ r-i CO a t^

r-l t>» l-« CC O l^ p P »^

c£ Ti 1-^ r^ "-^^ ci o o CM

o !:d ci t^ -h cc 1-H o CI
o •— ' I', y: !>• r-i cc o i^

1^ p CI o o p p p p
ci 7 1 f-^ :f CO cc o ci Ti

-+l — ' !>. X 1^ r-^ X X t»

p CO y: x>; 1^ p ci x p

CO o cj »o oi CO CJ X c"

-H 1— I O X I '^ 1— i !>. X I '^

C0'*^Xr-.C5ClOOC

• •••••••a

xoccooioot^c:

CO O !>• X 1^ 1—1 X X sC

•^

r/»

r/ CO

o
w

'A' . , — ■ . .0;

•

CC ^-N O ?J

*%-• '^ 7. -*-

'"' ^ C C3 -

r Ci- t-i o '

« ;=: tT . . . o t- c

'- p C J; ^ o ^ 3 b

w " »— 1-* 2 a..! ^^ C

5 assWsHfi

1
o

£ C ^ fi 3 Cu't^ ts

JOURNAL

STl! A ITS l!ll \ M II

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

JUVE, 1880.

i'l" Ul.ls !1 KD tl \ M-^ K \ i; 1,^

AitKvrbiiK xii)^ iiiMjiiri'i

[Ho. S,[

JOURNAL

Oh' Tiu:

STltAJTS BliANCII

OV THE

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY

JUNE, 1880.

n HijsiiKi) II alf-vi:a]{LY.

sl^(^\I'ol{K:

I*HI.\Ti:i» AT niK GoVEUNMKM' 1*K1M'1N(t OtIICE.

ISM).

A i i i: N T.S OK T H K JSnC 1 KT V :

LoikIoii, ..Tui |]m:u iV: Co. l*rtrU,...EuNfc5>T Ltuoi.v & CiK.

T A 15 L E V C >; T E x\ T ?> .

:o:o:-

b».Li;sihAii I5o«»K itv TifK Dk&cknt) ok tin: Ka.ia5> of
XoTKs TO Ditto.

llrSTOHV OF TIIK Si I/FANS UF BiU M, ..

List of tjm; ^Eauomedan SovKKEKiNsi or JiiaNi. ..
llisTOUn* Taijlft.
Arin:u. n\ (i. 1*. Toi.jsun,

FUOM Pi:UAK- TO SlI.M, AM) DOWN THK 81.IM AND BkU^AM

lilVKIiS. 11 Y r. A. SwKTTKVlfAM,
A < OMIMIIl HON TU !Mvi.VVAN Bl IJLIOliK Al'Il Y, liV X. Ji.

I)i:nn\s, rii. 1).,

CoMI'AUAl IN J: VorAI'.ri.AHY OF SC»ME OF TllK ^Vl ].D TjilllKJ!!
I.MIAUrtlNli THi: Mvi.AYAN rKMNSl'LA. Boh'MXl.

*\ •) ••• ••• ••• •••

AIis<'i:rj ANi:<»i > Xori:.^ —

Ti<-. TiM-i: r> H''!i:LO. vo A. Hart 1^vlki:ii.

Paui:

1
S)

.-il

12.-1

Lot

^^H^ Thin is the hlBtory of the llajas whu have sat upon the throne
" of Bruni(') — Db>- ul Saliim (city of peace) — aci-ordiug to their
generaiioDe, to hIioiu desiiended the tiohnt nagrira (royal di'uui)
aud gunta aldmat (thu bollH, au emblem) from Johor — Kemal ut
Mekim (the royal place): they aUo recBivfd the nobat nagdra
from the touatry of Menaagkabau, that is to Hay, Audalaa aud
Saguntang.

The first (') who held the eovereiEiity io the city of Bruni,
and who introduced the Slahomedaii religion aod obgerved tlio
isBtitutions of the prophet IUauoued, on nhom be peace, was the
Fadukft Sri Sultan MA.snuED. (See Note I.)

Before his time the country of Bruiii ivaa Kfilir (jreiitile) and a
dependenevofMcnjn|mhit. (3)butatthetimeoflbedeaihof theBatara

s£L:gstLAH

(BOOK or THE DESCENT)

EAJAS OP BKUNI.

Uluh Low, H. B. M.s Kksiuknt, PuBiic

(1) The name of this kingdom and eii j if olwoy« wnllPti "Brum" by tl^
Natives, bttt it is tslkd inaiffcrcntlT " Biuni '■ nnd '■ liiiiiiei."

(t) Tlie flTst dntfl in Brutii VuUitj irliiuh can he truiint i« i. B. 10'£,
balng that ofthedimthof SuIIbsUauouet Alt.kIio wiutlif tmlflUUahomedaii
ttultaa. Ftooi tlie»tiibli*limeiit ■>£ Joliorin iSlito the T»r 1810. CsAwnrKU
wiyf, fourtwn Prinee* reigned, giving an •vcroge of twpnly-oiiB yi'arsli' each
reign: ■ ■imiliu' avprBgc Tor each iSultan of Bmni would mnkA the rrligicnof
IlUU \n liavc b^i^n irtlroduivd. and the dynastj to havp been r>lnMi*hed. About
tbfl jPBr 1403, bui It vis prebablv tomcwtiBt earlier, ts torcrul ofllin SiilMiii of
thi< yawl appear to liaet< had \a«g rMgne.

(3) The Uindu kingdom of Monjanahit -Kan ilpilroyrd by the Mahomudaiia
in A. i>. 1473. Uruni is mcutiouiHt in tliohijtoryof Javtu unuulthe counlrim
ooiiiiUHBdb]rA£j,TAU»GBAi, th«Ocu«raIorAsaKA WiJATi, the Utt ling.

2 sFiLl^StLAH.

of Miiiijattalut mid of tho Wazir (MiuiBter) Patbh Oiiilt Mada
(') ami tho deatrimtioti of the country of Mi^iijapahit which I'tiHuui}.
Bruni ceased to send tlie tribute of a jar of the yuiinK Piuang
fruit (green betel nut).

In the roigii of Sulhtu Biukec, (■■■) of thi; kiiij;doni of Job-r.
he summoned the Tuttu Alau BeiiiTATAn and Pateh Btiiui to
Johor, and, whon they arrived there, tlisy wore invested at< Sultan
Mahomed bj tho Yunjt di Pertunn of Johor, and he gave them
the nahal nag'irn and ganfa rtWwn/, and five countries — KalAkah,
Seribae, Sadong, SemerAhan, and Sarriwalt — Pateii llhnBi being
appointed Bfndah^a .Sri Maharaja.

After havinj; reiniiincd nouu' time in Johor. ilia Majenty the
Wultan Mahomkh reliinioH to Bnini. lie had no Bona and only
one daughter,

Before thia (soe Noti' 11,) the Emperor of China had Bont two
of hia offieera, named Waku Konu and Onii Sum Pinu, to get the
ijrmdh Cjewel) of the Dragon, which lived on the China Balu. A
great number of the Chinese were loat, being eaSai by the Dragon,
wliich retainwl it*t jewel, and thua the mountain was called China
Balu. But Oku Sum Piku conceived a device for deceiving the
Dragon ; he put a candle in a glaaa caae, and, while the Dragon wa»
out feeding, ho took tho jewel, putting the caudle in ite place, the
Dragon thinking his gciadla still safe. The treABuro having been
thus obtained, all tlic juuks set aail to return to their country, and
when they had got some dialance from the mountain, Wakg Eonu
demaifdcd the jewel from Ono Sim Pino, and they (iuarrelle<l, but
AViNO KoNO innisted on the surrender of tho jewel, ao that Osu
Sim Pino waa angry and would not return to China, but turned
back and sailed to Bruni, and, having arrived tlierc, he married tho
Prioecss, the daughter of the Sultan M.^^omed (aee Note III.),
and the SultAU gave over the aovereignty to his eon-in-law Sultan
Akuuei}.

IS tlic brollirr of Sultan AlAKOMSu.
(5J Johnr vim not etUblithed u u kiiudnm nl llic l.iuic o( llieie oTcnt*, attd
th« Siiltmi nuiitio'ird mutt Ii«rii rtiftn^ >» Ualiiont, which M-ai tiikan bf ih*
PortiigMfH in 1300, Johor twins e»l*bUi1ied tho Mowing jMr.

Sulluu Akiisied ttlao Uud a dauglitcr, who was oE t-'xcoediug
beauty, au<l a Sl.enff uiuned Ai,t, of tho linfe of AMiH-^i.TlASAS,
I'aiue from the countn- of Taif nnd pnwicd h\to Brutii, llnving
heard of tliL' ^rpat boiiitly of llio Pi'Iucomh, Ije lifcaijie enamoured
of lier, find tin.- Sultnn Jii-i-epttid liim for hiH Eioti-iu-law, and gikve
hiinthenoveroigiity of tlie kingdom, lie ivni i-nlled Sultan BErkat,
and he enforced the, lawn of the prophet, and built a moaque in the
city of Ilruni, aud by the aid of his Chinese ^ubjectH he erected the
Kota IMh (stone wall), (fee X.ite IV.).

TheSulta!i Bf^RKiTliada sou— the Sultan Suleiman— who was
the father (") of the Sidtaii Bilkbiah, (see Note V.) who was the
Bttju \v\ut couquered thekin;;ilom of SoolookaiidinadeadependoDcy
of the fountry of SPluron;;, (') the Kaja of which was called
Datoii Gamvak. Sultan BuLf^EiAiF (*) had a son, who was the
Sultan AuDiTL Kauar; hu in known as the MiThoum Krilmat. {')
and wii« the father of the Snltnu SAir-ri,-RE.iAL.

Saif-ui,-Uejal ('"J was the father of the Sultan SnAEBsrirt,
(' ') and when he died the kingdom descended to his btutberSultftn
Habak.

(I>) ll is |irol»U« that Nnkoda Baoah, Sultan Ullkeiaii, ntrried o..
iMtrrr <il' tratel and lonqutit Uiiring the lifetime of liia fatlicr, Saltan Sci.ar
Whin MAOELLAH'aHquLidron viu at ibf uiuuUi uftlieBruiii riyrr, a. t>. IS&i, a -
Iteot irluntMl to Ijruni tmoi MiP roni|iii->t ofu place csllect lawi, wliiili U'B* uii
the EmI. iiiut of Huriico. Tills llvet was couiinsndvd b; Ilie mnuf the King
uri.uiuii. nhu WHS tbcCnnUiil-Uciicriil of tlie Kins 'ifBrutii. Tliit 9talmi'*»t
iiT PlaArBTTA'a coiiHntw the Bnuiinn nanalirp.

(7} tii'liirong ii Hiid by firaiiisn tnulitinn to be inthf Ul&iiii I'f Liuonnndthi-
(ilo i>r the [ireni^t tiiirn of Manila.

(5) It was uri'lisblf tanunU tliv end ol the reign of Sultii-i Bdlgsub tlinl
tka Bliipi of M AOKLLAN, afLor hia itniUi nt Mitntun, tniiehed. in Auguat, 15^,
Ht Ilniiii. wlicru tlit'v fuiiiul h laagnifiuDnt loiitl.

(!)) Hi- traa callod Mvihuiini Kianint, fnim Itating amicarc'l, aA«r ileatJi, on
lii>i3rl>iiik ut till' licail of tliu fortCH nf Brutii [ii repi tlie (Sistjiianii during
ili.-ir ntla.k on ilruni. tlia tomb ua the liill aborv Kutn Bnlu ivas de^lrojwt
bj i]«-S]Hnyi >lt.

[ hi) It wenis pmbubli' tliHt it wiu ia the reign of thin Sultan Saif-fi-Riual,
thnt Bruni «a> nitackcil hv Uie ti|>anii>tdg, a, u. 1S77> but tli(> biatoi^ ia coii-
inJivtciry on tins iminl, in sue plncB luuiglung the Srit atlnek to lliu time of
hit fattier ^Jiillnii AimrL Kahau. The Bceond Htlju-k bj Uie Bpwiiardf tuok
place in 1580.

(tl) !4iittiiii Siun BavM i^ lalil to liare been a great enm
laeturra in bmxs. It wiia ilumig lii» reign that the nugQiGi'e
taken o«iT bjairTBOMAaCocuMANEln 184(i «ere founded.

4 8 RL fist I. AH,

Sultan HA8i>- (see Note TI.)> wlio was called the MrHiouiu di
Tanj'ong, was very powerful in his kiogdom and i-ouquered all the
Eajau cuuEtries and the Batara of Hooloofc, He was tlio father of
the Sultan Jalil-ul-Akbak. who is known as Mi-rhoum Tnali, and
who wa3 the father oE the Sultan ABDtrL Jalil-ul-Jeb^s, &-\A
when he die^, he was succeedHd by the bruther of Hiti Majesty's
father, Sultan MAiiOMer Ali, f^om whom the 8overw_-nty was
snatched away by BfndaMra Abdit..

Sultan MiHL'UKT Ali (") is calleJ Mfirhouin Tumbang di Bum-
put, and, on his death, the throne was otcu;jied by Su.l-au Anori,
MuBlS. Ha waa succeeded by ths uephew of '■"ultan MahoUict
An, who rtigueJ as Sultan MvAnniN ("), whn vurricd on the
war against the ialuud ("), anl rci'overeJ the royalty from the
Sultan Abdul Mcbin. He is known as MPrhoum Bungsu-. when
he died he waa succeeded ly the son oi his brother, who wa«
named Sultan NiBR-AjiniJ''. After his death he was succeeded
by hia falher'a couam (_ai/a tapapti) named Sultan Keuai^Addim,
(") who WAS the eon of l-ultan MAn'tUET Ati : he is the MEr-
houm di Lobuh, and waa twice Borereign. His Majesty resigned
the throne to his relative (chuchu m puou) Sultau Mabomed
Aw-DDUrs, (") who was the faiher of th« Sultan Mahoubo
Tw-'Waldiit, (' ') who was the father of the Sultan JEMAi-n.-AiAM.

(ISj Thii iDTtircigD. MeTlii:,uiu Tumbung di Biimput, nuayouqeerinn <,£
Sult&n Ha^an null canseqncntlj uqcIp tu hit pradeciBgor jAi.n.<rL-JlBik.

(131 Pron . aneod Wcaudin in Bruni. He was marriml to hU coubiU I'm
diu^bter □! tiu'.ciui Mahomet Ali ; lie in-Hs liimaclf a son of MerhcumTuiJi.iri
tbat li? W1U u rt^ndinn uf Sultan Haban, «nd hii wife a cranddAnglitEr of
th; isJn- Kinp.

(14) FuIbu Ohenuin, wliere tbc uir«r Outran Abiivl Mi-bci ettabhtbad
hinn"ir. Abdtte. MuBIK ■* n^t mentionfd in *,h> gwifn'ogioul li*t of miIUds
carved OB ihe h ftp' i"? wbl't bj ird' r . f SulWn MAtHiMBO Taj Biniis.

(15) •''u^tan KEXAL-Annm w%r "nt iS ihe nini nf Utrhoiun TuiublBB di
Itun.p'it. and wnii imni-'d Hcusis j '-.e wilh Va hriilhf: Ha'ik. the eldir of
the two. were q'lile Veunc ai ihf tiroeof Ihn iDM'iiinv nnd werp nrj-t<!rt«il by
their bK<h#r-inUw Ihe B'^ndkhua BoKOsr. who itr>>rwiirdi bcnmp SuIim

iSVXODIS.

(IB> 8iilt«n Mahomed Aij-Dpdis «rr» ths ion J tto Van^nti i Ocdong
Shah BtiniK, wIid wbi. tb'> ton '.t ■^n^nn MrAnoiM 1>> h<* klc. tde daugliter
of the ^iilUn Mahomet Au. Aner hit deatli, h>i btW-m-law Kemai^Auoim
HgaiQ aisunioil the roynl^,

(17) Sultan MAHavcu Tk^'Waliii!! rciigncd th« throDn in hTonruf hi* son
Harohbii JucAL-rL-ALAU, who hatui); died after a Tf\jp\ nffrom tuWnino
nonthi, hi* faUirr re-asceniled the thmnc.

When he died the throne was occupied by the Sultan Maho-
Mi3> Ehav Zul-Alam, (^") whose son was the Sultan Mahomed
ALAKy (^^) who had waged war with the chief MSntri Abdul Hak
of Buong Pinggi, who rebelled against His Majesty. The ^rave of
this Sultan is at Pulau Chermin. After his death he was succeed-
ed by the Sultan Omab Ali Saif II., who is now reigning, and
who is the Hon of the Sultan Mahomed Jemal-itl-Alam.

(18) Sultan Mahosied Khan Zul-Alam was a son of Saltan OxA& Ali Saiv-

ITDDIV.

(19) This was a madman of the cnielest propensities, who would ha^e set
aside Mahomed Ali Saif-fddin.

Sultan Mahouki). — Tlie traditiou preaerved in Brun^, <
rotated to me by the Pangiran Kabuma, is that tiie Bruni Rajatt
are descended from three sources ; —

(1") from AwANG Ai.ak bek Tabab, who governed the couu-
try before the introduction of the religion of lalam ; (2°) from
Johor (Malacca ? ), a lady of that royal family having been torci.
biy brought to Bruni before the people were Mahomcdans ; (3°)
from the Arabian Prophet; Alak ber Tarar was converted to
Iwlam and became Saltan Mahomed. The Chinese element seems
to be omitted in the above enumeration of the sources of origin
of the royal family.

II.

The productions of North and North-east Borneo must, from
early times, have attracted considerable atteutiou from the Chinese,
as is shewn by the names of the largest river and the highest
mountain in that territory, viz., China Batangan and China Valu ;
very large quantities of birds' nestN, beche-de-mer, sliarks' fins,
Bornean camphor, pearls and pearl-tthells are still collected there,
and in no other part of the inland, for exiJort to China. The
unanecoBsful expedition sent by Ki'blai Ehati, a.d. 1292, to the
Eastern Archipelago wan probably to this place, and may liai'e been
that which gave a Baja or Princesc to Borneo, for there is unboubt*
ed uni'crtainty in this early part of the Borneoii narrative aa to
relative dates. It is vcr}' probable that the C'liinexe had a settle-
ment or factory at China Batangnu, and that the ivifi; of Sultan
Akiiiiks, the sectind Sovereign, came from there, as in some ven<ione
of the S(:1i^ailah she is cipre«sty stated to have been brought
thence by ihe Sultan.

III.

In tlie copy of the J^elisilah given to me by Paugirau Kasuma,
Sultan Akhugi) is represented us having been thc'^rotlier of Sultau

3IiHOMED, and to have laan-ied the daughter of the Chineee Chief,
whom ho brought £i-om China Butangan, who, with all his people,
ia iiai'l to have mottled in Bruui, and to have had by hoi- a daughter,
who WON married to the Arab Sliefiff who became the third Sultan.
Thin Beome to be confirmed by the narrative ou the hletorical stone
oarred by order of the Sultan Mahoued TJLj-imDDr.

IV.

•'Kota Batu." — There ar« two places called thus, one iu the
site of the anctont pakeo at the little river Bruni below the auri-
ont tomba of the former tSultana, the other is the artificial bar
formed in the rivor between the islands " Kaya Oraiig " • and
" Pulaii Chermiu " which the Pangiran Kasusli's narrative (^ivea
ns tho one referred to in the tent, saying that forty junka filled
with Intones wore sunk to form it. As the former was in oiistonce
and mounted with fifty-six brass and dx iron cannon in 1521, when
PiOAFETTA FiHJtcd the place, it was probably built at the eamo
lime, in the etono tablet the erection of the Kota Batu ia
aitcribcd to the Arab Sultan BfiRKif, the third of the KinsH.
who marriett the daui,'hter of Sultan Akhmkd ; ho probably, with
the assistance of his Chineae subjects, finished one of both oF
theHo atmcturCB.

Sultan Bl'lkeiaii was faiiiiliai-iy known as Nakoda Kaham ; he
is described in Bornoan traditiouH aa a great navigator and warrior,
having voyagcil to Java and to Malacca and conquered (he Kast
CoaHt of Borneo, Luzon and Soolook. Hie tomb, of very csquiBiti'
workmanship in very hard baualtie utonc, still remainu on the hill
above the aite of tho ancient town ; il was probably imported from
Aohin or Java. Two stonea '.'nly remained in 187a of the similar
tomb o£ Lela Mes Ckakei, the wife of this Sultan, who was a
daughter of the Batara of Soolook. I aaw two other stones which
had formed .part of this lady'u tomb in the burial ground at the

•'■KajH OriiiiR." Tlicr* arc
reguUr fartiHcktiom ^ il it upjiDi
(Btnnoe of tl>* Bruni rirer.

" Kiangi " above Ihe " Upas " uuder a Inrgi; waringinff tree. 8en-
toliceu f rou! tho Koran are csquisitely carved on both toiiibs, but
they have no names or dates which I could distinguish.

VI.

Sultan Hasan had a palat-e at Taujoug ChindAua and a fort
on Pulau Chorniin. He was buried in the former place and ia hence
called MSrhoum di Tanjong. He is roporteil to havo reconquered
ueveral countries. Soolook ie said to have been tributary to him,
and it is certain he had intimate relations with that State, a son of
hia by a concubine having, it is asserted, become itB Eaja : it may
have been under hia order and by hia asHistance that the attack on
the avBcnal ot Santao in 1617 took place, when all the garrison
were killed and property to the value of $1,000,000 destroyed. The
tribute formerly paid by SBlurong (Manila) to Bruni is stated to
have been one gantang of gold in each year.

Before Sultan Hasak's time, there wei-e only two W azirs— the
Kuju Bcndahiira and Raja Tumilnggou^ r he added the Paugirau of
Baja di G-edoug and the Fan^'iran Feinaucha ; so that, like the
Prophet, he might have four counsellors or " friends." He must
have been contemporar}' with Sultan Iskandes Mcda of Achin,
A.n. 1600-1631.

The son of Sultan HASAK.who became Sultan of Soolook, is
called, in an appendii to the SLlSeilah, Pangiran Shahbaudar Maha-
raja Lcla, grandson of the Batara £aja of Soolook. The Boruean
Bajaa dislike his memory and say that lie was illegitimate and a
bad character and dissaCistied in Bruni because he did not rank
with the sous of his father Iwm in wedlock, but a grandson of
the Haja of Soolook must have been of considerable rank, and it is
probable that the dislike ariues from the after-events by which
Soolook acquired so largo a territory from Borneo after the con-
quest of the Milrhoum di Pulau.

Sultan Hassan lived at Tanjong Chindfina and Iiad a covered
passage from his palace to Chermin island, which was strongly
fortified. The Spaniards are said to have sent an embassy cither
in his timo or that of his kou Jalil-vl-Ajoiati.

1 1 I S T O IL V

•iV THE
AXi) OF THEIH OESCEST,

FROM SULTAN ABDUL KAHAR
TO SULTAN ABDUL JALIL-UL-JEHAH.

Tht lirel, who liiid u targe fiimilj-, ivu* ihc Sultan AuDUl. Kahar,
who ira» ntliu'keU by the Omrtilians. • and carriod by the Kajau to
the country oF Suei, ha»iii!,' been i'ou<iuereil in the war thro iifjli
the trOBi'heiy of one of the CImtrcias iiaiuod Paugiraii Sri Leia.
This Mi^rhouni bad forty-two sous, one of whom beoiiDie Sultan
SAiF-rt-tttJii-; two of bin bi-othui-H beciime Biiudahiiras mid nup-
portH to Hix Majesty 'a ttiroiic:. One of tlieiie v/na named Bt'adahiirii
SiBi, wliose mother was b Javanese, and oue was named Baja
Bundabara Sakam, wlioae mother was a Bajatt. f and to him be-
longed all the dependeuciea of the uouutry of Bruiii as far an
Lettong ;I he ivua very tierce and brave, and, when he was angry, it
appeared to tbe people bm if lire weri' idsuiui^ from h\» mouth, and
not one of the Eajaa dared diiipule his will. All the daughters of
the Bajat! of Bruui who were beautiful be took and made wiven and
concubines of them, and it was for thi;' reason that the Panginm
Buoso Mavis, § who was entitled the Pangtran Sri Lela, waa

■ The SpanianI* firit attacked Bruiii utidor Don FmsciBco La Samde in
.\.D> l&TT to plauo Sri IcIh. vUo haduiorei>9edaulHiiiii«ion,oi] tlie throne, nliidi
hi B brother had uiuqxMl. ThI* atl4irk more probnbljr oecurred in the time of
SAiF-rL-Rujit, t)i«Kinof ADori. Eauah. m lliut .IBnrLXAWAH, wlio proba-
bl; had a. long reigii. bnd died before 1377: hii tomb irui deitrojed b} tlie tbaU
from tlie Spaiiiarili.

t TheBnjiui oreu race huTiugKiiue teltlruieiilaontlioKortb-n'eat ni>dEut
t*of BruniiiuidBiuung the iilnndf, but un the £Mt tide U\iiTB(''1]iclI>' in boat*;
" -■ ■- -' - " -■ '-- - ■oiy lown, and tnj" llieir an-
il bold nnii Rnierprinng, biit
n und >he woiuen have a wild gipay-

... „ 'y^*- ^lieir language diflbn much

truDi iJie Malii}*.

{ This FaQpiraii LaJ Ven IxmitLi-d lu K<ii(i<iii>> by Kkjii lifi«1r>lii1ra S^KiW.

10 HI8T0HT OF THE aULTiSS OK BBCM.

tFeaoliei;ouH tu the Sultan, Iiim daughter, who luid just beeu married
and was sittiuf; by the aide of her husband, Laviug been seized and
carried off bj- Boja Sakjii for a concuhme ; therefore, when the .
CnstiliatiP made «ar, the I'ausinin Si-i Leia went o»-er to iheni, and
the country was conqiiered, ■ all the Eaja's MentriH and Hidebalaiigs
(led, t takiiif; the ydtan nith them, cwept the Bi'iidahara Sakui,
who roraaiued with one thouMand people, men whom he luid pur-
chased. ThexL' made a fort at Pulau Ambok, nnd fought the Casti-
liauii, HO that they lied away to hceoog, and then Bi^ndahilra Sakim
hrought back the Sultan to Brunl, and eet him on hi» throne.

After this Baja Sakam Hitiled to Belahit in search of the Pan-
(■iraii Sri Lola and hiu bruther Sri Belna, and when he had elain
thum all ho returned to Bruni and etrenj^thtued the tlirune of hia
brother, the Sultan Haif-itl-Ebj.u,. All his brolhcrd heeatm^ Chu-
troias of the Beudahiira ; they wue forty iu number. If the Saltan
went on ft pleasure party to Lahuan or Aliiara, they eucJi wure n
ehemiva kimkhn of muo and gold, to distinguidh them as brothe-ra of
llic Vnngdi IVtiiuii,

About thi* time the wifo of the Sullau beeauie prujjiiiaul,
aud the Sultnn expci-tmt; a male ctiildj the druui!« were beaUsu,
l.'ut it ])roveil tu bu a female, and uji idiot having no uudorotaiid-
iug, hut her appeai-ani-e was very beautiful. AJFttr this Hia Ma-
jesty had two other daughtera, * and eubiiequeiitly t^io cons, the

• The SiiaBmiiU ciime liock in 16MI lo rp-plnce 8ri LeIa on iLo tbron*, ind
ilww tirobiibVoi' thiaou.!>uon that the Ri\|a Saxau ditlinguisliwl IuuisrIF. Tti«
^pntliah jiislorj mji tliHt the UruiiiHU* nern uHiatuil bv a PortugucM! Cnptun,
(inibsbty tUe Fsngiron Ksdtam, nliu will bo tui'Diioncd further on. Tlic Por-
tugUMo hud ivrriBd ou reeulor iutercouriu vitli Bruni uuce la3[}, und lliej oon*
linued lliig U) tlie capture of Mulncuu b; the Dutub in lOUl, nnd tiftpnronts from
Muoao. When tbc preseut Sultan wu a young tdhd, be r^Diciuben PortugncM
mcrclmnts in Bruni : iJiis would be about tlie end of tlic \m\. ronf uij.

t .~*iF-i't-BBJ*L imil Ills piKiiile Hcntto lire ni; Sungci Budu iu Ibe Suei
river, wliiehii nnr Bintnta. Uf felliiclL here, but i>aaidu> bare recocecedimd
n-turnixt to Bruni. He is cnllvd Mpihouni di Budn. In Bruni Hu lived at
llip Maiagoiig Istuna in IbeSungei Kadcian, n-liere alio be died, Boja Sakav
wilt n rouoger brotber of Saif-cl-Kmai.

t'Tbwo Indio* wmt tbo Hiija iii Misjid, nnd tbe Kujo orE*LiSB.>.»»OXo,
■inloue>if iheieUdiri), daughferaof SAir-rL-REJAL, wttled her property, that
ia, tlioBigiiusof Miirudii and Biingiu, aud tbc Bimjaii of Mtunpilau, 'JUkiru,
and Bakaii, on Jmii TCiic, ihe iluujilitvr of MDrtiuuiu di Tinjoiig.flio nua iLu
laathfruTMerbouni di I'uliii.

rilsToRl rii- T)TR SI'LTAXx op nnt'SI. II

ftiio who became Sultan Shah BEryi, and the orber Sultan Hjiiih,
who siu-i;eotlP'l ITin itnjisti in flip Kinsrtiniii.

Sultan Snin Brusi, having been for some timeoii the throne,
died • lenvinj; no children, and wa« siuceeeded by his brother Stilt&n
TIasav, who in linon-n nn the SliVhoiim di Ttinjoiig. His reign was
of a very ilespoHc I'hiiracti'r, and ho diii n-hiitevcr he pleaBcd in
Bnini.

Ab regards iho eldest Biator of this Sultan, who wiw idiotic, her
father gave her for inheritance the Bnjnus of MHriidu and of
Bangni and the Bieayas of Jlenipalau, of Lawns and of Bnkon.
There was a Panglran MAnouED P.vxj.vsti f ..f Kanipong Pondei
Kawai, who waB rich; he had three hundred dcpendnnts fA-Jn/'^nJ, and
berame in lore with the idiot Bajn, and presented her with his three
hundred people as n niarriace gift. After thin lie received the title
of Pangtran BSudfihBra MiHosncn. and he waa the father of the
PanRirsn Bfndahfira Kahar, of Bi"iiulaharft IIamib. and of Biinda-
hArn .AnnCL, Mfrhoum di Puian. Boiidahnrn AnntL was the Boii-
dahiirn of the MFrhonm Tumbnng di Rumput. that in to say, Sultan
MAHOMKTAi.l,nndhe it was he who seized the throne of the King-
dom of Bnnii. and he reigned nnder thi' mime of the Sultan Annn.
MrtiiN.

Tl.c eriginiil .au>e of the nm-Mi.Te nhirh lul In this wob that
a son J of the Sultan had killed a son of the Bi^dahflra, and when

* One account m;) the Sultui abdicated in fitronr of hie brother.

f FanviniD Earima hiw a note here lo the effect tlint in runuer timet the
tons of SiiTtftni were oalleel Rnja^, tliP other nobles beinu titl«l Pmtginina. RnJa
Mndn TlrsrK. who wus ii>itnli;rr'd in 1^47 (?), vnt llir but vho wu called Bajit,
Tliere if aoiiie mutakc in t.lic tcit in riH'^rcnce to rhc v'lte of lliis FHDEinui,
Pakhbi K-»«AT, nho uiarriBcl BajaTvAH.a dnugWr of Sultwi Hasan, iinil wbo
tetttu to hsTC inhvrited the prapertf of ihc hidies lier niiDta, irapeL-inlly tbat of
BnaUiKiiiD. He wil*. ntW hU inarrugp, nuide PnngirnD Benduhnra Uakougi).
Nad waa the (Mlber of tbc children niimlionnl in the lesl,

I Thii Prince, nfter csi«ping tVoiu ihc Tcngnance of tlic Bcndnbara by the
back of the palace and faaeo ina tampBD, appears Ichnie been, iliiring tbe life of
hiifnllieri Ino I'nnRimii di Qpdong. He was nnnirri Omar, nnil iarepoEtrdto
liaTS bren inroleiit nnd unpopular, and Ibe inaurrcrtiun of llic Biadaliam, vhicli
iraa origimilly inloudcd only i4!nin»t hiiu, mw ■u]>poiicd hy the rbiof Biobilily.
kill own bonBO «Tni» to hare licen MtticliPil nnd burnt, from ifhicb he flcdto
btsflitheT'c foll(i"H h\ IhcBrniluhnr^i.

12 msrniiv or tiif: *rr.T.AXft of nnrxi.

the B^ndahAni saw that his son van killed without any jiial came,
lie went up to the palnce and prenetit^d himself before the Tong di
Pertuftii, with forty of his people, all fully equipped, and having .
reached the audience chamber, the eon of the King who killed his
son was also prcHeiiting liimKelf before his father, the Snltaa.

The BCndahi'ira in detailing hU oa*e waid; " Oh, my Lord,
" King of the World, what is the reason that my hou has been kill-
" ed by the Fringe [■ If thin matter ia not entjuired into by your
" Majesty, it will fall out that your Majes'ty will lie left alone in
" the couutry, for the subjects of your Jlii jt'^jty wIH Bay that, if your
" Majesty'i" won does sueh things, what may not beesjiected of those
" who are of interior rank 'f Aurl thi> mid of if will !'..■ that Rmni
" will become denol.ite."

When Hiw Majeitty henrJ the statement of the Panglran Biin-
dahiira lie snid : " Oh. Pangiran, as to the killing of n person with-

■• out cause, if my r-nn be guilty he mnst be killeii for it."

When the I'rince heard thoco woi-d* of liis father, he got up
and went into the intorior of the palace of his father, and the Pnn-
Riran Bfndahiira »aid : " Oh. m_v Tiord, if sui'h bo the deoiaion of
" the Lord of the World, let nic ask of your Majecty to disown the
■' Prince altogether, "' and Hia Majesty ^aid : " Oh, Pangiran BiJo-
" dahitra, how can I give you my son now that he han brought the
" blood of death into the palace 9 " When the Pangiran heard thia,
he got up with hie forty people and followed the Prince into the
palace. [ There ia here a hiatus in the manuscript, two or three

words only vinible: — Meliliat B'^tiMifira ... .... ileripintit

teblak tiada kelihnlan lU mafa ..], When

the Bcndahflm enuld not fee the Prinne, ho fell to killing the people-
in the palace. The Sultan, on seeing the Bfndahflra go.into the palace
and kill the people belonging to it, said : " Oh, Pangiran, what la
" thiit you are doing !' One pereon hnf I'ommitted a crime and yon
" are killing others." The Bt'ndahrlra replied : " The eyes of your
" slave were obscured." Hi» Majesty then said: "Kill me alMi,"
aud the BiTiidahilra said : " Very well, my Lord," and caught hold
of the Siiltaii and lifted him up iitid carried him on In the trvasfl and

nuroRV OF ■!

r/rvxi or BnrM.

there giLi-uttod him, from which circumntance he la called MAhoutn
"Tambangdi Riimput." Wlieii Hir Majealj' waa dead, hp wna
buried avoording to tht ritc« of burial of the Rajas,*

The people of the palace were scattered, running away in all
directions. The son of tlic Baja, f who was the murderer, esonped
to the i"ea, but there wi^e other children of Hin Majestj' who re-
mained in Brttui, one named Eaja HisAx and one iiaja Hcsix,
also eight nephews, i-hildreii of bi-otherit of His Majesty, the sons
of MCrhoum Tcah. All the insignia of royalty, as the crown from
Johnr and the kauiana/i from Cliiim, were taken away by tho
BfndaliKra, who made liimBelf King, being installed by hia depend-
ant» by the title of Sultan Annri. MriUK, but he was not iwJnf
nor crowned. The son of MFrhoum Titaii, named Panglran BoNOst;,
and who was bIko sun-in-law of Mfrhouni d! Rumput, was ma^ie his
Bi^ndahiira by the Sultan Annvr, Mi'bin. J

Some time after this the Pnngiran BL-iidahi'ira WL-nt out to hunt
and wandewd tn the house of ii Kodeian (§) Chief nameil Orang
Ka]~a Imis. When Orong Kaya Imas »aw the Pnngiran BCndn-
hiira coming lowarda his house, he pretended not to have observed
him, and eaid as if to himself : " Fie, all those Hajas are without
" shame ; their father has been murdered, aud they seek no revenge ;
" it is a creditable thing for those to hold up their hands iu obeis-
" Mice." He then 8pat on the ground, and for the first time turning
to the Pangiran UcodahTira looked towards him and said : " AVhenee
" does my Lord the Pangiran come ?" and invited him to enter say-
ing: "Enter into the hut of your servaut, a man of the woods."
The Pangiran went in, and ftiiger-cane, plantains, potatoes and kladis

• Tbe dntc of tlua OL-currcnce i» the flrrt and onlv one in Bruni liitlor;, it
i$: "Malum tari Itiu-in" 1-M* RiAlal Ak-Mr, J. ff, 1(>!2,"— ahout A. U.
1G&5<?).

t PanginiTi ili (iedong 0>l\ll. cntied Pem-ckuk.

t Suluiii Akdcl Hi'uiH lived at Knwung Rerbunga, opposite the Kola Bnrn,
in irliioli tlie Merhaimi Tumbling di Kuinjiul's palscp hud sioud. Tlii< citj of
Itriini it tliul tiiuu wus built oii iiilo coreriug tLe uitcnaiTc mud !lals bcticFen
thcM two rojml rcsidoncps.

4 The lfadei>n« arc a nee of prnple who diiTer io uppeurancs and bngUBeo
&om ibd peo|ilii of Brani, and live in the oountn' iminvilutely lurrouading tbe
Mly. 'Vhvy spiiear Tpoiu sncieut tiniKa to baTO been dopendunl on the Cnurt ;
they tttf s qilifl naripiillnml nin>, pri>fe!"iilp Hip ^[nhome^bln rrlij^on.

nrmonT of thf 8ri.TAf« of sKrin.

were Bcrred in him, and after the raeal wae over the Omrif; Kaya
Imah Haid ! " Oh. mj Lord, what is Tnur opinion in reference to
" the death nf jnur Lordship's fatlirT ? In nothing to be done
"about it? T)o not your LnrdshipR intend to reveoge it?" The
Pangiran said i " Orani; Knya, what means have we ? for we
"arc without power." The Orang Kava replied: " Why does
" your Lordsliip speak like thif ? We ai-o all your people ? The
" people do not wish to obey a Baja who in not of the line of the
" Tang di Pertuan. It in ijuite possible to create alarms at night.
" If your Lordship orders me to do this, even to the paWe of Bsja
" AsDrt I vdM do it every night," The Pangirnn BCndahiIra stid -.
" Verv well, do as you have *tiid. And I and my brotlierH will conii-
'■ der of this matter." The Orang Kaja said; ''Very well, my
" Lord," and the Pangiran Bfudabi'ira returned. When he reached
hia house he collected nil his reldtiooR and said : " Oh, my brotherp.
" what is your opinion in reference to the late Sultan who waa mur-
"dered? Do you wish me to endenvour to revenge it?" His
brothers snid : " What can we do who have no power ? But not-
" withstanding this, if you talte the matter up, we will not fail you,"
and BO thry fully airree'l to seelf revenge, and every oue prepare"!
htmsel f.

Tn the meanwhile Orang Eaja iM.ta went down every nii^ht
to mengSjeok, and this was done for two or three months, causing
oxceBsive watching, and the BFndahfira and his relatives being ready,
he attended an audience of the Tangdi Perlunn and said: "How is
" it that all of us are obliged to keep watch every night to the great
" trouble of the people, who have no time even to go out for food,
" for Bnini is a large city, and it is easy for thieves to come and get
"nwny? I think it would be a prudent thing of your Majesty to
" go to Pulau Chcrmin, because thieves must come in bonta to get
" to the island."'

When ihe Sultnu hrnrd tbi' Pangirnn ppenk ihns, he wiid :
" Whatever you think best I will ilo," nnd fo it wiib nrranged to
remove to the island, and nisny pcpple built houses at Clienniu,
and when the islanit was finished, the BJ-ndBb'ira snid to the Suttun ;

l.j

U lllllt

" It will bu wi^tl for vuur lligliut^dM hi remuvc to tiiu irtluiKl, c
" I may then bi-gin to build my hoitao, when uiy heart is iiL ua-Mf ii^
" to the Bftfuty ot your Miijeaty." The Baja U4;reed iinil romoveU,
but only two or three of the royal guus were taken tu the island.

While thv Hajawan moving, the Fan^iniu BciKlahiLra prevented
[leople from Kom^ to the island, au thai aboiitonc third of the peo-
ple roiuovL'd, aud two thirds rumaiiiod. and ho ordered the ryotm to
repair the forts iit I'uluu Ambok * and mount the giuis, and when
this wttH all ready he waited eijJCttiag the attack from Pulau Clier-

The !&]» at the island watt expeeting the B<5udaliiirii, who.Uow-
cTer.didnot come. Aiterhehadbeeuthero^evendaysand theBGu-
dahara made an appearance, he ordered the Orang Kaya di Gredong t
to enquire aa to it. He went up to Bruni and prceeuted hiuiHcIf be-
fore tlie Pangiran Bi^ndahura, and said : " My Lord, your servant has
'' been orilcreil by your Ijordahip's royal father to eniiuire the rea-
■' Bon, as he is waiting your arrival and you du uol t-ome." The
Paugtran BPndahiira replied; " Tlic reason for our not couiing is
" because we intend to be rereiiged for the death of the late Sul-
"' tan," The Pangtrau di Gedoug then went ba<.'k again and inform-
t.il the Sultan of what the Pangiran BCudnhfira had said. Wheu
the Tang di Pcrtuan heard this ho waa very angry, like blazing fire,
and the war between the island and Bruni at once eommenced.

The people of Briuii. when the Orang Kaya di Gedong had
returned, made the Pangiran Bcndahiira Sultan Mu.u)nui, no that
there were two Bajas, one at the island, and one at Bruni. J The
Sultan of Bruni's cause was espouaed by the people of the terri-

» Puluu Aiubuli u iiu inland sbgiit lliree quartt'ri of ii mile bolow the pre-
oent lowii of Uruiii uml .{iist ntiout tlie site of Kata Batu and llie ruioitfnt citr.

f The Oiuiig Kaja'.li Gc<(]oiig i> the [-liiel'uf tlie Men Iris u tlie v itre callvd
in Brunt, TLcj piro iha cliiuf officer- til tLe Multau nnd Wacir*, uud htd not oi
iioble birth, bi'iDg Uike II t'toiii tlio trading cliiaKs of Itie coiuuiuailj'; tbar nrc
fclectcd Fur Lhuir inlsUigcQcc, iind Luvu hud greut iniluencc in pglitiei td' tlie
country.

X Soon nftcr t^u brcuking out of tbo war, Sultna Mvasuin luniid that tlio
■ltd Uitn of Bruui ivus loo nuur tLo laLiDd, Ihuu wliich attaiJa ut>ou it vert fru-
i|u«nll? iiiadi', liE) iu ruii9V']UeDix-, ri'inuToil tu Ilia Kuala Tuuiuit, whii-h is the
ii]ipant)uit part of Ibi' iKc v( the piMriit toim ou Uic 1«ft bdnli of tiw riipr.

18 inai'uin- ov the sii.iaxs of bbusi.

loriw li) llii; wcstwai'd, imd that of the ialaud Boju was aupport-
(idby theprovincen lo the northward. The war huviug lasted for
aome time, ilisHenaious arose imioiiy tlie people of Bruiii, * who iii-
siated on peace, no that peace woe eBtablished,

Aa 8O0U as thejr had recovered ihemselves, they weiit to war
again, and the people of tlie laland were worsted, and fled to Kiniirut,
whwe they wore followed hj tlic Urunians, aud the war was eoii-
tiiiued there. Then Brtmi met with reverses, and the war eeasod
for some time.

After this Suttau Audul Mcdin L'ame back to Puluu Chermiu
and re-commcuced the war. Famine eoou appeared in Bruni, for
all trade was prevented coining up the river by the people of llie
islimd, aud the Sultan Mladdik sent a Setter to tlie BatAra uf
Soolook, asking for aasistuuce, aud he came with Hvc boutx, untl on
arrivin;! fit the island went up and had an audience of the Hujii
(Abdul MuBi>')- The Kaja of the island did not know that the
Batiira of Soolook t would support Sultan BliAXtnis, and the
Batini of Soolook told hiui that the reason he had come was that
he had heard that they were Bghting amongst thcmselvei", and that
it was, in his opinion, very nufortunate that lakms should be ut
war with one iinother ; he would, if posaibh-, advine that peaee should
be estabtisheil. The Baja of Ihe island said: "This war was not
" of our seeking the Fungiran Bciidahara has brought it about." ^

The Batara of Soolook then Knid : " I will pass on to Bnini and
" «ee the Pangiran Bcndahfira." The Sultan Annvi- MriiiK aaid :
" Very well, I am verj' anxious for peace." The sign of bad fortune
had come upon His Majesty, bis devils and kaftrs nnd shadows
would no longer come at Wa call.

* ProTiaioDit bccanio miirvi^, lib I lie ivlund cl' CL<-ru:in, wliicli viai lietd bj tlic
Sultwn Abdcl Muhix, coimnsndB ihe entnuief« lo the Bruni river.

f Tlie eommaiidrr of tlie Soolook flret, which ia put bv oilier itAtemcntB nt
Tor^ hoata, wis Bpndahani Ta)tt> Q ; ibrotlin' or the Sulliiiiof SooUickitsaid to
luTD occompsnied him.

J The war lusted in nil about tvche ii'im;duriii^ the srraliT [nrt of the
limi! tbo SuItuQ AtiDiri. MiiiiN resided iit kiniinit, sod lour finjas Tenirnggotig
irera killed id oprmtioDB agajiut liim therp. The I'luigimn Kabimv, whose «}iii-
pothioe and reIntion>bim were with tbe iiknd, bsj* gtroM Uiid been mIchiiiIj
mode three timm ■nil bralicii by Iho Hruniim Buju, and Uie uiurporbiMl <««»■
(isck to th« iilnBd under luch a piiicc pi-cvfom to lliu Qnal iitixlrophe,

UIHTORT OC THE SPLTAKb OF BICMI.

The Bntilra of Soolook went up to Brirni and met the Sultan
MuiDDTW, iiiid hoving feaatrd ami drank, thp Sultan " nsked
the Bat:1ra for liin asaistancL' to ileatroy hin enoinien iit the
iflland, promising that if the island should be conquered, the land
from the North as for westwanl aa Kimani should belong to Soo-
look. The Batiira o£ Soolook accepted this wilh delight,aad thepeo.
pie of Bruoi all got really to attack the island, and posted their
forcea on Bukit ChindSna and Didaliton, and the Soolonka took
poflsesaiou of the island of Kajang Arnng, and carried on the war.
After a time the people of the island became straightened, for the
guns Gred down upon theui from the top of the hills, and the Baja
of the island, perceiving that his chances became leas, destroyed all
the ittsignia of royalty, as the crown from Johor and the i-amanak
Erom China, and rammed them into a cannon, which ho fired out to
sea, and thus it was that the crown from Johor was lost.

Pangiran Kawit assaulted the palace, and killed the people
and women of the Baja/ together with the Raja himself, who hiid
run into the mosque ; the people of Bruni and of Soolook rushed on
the island and finding the Saja in the mosque, garotted him there. +

* The tradition In Soolook is tliat botli udn aektd far the ujiialance of thi'
IToolook fleet, uad that the Commander bIiM with tbo Broni SultAii becaiua )i<'
offbnd the PoimtrieB which, belonging to lii* coomies, lay near to tteoloah. TL03
iij the Soulook* did all the lighting, the Bruni jmoplf only looking on. The pre-
fcnt Ynng (ti Pertunn and tho Seleiilali of t he Pangimn KAaviu d) deny thr
M^itatuo oftho!^oolook«, or thnt any agrtODipnt waa made with them for Hie >ur-
render of lerritorr, snTing thej did not arrivi' lij] the iilnnd wu» Inkiin, mnd thni
III oj stole the royal gunt Si itna&uug uni Sifjn AHdti, whirU llii' Soulnokasai
WfTP giren loMirm in Kiken of Iheogreeuient. Tlinw guns WTrd «lih»pijiiei)i|i
liken bj tlii* Speniarda Troni Soolook to Msnilii. 11ie booluokialsulook with llu<ni
M priMner the Orang Saya Malik, *rho, although not noble, mis n |K'rtiiii ul
grrat oon^idiTfttion on the side of the inlana, TJie present Yang di Pi-rluati
woidd nerer let me »ce tlie topj nf the Selfsiliili, bIiu'Ii he o kniiKii i»]«i»"'(w,

■ml Pangirsn Xakuma when he hcont I liml ul.i i^iLin nin' cops Crom

whichthe teitis tnkcn, «aid tliat it conlaiiii '' i'< 1 . 1 Imi »i jir<'»-iiT

adO|it«d bariDg been invented to fODccnl III'' rl << I n:-,

Ur. Jrkse, who waa Epjiilent in Brunil"!- tM I ,1 i!,.:!. ('.nii|Miuy in 1774.
and Sir Stamtorii Rapflks, Bho was foniihar uiHi liii lii'ii>t; ul ilii-ilnln;
St^M, (scop. 266, Vol. I., third ixira.) wtuilo linvi-umWcrrd tli.' ^'cuinit lo tbt<
Beolooki ns unquualiuiicd hy the Brunions at the time tliu khuid vountrieA Here
made orer to the £ngli*h 1^ thete latter peo])le.

t One acoount Mys the Raja nns killed with ■ krw at his on n request, in-
■Mad of being garatli-d a« intended. The dcalli of l]iMUSTir}>er loiik litnre Iwi-lrc
jnra after thftt of hii' rictim MerhouTii Tiunhan); lii Rnnipiit.

18 HISTORY OF THE SCl.TASb 07 DBCfST

ALiiuI linll' of ilic Hnja.'< in tlie iflnml a^U^A to oiirreiiilei- .i» i'a]itiree
and became priHouerw, ami iIiohp who remain at the iiredPiit time
nre falleil Eaja Baja Pulau. "

Sultan MtADDiN tlieu rL'tiiriict) to Bruui carrying all the

captives From the island, and tht- Batrim of Soolook returned to
Soolook carrying Ilia captires and plunder, including the guuBwIiich
were at the island, all of which were left to the Bntiira of Soolnolt ;
even the royal guns, f which had been taken to the island, were
given to the BatSra nf Soolook,

The war being concluded, and peace having been for some time
established, the Sultan MrADDiH went to Kaiekka to put in order
all his prorinces. Some time before this a son of Mi'rhoum Tuau,
named Haja TnfoAH,J of great courage which could not be opposed,
and of great activity and unaccountable capriceB, had grieved his
elder brother Sultan AnnCL .TAliL-irL-JEBAB, § who was iu conse-
quence desirous to get rid of him, but could not contrive it, because
no one could deal with him.

* The family' of the Istc Psngiran Bcndshara Muds Mahoue^ bdtI of Itiqn
Muilu Hasim iKlnnged lo tbo Pulnu Bajso. Tlie tote Sultnn Omdh Ali 8<ir-
rnms II., nnd his fnmilj represent Ihe oKl Bruni pnrtv. Tin«mj of llioSplewbh
whii^h rsn^iran Kakvva gare mp «&;> Ihnt the rmson «li.v th? B^a di I'litiui
wBs callpd Oning Kaja Eongish (ajipurenllj a Bbjbu lillc) wne that nil his jrtv-
I iiiiTS and ilciM>ndeiici» Uy on the tide touardi Snlnh (tlif i-onxU lu ihp Korth
ol'therircr B run i nre tlius dssigoaleil). Tlifi Bnjiis ofBraiii rpprcsmrnl lij
Sultan MuAnniN huTing their jvisPMaioiii tomrds the Ulu (the Wmt Coai-I* m
thill, indleoted). Mprhoitm di I'uinu is the lut of the Bi^'oa of tht^ B^jaua, bat
olhiTBajuus belong to the Court, ns thoiiiF of Lugiil, Uniiinng, Pnbiraii, anil
Bn'.nhok. The Bajnni of I'ltahianrB undpr the FaudtauTFimniggoiig. All nther
Bajnuii vrliatF'oevpr bclung lo the I'ulaii Rnjiia, ns beiiii deu.'enlted IVoin 1]if mttr
ofMerhoum di Tanjmig, nho wns the oldeBt of tlie rami]* who inlirrited oni*
thuiiiand matea, making the inherituiire of the Bajne di Pulau cqnal lolhatnf
Mcrhouin di TuijoDg.

+ These were '■ Hi Membaug " and " Kajn Andei," rnsl by Sidtan Shah

t Bajafa TlHGAii itat mIW aho Sultan A'iah, and the VaDgiriin KamNji**
SrlMilah tall* hini the son, not tlic brptlicr, ofMerhoum Tisoan.

i Sultan Jalil-vl-Jihar whs (be wn nf a JaTaiieer Princea*, Sin Kaiia.
Iheaecnnd nife officii Ti'au, and nils Iter fcronA um. KeHun-alli-d At.i.irMX
nA>-Firntd» Raja Tl^nAll. and then Siiltnn. Thia lady liiid n thiid child, » girl.
'<aji> 'l«\iii.n»licrel.ieM(«>n. ,T..mi-i l-.Ii i.*i, is j^potenofrif Merh..nm Tisniii

lilSTOItY OF Tilt: Stll.rA»» OK ^BlTKl.

IIiM MiijesI y t ho elder brother sent for him and snid : " It,
" my hrothcr, haa beun my fortune from Grod to become tlie Baja
" of tlua Kingdom of Bruni, mid you, my youugt'r brother, desire
" jiIbo to bo the Knja, I am willing, for are we not both eons of
" hia late Majesty?" Raja Tixoah replied: " Yee, my Lord, I,
'■ your slave, am a vassal beneath your Majesty. Whatever orders
" you may give I obey, but I do not kuow aiiy reason why your Ma-
" je»ty should be desirous of my absouec from Bruni." After this
His Majesty the Sultan said : " Things being us they arc, it is
" better that you should become Raja of the country of Sarawak,
" and take with you some of the Sakeis of Sandar as your people."
Eaja TiMOAn replied: "I obey your Majesty's orders," nnd he
acL-ordiu^Iy went to Sarilwak, and dii-ected a palaro and fort to be
built, nnd ai)pointed a Tr-mi/nggong, and he himself sailed to Johor
to eee the Raja BoKU.i, bucause the Raja Bonda Mao the sinter of
MPrhoum Tiah, who had been married by the tiultuQ Annrt Jalii,
of Johor. • The Ti'mi'nggoni; and half the SahU i-emaiiied at
•jaruwak, and these are people whose dcsccudauts to the present day
are called the Hainba Rflja of Sarilwak.

When Kaja Tixqak first arrived at Johor, he waa made much
of by the Yang di Pertuau of Johor, being feasted with eatiuj; and
drinking and dancing. After this hod been continued for some time
the Maharaja Adisda also danced, and endeavoured to induce the
Raja TlSOAii to do the same, but the Raja said : " Do not request
■' me, because the people of Bruni do not kuow how to dance," but
the Maharaja Adisda pushed him ; on this the Raja Tinuah
took the UaudkerL-liieE from Maharaja AnixuA, and pulled him two
or three steps, he then twisted the handkerchief and struck tho
Prince acroas tho face with it, and then went down to his boat.

The Tang di Pertuau was very angry, and would have killed
the Raja TiifflAn, which coming to the knowledge of the Eaja Bosda,
she went down to Raja Tinoah's boat in all haste and prevented
the eieeution of the Sultan's orders.

*i from 162S Ui 1667.

or, »1n) reiKii

so HISTORt OF THE aULTAKS OF BKUBl.

Raja Bond* oi-dcred Raja Tisoah to go away imDit-iiiatoty, and

la- BaiItU, iiiteiidiiif; to reluru to Sariiwak. liut fell to tlie loevard
and wriFwl at Matan, aod was thurc ret'cived by tlif Sultan, who
gave him a wile, * by whom he had a male child ; after wliich lie was
deitirouM to return to Sarflwak.

Having departed from Matan liu touched at the mouth of the
yamhas river, and was there welcomed by the Batu of Sambaa, f
who gave him a wife, by whom he also had a aou, named Badls

BlUA.

Again wishing to go Ijauli to SarAwak he sailed from Sanibai^,
ami at Batu Buaya ho wont ashore in a sampan with a ihkei, who
Wiw uiad, iittd a small boy, who was carrying his krio. Uii arriving
at the shore he poiled up the river aboi'o the roek, and the SaH^i
ntabbed him with a spear in the ribs. His Majesty wait taken
by surpriae, but took hla krie fi-om the boy and eut off the head
uf the Sakei with a blow on the ooek, and also the head of iho boy
who had borac the kritt, and tlieo having returned to the boat,
the Patinggi and Tumi'nggong, who had heard His Majoaty watt
at the mouth of the river and had gone down to moot him, brought
iiim up to the pahicc, where having arrived lie died.

The son of Hia Majesty who was loft at Matau luiving grown
up waa invested aa Sultan of Matau ; Paiigirau Majiocu NeuXka
had become Penambahaa before he went to Brunt to moet his royal
father.*

• This Iiidy mw Raja Bak*, dnujlitor of the Pemunbiihati,

t PiLBgiruaEAtiL-MAaayg thiiCWf ofSamboa nu9 cnUi.'d W\!i Ntau., And
cumc tVatn Ratu SUokaii in Juts. Thu Sultan XsMi had chitilren (Psii^^iii
£i)iiJiihftra, Btya LvuiN', PoDginmSAai, nndPaQgiiBn Uakoki' ^'agau) apiia*
roallv b; the Sauiboa litd;.

k.Mn'NA's SelMiliili tay* the aoTsreigns w'ui tmr« rngncd nt Siunboi are : —
Itnt, Merboum Tlau ; agtiond, Uerlioum StiLKiVAy, wlio begot Mcrliouiu Bdia,
wliDvu Sultnn Mahohcu Jelal-Addix, whote >oii Sultan MAiiOMEti Kehai.-Adiii<<
Im^ Sultnn Ahi* Bakau, whoM aon dultcn Ojkak Akau AimiN rul«* in the
Muntrr of tlambai.

XTbMelItk*arSulMnof9amlNU and Pun imbiliAn of Milan nro iiud in
Pungiran K.isvha'i vonion lo luirn baua Ursl uaafurrod b/ Sullnn Ulauiun od
tbv two Mm of &\Utuii .Vn.iu lu inilepuodsnt tovuruii^iit. Tbe Court ul' Saoibui
ftiid tbHt ur Hriioi injiiUiiuii lu varrv uii fri«ndl.t I'ortoipuiidoiii'i-. «Dil ek'Ii Mikiiow-
|rd|^t tbi> ralationibip uftliii oilier.

IIISTOItV Of TUK Si:i,TAW8 OF BftUlil. 21

Thu SOU of KiH MaJL'utj who was at Samba:) at the time ulioii
.SulUn Mluuuik went to Eatekka was summoued to meet hiu
there by His Majeaty, who brought liim back with him to Bruiii.
lu Briuii he was invi'Sted as Sultan Astu, aud be in the root of the
sovereigns of Sambas. After a time be was aeut bai^k to Sauibiw
to gorem it, and the land from Tanjoug Datu to Batu Balak vau
given him as territory of Sambiu, and from that point the territory
of Matau begau.

We will now refer to the chiltlrea of MCrhoiuu Tcah, who re-
luaiued at Bruui. Firstly, Pangiran Abdul ;• he watt of great tour-
age and strength like Baja Tinoaji, and was the father of Sultan
\A3it-Aoiio,M(^rhouui di Changi and Fangiron dl Oedong Kasuim,
PaiigirauDEiiMA Wasgha, Pangiran Muballin, andPaugirao Lapab.
We do not notice the daughters. There were also the children of
Miirhoum Ti" ah by hia wife, a daughter of the Tfint-nggong of
Gri3ik,+ named RAOisitAS WANGKA-n, three sous, the eldest of
whom, BajaOMAU, died aud was buried at the mouth of the Xoanaui
river. He was the father of Raja Bksau, who became wife of Eaja
AuAT, Bou of the Sultan JAi,iL-ri,-JEiiAii, whone child was tho Hiija
Bcndahiira Cntonu, fatber of Raja Tiah. Another child of Haja
Omar, also a girl named Pangiran Tlau, became the wife of Pangi-
ran AhIr, the «ou of Milrhoum di Pulau. She bad one thousaud
people (hamba), and was the mother of Shahbandar Kuasua Dewa
and Pangiran Besar Sllono.

There were also (other ?) cliildren of MCrhoum Tuaji by bis Ja-
vanese wife; the second won, named Sultan Abdul JALiL-UL-JsuAJt,
was the father of Haja Amat ; a younger son of Mcrbouui Tlah

* This Aai>vi. nns rpokannl l>y DaliivMi-Le in Suulmk ns oup of tlie SovcTFigni
of Itruni; he ffni tbe eldest eon of Sultan Jalil-vl-Akhau, and fal bor of Sultui
Xaih-Addiv. Ttieri? tieeaii to hSTi? bcpn civil war between liini nnd his half-
brothn JALiL-i-i,-JitiiAii ; \ik nns killed on llic tittle rock celled " Uadaug Us-
dang" *lring off Tanjong BancluL Runcba iii Lebuui, A Fuogiran Uulmrajii LeU
■Mini Ui We conduutod tliu wur BHuiiut liiin,

r* PiDoi pcdaaa ( uruuiniucod ii>' Uia Bnuiikiu >awla>i;l, u tcMxI. ttvio Ui*
uumliaT Df FiwDraa lea uiMlfrlau an lUli outaiJon.]
t . Valued 8lTi Kaim.

IIISTOflV OF 1

was Kaju Lt'AJ>uiN, wliose sou v/aa Suilan NASB-Auitrv. * Aftcr-
warda Mt'rhouui TiAii Jiad iinother boh namcU Baja 'I'l ah, jiuil an-
other who bei-auio Multaxi MiAoms, who fought against tlie Pulaii,
and wa« Iho father of BiitidahilraKissiM. Another nou wa« named
Paugtran di Godoug Shah Bldin. There was anothfr iiun named
Paugtrau Maharaja Lela, who lived at Sematan, and vm ihc father
of PanglranH Ajiat, Alam and Kadiii. Pangtnin Auat dittl at
Komaais, his supply of oiiium having failed him.

The Poetusckse Weecked Vessel.

There wan a vessel « recked at Tiinjong Prangi (Feringhio?)
off Sijang. It Monged lo the PortugupKc, who arp called Oi-ang
Makau by the Bruni people. The point of hind now named
Kijang did not eiiHt a|. that time, nor won the inouth of the river
then there. Tlici-e wan a sand bank oply in the aen, off the njoiith
of the river. The people of Uijnng took the Poi'tuguese from I lie
wrecked ship and brought them to Briiui lo the Vatig dl Perlunn.
It tH not certain whether this waa in thi- tiuiet of Uultiin AiinLr. Ka-
HAB, or of Sultan Shah Brvsi, but His Majesty took them under his
protection and called the Captain his won, and f.'ave him the title of
Panglran Kestani (? Kbistam), and made him a present of Manila,
because it was after the Spaniards had attacked Bruni X tmd liad
Ntumed to Manila, and Pangtran Kestahi promised the Mcrhoum

• Thii miut be a mUluki'. Sultan f-At.
Ahui l, irbo nu tbe son (if the Mcrhoum Ti'
lie hsd two lUushton. (8i« p. 21.)

ThU Bajs AnntJL is reeonlpd in llie noli
nvurLi as a aoTGreignof Dnini in bucccmioi
Bruoian ludoruial records snd trudiliana gir
liU tm SolUn NA*it-A»i>u:. Tlic Bua Bikj
Ihrono and betm killed at Lnbuin in tno time
th«r hv hii fiitlii'i'* scuoiiil wir<- ^m Kiiia.

t by Mb flnt wife.

ofBiual
bj wliM

» iiiniic in SiKilook in 1763 by Dit-
Id MerJiouui ItoNUM , but all tlio
t Ihpsareirignty on thitoTMuon to
B Aiilirt •ecnit to bait claimed t)ie
of iJtdtan JAi.ii.-t:L-JEiiAH, hif bn-

THE PORTUQUESE WRECKED TEB8EL. * 28

that he would get back Manila, but after he had lived Home time in
Bruni there came a Makau ship and took him away to Makau, but
he afterwards returned and was desirous of presenting himself before
the Sultan, but hearing at sea, off Ujong Sapo * that the Mcrhoum
was deadf he did not come up to Bruni, but left throe guns — one
named 8i Tunggal, one named Si Eersla, and one was named Si
Dewa— and then he went away.

* Tlie point of the Island Muara whicli one makes in entering the river of
Bruni.

LIST

OF THE

MA.IIOMEI)A.N SOVEREIGNS

BRUNI, OR BORNEO PIIOPER.

No. 1. — Sultan Majbomed, who introduced the religion of
Islam.

No. 2. — Sultan Aehmed, the brother of Sultan Mahoiced.
He married the daughter or sister of Sum Pino, a Chinese chief
who had come down to Borneo, by order of the Emperor of China,
to seek for the jewel which was in the possession of the dragon
of China Balu. He went with his daughter on her marriage to Sul-
tan Akhhed from China Batangan to Bruni, taking all his people
with him, and there built the bar of stones at the mouth of the
river and the Kota Batu at the residence of the Sultans. Sultan
Akhmed had a daughter by his Chinese wife who was married to—

No. 3. — Sultan BRrkat, who had come from the country of
Taif, in Arabia, and who was a descendant of the prophet th^ou^lI
h\H grandson lIusiN ; he enforced the obHervanee of the religion
uf Islam and the laws ot* the Mahoniedans, and built a mosque.

No. 4. — Sultan Suleiman, son of the BriRKAT. He carrietl
on his father's policy of propatj^andisni and strict observance of
religious rites and duties. He was succeeded by his son —

No. 5. — Sultan Bulkktau,* called Nakoda Kauam, on account
of his numerous cai)rices. He seems to ha>e been a j>erson of
great activity and intelligence, made many voyages to Java.

the t*nd of the iri^ni cF Bri.KKiAH.

MRUuL-n, Johur. iiud olluur plat-cw, and <;oii<]uored Uie voiilitrio) of
Sootook imil Lu/.mi. il« innrned Lkj.a Mek Iuasisi, the ilaughter
of tim Raliir*, or Kiu«, of .SOoiook, mid mu. Huet-ee.led by his ton—

No. (>. — Sulliii] Aiiin I. K.UTAii, fiillcd Mrrhouin Kivinint, from
ihc ]>o[iuljtr traditiou of liis iihuutoiii liaviiig jipiieartd oii iiorneWk,
after liin demise, at tlie liead of llio nrmics of Brimi on out of the
two (H-cnHioiiti of llio city heiiij,' atliii'ltetl liy tlie Spaniards in the
reign of his son iu 1577 and 15K(). AliiiUL Kahak hud forty-two
rOTis, of whom —

S... r.— fiuhai] Sau--ui,-1{k,ial suuucwled liim. Tuy of hi*
lu-othera were: tho Bi^udalifii-a Sabi, whose mother waa n
JavuiicsL' Priucesa; and tho BrndahTirn Kaja ISakam, whow
mother nan a Bajau frini-esH, throuj^Ii whom he inherited
!^at poHHOriaions iu thf Bnjau ■.'ountriex ae far ii« Luzon. He
was of A very arbitrary and lieeutious (■hurai-ter, but rei^olulu and
bmrc. The SpaTiianU, at the instigation of two Funsiraris— Srj
L<eta and Sri Ketna — attacked Bruni nn two oci-tuion», and tool< it
i>u tho Mpcond in ISHO. During the troublCB the Sultan with al I
the Uoui-t retired m Snui, a riviT to the westward of Bamui, '
leaviufi Uaju Sakam as Begent to defend Brimi, which \u- wceme
to have done gailantly, and finally to have forced tho Spaniiirda to
retire. After this he brought his brother the Sultan baelt to Brimi,
rind himself conducted an espeJition to Belahit, to which river the
Panginma ISri Lela and Sri Betna had retired; there they were
Hlain, and the BCndahflra returned to Bruni to support the j-oseru-
ment of hiw brother. The troubles of thin reigii were probably
owing to the liccnliotw Jiapositiou of Tinja Sakau, who is said to
have taken all the most beautiful of the dau^htera of the Nobler
for hia wives aud concubines, and it was liis cariying away the
daughter of one of them, for aueliapnrpoi<c, from her father's house
on her wedding day, that drove Sri Lela and Sri Betna, who appear
to havo been soim of the former Sultan and half-brothers to Saip-
ct-BEJ4i. and the Bi-ndahAra, into rebellion. Snltan SAip-ri.-
Bhjai. had tw o daughters, aud afterwards two sons by his wife, aud
other ehildrcn by L-oncubiues. Tim eldest Princess was an idiot; the
HOCtfud was the Raja Hi MjsJin, who Botllcd her property (Bajnu)

2fl MiHOMKl)*N SOVERKruS!* or iiKirsi.

on RajaToAii, llie iliiughliT uf her yoiiiiH«*t lif'tlwr. Sultan Ha-
san ; tiieHp bixiut'»l« Ijpcarac tlie nucleus of the wpalth of h«r
ramily— the Patau Eajiis, The eldest aon of S.vit'-UL.EE.iii. was—
No. 8.— Sultan .Siiaii Bnusr, who Mu««eded hi» father, but.
having mi ehildrea, and after a raigii of some yenra, having no Iiope
of lineal imcce§aion, abdicated lu favour of hia brother, Sultan
Haban. During this and the following reigns many very large
brattH cannon were cast in Bruni. A nou of the Sultan H\ie-VL-
Bejal by a concubine, who wait made I'aiigiran TcmPnggong
Mahoued by his brother Sultan HiSAX, was the chief Buperia-
tendent of the foundries.

No, 9. — Multaii Hasan, brother of Shah BKryi. Ho is des-
cribed ill the Bornean traditions as the uioxt arbitrary, powerful
and tnugiiificcnt of the Hovereigns of Borneo. He is called the Mi:r-
houni di Toujong, froiu his palace and his tnmb both having been
at Tanjong Cheiodflua, the point of land behind Pnlau Chermin, at
the entrance of the Borneo river. He m said to have consolidated
Ihe provinces of the kingdom, aud to have completed the conquest
of such On were not previously thoroughly subdued. He fortified
Pulau Chermin, aud had a bridge couatructed by which lie could
pose from his palace to the fort ; elephants were In use for State
purposes, and the etiquette of the Court was modelled on that of
the Sultan of Aehin, Maukuta Alam. lie married four Princeasex.
and had many concubines, and his palace was full of female ser-
vantd. The eldest of his brothers by a concubine he made the
Pitngiran TGrnCnggong Mauoueu ; the second brother was the
Pangirnn di Gedong Bruni, notorious for the cruelties he inflicted
as puniahmentB ; the third brother of the Sultan by a concubine
was the PangJran Shnhbandar Abdullah: all of them left children.

The Sultan Hasak was the Urst eovcreigu who established
four great Officers of State, the number having been formerly
coutined to two — the Bcndahilra and the Tcmi^nggong ; to theiO he
added the di Ocdong and the Pemansha.

Tliu only logiliniatc som* of Sultan Ha^ak, whom 1 can trace.
arc i!ic Sullim Anuri: ■lALii.>vL'AKiiAk and Ihe Sullan MABostsi

UUIOUIIUAN SOVKJiErO.fS UF URPM. 37

Ali ; the two legitiLiate daughtem T lind mentioned are the Kajs
SiTi Nr'R Ar.AM, who inherited fmin Kajn Eetni, her aunt, and the
1'n.ngimn Ti'iii, who i« said nlso to have beoti very rich.

No. 10. — Sultiin .AiiDi'ii Jalil-cl-Akbab, son of SultnQ
Hasan. He was ealled the MFrhoiim Tuah, bo that he ww
probably the ehleat son. He was auei'eeded liy —

No. 11.— Hia 8on Abqul JAML-UL-JEBAit. Hia father had a
sou hy his fimt wife, who was called Kajti BeBarAsDi'L. The
ahort record of the Borneo Princes, obtained at HooWIt by Dal-
BifMPLE, reckonn thia Prince aa one of the sovereigns of Borneo in
the place in which the name of his son, .Sultnn Nasr-Addis, should
have been inserted. Abditl wait billed ut Labuan by order of his
brother Anofi. .fAi.rL-UL-JEBAE, but there would seem to have been
a civil war before this event, as the Paiigtran Maharaja Lela, the
Bon of the Pajigirjin di Gedoug Besar, a son of Sultan Hasan by
one of hJH concubines, and consetjueiitly a cousin of Baja Abdcl,
is said in the ISSlusHah to have been eitremely courageous and
enterprising, and that it was he who was able to fight against the
son of the Mcrhoum Tuah, the Panglran Besar Abdvl.

The Sultan Abdi'l .Taml-vl-Jebar was the second son of the
second wif«< of his father. This lady waa a Javanecie Princess,
named Stti Kaisa. He had been called Pangiraii Tingah, and is
known an Mi'rhoum Tingah, from hin being the second of the three
children of hia mother, the eldest having been a (sou named Om»b.
and the youngest n daughter, who had no family.

Tlip Stiltun AuDli. Jalii.-vi.-Jebab hnd also ft third wife and
family, conxidting of Sultan MiMnDi:c, another son I'anginui di
Gedong D.*mit, and seveml dniightem.

The eldest sou of Audui, jALii.-tL-jBaAB was named Amat,
and he died at Kemanis for want of a tiupply of opinm, and if
buried there.

No. 12.— Sultan Mahowet Ali, a son of .Sultan Hasam and
brother of MCrhoum Tuah. succeeded his nephew Abdii. Jiui.-ri-
Jebah.

•m

MlHOMEnAN SOVRTIEIONB I

The soil of ihf SiiUaii Mahomkt At.i was ihe PniigJran a
(Jeiloog Omar, Hi" innnner!' were so iii«oleiil, tlmt tlieNobloP mul
people. Iieniled by the Rnjft Jli'mlnlulra Aimi i, MrnjK, who wan h
gniniison of Niiltnrt Hanan llinmgli mic of \m dniiglitorn. iTqiiP«t«l
the removal of the obnoxious Wajiir ; his father eonseuted, and hip
houtie waa attacked by the Bundah.lra. The di Oedong lied to his
father's palafC, which was burnt, and all the inalee of the roy&l
family, except two infautH named Haban and Hi'siK, were put
to death by being garotted in the garden. This occurred on the
evening of Sunday ( Malan hn^in ), the 14th Rabi al Ahkir, a.h.
1072. The SuHnn Mahomet Alt is hence called MCrhoum Turn-
bang di Bum put.

The two infants were protected by their b roth er-iu- law, Pan-
giran BoNosv, and the government wan seized by the BEndahflrs,
who reigned under the title of —

^0. 13. — Sultan Abdul Mudls, He i» called the Mcrhoum
di Pulau from hia having lived at Pulau Chcrmin, and having been
eiecnted and buried there.

The people of Bruni with the KBdeians, headed by the Pangl-
gan BouGsr, who had been made Bi"udfthflra by the UHurper, after
some time reb oiled again at the Sultan Abdvi. MruiN, For greater
aeeurity, he had fortified Pulau Chermiu, and its situatioji enabling
him to cut off nil communication between tho Kon and the town, he
removed to the island and carried on the war from there. Treaties
iif pence were on several occaMions concluded, but always broken
liy the Pangiran Bo":(HSf (who had assumed the title of Sultan
Mr ADDIS ), na soon as his reBOwrcee were recruited.

The war lasted nbout twelve years, during n great part of which
time Aiuiui. Mvnm had been living at Kinamt, and four Pangimnd
TimCdggoDgB had been killed in attacking him from Bnail, He
fmnlly returned to C'hermin, under a treaty which hl» rival had
sworn on the Koran to observe, but which was immediately broken.
By the assiRtance of a force from the Sultan of Soolook, the forte
on the island were captured, and the .Suitan taken and hrissed al
hii- own desire, instead "f dying by being strangled in the cuslom.

MAHOMEIIAN 80Y1CHEIH-NS Of BKUKI- -■'

Thf Siiilaii Aiimi. Minis waM tlic lliird -un of PoiiKirnTi Tunli.
th*- "woiiii JftUghter of Sulmn Hasas by her hiisbanil ttic Puiiki-
raii (arterwaril^ Bi'mlnhftra) Mahomed, the Rajii ol tbc Kaiupoiig
Pandei Knwnt, ao that lie was lIic nepliew of the sovereign h hose
throne he had usurped, fliid nhoBe life he had takeii.

No. It. — Sultan Mlaodix waa the fourth son of the Sultun
Abdvi, jAttL-ur-AKHAR, aud after death was called MCtIiouiii
BoxGsii. He wiiB the nephew and aon-in-law of Sultan Mauomet
Ali, Merhoum 'fuDibau<r di Rumput.

No. 15. — SultanNASB-ADJJis. known in history as MPrhoum
di Changei, was the won of Pauglrati Bexar Abdul, the eldent boh
of the Hultan AnmiL jALiF:-ui.-AKn,\R by hio first marriage. He
succeeded Sultan Muaddis.

No. IB.— Sultau Kemai.-Addin was the uext sovereign and the
younger of the two infant soua of the .Saltau Mahomet Ali, who
had been spared from the ma'iBacre nf hiw father and brothern. He
i» called the MiThotim di Iiobah, and abdicated in faronr of his
son-in-law.

No. 1".— Sultan 3Iaiiomkd Ali-Uduis, in whom the clBima of
the various branches of the royal family are reeorded to hare met,
was the sou of the Pangiran di Gednng Sn.ui Bruix, the son ol'
.'<ultan MrAODiN. Hif mother wax the sifter of the Kaja Tnah
Aauri. MrMiN AuiH-lTL-WAzra, son of the Bf ndnhilra Cmtosg.
"on of the Bajo Ahmkt, cldent son of SuUaii Jalii-vl-Akbab, the
eldest fon of Sultan HasaN-

Sultan Maiiomeu Ali-TJddis, nho in knon-n as the Mfrhoum di
Prmii, and was i-alled also Raja Apoito, died before Imh father-in-
law and great uncle, the Mrrhoum di Lobah, who again .-i:i4;ended
the throne. He was sueeeeded by —

No. 18. — Sultan Ouar Ali Saif-cddis, the son of Sultan
Mahomed Ali-Uddin, miiBt have become Sultan at a very early
age. He is recorded by Dai.htjiplk to have reigned in A.ii. I7fi2,
and the date of his deulh, aa stated in his tomb in Brum, is the 22
Zul Haji, A.ir. 1209, correspond ins wilh tilth July, A.n. IZitfi.

TRANSCEIPTIOX A^D TEA^'SLATION

OF A

HISTORIC TABLET

Engraved on stone, in the Malay character, by the order of the

Sultan Mahomed Tbj-Waldin, in the year a.m. 1221

( A.D. 1801;), and now standing on the tomb of hi«

son the Sultan Mahomed JEMAL-irL-ALAM in

the '* Makum damit/* situated at the

southern foot of Bukit Panggal in

the city of Bruni — " the abode

of peace.''

!* Copied on the Ittt of JunCy IHTA. ]

This is the genealogy of the
Kajas who ruled over the coun-
try of Bruni, as set fortli by
Datoh Imaum Yaktb. He
heard it from the Mcrhoum
BoNGSU, who is called Sultan
MuADDTX and His Highness
Sultan Kemal-Addin. These two
Eajas ordered a record to be
wntten of their forefathers, in
order that it might be knowm
by all their descendants up to
the present time. God knows if
this IS so.*

Inihih SrUVIah Kaja Kajayantr
karajiuui di nrgri Bruni (liniatA-
kan ulch Datoh Imaum Yakut
iya mendungar deripada Mcr-
houni BoNGSU vanjj bornuma
Sultan Muaddix, dan Paduka
Maolana Sultan Kemal-Addix
Ka dua Raja itu meniurot me-
niuratkan datoh nini moyangnia
Scpaya dikatahui uleh segala
auak chuchunia sampei sekarang
ini Wallahu Ahlum.*

* Wallahu Ahlum — an expression iitied by Mahoiuedaus to defeud them-
selves from tbo sin of writiog down or Btuling u fact which uiay not happen to be
correct .

IlIHIoaiC TA.BLKT.

And Suhan Mahomh^d Igj-
Walmh ordered Tunn Hi jiKh4-
Tin Abuui, LatIf to write this
geiiealo^y for the in Format loti
of alt liin dest'endaQta who miglit
])08seas the throne aod crown of
royaltj- in the country and pro-
vinces of Bruni, the abode of
pe-ace ; who in their generations
might take the iuheritance of
the royal drums and belln [an
emblem] of the country of Jolior.
the seat of Goveroineut ; and
who might further take ua their
birthright the nival drumn and
bells [an emblem] of Menaug-
kCrban, /. e., the country Andu-

Now he who first ruled Ihc
ronntiT and introduced the re-
ligion of IkIuu) and followed the
laws of our prophet MAUoMen
(lliB bluBKed of God, on whom
be peace), wast IIIh Highnee»
Sultan lUAUuiiEDandhix brother
Sultan Akiimed : now he begat u
daughter by his wife, the sigter
of the Chinese Raja, whom he
hail taken from China Batangun :
that was the priuceBs who was
taken to wife by Sheriff All,
who came down from tlie eountrv
of Taif.

Moreover that Sheriff Ali
became Raja under the name of
His Highness Sultan BCrkat :
it was he who enforced the ob-
servance of the laws of the mes-
Henger of G-od ( blessed of God
on whom be peace), and erected
a mosque, and all his Chinese
aubjects built the stone fort;
that Sheriff Au woe deBtended
from the Asiin of the I'aithful
Hasut, the grandson of the
uoBMnger of God. Now HIh

Maka Sri Sultan Maiiomku
Ti:j-WAr,nis menitahkan pada
luau Haji KmatIh Aiinn- LatIf
meniuratkan Nolcsilab ini si'paya
dikatahni segi'da anak chuchti-
nia Raja yang menipuniai takhla
mahkot-i karajaan dalam han-
d:mg dairah ncgri Bmni daruse-
li'im yang tuniu taniurun yang
meiigambil pusakaan nobat ns-
gAra ilan gunta alfimat deri u<~gri
-Tohor Kamrd-ul-Makflm dan
mengambil logi jiusaka uobal
iiHgara gunta aifimat deri Mo-
iiiinghtrbau itii nL'gri AnJalii«.

Maka adulali yang pertaum
karajaan di nCgri dan niembawu
ogilma lahtm dun mengikut fiha-
riat nabi kita MahomiiIi Snllal-
lahu Allaihi WasaUum, iya itu

Saduka Sri Sultnn Mahomeu
an Sudarania Sultan Akhmku
maka beranak siiorun;; peram-
puitn dungon iHtrinia sudara
Raja Chiuayougdiambitderipadn
China Batangan putri itiilah
yangdiuuibil uleh Sheriff Ai.i
yang tnnin deri nigri Taif.

Maka Sheriff Ajli ilulah Ka-
rajaan di uama-i akandiya ua-
duka Sri Sultan BGbkat iyatah
vang mengraakau Shariat rasill
SftHitllahu Allaihi ■Waaalluni dan
lierbuat mUHJid dan segtila ryto
China berbuat Kota Batuj tnan
Sheriff Alt itu pauchTr Sclcsi-
lah derinada AmIh al uiundnin
Hasan chui'lm raau! Allah. Ma-
ka paduka Sri Sultan BCbkat
itu berauakkao paduka Sri Sultan
SuLETUAX, dan Ejrisisu^ be-

Highuess SulUii BCnKAT bt'cat
lliu HighiiusH Kultan St-LGiMtK,
nad SvLEiUAS bognt HIm Ui^'li-
uoNH Sultun BiTLKiiiAU.the Raja
who colli [ II urcd the country of
iSoolook aud the [-ouutry of
SoludoDg,* the name of the Riijft
of which wa§ Datoh Qamuano :
and Sultan BtfLKKtiH be^'at
HtD Highiic8H Sultan Abddi.
K&iiAK who WB8 named Mcr-
houm Knlmat [Saint], and he
begat His Uiehneea Sultan Saif-
i;i.-Rejjx. who begat His High-
iiBM Sultan SuAH BHtTa. After
him hid brother reigned, Hjh
flighneaH Sultan Has ax, he
who was called the Mcrhoum
ili Taniong [of the cape], of
the children aud grandchildren
of His Jlighness those succeeded
In the throno in Bruni who
were of the beat character. It
Wji8 Sultan Uasan who upon
the throne of hiii kingdom Btrict-
ly followed the rule of Sultan
Mahkota Ai,4Mof tlie country
of Achin, and it wait that Siil-
tun Hasan who begat Sultan
Abdul JALXL-Ft>AKBAB, who
was called the Mfrhoum TuaL
[old]. He begat Sultan Audpl
.TiLti.-UL-JEBAfl, who begat the
Prince Bt-ndahAra Cstong,
who begat the Prince Tcmcng.
gong MuMnf AuIr-CL-Bethab,
also of the country of Brimi.

Afterwards the brother of
Mcrhouui Tuah was invested
with the royalty and named Hie
KighnesH Sulbui KLihoukt A1.1 ;
he waa the great grandfather of
ilis Highnesi Sultan M.iiioueu
ALi-UoDnt, who is now reigning
ill the country of Bruni.

ranakkau Sri Sultan BlLKKliit
raja yang nieiigalahkan ni'gri
Soolook dan inengalahkan nPgri
Schidong naina rajanla Datoh
Gamban, dau Sultan Bclkeiaii
beranakkaii paduka Sri Sultan
Abuul Kahab yang dinama-i
Mcrhouin Krflmat beranakkan pa-
duka Sri Sultan Satf-ci.-Kejai.
beranakkan paduka Sri Sult«n
Shah Burtfi ; kumdian sudara.
uia pula karajaan paduka Sri
Sultan Hasan iyalah Mcrhouin
di Taujong, maka anak chuchu
bnginda itiilah meugambit k«-
rajaan dalam ufgri Bruni ini
mana yang baik becharania Sul-
tan Hasak itulali yang kraa
diataa takhta karajaannia men-
gikut prentah Sultan Mahkota
AiiAM yang di ni-gri Achin, ilaii
SultaaHAs&s itu yang berauali-
kau Sultan Auull Jalu^Vl-
Akuab yaug ilinaino-i Merlioum
Tuah beranakkan Sri Sultan Ab-
uv]. jAi,iL-L'L-JKBARberanakkMi
pengiran Bindabaru Tjktono
beranakkan pengiran TCmcng-

§oi)g MuMiK AuIh-dl-Kktoab
alam uCgri Bruni juga.

Kumdian Sudarania Merhoam
Tuah di nobatkaii karajaan ber-
uama paduka Sri Sultau Maho-
met Ali ijalah ninek ^duka
Sri Sultan Mahomeq Axi-Uddin
yang karajaan sekarang ini di
nCgri Bruni.

■ Tb* atmt o( tliD city now calltd UaniU.

HlflTOBtC T4]II>£T.

Then that king died, and after
a time hin bpother'a sou rpiKnert
under the uaine of His Hiijh-
nesB Sultan Miaodih: aftpr
him hi» nephew reigned, Ilin
HiffhueHs Sultan XisE-ADDts.
and itf ter him hiii hou ruled. Sul-
tan Mahomet A.li, under the
name of His Hi^'huess Kem&l-
A.DDIN, and he [,'avB the sover-
eignty to the grandson of his
brother, who u roigaing at thiii
time under the name of HiB
Highness Sultan Mohaugd
Ali-Uddin. His 8on afterwards
succeeded, named Hia Higbnena
Sultan OuAB Ali SAiF-rnnnf
and next he gave the kingdom
to his son, His Highness Sultan
Mahomed Tej-Waldin. After
him he gave the kingdom to hia
son Hia Highness Sultan Maho-
med JCMAL-UL-AXAll.

When that prince was dead
the kingdom reverted to Hia
HighncHJi' royn! father Sultan
MAHOMKn Tej-Waj.uis. God
knows if it is so.

After that I [the writer] do
not know all his descendants
who will become Rajas.

In tlie year of the prophet
(blessed of God on whom be
peace) one thouwind two hun-
dffsl and twenty-one in the year
Dal on the 2nd day of the month
Thul-hajah on the dav Arbi'ia
Sftnal, I Wedaesduy] 1221,

Alaka wafallnh bagiuda itu
maka kumdian karajann puis
annk sndarania hcrnama paduka
Sri Sultan MrAoniK kumdian
karajoan anak sudarania padu-
ka Sri Sultan NASR-AnniN, kum-
dian karajaan anak Sultan Ma-
homet Alt bernama paduka
Sri Sultan KEiiAi,-ADDrjf iyalah
membrikati karajaannia kapada
anak chuchu sudarauia lyala
karajaan poda mosa ini bernama
paduka Sri Sultan Mohamet
ALi-UoDiy kumdian di rajakan
pula anaknia paduka Sri Sultan
Omak Ai.i Sait-vddix kumdian
dibrikau pula karajaannia itu
kapada anaknia paduka Sri Sul-
tdn Mahome»Tej-Waldih kum-
dian di brikan pula karajaannia
itu kapada analinia paduka Sri
Sultan Mahomed Jehal-cl-A-

LAU.

Maka telah wafallali bagindn
itu maka kcmbali nula karajaan-
nia itu kapada ayananda bagindn
itu paduka Sri Sultan MiHOUKn
TEJ-Wiinra Wallahu Ahtum.

Kumdian deri itu tindalali
ham ha mengtahui akan seg3
anak chuchunia jaug akan jadi
Knja pada hejrat nabi Sallallahu
Allaihi Wasallum ^eribu dna
ratisus dimpuloh satu pada tahun
Dal pada dua hari bulan Thnl-
hajah pnJa hari Arbila Srinat,
ll.'2I.

iSl

A C; H K H ,

COMMONLY CALLED ACHKEN

nv
a. p. TOLSON.

In perusing the following account of Acheh, I trust your read-
ers will accept it for what it is meant to be, namely, a brief com-
pilation of notes reefarding the country as I found it.

Acheh is the correct name of that part of Sumatra extending
from Tamiang Point on the Bast to Tnimftn on the West Coast,
though it is* commonly, but erroneously, known to Europeans as
Acheen.

Valexttx, however, writing as long ago as 1688, has exposed
this misnomer. It is derived from the Hindustani word Aehai
meaning fine, or lovely, and is ho called on account of the ex-
clamation alleged to have been uttered by the first visitors from
India on sighting the coast in general and Kampong Pandei in
particular. This place, situated on the Acheh river, and not far
from Kota Eaja, is remarkable for a grove of enormous trees of
great beauty. In describing the land and what they saw, we
may presume this epithet Achai was so repeatedly used, that peo-
ple came to speak of the newly discovered country as JV^yn Achai.
This visit must have been paid centuries back, at any rate long
before the Islam religion was introduced into the country ; for
we find the name recurring in the ** Undang Undang " or laws and
customs of Menangkabau, promulgated by Perpati S^b4tang,
and collected and transcribed by Mr. Van Ophutzex.

In them mention is made of the marriage of one of the Me-
nangkabau princesses with a royal prince of Acheb. I may add

that it wiw thiw mArriage wliich gave riio t^j thp Malay " Adat
Mengaku," whit-li tinnpti" thnt the bridoijrooiii oliould bp brouf^ht
to the houiie of the hride, aiid never i-ice rersd.

Another legend baa it, that a Rindil princeBH having one day
disappeared, was found by her brother in Sumatra. On their
meeting, he told the natives that she was his Arhi, or sister. She
was afterwards elected Queen, and hence this name was given to
the country. This Beeuis a very plausible atory, and it ia
worthy of notice that the Hindu practice o£ piercing and
largely distending the lobes of the ears, is prevalent np to this
day among Achinese women; this custom is naturally attributed
to the above-named princess.

I have also heard it alleged, that the name Ackni, or Aaheh, is
derived £rom a species of leech, striped dark and light brown, eniall
but vicious, which abounds in the jungle along the West Coast of
Snmatro-

Although Acheh, as we generally understand it, represents the
whole of that portion of North Sumatra from a line drawn across
between Tamiang and Tnimfin to Acheh or Acheen Head, jet its
people only occupy the land bordering the sea as far inland as the
high ranges of hills, which eklrt the coast at some places along the
North and West, and at times run parallel vrith it, at a distance
varying from five to twenty miles, eonvertring at Acheen Head.

The land between these ranges t-oiisiBts of high plateaus or
iitnppos, intersected by mountains which stretch continuously
throughout the whole length of Sumatra, and arc not inaptly termed
by the Malavs "Gunong Barisan." It it occupied by the two hill
tribes Ghiyiis and Alias, the Battnlo occupying the highlands fur-
ther South. Outwardly these mountains resemble, in every respect,
other ranges in the Kaat, being thickly covered with jungle.
Though I know of no active volcanoes among them, their forma-
tion ia distinctly volcanic. Chief among their peaks are the
"Golden Mountain" or "Mount Ophir." the "Orphan" or

inn," '■ Gunon^' Batu Mukura," " Hukil G»ijuli," " Etc-
phajit Hill" or "Bukit Piidwlii," "'Gunong Clirmda," " Biikit Pueei,"
" Table Hill," Bukib* " TiimiaDg," " Tamsei," and " Gompung," and
" GiinoDg AboDg." With one or two exceptions, these rise to n
height of from 7,000 to 11,0()0 feet.

The I'oiintry i» fairly watered by u number of small rivers,
strt-ame, and ureeks, the majority and the more important of which
have their outlet on the North and East Coasts, those flowing
into the Indian Ocean being more or less insiguificaut. The
l&rgc'Bt arc the KurLla Acheh, Kut'ila Faaangan, KuSla Jambu Ayer,
Eu&la Perlak, and KuSla Tamiang, whieh all form deltas or lagoons
at their outlets. At ordinary times their depth is nothing to speak
of, but when heavy raina have fallen up-country the volume of
water they Iiave to discbarge is such that hanjirs, or floods, ensue,
which doubtless first led the people to build their huts on piles.
At the mouths of theee rivers one invariably finds a shallow bar,
with a high surf running over it, and, by choosing that part where
the least surf eiists, you can best hit upon the entrance to the
river. "Unfortunately this te otherwise puzzling to find, for with
every nionaoon it variea its position, the entrance being at one time
from the North, at another from the South.andaathe land alongthe
East Coast is undergoing a gradual but continual upheaval, nume-
rous and sharp turnings of the rivers are formed.

Of the Geology of the country, I can but speak in a general
way ; gold, tin, and iron are met with on the West Coast, whOe
sulphur is plentiful in Pfdau Way, and petroleum in Faaangan
and along the North Coast.

Regarding ita Botany, with my imperfect knowledge, I can
only flHsert that I noticed no strange trecB, except the Ba-Tchut
or Batang Tchut, of the wood of which the Achineae make the
sheaths of their saksiru ; it is a graceful tree, with dark green velvety
leaver, small white flowers, and a seed coneieting of a long sharp-
pointed pod containing a cottony substance. A shrub growing

^0 ALU Ell.

along the sen ttliure, likewiau iien- to me, iiUo linH n pod liketlie
nam-ttnm fniit, full uf thin L-otton_v substance. Palma nro niimur-
ouH. Among fiowerB, I have come mi-oss tlic jusiniue, but hnve
only met with two sorta of urchidfi, naiucly a siieeiea of itriilct and
the so-called " pigeon orchid."

Of the animal kingdom, Acheb posBCSHei) Bpeeiiuens Lii common
with the rest of Sumatra, from the one-Uomed rhinoceroB to the
ifhite ant or i-auge*.

A« rcgarilB its climate, it is uuder the intliiciiw of tho X. K.
niud S. W. inon»ooiiia, being muAt iiiiliealtliy during the pcrioiLt
oE the changes of inoiiHOon. The Ueat during the day is about
tbc same bb tu Singapore, generally, however, tempered by a «lroiig
breexe, especially in Acheh B^ssr; the nights, and more parti-
cularly the early morninga, are delightfully cool ; but theite very
breezes too often bring on fever and other ailments.

lu deBcribing the country, it will, on political grounds, bo be^t
to divide it into the following diBtricts, namely: — The (1) East CoobI ;
(2) North-EivBt Coast ; (3) West Coaet ; and {^) AcLeh Btaar
(Acheen Proper).

The Eaet Coast extends from Tamiang to Ciarooud Point, and
compriBCB the following States ( I give them in the order in which
they eitend along the cohbI from Tamiang northwards), viz.: —
Miinjapahit, Langsar, Birim, Bayau, Snngei Baya, Perlak, Pcdawa
Bcear, Pedawa Kcchil, Idi BCear, Idi Tcliut or KCchil. Buging
Bayan, Glilmpang, JfirUu or Jfilot, Tanjong SCmantoh, and
Simpang Oiim.

At tlie head of each of ihette Stattii, we liiid n Baja, each at ouc
time or other a eelf-made and eclf-styled ruler, without a drop of
royal blood iu hii veins. The exact dstei and origin of th»e

ACUEU. 41

Settlements, though comparatively recent, I cannot Btate, but they
all owe their existence to immigration from other and older States,
such as Pidir, Gighen, Pasei, and especially Telok Semoy orSSmawei.
The most powerful or influential of the immigrants either usurped
or was given the position of Chief or Headman over the new Set-
tlement, and the offspring of such chiefs or headmen have subse-
quently acquired the high-sounding title of Eaja. Of the above
named States, the most important and flourishing at the preseut
day is Idi, comprising Idi Besar and Idi K<?chil.

The North-East Coast extends from Diamond Point to Pidir or
Pedro Point, and comprises the following States : — Kerti, G-Sdongo,
Pasei, Ti-lok Semoy or Semawci, extending to Krdng Kukus, Pas-
angan with it subsidiary States Klumpang Dua and Blang Pan-
jang, lying between Knuig Kukils, and Kuala Jumpa, PQdadu,
Samalauga, separated by the Kuala Olim from Mcrdu, then Trin-
gading, Kantei Panjaug, Ujong, Ayer Labu, Gighen, backed by
Kemangan, whence it derived its race of rulers, and finally Pidir,
which stretches from Kuala Pekan Bharu, one of the mpuths form-
ing the Pidir Delta, to Pidir Point.

Of all the I^ajas of the above-named States, the only one
having royal blood in his veins is the Tunku Maharaja of Telok
Semawei, who formerly held sway over the several States along
the East Coast, acting as the AVakil of the Sultan in collecting the
tribute paid by them. The house of Pidir, which State at one
time was of considerable importance, is connected to the Hoyal
family only by marriage.

By Acheli Bcsar, or Acheh Proper, is understood that comer
of Sumatra formed by a line drawn from Pidir Point on the Korth
to KuRla Lambesi on the West Coast.

Proceeding thence South we have along the coast the follow-
ing States: — Lambesi, Bubu Awch, Kaw or N6h, Tflok Kruit,
Pati, Banuug, Rigas, Ketapau Vaal or Krung Sabeb, Baaga,
Tenung, Waylah or \VuIah, BuluU; i^nalabu or Malabu, Seuagutii

Tnuii;, Trtdu, Tripa, yimaugiui (whicli last eight named recogniKO
lit present oue yliief ruler — tUo Euja KCjOBir*N Cm, residing »t
AoaUboe), Kuala Batu, FiLlau Kityt'i. SQbQ, Labtoaa Haji, HLQki,
Tiflok Tainpat Tuan, and Truinuu,

We now fome to the sniaUeHt, vet most ancient and iut«r-
fating, diTisioii of Acheli— Acheh B^sar, or Acheeu Proper. Itia so
called, because it forms the chief tteat of Government, and
contains the capital of this once famouH Sultanate or Empire.

Though I have only given the bouudariea of Acheh, aa they
existed in 1873, its dominion at one time comprised the whole
of the EiistCoaitt, together will the kingdom of Siak, while, w
latv aa Hi5'2, the whole of the West Coast, iucluding Padaiig, was
subject to it. Later on, howewr, as ita power leiwenwl, and that
o! the Bubordinate Chief* increased, the tribute wau often irregu-
larly paid in to the treasury, and the authority held over the
more remote States became merely nominal ; it ia not, therefore, a
matter for wonder that these Bajas finally threw off the yoke,
allied themoelveB with their more powerful neighbours, and declared
for liberty.

While at thJH time warn ou a lai'ge scale were carried on by
the Portuguese of Malacca in Kedah, Pi-rak, Johor, and other
States in the Malayan Feuiusula, the Sultan of Acheh waa pos-
He^sed of no means of chaatising such turbulent petty rulers.

Acheh saw the zenith of its glory and power under Sultan
Merhoum DabC Saijim, otherwise known as IgEASDEn MCnA, who
ruled between 1606 and IGil, To follow its history minutely
prior and wubsequeut to that date, would be beyond the scope of
these notes; I can, therefore, only refer my readers to such
works' aa Valenttk. Chawitrd, Amdeebon, and Veth.

Suffice it for us to know that there have been four dynasties —
a Hindu, a Malay from Mouaugkabau, an Acheh, and an Arabic
dyu&ety; the last named beginning with Sultan Mauuhd Shab,
who ruled from 1760 to 1781. Hin deicendants are traced out ia
the uccompaayiug sonsAlogical tree.

▲CRXH.

•a

53 g

I ^
! M

CVi

I
CI

o
o

CO
00

1—4

I— «

OS'S

t— <

■3g

-l$-

These Sultans lired at Kota Eajs, or the Krnton, as it U
called, being lords of certain crown lands as well as of the four
Miajids, viz., Jliajid Kaja, close to the Kraton ; Mi?jid Indrapura
in the Sagi of XXV. Makims; Misjid Indraputra in the Sagi of
XXVI. Mukims ; and Misjid Indraputra in the Sagi of XXII. Mu-
kiiod. These temples were and still are the only recognised places
of coronation. Tlie object in hai ing more than one such place of
coronation is that, if ono fell into the hands of the enemy, or any-
thing happened to the Baja, another place in one of the Sagis
would be at hand, where the ceremonv of crowning tho newly
chosen Ha.ja could be properly performed ; were it to be held elae-
where. the coronation would be deemed invalid.

Besides the crown lands, Acheh Proper is divided into the
three above-named Sag;i8, whose present Chiefs are respectively
Tiikii Abbas, TukQTcH^rLiMHUSO.Tukfl MudaTcaOr BiJruand
Psnglima Puliu. While speaking of Tilkiis, it should be remarked
hat this is the title of a Chief op Noble in Acheh Proper, a Tunku
being A well-to-do person as well as n learned man or echool-
inaat«r ; at Pidir these two titles signify just the reverse.

The Sagis are again subdivided into Mukims, or districts pos-
Heasing a Misjid, as denoted by their number, vii., that of XXV.
into 9, B, 4, and 3 Mukims, and Mukims Lfpung, Kluwang, and
Lui. That of XXVI. into 7, 3, 3, and 4 Mukims, and 3 Mukims
Tiinkfip, Mukims Si^lang, Chadi, Kltan^, Lambaru, Lamsenong, and
Branoh; while the XXIJ. Mukims, although now including many
more districts, were originally composed of 7 and 5 Mukima, and
Mukims Indrnpura, Tanab Abch, Lamkabui, Kinaloh, Ktinrflng
antfih, Rnja Dub, Lamtobah, Lamlaut, and Daya.

The Head of the Sagi has authority over the Heads of the
Mukims, and these again have their Wakils or Imlms, who have
under them the Ki^ehils, or heads of villages. The Head of a, Sagi
takes no part in the political administration of the cuuntry. lie
has merely to gOTern, keep in order, and, in case of war, defend

I owii district ; he it also bound to furnish tho Sultan with men
in times of war with bia neigbbouri.

Till within thc> reign of the lasl three Siiltaiif, the Suku
eyatem prevftiled, and the niler of Acheh alwaya had hia Council
of four llulubttlnngfl, aided by eight minor Ilulubalanps, Ac, the
former coneietiug of pernona holding the hereditary titloB of Ma-
haraja Mangk'i Btuni, Maharaja Maugkil BSsi, Perdftna MPntri,
and LakBamaiia Panglimn Dnlam,

Since these have been done away with, the Sultan, or Baja,
has reigned without advisera beyond hie Court favouritee, and, in
their choice of a ruler, the chiefs have been mainly guided by the
opinion and adnce of the Tuku Kali, the High Priest.

The coronation generally took place at the Miajid Eaja, and
the chief? were eipeoted tc remain three days at least at or
rear Kota Baja after the ceremony of placing the Raja on the
BatA Tabek, or coronation stone, as a token of their adherence
to the newly chosen prince, tho Tfikil Kali being the first to
pay him homage. Kota Baja, an it used to eiiat, eiiats no
longer, it being now a neat civilised military station. Formerly,
however, it consisted of a Kota with an inner Kratoii or King's
Palace (at one time It is said to have contained an eilensive
harem and some 3,000 Amazons), and surrounded by suburbs, the
pircumfereuco of which may be roughly taken at eight English miles.
It is situate<l on the left bank of the Acheh river, and has the
Krfing Daril running through it and into the Acheh rivers.

This latter is the stream made mention of by Captain Best,
OS having had its course divert^!, but not to the extent he imagined.

The origin of the people is, without doubt, a strong miiture of
Ilindil ard Malay with the Aborigencs or hill tribes, judging from
their type, language, and the fact, of their first rulers being Hindila
followed by Malays from Menaiigkabau, who were either of royal
blood, or subpcqiiently connected with royal blood by marriage.

The amount of the population ia not known with any »rt*mty,

but in generally accepted as one and-a-half million. Though ths
Malay predomi Dates, we tind, however, especially along the coaat
and at the moat frequented ports, the Tamil, Arabic, Hindii, and
Niaa racen, the last named being descendantii of the nlacee brouglif
in fomier time!" from the Niaa islands.

In character, the orang Acheh differs very little from the
Sumatra Malay, or Malay of the interior of the Peninaula, hut
being less civilised, and having lived »o far in an independent
country, ho is, if anything, more turbulent, more piratical, more
treacherous, less confiding, more demoralised, and, in a word, the
greater blackguard of the two. Of course, in making the above
comparison, I do not take for my pattern the well behaved Malay
one is in the habit of meeting in our L'olonieB or the more regu-
lated ^fative States, but I refer to the average Malay such as
he was before he came under the inHuenco of civiliBation ; nor, on
the other hand, am I characterising nn ornng Acheh who has long
been in contact with European or other traders from the Straits.

A propot of their character, I may mention that, not infrequent-
ly, a respectable Malay of Sumatra has been known, when giving
his son his laot advice on starting life, to add : — " Jangan tiirut tipfi
orang Acheh."

In figure the men arc mostly tall and slim, waisted though often
with broad shoulders, while the women are well formed, and would
be good looking were they not so hard-worked from their very
youth ; they become prematurely aged. They further disfigure
themselves by wearing huge brooch-shaped earrings requiring the
lobes of their ears to be stretched lo an unsightly extent.

Both men and women dress soberly, the colours of the tflfn-
ilang, *arotig, and ^i'htar. which last are pe<'uliarly narrowed at tho
ends, being generally brown, black, or dark ; on high dayn and
holidayit, however, you see them wearing n white shirl or jacket

I a gaily coloured liaudkei-chief. geiiurally magctiUi, cither
■luiig over their shoulders or tied round Ihoir /o^>.

The men carry with them either a kleioang (naked blade)
or ' tekifin panjang (a Btraight blade ni a sheath hollowed out
of one piece of wood), and « ranckoitg, the Malay foirfii,- while,
when ou the war trail, they have the tombak or epear, " Brown
BeHS, "or a blunderbuss, about them, aud some will carry a shield
as well.

In mauneni and custom they differ in no way from the Malaya,
it being needleas to state that they are Mahomcdantt, and very
fanatic to boot. They keep up nil the religiouB feaat days, and
obtierve the ordintUK-es of " Khanduri," when « bufFalo.orbullock,
as cusfoiuary, iaalaiighlprod and eaten. Tht'ir every day diet, bow-
ever, is rice, dried fish, and fruil, oi;casionally varied by goat llesh.

In persou, they are, as a rule, far from cleanly, and their
houses, which are ineignificaiit, are extremely dirty. These houaea
are usually grouped in kamponga, each houae standing in its own
compound, strongly fenced in, and the whole kampong being well
palisaded and protected by the bamboo diiri. The more important
kampong possesses, besides, a pfkan, or market place, conaisting
of an open space or ithort road flanked by rows of shops under
one and the same roof.

The hounes stand on piles, and generally consist of three com-
partments, the front being used as a reception room and shop, the
centre, invariably standing a couple of feet or so higher than the
front room, being the private sitting and bod room for the family,
and the back compartment, which again is lower than the centre
room, being used as kitchen, stores, Ac. To every kampong there
is likewise 'attached a lalei, being a shed in which the men toll
by day, using it also for holding meetings, and which forms the
bed room nf the youths and unmarried men by night.

Of their mortis, theleast said the better, especially as regards
the rulers and headmen, whose depravity is glaring. Their favou.

. W ACBiat,

rites, ciilIM nfdaliii, buys froui eight to twelve years old, u among tbs
Bomaiis, nre troiued as Bagadliref, and as they reach lu&akood re-
main attM-lied to the court or huUBehold of their owner, being ia
their turn the teochera of the new favourites, their BubatituteB.

The people are mueh given to liiduapping and oattle-liftiag,
being great adepts at the latter art. One can thus iiu&giDO the
eodlesB internal want these propensitiea were likely to lead them
into.

Labour is but unevenly divided between themen and women, the
latter having' more than their aliare. The men content themselTea
nith ploughing, fishing and gathering the nipah branches dest^ed
for atap rooting, while the women have to plunt, and gather the padi
crop, to stamp it into nc^, and to curry the produce to market. Tou
therefore sec numbers of women along the road ciirryiug heaTv
loadit oil their heads, with which they walk as erect as pillars, in
single file, accompanied by boys and girls, who whure this labour
according to their age and strength, while the men are often found
lolling at home. U'Ue further jou go inland and away from civi-
lisation, the more you see this, but the better class of oriing Acheh
only allow the women to do the domestic work, such as tent-
baking padi, and weaving earougs.

In agriculture the country is nut very advanced. Pepper is
the chief article cultivated along iho East and West CooeM,
while betel and a little tobacco form the staple product of the
North-East Coast. Acheh Busar produces little or nothing for
export, its people being more commercial, or being satisfied with
cultivating their idteah. Very few States producing popper grow
■ sufficient padi for their own consumption, and, with the exception
of Passangan. and one or two others, none have ever exported rice.
Besides these articles, a small quantity of coffee ia produced in
Acheh Bf-sar, and, to a limited extent, culture of silk is carried on
here, a wild mulberry being iudigenouB. The silk, however, is of
coarse texture. Mnt-makiug has dwvelopeJ into an art, with these
people.

icmsn. 49

It i« ill wm; however, llmt thpy come *it ittroii!;, for they
evitleotly have acquired knoivledge from aomc iiioro civilised na-
tigii, to judge from the L-lever way they form their entrenched
poBitiims mill take odvautdgo of thu ^rouud for the Eormatioa of
riHe pits, and borab-pruof undprgrouud tunnels, into whioh they
retire wheu bullets and shells pour in thickly.

The coin universally ueed Is the Carolua dollar or riitygtl
"Meriam, "and Straits copper, while at one time their currency
consisted of sioall goUl piecen i-nlled il^rkami and tiny lend half ■
cent pieces.

I uiixture of "old and c

ippiT

Their rirnaments are of «i
whioh they value highly.

Their Wfii^ht* and mea<urea are, for iiojiper, on the West
Cooat, as follows :^.V bamboo or bari oE pepper ahould hold
as much HH a quantity of rice having u weight wiuivalcul lo SO"i,
(Carolus dollars), while dealing in rice the equivalent weight
in only 5G Carolus dollars; IG of these bamboos go to a ni/i'A,
and 5 nalih to the pikul; or iO bamboos go to the toi'if or
tub, and 2 tubs to the pikul; iO tubs or 2U piliuls going to the
kognu. Along the East Coast, 20 hari or bambooe go to a tub
of pepper, 80 tubs going to the coyau. Tlmre. and along the
Xorth Coast, aa rcgardM hetelnut, IG bamboos or hnri go to a, nalih,
10 nalih to a kmirha, 10 kanclitt to a koyiir, which geiicr-
ally gave 20 to 23 pikuls. "With rice, 40 cattle,* equalled 1 i nalih.

Their language, aa will bo seen from the few words uaed iu this
paper, iu fundamentally Malay, with some additional words picked
up from their neighbourit — the Oayus and Nias — and othofd they
have come into constant contact with. Their dialect, however, i«
peculiar, the Achinesc rolling their words and having the habit of
clipping them, wo that it is quite imposaihle for one unacquainted
with the language, however conversant he may be with either
Sumntraii or Straits Malay, to understand them.

ACUEU.

I have yet to notice the group of islands North of Acheh,
and forming part of Acheh Proper, the largest being Pulau Way,
a pepper producing island, but formerly of more importance from
being the place to which criminals were banished. Pulau Bras and
Pulau Nasi follow next in size, and then we have Long and Stone
Islands, the latter supplying the Acheh folks w^tth the soft sand-
stone which they use as tomb-stones.

EBBATA

TO THE PAPER ENTITLED "ACHEH."

>:»co—

Page

5»

read Mengaku

connected with
Aualabu
Zainul Abdin
River

)}

;^S, line 2, For Mengaku

11, „ 25, „ connected to

-1'2, „ 3, „ Aualaboc

18, „ Tynul Abdin

15, ,, 25, ,, rivers

4:6^ at eud of the 3rd para, add: — ("Don't follow the exam-
ple of the deceitful Achinese." F. A.S.)

16, line 23, For slim, waisted read slim-waisted

10, „ 26, should read thus : — youth. They become pre-
maturely aged, and further they dis-
figure.

47, line 2, After topis insert (Hats.)

47, „ 19, „ d4ri „ (Spike.)

47, „ 20, Ibr toll read loll

48, „ 20-21 After temhoJcing insert (pounding)

FROM PERAK TO SLIM. AND DOWN THE SLIM
AND BERNAM RIVERS.

FhaXK A. SWETTENHAM.

I have offered the following Jouraa! of u Journey, made in
Febniaiy, 1S75, from Durien SebStang on the P^rak river to Slim,
and down the Slim ami Bemam rivera to the sea, because it appears
to Dte a fitting continuation of Mr. Leech's Becond Paper in thp
last number of the Journal, and aUo because, I believe, I whs the
firat white man who ever ascended the Nongkei river, vieited Slim,
or descended the Bernam river ; and even after my journey I
found it diffif^ult to convince those who took any interest in the
matter at all— and in 1875 they were very few in number— that
the Bemam river, which does not even yet appear on the Admi-
raltj- Charts of the Straits of Malacca, is, in many respects, the finest
river in the peninsula, some two miles wide at the mouth, navigable
for large steamers for many mile*, and, most curiously, having
its embouchure less than twenty miles from that of the Pfrak
river~a much longer river than the Bernam, one which drains a far
greater extent of country, and la itself navigable for steamers for
a distance of forty to fifty miles.

So far the Malay Peninsula had been, eo to speak, a book
which we had been content to see lying unopened within our
reach; we saw only the cover, indeed nuly one side of the cover;
the names of the large Malay States were unkuown to all but a
very few, and their real position and boundaries to none in the
Straits Settlements.

8S pSllAK TO SLIM.

In 1S75 we were rnising the cover, still only on o
peeping inside at ilie first few pagea ; now, though we ha^e Btill
little exitct information, we have much to add to our former know-
ledge of the peninsula, and especially ae regards the western States.
We know, for instauee, that the Pfrak river rises in the borders
of Kelflntan, Kedah, and perhaps Pahang, and, after running a
short distance in an easterly direction ttiraa to the South
and continues parallel to the coast-line until withiu a few
miles of its mouth, when it turns West into the Straits of Malacca,
about eighty miles South-West of Penang.

The Bemani river, which, from its junction with the Slim river,
runs West to the aea, we now know i-eally holds a course airaosl
at right angles to the Pfrak river ; the Slim and Bemam rivers,
before their junction, flowing, the former in a north-wost, the latter
in an south-westerly direction, and draining, the one the Slim, and
the other the TJlu Bcrnam district.

The combined rivers, known, from their junction, ns the Ber-
nam river, How, to uwe an Hibenticism, in a tortuously direct line
to the sea, draining an immense low country, unpeopled and
unknown, even to the few Natives who may he called Natives of
Bernnm.* From the numerous sluggish but considerable rivers
which fall into, and help to swell the volume of the Bernam river,
the country ninnin;; from the right bank towards PC'rak, and the left
towards SClflngor, must he low, and probably much of it swampy ;
whilst the numerous tracks of elephants and rhinoceros leave no
doubt that large quantities of big game are found in this district.

I said our search for information had been confined, for the
most part, to the western side of the peninsula, and that is so ; but
quite recently, Mr. Bozzolo, for sis years a resident in the ndgh-

• Borninn, the naiue of this District is derived from Jlj (BciAnam),
wliii'b mesas " eii together," because llie place wa> si) UUle knomi imd ta
■|«rwl; ]w|iuialc>d tlml tlic wliott! uiiuibcr of its inlisbituntB orijJiiiill.'E iimonntiHl

f£iijuc to sliu. S3

hciurhood of what wue known as the GFnlcua MinoH, on the East
const, bun furnished sotne valuable information regarding the poei-
tion of Stntes in that neighbourhuod.

It now appears that Pat^ui ig a small State, on the sea coast,
to be crocaed ia a few hours' walk, and that the following more
conBJderahle States, hitherto all classed " PatRtii," viu., Hi-mftn, Lig6h,
and Sai, iii- between it and the head-watert? of the PErak river.

It is probable that EeiAntan and Pahang, on the one aide,
meet Kedah and Pl^rak, on the other, all four States thus meeting
within a very small area, but it is only the people who liye on the
ppot who know anything of these interior limits.

Fire years ngo the Sultan of Trenggilnu and theRajaof Eeliln-
tan told yir William Jertois they knew nothing of the interior
bonndaries of their States, nor even what countries they marched
with.

It is certain, however, that tin raised in Bi^m^u goes down the
Pi^rak river, and Mr. Bozzolo tells me that, whilst the P£>rak
river from its source for some distance passes through a district
inhabited Kolely by SairiK (wild people), the small States on the
other side of the range which divides the source of the Pfrak from
the waters flowing into the China Sea, are thickly populated by
Malays, whilst Sakeis are rare.

Another geographical fact very recently established is that
the State known as Jellye (more properly Jelai), one of the Negri
SembilttD or Nine States, hitherto placed to the North-East of Sri
Menanti, as a matter of fact lies to the South-Eaat of that State,
in drained hy the head-waters of the Joh'il river (which, after
passiii;: through that State, folk into the Sungei Muar), and is
in fa<.'t identical with Inas. by which name it is now more com-
monly known.

Lastly, I am told on good native authority that three days'
joiirury np the Pnhan>; river will brinu ihc fravellcr to ihe mnulh

Vt.KAK TO Sl.i;

uf a tHbutary caUed the Chineh, aiid that this strefun form* ih»

connecting link between threo coDBiderable lakea, the lowest of
which IB known by the aarae name as the river,

Pahang, however, which ie the State of the greateafc int«rest,
both geographically and otherwise, ia the one of all others least
known to us, and contains a field for eiploration well worthy of
scientific research.

With this preface I will leave the Journal to speak for itself.

7th Februarif, 1875.

Left Bandar at 4.30 p.m., by the launch, going very slowly,
as the wood was bad ; we did not reach Surion Sehltang till 6,15

I sent the boatman on shore to moke nil hia proparationK. and
told him I wanted the boat at 5.80 a.m. to-morrow.

8(6 Febttiary.

The boatman gave me a great deal of trouble, bad nothing
ready, but after some severe language ho managed to start at 9 a.m.

My guide at the last moment deserted me, saying he was
afraid to make the return journey by himself and could get no one
lo accompany him. Tuaku Sui.oxB very fortunately succeeded in
getting two Uandeling nien who promised to take ua to Slim.

Steo MAsaoB, I hear, is at Sungei Raya, so afterall I shan't
see him on this journey.

On our way up here the other day from BatarShit there was a
flock of some seven or eight goose-teal on the river, and having no
shot-gun I fired at them with a snider, and, strange to say, hit one ;
they were about eighty yards off ; the bird vas shot through the
wing bone close to the body, and though it could not got away, it
dived whenever we tried to got near it, until a Manila boy dived
after ami ciiughi it under water,

i'FlUAk ru SUM. o5

t (VUe) told if 1 went up the Bidor river I sbould bo two, it not
three, nighta on the way, that I should then have to walk to Songkei,
a ioug day'a walk, from there to Siim, two daja' hard walking, and
Slim to Dlu Bemam two iiighta, from Ulu Bernara down the river
two or three days, that i^, tt>D or eleven day? io all, and laslly that
Masbob in not at Bidor. Whereas if I went up the Sougkei, instead
of the Bidor river, I must save one or two day*. Accordingly I
determined to go to Songkei instead of Bidor.

Wo entei'ed Kwala Songkei at 5 r.M., and wtopped at a clearing
at 5.80 for the oight, sleeping in the boat.

i)th February.

Took down all the kajaiig»* and tttartcd poling ut (i.30 a.m.
Ulie river wan dreadful, just like the Labu, only a little clearer, and
not HO many thorn b ; the day broiling hoi, and we got the full
benefit of tlie sun an we had no kajangs. Our men worked very
well, and we reached Songkei at 6.30 p.m., about fifteeu Tnilesinall,
I should think. For the last mile or two the river was much wider
and more open, and we were able to put up the kajanga, aud it
was well for us that it was so, for at 4.30 p.m. there camo on one of
the heaviest storms of rain I have seen, with thunder and lightning.

At Sougkei there are some three or four detached housea.

Jaafas, the old boatman, who turns ont better on at'iiuaiDtanee,
told the Fongdlu he was to send me on with men. It appear*,
however, that we are still a day's journey, either by land or river,
from the beginning of the Slim road; so we shall have to settle
to-morrow morning how we are to go. I should prefer the boat, as
we shall have plenty of walking, but the river is difficult and the
water low.

We slept very comfortably in an empty house on shore.

• PipcEs of portable lIuilcliiHR with wbiob hoJt» arc iWifiil.

lOM Felruiiry.

Thifi inoruing we agreed to go up the river iia fur as tlie besm-
aing of the Slira road, aud, as our bout was tou big for the Hhalluw
water, Toh Muda got us a smaller one, and we started up the ricer
at 8 A. It., and it will he a wonder if we reach our dPHtinatinn to-
night.

The travelling' waa much better to-day. The river open, and
we had the kajang on all the day. The only drawback wae the
BnagB, mid they were not very bad. fliy own crew were abomina-
bly lazy ; but I had four men fi-oni Sougkei who worked very well,
and we I'eached the Toh Dagang's house at 2.45 p.m., and he liae
engaged that I sball start first thing to-morrow. The Toh Dagan;;
was very polite, and he sent for tiie PCngillu of Sougkei, one Toh
Btk-as, n very pieanaut looking old fellow, who told me he had nevor
seen a white man before, but he does nut regard me with much
curioaitv. He and the Toh Dagang agreed to funiish men to carry

The Toh Dagaug considera it a matter of honour to sit up all
night and watch me, mo he amused himself by playing cardu until
dav dawiied.

I did not get away till S.15 a.m., five men carrying my effeets.
The road goes straight acrosa the Songkei river and then direct for
the hills.

la very bad, a regular slough of despond,

ailes it got much better, and altogether I

At Hret the path we
but after two or tliree r
could not complain oE it.

We walked for two hours, and then stopped for half an hour,
and then on again walking and resting over a slightly hilly country
until wo reached Trolah at 3.i)0 p.m., having walked five hours and
rented I wo and -a •quarter,

Wc wetii uot aoi-r> w stop, for junglu walkiuK in Yery ievaro.
I call tlio distanc^e thirteen mileB.

Wo put up for the uight in a regular liovel, the whole kam-
pong consisting of two wretched houfiea in the heart of the jungle.

There i« here a nice stream which runs into the Slim river.
\2t!, Febyvnrif.

Got nwav at 7,30 a.m. and went nt once into bij; jungle. The
road froiL] iiere to Slim is iv very good one as jungle roads go, indeed
about the best I know : altogether from Songkei to Slim the rood is
good, with the exception of a mile or Iwn cinso to Soogkei,

From Trolah to Slim the whole way Ik up and down hill.f but
there are five hills proper, and one of them, the Kccoud from Slim,
in good deal higher aod larger in every way than the others.

About four miled from Slim, in a charmiag spot, are some sul-
phur springs ; the water is quite hot, and where it bubble* out o£
the rock vou can't bear vour hand in it for more than a moment.
The smell of the sulphur is very strong.

The water from the hot springs runs into the stream (a con-
diderable one) close by. and there are fine large treen growing in
the middle of and around tiie stream ; it is a most enjoyable halting
place.

The last hill, the one next to Slim, is remarkable for being
covered from top to bottom, on the Slim aide, with large bamboos -.
I never saw Bueh big ones, nor in anything like such iiumbera,
many were 18 inches in circumference.

As you go down the hill the bamboos get smaller in size, but
more in number, until you find yourself walking in a forest of bam-
boos with not a tree of any other descriptiou near.

Coming from out the bamboos at the foot of this hill yon see
before you the confluence of two rivers, ihe Slim and the Ghiliting,

> jpFsk nf thin paii of the

" B'lkii, tigfl puloh t'sa,'' ■'.

5* pfiBAK TO SLIM.

both abniit the ■ame e!Ee, and you look on as lovely a picture as
you can ivell imagine in such an outlnndish spot,

This place is the picture of rest and beauty ; there are some tvfo
or three picturesque hnta on the bankfl of the rivcre, and right
opposite rise two fiteep hills forming the boundary between Ptrak
and Pahajig. These hills, nnined 'I'uniah Batak, aro dose by. and
nBP abruptly from the water.

Slim might almost be a Tillage in Su-iti;erland.

Wc reached this, after walking through both rivers up t<^ the
waist in water, at 1 p.m., after four aad-a-half hours' hard walking,
I should pay thirteen miles, from Trolsh.

The Datoh'" houne, wo hoard, was higher up the Slira river, and
as I had hurt my foot coming down the Inst hill, and could not
bear my shoes on, I look off choes and socks and walked bare-
foot,

After forty minut«e' fast walking, almost all throut^h bamboo
forest, and crossing the Slim river again, we reatihed ihe Datoh
Sampl'h's house to find he had gore t(i the hills to see the nrnnp
Sakei.

The distance from Trolah to Toll Saupues house is altogether
over fifteen miles, and the total distance from Sougkei to Slim
twenty-eight or twentj-.niuc miles, perhaps lest.

The Datoh's house was a miserable place and filthily dirty, with
half a doien oranij Salcei in it, so little clothed that the scantiness of
their apparel would have been less evident had it been cnlireiy
absent.

The men are above the nveragc siip of Malays, the women of
the ordinary height, their hair is not straii;ht but fuziv, and they
all, without dietiuction, wear a bamboo, about a foot long, through
their noses, and are afflicted with a fearful skin disease which
makes them Inatbeaome to look at.

pEkak to slim. .W

There are said tu be about lhrL'L> tljoii^mid iii the liLlU nhout
Slim ; and ou the hills of Slim, Batiin^ Padaiig, Bidor, and Songbei
an many aa ten thousand.

The headrntiu of the Slim oraitp tfakun, or Sakei &s ihey are taliwl,
ii bles»ed with the title of " Mtutri," aiid the Pfngfliu of Slim is
obliged tji coDBult him in all things, otherwiiio, it is aaid, the oranq
Satei would at once attack the P^ngillu and his people, who dread
the |wiaoned arrotv of the siii»/iilaii more tliau rtllc bullete, ,iud
with reaaon.

Tho .S'"iv/« arf elevLT j;iirdeiifi>, iiud i-iiltivate Biigur-i-aJic, jilaii-
taiiw, Bwect potnioes, audothei- nigtiaNew in abuudancc, Kicethev
use but little. Tobaot-o thej- arr very fond of, and grow it ihoin-
Helvcti, to chew not to Hniokc. Thuy uaa their own greeu, but thov
prefer Javaueee toluwcu if they fan get it.

Their solitary garment, or rather ru;;. llie "fig leaf oiKilogy"
(aa CuoMWELL called the escuaoH of a certain party in Ireland) ix
made of bark, the men wearing it in all itM pure niuijilicity, the
women alfecting an addilional frini;e of itrans.

Like the natives of Borneo, theee women cover iheir arm* with
wire. There is a young lady standing within two yardn of me,
whose arme are covered with numberlesu branH ringu. She hnti about
a dozen strings of coloured bead« — to which are htiiig mure brata
rings — round her ueck, and these beadM are fuHtcned behind with a
buckle of bIioUk and boar's teeth ; through her noac nhe ban a long
porcupine's ((uill. and her face is painted in stripes of blni:k aD(\
red, beginning nt her forehead and ending like a pitch-fork on her
mouth audchiu. ^he is a belle, uo doubt, and aujougt>t the " oraag
Sakei," I dare eay irresistible.

BaJB JjL Astt. came to nee uic, and 1 had a long talk with Iiim.

He says the Slim river is the same sIkc and the same length as
the Beruaut river, but he says that about half wny between Slim
and I'lu Bernam therf in a river called '■ Snugci Bil.'" which is now,

und-liae ulwaya beoii, t'ouaidered by the ptioplti lierti ilifiu
twtween Stlaugor and Pcrak. Tlie rivor, he tella ine, la very rapid,
an I have nu doubt it ruiiB straight down from the hilln, aud this
would aeem a very fair boundarv. The SUm river runs right back
into Pfrak, and in said to rise in a hill called '■ Batii Gajn." which
fomiH the boundary between Pi'rak aud Pahang,

Batu Gaja is about nil hours' walk from here, and can be seen
plainly.

Thf Beruam river a*aiu ruuM bairk into SoUnt^or, aud ha» its
woiin'n not far from the Bclimgor river, no, on the whole, I should
think the boundary accepted by the people living on the Bpot, that
i», the Bil river, is the best and fairest. It is true that the
boundary betweeu Pcrak and hlGlungor iw thi- Bernani river, but
then the point is : Which is the Beraam river Y What in now <:BUed
Bemam river, or the iSlim river, which may in reality be the real
Bourco of tlio river which ja known at itis mouth a*i the Bemam 't

There are half a dozeu Chinese working tin here for tho Datoh.
a little way above his houue. The hou^e lies in the bowm of the
hills, in a valley shut in on throe sides, some six or seven milea
long, and not a mile, perhaps half a mile, wide. This valK'y is said
to be rich in tin. Indeed, I believe there is little doubt but that
there ia tin all over it in larger quantities and more easily to be
worked than any mines in FErak, except perhaps Salak. Baja
J.t, AsuL is very auTioun to open minec here, and if he can raise
inonoy I've no doubt he will succeed; the water both for working
aud for currying the metal is everything that could be desired.

We put up for the night in a hut nine feet square, and were
glad to get it.

There i« nothing whatever to be got here, not oven a fowl.

13(A Februaiy.

The Patoh, though he has been sent for, may be several dnya
getting here, and I have beeii trying to find n boat to take ub
Hnwn the Slim river into ihn Bemam

PI^BAK TO SLIU. 61

1 made up my mind at Trolah that I would go tliis way, us I
Khnuld then see ail the Slim river, and both upper nnd lower Sliru,
jind when I go to Beruinn from Sfifinsnr I can go down the Bernain
river. I must do it now. howevor, for I cnn't bear a shoo on my
foot and a day's walking through jungle, ehoeleiw. in out of the quee-
tion. There is no boat here, co I have aent to the jnnction of tho
rivers down below to try and got one ; if it conies I shall go at once,
S9 Rftja 3a Asfl Biiya it will take uie four or Eve days to reach tho
Bernnm river.

I bad a groat durbar to-day. There eamc Bnit one Kaja N'uah,
ttlici lives at a kampong down tho river called Piong. Ho is a
Sumatra man, and appeared lery poor, but was as polite n^ poor.

Then there came Aaja Ai.r, a Pahaugman, from Tanjoug Blit,
otherwise known as Lower Slim, and after him the Datoh Muda (the
newDatoh appointed by Raja Nuau*), and theToh Bandar, and last
of all came Toh Sampuh.

Baja Ali and the Datoh had come t«u miles, and the Toh
Muda had made arrangements for a boat for me.

Raja Au formerly opened tin mines at Tanjong Blit and at
UlnSlim, but they failed for want of money. Every one here aeoani
anxious to know about the taxes on the Beniaui. and I set tb«ir

mindst at rest about that.

Tob Saupi'h, though he had been walking for the last two or
three days with the ^Saiiei* on the hills between this and Trolah,
mutit be a very old man, for be has been Oatoli of SUm for eight
generations of SultAna.

He is evidently sore about Baja Noah appointing bis successur,
and told me distinctly that it bad been done without his wish or
knowledge, but he added " What in the use of being Datoh now when
everything u at Hizes and sevens, and no one follows the good old

■ Aliui Tunka Pungtimu Be%ai,

VtRJiK TO SLIM.

customs of the past ?" He tells mc, he was the first settler in Slim,
that the Slim river is larger and longer than the Bemam river,
and that it rises in a mountain called Gunong Jeransang, the other
side of which is Pahang territory, and from that side rises a stream
called Sungei Betoh, the probable source of the Pahang river, or, at
any rate, a tributary of that river.

Toh Sampuh says Sungei Bil falls into the Slim river below
Tanjong Blit, and that it is on both sides Pcrak territory ; that
originally the Bernam river was the boundary between Perak and
Sclangor, later, the Berang river, a tributary of the Bemam, and
later still, a mountain between the rivers Bil and Berang, called
Changkat Lela ; the watershed of the upper Bemam forming the
boundary from the border of Pahang to the Kwala Slim, and from
that point the Bemam river itself is the boundary to the sea,
thus : —

CHAHOKAT tCLA

t9. Sl^rrv^ S.34I

¥7%'

S. BsDNAM

The Tuli >luda had brought me a Li>itt, bu at 2 t.u, 1 started.
The hoal whb n dug out, aud would only hold iny own people, that
18, mjeelf, Tniiku Sci.Okg, one Poltcenmo, aod two boittnien, live in
all, and tbtn there was uot an ini'Ii of the boat oub of the water.

The river ia most lovely, a beautiful, dear, rapid stream with
splendid jungle on both siden, and open enough to give glimpeea of
the hitU.

At first it WM very exciting and enjoyable, aa every moment wa
were ahooting the rapids, and the boat was in danger of being upn6t,
but the drawbacks were (jreat. In the firat plaoe no protection
against the sun, except an umbrelln. which had to be taken down
eontinually as we went under trees, and which is always a nuisance
to hold, then nothini; to sit upon except a tin biscuit-box, and
from that position uot able to move, whiliit it is constantly neoeasay
to took out that your head in not carried away as you go under a
half fallen tree; then you have to get into the river and drag your
boat over a sunken log, and all this in a boat m crank that most
people would thiuk many times before getting iuto it.

However, on the whole we got on veiy well, and paased u sul-
phur spring a little way below Slim, the water of whjch. boiling, runs
into the Slim river. .luet before 3 p. m, passed Kwala Ohiliting,
aud for the next one and-a-faalf houw we never got far from
Ounong Tumang Batak. the river winding round the foot of the
hill.

At 4.30 p.si. we stopped for tin- night at Piong, at the house
of Tnntn SrTA^". n relation of Haja Nuau, who was very polite.
He ie a Sumatra man, and ha^ been to a Dutch school and with a
Dutch planter in Deli. Both he and Eaja Niuii say Toh Sasipch
is a very good man, liked by every oue, and they don't like the Toh
Muda. Ab far as I can see none of the people liere like theTunku
Penglima Btaar, they said he had called them to Sungei Baya, but
they did not intend to go,

litli Fehruaiy.

Up before daybreak, but did uot get away till 8 j.u., a« some
of Tiinkii Sn.ovc.'s ri'tationt- ■■aiin^ to tee him Wo peacht<d Taiijoiig

Blit at 9.45 a.m., hdiI, fiudiu-; tlie To!i MiuU hnd iiotgol ut! it bett«i-
boat, we went od at U a.m.

Tlie. travelling is juat the samt; uf bfforc, unly painfully Itol.
I should think this la a very ^ood river for Jfly-Hahing, it. i« just
like H Si'otc'li trout stream, only there arc not so many etoneB in it, but
hundreda of bqi^;^ instead, that of courae ix rather against Hflhiug,
but the river teamn with fish, and I have .-eeu them risiup frwly lo
the natural fly, espodally in the mornings anA pvcnings,

We reached Kwala ISlim at 4(.3U v.ii. I should nay it ii^
twenty inilea from Tanjong Blit, and thirty from Slim.

The Beruam river, which joiaa it here, is \ery much narrower,
;ind lias only about half the body of water that the Slim river has.

mbined Htreauia form a fine river, liroad and deep, but

The t.
full of snags.

Seeing no traces of humanily anywhere, we Ptoppeft at 5.311
P.M. Oil 3 sand-Bpit to make a uigbt of it in the juugic. I had
bought a kajang at Tiinjoui* Blit and thin we tipreod on Bticbe, pot
a waterproof sliect underneath, and, as it waii a beautiful night, wo
should have been comfoitable enough bad it not been for the
moaquitoee and oand-fliea, uwarme of the latter getting iuaide my
eurtnin and giving me no rest. My faie, which alone was uneovered,
they bit savagely, and my forehead in the morning was like a plough-
ed field, all ridges and furrows.

Our dinner, for we all dine alike, conwated, and has done
ever since I started, of rice and a fowl burnt on the cinders. It is
impossible to take a lot of things into the jungle, unless you hare a
following of at least a dozen men, and amonght theui a cook, and
that is uimply a nuisance.

15/ A ihbrjuirj/.

Up again before uayJight, and got away at G a.m. "We hare
only one paddle and one pole, Ibe latter iisck-es now the river is ao
deep ; the current, however, is very Bwift, so wemokcgo^Ml Iravelling.
I ncMT jow niiylhiim liliclh.' number- of .Oeplmnt tracks here.

every few hiindred yards there U a npit of sand and elephant grui
coTered with tracks, many quite fresh, last night's I should think.

.Tust before we Hto[i[)ed for breakfabt, we heard an clephnat
quite close to the aide of the river, within n yard or two, but we
could not see him, the jungle was too thick.

Wo stoppeil for hreakfrist at H.30 a.m.. nnd wont on ngniri nl
11,15

We lifid not gone n mile before wc were attacked by a swarm
of black waepH, against whose hanging nest we were carried by the
rapid eurrent. We were nil bitten, eiccpt the man steering ; and
the constable would have jumped overboard if I had not stopped
him. The wasps fullowcd us for a long Hny. and whilst their
attentions lusted we dared not stir.

We now got into a miwl curinuw pluce. and I whan't be distren.
sed if I never see it again.

The river wont for nearly ten miles through reeds and fens,
the home of alligators and snakes and strange birds. I never saw
auch a liorrid ghostly plaee, the river often so narrow that the
reeds almost met overhead, while the water was so deep we eould
find no bottom with the jxile. Wherever we did meet jungle it
was jfjoiri only, those low trees with long feelers growing out of
every branch into the pwund and water.

The natives call it the tnmpal hanlu dan iilnr tiatrah — "home of
ghosts and boa- constrictors." Not a sound to he heard except
the occasional shriek of some strange bird, which would rise slowly,
and appareutly unwillingly, out of the fens and fly into the nearest
brake, not seemingly afraid of us, only a little surprised and rather
dtegiiated. The river looks as if it were V(nited by uien perhaps
not once in a century.

Altogether, this kind of travelling is not quite pleasant, a iKigt
like ours — a dug-out three feet wide, down to the water's edge — is
very ea«ily upset in ii river full of snags, indwd the difficulty is nnt

to uptet it, and once in tlic water you T^ould be food not for one
crocodile, but the disputed prev of umny.

It is a, Itapensation of Providence tlint we bave got thua far in
safety.

Let alone the boat upsetting, if we went slowlj, the smallest
fltfk of a crocodile's tail would suffice to settle the matter.

Just as we got out of the fens in which the river winds like o
-inake, the Btream divided itnd I feel sure we took the wroii^
channel, not a soul in the boat has ever been here before, so wp
had to trust to chance. Tivice we had all to get out and drag the
boat over a tree, whieh lay completely iwrass the stream. I gol
atj coat and umbrella torn to pieeos by trailing thorns. We passed
within two yards of nn enormous crocodile, lying on the bank, it
leapt into the water as we passed, and if wo had been close to the
bank would have come straight into the boat. There were numfaers
of what the natives call the " wnalic bird " here, and eHpocially in
the fens, a strange looking bird in keeping with the place. I aaw
two very fine wild duck also, but had only a rifle and could not get a
shot at them.

After two hours we joined the other branch of the river, and
from this point it got wide again. At -t i-.M. we came to a place
where the river divided into five large branches j we took the
largest, and at 5,1.') I'.m., having long given up all hope of finding
anything like a house, we got up n high bant, to bo as far off the
crocodiles ns possible, nnd made another night in the jungle. The
mosquitoes and Hand-flies were aa enlertainiug as usual. We
made at least forty-five miles to-day,

lU/A Fi-bi-uiiry.

Started at 6.30 ,\.m. If we dou't pome lo a bouse lo-night we
shall be in a bad way, as our stores, even tobncco. are eihausted.
and we have only rice left.

The influence of the tide is felt as far up as this poiiir. At S^u
A.M. we met two boats, and the men lold us we should soon rome

to liouaee, but we could not reach Raja Itam's place to-night. My
steam laiicch, they say, ia therp.

I ordered them sei eriil tiineB to briug the launch- ja high up as
posisible, and she might easily hsTo got to the place we stayed at last
night.

We have now been going two days and pnrt of a third, I
won't nay without seeing a house, but without seeing the slightest
sign of man 'a ever having been here, except a few bundles of ratlans
lying on the river bank. We have come in that time, I should say
eighty miles, and now we have only met a boat.

At 10.15 A.M. we reached the first clearing, and stopped thero
t'pi' brcakfaat, ninety-five miles from Tanjong Blit.

We wont on again at 12.50 p.m. and after fourand-a-half hours'
rowing against the tide, going iu that time about ten niik-i<, we
reached a house where there was a large boat,

The river had got^o wide, that in the lastt reach the wnvca nearly
swamped our cocVle- shell, moreover a heavy thunder storm came
on, so we hired a larger boat, though the owner was rather unwilling
to let us have it, and pushed on.

It rained in torrents, but as the tide was now with us we
determined to row till it turned, so 1 took an oar, whilst Tunku
Sl-i.ijsu and one of the men cookeil the rice ; that to eat aud water
to drink being our only food.

In our dug-out we hail four paddles, oue of v
this boat was big and heavy, so we did not get o

We saw several croeodilos to-day and two n
morning. I shot a small eagle this evening,
through hia body near the tail and then breaking his wii
very formidable beak and talons.

We rowed till tiiidnight, making fifteen miles more, oi
and twenty miles from Tnnjoug Blit.

which I took, but
o fast.

e wild duck this
The ball going
; ho had

e hundred

89 PKRAK TO SLia.

17/ A iebraari/.

We atuppi'il for the tiiic, but started agom at 5 a.m., aud got
auotUer oar to work ; we had the tide well with us, and, at last, at
9.30 A.U. reached the launch at Tuukii IiA si's place, having come
eighteen miles this morning, one lumdred and thirty-eight from
Tanjong Btit, and one hundred and fifty from Slim Proper.

The launch could go, at leant, seventy miles higher up the river
than Raja Itam's kampoag.

T.iast night and this morniug wo passed a aumber of houses,
fifty or si\ty perhaps, usually five or six in ono place, and almost
all new, hut they look lost on thia river, where three men-of-war
might stenni abreast of each other.

I weut oil shore nk 2 f.u., and saw Kjija Ita.u. his yunn<;est
brother, and his father-in-law, and had a lon^ talk with them.

I waH able to put Kaja It\m and hist people right on several
mattcra. though at first he appeared rather stubborn. He, like
others, appeared to think Bemam belonged to him solely, person-
ally, an inheritauco from his father, and not only the St'blagor side,
but the PPrak side of the river aUo.

Having been present wheu Sultiiu AnoKLL.ui'a pcrmiMnion
was given that Haja Itam should, at present, be allowed to occupy
the Pdrak side, I was fortunately able to make the real state of
the cane quite plain to him. One brother of his. Baja Isdtjt, haa
just gone up to the interior to start some tin mines and to get
specimenH of the coal found there. These last they have promised
to send to me when procured.

Aa to my journey dowu the river, Itaja Itam tells me,
that I was very fortunate to get here in so email a boat, aa
Ih6 river is famed for its crocodiles, and at his place they aro
80 fierce that tbcy will knock a man off a boat's sido as high
out of the water aa the bows of the launch, that is, three feet !
All the i)eop!e'a bathing- ho uses here- are made very high indeed

pf.ns.K TV 9I,IM. 08«

from the witter, HJnipiy fi-om fear of iTocodiles. Eaja Ifam also tells
mo, that wo took tlie wrong turn, m I felt sure we liad done, iu the
river after the Hedges, but, he added, Juat below the place where I
said the river ilivided into five (theyaay ae veil, and call it" Sempang
Tuju"), where the river divided again into a right and left branch,
if we had there taken the wroug one, which we might easily have
done, as both branches were the sauie size, we might have g6ne down
it for a month without meeting a bouI, or coming to anywhere in
particular. We certainly have to be thankful for the lovely weather
we have had ever since we left DurienSebiitang, last night being the
only wet night we have had. If it had rained whilst we were in
the jungle, 1 cannot think how miserable we should have been.

Baj.i Itaii and his brother camo on board the launch and
stayed some timo, and again later in the evening. I got all the
wood on board at once, and started down tlio river between S and
il P. M. with a nearly full moon. There is a considerable kampong
here, and a larger one near the mouth of the river. From this
up the river there are about live hundred people, and the same
unmber towards tlie mouth, making about one thousand souls in
the " Hilir." •

This J8 certainly a magiiiiicent river. From Kaja Itam's
])laee to the mouth, I call it tweutj-live miles, so that would qake
altogether some one hundred and seven-five miles, io these last five
days. At the mouth of the river there is an immense number of fish-
ing stakes, fish-curing being the chief occupation of the population.

There is plenty of water at the mouth of the river, and the
steering is easy ; going out you hold slightly towards the Pi'rak bank
till free of the stakes, and then you can steer anywhere.

1S;A February.

I left the river's mouth at 5.30 a. m., aud was off Sclungor
(with many atoppugea on the way to repair machinery) at 7 P. m.
At 9.30 p. M. I had passed Pulau .^ngsa, when a bolt broke, and
it took five and-a-half hours to njnkc it right, not right, but enabling

Entered the Kwala Klai
Laugnt till 5 p. m.

; at 7. 30 a. ::

but did not reach

m opiNjaed to " UIu" — "V|i Slrfam " or bileriot.

A CONTKlllUTlON

MALAYAN BIBLIOGRAPHY.

[ InrBonucTom Note, — The uon-«iiBteii(;o of any coinpra-
hcnsit'L' catnlogui: yf worlis rt'focrin^' to Mnlnytiii luultcrs liaa mi^-
(■estod to the i'om))Iler that tbo following resultH ot htilwwn Iwn
and t)iri!(> years' labour in that direction inuy bo of viiliio to the
luembcrs of the Society. .

The catalogue is iiecenHiirily iuiperfeot, and 0:4 Huch i» inrToIy
ilosi^iiutoil a " eoiitrlhutioii" to tlie. end in viow, which cau iiniy Iw
aecumpli^hui hy united effort. Still it ia [irobably the iiiodt coui-
pleto yet publiKhed, aided as it haa beon by the willing hflp of
friendtt and enibiTK-ing as it docs the titles to bi> found iii the Britinh
MuHeiim Library, Royal Asiatic Soiiety'a, liuffle*', MarsJen'* and
utiier catalogues ; those of works on the uhclrus of the liniHeH and
Logan Libraries ; and snch an arc to be found in the iiiibliHlierti'
listH of Triibner, Quaritch, Allen, and others who make such work><
their special it iea.

It may be well to .iefin.i llie i;eof!r«pI.inil limits 1 li:ive ob-
served, which are those laid dou-n by the littc Mr. Loh.ipt m cum-
preheuding the district of "Indonesia," They are as follow : — A
line drawn across the Malay Peninsula at the Siamese boundary
line to the North point of Borneo ; theucc in a Xorth by West
direction to the Coast of Luxon, following its Northern shore and
returning to the East Const of Mindanao, from the .Sonth [winl of
which island it strikes ai-rosw tii New Guinea, at Point D'Urville,
Thence lollowin;; the contour of the Coast (and without inclndtn;;
any portion of ihc ishuiil) it unikos a South-Easl curve to includu

TO MiLiYVN iiiiir.i'.Kjrt.iruv,

tlir Airuu iabiiJa uud Timur Liiut, wheiict it striken \Ve-.l-Soiith-
Wesl to the SouLlieruuioat of the group eilouiliug fruiii Timor, iinil
ttieuue pasKCH to the ilava an<t Sumatra South Cuaxta as far n»
Achin, whence it in di'anii to Junk Ceylon and met'ts the
dividini^ liiie itcrosM the peainsulit. The diatriet thus hiclmled muy
be equally well desigiiat^d a» "Mahiya."

The catalogue hae been divided into tliree headii, vie. : I — Euro-
pean works ; 2— Malay workit : and, 3 — Pamphlets, and Newspaper
aod Magazine Articles and Notieee- The present Hat deaN otily
with the firat named, and is sub-divided as followa:—

A. — Works i-elnting to the Straits Settlemeuts exi^luwively,

IV— -hi. do. Malaya, cxduaive of the Netherlandu
ifo, thr Philippine!«. <m<l

do,

M(iluL-n

tllf Ni-lhuL
of Horn.

Jiidic

xclut

— do. do. The Philipptneii and Moiui-i'ftB.
— Worke containiug IiK'ideutal Notices' o( JSIalayur

G.— Grammai-K, Dictionaries &c., in Mfday and European
languages.

H, — C'omparatiie Vocabularies and Grammaiii, Dictiouarics,
&c., in Matayo-Iudoneaian languages'.

Making u totAl of nearly 400 titles.

I have placed Borneo under a separate head, beeau^e, although
a large portion w under Dutch control, most of the works named
refer to places with which British intei'ests are maiulv connected.
The title* undvr '" i' " ma; be deemed unduly fun , but I have carf-

fully cjc-lnded nil works which did uot eeem to bp tvorth comultiag

HALAVAX UIDLIOORAPHY. 71

iot information. It in not, however, supposed tliat important
omissions will not be detected, and these, when supplied, will enable
some future bibliographer lo produce a complete and exhaustive
list.

I have to acknowledge the very great help I have received
from Mr. H. L. Noboitha, Superintendent of the Gt)vemment
Printing Office, and Mr. C. Gould ( son of the distinguished
Ornithologist), who have drawn my attention to many titles which
I should otherwise have overlooked.

Under the head of Malay works I hope, in a future Journal, to
offer the most complete list yet published of native literature. The
cordial Co-operation of gentlemen resident in the colony and the
longer time at my disposal to complete it leads me to hope the
second paper will be of both greater interest and value than can
be the case in this instance. For the third division — Newspaper
and Magazine articles on Malayan matters — a larger measure of
assistance is however necessary ; and if other members will consent
to give their aid, most useful results may be gained.

N. B. DENNT8.]

WORKS RELATING TO STRAITS SETTLEMENTS
AFI-'AIRS EXCLUSIVELY,

-piibl

i yenrlr. Piidiiig ISli",

Anderson, J.—

PoHlienI am! Commfrein! ComtidrrttinHi rrhtite /o thf
Mnhi/ayi Pttniiifiila an-l fhr liritinJt Srttfrt
.1MniT/7—2 p,T.rt« iti 1 vol, sm. +ro,— I'riti'
IS21..

11/ in the S'trnitg of
i.f Walp-- Mnnd.

Blue Books, Colonial-

P«per.5)

P''rIi/ivirii/—(Hei' " Pari imiKiii 111 r\

Strnit' Si-tHrvii->ifi!—]rnh]\»hci\ n?ii)uiilly. i>.

Blue Book

Of the
ciiig 1«6S.

Cameron, John—

Our Tropifa) Pottrssiom in Mnlai/nn India ; bring n Drx-
Ct-iptirr Af^eounl nf Siiigajxtrf. Prmttiff, Prorinrr WeHnlrg.nnJ
Mtlaeea ; fhfir Pfoplm, ProihietK. Cnnmrrtr, and Gorrmmrnf —
by 3nnji CAMKnoy, F.n.o.s., with Illustrations— Smith, Et.di!:ii
A Co.,B5, Oiirnliill, I^udon, 1S05.

Collins, James—

Miiimmii. /hfir Ctunmrrcin} and Srimiifie Z'trs—A Ipcturc
delivered iit Government Hoime, Singapore, 2(lth August, IS74.

RpffTT i/> ipwanl fticlHMfli lUlcirdHl l)T aini{iir"re M ■ roll»*lliiit rUr,

Govei-mnent Gazette—

Slrait* Si-lilemenl» fioFeiiimenI Oazritr — [iiibllHlied weekly

^commpiiccd on Isl January, 1858.

LegiaUtive Council Papers -

P^prr, hn,i\ror,
Sefflri'iriils — i-o in m fn r 1

MAI.AVAX 1llHl.lOURll>Ky 73

Lnigrh, Sir 0«orge, Bart.—

Air Arrniiiif of thp SrUlimrnt, Pmdacf, and Commeivr of

Prh-rf of Wifrs' hhii.! hi Ihi- S/rnih of Malafir,'—Bvo.—}Snr,.

Lemos, Jorge de—

Hixfrn-ia flog ('preos iff Mnlapcfi — llo. — Lisbon, 1585.

Letters of Ertingniiher^

A Scne« of Sen o- Comic Cf.ntribiilionsto tlieSVmiVj. y/w*
— aingapore, IS72.

Logan, J. B.—

The Socks ofpttlo Vhi-i—ito. pn(ii]jbl^t—Ee printed from
Jour, Tnd, Archipelaffo.

HacAliater, Norman—

ffix/oricnl Memoir rrhiifp to Prince of Walfii' lalnnit in
thr Sfriiifs of Mn}i"-rit : iinil its Iniportnacf, Political anil Com-
mfTcii'l : milmittril to tlir Ilon'lih the Enxl IiiHin Cmiipniii/. itiiJ
ihr Gorminipiit niiil LftfiKliitiirf of firriil Brilnin—lamOiOn,
IS03.

McNaU-, Major F. J. A.-

Pernk and fhp JAi/ffy», or Sarong and Krig—hy Major
Frkd. -T. A. SfcNAin, r.a., c.M.o. ; Colonial Engineer anrl
Surseyor.Generai, S.S.; late Officiating H, M. Commissioner,
Pernk ; Fellow of the Linnnean Society, Ac. ; Fellow of the
Roya! Geograpliioal Society ; Aaaociate, Institute of Civil
Engineers — Dlustrated with 13 engravingB by B. KsrouT of
photographs taken by the author — Tinsi,kt Bn'jTnEns, S,
Catherine Street, IStmnd, London. 187>*.

Uartin, E. Montgomery—

Britisli Coloiunl Librnry — 10 vole, F'cap 8vo. — London,
1843^ Volume 10: Britinh PoMetsloiu in ihr Indimi and
Atlanlie Ocrniu, rii., Oei/lon, Penting, MaUeen, Sinffirpore.

Knrton, H. J.-

Caliilotfue of thf Plant* under Cattitmtion in thf Botaniea/
Gtirdem^ fiingnpore, Strail» Settlement* — by IT. J. MtBTON—
Government Printing Office, Singapore, 1879.

T1i0 iTliittfiffitioQ h/loitieil l» kliat ftf Uiv GenerA PJiniiruis na far a* the eoU nf
Uk Sod Flirt or tbe SbA VuIdiup. HAer whlirh Ihe (mJen an given In acMnilADce ntlh
ihi KditIIbIi KdfllOD of La "Xtaei et Dicuikii,

Wilh the Anridif tfaa comptliir luu« fbllowei] Ltae ftlpiiafH^caf ordvr n-i sAvtn
\iy Ur. BaowB In Sir Jottrt Honxu'a H*fan Inr 1877.

An iDdBI dT (bo mneni. u wall » nne mnlAlDlns a ^nnd miai^ KaMrb unci

TbFliDmtiernriipn^atiil'iKUFilHinininM In I.WI3. iif Rhfch llicre urr — Ori'litibi. sail
Jiwi'ies i i'uImB, t V-l : nnrt Kerni ftoJ L^fipod*. ITU ■pcitot.

Unrton, K. J.—CoHiinucd.
Supplement fn f,
.In^.for 187S,

Annuii} Bepnrt o« Ikt- SotuiiiCiil 9i\r-

NairatiTe

Offhr Pracffding^ of the StraiU Govrrnmfii/ mik regar.l
tn the i-fcen/ opernfioim u» lie Ea»l Coaxf of ihe Mnlai/ Prnin-
Kif /a— Signed ny Colnnel Oan.ErR Cave\auh - Svo. pnmptilet
with (ippendii-es — Singnpore. ISftS.

Bewbold, Lient. L J.~

Politiraljind •Sta/itticil Account of Ihe Britiah Sfttlemetili
ill ihf StroiU of Mnlaccn : vi::.. Priianif, Malnec/t, and Siiign-
pojv ; Ktti a HUtori of flip MiiJnunn ^ttilen on IIik Peninxulii
of Mnhicen — by I. J. Xewbold, Lieuteiiniit. 'J3-(l Madran
Light Infantry, Aide-<le-Cftinp tn Brigndier-Geneml WiLsox,
c.B. ; Jleniber of the Aaiatie SorietieM of Beti<ral mid Madras,
add Correspondinjt Member of the JSlndran Hindu Literary
Society — in two Toliime" — Joh^ MrnBiT, Ailwmarle Stroet,
London, 1839.

k Mill n

tiimaawirtloalBrlynBcfdIimil reliB
the »nl6or. Ihongh not hlioHlI eng
HP mt nuloned u StnS OtBcci
in cnDiaqDence of, I)w uiilitBTj op«Ti
UeuMiiwicNiwigt.DisaJiac
>tllUlimiij-ni^l™'»"nilt™HlJno«.

viipled ioinedbilely nfWr, nml

isidnrd n lilgh antliiir

OrdiiLBiiMB

Of the S/mifi Spff/c'»f;i/w— 1S(S7-1S70— Roynl Sm— 13

Parliamentary PaperB—

\f*m. Trniofi-i- of llie Con/rol ,f thr Sirnitt Srfthmi;,h

of /••(/in lo Ihr CoUmiiil
'liciil SfizHiT „r ,< .lH,lk

from II.,-

OJic,:
1S72, Commmul—^m.

Sfh-itgor.
IS7I Chmauind—Di-ii/ia/,-1, fro„i Qorrrnor Sir Andrni-

Clarkr tn tlir Karl of /ihiUirrliy irpon the rfin-

lurliFil tlofr of ,i>irl of (hi- .Voh^n Pmintnlo.
1S71. fnmmand—Kngoiifwnl tiilT'-'l i<ito trith thr Chii-fn

ofP.rak.
1S7.1, Oommaad — 1111. Correfpttndener r/-it/in-liuy Ihr

-ifairt of trrlnin Nflivr Stnlr» i„ Ihr Mol/ry.

on Pniiii""'". ( P'-n<k <•>,./ Su-i/r, Vjon-j

vam/Mii/nn./

Parliiimentary Papers-

!sr8, aimmnniJ—Xom. Do. Jv.

tsra. Oommaml— 15X2. Do. -to.

1877, Q>wm-w/~l-OS. />». 'lo.

LS79. Citmimiid—Cui-rrt[>iiiiileiK-i' irsjiertinif Mvar Affaim.

1879. CommuHil— limlrucliun* li> HMUhiU4 in ihe Nntivr

Penaiig Gaaette—

Triweekly — publielied at Peuang.

Fenaj^ Riota—

Report of Ihe Comiiiiitione'-n appointed iniiUr Act -VA'/. oj'
1SU7 lo enquire into Ihe Ppn.tng Riot*. — Argus Press, ppnaiig,

IsiiS.

Fopham, Captain Sir H.—

A Di-icriptioa of Prince t>f IVulen' Maad in Ikr StraiU of

Miihicrii : with il» mil niiil /irutiiiblf Ailriiiitngcii tmd Sources to
ret-omiiwail H hk o Miirii'r AV/'A//«/'.'(."/— by Sir IToMB Pop-
irAM. Captain "-s-. Kniyiii nf ilir s„\,.i',.ii.]i Ordi-r uf Nt. John
i)f Jerusalem, Fellow uf ilio Hnjal Nii-iLlv — jiriuteJ h<i- Joiis
Stoc KDALE, Picpadiily, Loudou, lSi)o.

Of' .li/ricultariU Htwitlieii nml lut
(■/yf/iwc^Beucooleu, &.C., 1821.

'Htm:

I iirncw^hn

Siugapota Review aud Straits Kagazine -

Coiidai!teii by E. A. EiioBBTOK, Siugapuiv, ISUl-fii.

Siit|rapore Uarket Beport— ,

Published by tho Biiifjiipore Kseliange (fortnightly.;

Straits Times—

A Daily, Weekly, and Overluud Miiil piLper (.3 cditiQun)—
published at Singapore. 18S1 el Ht-q.

Straits Observer -

A daily paper— published at Siiigapoj-c, 1809 to 1873.

Straits Chronicle—

A daily pajier,— published nt tho Mingion Pri-hi, Slusapow

Straits Produce -

A |-oinic Periodical, SiogHporc, 1H6»-I870.

Thomson, J. T —

Sowfi Glimiiars iu/o Life U llie Fur Enst—hy J. T. Thom.
HON, !iil« OoviTnincnt Simeyor, Singftjiori' — 2inl cdllioii —
Ui('i[AiiDsoN & Co., Loiidiin, m65.

iViiuilnn «lielche>oIljrciiiSiDtni|K>ro, UhIkla. r<;iiiiB[!, Ko., iXnca 1>«1.

Trapand, Eliaha—

A Short Aeeounl of Ike PrtHcc of Wale*s hlanil on I'ulo
Peemmi iit the Eaut //«/(>«— given to Captain Ijoht by llic
KiiiK ot Quodah — Ornamented with a view of the Ni)rlli Point
• ■f the Island, and the ceretuouy of chriDteuin^; it, taktii on
ihe epot by EtlSHA Taii-AUD — Loudon, 17HS.

VaaBhan, Daniel Jonas -

Tin: Chinete of Ihc Slri-Us SrfUti'
Iratious — Singapore, 1879.

!/(^*(— Svii, witli illiit

WOKICS KKLATING Tl) MALAVA (Ol'liEU TH.\N

THOSE DEALING WITH THE XKTHEIiLAND.'S

EAST INDIES, BORNEO, THK

PHILIPPINES, AND

MOLUCCAS.)

Arrowamitii, J —

Ma^i of ll,e Am
1«79.

An-hiptlayo — E. Stasfi

Aasey. CharleB—

On Ihc Trmle. I- Chin.i, •ntdlhr Indiiin JrrTiij.il-u,!, ^ n-ilU
Ohen-ulions on Ihe Insecui-il:/ of tin- J!ri(Uh I„l,rr»it in tl-t
Qiwirter— Loudon, 1819.

Barbosa—

(See Mamimo)

B^bie, Captain P. J —

The Mnhynii I'fniiimih, riitt/roeiiiff it» Uhtorii, Miinnvrn
mill O'luloiim of i/n Inliiiblliiiiln, Polilicx, ynlaral Hitioru, Ac,
from it* carliTxt Rgroi-dn —hy Captain P. J, Beiiiiii;, Mivlrntt
Aj-titlcry — Illustrated by charts and eu'Taviugs from oriyi-
nal demons — Printed for the author at tlio Vepory Mission
Fmts, Abidra-, 1831.

Shi'iiiimrf. -'t.l Chiiff i,i 1832-4—2 voIk. Svo— 183t.

Borie, Father- '

An Acvoaiil of Ike Aboni/iufs oj' tlir MaUij/ ^'euiuiiil'i nitd
of the Maliiyim and olhpi- TrUifn at pfntnt inhahilini/ if — TriiiiB-
iRk'd from two letters of the Freiicn MisHioiiury, i'athor Bom k,
at present stationed at Ayer Saluli, Malacca — StniLts Timrs
Office. [No dalcof nublicfttioii ; original dates Iki >foveialJi;r,
IS57, and 26th April, 1863.^

Braddell, T -

Abntrnvl of ihe Sijin'd Mnhifii, or Mi)lagan Aitnah — TrauM-
luicd hy T. BHA.Di)Ei.r, (from Tol. V. of the Journal of the

ItuIiHLi Arcliipolago. cominenoiiiff at p. 125 et »eq.)

Calendar of State Papers—

Colonial Series, Eu.Kt Indies. L'lilua, mid Japan, loU-l'imii.

Chinaman Abroad, The—

Au Arivniif of ihr M-/"^"-i Arr/'i:,.--l,n/:^ti\u. — Umiloil,
t.-S--.!.. (Hid.)

CollinKwood, Cathbert, 'ia , m.u.—

/{oniUff of a yatttr/ilUr o« the Slwifg a,id tValtr* of the
Vhiii'i SfM. Be'mij Obxreationt »'i yaturnl Sinlorg during a
Voijii'iE to Ck'iM, ForutOHU, liorueo, Siiignpoir, Sfc, imde in Her
M"jesf/s r^stfU ill 1868-1867— John Mubrav, l-oudon. 18U8.

Colonial Office List, The—

Hinlorieal and !italiiiHcril iitfoi-iiiation rrtjiectiai/ Uir Colo-
nial DependenciM of Grrtil Bniain, in Account of ilie Hrrriera
of the q^'rrn, <f the grvrral Coloauil Goi-rrHmr„tH,aTramrrijit
of the aimwil Sequin/ ions, nnd othrr Inforamtion, vilh Mtip„ ,
eotapileii from Official Reconin, hi) thr priviiiiigioit of the Seortary
of State for the Colonies — by EBWiED Faiufikld, of the Colo-
nial Office — ( annual ) — Hahrison, 5ft, Pall Mall, London.

Crawford, John—

A De»crijitiee Hicdoiitiri/ of the Indian JslmiJt and
Adjacent Countriet — by Johx CKAVfFtBJ), 7. b. s. — Bbadbvbi
& EvAMS, 11, Bouverie Street, London, 185C.

A BiDit dhCuI Koik of lofiTcnce ifdiiidlrii bU iriU<-n~rolilii'u1, ^en^nyM-
»], at wienitne— conoecinl vlih iLu Maliynn CiiailriM. Ii InelnaM ili« whole
of ilaht,' \n.n eiiDiKlim loLke I b>1ii'l'ii<»>>t.iiKcwCuliin. Itnun. liinotr, Vu
■Midi Ifaut Xtw Hulbor IjiicI. lu«Dtut.ii «tib Ubcn Id lbs tiralu lu lUtabmi ba
vvi I lt»i(li-ui. im nruuilul-sii Hlili He Miil*^ t'loiPBab ibmi oilb anv r>i th«
oibtr ilUtrklk nbirli l.i ilo.n'tbt..

78 MALAi'AS uiBnooiurnr.

Crawfurd, John— (.'u»/i..B«;.

ilUtori/ of Ike Indiiiii A/ijlii^pl«ifo rontaMini/ an Account of
tlir Aliiiiiifru, Arln, Jtnaffiiifffii, Itrligiom, Inttitiiliofu, imd Com-
merer uf it* ItihiibHiiuU—ity Joiix CliAWfuiin. f.K.a., lati-
Bridal) Hesidotit at the Court uf the Sultan of Javn— With
insps and eugr»vmg« — 3 volit. — Ediuburgh, l«2t). Priut<d for
Arcuibalu Cohsxaui.e i!!^ Co,, Edinburgh, and Hvbst Uobi.v-
soN & Co., Cheapeide, London.

-ilniwranl'. DiMioMiT.-irhich .TO. '" e^"" ' ™ o™

Crisp, John—

A Le/t,Y lo Ibii Court of Dinrtoro of iht Kail !n,lia Ovm-
{imuj, iUted Fort M.nrlhlit' ( hlmulofHuimitm). lOtli Ja/ie, 177a
—by John Cuihp, a Member of the Counril of that Settlement
— Ijondon, 1780,

Davidson, G. F.—

Triiile •tnd Travel ia the Far E-i»t, or Itneoll'-ctmi* of 21
Ileum /iiinai'ii in Javu, Singapore, Aattrnliii. iiiiti Chian — Svo,

Eavl, George Windsor—

Thi- t'l'/lri-H SniH, or Voyui/eii nnd Adernlur«ii in the Inditin
ArcJu/'il'i'/i.., i,. I8:i2, 18:13, 1S34, coiiijiriniiiv " Toinofthn
Uliiiid uf Jinui, I'isiU to Borneo, the Mnlny Peaiiitula, Siam,
.jj'c; iilso itH Account of the- Preneat Stntr. of Singapore, icith 06-
nermtioHt on the Cotnmcrcial Uptuurcirx of the. Arohijiehi/o^by
G'KOBQK WiKUHoa Baul, r,a.b,— Wtu^'iau II, Alles & Co.,
Leadeuhall Street, London, 1837.

Fonest, Cuitaiii Thomas—

Vot/aqe from Caleulla to the Mcri/iii Arehijieliim, iildo ait
Aoeoiia't of the TnlmJit J-m Si/lm. Fiilo Piiinaff.md /he Porl of
Quedii, ^r., and Dirrcfioii»fnr SailiHi/from theaer lo Foi-t Mart-
hoi-ough, doira Ihr South-Wml Vnn»t of .Sunuifrri ; lo which arr
ndde.i on Account of the Mnml Crlebm, 3(c, — vrith mapti, riews
and other engravingn — Royal Svo. — Londoo. 1792. [ Alw large
paper.l

Oray—

Zooloifii of Ihr Vomgr of H. M. S. " Samarany " *m rur-
aei/in'/ tfie Itlanda of the Eastern Archipcloou — London, 1850.

Oroenevoldt, W, P -

^^ofei OH the Muti-i, Arch.j.tlayv ■i<id Malacca, romyiM
from Chineie Sowcm— Batavia and the liaguo, 1S76.

iiAi:Ai-AS nmuoonAPHY. "9

Hume, Allan—

Sfrii^ Ftafhtrs (Ornithologipftl Poriodical. fontaincii list of
Mnliivan' birds) s vols. — Oentrn I Press, Cal«iiH.n. IST^-«0.

JooroBl of Eastern Aiia—

Eilitwl by Jamks (_'uli,is8, f. ii. s. e„ Vol. 1, No. I, July,
187.")- .Siiii,'ft|)oit!. (lovernmont Printinn Office. [Only numbsr
publisliod,]

Joamal

Of th-- Si rails Umnch oflhn Rugnl .Uintic Societit—Vuh-
luthol hnlf-ytwrlv— Singapore: No. I Printed at the Slrnil*
T!«ir» Offifo; iJod. 2 & 3 nt tlie JlTfW.W /',■/■«; No. 4 at tlie
Pi'imn I'rinling OJier, I.S7S.1S79.

ib SLn^jnpnTvtoVTiirda tbe ni^'>r 1077. TUe object wlUi widcb It wdft pmnaMd itbb tft
collsniuul print tiifanBUlDiiregHnliiij[t)>B Unliy Pcuiakula WkliwlAbbouTiiir nonn-
IrlM (lUl»inn). nnrtmore pipcriallyln rrnnrdln lheIlHI«knowB Oeogrnphjf of the

Keppell, Hon'ble Captain Henry, r.h.-

A Visif to the Imliaii Ari-hijH-!oi/o in H. M. S. "MauJig "
will, Port ioM of Iff T'nr-lrJnuriiilo/'Sii' Riijoh /Jroo/rf—Hvo.^
Lomion, ISoH.

Leyden, Dr. John—

M'll'ii/ .i.i«'W«— TraiislflteH froui the Malay language bj-
ihi- bte Dr. Jonx Lkvdks; with an TntrodtK'tion by Sib
Thomas Stamfohd K\ffi,eb — Londoo. 1821.

Lindsay, J.—

Dimtiont to iifcompmi/ CimrU of the Sii-aitt (f Malacca,
Willi hri) JourniiUfrom Ihe hltiniJ of Mavrilins to India — 4to,

Logan, J. R.—

Thp Jourun} of the Indian Aivkipelnffo anil £a*tevn JMia —
Edited by J. fi. LortAK, f.b.s., Memopr of the Asiatic Society,
Corri'spondiiig Mctuber of tlii^ Ethiin logical Society of Ix)u-
don, and of the Batavian Kni-iety of Art« and Sciences— In
twelve vohnnca — Printi-d at the Mimtiov Prfim, Sin^aimrc.
lW7-18e2.

Tbt> is n vuliuhW wiwa nf JnnninlJi Hhly vliicdlgrllr. J. ft. houta. iFhoi-
ItwunUly IrnW lo be Ihe hiuhtM ■lUbnriijf mi nil ihe <nl.]'*l- upon wlik.li t» ponoimlly

kl gaogniaij iif iba

'iliWiani, p«nir«lnrLj in Vnln. I, inin., m|«c[iiiE iiiv i,l

PflDiBauIik ■■ well w iipan DiunT Mbet wilitww Kt n r..iniiun

KiiiCnfthBTolimieiM which Ihe Jnonul wm unnuiillj

nnuiilli- bnood RinMla on Indei
lilt nhnic ,eHm It aim IhiIdic

Klliiwln'in nf ihf tiiiliii.i Arfhiprhiqii, rmhmrtng laqHtrif*
into tfir <'onlin',it<r' R-hlhinn of thf Mo.Pnrifi'' ftltrn^em —

Svo.— .SiiijiaiKire, 18")<I.

Haloolm, Bst. Howard -

TriweU III Soulk-Entle.rn Alii, einhractiig IHniUttan, Ma~
laya, Sii/n, nar/ Ckint, loitk Notice* of MiitioHiri/ 3Mions itmd
nn AMnitnf of flu- BiiraiMir Einpiri-—2 toIm, 8ro,— 1839.

Marsden, William-

Cntnloffiir of Bookt "iid Mnwttci-iptt coUtntril inilh a view
to the Orneral Comparison of Lanfiiniffa, nad to the Study of
Onentit} tiVeyvi/Hir— Ito.— 1827.

Conwins i> o»Uliiffiw 'if lorlo t-a MBl»,r«n roilwin. The UOei ll«i» lic»n
f mliodUi'I [a ihe iirea'mOiHC.

A Brirf Memeir of hit Life and O^'i-ifingii— Privnlelv prin-
ted— Ito.— Loudon, 183S. (23/.)

„ Memoin of n Mn}aynn Fitmilg, lerittrii bg ih^mtfJrfi, niid

fr/HMhf'-ilfi'om the o/7yi»rt/— Svo.— IS-tO. (3/.)

Uontgomene, W., m.d,—

Lelt/T on Qtittn Perthti to the Bengal Medieal Board, 1843.

Dr. Mimtapmorli! rtwiyed Itc ^h\ modal '>r iJie Royttt BikIbIj of AM* At

Moor, J. H.-

Xofiffa of till- Indiati Ave\ipehgo—A\o. (21/.)

Kuar and the Muarites— _

( Printeil for privntc circiilntion only.) — Pcap, — Sinipi.
pore. 18S0,

Huller, S-

Reiifn en A>iflff:ockingru in dm Indinchrii Avehiprl in dr
JnhrcH IH2S.3C— 2 vols. Hvo,— AinBtcrilftm, isr.r.

Napier, W-

MrmormiHum reyarding the Mnharajrih of Johmr, his Tiitr
and Potilion — F'cnp. — London, 1H77,

Ha.Tigatioiu

Ahx Indet Orirnialm. par Irt Holhtidoiii — 6 pni-tR in 1 vol
folio— l(!Oi>. (£fi,10.0.)

Newbold, Lieut. I. J.—

Ninlori/ of the Malaifim Slalet on the Prniimula ofjlfaheea.
[See muler samp lille ainong*t Works pplatinR to Straits SH-

tleinpnlH csdnsivflv. of wliicli the above forms n portion.]

MA.L4^X BiBLioaRipnr. 81

Oaborn, Captain Sherard, r.x.—

Qtfethhy or St rat/ Lfavt^sfrom a *Tourntl m Mala^n Waters
— by Captain Suubard OaBoav, r.n., c.b , Officier de la Legion
d'Honneur— L0X0MA.V, Brow.v, Grkkv, Loxom^ks and Ro-
bbbts, London, 1857.

Parker, P. -

Expedition from Singapore to Japan — 1838. <

Pennant, Thomas—

Outlines of the Globe ^ Vol. Ill The View of India extra

Gangem, Ghina^ and Japan — Vol. TV. The View of the Malayan

Islands — London, 1800.

Petires, James, F.B.S.—

Opera Omnia — 2 vols, folio — 1746.

(^oiit-iinH notice of tho aatural history of Malayan coantrias nnd Jara.

Raffles, Sir Stamfoi^—

Statement of Services-'^to.--l%2^. (7/0.)

Raffles, Sir Thomas Stamford—

Mahyan Miscellanies — Collected and chiefly written by

Sir TnoMvs Sta^mford Ra-FFles — Bencoolen, from 1820 to

1822.

Ramnsio—

Libro di Odoardo Barbosa — I0I6.

OontaioA very i\\\\ notices of Malayan localities to which CiiWFinn maken fre-
•lucnt references.

Rnmphia—

( See under this name in List C.)

Schlegel, Dr. G.— ^

Thian Te Htoui, The Hung League or Heaven-Earth-

League — with an introduction and numerous cuts and illustra-
tions — 4to. — Batavia, 1866.

This is the standard work on Chinese Secret Societies; and» with Mr.
W. A. Pick iBiTro's articles in the Journai of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Sooia-
ty, which for:n a 8ort of sapplement, may be taken to have entirely dentroyod the
mystery which formerly santmnded such Astsodations.

Spalding, J. W.—

Japan and Bound the World — Crown 8ro. — London, 1856.

Contains notices of Singa{M)rc.

Speedy, Captain T. C. S.-

Bfffe Book of the T^antt District in the Xative State of

Perok'.

HZ MM,ArAN ItlliJ.inoRXPHT.

St.. John, Horace—

Thr Iiiifiaii Aivhipehiqfi, itn Hi'lon/ n/iil Pr'-nful Sluli—
•i vol^, STo.— Lnniloii. isris!

Thoinaon, J.~-

Thr SL-ail* uf Miihei-,,. Indo-Chhm n„J ChUui ; nr Tt^
Y>^r» Trnvrl*, Ailrnihiri-* "nif.Sfftdt'ner /ih/'ond-~l\\untrtiUil
witli iiiiwnrds of sixty wiioil OiigraviriEB by J. D. Coopem, frum
the iiiillior's own sketoheH nud photoi;raiihe.^S\MP8o>', Low,
MiBSTON, Low nnd Skabie. (london, 1875.

Daili nitti thr StnitB gcltlnniBEIx. Thr nnrk la mil tllMMinlM ntnl nimn

n CnUrelioa of Voi/agr^ in
III/ hlandu in ihr Eaxtrru
, — in Diilrh^K voIb. folio — DortrwM,

Valantjn—

0«rf fn Xirie OhmUIii.H
Ihr EnKi IinUfn. Jnjiiin, Moh
Sm«, thr firpr. &I-
1724-2fi.

Voyu:ei

'lm<» rindr, nt Pfi-^r, p., ,,efe l„ Drteripfim dr. I'llr
I'lttlo Pintinij, noiirrl IJUnhlitarmi^it dm AngJait prr* df In
Cilf ,h Coro^imii'M- -Pnr ilifrrrm Ofici ' ' '

Pomji. Anifl. dm lndr»

■iiMlr.

\W (-•*

-Pnri

isill.

-Tnulnits df rAiisrIniH pnr

Wallace, A. R —

n>r Maloji Archiprlogo — Cr. 8vo. — Lnnrlori, Isfi!)-
„ Autfrahtin — 1 vol. — Stasford, London, ISTft.

Wbalftldt, Lieut C-G.-

Joiiriinh of Lient. Ohnrlm Omlnrv» Whaifrldl, iv thr
lioi-nro Srhannri- fo thr hhivd nf Jiminiifi, in' \~~\~On n
ri*it to thr &il/prtrr Carr» of'Cilloim. i„ 177a— With an
iifiTiniit of 3 large aquatic nnimnl BiippuBed hy him to lie tlip
Hippojiolnniiii", linf which wiib prohiiMv ii 'Piipir,

Yvan, Dr.—

lii.T Montht ammtqnt thr Mfh^^*, mid « Tmr in Cliiv" —
12inf>.— London. 18B4,'

IIIKLIOQitU-UT.

WDHKN RKLATINU To THE NKTHEULANUS EAaT
INDIES f EXCLUSIVE OF BOHNBO.)

■ Xr,lr,-l,;i./i„cllr l,i.tw

Amboyna—

A Trite JinliUioH of tlm (j'njml, Vruel, iiiul Barbaivut Fro-
veet/iif'/t againal the English nt Amiugim, ia the Eatt Indies, bi/
(Ac X'etherlandUh Gor-tmiour aitil Council tkerr. AUo the Copir.
of „ Pamphlet of the Datcli ia Dtfenvc of the ActUMt. With
H«iitttyk» u;wn the w/iole Matter— Lonioa, 1651.

„ The Orifi of Bi-ili*h Blood,i>r an Authi-iUic Jfan-aliris uf

the Hurrid Mntmcrr of the Kiu/ligh hy Ikf Huleh at Ambogna.
tVifh Suitable BemarktvpoHlhat Bloody Ttvf/edg — Loniluu, 1781.

„ Relation of the Cmelliet of thrJJalch it Atnboi/nn— L'2mo.—

Luiidou, 1565,

„ Sumlry SelatioHt unit Bewembmiicen eonceruitty the C'Vel-

ties of the Dutch at Amho^iui, 1624-1«B0— 4to.— Londou.

au/6.)

Anderson, J.—

Account of a Mia
Edinburgh, 1*123.

a to Ihr East Coa»l of Sttlitatra — »vu,-

Afheen and Bortx of Suimt f a— ii\o.~Loniou, IWO. (7/6.)

Barchewitz, Enut Christoph—

Erntt Chrinloph Bareheu-ifx, Thur. AUenieutte and Wuhr-
huffle Oott Indianimthe Heine BetchreibiiHg. Darrlimen I.
SIriw durch TeuUch und Holland itach ludien Gethone Seite.
II. Sein Eil^'thrige.- AafenthaH auf J,n„, Banda. i^e. III.
Seine BUck Seise. — Chemnite, 1730,

fieaomont—

A Proiif of the Dutch Obeervunee of Treatiet, at extvi-
ulffied in their Treatment of lie Englith at Ambogna — Sro.
— London. 1712,

81 .MAj.iK\> ujiLFuuiru-iiv

Begin ende Voort^angh

Viin lie Vrreeiiij ilr yeilrrlaiulinchri Oo»l IndUrlir Cam)«<g-
iiie — 2 volij. wit.li 21*0 [jlatoB stid iiiajM — AlDHlcnluui, 1(110.
(Prk-e.Uti;iO.)

-Svo.— Paris, I7l>7.

„ Lt'» Balavm (In Eiigliah) Tke Bn(acMiui. or Virtar aii'l

Valour- crowiirtt by PerteveraHce — 2 vols, Svo, — 1797.

Bonkholtx, P. TOB"

A Deicrij)/ion of (lie Itliiiii/ of Jneu. in tilt- Dutch JjiiiKjmi'ie
icilh Drain'n^t — no date.

Brewer, Henricna—

Of Jure Connuliiorum iijuiJ Uiitiiiu* — Ito. — AmBterUani,
160^.

Bnddingfa, Dr. 8. A.—

Nerrhtnih Oo»l Indie Jlrisra orrr Java, Moduiti, Gethaii
Grilui-nulf bit GidnUh mil 1852-57—3 VuU. 8vo.— ISSy-Ul.

,, yeerlaniU Ooil Jtulie: Jieizeii oeer Jiivn, Amluiiui, Siiiiiiili-ii.

.Vc. -1 vol«. 870. —Rotterdam, 1859.

Burman, Peter—

Orafit ih Baliuorum at Fa-<l--ilo,;i,„ n Cui„mi,<ii HimI,-
••eportntU ViatoriU — RheimB, 1708.

BnrriBh, 0.—

Balavia lUuttrata — uo ddti'.

Tot .Ir Taal_, Laml i-n VolkrHhuul,- r.ii, Sn/irl-xJ-e/-
Indie. ('CoBtribntionB to the Pliilolojjv, Geograpliy and Ethno-
logy ot' NetherlandR India. Ac.) — 8vo, — B'GrnTeiihngo nnd
Amsterdam, 1853 rt urij.

Charts

Of the Eiitleni Ai-chipelagOy Kit), the SnlNeii of the Phcm
icritlen in the Bui/U Oharneter. — Given by Captain THOMjia
FoBBEer, — Maraden's cotlection,

Dalrymple, Alexander-

An Hixtoncal Itelaiion oftheterri-al Exptditiouafrom Port
MarJboroiiqh to ihe Itlands adjacent to the West Comt of Hu-
iiiatra — London, 1775. Another edition, 1782.

Darrell, John—

■ Ihn Eatl ludht'

"Ainboyna" and "Beivmoont. "1

Delile, Alire Raffenean—

Disaciiitliun Kur le* Jiffrl* il'tiii PuUuii ile Jaiii it^iiele
Ujiof Tirnl.'. et »iir In .\oix Vomiovr, ^c— Presenile i la
FaculU' de Mcdeoiiif de Parrs', k' G Juillot, 1H09— Paris, 1809.

D3 Ziecke, R.—

J,n-i-tii„/(/,ris/n,,'l.,i„ l^ij2— Svo.— LuLid<iii,l»53, (21/0.)

Do^ereiner -

/(■»(■/»-< 7«i/iV«'— r.'m

>.! H',ib,hi'ff'lf ZegiUHi/r,!, air* .hn Ori
— Muustliyn, l.J7l. (iil/U.)

' r/Y»/f./;/— Ho.— London, WuH.

Du Bois. J. P. J.-

,/r« JiUiblUx-m^oli Jlolhrnhi.
X7I>3.

Scl>ihlfuii>yiu i'ii« Ot/i,i,/i/»i, Arvhiffl. (Dale not ^iveu.)

SaCk.vl.i(Diloiinict>iiiii(li.' IVihu. Ih .I>iiiriui1iif tWIntlUd An'lii|>rla|ni, Vul. V,.
* A ■> itTs coniplote uvcoiiiii uT Buuln ii'kI ctbuuKntplilnS Bkcieb at

tXiWtmt^, vrbbrh It th«rv uniuibitHl,

EscbelB-Erooo, Adolph—

Beschrfihiiil<i ilei- Imirl ttMiiinlfii, hmoiiihril la Aunekillig i/m
ll/niiMx. iinil ilri- ihiliiti ifeli/irigeii ^/'/■tiriiri/ii/tri/ru : irrauii-
•/lyeln-ii mil fiiifr Vori-ede eon Oottlob Brwiiirl ron Sctn'i-aeh. —
von AdopK Eitcliela-Kroon. { Description of the lalimd of
aumatra more imrliciilnrly relative to 1 rade j -8vo.— Hamburg,

Tuur Ihro-fih thv JSiitnriim l{rj:ibli,—S\o.— London, Itii)].
t; Lihri Diw Co-mill,' ,1 i.i Bn'tfiiiiieniiim

FenEtrioB, William—

f>r B'-lli, B<ih

Ln/rii i)i,n,-h,.—v,

Geldenbauer, Oerandus Eobanus—

Dc Bat-ii-orum Ivtvhc <i
Straeburg, 1532.

UUioriit BnUivi
-Voi-iV.Yu/f— 1520.

London, lt)7-.

,ua biHi-ivKS Hi»ttin,r~
Appcndice ile Vilutia JSntavoruni

I.AYAN BHILIOUIIAPUY

Gervaiae, Nicol—

Dracripliou llialoriqiir rfu Rogauu
rii troii I'artirif—Vnr Nicoi. Gervaise-

Jnio.— PariH, 168S.

, La inf'ine ; nvee Relation dc toat ce q

Qurrre qur Ick Mollaiulait de la ComptMni

ni n'ett piitf' fii In

,.. ._ _ J s IntUi Oriciituica

• notttre le Roi tt Ics autrfit Si'nenii dr Maeii^or ifrjiuit
run IfifflJ jutgu'ii Vnnnr.e IGCB, nerc le» Vicloiret ^u'ili »o»t
remportSt mu* la Coiiduil du fiii-ur Corneitle Speelman, ei-drpant
Goitceraour dp la Ctilr de Coromandrl , S[e. — trnduite but la
t-opie imprimte fi Batax'n^ — 12mo. — BaUsbdn, 1700.

„ Aa Historical DcucnplioHofllir Kingdom of Maeatar, in the

El*/ Indiea^ln threo Books — IVom tho French of NicOL
Gekvaise — London, 1701.

Gibson. Walter M.—

T/rr Prinoii of Weltei'ivdcH and a OliHce at fhr East Indian
Jc.7i//v7("/o— lllustrnUicl from original Bkek-hes— New York.
J. (J. EiKBlt, 1855.

!■ the,*-

highljie

il Bpi»»d<:

Qlauius, Ur.—

A JVcw Toi/a^o to flit' Eittt Juih'rs ; eonliiiinnff iin Aevoiml
ufarBeral of those Rich Countries, and mitro pnrlieularlff the Kin^-
Join ofBantiim — By Mr. Gi,.iNica— London, 1682,

Qrotius, Hugo—

Mare Llbcrim
dii-aiiii Commerciit—

t de Jure quod Bataris eowpetit ii
-Lugd. Bat., 1009.

/«.

Qrotius, JamcB—

Onitia ill- Mil/rat iotir Brit'iLWum— Uo. — Lcydcii, 17<)4.

Grotins, William—

hnyoxe ad Praxin Fori Balavici — Jlo.— AniBltrdam,

-Ito — Batni-ia, 1853
Haskard, J. C—

(See Java.)

Havart, Daniel, m.h.—

lirxcriplio Ni';iotiationum Batavoriim alque Lrifotiorum ad
Indrt et Aiiierietiiws. Bflgier — 4to. — Amstfrdatn,'l69G.

MALATiJr BXBLIOeRAFHT. 87

He88e> Elias-

Oat Indische Beise Beaohreihung oder Diaritun, was hey

der Beise des Berg Commissarii D. Benj. Olifzschens im Jaltr

1680, von Dressden aus bis in Asiam auff die Insnl Sumatra

Denckwurdiges Vorgegangen^ auffgezeichnet von JEIias Hesse —

Leipzig, 1690.

Heyne, Benjamin, m.d.—

Tracts Historical and Statistical on India, with Journals
of several Tours through carious Parts of the Beninsuh ; also an
Account of Sumatra, in a series of Letters — ito. — London, 1814.

Historia

Navigationum Batavorum in Septentrionales Oras —

Venetia, 1609.

History

Of the Const itutiony Beligion, Laws, Manners, and Oenius

of the Sumatrans — 2 vols. 8vo. — London.

Hoemrodius, Com.—

Batavice Omnicunque inter Helium et Flevum UrbiumDes-

criptio — sm. 4to. — Amsterdam, 1611.

Homan, Dr. J. D.—

Handleidung tot de Kennis Vant Batavisch Maleisch, ui-
gegeven door H. N. Van der Tieck ^Svo. — Zalt Bomme, 1868.
(2/6.)

Horsfield, Thomas—

Blantas Javancoe Bariores — Royal 4!to. — London, 1852-3.

(Coloured, £5.5.0. ; Plain, £3.3,0.)
,, Zoological Besearches in Java — 4to. — no date.

Hubbard, A, H.—

(See Java.)

Humboldt, W. M.-

iJber die Kftici-sprache anf der Inscl Java nehst einlei^

iunq iiber die Verschiedenheit des Mtmschlichen Sprachbanes und

ihrem Einjiuss auf die fertige Enttcickelung des Metischenge,'

schlechts—S vob. 4to.~Beriiu, 1836-10.

Indisch Archief—

Tgdnvhrift voor IndieUj uitgegevvn door Buddingh, (Indian

Eecorda ; Periodical for India, Edited by Bupdingh). — Bvo, —

Batavia, 1849 et neq.

JanBen.—

, Vn^ar/e A Bat/tfin, n Binf'm, et ait Bfitgili" pT Ifiirori-

»i«t— traduit di! HoliBmlaiH— Svo,— Pnria, l7i>H.
„ yoyagi" p^r U Ctp dr. SoHiir Etperann- et Bitathi '5 Siwn-

rang. A M-rcaasir, .J*c,. par /ffcori/iM— traduit dii HolUndiii*

—Svo,— Paris, i79S.
Java—

liiici: Rriae von Jtfa iiach Kiiropa — tradiiit. du HoUan-

diiis par J. C\ IlA3K\HD^8ro. — Lmpiig, 1831,
„ Seine Grslnll P/tai/:fn ilrehe und Innere Bnndil — traduit

du HoUnndais par J. C, HiSKiBD, 3 vols. Svo. niid Atlns —

1852-54.
„ ,1 irar Report of a Voyage to Java br/aFteefofeiglif Shi/.A

of A int/erdam^LoxidQa, moo.
„ flfciVif of the Admiiiittrofioii, rahie, and Stair of tie

Cohmy of Jam with ttx Depeiu/eHcieii, as it Wat — o« it I»—a»d

m it Mag Be—{ Anou.)— London, 1818,

The Java Annual Direelorg and Almanack far ihr year of

Our Lord 1814— Batavia, prinled bv A, H. HuBBiBW. ISU.

Ditto for the year 1S15.
jj Sketekei, Civil mid iliUtarg, of the Mnnd «f Jura ttnil it>

immediate Dependeiieie», including parlieiilar DetniU of Batnria.

takeitfrom rognge- between 1708 nad 1810, hi a Ti-trh Jdmifnt

nnd a French 'CV-<«-rF/—Svi>. — London. IWll.'

JukM, J. Bete-

Xnrrtilit'fofthe&irvrgiiig Voyage of H. J/. H. "Fig," eom-
i„n,idrd bg Captiiiii BhrkieooJ. li.X., during llir ^ram 1842-4(1,
tngrlhrr 'irilh o„ Ej-rifmioa i-l« Ihr Intrrior nf KkxI J»r,> —
■1 voir-. Svo.— London, 1817,

jDnghulm, Freod-—

TiipDi/riiphiiicli and Maiurni»»ei'dnf'lUsrlir ]tri»rn dinvli
J.n-n, .Vc — 8vo.— Mniidebnrf!, 1S45,

riir^Mn. — Bntavia, 15S^,
KetflMr. Jan, of Breda—

Vi'i-nrer,/ made thin leor IfiTH at Bnl-rin i„ the If/and of
Jitra—Ho.- ]67n,

Lacarry, Giles—

Brrricth,,,, Expeditimiiit Li'd. XIV ndrrrMX B-'txi-OK—
Ito.— Ifi7-J.

L. 0. K. A. W.-

Premirr f.ipiv ilr V fthtori' d" In .Yitpijiilioii nitr fnr/M
Orirnlnles piir Irt UnUtniloi* ; ef Ar* Ohonti A mtx aJrrnaei :
rati'ntble Ifi Can'Ulionii, K-< Meun, el Maitiffeii >li- VU-rr iten
.Vitfiom /jir euf abnni-'r: ,yi-.— Ainnterd'Hii. I'llW,

K as as jar—

Aa f£iitnrir"l Dnsi-ipfion oftkeKiniifhm of M-ieitiir in ihr
K.nl rn/iW— Sto.— Lonaoti, 1701. (3/.)

S»iieti, Williatn—

Thv Kittorg of Samalra, eont'iiiiing an Account of the
O^vermittat, Liin, Cnnlamt, ami Mnnnfrii of the Nutice Inha-
hilnnU. ipiti a Dfteriptioit of thn yattt,:tl Produethm, and a
Rrlntioit ofthf Anrirnt PolUieal Stair of thai /«/u(i(/— London,
17S:)-17Sl. With nn Atlas of Pl«te», ISll.
„ Account of II Phrnomrnoa ohserceil iijion tie hlaiid ofSn-

,n/r^,-a— By'Wl'r,[.i.v>rMARsi)E?f('Phti.Tranfi..VoI.LXXI..p.aS3)
London. 1781.

Hu Havalaar

Or the Cqfee Aiiello
.Svo. -ISHS.

'■ the Diitrl, Ti-mUnif (hrnpuni/.^

: \o\». Crown Svo. -

Kira^Man, Horace Gabriel, Comte de—

A"X nnf-i'Tf K'lr h- fttnitfhondemt—fivo.— i? Ante.)

■oning--

Jiiru. ,;■ H-e I: Mi,..ii.,r " (

imi.

Natunrkuidige

Ti/iliirlirifl roor Xviierlanihch laiUe. (PhyBlcal Psriodical
for Neihcrlnnds India. &c.)--Bttt8m. 1851 efieq.

■iidr,,.,.:

U.I lie fiV,]

.n/r«.— (?dat«.)

Nederbnrgli, Sebaftum Comeliaa—

Ji!in->ml drr Urgnf, S[c. (.loiirnnl of the Voyage of S. C.
NEnEnBL'itfiit, formerly CommtHnai-T-Geneml of the Dntch
Iniliec, in 171t8. bIo»r the N"orth-EaKt Coast of Java)— pub-
lixhed hv V*. WrnnR^AH and Pii. Diitt — Svo. — Amsterdam,

IHO.-..

Parraud, M.—

llistoirr -li- Siiiiintiii, d<uu Inqiirlle on traite du Oovertie-
iifi'ut. Ji-c,. itr i-rtlr hie — trsduitc ilo VAngloio Bur la dsuxiSDie
cdiliim, |iar M. PvBitii n, — Paris, 17"*>>.

Raffles, Sir Thomas Stamford—

A DUcoiii-Ke ihlircreil «/ n Sleeting of the Sadetj/ of Art t
mid Scicu-fg in Balania, oh the tu^nty-foHrth dai/ o/Ajiril, 1813,
briny the Annivrvtari/ oflhr Tnxtitutioii—Ba.t!i.ria, 1813.
„ A DiKOurte deliferril lig T. S. i?a^»— Bata^ift, 1815.

„ Memoir of the Life nnd PuiUc Sen-icex of Sir Stamford

Itaffin particularly in Ihfi Goeemmeut of Jrrrn, ISU-iy, and of
Bfincooleiiandifi dFjifiideitciet, 1817-24, irit/i DetaiU of the Com-
mercm and Setoureen of the EntterH Arehijieltyo, and Srirctiotta
fivm hii Corretpondence — by his Widow — Ho. — LunOon, IWJO.
„ Another Edition— 1S35.

„ Hiitorg of Java — 2 vole. 4to, 05 plates— London, 1S117.

,, A Statistical Account of the I»lnvd ofJnrn — Hvo. — London,

1S15.
„ ( See al»o Sumatba.)

Relation

Of the Proccedingi ngaimf the English at Aiiiboi/nu, teith
Rrpliet — S vols. 4tfl. — Loudon, llj2i.
Reyse naar Java—

( t'ogage to Jiii-ii ) ito.— DorJrecht, 1G«(!,

— foiio — AuistorUom, 1705.

„ Herbarium Amhointjtse {Dutch and Latin) nunc primiim

tn Lurnii Edtlum, et in Lot. Sermonem cersum ciira et atudio
Joan Burmanni, qui taria ailjedf Sgnonyma Kuamjnc Obiter-
ralionea—7 vols, folio — Auistelodami, 1741-53.

„ Verhandluag dcr Zcc-Horeniena en Zee-Oncamen in en

Omtrent Ambaina en dr Nahj/gelegenc Eilandm — 2 vols, folio
— Ameterdatn, 1741-S4.

„ Het Ambottitch Krttid-Bock, <lal i», BeKhryving van dc

meesf bekende Boonien, S(c., die men in Amboimi en de omleggen-
de Kglanden iciml alien rergodert, en betchreren en Twaatf
Boeken. Kageztfu en nilgegerreu door Jo-innm Biimianniit —
Ainsterdam, 1750.

„ Het Aticluarium, oft* Vcrmeerdering, op het Ambuinteh

Ki-ni/d-bock — Amaterdam, 1755.
Rumphia—

Sirr eommcntiUioneil Botinncie iiiiprimiii di Blunlia Indira-
Orinilnhn, turn penilm hicogniliit, fum i/ua in libriM Bhrnlii,
Uimphii, Uuxburghii, WiilHchii nliarmn rremKrntar trriplit
C. L. Bi.uME cognontine BvMPifiVH — i votn. folio — Anmlfnliim.
Ilrusxels, Dueneldorff and {>nrif>, !h8(I.

MALiVAS IIt1II.I0(4RAFHT 31

Salmon, Tboinaa—

jaoilnm Hixloni : or llf PrfgrnI Slair of all Nalioni. By
Thumm Salmon. To/. //. n)hicl> contnim ihr Sfalc of thf
hlan'U of Amhoina, Snmfa, andt/ir Moluecai. A!»o ofBonteo,
JiiL-ti, anil Suiiialra — Loudou, 1723.

Schonten, Wonter—

Post Indischp Foyagh; Zvc in Land Gccechlen /f^cn ile
Porliiifeieiu en Makamerin, ^e. — numerous line iilnten — tto, —
Amaterdam, 1676.

Scriverius, Petor —

labalarium Atifiquitatum Batarkmimi, el comi/uvt JloHati'
■lire Zehndiaque Icones ft Historiic. Belyiee—foWo — Arat,,
1G12.

Shebbeare, John—

T/ie HUtorg of the Esedlmce and Decline of tie ConnH-
liitioit, Jleligion, Lntnt, Mannrrx and Geniim of tie Sumatrans:
And rf the Ses/oration fhi-rrof in the Beign of Amuralh fht
Third — London, (witbout' date).

A pQtiLieifc] bhiI tvuirirnl nprk* uucLer feigned luuun ol' [tLicebatiti peruia^k

„ Hixtorg ofSuamtra — Svo. — London, 1787,

Stockdale, John Josoph—

Si-rtcAi-K, Civil nnd Military, of tie hland of Java <ml ila
Drjiendemcim : roinpriitin'i Inlrrrslinff DrltiiU of Bataeia, and

Aathfiilic Parlieulan of the erhh-aled PoisoihTree^lWwin.-
ted with a map of Java and plan of fiatavia — couipikd by
John Joseph Stockdale — Svo. — London, 1811.

Stravorinns, John £.—

I'ojiage to the Eait Indies, ^c, 176S-78 .- coniprisinff a Full
Account of the Dutch Poixessions in India and at the Cnpc —

3 vol». 8vo.— 1708.

Higlorif of Stt/aalra, containing mi account of the Qovvrn-
ment, Laiet, Ciufomn, and ifanurm of the N'oticr Inhabitants, with
n Deicfiption of the Natural Productions and a Relation of the
Ancient Political State of the hland — 4to.— London, 17S3.
,, Naturliche tind hUrycrliche Besehreibnnff dcr Imel Sumatra

in OattHden. Aus dem Enylixchcn Vliersexl — Leipzig, 1785.

, Substance of n Minnie, recorded hi/ T- S- Bafflcn. on thr

I llh Fehruary, 1814, on the Introduction of an Inipi-oued Sj/iitem
of Internal Mnnagtuwnl and the Eitnblishiuent of a Land-
Sctttal on the Inland of J-/ !■->— London, 1814.

Tenuniiick —

Coup ifUSn Ginrml nur U
V hide Arehipflai/iqiii; — 1S47.

Thorn, Kajor William—

t'ljiiqueel of Jacii and a S
— Uo — London. 1815,

Th7BiuG, Antony,—
Treaty-

lal .i.-'-hi/,fl,iy

■I Mitloria- Miil'U'i

An Orii/iiial Ti-rn/i/ between the Duli-li liidiun Oiiri-niiiirnt
at,.' i-crloin Chirfu of fhr Itla»/t of Celrhr^, Ui-niig Ih,- ,h.U- .,1
ITM — In llio Biigis and Uiitcli langiiiigon.

TydBcbrift

Vmr T,ml L«aJ ,n roU-vid-imilf. (PerioJicai for I'hilolosv.
Gi^iigrapliy and Ethuolo^y, &c.) — Biituvin 1853 et urij-
„ Voor ycihrlamlis Indie (Perioilk-al tor NeclorlnndH !i)dia

&c.) 8vo.— Batavia, IS-H ff xfq.

V Uvtl htdii-H. cri-vallriiilr rrii uaakvuri;jf iii
iii/foeriffe Vfrhauileltn^f ran XvdvrUittd* Mo_(/eii//iryrd in Jir
Grteeiten, benretenn et-tw tepUaftigr Betchiyrini/K dr Mo/uecot,
Amboiiut, Banda, Timor, en Soloi; Jam tm nih df JCylaxdru
ottdti)- dezdee Landbentifriuffrn brhoorendf ; het XfderJmidt Camp-
loir op Suratit', en de Lereim der Oroole Mo^olt ; ^c, door
Fra:*<,0'9 Valestyx — Dordreclit vn Amsterdam, 1724-26.

„ Betrhriihuiitf

Van Hogandorp—

Conpd-(Eil»

Vaugban, William—

The. Niirratice of Viiptain Dacid Woodward and Fomv
Seamen, tcho hut their fiMp lekeu in a Boat at Sea, and »nrren-
dered fheui»elce* up to the Malagii, in the Inland if Celebes :
eontaining an Account of their Svfferiniff, ^'r. Aho aii Account
of Manner* and Ctittomt of the Counlry — I'ubliabwl by WntiAii
VAVoni>'^Londou, IWM. — ( Sec also under 'WooDWvnD,;

•an ffrvot IJ/atw— Folio— Dordrealit, 172C.
■(■ /■ Me de Jnra. -BnisBeU. 1830,

«(.■/(. GcHuatsdiaa di.r KoiMtOi cit Wet<n
sehappen. Dee!. I. Batavia, 1779 ; 11. 1780 ; 111. 1781 ; IV.
Bottevdam et Ameterd., 178C.; V. Batavia, 1700 ; VI. 1792 ;
VII (three ahwt*; 17(H ; \l\. 1814. S^ow Series 1852 to 1872
:)0 lols, Bntnvin, 185l!-197^.

Von Scliirach—

Ih»ckrioii'y oun ih liiiml liviiialnu ^<\ (_ Di'i<i;ri|Jliuii ul' thf
Lxliiiid of MtiiiuttrA, rcUtivu tu Common^e. Ii'mixt.ttcd Jnin
Dutch from the (jermiin)— Sv.»,— Hork'ui. 17Sn,

Toyage

To (hi: Enat ImlifA in 1747 uih< I7iS. QnUniniiii/ mi Altuioi/
vtfthe hlaudt of St. Sehnn and Java; ofth>' Oi/yo/JiatatfM; of
t^e Empire of China : ifith o Partifttlar lineriptinn ofGimtoii
-Loudon, 1762.

., Fnif JaM lr» Muulnqi^t, ■'' !> Xvitrflle Ottin<r, r/ « C-lrh,-^

m-i-.c If Comir Jc Viifttd <l>- CfHijem -[jnr J. H. Bendycu
UAsirEi-at:— Hvu- -Pnns, ISol

Wftlbaum, C. Fr.-

Bixtont d^- U»!!iulitelif>< luMrl J,.rn. uwl "Hff Cbi-ia'-H
UuVoeudiiehni Coloiiien in Onliiidieti. (UiBtory of tlie Bi»l
[nrlinn lale uf Javp. Kud of all tlio other Dutch Colonies in thi'
Eatit Indiefi.) — Svo. — Jena. IT.'H.

Wilcocke, Samnel Hull—

rui-ii/fx I., the Ku»l iuilii", bg lilt UiIp John SplinlT Ulu-
fonnim. 'K"/., K. Ailm. in ifii- Sei-ric, of Ike Hl,iir« Qi-iirnil.
Thy icliolr voiiipri*iny n full and m-ciu-olr- Airvrinl if c// l/ir
im-nr-il and lule PoMfMi'oM* of i/ie Dutch i,i India, mul uUh,-
Ciijie of Good //o/w— Traiwlstcd from thr iirifjimil Dutch, by
Sa-MUal Hum, '\\ ilcdcke. W'ilh nulci' iind ndilitiuns by thV

Winckel, C. P. K —

£■««<// ,in- l,y- tniK-ii-r^ UnfinKiuil I' AilminUlmli^,, dr la
■Ittnlii-faiKi- Index (Jri'iifalri Hudnadninrii, ••arloHf dan» let Islm
<fc fata rt de iludcm-a, tt kur a/>pliriilioH—A\fi- uiio iilaiicliu
ft une carlo — Saruarang and Amatordnm, ISSd.

Woodward, Captain—

The Siin-iilii-f of—iri/h Ihf Otuvripliim of /lir Uhud if
0/fl6r*— LoniloLi, IniW'. — (See under TAroHAX uboi'e.forKatRv

work.)

Woafe, Abrali&m-

Tifil'iH^ "f thn JJuUli ai/niiiel Ihr Eni/Hth, likeiriin- the
nairc'-'iiiiii of Abriiliaiii fVooff, llien Factor al Laiitoir, and of Inn
ijl Ihe liliind ff Bnndu—iiluitrat^ by Jons QtABLEs.

iiiirclli- Jicineit Oder Xehtrnjahii
■ mdicimU mil An
1 Loip»i;^, 17IS.

.-Das Juca, Ilcaaala, Sfc, UriemdicimU mil Anmrrl-uu^ru. dnceh
: CW/tp/n«.»— trunk furt uiid W '

«ALATAH BtBLIOOBiPnT.

W0EK9 KKLATIXG TO UlUtN-EO.

Baeckmas, Daniel—

A P'oi/iif/r to 11 II 'I from tlie hinnd of liornro, in //if Eott
ladiet. With It Degcription of the tuid ItliinJ ; gi>'iii<i mi
Account of the Inhnbitnuts. their Mtiniifrs, Vmtoriii. Beliijion,
Product, Chiff Porti. mil Trmie ; logtther with the Scet'ablith-
tMatofthcEngUth Traile there. An. 1714— by DASiKLBtECK-
MAS — Svii — London, 171H. (GrnuHD Edition iu Kpbekoel's
and I'ousike's >tw Monmird. Vol. 5.J
Borneo—

Alicmtarea in — 2nd Edition — Crorni hvo. — Ijoudoii, lSt9.

am-

,, lUmark-K on « licf^iU Saval Kxeculi.jn a(— Iv \K. A.—

, A f'm Month* in : Short Sketche

yaval O/ffw/— ISmo— 1SC7.

ri the Journal of a

Copies of III! Desjialchrt (not ^ct pubUishrdj frotii ^'tical
Officem i»i the China Utatioii re/alive to Attack* mode b^ them
im the Sifivei of Jiorneofom the ijcnr 1842 to 1846 inrhtive,
^■p.— (Parliaincntai-y Pftper)— 1853.

ji Treati/ of Friendship and Conimrree between Her Mtijotly

mid the Siiltnn of Borwo—iVarViameutary Paper)— 18-19. '
Bcnieo Ravelatdons—

A Se,-ieg of Lettcm on the Serelun and Sahirraii D^ukt
•ind the Jiojdh fl>-oo/,r«— He-priutcd froui the SIrnit* Timeg—
Singapore, 1850.

BeylOB, C. J.—

Advcnturet anwaj the Dgakg of Jioniea — Sto. — ISCj.

Brooke, C—

Ten Teart in Sarotooi— SnU Edition— Sto. — LondoD, 1866.

Brooke, Sir James—

'ne Life of Sir Jrmeg Brooke, 2taJ,?h ofSaroick.from his
jiergoiiol Papers inid Curre/poirdetree—'By SPH.CKK St. Jonn,
I', n. o. s, ; fornieriy Sei-retnrv lo the Bnffth, late H M. Coniul-
G.-ni rnl in Honit'o, it.— Bi.iCKwooD &, SOKs, £diuburgU ani
London, 1879.

,, The Priiata Lttltrt o/'— Edited by J. CTsaplXB— 8 voli.—

Brookei Sir James— Ow//mfe<f.

Explanation and Ewposure of the ChargeB made r^ainit
Sir Jama hrocke^ tcith rtfert^ice to the Capture and Execution
. of Criminah in iSarawak — F'cap. — ^o date, circa IbOl,

jj Correspondence rei^pecting Firacy in the JEastem Archie

pelago and the JPioccfdhigs of ISir Jtvits 2iicok\ — (I'arlia-
nieutary Paper) — 18t)3.

,, The Queen en the Frosecuticn of ^ir James Urccke^ E,C.Ii,\

againnt the Eastern Aichipelcgo Ccmpcni,., icntain pg the Jtdg-
ment of the Queen's Bench, ^c— 8vo. — L(nd(n, 1868.

J J Evidence given before the Commission of Enquiry into

the Charges against >i> James Brooke, A'.6'.i>. — with a map —
l'''cap. — ^Singapore, 1854.

J, Report of the Commissioners appointed to enquire into certain
viatters connected with the Position of Sir Juines Brooke —
(Parliamentary Paper) — 1855.

„ Bajah Brooke^ the Lant of thp Vikings — MacMillan's

Magazine, June, 1877.

Brooke, J.—

Letter from Bonipo, with Xoticr of the Countrg and its

Inhabitants— 1^42.

Bums (Bornao)—

Farther Paprnt respecting Mr. i?«rn*— (Parliamentary
Paper)— 1S52.

China Pnot~

Appendlx Xj. 2, General Observations on the Coast of

Bornro — Svo. — Loudon, 1^59.

Appendix xVb. '^, S.nling Directions for Palawan Island —
8vo. - -Jjondon, 1850.

Deroi —

Ilecheljete regs togt na Borneo. (Voyage to Bomoo.) —

Sro. — Ley den, 170S.

Forbes, Liaut. E.—

P'ioe Years in China, 1^1-2-7 / with an Account of the

Islands of Libtian and Borneo—6\o, — iblS.

Jacob, G. L. —

I'lt/i Eijiih of Sarawak— 2 vols.— 1875.

Keppall, The Hon. Captain Henry- ^

Expedition of iLM.S. *'Dido" agiinst the Pirates of
Borneo— 2 vols.— London. 1840. 2ad JElditiou, 1840.

UO n.irvTAit niri.infjBipify.

Labuan-

Oop^ o/Iiutmctiong to the Governor of thf iftw SettJemml
of LahuKTi, ond of (rny CorrrapondfTtc on the tnhjtct with the
rrrnmi-i/ ni irelJ iix of tint/ Asr<-einei.t for ,\ Lmw of Coal' iv
Ihr '■'i'l S/-lthf,mit~l_^RT\inmct\ti\Ty Paper)— 1 filS.
liObBcheid, Eev. W.-

Th,- Religion -f thf %<»/!•*— J. (le Sorz*, Hongkong, !>«!<!.

Low, Hugh—

.V»r,-irn,;- ,U X'..h'ihil„»t^ '<v<} P'oi/ffz-f,,.;*.— 8 viv— London.
l-ii-S, {ll'n )
Uacdougall, Urs.—

heUrrn I'i'nm S'lnm-ok «n.l Hnnim — cq. 16ni»,— fjonilon,

1834, (3/B,)'
Marryat-

Mimday, Captain Rodney, bn — * de rAi-chipd rt de qnelque* autrct
Adjuiteln — folio — Amsterdam, 1708,
DeCoiit*-

, J. Dtunont-

T'ogage

ufour du il/o«i/r— I'arJ* [i* d«t«).

, OeoTKo'

'ii-f ttiirrs of llir Iniliaii .irchijii-liii/ii, I'lijimint —
lIliiHlnilwl with miips and coloured pliiteM^U, Ballikhk,
London uiul New York, 1B53.

>'it|niiui and Nonfa AunnJiui

, /oyni/CK of Ihr

Kolft9.J ■

Eden, R.-

ThrUkloi-i/of
London, 1577,

Edriii— Abou-Abd- Allah- Hohammed ben Uohammed el Edriai—

Geogmphie d' EiirUi—lraiiitite itr PArnbe rii Fraii^aui /lar
P. Aiiifdfe Jnubert — Included iu Htcueit ite Voyage* et ek
Menujiifii jmhlie pai- fa Socitfh' ilc Geoyrd^/i i>— Paris, 1S36.

Duleh Brig-of-War " Dourza "— [See

rrl in /I": Weat a ml En si IiiJiro — Ho.-

'uTpre-LTxiflti

in (joofimph)'.

iiihum Oi-ifHlnltKche JnilicH—
ire, priced at £5.)

inuiH folio — Frankfurt,

Forster, Jotm Reynold—

udoii, u;

GUbert, Th-

A Yoynge Jeam Nru: Soulh Wnlet, to Ciinloii in the i/ear
17SS—8VO,— London, 17S9.

Qonneville—

Voyage* mix Noufellex Terren des Inden aftcilen Eelaircitiif-
menttper D'Avnac — 8to. — Parie. 18B9.

G(lttld,J., F.«.8,-

Thr BiriU of New Quinea — Imp, folio— London. (In
couriie of publication.)

T)i1ii vll] IncludB the ««iifle of the I'aHUlAijLdDT uodotbor
iaiiniKlfly ralalal K> Ihe iinniutui or " " '

The Birdt of A,

n course of publication.)

NeiT Qulncu.

Impl. folio — London, (? dale). (Still

■uil ilMiiripilDiiii of iptciH c

106 MALAYAN BinMOaRAPllY.

HakluytjR.-

The Principal Nneigntions, roi/agts, Sfc, — folio — London,

1599.

Hamilton, Alexander -

New Account of the East Indites — 2 voltf. Svu. — Ediuburi^b,

1727, 1737, 1744.
Harris, John, d.d.—

Collection of Voyages and Travels — 2 vols, folio — Lon-
don, 1744-8.

Hnlsius—

Collection of Voyages — 2G parly, 1602-lii. (Very rare,

priced at £325.)

Ibn Batata—

TraceU of 184(5.

Containti notices of Sumatr.i, i-c.|

Klaproth- . / .

Meiiwires relatifsa VAsic, Jiichcrches HisturiqueSy Geogra-
phiqueSy et JPhiloloqiques — 3 toIs. 8vo., with several maps —
Paris, 1824-28.

Lane, E. W.—

Thousand and one Nights — \\ voIj^. — London, 1877.

The notes contain miiny valuable rofereiic*.'-* to the Zoology and Cieojxrupby <jI
the Archipelago.

Leguat, Francis—

A Voyage to the East Indies — London, 170S.

Contains inferences to .Tjivu.

MacGillivray, J.—

Voyage of II. M.S. " Rattlesnake,'' 184(5-50, including iJis-
eoveries in New Guinea, the Louisiade Archipelar/o, iS'c. — 2
vols. 8vo.--London, 1852. (25/.)

Osbeck, P.—

Voyage to China and the East Indies, 1771 — [Original Gor-
man edition, Kontock, 1765- -8 vo. — platen--.]

PhiUips, W.-

Description of a Voyuqe made hy certain <S///}>6* of Holland
into the East Indies — London, 15 OS.

Pisafetta, Chevalier Antonio -(^cc uisi> aMn AMuaKrn.)

Nnritinth ill Orii-iiffm, Hollntnloriim in indiam Xurigalih
llcitiiim 'Qiiia^. <yr,— HI parts in 1' viilr-. »iii. folio— l62H-;t:t.

„ i'iaimio intoriio it J^ohi/c— contains Viwabulnry of Words

■■poVen bv the NatireaoF the Island of Tidnr — folio — Venetio,
160e.

„ ^twirr f'Q<r<tgf imtour ilu Monde, par le Chevnlier de

Pig'^vltii, till- rixefi/re dp JloffeUon, prndfitil let Annivt 1519,
20, 21, ft TI, Miiiri dr I'Ex'ti'nit dii Trait-' de y>n'igntinn dii mime
Aiilfiir, .'(•'■.—Paria I'aii IX. (IHOl).

Pinkerton, John-

A OetifitilCollfetioiitiJ' ihr Betf and most Litm-ilinif I'o^nqfii
.."</ r<v'(v7»— 17 v,il». lto.-LoiM..Li, IHOl-U. ■ ■ ■

dr h^TMiH Mriidri P/ii/o— foljo— Lisboo,
U!U.
It '"yy* "f"^ Aiheutui-eii ; done into Mnglith iy Iltnrg

Cogaa—Bin. folio~l«53. Another edition, l3U3,

The (Hliliinu oTtbiiirnrli urai^Coniiciiuc—LisliaB. l(ill.ro]., cad 18111,3 vuIk,
^vo, : Spniilib— Uwlrlit, 1037, VaIcdi?!*, II'H. rnl. ; FnLPb-~riurl«i IM, tto.; UiiKh—

Polo, Marco—

Jiuoi- (if thf Kingdomt iind Uareeh of thcHrut—JSew
Translation and Not«8 by Col. H. Vule — ^2 voli-. 8vo. — 1871.

Oftbis.

tlotueilrttiiQerBuui— Slnbonr, lt77.fnl.,«o<IW|»rtc, ISU.two.,
IHfl, faLi In Preach— Pttrti. («■, 1 volii., Sm,; In Ki«li*h
tbi Bad tVaiuHT. i'S»,Hri<. ; oitli «ven1 otlirn in (In MDi?>mil
.1, YDLi-swliiiim triTcn Oin litlidngmphy of llic ttork.

Purchas, SamuBl B. D.—

Hnkiui/tu* FosthnBim, or I'urckait hit Pitgrimt : contain-
ing a Hittorg of the WorW in Sen Voyagrs iinil Land TravfU
hg Enfflinhmen nnd ofhrm—Ty toIb. folio— London, Ifl2o-B.

Ramnsio, OioTani Battiata—

DrUr y«vrg.ilioHrft Viiiggid<- Gi.iri-ni Jii'ltixl.i l{'imu»ii,^
folid — Veiict-in. 1.10:1
Beraeil

U'a rogagen df lit Compo^nie d^t Indr* Oi-irnlatrt — ^12 lols.
ISmo.— Willi many plates and charts — Kouen, 1725,
Seinwardt, C. Q. C—

fieiii Htar lirl Oonlrl/jk trtdeelle vnn d<'n ladivrheii Arckiprl
in Aet jtit'rlH2l door 0. G. C. Rriniaivdl ; nil iijnr nagrlalfn
iiitnteekviiingeii opgeatehl, met rrii Lrrrituherigl tii liijhiqrn Vfr-
meerdfrd, door W. ff. dr f'rietr — Met in PInteii— AmNtcr-
dam, 115S.

108 UAI,A.yAK UIDLIOORAPHT.

Hemniat, Abel—

Slrlani/m Atiatiquft, ou MoivpiiuT Criliqiiet tt McuioirM

i-i'liilifii nit.t Rfliginn*. nu.e fUcirncm, mix Outitoira, a I' Hia/orie
el ii III Geoqiilphie ill-' XiitWHt Orir^afraiur — 2 VuIh, Svo, —
li Snupmii MFlKiiifm—'i lols. ?>ui,=4 vols, Svi).^PBri!>.
]N2.'>.29. (.IS/,)

Renuefort, 8. de—

MemQriet pour
4to.— Pnris, IHSK.

San Roman, Antonio—

Hitlorln Oeiirml i/e la Inilin Orieiilal, Ion DencubriiiiientM •/

•ir '/ mUtorie df» Iiulrt Ofii'iilalr* — am.

QinquitliDi, que han hrcho Ins Ar
i-ii Pn--lfi tlf Africa y Aiui — em. folii

ill" Poriuynl e/i el Sratil y
ValladolW, 1603. (£3.)

Sonnerat, P.—

Voi/agetaux IndfJt Ofifitales et a la Chin
PhtU, l«r2. Ibid, 4 voIb. 8to., Atlas, 1806.

Gononn— Zurich, 1783. 1 voli.. 4Io., mapi and pUUa i DaU-h- ■ [*j
en. Cun Minn m(^n- nan ti> tbel'liilpplMiu ' *

°il Solucii

SUTOriniu, J, S.—

Voyaijet lo the £a»t tivlifi

8pry,W.J.J.,n.N.-

Thr Oriihf of Hrr Majett^'s Shiji " Cinllfttffer." royage*
iicrr many Srfiii, SrmfH in tnong fyitidn — with inai)B and illuetra-
tions — SAMpaon, Low, Marhtoit, Skarlb nnd RuiTroioy —
London, luru.

Well llliwtntHi: oiBWliw only inrbleninl nrkreni-p to Siiicnixirr Hml UhIhvuii
InciiLUles. 1)111 in ■I'liuiiTPstiiiir Blur.'.- "fim imiorutnim.iM.

Train, G. Y —

You II q Am
London, IS.'u,

-3 viil--— London, Un-*.

■' Abroii,/. (Si„ff,i/H>rf, i-c.)~Cr<

Tytier, Robert-

lIliitialioH* of Ancient Gfograph^ ami Hintoi'y : rrfrrring
lo lliF Silei of Ojiliir, Shrbn, Tnjii-ofmar, the Aiirra ChfrnoneiHM,
anil other Sfn'/itiini/ aiul Clamiira/ Cilirs niid Siil'irrli'—hon-
don. 1825.

Xavier, SL Francis—

An Abi-idgaifHl of thr tiff of— by W. D.— Svo— St, Omer.

>Id<>ie ibt blojn«tihT, IcU
ilncoil ■ very cvwplMC Vl
wturnol to rVinn ■ notiim

UAUI:iX niBLTOOBAFHT.

GEAMMAES, DICTIONARIES, VOCABULABIES, Ac.
IX EUROPEAN LANGUAGIS AND MALAY.

Arthna, Ootardne—

Dialot/ueK in Malay — Svo.— Colog;ne, 160S. [Mentioned by
Mahbden, p. 3S of Intro, to Grammar. Original work not
procurable.] (See Spai.dwo.J

Arriena, P.—

Vocahiilaiy of the Mahy^ Dutch, and Achinese Language* —
Amsterdam, 1S80.

Bowrcy, Captain Thomas—

A Dictionari/ En<jU$h and Malayo, and Mataffo and English.
To ichich w nilkrd amne short Granuimr Sule» and Direeltona
for the belter Obterrntion of the Froprietg and Eltganey oflhia
Language. And aho several MUedlnniex, Dialogues, and Let-
tern, in EngUsh and MaJnyo, t^c. To irkich is annexed the
Malayo Alphabet, teith a Specimen of the Chararter~hy TnOKAB
BowBEr — Ito. — London. 1~01.

_ Bighlr cuBuacDiliid by yiicnota, nhq mentlanF n cop<r urrctled in MB. bj^a

Clarke, John—

Guide to Romanized Jnici, Part I. Malay Grammar —
Svo.— Penang, 1869,

Crawford, John-*

Grammar and Bictionorg in the Malay Language — In
Eoman Characters — 2 vols. 8to.~1852.

Dftnckaerta, Seba^tiannB—

rociibulariiiiii Selgieo-Malagaenum et Vice Versa, cum
Voci/i PortugalSelqice explicitet, et Orammaticis Observa-
fionibtm Ling, jlfii/nyie— S'Grnvea Haghe, 1628.
DennyB, N. B., PH d.—

A Handbook of MnJntj Colloquial as spoken in Singapore —
8vo. — Singapore, 197S.

Elout, P. J.-

Maleisch Spraakkitust . Ommmaire de
par Mr. W. Mnraden i publit'e a Londres t
de I'Anglaig (en Bollandais et Francait) — par P. S- Elout—
Harlem, 1824.

110 XALkYAS BlBLlOaUlVWi.

Eyilngo, F. P. Boorda Tan—

NederdniUcli m Wfleitch, Mateitch en yrdrrdui/teh
Wom-JenbDek—2 vols. 8vo.— Batam, 1824-25.

„ Bekaopie Mnleitche Spraakkuu*( en Clurslomnlhii; Jtle/

Ital. en Arab-kai-—l2mo.—BreAa, 1839.

, Jfederduitseh

Breda, 183(1,

nMalakch Wordenhoek . Hal Kor—lZmo-

j, Oranunaire de la Langw Malaise — Svo. — Vienne, \><'G.

OueTiiier, Proderic—

Fredrrici Guetjniev'ii Gi'oot DuyUcho ende Maleitcli Woor-
de-hock, VoormaaU ap Batavia Oedriikt 1677 -■ doch rtu Her-
drukt (Bafaiia) 170S. (Collects nen Main ica rocabulnria) .

Voeabulaei- of/e Worden-Boek in I Dei.hrb enJr il,Mfg*—
4to.— Batarin, 1677.

Hmx, David—

Dielionarium Malnico-Lalininii ft Latinn-Malaicum. Cum
aliis quamplurimis Optra, ^'c— Enmii', P T., 1(131 — ^Batavia,
1707.

HenruianL^Jnstam-

Fbeabttlarium ; ofti
Alphabet, in't Duylaeli ,
uyt-gegei'en door Ctitpa,
karrlf. Ende nu (inel

Woorden-boek, nan Ordre van den
Malri/a. Eerlijdii geeomponecred en
n Willent ende Sebastianum Dane-
eer dan drie Juyaent to troorilen ah
Monieren van eprcken) rermerrdert uy/ de tehrijien ran Jan
nan Hotel ende Albert Buyl, ^c. — J«)r Justum UEtrKsnnu —
AmBterdam, 1650 ; Batavia, 1708.

Hollander, J. J. de~

Hanleiding lot de Kennis drr Maleinehr Tiin/— 12nio. —
Utrecht. 1856.

Hantman Van Qouda, Frederick de—

Dictionarium, oflc Woord ende Spraeck-Boeck, in de
DuyUche ende Male^tche Tale, met eergchei/de ftameii tprekta-
gen, in Duiftsehe en Maleyt, Gettlrf—Aoor F. be H. {Fu«-
DEXicE DE HiTjTMAs) Vis Gori>A — Amatcrdam, 1673;
Bataria, 1707. (Colleel-anea Mahiea raeabularia) .

„ Diohiji Belgieo-Malayee — *to. — Amsterdam, 1603.

Ui.Li.VAir IlIBLlOeftlPHI.

MaUg a.

.Vc— ito.— ISOl.

(3/a.)

', M'llacca, fiuiiialrii, Jovn,

Howison, John, M.r —

A Bictionarg tif the Malai/ Tbtigtte o* spoken i/t the Penin-
tula of Malacca, the Itlands of' Stmialr", Java, Sorneo, Pulo
Pinanff, ^e., in two parU, Englith and Mnlai/, and Malaif nnd
Englith ; lo which in prefixed a Qrammar of the Malay
Language — Ito. — Printed at the Arabic and Persian PreeB, by
S. HoTTasiCAU, Wood Street, Spa Fielda, London, ISOl.
Ditto, 1S05.

Keasbarry, Rer. W.—

A Voc'ibulafy of ihi-- Knr/lifh anil Malay Laiiijiiaqea — 2nd
Edition, revised and eulurged — 12nio. — yingapore, 1852.

Loderus, Andrea Lam1»rtni3—

Maleineke Wooril-Bop-k Sameliny. Colleefftnea Malaica
Voeabularia. Hoe est Congeries Omnium DietioiMrium Malai-
corum, haetenut Editorum. Ifon ianlum Vulgariorum Selgieo-
Malaieorum, Verum etiam rarianomrtim hueusqun Ineognitorum,
^B. — Editoro Andbea LAUBCSTra Lodebus— Batavim, (Ind.),
1707-S,

Lorberus, John Christoph—

Orammatioa Mahiicii, tradena ptiecepla l/rei'ia idionutiio
lingua in India Oi-ie/ttale eeleberrimie cih indiginit dicta
" Malajo," lueeinfe iMineata labore Johannit Chrittoph LoT'
fie/'j— 8vo. — Vinari» (Weimar), 1688.

Malay—

A Oraiiiaiar of the Malay Tongue im spoken in the Penin-
sula of Malacca, the Inlands of Sumolra, Java, Borneo, Pulo
Pinang, ^c, ^c, compiled from Boiereu's Dictionary and other
authentic Hoeumentt, Manuscript and Printed — London, 1780.
— And a 4to. edition, 1801.

„ Vocabulary, EngU»h and Mala f, Soiium and Arabic Charac-

/BM— 870.— Malacca, lb37. (2/6.) '

J, A Short Voeahulary, English and Malay, with Gfatnuiar

Sulet for iha AHoinment of the Malayo Longvage — Cklcuttk,
170S.

d O-ra/mnar of Ihc Malnyaii Lniiijunije, u
ind Praxis — London, 1812.

„ A Dictionary of the Malayan Langaage : to vihieh it pre-

yed a Gratinitar, with an Introduction and Praxit — London,
1812.

(^1)7, John—

A Brief Vocabutan/ of the Malaynn Tonque — folio — Lou-
don, 1673.

Eichaid—

Dicliomuiire Frfm^aiti-Malnis el MiilnU-Fninr.ais, rn Let.
tree Latines — 8vo, — Bordeaui, 1873.

„ Q>ur» Thu'oretiquen rf Pratique ,ie la LoKi/ur Commtrciale

de VArchpel d'Atie, dile Jfn/aiV— 8 vo,— Bordeaui, 1872.

Sobinson, W.

An Atleinpl lo elueiiliitc the Principles of Malayan Ortho-
graphy — by W. HoniNSOS— Fort Marlborough, 1S23 ; Ben-
eoolen, 1828.

Roman, John—

Grondl ope Kort Berichl van ih Malettche Tbu/— door
JouAXNEB HoMAN — folio — Amflterdam, 1(555.

Sfiieghel can de Malet/nhe Tale, in die Welehe nick die
Indianache Jeneht Ohfoxfiiijick cnde VernmeckHck Kunnen
oeffnen, met VocnbulariiMn Duyltch ends Maleytehe — square
8vo. — Amiterdam, 1612.

Spalding, Aurnatiue—

Biaioynei in the Enylith and Malaiane Langiiagea : or
Certaine Ootnmon Formet o/' Speech, flrtt written in Latin,
Malui'iii and Mttdnqascnr Tonyutm, by the Biliyenee and Pain-
full Endevour of Matter Qotardtus Arthusiits, a Danlitka^, and
now faithfully translated into the English Tongue — by Acoxra-
TiSE Spaldiho, MorchtiDt — Loudon, lOU,
Tbu* DUJvfOH an eopiad ttam Tn. Hi mux.

MALAYAN BIBLIOUBAPUI. lit)

Thomaiin, Hendiick—

An Alphabet, SgUahariiim, and Pnwiit, in tlic Malai/an
Languiigi^ and Ckai-ac/cr — M&lacca, 1818.

Thonuen, Eev.—

Englhh, Bni/U and Malay VocuhuUirii — Singapore, (? 1840.)

Thunberg, Carl Petor-

Beta uti Enivpa, Africa, AHia,fm-attid ifran an 1770 til
1770—4 vols. 8vo.— Upaaia, 1789-93.

Vol. II. contium a ViKifaolary luid IXslogue* in Bireiluli uiil llalnf .

Werndlii or Wemdly, George Henrik—

MaleUche. Spraakkunst, int de eige ichriften deg Maleicrs
Opgetnaakt : mil eeiir VoarredeHy l/ehelsftide epflp Inlfiding tot
dit iccrk, en een Aenkangtel van ttcer Boekzalen van Soekan in
deze iale zo van Evropcert, ah van Mal^iert Gesehnreen —
8to.— AmBterdam, 1736. Batnvio, 4to., 1823.

Very liighly pntised by 1I»»sd«k.

Wilde, A. de—

Nederdttitick-Maleiitch en Soend^isehe WoordetAoek bene-
ven* lure afiikkrn tot afening in he-t Soendasch i uUgegeven
door T. Roorda — 8vo. — Amnterdam, 1841.

! njfe Woorlhoek, naer ordre t-an dcii Alphabet,
int 't Bui/tsoh-Malei/ick, ende Ma!eif»ch-DtiyUeh by Catpar
Wilteiig : ende namaels oversien, vermeerdert, ende ngtgegeven

door Selaatianws Danokaeterf* — S" Gratm Meghe, 1623, Batario,

1706. (CoUecUnea Malaioa.)

Woodward, Captain David—

Narrative of Captain David Waodioard and Four Seamen —
W, VAraHAN, 1804.

In tbesoriaiu "NHmtiTeaf CapWUi Dae Id Woodward uidF(mr B«Bmm," whi)
were wrwtti off the Isliuid of Celetiet in 1791 nod deuiced Ui cspUrtO Ibr tiro jiM*
uid B ball', pnbUgbed by WiiLiiv ViDsHiM Id 1SU4. !■ giita ft Huaj TDOtatu;
"oamoiItMa tn icritlng " br CeplKlQ Wnoniriu, ilUtaiiTig IQ tome r8«j«cu 10 Uilay
■B given hr Sir Edwud Bilchh

Worm, Petxus vaa der—

Vocalvlaar,in'i Dui/lgch endr Mnlei/i. Merkelijk Verbelerd
en Vermeerderd door rn Lief Aebber der Maleiteke Tala—^snvU
VAN DEB Woau — BaUvia, 170S.

COMl'AEATIVE VOCABULABIEB AND GRAMMAltS,

DICTIONARIES, Ac. IN MALAY0-1ND0NE9IAN

LANGrAGES.

Alphabetic Characters—

Specimeni of' Alphabetic Chanictrm usril in the Islwid» of'
Sumatra, Jam, Balli/, Celebes, anil Ike Pkilippinca — la aport-
f i!io — Maradeu'a Collection,

Belcher, Captain Sir Edward—

Aarratiei'ofike Vo^iiae of JI.M.S. "Samai-au(/' in Stirer:^-
ing the Itlatuh of the Eastern Archipelaijo during the gtarM

1S43-46.

JipUHie. mnd

iHHD— ot Uiirtf-gne paReo. and ■ ipcclmeu oompaniiva

Bocnhulario Je Pampamo en Romance, g Siccionario de
Ilomance en Pampango — am. tolJo — Manila, 1732.

„ Arte de la Lengtta Pampaitga, nveeamente itmdido, em-

nientlailo, if reductdo a metkodo mat clan — ito. — Manila, 1736,

Bopp, Trans—

Ueber die VerwandUchaJI der Mala g itch- Polgnetitehen
Spraeheii mil dea Iiidiach-Eitropaeixohen Sptaohttammet. — Ito.
—Berlin, 1841.

Bruckner, G.—

Eeii klein Woordtnhoeh der Hollaiuhche Engeltehr. en
Javaaniche Talen—^^Q. — Batavia, 1842.

Bry, J. Theod.—

Indin Orientalis, erplieatio Vocabttlorum Malageorum »l
■Tiitanicorum — Molaecani X'umeri — folio— Franeofiirti, 1601.

Code of Buifi* Maritime Laic* with a trannlation and
Voeabulurg, gifihg the Pronuneiation and Meaning t^ each
Word ! Kith an ./;y>»niiMr— 18 vo.— Singapore, 1882.'

'if'yofEttqliilt, Mihi/. 'lift Sniviv:
T, N, Z-.'lSff-

m.u.ayak bibhooeapht

Ociacieaiiee, Premihei Serirg. Texitt en
Limjnr /lo;/lii~sq. 8vo.— Paris, 1872. (3/fi.)

„ VociibaUry of Mp EuijUih, Bugiii, and Mnlau Langimgrt,

fionl'tining about 2,000 IFortfa— Svo,— 1813. (9/o!j

Carro, Fr. A.—

Voenhulario tie la Lmgua Hocana irahnjnlto por tariot
Relitjiotoi ilfl Ordrn de N. P. Si. AnijiiHia, Coorilinaiio por fl
M. ii. P. Preilicnttor Tr. Andi-fs Chn-o— folio— Manila, 1K49.
(£2.12.0.)

Chalmers, Bavd. W.-

— Ciinterbury, S", Z-,"lSfSl.

Sa Qroot, A, H. CornetB—

Jnvaangeht Spi'nakkuntt door Wijlen A. D. Cornett de
Qrool, uilgegeeen door .T. F. G. Gericke, 2? uitgaaf, gevolgd
door r.ea Leethoek verzeime'd door J. F. C, Qericte op Nieuvs
vitgegeven en vonien tan pen yieuw Woardenboek, door T.
Roordn—2 vola. 8to.— Amaterdftm, 1843. (lO/.)

Da Noceda^ Juan, and Lucas, Pedro de San—

locnbalario de la Jrni'hi 'f<tij(i!a, trabaxado por varioa

DeWarwic, Jaqaes Cornille Nee et de Wilmuit-

Le Second Livri\ Jovriuil on Compfoir, eonlenaat le vray
Jiicours et narraiioti hislortque du Voyage fail par Us Huit
Kavim ifAiatterdam, au moU de Mara, 1593. AusH !a des-
cription dea lifuxpar euj: naitth es Aloiucqui-s, ^e. Appendten,
Vocabulairti det mota Jamn* et Mnlaylt, qu'aooiit metnte*
eseriU h I^mati. S'miuil un autre VocnbuUiire, tfuhmenl de
la langiiiiga Malayle et Pran^oue — Ametd., 1609.

D'TJrTille, M. J. Dumoiit—

Vouage de D^eouBertrt de r"A»/rtilobe"—Vli.T\s, 1888^.
2 toIb. Roy. «vo.— Vol. II. (Philologie).

Conlaln!, o'BMi^n many ijihsn, vo«liQlririM of tBa MolOMM *Sd CelehM

Dyak-

fergiicA einer QramviiHk der Dnjackachen, Sprachc^Svo.
— Amsterdnm, 1858,

M1.LATAX nim.tooBU'n

Sytinga, 8. P. Roorda van—

Jcfnnnsch- Xederdiuitc h

denboek, in dr Krt
Roman charactere)-

Kederdmttch-Jnvaamch Woor-
Xgoko, Modjo en KatvUche Taal — (hi
oIb. 8vo,— Kompen, 1834-35.

, Javaanachc Ch-ammntica, henffcn* in Lee»bock tot oeffer-

rinff in dt Javaenscie TaaJ — 2 Porta — I. Qrammatiea. II,
Zflfeftoei— Svo.— AniBterdam, 1855. (22/6.)

, Jamanieh Oespreklen in de Onderachedene Tanhorten —

8to.— AmBterdam, 1843. (10/6.)

Favie L'Abbe—

Grammaire Javanaiii
t de leeture — 8to.

Oabelentz, H. C—

Grammatik der Dajak-Spraehe — Svn. — Leipiig, 18S2.

„ Die Melanmitchfn Sprachen, nacli ihrrm Orauer Ban,

und ikrei venenndtchnft trit den Malaiitcli Polgneiifl'fn Spm-
rA(in— 4to.— 18fiO. (6/.)

Qericke, J. P. C—

E^rxte grondrn dea Jaraantche Taal — 4to.— Batavia, 1831.

Leeiboek met WoordenligH — Ito.

Jai-aan»eh Leeg e
Batnria, 1834. (18/.)

Javaansehe Nederdeuttek Woordnnhoek, Varberlerd \
Roorda — 8vo.— AmBterdam, 1S47. (25/.)

Suppiement to ditto.

Grey, Sir Q., & Bleek, H —

Jtimdbook of Afrienn, Antiraliiin
lology—3 toIb. 8vo.— 1858-62.

AmBterdam, 1862. (20/.)

./ Pol<i»r»inv Phi.

I of Bcmeo ainleau.

Hardeland— , ™. , ,

Dajackgnh-DeuUeheg Worterbueh benrb. vnd hrraita :
an:tragfi A'irderlandinehen Sildffeicllirhnfl^liii\^\. Svo, — Ai
terdam, 1859. (27/.)

Versuch niner Qrammatik dry
.—Amsterdam, 1K50, (7/6.)

Dajarkicliim Sprnetrn

MALAYAN BTBLIOORAPHT. 117

Heemskerk, Com. van—

Journal of a Voyage, Sfc, and Vocahtilary of Words spoken
in the Island of St. Laurens (Madagascar). Vocabulary of Malay
Language or FAngv a Franca. Vocabulary of Javanese Languaqe
— I'to. — Amaterdani, 1603.

Hceren, A.—

Historical Besrarches, Aaia — 3 vols. 8vo. — Oxford, 1833.

Herbert, Thomas—

Travels into divers parts of Asia and Africa, containing

a Vocabulary of Words of the Madagascar and Malay Lan-
guages — folio — London, 101s.

Histoire

De la Navigation aux Indes Orientates, par les Uollan-

dais. Vocabulaire des Mots Javans et Malaya escrits a

Ternati — folio — Amsterdam, 1603.

Hontman Van Gonda, Frederick de—

Spraeck ende Woord-boeck, in de Maleysche ende Mada-
gaskarsche Talen, met vele Arahische ende Turcsche Wonrden
— Amsterdam, 1604.

Humboldt, Wilhelm von—

Ueber die Kawi-Sprachc auf der Insel Java, nebst eifier

Einleitung uber die Verschiedenheit des menslichen Sprach-

Imues und ihren Einfuss avf die gestige Entivickehing des

Menschengesehlechts — 3 vols. 4to. — Berlin, 1836-39.

Klaproth—

Asia Folyglotta — 4to. with Atlas — comprising 59 Tables
of A^ocabularies— 1823.

Lang, Dr. John Dunmore—

View of the Origin and Migrations of the Polgnesiav

Xation—l^^i.

Traces the vrhnle of the lonpimges of the fiouth Sen I^landi^. foUowmff in the
wake of Captain Cook, La 1'f.bouse, Mr. Miksdbit, and Sir Stimfobd Hafflis, to on«»
.sonrce— the Mahiy—and (jivc^ comparative tables of PoljTiesian (New Zealand <iinlect)
an<l Mnlay, atid of Polynesian (Now Zealand) and Malay vrith Chinese.

u*i.*TAS nini.roonAPi

Leyden, John—

Cmtipariitief Vorabul^rn of the Banna, Mit}aya, nnd Thai
/.(')i^7i"i;«— Srn.— Scriuniiofp, IftK).

Log:iui, J. B.—

Ethnohgi/ of this InJo-JPacifie Itlanih : Language, Part
I. nnd Part li,. Chapters I-IV. — Singapore and Penang,

1852-1855.

J, LanguogM of thx Inilian AreHpelago. — /. A Sgitem tff

CUis>\fieaHon nail Orthop-njihg fnr Comjuirnfirr VfirnMaritt —
8vo, — Singapoiv.

Lopez, FTKncisco—

Arte i/r la Lmijun Ihen — 4t0. — Mnniiln, lfil7.

J, Cnrnpfii'lifi 1/ Melhniln ili- In Stmi- rti- las S^laii ilel Arte

dtl Ydioma Ylocnno, que A lot prineipiot liglo paasado — 16ino.'
— Semploc, exti-a-ManUn. 1762.

Hagdalena, Aug. de la-

Artr He In I,fnff«a Tagala — 8vo. — Mexico, l(j(t9.

On the Triers of the Hindu Language and Litfrature exfant
aviongil Ihr Jl/o/Ty»— Asiat. Ren., Vol IV.. p. 221— Calcutta,
1795.

^j Remtirku on the Swnatrnn Lnnguiii/e», liy William Man.

ilfti. In a letter to Sir Jo». Bank*, Bn'rt. P.'fl.S.— Archipolo-
gia. Vol. VI , p. 154— London, 1782,

Matthea, B. P.—

Mnhitiinnriich-HoUnnihcli Wonrdrnborlc, met HoUandneh-
Mnhonnyxfhr Woordenlijrt, Met EthvngrnphiHehnt Allot,
i/eleekrnd door C. A . Srhroiier {in fnlin obhtig) — Iropl. 8vo. —
Amsterdnm. 1850. 2nd Edition, IS59.

„ MnkoiinarKhe SpraaMi/utt — 8to. — Amsterdain, 1858.

Mikanmarxchr Chrestowathie, Oortpronkelijlce Maktu-
saartehe Gesrhriften, in Praia en Poezg vitgrgeven, ran Aan-
trrkeningen voorzein, m fen drele eerfaald — Hoy. 8to. — AlDB-
tcrHnm, ISW.

Kentrida, A. de-

Vocahttltiria dc lti» Leiigaan de Ian Filipinai — 4to. — 1637.
tteprinted at Maniln. 1818. '

UAiiYiN iiim.njoiiiPUT, ll!l

X A. &e~Co«iim.f<i.

Vocabulario de la Lni^ita Himij", Jiilii/uryiia g Hai'iiiii dt
Ins lulus de Pauai y Suglea i/ para las de-mat iitla». For Aloiito
de Mentrida. Anadido e impretno por Martin Clncer — 1(>98.

„ Diccionario de la Lengua JOnaifii, Hiiigucgnai/ Maraga

de la Itla de Pansy— folio— Mauik, 1^1. (f Sprint of
aboTe.) (4/4.)

HueUer, Frfld,—

i£«Mrf der Ogtcrreiohiicheu Freijulte Nocara um did Erdv
in den Jakreii lSo7-59 — LinguiBtiscber Thell— 4lo. Wieii,
1867. Vol. IV. Malayo-poli/ne»i»che Sprncfien, Pol^ie»iaclie
Sprachrn, MalaijUche Sprachrn.

Vienwe

WvordeTUtcluit in Jicderdailseh, MnUidtek ru Foi-luiiresL-h
— 8vo.— Batavia, 187U.

Pampanga—

-irlf dc III Lmigua Paiiijii/iu/(t {icil/i u Spfciiiifn u/' thr
AtpJuibetic Chanictert eutploi/od in ike WfiUn;/ of Ike Sutica.)

Glvm la UiWDEii'i (.'iHalDgne. liut ■.jipomlly tlje mirk nftincU in uuUur

Philological Societ?-

Transactionn ofllie—lHoi to Vi7Q—(ii"/ Procri-iUmis.

BelanduB, Hadri&iius-

DUeertiiliones Minvellimea Tabella vocnm nliquul liiii/iict

ifalaicoe- Alphabet uin Jacainiiii el Voces Javiita — - viils. Hvo,
—Tray ad Hhenurn, 1706-8.

Kiggi I^—

Dictioitari/ of tie Sunda Lmiguniie of Jam' m lioiwin
CAflj-flC^e*-— 4to.— Batavia, 1862.

Ruiz, F. U^el—

Borabulurio Tagalo, nu uulur el F. F. iliguel liniz ilfl
Ordcii do S, Domingo, amdidoper olrat de crtrmt ICcHaionet —
15SU.

120 MXLAYAH HIBLIi

San Au^atin, Andres de—

Arte rie la Lengua BU-oi para la EmeHama de «He IJioma
'■a la Profincia th Camarineg. Segtinda vet reimpreatQ — 16iqo.
—Manila, 1795.

San Augiustin, Qaspar de—

CuMj/enilio de la Aiie ile la Zenyua Ta^ala por el P. Frai/
GaispaT .ie S„>i ^iiju»/i"/j— Miinila, 1703 Sf 1787.

Sanchez, Hatheo—

Vocabulario dc hi Lengun Bin'iya, compniito por rl R. P.
Maehei Siinciex tb' la S. 0. dc Jfsti», if camfn/ado por otrog
P.P. de la mUma 0(wy>.— folio— Manila, 1711,

Santos, Fray Domingio de loe—

Vorabulario de la Lctu/ua 7'agalu. Primcra y Seijunda '
pnrf.c, Coittpumln por N. it. Frny Domin<]o de lot Santot —
folio—Tiiyabaa (Filipinos,) 1703.

„ Vorabulario de Ltngua Tai/ala, primfiru y myunda Parte.

Kn lit prMuern ne porif pritiusiv el Cniitelluno y de»pue» «l
Tatjolo, g m la tegmida at eonlrario Ion qv« son lot raicet
umpleii eon »uk acer'ntos—ioMo — Manila, 1835. [Apparenlly a
reprint of the foregoing.]

Schifiokeoef^ A--

J ergleiliendrg (tic) Wurta-huch in 200 rprachen — 2 vole,
Svo — St, Pet«risburg, 1889.

Shaw, J.-

A rovgh ti-ntch of part of mi intended Ettei/ toward* ateer-
taininr/, lieduetna, etuoidafin<j, and eorreeth/ ettablithing the
Rudimimtt of the Juk wee, or Jahwee langtmge, tulgarly called
the Malijy language — 8to. — Prince of Wales laland, 180?.

Tagala—

Arte de Lengua Taqaln, coinpvcsta por un Eeligtoto del
Orden de Predkadorri—ilZQ.

„ Arte dr Lengua Tagala. [TluB Grammar is, in ito eom-

pniiittoo, entirely different fiom the work published in 1736.
The bi-auty of Vlio wi-iliu;; «inmit bo Burpiwued. but the copy
ia ia bad protcrvatiuu, and wanls the tillo— MiEsnES-]

MALAIAK BIBLIOUBAPHT. 121

Tamat, J.-

Vocabulary of Engluh^ Malay and Melano — 8vo. — Sara-
wak, 1867.

Totanes, Sebastian de—

Arte de la Lenawa Tagala y Manual Tagalog — 8m. 4to.,

2 vols, in one — Manila, 1850.

Van der Tnnk, H. N.—

Over Schrift en UiUpraak der Tohasche Taal — 8vo. —

Amsterdam, 1855.

yy Tobasche Spraakkumt^ in diensf en op Koaten vanhet

Nederlandsch Bijhelgendschap — 8vo. — Amsterdam, 1864.

yy JBatakach'Nederduitseh Wbordenboekf ( Ufith 30 Ckromolu

thograp% plated) — Impl. 8vo. — Amsterdam, 1861. (36/.)

yy ' Bataksch Leeaboek, bevattende Stakken in het Tobatch
(with Supplement) — h vols. 8yo.— Amsterdam, 1860-2. (38/6.)

,j Kurzer abriss einer Batta'schen Formenlehre in Toba

dialecte, nach einem Dictat von H, N, yon der Tunk, ver-
deutacht durch A, Schreiber — 8vo. — Barmen.

Van Neck en Warw\jck—

Schip'Vaert op Oost Indien, 1598 (with Malay and Javanese
Vocabulary) Voyage van Sebald de Weert naer de Strate MageU
lanes — 1648.

Yloco—

Bucabulario Yloco. (A Vocabulary Spanish and Yloco.)

No date. GHven in SfAUsiv't CAtalogoe.

umLittiiBAPUi

Ar>r>ENr)A .

Buboea, D. Vicente—

Compendia dti Srln^ao qui
de» Padres Clfrigos Rcgulares
bon, 1692.

da India o anno de 1091
Uia dc Borneo — Ito. — LJt-

Leemaiu, Dr. C—

Buf6-Bo>ulour dans Vile de Java — deuBinii par ou itouB la
direction de Mr. F, C. Wilsen, avec teite descriptif et explU
patif, n'dige, d'aprus lea manuacripta et imprimt's do MM. F.
C. WitsEN, J. F. G. BnuMUND, et nutres documents, et public.
d'apivB lea ordres de Son £icBlleiice le Miniatro des Coioniex,
par le Dr. C. LEEUA.ns, Dirocteur da Muai'e Public d'Auti-
(juiti^B u Leide — Leide, 1874.

Uarre, AriBtide—

Makiitii Radja-Sddja, on la Couronne des RoiK — par
BoKHAEi de Djohore — traduit Ju Malais et anuotc par
Aribtide Ma&rk, Secretaire gi-'niiral de la SociL'tu acadcmiquc
Indo- Chi noise de PariB, Ac, ic. — Svo. — Miibonnkitte et Cie.,
Pane, 1878.

De V Arithmeiique dant Varchipel iiidien.

,i Memoiret autohiographiquet de Nakhodii Moudn de Sa-

mangka el de tea etifaiid*.

,j Hiitoire dea rois Maloia de Mataka, extraite du Sadjeral

Malayan, traduite du Malait et annotie.

I, Oodex dea luoeentioiu et du innriape en usayc d Java, traduit

du Malait tur le manutortt de la Bibttethigue tiationale de Pari*
elamuU.

HAULTAK BIBLIOGBAVHT. 128

Marre, AriMAde^Continued.

Histoire des rais de Fasey (en Sumatra), iraduite du
Malnii sur le iexte puhli^par M, Ed. Dukturier, de Vlnstitut,
annotee et augmenUe de deux appendices,

^j Kata-Kata Malayou, recueil des mots Mahis que Vusage a

Francises.

„ Index des manuserits Mahis de la Bibliotheque nationale

de Faris.

„ Essai sur le Malgache, on etude comparie des hngues Ja-

vanaisCf Malgache et Malaise.

,, Orammaire Malgache,fond4e sur l^s prineipes de la Oram-

maire Javanaise, la premiere qui ait ^tepnhlide en Europe,

yy Bouraha, histoire Malgache, traduite en Frangais, accom-

pagn»e de Vexamen comparatif des principaux mots du t^xte
Malgache avec les mots correspondants dans Tes idiomes de BomSo,
des archipeh de la Sonde, des Moluques et des Fhilippines,

Vocnhulaire Franqais-Malgache,

COMPARATIVE VOCABULARY

OF THE

Dialects of some of the Wild Tribes inhabiting
the Malayan Peninsula, BorneOi &c.

COLLECTKD AND COMPILED FOR
THE STRAITS HRAN'CH

OF THK

Royal Asiatic Society.

Olio of the professed objects of the Straits Branch of the
Koyal Asiatic Society was the collection of a number of toat words
from the langiiageu of the Wihl Tribes who iidiabit the Peninsula,
and the islands of the Eastern Archipelago, with a view to assist
ethnologii'al science in the solution of those most interesting pro-
blems — tlie origin of these peoples, tlieir connection with each
other and with Malays, Papuans, the Savages of Formosa, the
Bataks of Sumatra, the Cannibals of Turk's Island, and others o£
the Caroline Group, and many other "apparently distinct races in
wliose languajjes a similarity of words has led to a belief that thev
liad one common origin.

With this object a series of one hundred words was chosen
and printed in form of a pamphlet with the German, French^
Dutch, and Spanish equivalents of each word, and a blank column
for the new dialect, to be supplied by the collector.

1S6

COMPAEATIAE I

luatruotion)) vfeiv added to epaure. a» far a.a puasible, uoifor-
mity of Apelltu^ in t!io dialectH, aud tlie Folinwing preface of
«!ipl&tuition and guidance completed the paper i-^

"Tlie Council of tlie Straits Branch of the Roj-al Aaiatic
" Society liavc resolved to invite the assietsnce of penmiw residing
" OP traTtiiUng in tli© PeninBuIa, Sumatra, Borneo, or in the
" adjacent uouutries, with a view to tlie collection of fuller and
" more varied iufonuation than Hob been hitherto obtained in
" regard to the Wild TribciJ of these regions.

" The intereut such inveatigatioui* posseaa fiir Ethnology,
" Philology, .fee., and the importance of proBecuting them without
'■ delay, are aulficiently obvloua. The following piisnage from
■■ Mr. Loois'a writingH ( I. A. Journal, 1850. vol. IV., pp. 2U4-5 )
" mil instruct those to whom the subject is novr aa to the precim*
"obji'Cts to he aimed at, imJ the beat molhoda of eni|uiry to
" follow :-

" ' For the Ethnology of any given region, the tirat roqnire-
" ' meut is a full and accurate description of each tribe in it, and
■■ ■ in the adjacent and connected regions. Ha it exiHts at present
■' ' and has esiated in recent or Iiiiitorical timed. This embraoes
" ' tho gci>grftphical limitH and the nnmhcrs of the triho, the Phy-
" ' sieal Geography of its location, aud Iih relations of al! hinds to
" ' intermixed, surrounding, and more distant tribes. The mvi-
" ' rouiniiiita of the race thus agcertainod, tho indiridual uian must
" ' be dencribed in his phj-aiologieal and mental eh aract eristics and
" ' ill his Lingnaije. The family in all its peculiarities of formatiuu
" ' and prcBCPvation, the relative position of its membersi, ila
" ' labours and its amnsenieuts, uiunt next be studied. The agglii-
" ' morntion of families into communities, united socially but cot
" ' politically, is also to be considered. Lastly, the clan, society,
" ' tribe or nation an a political unity, either isolated, confederate,
" ' or subordinate, must bo investigated in nil its in#tjtutiona,

" ' customs and relations

" ' "Wlicn we attempt to eiujuire into the case or origin of any of

I'OMI'.UIATITK ^OCABULABV. 127

" ' the tacts presented liy an etliuii; moiiogruph of the kind we
•' ' have indieiited, we tmd that very liitlf light is tn be obtained in
" ' the history o£ the particular tribe. It suggeata numerous
" ' enquiries, but can auawer only a few. If we confine our atten-
" * tion to it, the great mass of ita charauteristiiBs are boob lost in a
" ' dark and eeemingly irapenetrable antiquity. But although eauh
" ' race, when thua taken Iiy JtHelf, vanishes along its separata
" ' path, it assumes au entirely now aspect when we compare it
" ' with other rai'eB. '

"To assist in the fullection and ooinpariaou of Dinlcrtu, tho
" following Vocabulary, consisting of ono htmilred words itnd fifteen
•' numerals, arranged in groups and translated into the four conti-
"nental languages moat spoken in Malaya, has been compiled.
" printed and distributed by the Society ; and it is hoped it may
" prove valuable to the Collector, particularly in regard to the
" various Scmang. Sakoi and Jakim dialects, in the interior of the
" Peninsula.

" The following recouinieudations of the best Philologists sum
"up concisely and will serve for easy refeitiice aa to the points
" which are commonly considered to require niOHt attention. A
" little care in these respects on the part of those who are good
" enough to collect Dialects will much facilitate the comparison of
■' one Dialect with another :—

In all cases to ascertain the exact name and locality ( or
idic district ) of the tribe, as doscribed by itself.

2. In taking down such generic words as 'tree' and 'bird'

to distinguiah carefully the general name ( if there in one } from

" the names of particular kinds of trees and birds. This rule has a

" very wide application among uncivilised Trills, which commonly

" possess but one word for arm nnd innrf, for If-/ anAfool, Am., Ac

" 3. To gis e all the synonymous words in use in each case, with
"every distinction of Iheir meaning na f.ar as possible. Fudeve-

130

COMPARATIVE VOCABULABY.

o
o

l-H 0^

• ^l*

pi«i

h-4

■4^

U-l

.ji

''W^

•-"

►— «

<^<

.5 .5 <^ J ^ .s .= id 3 c8 C

H H H H P « SQ fe; tt H OLi

B B

<;2

P <

^ Jt

-i^

i^^-:^ -:^ ^ ^ j^

jd s :=
•- o o

•-* c^ I ^ ■ — I — ,^ c ^* '^J

c
c

— 'Mco-^L's^t^aooiOi-'c^cc'^occt^xc:

Tr.

. — ■ .rf ^/
z: 7 -

X
X

S J:P£ "^-^------

o 5P« S^^^

72 4i !id i. SI P-2 M H Ph ;^ i!««^ X c^ 36.

-2 «

4) ri M

S "^ »^

• S

o s

® o
^ to fee

OSS

o rt CS

COMPAHITTTK VOCABtfLAKT.

181

•

l-H

>«-i

i-s

^2 '£ o j^

t* /is

<o<

tJDCCg

5 c c n3 'i: o « 3 5 .g s
•s 13 <2 <s "S :r?.i t, c c s

tCbC

•^

►^

': :i S<S ^£J fl| g-i'S § i^-i : i i .-.5

\Z »^i 2C r^, -< 2Q r*, /^4 :^ ^ CQ *^ r^, r<i -/. <-,

I
i

•

<SS

laa^

»5?

•

•— I

<s <:S <s: OS i:s 08 OS eS €8 .t: cS c3 e) 4> . • 3 iS

» C

. fl

• IV

•

• *j

f*^

:«5

s 2 s o ,* 5 = 3 £ S 5

3 33>-^='3 3>='SJ3'd

S Eh Hr-.HCQqHHHE-Hr- hS

-rp

-T3 *

I
3

182

COMPJL?wA^TlFE VOCmULABY.

. 00

o
o

» a

i^Pt^ iS <§ £ « >= ^ c8 >5 :5 -S

a?"

J^ S

<3 — ■

o ^

S ,^ 15 >= 6 ^ -^ ^ e '^ -= <=

'•« ja» ^\

2 C a *^ ^

H g

.ft

H^ hS 0H H? P M H :^

»1 Oti «

■4^

;:•

■^■4^2

•> ^

5 •- •' — :*i ^ X j<: ;c ^ _:^

«= <S <^ <3 L^ w ^ C 0..-<0:- — ft

t^ y: X

*H c^i c*5 -^ i-r :c I-* :c c: c '-' "M cc ^ i^r :i i^ 00 c:

".ji cs if- .£, =

O
.0

va:±^

fcc

^- ?^i

COMPiBATITE VOCABTTLIHT.

133

a b

55 -S

►2t3

^_i <•— «••- <— <-* *rr •«— r^: nn '"• •?« 3 •»^ rs 1/

CD i^a

iz;
I

»0

O* S 3 iS •= ^ 08 s s 3 s

.S o

OB 9

• 0)

^ o

a
o

tf)

fl tc
2 a s

a^'=

fccSf fee

c s s

o O

fee

S fe£

o s

*«

ft o

o o

5'ico-fo:5t>»xciO«-HC^cO'*ooi>aoa5

r .O

s
^^3 1

o S a ^ ^S g2 6

cs j=: -d

<= 3 w c S

*^ T—

3 »— fee fci

08
00

feC.-T

c o

sac .

fl ^ o

^ a

. of

: a

0^ s

-a^

® o

feOfeO

s a
S S

'a*

184

COMPAUATTTE YOCABULART.

P»^

— 'S 9'^

y .2

<o <o <o __

<A<6S<9SeSR^eSctfe8O0a.68eS

O S3 S» O

fu^ ^ ^ ^ ^

* ^ ^- — ^

O
§

S !S

C
OS

-S ^ ^ <* ^ s S

»t3 '^ "rj t5 •» 03 Z«

oj a: Ph<hh G5 <«!^ PQ

^ S e5
S'S?2

'S *9» 'rt

Q5 jij JS 'o I!* 'S

« H-t »-H l-H ^ -£

S «5 S

^ h-t I— I

<s ^ t • I ^

s s3'B rise's '3'3 Ss

.5x

g a.

TZ O I ^ * 30

JiS

<-»

1 •"•

Fi«
•^

<-.

ts:

n ci

s -r 4^ -i-

c • o o s --

: :-i*:

• €3

C3 - 05

•>* — >iN. K "5 "^

"-n ^ ir? *3J »5i -?
A T r^4 f<^ («^ CQ

Ti ?c -*< »*? -^ r^ /: c: o — < 5^1 ?? -+ Lt :5 t^ X 5:

■X

COMPARATIVE VOCAUULABT.

V.Ij

c8 es ^ ed ,s:
_$ * <S _S8 i«

^ o

08^

•^

e<1

> 3

O 9>

^c pq

t£

5^1

>= ^ to
^ w 'S'^ ^ ^ ^ ^ a

cs S --i :S -g «? e -s S : a : : : : •

-- "- CS C5

£2pqcqcqSpqpp2cpqpq^? «

f-HrHrHiHi— If-Hi— («— if-tf— I

<i3 <3

*^ - ? 2

n^^'i'^oit

«^ q- e r s
?58||is

136

C0M1»ABAT1VE TOCAUrLAllt.

« 08

;i?;pq<:2ao!z;SjSa.SPP

-§

5 CO

<35 <:8 <:S c3 C ^ ^

'A
I

^ oc

<:c C3 <:t cS •*- cS CS c5 ci

c; oq PQ C£ 2 » P5 CQ P2

^ es c?
? eS c5 ^

;3
c-

■i.

tf.

-o o

^ c^ w -* i.^r :o 1^ X c: o .-• CI w -* "-s o 1^ X c:

fcC

£1.

— ^ ^ rt-

4<d

<= <= .=

<= 3

^'^^ ^ % I^Q't I i ■§ ^

3 OJ

53 .id

o =-

• ;: 3

•"^ 3 fcji '= 08 08 es <"-# -^ I'l 08

^ c
tc tr

3 3

S a

OOMPARATITE VOOABULABT.

137

fcJO tc 55

PPhJ

Co d P5 s -P f? s 9

!3 >i>

-*3
O

<« <- <c

tJDga

SJ "V S '- -t* 15 "g

Ks-zi-^ a s 2 g^

5=5 a

<:i IS? <K5

•z3 f^ '-r

S <a 08
rt <c3 -^ -^

-4-3

OS
P

. O

Id's j-g'S'^-g^'S

3-1

PHPP ^PPPPPP>3M W

be
a

g
P

t>0 bo bD

3 3 3

:; C3 ^ 3

3 3 CD 2
'— <— <^ 3

02 73 PLICO

J?,a,ppqcq«pppp

g^'^

08
bO

rH ^^ CC "-^

u^zot^xciOi-i^Mco-'^koot^xo:

. o

<x <z: <;i 'T3

i: Q P .'^

*fi a g

M 3 <^ "^

g q ft ^i '^^ 9

hW 3 g-^lj a OmP'^

1- :'^ 3 lJL 3= c8 :3 cj <-^ ^

;2;Mpl,^,Ph;phpm

OJOQOQ

o
^

138

OOMPAtti^TITE VOCABITLABY.

-, * 2

« S3 06

O
I

<oe

^ tc tc

5^ ^;?;!^

> c^

bc o -

•2-5 «^

S 2

(X>

* C3 c ^

^'" '=r 'r 'S 'S S
;?: S ^, ^ cQ CD pQ

r2 s-

bo
c3

• f^

-d tS '=3 -S ^ "5 s -^

g ;b £1 PQ aq pq cS S ft^

• o

III

! E 5f

^<| g

3 = d

>. ^ >:^

c3 c5 eC

o .= s:.'= >.,- r =5 ^

-5 -^ -3 ^-3 -E*--* ^ ^'

<cSii«^e8e3^cSe:c£

'<5

• ©

<i -

^ = = a-z ^^'E^

1* ^ G

r^ -M r: •* o '^ t^ X c. c -^ c^i CO -fi 1^ :o i^ >: c:

^ -

"^ 2 ^ JZ'^ ^ ^ ?3 si •• —* ^ -^

•-= rt <= <= "5 i

', ^ L^ — '^^ «<^ ,^

4— r- — y:

o
7. r.

C01I»1B1.TITE TOCABrLlBT,

iSajsajHj;:^^

g .1 ii;illtl-3;siilli

Jt,:; jri^^i-^os

= 3 =3Silfit?-?B ;;i

i :i:liisiiisi||1 iliii I IE

COMPAalTITB TOCABOliBT.

J, i" Ef o^ J

ll 1 fs I

Mif I'll

ia SmsbP^'^S^wmmbS ffi K

I i ;|:if|lfi||||l|flii|l

COMFA&ATIYE YOCl^ULABY.

141

-a

- ^ ^ >s ta : 4J :
pq»HWiME-tao l>

a
o
•*■»

<=i <Q <rt <3

Wpp

,j2 <s 'd

a Id

'5 3-*

a
o

^ fl

3 n pl<

firf '^ _rt O

fHC<IOO'*«301>OOOOfHe^CO'^>^'5^t*OC«5

• • e

^ bo &0
c^ fl d
o « *

•

• «

•

r .O

•a • S^i?Q^^2.cra

t M

CO
e3

n:ai^t^a;sK^S&:s S;^<g||

>= cs j^ cSTiii ^ r*:;

142

COMPABATITE TOCABVLUIT.

§
o

"n c3

*5iD

^ "^ _c os ^ ^ Ji js

Qa4PqPPEH^HHOC&Hq^

c
a

3 ^ $r ^hS '^ ^r -F J5 -S 8 ^* *

.=3

M « »J (^ H a-P X P X w M ^

,^ I

h3«P

3 « , -

"5:

^ C

*- <s n OS _S »•->*--' — "~<

p^qtoWp^HrHh^SHl^ P

wco'*»oci>»C5C-<c^corfiL':cot^<xc:

c5 5

E. • S « i^Q ^ « 5 - £

arj

• • ff

.2- s

-5 '^

^f,_'

. »-'T^

?^'

•■^c:

c« GO

-" c

-•- zP x^

w — K

wi5

H a 5
v: ac oc

• 1

COMPAIJATITK TOCABULABT.

ii.;j

<= :- S

'^ <= <3 n3

<s *- <— —

&4
55

^ ,3 |3 id J- 3

?qqQ;:5qo

o ^

S S S s

■♦- — -3 ^

«i^ •v> <v^ 22

. a is •?= 'S -*^ -s 3 ^ ^ ^ • s 4- ^

• zS^ ^ .2 ^.-e .a S& • ^2 .- •=

y 3 ©

-1 ^

<rz

S tc

<Ti ri ^ eS t*

'Xl

<=rrr:c53aj^^c3;t:cssg2e:

ea ^ OS ©

fc^.

*^ ^^

-71

^c tc tr. 5JC

•

3 c 3 =

—

rt CS C3 e5

--;k3-^

fl fl 3 3 C a 3^

H? ^ 1-q h:; « h5 ^ S

— ?i7?Tf»L-::2i>xc50«-icioo-3*io»t^ooo:

02 '^ 3

'■▼''

2pr- 5 §

3 ^2

x;z;

P^ c^P
. 3 «^

^ ^ ed <ci>

tc.j:

a «

o ^

bo tc
3 3
03 eS

s a

_ a
5z;ft

144

COMPABA.TITE TOCA.BrLA.ET.

s a s i

,SjD g,£P>2

•2 'o 'ff E^ ?S •'^ 'EJ '"^ •

-5i H <^ W ^ <1 <«1 -< ^ <l -< -^O ^

(^ CL| (^ (^

::: I € d

e3 CO S^ :3 O
<a J^ ^ lij

ja 3 fl go

• »^ • p^ CD

t:) <f- J a ??5 -tl ;i^ pq pq ^

_ '^^ •>-' '— ' _f-\

^>- d

pqoqoq

: « S

ks h%

o a-

m tS K.-<

>^^^

«g'

• to

S : :

^ ' -^^ V ^ ' '^

rH c'l cc -*i »*: X t^ X c: c —• ci ?!? "^ »r. :^ 1^ X o

• • : • :

•"* ■ • ^ _< i_ , J — ^1^ ■'— ^' •- vZ * ■«' ^— " , »^ i"j Tj

y. CL

COHPABATITE YOOi.BULi.BT.

145

^ '3 'S f^ fc S "S '^ ^ ^

o
H

j3 'S

iS^^I^^^*^

CSS

i: i: s R Bip B o

^ofls!i^;^:sj?'!ia:3

3tc

H^ ^ S M <J <1< -<*1 -^

Its

•3

t)C

s «

: a

O S3

I «

= 4 ^-apTI «|fl« i2«|5 gas

14G

COMPARATITE VOCABrLAET.

•£3 -^

^ .4 *? O ,S
<e? oJ .i ^ ';;

^ ^

:5-£5

gDgs.s:o.'

'2 ^

q ?5 S^^S'^-^^to«S

X 2^

«§s !:§•§'§ lis gS^i-s^S

:3
>1

•

<■•

(-1

■s

C^I

l-H

■ MM

fcc

:2 43 S fc5 C2 u2 i5 w=5 ^ k3 *S t« ,^ es

fcf

i) X r.

r^ ?i cc — i-r X t^ X c: o f-i CI cc -^ l'^ :o t^ X c:

• to tc

• A

COMl*AR\TIVK VOCAUUL.iRY.

117

fin

a
es

;: 3 o.« «rr cs^

a <J C^ Ph <J Ch pq a.

pqpspgpu

^ .3 'fi •-

1 'T,S%%^i

<= <? <5 'F =

^U-b^'K-:^

03 CS

— o -^ -*-*

:iSJ<|'i'g|-?..32 ^1 -'3 ^3 •'§
♦ _

• • : es

::::::::::::: :.^. :: .|

I-

(.OMI'ABATrVK TOCAHVI-Alir.

•r.f-

^ a aS 3 s-° § § _^ —

■_^ I a S : sg |a a| a 5^§-S ?t

n ■Mill ^iliM^l^

a I
9 3

k '5 l-t'^l * 'Sal Si :i

W 3 I- OS c: O f-

.-n-tL

? S Jill ziSlllJlls; iSi

COMPABATIVE VOCABrLAKT.

149

«5

•5

SS*2 2S^2«'oJ308 .eg

a a
•I— <—

w s

08
_oS n 08

at et

-8

fi,<jPHOosp;p;<jS^

fr4P.

a a

'a o ® I

— <P J^

08
P

«» S < S S-r^S §:= J

(S »

X^ ^

*£ <3 s 'B :? TT ^ .2 «

. o

150

COMPAKATIVK TOCABVLARY.

N
.9

'^ 'tS I.S3 bo »^ ,-5 »JC _ s<

bc'o o

^3 ^^ ^^

J 3

•

J3
P

_o <- <- o -C - - ^ 5*

•

o ^ - « ^ -5
'^ <= <s <4; t;5 d P S P 3 <p

•

K
07

•
l-H

SaSg^-fl5Sga
fl fl fl fi fl 3S C P J e

^ oe
3 P^

••—I

o c

P <3

. p

> 08

^^eo'^iQ^t^<x>aiOrMQ^co^)^^^<xc:

s p

P «D

«£P

'*«i^ o8

JSP H S^P 9^

<1S ei "^ "^ P k-j )P 4 A 08 <^

COiTPABXTIVE VOCABTOAKT.

151

<—

i^ P

.9 •

a go 5

*-^ 30

- 1

'is

C9 ^""4 ^"■"' ^"M

^ £4 (^ p^

a 1^6 ci

fis 3 3 s

^ ^ iS >s

• >-* *—

.- I

l=r?^ C

73 ^ >=; jr

flD

OS
3D

* »

': S)

•M rr '«*

:c r^ X c: o rH eq, cc •fi k.-^ 50 r* « ci

5P IS

<5 ,£ '^ *

""•5 <s <:2 F^

<-PPx

3 c« ^O •H OS

tx;

jjp': o|qp g*p

7. c 5 OS >s -T3 S ,2 "ts
:■" v"^ =* WH ^3 3 * «8 <S

oe
299

: 3

• f— »_s

g a i

08 >v >u
QQQQGQ

* a

COUFABITITK

NOTES.

ILLANUN, of TampBMuk river, N. W. Borneo, collected by
W. H. Tke*cheh. Epq., H. B, M.'b Acting Consul -Q-eDeral
in Borneo.

The people etylf themeelvea " IrfinOn," not " Illa-
nun," and are settlers ft'om the Island of Magindano.
-W. H. T.

DOStN, of Tauipa»Buk river, N. W. Borneo, collected by
W. H. Tbjeicheb, Esq., H. B. M.'s Acting Consul -Gtmeril
in Borneo.

I believe tbere are various dialects of DueOn, more
distinct the more inland the tribes live. The Vocabu-
lary is from Dfiafms in the constant habit of seeing
IribiimB, BajauB, and Brunei Malays, — W. H. T.

BtJLtJD-OPIB, of Sigaiiild river, Sandiikan, N. E. Borneo,
collected by W. H. Tekachkr. Esq.. H. B. M.'s Acting
Consul 'General in Borneo.

A Bdlfld^Opie man of some rank gave me the
following legend relating to the origin of his tribe,

A Chinese settler had taken to wife a daughter
of the Aborigines, by whom he had a female child.
The parents lived in ii hiUy country (b(llfld=hill)
covered with a large jungle tree, knonn bv the name
of " Opie." One day a jungle fire occurred, and after
it was over, ihe cluld lumped down from the house
and went un Ut a half burnt Opie log, and was never
seen more, but itx psrenta heard the voico of a spirit
issue from the log, sanug that it bad taken the child
to wife, and that, in the course of .^ime the bereaved
parents would find an infant in the jungle, whom they
were to consider as the offspring of the marriage, and
who would become the father of a new race, The
prophecy of the spirit was fulfilled.

The Bflliid-Opies are Mahomedans, and a quiet,
inoffensive, not nnraeruns tribe, unable to cope with
the Sulus, who appear to have a predilection for their
women, many of whom they carry off, thus keeping
down the numbers of the tribe, which is further
effect«d by the numerous ileathx from fever which
occur. They, at present, are located nn ihe iSigMifld
river, in 8andakan. — W, H. T.

lOuriBiTiTi: (OCAnrLAHV. lo

NOTSS,^Contin«eil.

4. SULU8, collected by Aksos Cowee. Eaq., for \V. H. Tnti

CHEB, Esq., H. B. M.'b Ai-tiiig Con»u I- General in Bomet

5. KIAS ISLANDS, collected bv A. vas Daaien, Esq.. fo

G. P. TOLSOK, E«q.

6. KIAN DTAK, a

7. PTJNAN DTAK,
B. MELANO DTAK,
9. BCK0TAN DTAK,

collected by The Kevd, J. Hollaxt.

10. LAND DTAK, collected by The Eevd. J. L. Zehskkb.

11. BALATJ DTAK. collected by The Hevd, J. Hollakd.

12. TAGBENrA, collected by A. Haht EvEitErr, Esq.

The Ta^beoua arc a tribe of AbongineB of Malayau
^^^H stock inhabitiug the central part of the island of

^^^H Pnlawan. Tho S'Qcabulary was collected at the rilWe

^^^^1 of Uaibig, a small Kettlemcut on a stream of the

^^^^H same name, which falls into the bay of Puerto Prin-

^^^^H cesa — Port Royalii^t of the Admiralty chartit — where

^^^^V the Spanish have had a penal settlement and naval

^^^^P station for the last five or six years. The words are

^^^1^ written in accordance with the system of exprepsing

I Malay words adopted by Maii3DEN, as nearly ns possi-

ble.— A. H. E.

13. PfiEAK SEMANG.

Proper iVnn?e«.— The Aborigines name their children
from some natural feature iu the locality where they
are born. 51ie cominoneist practice seems to be to
select the name of some plant or tree growing at or
near the place where the birtli takes place. Some-
times, however, hills, mountains, rivers, rapids, &c.,
supply appellations, as may any natural phenomena,
sucli as a xtoroj, a flood, i^c,

ITie followuig names were nieutioned in the course
of an enauiry, before 3Iv. W, E. Maywklu into a
charge of kidnappiUK Sakei children. It is noticeable
that all, or nearly all, are Malay,

IM COMPASATITS TOCABTTUlBT.

NOTES,-Cbii/ifii»<»il

Mest.

1. Bancha A kind of padi.

2. Beling Arm (P). (See Newbold's List of

Benna words.)

3. Belangei Name of a place (?).

4. Bunga Flower.

5. Chabei Chili.

6. 'Daun Leaf.

7. Bepuk

8. Goh

9. Gleng

10. Hatik

11. Jama A kind of onion.

12. Jiah....: A kind of thorny fruit.

18. Kibas

14. Kota Fort. (Name of some place in

Ulu Pl^rak.)

15. Kranji Name of a tree.

16. Lawis

17. Lumpnr Mud.

18. Naga Dragon. ("Jeram Naga/' a rapid

in Ulu Perak.)

19. Nangka. Jack-fruit.

20. PahDuk

21. PahKlewas...

22. Pari Skate (fish.)

23. Puchuk Shoot (of a plant.)

24. Pulau ...Island.

25. Repoh A kind of plant on whioh ele-

phants feed.

Women.

1. Bungah Flower.

2. Chenuh Called from " Jeram Chonuh."

3. Daun Leaf.

4. Haiiiur Flood.

5. Jangral

6. Jebuh Name of a hill near Kendrong.

7. Kutum Blossom .

S. Lok Called from "Sunjrci Krlok " be-

low Kendrong.

9. Pisang Plantain.

10. Puchuk ^Iioot (of a plant.)

15.

COMPABATTVE TOCABULAET.

If^OT^y-Cantinued.

155

14. PfiEAK SfiMANG, collected by D. D. Daly, Esq., in the

district near Kenering.

CHENDABIANG SAKEI, collected by W. F. B. Paul, E«q.,
near Chendariang, PSrak.

All names are common, apparently, to both sexes.
The prefix "Ba" denotes the male, and "Wa" a
female.

16. KINTA SAKEI, collected by Captain Speebt.

17. SAMOE.

18. SEMANG OF IJOH, collected by Fr-ink A. Swbttenhak,

Esq.

These people are short in stature, dark in colour,
and their hair is close and woolley like that of negroes,
with this difference that all the men wear four or five
small tufts or corkscrews of hair growing on the back
of their heads, called jamfil^ thus : —

Tliey havo ;^eat faith in dreams ; they know no
Supreme Being or God of any kind, but they believe
in spirits, who they say live in trees.

1IS6 COMPABAXnTB TOCAZUhAXX.

VlOTSBr-Ckmimiied.

The spirit of ixe (/*» om) is a bad spiriti md they
promtiate him br pnjers. '[(here is a good lemale
s^t in the clouds {Jm mai tot).

They hare, as a rule, one wife^ but if all parties
eonsent maj have two^ SMnrer tiiree.

The pioe of.a wife is ozdiaarily $7 ; if she be verj
Yoiuig $10 or even t2(K If she has been manied
before $1 or $2 is Ae once. Ttoe is no divoroe, but
if a man runs awar with another's wife it is permitted
to follow and kiU both. Their names are taken from
trees, grain, Ac., such as DartMi, BHang (padi),
JPeUi^ Ae. Besides ihe blowpipe they nse a bow aa-
long as the arm, veaj thick and strong, the arrows of
wl£h are male and lamale, the male arrow as long a»
the middle finger and the female as long as the fourth
finger.

With these arrows, thejf' say, they can kill an ele-
phant by shckyting him in tbe foot.

The wildpec^le^or supposed abori^nes, wholiyeon
ihe right buik of the Ilrak river, are called Shaang^
whilst those inhabitix^ the land on the left are c»Bed
Sahei.-'V, A. 8.

19. SfiMANG OF ULU SELAMA, collected by E. D. Hewett,
Esq.

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES.

THE TIGER ly BORNEO.

Tfio close general uniformity of tlie Fnuna of Boruoo with that
cif ihe Malajaii Peninsula aud Sumatra ie a well known fact, ond
the progress of research IiaB steadily lefsened such diSerenees oh
were, even of late years, supposed to esist. The main conclusion
drawn by Zoologists from this eircwmatance ie that the island of
Borneo has formed, at a very recent geological epoch, an integral
portion of the south-eastern eitension of the Aaialic continent;
and that, consequently, the animals whiih now inhabit it immigrated
into its area over a eontiuuona land-surface, and were not intrO'
duced by'those fortuitous accidents which effect the peopling of
nil ordinary insular tracts of land.

This being the case, it is remarkablo that, whilst all the larger
maramals of the Peninsula — elephant, rhinoceroc, tapir, wild oien,
Ac— aro found existing in both nreaa, the tiger, which ia ao
abundant in the laet named district and so peculiarly fitted by its
reatlesB hubits to extend its range rapidly over a continuous and
i-ougeniol habitat, should be entirely wanting in Borneo alone of
the three great Snnda islands. Borneo, ao far as we can see,
furnishe* tho conditions of life suitable for this animal's esistence
in a degree no leas than do the Peninsula, or Sumatra, op Jnra.
And yet, so far from the tiger itself having been obserTed, not even
it in a fossil condition has ever been recorded.

158 MrBC'Er,i.A>'KOL-s sotes.

Mr, A. B. Wat.lai-'e liiis fommented, somewhere in his irorkfl,
on thia puzzling fiwt in nniuial distribution, and ho hni! sii^geBted
ihftt the tiger may hare been a denizen of the jungles of Borneo in
former daj-B, and tiint it has subsequently become extinct from
onuses at present miexpliiinnbie. This is, nf course, a purely
hypothetical aoiution of the problem. Another one occurs to
me — also hypothetical, but also possible — viz., that the .tiger may
be ft comparatively recent iniuiigrant Houtliwords on this side of
Asia ; and that, by the time it had extended its range to the latitude
of the extremity of the Peninsula, the insulation of Borneo from
tha mainland hy submergence of the interreniiig area may have
already rcai-hed to such an extent, aa to reuder it no longer possibla
for the animal to effect a lodgment on the island, even by dint of
its well-known power of Mwiinmini; across wide utraits of water.

"NVhatevor the true explanation of its abHcnce, it is worth while
recording the fact that there is a widespread tradition of a large car-
nivoroufl animal among the tribes tluit peopletlieNorth- West Coast
of Borneo. "Without paying any special atttmtion to these storien, 1
have yet come acn)M« them several times, \\nien visiting the 8eriuibo
mountain in Sarawak in 1870 some Land Dyaks voluntarily retailed
to me an account of large tigoi's (linrimiiii) whicli they liad heard
described bv the old men of their tribe, and in whose exi.stence they
themselves firmly believed. The naimnls. they said, wero of great
size, having hiur a toot in length of a reddish colour striped with
black, and they had their lairs in the great caves of the distrii-t.
This accon'nt agreed exactly with another which [ hod lieard from
the Balan Dyaka (3ea Dyaka) of the Sennmjan river, who declared
that a pwrof those animals haunted a cave in the Pupok hill. Sub-
sequently I again hoard these I'upok tigers spolion of by another
party of the same Dyaks, who lived close to the hilL SpKNSEit St.
Jous (vol. ii., p. 107J, when travelling among the Miiruts of the
Liobang river, met with a similar story of large tigers inhabiting
caves, which he gives at length, and adds the remark, " it is worth
" noticing that the Sluruts of Padas have a great dread of ascending

MISCELL.IXEOVS \"OTES. 159

init of some of their liigliest inaiiiitauii<, on aciioiuit uf
" the tigern which atill, they say, lurk in the deepeet rcccHBcs of the
" forest." Afterwards he aj-nin met with tho same tradition amoug
thu Linbang MiiriitB, but iu a difForoiit locality, nhere two rocks
about thirty feel apart wero kuon'u iirnoDg the peoj)le as t.ha
■■ Tiger's Leap." St, John aaye that he had heard of the esistence
of tigers oil, the Sorth-E!iMt Coast, also, but gives no reference.

In tho year IS09, I happened to be staying at the villasie of
the Sii'iggi Dyaks iu Sarawak, and there I lit upon a veritable tii^fer'a
hknll preserved in one of the Iicad-hoiiaeB (jmSg/fiti} . It wan kept
with other Bkiills of troe-tigcr, bear, muutjac-doer, &e., in certain
very aiieient saere<I dishes placed among the beaium of the roof and
just over the firc-pluee. It was so browned and disi;olo tired by soot
and dirt, and the Syaks were no averse to my touching it, that I
was uuable to detride whether it was n fossil or a recent tikuU. All
Inijuiries sw to when it had been obtained met with the discouraging
response: "It came to us iu a drEiam," — and they had possessed
it BO long that the people con hi not recall the time when it first
eame into the handu of the tribe. The dish on which it lay was of
n boat-like form, and was of camphor-wood aud tpiite rptten. The
skull was 131 inches long by Oi inches in breadth, measured across
the jugal arches. The lower jaw and all the teeth were wanting. The
large iiockcte for the teeth, the strong bony occipital i-rest, and the
widely-iircbed sygomatic bones indicated that the animal, to ^ihich
the skull belonged, had been one of mature growth. On a second visit
I made an attempt to purchase if, but the peoplp were ao horrified at
the idea of its removal, that I rcluctfintly denisled. The diief of
the village declared that, in conaeiiueiiee of my having moved tho
skull on my last visit, the Dyaka had been afflicted by heavy rains,
whicli had damaged their farms ; that once, when a Dyak accidentally
broke a piece uf the bone, he had been at once struck dead with
lightning ; that its removal would bring about the death of all the
Singghi Uyakfl, and so forth, .\flerwards the Rajah of Sarawak
kindly cndcavonred to pei-auade tho Dyaks to part with it to him ;

160 MISCELI.iXEOUS NOTES.

but thej- besge<l that he would demaEd anj'thing ratlie
»kull, and he therefore did not puali the requoat,

Thua we have in North-West Borneo a tradition of the existence
of Uie tiger conimon to aeveral widelj-aepa rated aud very distinct
tribes, and wo have this skull preserved with bo much veiiemtion
at Siiiggbi. Now, if this skull were proved to be in a foBftil condi-
tion, there would be little difficulty in accepting Mr. Wallace's
eugguxtion that the animal in question unee had its place in ibe
Bomcan fauna nnd has recently become extinct. But uutil such
proof is obtained, it is equally pOKsible that the ekull was brought
from Java and made an heirloom of (aa is the Dyak cuetoin), at the
timi- when western Borneo was aubjei't to Majapait, wheu the
intercduriie of the Dyaks wilh Java Hcema to have been both fre-
quent and couBideralile, And in this case, the traditions above
noted might be eiiilaincd as having beea derived either fi'om the
report of tigers eeou in Java and the Peninsula by natives uf
Borneo casually visiting those districts in comparntively recent
times ; or as handed down from the original colouists of Malayan
stock who peopled the North- West Coant and to whom the animal
would hnvoboen familiar.

f^ince writing the above, I find that Burks, in his account of
the Kayaua of the Kejang river (LooAJi's Journal, 1840), statea
that these ^leople have a proper name for the tiger, which animal
thev describe aa being of large sIkp, and which ihey persist in aaring
docs exist in several districts of the interior.

AijIAllL bUClETV.

"^£^^2£^^SIj»

[ No. 6. ]

JOURNAL

OF THE

STRAITS BRANCH

OF THE

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

DECEMBER, 1880.

PUBLISHED HALE-YEARLY

SINGAPORE :

PfilNTED AT THE GOTEENMENT PbOTIXQ OfFICE.

1881.

Agents of the Society:
London <& America,... TBiJBKEB& Co. | Paris,... Ebitest Lsbovx & Cue.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

:o:o:

Page.
"Some Accoukt of the Independent Xative States of

THE Malay Peninsula, Paet I., hy Frank A.

SivettenJiam, ... ... ... 161

The Euins op Bobo Budur is Java, by The Ven'hle

Archdeacon O. F. Hose, ... ... 203

A CONTRIBL'TION TO MALAYAN BiBLIOGUAPHY, by N. B.

l^ennys, Ph. Z>., ... ... ... 225

Report on the Exploration of the Caves of Borneo,
by A. Hart Everett —
Introductory Eemarks, by J. Evans, D,O.L,y

Lli. D., ... ... ... ... 273

The Report, .. . ... ... ... 274

Notes on the Report, ... ... ... 282

Notes on the Collection of Bones, by G. Busk,

F.li.^., ... ... ... ... Zoo

A Sea-Dyak Tradition of the Deluge and Consequent

Events, by the Bevd J. Perham, ... ... 289

Miscellaneous Notes —

The CoAtl»ARATlVE VOCAUULARI, ... ... 293

•w

SOME ACCOUNT

OP THE

INDEPENDENT NATIVE STATES

OP THE

MALAY PENINSULA,

KSl'ECIALLY OF THE CIRCUMSTA3JCES WHICH LED TO THE MORE

INTIMATE RELATIONS RECENTLY ADOPTED TOWARDS

SOME OP THEM BY THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT.

IN TWO PAETS.

PART I. — A Becord of Events prior to Ist June, 1875.
PART II. — The Native States since Ist June, 1875.

PART I.

To uiiderstaud the eircumstauces which led to the more inti-
mate relations between this G-overnment and the Native States of
the Malayan Peninsula, it will be necessary to glance at the
accompanying sketch of the Peninsula and the Straits of Malacca,
and see the position of the Straits Settlements, i. e., Singapore,
Penang, and Malacca, with Province Wellesley and the Islands of
Pengkor, with regard to those States, which were not, in 1874,
under the Protectorate of Siam, and towards the most of which
the British Government has assumed a policy of active advice,
as8is*tance and control, hitherto avoided.

162 THE INDEPENDEXT NATIVE STATES

From this sketch it will be seen that between Penaag and
Malacca, a distance of some 260 miles, lie the two large Native
States of Perak and SSlslngor, the former with a coast line of
about 80 miles, and the latter of about 140 miles, and the smaller
inland JState of Sungei Ujong ; whilst joining on to Malacca and to
each other are the small States of Rembau, Job)!, Muar, Sri
Menanti, Jelabu, Jempol, and Jelai.

Then between Malacca and Singapore and going up the East
coast for a considerable distance (about 120 miles) beyond Singa-
pore is Johor, and East of that again Pahang. These are the
independent States ; whilst Siam exercises a protectorate over
Eedah on the West coast to the North of Penang, and on the
East coast Petani and to some extent Trengganu and Kelantan.

With these last wc are not at present concerned, but of the
former we may well begin with the largest, the most populous and
most important, and that is P6rak.

Perak, though having but a short coast line, is drained by one
of the largest rivers in the Peninsula, navigable for boats for
nearly 200 miles, and, situated as it is at the widest part of the
Peninsula, stretches further back than any other State on the
West coast, marching in the interior with Kedah, Kelantan, Pahang
and Selangor.

Selangor again, from its interior boundary, where it joins
Perak, Pahang, Jelabu and Sungei Ujong, to the coast, preserves
a tolerably uniform depth of 50 to 60 miles. The " Negri Seblah
Darat," or Inland States round Malacca, are very small, having
formerly comprised but one Government, whilst Johor and
Pahang cover very considerable areas.

Before and up to the year 1874 all these countries, with the
exception of the two last named, had been in a very unhappy
state. Perak, torn by intestine btrug^les and harrassed by the
party ii^hi'^ of rival factions of Chinese, who had completely
desolated the largest and richest of its Provinces — Larut — from
which the chief native authorities had been for months expelled,

07 THE ICiXAT PKKnriULA. 16t

wai rapidly linking into a stronghold of pirates, tho scene of daily
robbery and bloodshed; and these struggles, which in Larut had
died down to the embers and could only smoulder there, threatened
to seek new fuel and blaze out afresh in our Settlement of Penang,
from whi(?h place the leaders in the strife directed and encouraged
their Rgbting men in Larut, sending to them orders and supplies,
whilst they were themselves in comparative safety.

And though the principals in this Larat " War of Extermina-
tion** were on both sides apparently Chinese, still from the fact of
the succession of P^rak being then disputed, the parties to this
latter dispute had, for their own ends, adopted the cause of one or
other faction of Chinese.

Sultan A.LI, Sultan of PSrak (of which, as has been stated,
Larut wtis a Province) had died in 1871, and Baja Muda Abdullah,
son of Sultan Jaffab, the last Sultan but one, and thus by PSrak
customs the rightful heir to the throne, in spite of his claim, was
not selected, but Baja Ismail, a foreigner, a native of Sumatra,
and late Bcudahara of Perak, was raised to tho vacant Sultanship.

To understand this thoroughly some little explanation i«
uecessarv.

The custom in Perak, and one which has held through at least
seventeen generations of Sultans, is this : There are three chief
posts in the State held by Princes of blood royal, t. e. : —

The Sultan,

The Eaja Muda,

The Eaja BSndahftra,

and they are held in rotation; if the Sultan dies the Baja
Muda becomes Sultan, the Raja Bendahdra Baja Muda, and a new
Bcndahara ia appointed. Properly speaking the eldest son of
the late Sultan fills this last post, and thus, though he does not
immediately succeed to his father's honours, he must eventually
become S\iltaii if he outlive the then Sultan and Baja Muda.

I6ii THK ncDmirDKirF it^titk states ^

Thus suppose ^ a son of tlis last Saltan but two, to bo SiAbpH
o£ F&rak ; B, Baja Mada, son o£ the last Saltan bat one ; C^ikm
BSndahftray son of tbe last Saltan; and A ^ Prmcob tbe eldest son ol
A ; now suppose A dies, tben —

3 becomes Sultan

O „ Baja Muda

2> „ Baja B^dablra, and so on, and thus the Sultan

is always a man of considerable age and experience; and yet
always the eldest son of a Sultan.

In the particular case in point, this rule had been departed
from, and not only in Abbttllah's case, but previous to that, when
in the reign of Sultan Javfab, Baja Ismail, a foreigner of Suma-
tra, in high favour with Saltan Jatfab, had been appointed Baja
BSndahftra instead of Baja JirsoF, the eldest son of Sultan
AbbvlIiAH Mahomed Shah, the late Sultan.

This is explained by the fact that when Sultan ABDirLiiA.H
Mahombo Shah died, he and his son were in open warfare with
by far the greater part of the Chiefs of P&rak, and when the time
came to elect a B^ndah&ra, Jusop' s claims by birth were outbalanced
by his unpopularity, and a stranger was elected to his place, thus
cutting JirsoF out of tlie line of Buccession.

When Sultan Jaffar died and was succeeded by Sultau Alt,
Ismail, then BSndahara, did not (probably owing to his foreign
extraction) become Baja Muda, but remained as Bendahara,
Abdullah being elected at once to the Baja Mudaship, and Jusof
being again passed over.

This was the state of affairs when Sultan Ali died. Abdul-

lah to all intents and purposes having the best claim, Jusof
without a friend in P^rak, not on speaking terms with Ismail or
any of the other Chiefs, and Ismail, a foreigner, having filled the
BSndah&raship during the reigns of two Sultans.

Abdullah at this time was unpopular, an opium smoker, and
otherwise of indifferent character, and great insult was just then
put on him by a Raja Daud of S^lfilngor. who eloped with his wife,

OP THE MA.LA.T PEXITTSULA. 105

and ABDTJLLA.H had not sudicieat courage to revenge the outrage,
though the opportunity was offered him. Ismail, on the other
hand, was an old and inoffensive man, and willing to let the Chiefs
have their own way, provided he was not directly injured.

Sultan AtiI died and was buried, and Ismail was elected
Sultan by an influential body of the Chiefs.

It has been stated that the reason for this election was that
Abdullah would not come to the Sultanas funeral, but neither
Sultan Jaffau nor Sultan Ali were present at the funeral of
that Sultan whose death gave them the supreme power, and in
Sultan Ali's case it was four months before he, then in Larut,
came into Porak proper after Sultan Jaffar's death.

This excuse is not, therefore, worth a moment's consideration,
and it may be added that it is not the custom in P6rak that the
successor should be present at the late Sultan*s funeral, or rather
custom it may be, but it is not an " adat negri,'* a custom which
should not be broken through.

There were two circumstances which did, no doubt, account for
the election ; one, that as Bendahara Ismail was in possession of
the Regalia with the keeping of which he was charged ; and 2ndly,
that he was put forward and almost made Sultan by the Mentri,
an oflScer of high rank then entrusted with the Government of
Larut, and the wealthiest man in Perak.

There were several reasons why the Mentri wished Abdullah
not to be elected, and several why he should, in default of Abdul-
lah, prefer the choice to fall on Ismail.

The Mentri was an enemy of Abdullah's and always had
been. Abdullah, as a Prince of the blood royal of Pdrak, had
demanded money from the Mentri, and been refused, and he had.
partly by threats and partly by deceit, got the Mentri to assist
him in farming the revenues of Krian, a Province claimed by the
Mentri, to one party, when the Mentri had already given it to
another, and we shall see how Abdullah afterwards adopted the
cause of that faction of Chincpo in Larut which the Mentri had
declared to be his enemies.

160 THE INDEPENDEXT NATIVB «TjLTEII

The MSntri I have stated to be rich, Le was not only rich, but
30 much wealthier than any other P^rak Chief, that he appears at
this time to ha^e plainly contemplated hi ^ eventual succession to
the throne of Perak, and to gain this end his hest plan was to
obtain a precedent for breaking the line of succession, hitherto
carried uninterruptedly through the royal blood of Perak.

The MSntri was not of royal blood, he was not even barely of
Perak, but if Ismail, a Sumatra man, and only the B^ndali^ra,
could be raised to the Sultanship, then why not he himself, the
richest and consequently most powerful man in Perak and a Chief
of almost as high rank as the Bendah&ra himself ?

Another reason why the MSntri was amicus for the appoint-
ment of the Bendah&ra was that he had a very great influence
over him, so great that he is even reported to have been some-
times in possession of the BendahAra's chop, or seal, and vn*itten
anv letters or documents he liked in his name.

Thus Ismail, an old man (his age being another good reason
for his election), being, once Sultan, the Mcntri could well prepare
Ilia own way to that high office, and might easily prevail on Ismail
either to retire in his favour when his (the M^ntri's) plana were
matured, or at his death to enjoin the other Chiefs to elect the
Mtntri as his suceeHsor.

Ismail was elected Sultan, and yet even amongst the Chiefs who

thrust this honour upon him, for he personally never wished to be

Sultan, several declared that Ismail's appointment was merely a
temporary one, and made more to bring Abbullah to reason than

for any other purpose.

Abdullah was indignant in the extreme when he heard of
this, and comniunicate i his feelings and hid claims to the Govern-
ment of the Straitft Settlements.

Some attempts were made to bring Ismail and Abdull.vk
tot^ethrr to effect a reoonoiliatiou, but these having failed, and
Abdullau, finding that the Straits Government would do nothing
towards assisting him to make good his claim, whilst the Montri,

OF THE MALAY PKNIXSULA. 167

having at one time pretended to be very much his friend, had
turned completely ayjainst him, espouse I the cause of that party
of Chinese (the Si Kuans) which was now the declared enemy of
the MSntri, and gave them active asr.' stance with arms and men,
besides supporting and justifying tlr.ir actions in Larut with his
authority as Sultan of Pcrak ; and it was at this time (about
September, 1873,) that wo find Kaja JrsoF reconciled to Abdullah,
in Larut by Abdullau's orders, and liolding the rank and chop
of Eaja Muda of Pcrak conferred on him by Abdullah acting
under the title of Sultan.

Thus in January, 1874, Larut T\'as practically in the hands of
two small parties of Chinese, the Si Kuans with a force of under
1,000 men, and the Go Kuans with about double that number.
With the Si Kuans there was also a very small party of Malays,
sent by Abdullah's orders to support their cause; whilst the
M^ntri had an additional force chiefly composed of Indians under
Captain Speedy.

Captain Speedy, at that time holding an appointment under
the Straits Government, had been induced by the M^ntri to leave
that service and proceed to India to recruit Natives of India to
fight for the MSntri in support of his then friends, the Go Kuans.

The Mentri appears to have prevailed on Captain Speedy to
join him by liberal offers for his immediate services, both to recruit
the Indians, and, when recruited, to lead them against the Si Kuans,
and by the promise of very favourable terms in the future (I heard
one-fourth of the whole revenues of Larut) should Captain Speedy
succeed in permanently driving out the Si Kuans from Larut.

In the 2nd week in January, 1874, 1 went to Larut to invite
the MSntri and Captain Speedy to the projected meeting at Pulo
Pengkor. I found the forts on the upper part of the Larut river,
(that is at T^ok Kertang and Matang) and the main road as far
aa Simpang, where it forks, (the right hand leading to Bukit Gan-
tang and P6rak) occupied by Si Kuans. They had numerous
stockadea at intervals on the road, and the country then seemed
to contain none but fighting men. Tliey were in distress for

1(>S TMK lNOEPE>'DKXT NATIVE STATES

proviHious, subsistiDg on the produce of orcliards from which the
owners had been driven, and on such booty as their fast boats
could procure by piracy on the high seas and in the rivers and
creeks which seam the coast of Larut.

At Simpang was the largest 8i Kuan stockade, an ingeniously
constructed and considerable work, and about 300 or 400 yards
distant from it, right across the Bukit Gantang road, was a
stock «de erected under Captain Speed y's direction and filled with
Go Kuans and some 200 Indians, who had only been allowed to
leave India after considerable opposition from the authorities.

Captain Speedy had dislodged the JSi Kuans from the imme-
diate neighbourhood of Kota, the then largest town of Larut, and
the Go Kuans occupied that place ; but the Si Kuans still held, as
I have said, the river and the main road, not only up to Simpang,
but to a bridge across the Larut river, some two miles higher up the
road in the direction of Kota, and there they had another stock-
ake called " Ah Oh." I should mention that in this part of Larut
the roads only were worth defending or fighting for, as the country
on either side was impassable swamp or jungle. The Mentri and
Captain Speedy occupied, besides Kota and the mines, the branch
road from Simpang to Bukit Gantang, the Mentri's own residence,
as also the stockade near the mouth of the Larut river from which
Captain "Woollcombe, n.y.. had driven the Si Kuans*.

As far as I could see the Si Kuans were still a long way from
being driven out of Larut, for though pressed for money, they had
the best position, whilst all the stores for the Mentri's friends,
which of course were supplied from Penang, had either to go over-
land from Province AVellesley, a long journey through the jungle,
or up the Limau, a branch of the Larut river, and thence through
the jungle by elephants to Bukit Gantang, Simpang, or Kota.

With all the Mentri's superior artillery (he had 4 Krupp
guns of considerable calibre), his Indian contingent, and the advan-
tage of an English leader, he had not been able to strike any really
effectual blow at his enemies, and at this time affairs in Larut were
perhaps in a more deplorable state than they had ever been.

OF THB MALAY PEirnWTLA. 169

Ismail, though he had urged to be excused accepting the
Sultanship, now that he was elected determined to maintain his
position, but living a most retired life far away in the interior of
Perak, never seemed to trouble himself with the affairs of State,
or take any measures to prevent the ruin and desolation of Larut,
or the disgrace which had been put on one of his highest officers,
the M^ntri.

Larut, from a populous and thriving country with some 20 to
30,000 inhabitants and a revenue of about $200,000 per annum,
with hundreds of good houses and acres of cultivated lands, had
been reduced to a wilderness, inhabited, with the exception of
Captain Speedy and his men, by pirates, robbers and murderers.

It is useless to go into a detail of the atrocities committed on
all sides in Larut, but at the beginning of this disturbance 8,000
men are said to have been killed in a day, every house in the
country, except those at Bukit Gantang and the MSntri's house
at Matang, had been burnt down, and Larut was filled with nothing
but stockades, whose occupants, at least those of the Si Kuan
faction, eked out a precarious livelihood by a system of wholesale
piracy and murder, not only in Larut and P^rak waters, but on
the high seas, going so far as to make more than one attack on
our Settlement of Pengkor, and finally severely wounding two
officers of H. M.'s Xavy in an attack on a boat of H. M. S.
" Midger

After this last act Captain Woollcombe, b.n., Senior Naval
Officer in these waters, destroyed the two principal stockades of
these pirates on the Larut river, and the M^ntri was thus able to
gain possession of the mouth of his river, a result he would pro-
bably never have accomplished alone.

Previous to this a steamer flying the English flag had been
fired on, and there had been a considerable naval engagement,
in which a large number of Chinese junks took part, between the
vessels of the rival factions off Larut, where the Go Kuan party
had been completely defeated and two of their vessels sunk.

To such an extent had party feeling risen, that having expelled
the Mcntri from Larut, a desperate attempt was made to murder

170 TKB nn)EPX!n)SirT katite states

him bj blowing up his house in Penang, an attempt which must
have cost him his life had he been in the house as was supposed.

When it is added that several of H. M.'s G-un-vessels had for
months been endeavouring to put down this piracy between
Fenang and Pulo Pengkor without securing a single pirate,* whilst
the atrocities seemed on the increase, some idea may be obtained
of the state of Larut and P^rak in January, 1874.

For P^rak, though by no means in the condition of Larut, was
hardly to be looked upon as happy and prosperous. Cursed by the
possession of two Sultans, (for even one, reigning in undisputed
and therefore good tempered sway, is hardly a blessing in a coun-
try when acting by the light of Malay justice) each supported by a
number of influential Chiefs, each levying taxes as though he alone
were Sultan, and each endeavouring as best he might to injure the
adherents of the other, whilst independent bands of robbers under
the leadership of Chiefs who called themselves Eajas marauded
undisturbed in the interior, Perak, the most populous and most
beautiful of Malay States, was rendered almost intolerable even to a
people whose perceptions have been dulled by the oppression of
generations, and many of whom are slaves and the offspring of
slaves.

Let us now turn to Sclangor — Selangor which can boast a
longer catalogue of crimes, whose name, even amongst the Malay
States themselves, has ever been a bye-word for piracy and intes-
tine strife. But though it is necessary, for a comprehension of the
future events in Perak, to have a knowledge of what were the
positions of the various actors there, and what circumstanced
brought them into those positions, it will not be necessary to
describe so fully the previous doings of the Selangor Eajas.

To fix the date when disturbances first began in SelAngor
would be difficult, as internal quarrels and strife seem to have been
its normal condition, and that not affording a sufficient field for

* I call these men *' pirates'* because though origfinallj, and to the
end mainly, this was a partj fight, one faction at least was driven t^ such
extremes that Ihey attacked indiscriminately all boats they could find jmssing
the coasts of Perak «nd Larut, murdered their crews and carried off the cargoes.

OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 171

the warlike tendencies of the Selangor Bajas, their surplus energy
was directed, and with considerable success, to a system of piracies
on the coast and in the neighbourhood of Selangor.

A more particular struggle had, however, been going on in
Selangor, with more or less vigour since 1867, in which year, Tunku
DiA Udin, a brother of the Sultan of Kedah, and, like all of that
family, a man of more than ordinarily enlightened views, went to
Selangor, married a daughter of the Sultan of that <50untry, and
was appointed by him to be his Viceroy.

Under the general name of Selangor are included five large
districts, each on a considerable river of its own, named respectively
Bernam, Selangor, Klaug, Langat, and Lukut.* Bemam being the
most northerly and the others joining on in succession.

The Sultan, who by the way is supreme, and, unlike the custom
in Pcrak, has no very high officers under him, was then and is now
residing at Langat, and had three grown up sons — Eajas Musah,
Kahar and Yakttb. Of these sons Baja Musah, the eldest, was
by his father*s consent then (in 1867) living at S^l&ngor in com-
plete control of that river.

A Baja Itam held Bernam, Eaja Box, Lukut, andBaja Mahdi,
a grandson of the late Sultan, having driven out Eaja Dolau,
formerly in Klang, was holding that place and enjoying its reve-
nues as his own.

About this time Eaja Dolah died in Malacca, to which place
he had retired to organize an expedition against Mahdi to recover
EUang, and at his death he enjoined his sons to carry out this
expedition.

This was done, and Tunku Dia Udin, finding Eaja Dolah's
sons at the mouth of the E^lang river and already engaged in a
struggle with Mahdi, in his capacity of Viceroy to the Sultan,
ordered both parties to desist and stated that he would settle their

* Lukut has lately, by a mutual rectification of boundariei, ptised to Sungei
Ujong. (1880.)

172 THE INDEPENDENT NATIVE STATES

difEereuec. Raja Mahdi, however, refused to acknowledge Tunku
DiA Udin's right to interfere, and thus Tunku Dia Udin deter-
mined to bring him to reason, and invited the sons of Kaja Dol.vh
to assist, which they did, and Maudi was driven from Klang, which
was taken and has ever since been occupied by Tunku Dia Udin.*

But the war, if so it may be called, was carried into S«laugor
and Bcmam, Raja Mahdi obtaining at different times the assist-
ance of Raja Itam of Bernam, Syed Mashob, a Selangor man of
Arab extraction. Raja Asul, a Mandeling of Sumatra and a rene-
gade to Tunku Dia Udin,— and chiefest of all Raja Mahmud, a
son of one Raja Bebkat, a man who ranked second in Selangor ;
whilst the sons of the Sultan, though they appear to have taken
no active part against Tunku Dia Udin, are believed to have
sympathised with, if not assisted, Mahdi and his party.

It may be wondered how it was that during all these years,
from 1867 to 1873, the Sultan did nothing personally to put an
end to these disturbances which were depopulating his country
and driving out all honest men, indeed that he rather seemed
to encourage the strife.

To those iutimalely acquainted with the Sultan and with these
turbulent Kajas there seems to be an easy explanation of his con-
duct. In the first place his character is eminently of the Jaisscz
jaire type ; he had sympathies on both sides, on one his son-in-law
and his cousin's son, and on the other several men distantly related
to him, and, perhaps in a degree, his own sons. But the real reason
of his apparent indifference was his fear of Mahdi, and the
equally desperate characters associated with him, should he by
violent measures (and none other would have availed) attempt to
punish their contempt for the authority of, and personal hatred
to, his Viceroy.

And those best acquainted with the facts aver that he had
cause for fear, that it was even at one time proposed to murder
the Sultan, get rid of his Viceroy, and parcel out the countrv
amongst ihesc rebellious Rajas.

• Tunku 1)IA I'din lja8 now rcluintd to Kcdali. \^hcre he is joint-Kogent
T^ith his brother Tunku Yakv^. (1880.)

OF THE MALAY PEXI^'STLA. 173

What remonstrance could do the Sultan did, not once but
repeatedly, seeing, however, to how little purpose he at length
gave it up ; but to take a tiroi stand by one party and condemn in
toto the actions of the other : for this the Sultan had not sufficient
strength of purpose.

And indeed he might have been very much more cordial in
his relations with his Viceroy (against whom, however, he has
never made complaint) had it not been that there were interested
people ever ready to abuse the Viceroy to the Sultan and to repeat
his reputed speeches in disparagement of his father-in-law, whilst
these people, in the same way, were continually declaring to Tunku
DiA Udin that the Sultan was aiding his enemies to the utmost.

The struggle was carried on with varying success, until in
1872-73 the Bendahara of Pahang, at the instance of this Q-overn-
ment, sent Tunku Dea Udin very considerable assistance in men
and money.

By their means Tunku Dia Udln succeeded in retaking the
whole of the districts of Klang and Selangor, and driving Mahdi
and Mahmud to Langat, and Syed Mashob and Kaja Asul to
Perak ; with Kaja Itam, Tunku Dia Udin had already made friends.

It is, however, but natural to conclude that this cessation of
hostilities would only have lasted long enough to allow Mahdi and
his allies to get ready a new expedition, and that, as had occurred
before, so would it be again — war, pillage and piracy until the
principals on one side were either killed or completely driven from
this part of the Peninsula.

AVhen Tunku Dia Udi>' retook Srlangor in November, 1873^
what had once been a populous and thriving place was almost
uninhabited, such few hovels as still remained being in ruins, the
plantations overgrown with jungle, the owners fled to another
country, whilst the mines in the interior were totally deserted, the
machinery burnt or broken and the roads infested by starving
bands of robbers, who would hesitate at committing no crime
either to obtain plunder or revenge themselves on their enemies.

174 THE INDEPENDENT NATITE STATES

And laatly, these prolonged disturbances were rapidly over-
whelming Porak and Selangor with debt, the MSnlri in Larut and
Tunku DiA Udin in Selangor being respectively indebted to the
extent of $300,000 or $400,000, with no prospect of paying off
this money, except from a flourishing revenue after years of peace
and prosperity, an eventuality then apparently verging on the
impossible.

Sungei Ujong which, as has been stated, marches with the
8outh-Eastern boundary of Selangor, had, as might be expected,
become mixed up in the Selangor disturbances, and the Chiefs
of Sungei Ujong, not content with their own troubles and disputes
with their neighbour and old enemy Eambau, taking opposite
sympathies, had all but involved their little State in just such an
internal struggle as had devastated Selangor.

The small inland States of Sungei Ujong, Kambau, Johol, &c.,
had originally been under the Sultan of Johor, but about 1773,
Johor, no longer able or anxious to be responsible for the govern-
ment of these, no doubt even then, troublesome districts, obtained
for them a Prince ' of true Menangk^bau descent, who, under the
title of Tang di Pertuan BSsar, ruled over these States, then
federated into one.

Each separate State, however, still had its own immediate
Chiefs, who, under the title of PSngiilu or Datu, virtually controlled
their own district, with an occasional reference to the Tang di
Pertuan Besar.

This arrrangement lasted till about the year 1800, when the
then Tang di Pertuan Besar induced some of the Pengulus to consent
to the additional appointment of a Deputy under the title of Tang
di Pertuan Muda.

From this time till 1874, that is to say during the whole of
the present century, the Inland States have been the scene of
almost continuous disturbances.

Pirst quarrelling amongst themselves (notabl}' in the cases of
Kaja Alt and Sted Saban about 1883), and then making British

OF THE MilLAT PEWINSULA. 175

subjects the innocent sufferers by their party warfare, they ren-
dered these States, and more especially the Linggi river, all but
impassable.

The Linggi river which in its lower part forms the boundary
between Selangor and Malacca,* in its upper part forks, the right
branch becoming, for some distance, the boundary between Sungei
Ujong and Bambau, and the left branch, for a short way, the boun-
dary between Bambau and Malacca.

It may be imagined what effect the positions of Sungei Ujong
and Eambau with regard to each other, and to the Linggi river
which ran between them, would have on any one so unfortunate
as to be obliged to make use of that river as a thoroughfare.

During at least the last forty years, the condition of these
States may be briefly described as one of complete disorganization
and consequent oppression and poverty.

Sungei Ujong and Bambau, to each other the bitterest foes,
when not in actual and declared warfare kept their feud alive
by cattle-lifting, river piracy, and liighway robbery, whilst each
constantly induced one or other of the remaining States to adopt
her cause, never failing to make the Linggi river the chief scene
of operations. Both legitimate parties would there erect stockades
and levy taxes on the traders (usually British subjects of Malacca),
whilst independent bands of marauders, with a true spirit of pri-
vateering, raised their stockades and demanded of every passer-by
an exorbitant blackmail, and should this be refused thev seldom
'failed to punish such temerity by murder and robbery.

Add to this that in each of these small States there is at least
one Pengulu, at whose death there is usually an armed struggle
for the vacant office, and a fair idea may be obtained of the "peace
and prosperity" of the independent States bordering on Malacca.

Such a struggle as has just been spoken of as possible had but
now (in January, 1874,) ended in Bambau, and was about to begin
in Sungei Ujong.

* Now Sungei Ujong an<l Malacca. (1880.)

176 THE TITDEPENDENT KATITE BTATEB

In order that there may be no difficulty in understanding the
circumstances which led to the direct intervention of G-ovemment
in Sungei Ujong, it will be well to at once describe the interior
economy of that State.

The chief authority in Sungei Ujong. aud the one with whom
this G-overnment has always corresponded and treated in conducting
relations with that State, is a P^ngulu with the title of Klana
Putra, a title which by right descends from uncle to nephew, that
nephew being the eldest son of the Klana^s eldest sister, in default
the next son or a son of another sister.

But in Sungei Ujong there was another authority, with the title
of Datu Bandar, an office which ought, like the first, to descend
from uncle to nephew, and for which its last holder claimed an
almost, if not quite equal, position, authority, and consideration with
that of the Klana.

There were reasons which might give rise to this feeling, prin-
cipal amongst them that the Datu Bandar was a man of at least
seventy-five years of age, and had held his office for some twenty
years, whilst the Klana was a comparatively young man and had
just been appointed.

The Bandar, an extremely parsimonious man, had, during his
twenty year}? of office, accumulated a large sum of money, and this
consequently gave him considerable influence in the country,
whilst he was possessed of such a reputation for determination,
impationco of the leant contradiction, and the prompt execution of
(lesporate deeds, that many of those who would not have been his
followers throu«,'h love, were so by fear.

The Bandar had also made use of his loui; tenure of power to
^ot the i^reater part of the revenues into liis own liaiuls, and the
Klana, havinu; been iustalled, soon found that lie must either
coutt'ut. himself with what the Bandar allowed him to have or
assert liis riglits by force.

Ono thing, however, is certain in reti^ard to the apparently
anomalous positi(Mis of these "Two Kind's of Brentford." and tliat

OF THK MALAY PENIXSULA. 177

in, that it wa» a custom in Sungei Ujoug that wheu one of these
two offices became vacant, it could onlj be refilled bj the consent
of the Chief who then held the other, and though it has been
stated that the present Klana* is not the legitimate occupant, yet
he was appointed in the regular way by the late Bandar, whose
own succession, though he enjoyed his post for so many years, will
hardly bear the light of severe scrutiny.

There had never been cordial relations between the Klana and
the Bandar of Suugci IJjong, and an estrangement once formed
the breach between them became daily wider, more especially when
the Klana adopted the cause of Tunku Dia Udot and promised to
give none of his enemies harbour in Suugei Ujong, whilst it was
well known that the Bandar was on the best terms with Bajas
MAHiii and Maumud, and had, on several occasions, given them,
besides shelter in his house, material assistance for the prosecu-
tion of their raids.

As for the other suiall States, besides their frequently taking part
in the Rambau-Sungei Ujong conflicts, they were themselves,
and more especially Ulu Muar, Jelabu and Sri Menanti, the
scenes of petty struggles, whilst they all, without exception, gave
refuge to the criminals who fled from justice in the Straits Settle-
ments.

Johor and Pahang were the only exceptions to this disgrace-
ful state of affairs, and there has been for years so little good
feeling between even these two countries, and such jealousy with
regard to their boundary, that it is believed that were it not for
their position, so close to Singapore, and the great interest this
Government has always taken in Johor, they would long ere this
have been involved in a war as bitter, and on a larger scale, than
any that has been described, indeed it is more than probable that
this most anxiously to be avoided catastrophe has only been averted
by the constant mediation of this Government between those
States.

* 8tbd AbDiLUAUMA>* ; lie died returning from Mecca si the end
of 1879.

I7s

E IKDEPENDENT SATFVK

Beeidua tUc internal Btruggles lu Pfrak. SfliVtifjor, Sum^ei
Ujong, Bambiiu, &<;., there wue au outetjinding question of Imhiii-
bariee — first between Pfnik and SMiiiinor, thfii between S>-liitu!or
und Sangei Ujoug, unrl H<;uiii between Suugei Ujong uiiil RAmbau
— which ihrcaleiied to, al iiuy time, inv'(ilva llie whole of this )ian
of the Peuinnula in war.

Auy number of JUHtimees might be given to slicw the kind of
rule under which the Malays liave tithurto lived, one or two will,
bowever, be suffitient.

In the reign of Sultan Jx^yAR tlicro was in PCrak a TrTnggHUU
man, who had such a sweet voice, that wliou he read tlie KurAn all
who heanl him were charmed with it. On one occasion he waa
reading in the ])re<^encu uf tlie Sidtan, and one of the vromcn of
the liarim waa bo struck that ulie. i-outrary to i-ustom. L-amo out to
listen. Someuf the woman's relations choBC to feel aggrifve<l by tins.
and when the man weut oui, thev lay in wait to kill him, but
knowing hu nait armed with a veiy famouK krisa tliej feared to
molest him. They then complaineil to the Sultan, and luked what
waa to be duue ; his reply waa " You are fe(i]», first tako his kriuB
aud then till him." Aceonlingly, acting on this advice, une of
them made an excuse to borrow the weapon, and when the Trcng-
gunu man went out to look for him, the others stabbed him until
their krissPB met in liis body.

In Larut. the Chinese, believing a man gniliy of too t^i-eat fami-
liarity with another man's wife, took both the suspected parties.
man and woman, put them in ivicker batiketv, and threw them
into an abandoned tin mine, which had become filled with n-ater.
It is also stated tliat a similarly sui^pcctcd couple were bound,
nude, and partially buried in the middle of a road, where e\erj
pa«Ber-by thrust into their bodies a piece of stick sharpened
at one end and lighted at the other.

lu PCrak, too, whcu u man wished to revenge himaelf on
another for a real or fant-ied wrong, the onlinary course vax to
plan and carry out a midnight " amok,'' which con^stR in a Quni-
Uer of men, armed to the teeth, making a rush on a houi^e, murder-
ing DTery one they meet, and thou burning the place.

OF THE MAXAT PElflirsrLA. 179

In SelaDgor it is hardly an exaggeration to say that
every man over twenty years of age, whom you met on the road,
had killed at least one man. Indeed it was considered rather a
a reproach on any one who had not done so, and even now (1875)
those Rajns are looked on with the greatest respect who can boast
the longest list of victims. One StlAngor Baja was reputed, and
indeed acknowledged it himself, to have killed ninety-nine men,
another forty, and several over twenty each ; whilst even the women
were not nnacrustomed to the use of deadly weapons against each
other.

It is stated that a man was leaving Langat to go up the river,
some year or two ago, when, as he left, a friend on the bank said
" Tou had better take care, there are said to be forts on the river."
The next morning, a Baja, having been told of the remark,
met this friend, and striking hiin in the mouth with his kriss,
killed him, with the simple remark " Mulutnia terlampau jahat " —
I. e,y " He had a verv wicked mouth."

Not long ago, another Raja at Langat punished two of his
father's female debt slaves, who had attempted to escape from
bondage, by having their heads held under water in the river
till thev wore dead.

These cases were quoted to me by the actors or lookers on in
the scenes, and I could multiply them ad nauseam. A Chinese,
some years resident in Langat, speaking of the frequent use of
deadly weapons in that place but a year or two ago, said " Every
one in Lanj^at carried weapons, and used them without let,
hindrance, or hesitation, even cowards became brave after a short
residence in Bandar Termusa (Langat)." Murders for a hasty
word, or a debt of a few dollars, or perhaps cents, were of weekly
occurrence.

Countries where such cases as these were too common to
afford remark for more than a day, were not likely to offer much
inducement to foreignci*s to invest their capital, or trust their
lives in ; and ScIAn^or, except in Klang and Lukut, is almost an
unknown country.

1 80 THE IVDEPXynSKT ITATITE 8TATER

Lukut, close to the Cape Bachado Lighthouse, and only 40
miles from Malacca, was, under its last Baja, the most thriying
place in SSl&ngor with a revenue of nearly $200,000 a year ; but on
his death, partly from the failure of some sources of revenue, and
partly from inefficiency in the administration by his sons who had
taken charge of the Government, the revenues of Lukut at once
fell, and do not now amount to $5,000 per annum.

In Sungei XJjong, affairs were only better in so far that the
Bandar did what he liked, but did not let anv one else do so.
The following may bo taken a» an instance of one of the ways
in which he raised monev.

A certain Haji came to Sungei Ujong and treated the Bandar
with such deference that his heart warmed towards him, and he
determined to make him a present of money. Accordingly, he
sent round to the Chinese miners and traders, ordering each to
give a sum of money for this purpose— one $80, another $20, and so
on. By this means he collected $500, $100 of which he gave to
the Haji, and the other $ tOO he kept himself.

Such was the state of the Peninsula in 1874, and enough has
been told to shew that there waa ample reason to justify Governor
Sir Andrew Clahke in takinpj some effectual step to put a 8top
to those crimes, which had hitherto been frequently per-
petrated on British subjects, and, if possible, to reconcile the
opposing parties in these strugfrles, more especially in the case of
Larut, which so nearly affected the peace and safety of our own
Settlement of Penan g.

To obtain this end, negotiations were opened with the Chinese
of the contending factions, and this mediation brought about very
satisfactory results.

Sir Andrew Clarke met the principal Chinese of both parties
at our Island of Pengkor, in January, 1874, and, by treating both
factious equally, he effected a reconciliation, which stopped at once
all piracy at sea, all fighting on shore, and which in one year
had such an influence on Larut, ^hat that district was, in January,
1875, producing a revenue of §30,000 a month, with an estimated
population of some thirty-five thousand Chinese and Malays.

OF THE MALAY PENIXBrLA. 181

Judging that the settlement of the P^rak succession was a matter
of almost equal urgency with the pacification of Larut, and would,
in the future, be of greater importance, whilst no lasting good
could come by arranging the one without the other, letters and
messengers were sent to summon Ismail, Abdullah, and the
principal Chiefs of Perak.

Ismail did not attend. Being a long way in the interior of
Pcrak, and liaving hitherto had no dealings with Europeans, he
was probably, like all natives, suspicious of the reception he might
meet with. Abdullah, howerer, came, and he was aecompanied
by most of the principal Perak Chiefs,* except Eaja Jusof, who
was then looked upon as Baja Muda, and from whom no com-
plaints had ever been received that he had been unjustly depriyed
of the supreme power.

The main point, necessarily, had been to put a stop to those
disgraceful occurrences which were rapidly recalling to mind the
ill-fame borne by the Straits of Malacca for acts of piracy and
cruelty when European shipping first used them as a highway to
the East. But having secured this end for the moment, with
guarantees for the future good conduct of the Chinese, it was
necessar}' to consider by what means this present necessary result
might be continued.

One solution likely to suggest itself was, no doubt, annex-
ation, but considering the reluctance with which the Home Govern-
ment had hitherto sanctioned even the slightest interference in
the Malay States, that course was little considered. The only
other alternative, which recommended itself as having a prospect
of success, was to give the Native Chiefs an opportunity of
governing their countries under the advice and assistance of British
Officers, and see whether, under these circumstances, they were
capable of being entrusted with such responsibility. Should they.

* The Chiefs wlio actually attended were: — ABitULLAH, the R^^a
Bendtihara Usman (Prime Minister), the Mentri, the Datu Temenggong, the
Patu Lftxnmana, the Datu ^]labanda^ and the I)atu Sagor.

182 THE nfDEPENDEITT NATIVE STATES

after trial, prove themselves unable or unwilling to maintain
order in their own countries, and amicable relations with our
possessions, then the other alternative would still remain.

The question of the succession was fully discussed, and all the
Chiefs at Pengkor expressed their desire to appoint Abdullah
Sultan, and Sir Axdbew Clarke, agreeing to their unanimous
election of him, an Engagement was drawn up setting forth this
new creation, acknowledged by Her Majesty's representative, and
conferring on Ismail the title of Ex-Sultan : consenting, at the
request of the Sultan and his Chiefs, to send a British OflScer to
be Resident in Perak, to collect the revenue and advise the Sultan,
and also containing clauses which rectified the boundary between
Province Wellesley and that part of Pcrak called Krian ; whilst
the old and much discussed Treaty of 1825 was declared to be
interpreted in the sense in which it had, no doubt, been made,
i. e., that the Bindings, a strip of the mainland, as well as the
Islands of Pengkor, should be British territory.

The principal results of this action are, that since that Engage-
ment was made, there has been no case of piracy in Perak waters.
Larut has been re-peopled, and its revenues have doubled in
amount what was received in its most prosperous days under the
unaided administration of its Native riilor ; whilst the proportion
of crime to the population of Prrak has not been greater than that
in the Straits Settlements. At the same time, in Larut, all arms
have been removed and stockades destroved, whilst towns have
been built, mines opened, and roads made, th(» necessary accom-
paniments of an increased population and an in<'reased revenue.

The proposal to send Resident British Oflicers to advise and
assist the Native rulers and afford protection to British subjects
originated with the ^lalay Rajas tluMnsclves, Kaja Auoullah having
in 1872, begjjjed Oovernor Sir ILvituv Ord to assist him to obtain
liis riu;lits as Sultan and to lend liim an OlUcer to teach him how to
govern his country, sayin*; that he would give tliat Olllcer for a
time the whole revenues of his country, except sutHciout to prondc
himself with food and clothinc:.

OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 183

More recently Tunku Dia Ubin and the Klana of Sungei
TJjong hare asked for and obtained British Ei^sidents, expressing
in each case their desire to defray the expenses of these Officers.

There is now a Resident in Perak, and an Assistant Bosident
in Larut.

Nothing has occurred in Larut of any importance since
January, 1874, but the country has been carefully worked up to
its present state, its revenue guarded, and justice administered
under the immediate supervision of the Assistant Resident (Capt.
Speedy), whilst, besides roads for the benefit of the miners and
traders in Larut, a road, which may in time connect Province Wel-
lesley with Johor, has been begun, both in our newly acquired
territory in Krian and also in Larut, to give a direct road com-
munication between those districts and our own Settlements, whilst
another road to join Larut with Perak proper is also in course of
making ; and this also would form a joint in a great highway
through the Peninsula from Penang to Singapore.

The Larut debts, already spoken of, incurred by the Mentri in
his vain attempts to put down the party fights of the Chinese in
Larut, are in the hands of a Committee of Enquiry.

In Perak, which has a resident population of about 30,000
Malays, with numbers of Bajas and Chiefs, as was to be expected
there are those who prefer the law of " might being right " to any
modification of that original principle, and these have taken up a
policy of grumbling discontent, with Eajas Ismail and Jusop for
leaders.

Ismail, though in conversation and correspondence he pro-
fesses it to be his only desire to follow the advice of the English
Government, has nevertheless practically assumed a position of
passive disregard of the new state of afEairs, and, amongst Malays,
of being the aggrieved victim of ill-treatment at the hands of
those Chiefs who, having elected him Sultan, afterwards discarded
him. And in this course he is supported and advised, if not
instigated, by the Mentri and one or two lesser Chiefs, who, whilst
they were the followers of ** Ismail the Sultan," did many things

LS4 THE I^'DEPE^'DK5T NATIAE STATES

which thej dow hesitate to attempt as the followers of the '* Ei-
Sultan.''

JusoF, however, has no feeling of this kind, and, holding the
appointment of Raja Muda, he would have the present control of
Perak afEairs with a by no means improbable possibility of becom-
ing Sultan hereafter, but though he knows that he is utterly
unsupported, and that should the supreme authority become vacant
to-morrow perhaps not one Chief in Pcrak would approve of his
becoming Sultan, and though he formerly willingly accepted the
Raja Mudaship under Abdullah, yet he is now so occupied by the
thought that he is the rightful Sultan and being unjustly deprived
of his true position, that he is ready to ally himself with any one
who will in any way oppose the present arrangements.

Some further steps will probably be necessary before these
iiajas will be induced to give up their present attitude, for though
that is not at present a threatening one, still it does much to pre-
vent the complete and speedy settlement of Pcrak afEairs.

Another point provided for in the Pengkor Engagement was
the arrangement of a Civil List, and the fact of this being as yet
unsettled, has no doubt contributed, in some degree, to the discon-
tent of Ismail's party. This can hardly be decided except at a full
jissembly of the Chiefs and in the presence of some one whose
advice has sufficient weight with them to carry conviction. Could
such an assembly be arranged, in such a presence, it is possible
that both questions might be settled at one and the same time.

Neither Ex-Sultan Ismail nor Raja Jusof would probably have
ever taken up the attitudes they have had it not been that certain
designing persons, British subjects, with the sole desire of making
money, represented that if their services were employed at a suf-
ficiently high figure anything might bo done, even to the annulling
of the Pengkor Engagement and the constituting of Jusof Sultan
of Pcrak. Indeed some of the Chiefs are still of opinion that this
Engagement might, by the influence of their advisers in the Straits,
be rendered worthless.

OP THE MALAY l'K>'J>'8LLA. 185

The Mcutri ot* Larut also, by his intrigues aud })rofessiouH
of frieudship, now to Abdullah now to Ismall, has in no small
degree helped to keep alive the discontent which exists.

When the Evident first took up his duties, the collection of
revenue and the preservation of the peace seemed to demand such
immediate arrangement and control, that there was not oppor-
tunity to devote himself entirely to the Chiefs, but now that these
two important questions are put- on more satisfactory footing, it
seems necessary to take up the final settlement of any difficulty
which still remains about Abdillaii's acknowledgment, the arrange-
ment of a Civil List, and the particular duties of particular Chiefs.

Abdullah himself has, however, been the greatest obstacle to
his own complete recognition as Sultan. Since January, 1874,
instead of exerting himself to a just fulfilment of the duties which
then devolved upon him, he has devoted himself to opium-smoking,
cock-fighting and other vices, and by his overbearing manner and
absurd pride of position, he has, instead of conciliating, rather
estranged those who onlv wanted forbearance to make them his
supporters.

Thus, although Abdullah lias amongst those attached to liis
cause some of the most enlightened of Perak Chiefs, still the party
in opposition, with Ismail and Jusof at their head, are so strong
and influential with the Natives of the interior as to necessitate an
amicable arrangement with them before the affairs of Ptrak can be
said to be finally settled.

The immediate cause of this Government's recent and more
intimate relations in Sclungor arose from an atrocious piracy
being committed in November, 1873, just ofE the Jugra river, some
few miles from the Sultan of Selangor's residence. One man alone
escaped with his life from the pirated boat, jumping overboard and
holding to the rudder for hours. He swam ashore, escaped to
Malacca, and there meeting the pirates he laid an information and
thev were arrested.

186 T1£E INDEPENDENT NATIVE STATES

In December, 1873, Tunkii Dia Udin, having just previously
reported the above case to this Goverument, begged that an Officer
might be sent to him to assist him in governing St^lAngor.

On the llth January, 1874, an attack waS also made on our
lighthouse at Cape Eachado by Malays believed to have come from
Langat.

Returned from Pcrak, Sir Andrew Clahke, having obtained the
co-operation of Vice- Admiral Sir Citaiiles Siiadwell, thou at
Penang with a portion of H. M.*s China Fleet, proceeded at once to
Langat, where he interviewed the Sultan and his sons, and induced
His Highness to appoint a C^ourt of Native authonties to sit in trial
on the pirates, Tunku Dia Udin being nominated President of
this Court bv the Sultan.

Three of H. M.'s Vessels were left at the Jugra river with two
Government Commissioners to watch the trial.

After a careful examination, the prisoners were found guilty

and all but one were executed. The ships-of-war then shewed

themselves along the coast, and for the time everything seemed
(|iiiet again.

It was in July, however, that Sir Andrew Clarke, calling at
Klang on his way from Penang to Singapore, was informed by Tunku
Dia Udin of another piracy, at a place called Kwala Labu on the
Langat river, about twenty-iivo miles above the town of Langat.

It was staled that this river-piracy (in which a boat was plun-
dered and uvo Eugis men lost their lives) had been designed and
oxecuted iinder the orders of Raja Maiimud, and the Bandar of
Sungei T'joiiL^'s eldest son ; and it was added that Eaja Maudi was
then al LaiK^^at. planning another expedition against Klang and
Sclungur, an J that lie had three largo boats there rcadv to couvev
his men and arnu^.

Sir Andiikw Clarke went at once to Langat, taking Tunku 1)ia
rpiN with him, and at an interview with the Sultan of Sclaugor,
His Hitjhness exi)ressed his desire to put a stoj) to such disgraceful

OF THE MAL.VT PENIXSCLA. 187

occurrences, and promised to hand over Baja Mahdi's boat to
Tunku DiA Udut, to assist his Viceroy to organise an expedi-
tion in search of the pirates, and, if possible, to secure Bajas Maboi,
Mahmud and Bebkat (the Tunku Panglitna Raja), who had already
been declared outlaws by the Sultnn.

(Ino of Raja MAUDr'a boats was tlicn handed over to Tiinku
DiA Unix and taken to Klanpj, and, in order to, if possible, put
down piracy and prevent the recurrence of these outrages Sir
Andrew Glaiike, arrived at Singapore, reque&^ted the Navy to give
what assistance thev could to the Sultan and Tunku Dia Udix in
their search, by keeping a look-out on the coast of Selangor, whilst
the Governor at the same time sent an Officer of the GK)vemment
to remain with the Sultan, should His Highness desire it, and by his
presence and advice, give him confidence and assistance to carry
out the promises he had made. This Officer was cordially welcomed
bv the Sultan, and continues with him.

The expedition had no visible result in the way of the capture
of either Rajas Mahdi or Mahmud, or the discovery of any of the
pirates, but it was of no slight use in thoroughly examining the
villages and rivers on the coast, in frightening both Raja Mahdi
and Raja Mahmud out of Sflungor, and in capturing Raja Mahdi's
third boat, which he had removed from Langat, the second having,
at the Sultan's request, been towed to Klang by H.M.S. Hart.

From this date there has been no case of piracy on the coast
or in the rivers of Selangor, and the Sultan has, by his unhesitating
trust in the advice of the Grovernnicnt and adoption of everything
suggested to him for the improvement of his country, proved the
truth and sincerity of his former professions of friendship, and in
October, 1874, he begged the Q-overnor to undertake the Govern-
ment of Selangor by his Officers and the collection of all the
revenues there.

When in August, 1871-, Mahdi, aEter vowing vengeance on all
who assisted in the removal of his boats, was compelled to leave
Langat, he went overland to Sungei Ujong, and thence, still across
countrv, through Sri Menanti and Rambau to Johor, to which

I«K THK INDKPKyDKNT XATITK dTAT£8

place he had been summoned by letter in the hope that a« he had
by birth some claim on S^lilngor an amicable arrangement might
be made with him.

Raja Mahdi took with him Eaja Mahmud, the son of the late

Sultan Mahomed of Sclnnpjor, and they have been in Johor ever
since.

Raja Matimui), the sou of the Tuuku Panglima Raja,* also left
Langat in Aup;u8t last and went to Sunp;ei Ujong, where he was
received and supported by the Bandar of that place until the Klana
of Sungei XJjong, endeavouring to bring the Bandar to reason by
force of arms, the Bandar called on Raja Maumud to assist him,
and this he did with great effect, his notorious name striking such
terror into the Klana's followers (500 in all) that at the first sound
of it they fled out of Sungei Ujong.

On the arrival of our troops Mahmud fled to Langat by the
sea coast, and being there offered an ultimatum of complete sub-
mission, or to leave the country in twenty-four hours, he chose the
former, and went to Singapore, where he bound himself to live for
a year without meddling in the slightest degree in Sclangor affairs.

This promise lie lias hitherto faithfully kept, and there is no
reason to believe he will attempt to break it ; indeed he is not likely
to give any further trouble, as ho says he has no claim on ^^rlAngor
and has fought hitherto for no political reason, merely for frieiwl-
ship's sake and because he liked it.

This is the case, he is a " free lance,'* and has been ever Raja
Maudi's best fighting man ; now however he appears to have severed
his connection with him and is not likely to resume it, but tired of
his hunted life in the jungle, he is anxious to live for the future in
peace and by honest means.

Raja MAiiMri), the son of the late Sultan, supported by Raja
Mahdi at one time claimed to he the legitimate heir to the throne
.)f Sr-bniL^or. but he appears to have jj;iveu that idea up now and is
livinsj; quietly in Jolior with :\n allowauee from the SrlAngor
(fovernment.

* Al'ax Rjjjji Bf.t?k v\\

or THE MALAY PKiaXSlLA. 189

Ou what grouuds lie made his claim it in hard to say, for he
has an elder brother. Raja Laut, living in Perak, and he is not, as
was stated, of " Raja " blood on his mother's side, neither is his
brother.

Raja Itam,* as already mentioned, made friends with Tunku
DiA TJDiy, and has for some time been living at Bemam in charge
of that district under the supervision of the Resident of Sclangor,
the Sultan of Prrak having given to Raja Itam temporary control
over the Prrak bank, i.e., the right bank of the river Bernam also.

Raja AsALjt once in Tunku Dia Udin's service, but who after-
wards went over to his enemies, driven from Selangor, fled to Pcrak,
and is now engaged in tin-mining at Slim in the interior of Perak.

The only other man of any note concerned in the Selangor
disturbances is Syed MA8H0E,t who, compelled to fly Sflangor, took
refuge in Perak, where he is living on charity, hanng no followers
and no money. He has seen the Resident of Perak and declared
his desire to mix no more in the quarrels of the Native Rajas, but
to live peaceably.

Of the Saltan's sons, the eldest. Raja Musah, is just going back

to Selangor, where he will live under the eye of the Resident, for

though no complaint of oppression or cruelty has ever been brought

ajjainst him, his character is essentiallv weak, and it is necessary

to protect him from bad advisers and designing men, who would
rob him of his money, and, under cover of his name, commit acts
that he would never dream of nor consent to.

Raja Kahab, the second son, is settled in the interior of Langat,
and doing very well there, whilst Yakub, the third son, lives with
his father, and is directly under the supervision of the Assistant
Resident J at Langat.

♦ Raja Itam ii* now (1880) in receipt of a fixed allowance, whilst the
Bernam District is administcreil under the adrice of the Re-jident of Perak.

t After the murder of Mr. Birch, Raja Aa.vLund Sved Manhor (also Kaja«
Mahmii). Indit and Utih) otTcre I their services to the British Commissionera
in Perak, ami ^.ivc \o the troops a verv considerable amount of assistance,
These five Rajas were recom mended to (Jovirnment for some innrk of distinc-
tion in i-eoognition of their servirr^s. and in consequence the Secretary of State
'^eut out five swords to be pres<^nted to them, hut thev hare never been giyen,
Kaja AsAL died some time apo. (1880.)

X Ihi'vo is no Assistant Resident in Selsnimr now. (1880.)

190 THE rXDKPKyBEXT NATTTE STATER

Thus there is reason to believe, that all these former enemies
of Selangor are satisfactorily provided for, and that they will, or at
least some of them, in future contribute to the prosperity of that
country, instead of employinfj their energies in endeavouring to
accomplish its ruin.

Kaja M AHDi alone remains intractable. Imbued with an idea
that Klang is his very own to do what he likes with, he has
hitherto resisted all attempts at any arrangement which has not
for its first proviso hi.s own return to that district as its Governor.

He claims Klang as a right and an inheritance, and has hitherto
Htatcd that he will endeavour to recover it by auy means, declaring
at the same time his firm belief that if the Straits Q-overnment will
assist him to obtain Klang, and will give him a Resident to advise
him, that " he will shew quicker and better results there than
** Tunku DiA Udin has ever done."

Unfortunately his past conduct hardly justifies him in this
confident opinion, and even supposing it were possible to value
Raja Mahdi at his own estimate of himself, and he could be .
allowed to return to Klang. the present inhabitants of Srlangor
have such slight confidence in him, that they (or rather a great
part of them) have declared it their intention to leave the count rv
ns he enters it.

The Sultan also, having enjoyed tor some months now the
blessings of being freed from the intimidations of these hitherto
turbulent spirits, is much averse to the return of Raja Mahdi,
whom he doubtless considers their instiu;ntor an<l chief.

Indeed Mvhdi's* return to SMrmi^or, for sotnetime at least,
would appear to be out of the ijuestion, and yet if his determina-
tion and ener<^v could onlv he directed into some lawful channel,
he mic!;ht do almost as much «j;ood as he; has hitluM'to done harm.
It is hoped that an arrangement may yet be made with liim
which will gain this end, and whilst giving him some worthy emplov-
menl in another country will divert his thoui^^hts from Selangor.

•' llaja iM.viim hsis abanilonod his pretensions, and (juite recently tlie
Si'laniior Government has agreed to let him return to Klang a> a private
iiidividnal. Unfortunat^lv Rjija M\hi)i'>; j»tate "f li-Mltli ix ^i\ in«z ]ii> iVifMid-.
lireat eauae for anxiety on \m behalf (lH8o )

OF TU£ MALAY PEKIK8ULA. 191

Meanwhile Selangor iu slowly, but steadily, recovering itself ;
miners and traders are returning, and as they find a hitherto
unknown safety to life and property, and an absence of those
intestine struggles from which the country has till recently been
hardly ever free, they will gain confidence, and besides bringing in
their own capital and labour, may induce others to do so ; look-
ing at the richness of the soil, both for cultivation and in minerals,
there is reason to hope that Selangor will eventually become one
of the wealthiest States in the Peninsula.

Already the revenues of Klang are averaging over $11,000 a
month, whilst a new impulse has been given to the hitherto neglected
districts of Bernam, Selangor, and Langat.

Tn Lukut too there is a prospect of better days, and though
it may not for years, perhaps never, reach its former prosperity, the
work of improvement has begun, and it only wants time, and the
absence of internal dissension to regaiu much of its old wealth and
importance, and this seems the more likely as it is proposed to
make a road* from Sungei TJjong to Lukut, along which the whole
traffic of the former place would be carried, and thus Lukut, in
addition to her own resources, would become the port of Songei
TJjong.

At Sungei Kay a between Cape Bachado and the Linggi river
there are large pepper and gambier plantations owned by Malacca
Chinese, and these will doubtless be greatly increased when other
Chinese in Malacca see that the present peace appears likely to be
a lasting one.t

In answer to Tunku Dia Uddi's request, a Besideut British
Officer was sent to him by the Straits Government in January of
this year, and it is hoped such a country as Selangor, drained by

^This propo.«al was abaudoued in 18^5, and a road oommeoccd, which
is now oppD, to connect Sungei Ujong with Ferm&tang Pasir on the Lingei river.
The Sungei Ujong Government preferred this route, as passing wholly tnrough
Sungei Uiong territory. (1880.)

fA diugapore Chinaman lias since opened considerable pepper and gambier
plnutntiont nt Sungei Enya, and tliey appear likely to prove a success.

192 THE INDEPENDENT NATIVE STATES

such rivers as the Bernam, Klang, Selaugor, aud Laugat, under ite
new administration, may grow into a state worthy of its (jreat
natural resources.

As already stated, the constant border fights between Sungei
Ujong and Eambau, which in 1873 and 1874 rather increased than
diminished, had rendered the Linggi river (the highway to Sungei
Ujong and parts of Rambau) all but impassable, until, after
repeated complaints from British subjects of the blackmailing and
robbery which was going on in that river, the Rambau people
erected stockades at a place called Bukit Tiga, about ten miles
from the mouth of the Linggi, and literally put a stop to all traffic.

This occurred in April, 1874, and Governor JSir Andbeti'
Clarke, finding remonstrance of no avail, went in person to Sem-
pang on the Linggi river where he met the Datu Klana of Sungei
Ujong, and after a conference with him the stockades at Bukit
Tiga were destroyed by the Klana*s people with the assistance of
several boats' crews from H.M.S, Char^bdis and Avon. The Linggi
river was thus re-opened for trade, and before Sir Andbew Clajike
left it boats containing 85,000 worth of tin went down it from
Sungei Ujong, having been unable until then to get past the
stockades.

Syed Aiiman, the Klaua of JSungei Ujoug, had immediately
before this action on the Linggi assured the G-overnment of his
desire to protect legitimate trade, to put down f reebooting and
river piracy, and to harbour no criminals or enemies of those in
alliance with the British Government. To this effect also he had
signed (in April, 1874) an Agreement, aud as there appeared to be
no reason to doubt his sincerity a quantity of arms ordered by him
from England, and which, owing to the disturbed state of Sungei
Ujong and Rambau, had hitherto been detained, were now handed
over to him.

After this affair at Bukit Tiga nothing of any importance
occurred in Sungei Ujong till August, 1874, when the Klana,
ai-tinc: in concert with the Sultan of Sr^lAncor and his Yieerov Tunku

09 TBI UALAY nmxnsvLiL, 108

DiA. Udtn, asaiBted in the search for the Labu pirates and the out-
lawed Eajas Mahdi and Mahmud. This expedition, as has been
shewn, proved unsuccessful as far as securing any of the pirates
went, but on its return the Klana, in reporting to the Grovemment
the steps he had taken, complained that the Bandar of Sungei
TJjong would not assist him nor obey him, and that it was even
stated in Sungei TJjong that he, the Bandar, was sheltering Raja
Mahmud. The Klana asked at the same time that his boundaries
with S^l&ngor and Eambau might be settled, and that a British
Officer might be sent to Sungei Ujong as Resident and offered to
pay all his expenses.

Between August and October the Klana wrote several letters
complaining of the Bandar, that he had refused to sign the Agree-
ment made at Singapore in April, that he constantly threatened to
attack and murder him, that he would not recognise the Klana's
authority, and that, in spite of denials, he felt convinced the Bandar
was harbouring Raja Mahmitd.

In reply to one of these letters, which stated that disturbances
were imminent in Sungei Ujong, an Officer of G-ovemment and a
guard of Police were sent to re-assure the Klana and the traders,
and to prevent by their presence any disturbance, and a letter was
also sent to the Bandar inviting him to Singapore, in the hope of
making an arrangement between him and the Klana.

The Bandar, though several times invited to meet both Sir
Akdbew Clabke and previous Governors, had hitherto invariably
avoided doing so under some pretence or other, nor did this occa-
sion prove an exception to the rule.

He pleaded illness, the approaching " Bulan Puasa " or " Past-
ing Month," and above all that he did not wish to go to Singapore,
had nothing to do there, and did not see what was to be gained by
going, whilst he at the same time denied flatly that he was har-
bouring Kaja Maumud, or even knew of his whereabouts, and
accused tho Klana of acting very improperly, alleging that thev,
the Klana and Bandar, were of equal power, and that tho Klana
was assuming a position which did not belong <o him.

104 TH£ I!a>EPXNS8irT ITATXTS STATES

The Bandar, however, whikt he denied most empbaticallj that
he had the slightest intention of attacking the Ehina, agreed to
write a letter to the Qovemment promising that he would take no
ofEensive step until he had received further letters from Singapore.
Before this letter was furnished, however, the Klana marched
a party of men down to a village of the Bandar's, and took it. No
lives were lost, and no property destroyed on this occasion. The
Bandar then hastened to give the required letter to the Govern-
ment Officer who took it at once to Singapore, the Klana's people
returning at the same time from the Bandar's village.

Before an answer could be sent the Klana wrote to Malacca
that the Bandar in breach of faith was making preparation for an
attack upon him, erecting stockades, getting gunpowder, <fcc., from
Malacca, and that he heard Mahmud was with him. Accordingly
a letter was sent by the same Officer to the Bandar, calling upon
him to give up Mahmttd, to sign the Agreement, and charging him
with trifling with the Government, and also with breaking faith.

To this the Bandar had no satisfactory reply to give, he still
denied all knowledge of Eaja Mahmtji), but still refused to do any-
thing to bring about an understanding between himself and the
Klana, and gave out generally that he could not understand by
what right the British G-overnment interfered in the affairs of his
country, that for his part he was very well contented with things
as they were, and he did not intend to alter them.

The Klana now lost patience, and looking on the Bandar in
the light of a rebellious subject and thinking he had sufficient force
to bring him to reason, he determined to do so.

The result proved how greatly he had miscalculated his
strength.

The Klana attacked and took Rasa, the Bandar's principal vil-
lage, but advancing on Kapayang the Bandar's own place he was
met by a force of the Bandar's people under Raja M\H>ruD, and his
mere name caused such a panic, that the Klana and his five hun-
dred followers fled like one man, leaving a small party of Straits

OF THE MAXAT PENINSULA. 195

l^olice witli their European Corporal and the Officer who had come
as the messenger of Government to stand a severe fire for nearly
two hours. The Klana's five hundred followers did not return,
and Raja Mahmud taking the offensive, retook Rasa and advanced
on the Klana's own place, Ampangan,

The safety of their Officer being now threatened, the Straits
Government sent a small body of troops to Sungei TJjong to pro-
tect him and assist the Klana. These troops were in turn fired on
by the Bandar's people under Raja Mahmud, who after half -an.
hour's engagement deserted their position and fled in great disorder.
After the arrival of the troops in Sungei Ujong, at the request
of Agents from the Bandar, negotiations were twice opened to
settle the matter without fighting, but the first time they failed
through misrepresentations on the part of the Agent, and the
second time it was too late.

The Bandar and Raja Maumttd fled from Sungei Ujong with
all their people, the Bandar to the Labu river, a small stream in
the heart of a dense jungle, whilst Mahmud following the sea coast
took refuge with his father at Sungei Jelutong, a plantation also
in the midst of jungle near Bukit Jugra and most difficult of access.

I was then at Langat, and had been instructed to, if possible,
secure the Bandar and Mahmud, should they make towards Langat,
provided they would give themselves up on the sole condition that
their lives were not threatened. After some negociation, both the
Bandar and Raja Mahmud accepted these terms, and, as has been
already related, were taken to Singapore, where they agreed to
remain for at least a year.

Considering the disturbed state of Sungei Ujong and the large
number of Chinese miners there, it was thought advisable to have
a small party of European troops there with an English Resident.

There can now be no fear of any one, either from Sungei
Ujong or Rambau, attempting to stop the trade on the Linggi
river, and the Chinese, who in Sungei Ujong as in Larut are the
real sinews and wealth-producing power of the country, are as

196 THE IKBEPEKDENT NATIVE STATES

pleased as they are amazed at finding disputes between them and
Malays settled with impartiality, whilst their lives and property
are comparatively safe, and they are not even subjected to the
well-known extortion called " squeezing."

Thus there is reason to believe that the coast from Fenang to
Malacca, and the rivers which drain this side of the Peninsula are
at last tolerably safe and free from robbers ; and though it may be
expected that there will still be occasional attempts at piracy on
the coast and in these rivers, and highway robberies on land, yet it
is far from probable that any combined or successful attempt can
be made either on land or water such as reduced this portion of
the Peninsula to the lamentable state it was in before and up to
1874, and which caused the loss of so many lives and so much pro-
perty to British subjects who were unfortunate or ill-adnscd
enough to venture within reach of the lawless desperadoes who
then made piracy and murder their pastime.

Eambau, now no longer able to prosecute its old feud with
ISungci Ujong, or to levy blackmail on the Linggi river, has subsided
into a state of peaceful inaction ; but though the present Datu of
Kambau, Haji Sahil, appears anxious to preserve good relations
with the Straits Q-overnment and to divert the energies of his peo-
ple from their old pursuits into legitimate and profitable chan-
nels, yet he finds he has set himself a suflBciently hard task.

Rambau is one of the most populous of the Western States,
as far as Malays are concerned, being said to contain 10,000 inhabi-
tants, all Malays ; but the country, strange to say, is one of the
poorest in the Peninsula, rice and fruit being its only products.
Tin there is in Eambau, but there is no navigable stream near it,
and the cost of carriage almost precludes the working of it. The
Rambaunese say they have tried to grow pepper, coffee, and
tobacco, but without success. The only revenue the Datu receives
i3 from fines ; this might be increased by a percentage on rice and
by a poll-tax, but Rambau will in all probability never be a rich
country.

And this is one difficulty the Datu has to contend against,
namely, that though he may bo anxious to improve his country by

OF THE MALAY PEKIK8ULA. 197

public worktf, roads, bridges, <&c., he has no means at his disposal
for doing so, whilst a greater difficulty still is found in the popula-
tion which contains many disorderly elements.

Escaped criminals from the Straits, aspiring but disappointed
Eajas and Chiefs from neighbouring States, malcontents, and run-
away slaves, these have for years found a refuge in Bambau.

For a Mala}', whose ver}' name might imply indolence, it is not
easy, even though he personally may desire to do what is right, to
impress such subjects as these with the advantage and advisability
of following his lead in a course so much at variance with all their
own lives.

•

And the case of Bambau is also in a minor degree that of the
other small States around Malacca.

In Johol the Datu is a man who does almost anything any one
advises him, is reputed to sell his chop (seal) for a dollar, and is such
a confirmed opium-smoker that he has little thought or care of his
duties as a ruler.

Jelabu is hardly in a flourishing or satisfactory state. Only
two or three months ago four Sumatra Malays, having been invited
to trade in Jelabu were there attacked and three of them murdered
by highwaymen. No enquiry being made, or steps taken to arrest
the murderers, ten fellow-countrymen of the murdered men went
to Jelabu to ask what was the custom in such cases there. They
were told there was no custom, and were threatened with detention,
hearing which nearly a thousand Sumatra men from Ulu Langat,
Sungei TJjong and other States went to Jelabu to demand satisfac-
tion, and with this show of force they managed to obtain redress.

Sri Menanti is at present without a Chief, as amongst nume-
rous claimants those whose privilege it is to make a selection can-
not make up their minds who has the best title. Sri Menanti has
thus been without a recognised head for years.

As was stated before, these small States were once under
Johor, and a proposition has now been made to unite them and
put them again under Sultan Ali Ibkakssb SuaHi the direct

198 THE INDEPENDENT NATIVE STATES

•

descendant of the Sultans of Johor. It is said Sultan Axi is
willing to accept this trust, but the Chiefs of the States, as was
to be expected, shew considerable difference of opinion as to whom
they would prefer for their Sultan, whilst there are two claimants
for this post, one Tunku Antau, son of Raja Radin, and the
other Tunku Ahmed Tungoal, son of Tunku Imam, both descended
from ihe Menangkabau Eajas, who once were Sultans of these
States. Of these two, Tunku Antah is the favourite, being of
Royal blood both on his father's and mother's side.

No doubt it would be a very good thing to unite these coun-
tries in one, under one responsible head — a good thing for the States,
a8 it would put an end to their jealousies of and strifes with each
other, and a good thing for the Straits Q-overnment, as there would
then be but one Chief to refer to, who could be made responsible
for his people.

The States too look upon this proposal with favour as a return
to their old customs, and the only thing is to see that the best
man is elected to be their Sultan.

It is possible that the States would accept the candidate who
was recommended by this Q-overnment, provided an Officer were
sent to canvass them, and in that case it only remains for the
Government to consider whether Sultan Ali or Tunku Antah
has the best claim, and which is the most capable of worthily filling
this position should it devolve upon him.

A most important part of this proposal is that a Resident
British Officer should be appointed to advise and assist the Sultan
in carrying out the scheme. In this case the expenses of the Resident
and his establishment would probably fall on the Straits Govern-
ment as the only one of these districts which possesses a large
revenue — Sungei Ujong — has in a manner been separated from the
rest and has interests and a Resident of its own.

We now come to Johor, about which there is little to be said,
except in praise of the enlightened administration of its present
ruler, for though Johor has not yet been found to poeseBs those rich

OF THE MJLLAY FETmrsULA. 199

mineral resources which nature has conferred so lavishly on other
States, still by the Maharaja's exertions, his just rule, and his
careful preservation of life and property, his country has attained
a foremost position amongst the Native States of the Peninsula.

In settling the Native States near Malacca, a considerable
benefit would be conferred on Johor, which, like Malacca, has been
subject to constant raids from lawless bands who invariably found
a safe refuge from pursuit in one or other of these Provinces.

Of Pahang we know little, but since the accession of the pre-
sent Bendahara, there have been no disturbances there of any im-
portance. In spite, however, of Pahang's rich deposits of gold and
tin, its large population (about 60,000) and its almost total freedom
from taxation, it does not advance in prosperity or importance,
nor do many Chinese appear to have been induced to settle there.
Much might be done in Pahang, if there were there an energetic
Chief, or an able adviser who held his confidence.

Pahang is not dependent on foreign imports, for, besides the
richness of its mineral deposits, it produces enough rice to feed the
whole population, whilst it has skilled weavers who make quantities
of the silk " sarongs " which often form the only dress of the
Malays.

Between Pahang and Johor, however, there is anything but
good feeling, and until their boundary is clearly defined this does
not appear likely to be altered.

In 1855 the Bendahara of Pahang was Kun Ali Sewahaja,
and he had two sons — Che Wax Indut and Che Wan Ahmed, —
the former of whom succeeded his father. Che Wan Indut had
a son named Che Wan Long, and the father during his lifetime
appears to have abdicated in favour of the son. Wan Ahmed
claimed certain territories in Pahang, as left to him by his father
for his inheritance as the younger son, but his elder brother denied
the claim, and this gave rise to a struggle between Che Wan Ihdut
and Che Wan Long on the one side, and Che Wan Ahmed on the
other ; Che Wan Long's sister having been married to Abubaeeb,

200 THE nrDEPEirDSKT KATITS 8TATX8

(the then TemCnggong of Johor's son, the present Maharaja of
Johor) his sympathies and those of the late TemSnggong were
with the father and son.

In the midst of the struggle, which lasted long and created
considerable feeling in the Straits Settlements, Cite Wan Indut
and Che Wan Long died, and Che Wan Ahmed became Bl^ndahtira,
and continues to hold that office now.

The boundary question had been for some years a subject of
quarrel between Johor and Pahang, but during the reigns of Che
Wan Indut and his son they had come to an Agreement (in 1860 and
again in 1862) with Johor on this point. On the accession of Che
Wan Ahmed he refused to abide by this, Agreement, and the dis-
pute being referred to the arbitration of the Governor of the
Straits Settlements, was then, in 1867, by him fixed as the Indau
river, the right bank to Johor, the left to Pahang, and seawards,
from the centre of the river Indau to the southern extreme of
Pulau Eaban, and thence due East along the North parallel of
latitude 2° 39' 20", to Pahang the islands lying to the North, to
Johor those lying to the southward of that line.

This settlement did not entirely put an end to all difEerences,
and there is reason to believe that these neighbours regard each
other with the same bitterness now that they did formerly, whilst
they both profess to think themselves wronged by the settlement
of the Indau boundary.

Though there has been no open rupture between them, pro-
bably as has been said, owing to the close connection of the Maha-
raja with the Straits G-overnment, tliere have been constant alarms
and small reprisfils on the Indau river, not unfrequeiitly resulting
in the death of one or more of the inhabitants of either bank.

For the sake of both Johor and Pahang, and to prevent the
possibility of their mutual dislike finding vent in a war which would
1)0 disastrous not only to thoni but to numhoi's of British
subjects, and |)orhaps in a small measure, to the trade of Singapore,
it is v(M*v advisable that something should bo done to brint^

OF THE AULAY PKHINSUJ.A. 201

about a satisfactory arrangement between the Bcndahara and the
Maharaja, and this can only be done by the British Government,
from whom alone they would brook interference.

It is said that the Bendahura, whilst unwilling to yield a yard
of territory to Johor, is anxious to make over his claim (a consider-
able disputed district) to the Straits Settlements, hoping thereby to
have the British Government for a neighbour with whom his peo-
pie would not attempt to quarrel. However this may be, it
would seem a question of no small importance to settle, as at
present, absurd as it may seem, the Bcndahara is not confident in
his own mind that if he went to Singapore the grievances of Johor
might not be vented on his own person.

Apart from the boundary question between Johor and Pahang,
it appearH very adWsable that the Straits Government should cul-
tivate more intimate relations with Pahang, owing to the fact that
Jelabu, almost the whole of the Ulu Schlngor, and a considerable
portion of Perak, march with that State on their inland boundaries.

If the Bcndahara of Pahang, either from pique or interested
motives, should be induced to give refuge to any discontented Chiefs
and allow them to make TJlu Pahang a base of operations, they
could commit endless depredations in SeMngor and Perak, and re^re
again into Pahang with but the smallest chance of being taken.

From the foregoing memoranda some idea may be gained of
the effects thus far of the policy instituted at Pulo Pengkor by Sir
Andbew Clabkk in January, 1874.

It is possible that it must shortly become a matter for the
serious consideration of Government, how long this policy can be
carried on, at least in Perak, without some advance upon it.

Abdullah's impracticability and proved incapacity, his return
with easy circumstances to his former evil habits and his conse-
quent increasing unpopularity with both Bajas and Eyots, com-
bined with the continued opposition of the Ulu Chiefs, and the
difficulty of satisfactorily arranging the Larut debts, the enquiry
into which has shewn how utterly unfit the Mentri is to hold his
high position in that country, all force upon the Government the

202

THE nrDEPEHDSKT^NATITE STATES.

carefifl re-consideration of P^ak affairs, with a vie# not so mich
to the settlement of any momentary or passing difficulty, as to the
future satisfactory administration of Perak, and the permanent
well-being of its people, not forgetting the position of the other
States di the Peninsula, nor how they may be ultimately affected
by the carrying out of a more advanced policy in one of the
largest and oldest of the States.

One other point may be noticed ; in thus altering the charac-
ter of our relations with the Western States of the Peninsula, it
would be well not to lose sight of the Eastern States.

Though nominally under the protection of Siam, we hate
hitherto preserved a connection of friendly interest in TrSnggdnu,
Kelantan and PetlLni, and now that Straits enterprise has reached
the furthest of these States, there are many reasons for at least
keeping up that interchange of civilities which it would be unwise
to neglect.

Except for a visit to Pahang last year, no Officer of Govern-
ment has been to the East Coast since July, 1872, and if only to
give these Bajas a knowledge of the more intimate relations and
deeper interest of the British Government in their Western neigh-
hours it would seem judicious to revive and foster our friendship
with the Eastern States.

Feakk. a. Swettkxham.

lift Janet 1875.

THE RUINS OF BORO BUDUR IN JAVA

The Ven. Archdeacon Hose.

(Bead at a Meetinj of the Society held on the 14th Stptenher^ 1880.)

The following letter was received by the Honorary Secretary
of the Society in May, 1880 : —

" La Hate, le 3 Avril, 1880.

" II y a quelques annees le Q-ouvemement Necrlandais entreprit
la publication de dessins et d'un texte descriptif des mines dites
* Boro-Boudour ' dans Tile de Java.

" Dcsirant faire connaitre cet ouvrage aux societes scientifiques
I'trangores, le Gouvernement du Boi se plait a en offrir un exem-
plaire a la Socicte Asialique.

"II est persuade que de cette facon le but scientifiquo qu'on
s'ctait propose par la publication, sera atteint.

" Le Ministre des Colonies,

"W. VAN QOLTSTBIN.

"A la Socittt Asiatique (Straits BranchJ

a Sint/apore."

The letter was accompanied by the very valuable gift men-
tioned in it, viz., a set of three hundred and ninety-three designs
illustrating the ruins of the temple of Boro Budur in Java, with a
descriptive text in Dutch by Dr. C. Leemans, Director of the
Museum of Public Antiquities at Leyden, and a translation of this

204 THE BUrXS OF BOBO BUDUE IN JAVA.

work into French by M. A. G. van Hamel. The designs were
produced at the expense of the Dutch Government, aad under
the direction of M. E. C. Wilsex. Dr. Leemaxs' description
is rounded chiefly on the MSS. and printed works of M. Wilsen
and M. J. F. G. Bkumund. It has seemed right to the Council
that this generous gift should be introduced to the Society witli
some account of the great work which the Netherlands- India
Gt)vemment has undertaken in the interests of science and art,
and of the noble relic of iintiquity, upon the description of which
so much learning and labour lihd money lias been ex])ended.

It is a most interesting fact for a Society establi.^lied in Singa-
pore and meeting in a building which bears the name of the illus-
trious founder of this Settlement that the remains of the noble
building which is described in these plates were first brought to the
knowledge of Europeans by Sir Stamford Kafflks. The disco-
very is thus described by Dr. Lkemans, the author, or perhaps we
should rather say the editor, of the descriptive text which accom-
panies the plates : —

'* When Lieutenant-Governor Sir S. Kaffles was at Saniarans:
in January, 181 i, he learned that in Kedu, in the immediate neigh-
bourhood of the hamlet of Buiiii Segoro, there were on a hill, or
partly hidden by a hill, the extiMisive ruins of a very ancient Hiridu
temple. Sir Stamfohd was dooi)ly iin[)ros.so(l with the i<l?a that an
examination and an accural v' slndv (A* these rnins woiiM ]\ of verv
irreat scicntilic interest. Possiblv he flattered himself with the
hope of disco voring in this place objects of art not li'.^s precious
than those which, nine years before, had been fonn<l in tiie neigh-
boni'in'i: territorv of Prambanan. aiul c>f which the Ihit-li (iovern-
ment had procured a description and some drawings. Whatever
were his ex[>ectations, the fact is that Sir SrAMFOun ilii-ected Mr.
CoKNELirs, a Lieutenant of Eni^^ineers, to carefully examine these
ruins, whiv'h the natives called l>oro Budnr, to niea.snre their
dimensions, to make plans and exact drawings of thcui, and to »vrite
a clear and detailed description of the whole."

It wiis no easy task that Mr. CouxELirs had to umlertake.
So utterlv had the ancient shrine been ne'dected, that it vvascov-ered
with a dense jungle. More than two hundred workmen werv^ em-
ployed for forty-five days in cutting down the trees, burning the

THE nUlXS OF BOBO BUDUR IN JATA. 205

undei wood and carrying away the earth under which the ruins
were huricd. When thia preliminary operation was completed, a
spectacle appeared which must have seemed to the Lieutenant of
Engineers a reward worth all his labour.

This is Sir Stamford Rafflks* description of what came to
light. (" History of Java," Vol. II, 31, Ed. 1830.)

"In the district of Boro in the province of Kedu and near to
the ciuiiliH lue of the rivers Elo and Praga, crowning a small hill
stands the temple oE Boro Bodo, supposed by some to have been
built in the sixth, and by others in the tenth century of the Javan
era. It is a square stone building, consisting of seven ranges of
walls, each range decreasing as you ascend, till the building termi-
nates in a kind of- dome. It occupies the whole of the upper p.wt
of a coniial hill, which appears to have been cut away so as to
receiver the wallrf, and to accommodate itself to the figure of the
whole struct lire. At the centre, resting on the very apex of the
hill, is the dome before mentioned, of about tlfc'ty feet diameter,
and in its present ruinous state, the upper part having fallen in,
only about twc^nty feet high. This is surrounded by a triple circle
of towers, in number seventy-two, each occupied by an image look-
ing outwards, and all connected by a stone casing of the hill
which externally has the appearance of a roof. Descending
from thence, you pass on each side of the building by steps
through live handsome gateways, conducting to five successive
terraces, wliicli surround the hill on every side. The walls
which su])port these terraces are covered witli the richest sculp-
ture on bt>th sides, but more particularly on the side which
forms an int<'rior wall to the terrace below, and are raised so as to
form a paraix^ on the other side. In the exterior of these ])ara-
pets, at c'ju.il distances, are niches, each containing a naked figure
sittinu: iM'oss-lejzged, and considerably larger tlian life ; the total
number uf wliicli is not far short of four hundred. Above each
niche is a little 'pire, another above each of the sides of the niche,
and another upon the parapet between the sides of the neighbour-
ing niches. The design is regular; the architectural and sculptural
ornaments are profuse. The bas-reliefs represent a variety of
scenes, apparently mythological, and are executed with considerable
taste and skill. The whole area occupied by this noble building is

206 THE BFIK8 OF BOBO BUDUB IN JATA.

about six hundred and twenty feet either way. The exterior
line of the ground plan, though apparently a perfect square
when viewed at a distance, is not exactly of that form, as
the centre of each face, to a considerable extent, proj ^cts many
feet, and so as to cover as much ground as the conical shape
of the hill will admit : the same form is observed in each of the
terraces. The whole has the appearance of one solid building, and
is about a hundred feet high, independently of the central spire of
about twenty feet which has fallen in. The interior consists al-
most entirely of the hill itself.'*

The more careful examination of the building, which has been
made since Sir Stamford Raffles wrote this, shews that his des-
cription is not absolutely correct in all points, but it is sufficiently
so to give a good idea of the whole.

It was, as wo have seen, part of llaffles* original purpose to
cause plans and drawing.^ of the building to be made, and he says
in a note to the passage just quoted: — *' Drawings of the present
and former state of this edifice and illustrative of the sculptural
ornaments by which it is distinguished have been made and have
been long in the hands of the engraver."

But not many of thcjic seem to have appeared. Dr. Leemans
sug2:csts that possibly they may have remained amongst papers
that Sir Stamfoud loft beliind him at his death. A few were
printed, and reproduced in various publications ; Possibly the
frontispiece to tlie sc'cond volume of CKAwruun's "History of the
Indian Arcliipelai^o " comes from this source. Afterwards, from
time to time, drawii l(s of various parts of the building; and of
objects in the buildinii: np{)earcd. But after Sir Stamf.^ui) Baffles
left Java in ISlo, until the year ISJI, no serious attempt was made
to produce a complete series of drawings.

There had, meanwhile, been many proposals, some of them
countenanced bv the Xerherlands-India Oovernment, to have Boro
Bndur thorou«ihlv measured, described and illustrated. But the
difficulties in the wnv of accomplishinir the task seemed aszain and
again insurmountable.

At hist, in 1814 the idea was entertained of making use of
photography to obtain correct views of the building, and in July,
1845, a German artist named Siiaefep, who was employed by the

THE EUIX8 OF BOBO BUDUE IN JATA. 207

Ooveniment, actually took fifty-eight views on glass plates, which
were eventually sent to Holland. But it was found that, while the
cost of this method would be enormous, the results would be un-
satisfactory, and the scheme was abandoned.

It was under the auspices of M. Rochussen, Governor-General
of the Netherlands-India, that the Ions: meditated desi^rn of making
accurate plans and drawings was at length undertaken. On the
I6th November, ISJjT, the Secretary- General wrote to the Dtrecteur
du Qenie requesting him to instruct one of the draughtsmen of
his corps, by way of experiment, to make sketches of some of the
bas-reliefs of Boro Budur. The person selected for this duty was
M. F. C. AViLSEN, at that time third draughtsman of Engineers.
The choice was evidently a singularly happy one. M. Wilsex
was rather an artist than a draughtsman, and, besides this essential
qualification, was an orientalist of no small calibre. M. ScnoNBERO
MuLDEU a young oflicer of the corps of Engineers, was associated
with him in the work, but his share in it was a subordinate one
and receives less praise from Dr. Leemans than that of his distin-
guished fellow-laboure!\ Five years were occupied in making the
drawings and plans, which were finished in 1853.

It was at first proposed that the designs should be lithogra-
phed in Java by the department of Engineering under the direction
of the Batavijin vSociety, and some plates were executed in this
manner. But it was found necessary at last to have the designs sent
to Holland to be lithographed there. They were put into the hands
of M. MiELixo, of the Hague, in 1856, and the lioyal Netherlands
Institute for promoting the knowledge of the Languages, Countries,
and Peoples of India was invited to superintend the work. The
Institute accepted the invitation, and as it was desirable that one of
the members should be intrusted with the business, Dr. LEe^tAys,
who had made antiquities his special study, was selected, and it was
thus that his connection with this important business began.

Dr. Leemaxs relates at great length the difiiculties he had to
encounter, caused chiefly by the mistakes and the dilatoriness of
M. MiELTXO, the lithographer. His trials in this matter were so
great that in 1867 he asked and obtained permission to put the
designs which were not yet lithographed into the hands of another
publisher, M. E. J. Bhill, of Leyden, who successfully completed

208 THE RUIX8 OF BOBO HUDUK iN JAVA.

the whole series of 393 plates in 1871, just 18 years after M.
"Wilsen's drawings had been begun, and more than half a century
after the idea had first occurred to Sir Stamford Raffles.

While the work of preparing these plates for pubh'cation was
going on, the question of producing an expLanatory text was under
the careful consideration, both of the Dutch Government and of
the Institute, whose advice on tins subject harl been solicited.
There was a considerable amount of material for such a text already
existing. 31. WiLSEJf himself had contributed a verv valuable
paper entitled " Boro Budur explained in relation to Brahmanism
and Buddhism," which he had placed at the disposal of the Dutch
Government for this purpose ; and M. J. F. G. BauMiXD, a
member of the Committee of the Batavian Society, had made him-
self a reputation by writing on the same subject. There were also
<5ther papers published in various scientific periodicals, and notices
in larger works such as those of R\ffl!:s and Crawfuhd. The Dutch
Government held the opinion, with which the institute agreed, that
it was of importance that all these materials should be compared
and used by one Editor in the preparation of a text descriptive of
the plates, and wished Dr. Leemaxs to undertake this as well as
superintending the issue of the plates themselves. Some difficulty
was raised bv Mr. Bju'MUXd, who thought, and a');)arentlv with
some rc;ison, that he had been distiuctlv commissioned bv GoviTn-
ment lo ])orforin thi-^ part of the whole scliome. His objec-
tions were ovcmiiod, and the book was titialiv \v;-iia':i bv
Dr. Li.LM.vxs, who, howevt^r, incorporated into his \\.»rk the
])revioiis production of ?^L}.L Wii.sk.v and Bkumund witli such
modifications as seemed necessary. The text thus coinposcl was
published in 13utch, with a French translation, in 1^71. It inw-
sists of five parts. 1st — X general description of Boro Budur.
2nd — A description of the bas-reiiefs in the different Lralleries.
.'Jrd — An essay on the character and purpose of lioro l^udiir founded
ou a coni[)arison between this building and other s.-icred (ilKices on
the continent of Asia and in Java, tth — A discus-ion u[)on the
date, and the circumstances of the foundatioji and the decav of
Boro Budur in relation to the ancient historv of Java; and oth — An
essay tipon Boro Budur frotn the artistic point of view. The
Avhole forms a very learned and yet a very readable book, and gives

THE RUINS OF BORO BUDUR IN JAVA. 209

ail exhaustive account of all that can bo known with certainty
of the extinct civilization of pre-Mohammedan Java.

There ha** been a <;reat difference of opinion, among those who
have invesHjxr.ted the subject, as to both the date of the sacred
edifice of Boro Budur and its religious character. Crawfurd was
dispo.sod to fix its date as late as 134:1: A.D., while Dr. Lkkmans
considers IIkiI the 9th or even the 8th century of our era is more pro-
bable. Tlie religious character of the bjildinj?, and indeed the whole
questi jn oh* tlie nature of the religion professed by the Javanese
before lln'ir conversion to Mahommedanism, has been much dis-
puted. Cr.vwfi'ro originally considered that the religion of Java
was a Slvai.-^tic form ot* Brahmanisra much modified by a reforming
Buddhism. (See '' History of the Indian Archipelago," Book YI.,
Chap. I.) But ill hi.j '' Dictiojiary of the Indian Islands," which was
published thirty years after the History, and contained his more
matured opinions, ho says that he had then come to the conclusion
that the ancient relii^ion of the country was really the worship of
Jain, and that his friend Colonel CoLix Mackenzie, who was well
acquaintr'd with the temples of Jain in southern India, had held
the same opinion ho long ago as ISll.

Tlie .lav.uiese themselves, though the name of Buddha does
not aj)pear iji any of their writings, say that their religion before
their conversion was " Agama Buddha " or Buda. But the local
traditions seem to be singularly worthless. As an instance of this,
I may quote a story which M. Brumun'd tells. The modern
Javanese who live in the neighbourhood of Boro Budur when ques-
tioned as to their knowledge of the origin and purpose of the
temi)le relate the following tradition: —

*' A certain princcv, of the name of Dewa Kasuma, son of a
priest of importance, and a person of some considerable power
among the ]>rinces of Java, had given grave offence to one of the
members of his court. This latter being of an unforgiving dispo-
sition, and devounnl by rancour, thought of nothing else but how
he might revenge himself and inflict upon the prince the most
cruel blow he could imagine. The prince had an only child, a
little daugliter of two years old, the joy and happiness of his life.
The disaffected courtier resolved to kidnap this child, and succeeded
in executing his dastardly purpose. One day the little girl dis-

210 THE RUiyS OP BOHO BUDUB IN JAVA.

appeared leaving not the least trace behind. The prince was
utterly inconsolable, and wandered over the country for several
years seeking his lost child everywhere, but in vain. Twelve years
had passed since the fatal day, and the prince was still mourning
hia little girl, when one day he met a young woman of singular
beauty. It was his daughter, but failing to recognise her, he asked
her in marriage, was wedded to her, and a child was born of this
unnatural union.

" The offended courtier had now at last reached the moment at
which he could satiate his vengeance. He hastened to seek an
interview w^th Dew a Kasuma, recalled himself to the prince's re-
collection, and revealed to him the horrible secret. Dewa Kasuha
was in despair, he felt himself guilty before the gods, and the
priests declared that there was no pardon for such a crime, even
though committed in ignorance. To expiate his offence he must
allow himself to be shut up within four walls with the mother and
-child, and end tis days in penitence and prayer.

** There remained, however, one alternative. The penalty would
be remitted if in ten days he could construct a Boro Budur. The
undertaking was immense, but he had numerous and powerful re-
sources at his disposal. Hope revived in his heart, and he set to
work without delay, employing all the artists and all the mechanics
in his kingdom. The ten days came to an end, and Boro Budur
was finished with all its images. But, alas, they counted the
images (people count them still); one of the whole number which
had been declared indispensable was wanting, and the building
could not, therefore, be accounted finished. It was then impossible
for the unhappy man to escape the doom that menaced him. In
vain he poured out his soul in supplications ; the gods were inexora-
ble ; their decree must be executed ; the prince and his wife and
child were turned into stone ; and it is thus that j)Osterity found
them in the three images of Chandi Mend ut in the neighbourhood."

It is said that this and similar stories which are to be met
with are not even very ancient, but that traces of their compara-
tively recent date are easily discovered in the stories themselves.
The savants who have made the most careful inquiry are convince<l
that there are no remains of anv historical remembrance whatever
among the Javanese of the origin and purpuric of Boro Budur.

THE BUIK8 OF BORO BUDUB IK JAYA. 211

The written traditions, Babads^ or genealogical cliromcles, which
-exist, are of little more value. Mr. Bbtjmunb says of them ** tha
Javanese like the other nations of India offer us fictions for history
and the efforts of their ill-regulated imagination for facts.'* There
is, in truth, an almost total abseuco of trustworthy inform*-
lion upon the subject. And it is to internal evidence we most
go, to the testimony of the buildiug itself, its form and its decora-
tioD) in order to obtain the light we need respecting the religion of
which it was the expression, and the purpose it was intended to
serve.

The original germinal idea of a Buddhist temple was a mound
to contain a precious casket in which some relic of the Buddha was
enclosed. After Sakta-Mouni was dead his body was burned, and
the ashes of the Master were divided into eight parts, which were
distributed among an equal number of the towns or persons who
could make good their claim to possess such an inestimable trea-
sure. But 150 years later Asoka, King of the powerful Buddhist
kingdom of Maghadu, caused seven of the eight receptacles to be
opened and made a new division. The sacred relics were then
deposited in S,400 caskets, and each casket was buried in a species
of mound called a Stupa or Tupa. The Tupa then became, in every
place to which one of the caskets foun 1 its way, the nucleus of the
Buddhist temple. Dr. Leemaxs shews that in every country in
which the sacred edifices of the Buddhists are found this may be
seen to be the case. The Tupa was much modified, and in many
different ways, among the various nations who learned to venerate
the Buddha and erect buildings to his honour, but the simple
original idea is found everywhere in some form or another. The
mound has been built of stone or brick, it lias become in one case a
pyramid, in another a cupola; the cupola has been exalted on a
cylindrical b:jse, it has been divided into terraces and variously
decorated, but the mound which contain, or is supposed to contain,
the reliquary is always represented.

The outward form then of Boro Budur, as described in the
passage of Sir JStampoed Raffles which I have read, and as de-
picted in the Plate No. I., * is entirely in accord with this ruling

* A i>hntuL.'niph ('f this enKravinfr is inserted at tho l;e?inninK of this uuper. I take this
opportnnity of Ktjitinj? that this Hud the other photo^^mphH of thesA cnfrravixiffs have been
cxecate<l by tho Oovirnment PhotOKrapher at Singapure uuder Uic direction of the Hou*b!e
ilajor McNaib, u.a., c.u.g., Colonial Engineer, Strait<t Settlements.

212 THE BUINS OF BORO BUDUH HT JATA..

idea of Buddbist sacred arcbitecture. The ornaments and images
point to the same conclusion. There are no images of the Hindu
deities throughout the building ; or, if there are any of the figures
in the bas-reliefs which must be considered as representing per-
sonages of Brahman mythology, they are merely taking a part in
the action described by the sculpture and are never in any case
receiving worship. On the other hand, the images of the Buddha
are to be reckoned by hundreds — in the niches of the walls, at the
salient points of the architecture, and in the latticed cupolas on the
upper terraces. These images agree, to a remarkable extent, with
those which are to be found in Buddhist temples elsewhere, and
especially in those of Nepaul. The attitudes are the same, the
expression is the same, the insignia of sainthood are the same.

In the difference that is found among the statues, and the
figures of the Buddha in the bas-reliefs, the places that they occupy
and the attributes that distinguish them M.M. Wilsex and
BsuMTiyD have both found an allegorical signification. They see
in them the symbols of the progressive ascent through the differ-
ent degrees of saintliness to the state of supreme perfection —
Ninmna. It is impossible to enter upon the discussion of this ques-
tion, which occupies many pages of Dr. Leemans' book. Plate
No. VIII. represents the various forms and attitudes of the statues.
M. BRrMU>D thinks he has reason i^) believe that the manner in
which the hands are held is confirmatory of the opinion, and brings
mu^-h learning to bear upon this part of the subject.

There is another much vexed question. The latticed cupolas
or Dagobs on the upper terraces have each its image, representing,
as is supposed, the Budtlha withdrawn from all contact with earth-
ly things. But the grand cupola — the central Dagob — which crowns
the whole building is empty. Is this by design ? or is it simply
that the work was not finished ? M. Wilsen thinks it was by
design, that the empty shrine signifies the Buddha become invisible,
having lost his outward form — the Buddha in Nirvana.

I have reserved till the last the argument in favour of the
Buddhist theory of this edifice, which is at once the most telling
and the most interesting. I mean the argument derived from the
subjects of the bas-reliefs. We have already seen in the descrip-
tion of the whole building which I found it convenient to quote

THB BUIN8 OF BOBO BUDUB IN JAVA.. 218

from Sir S. !Uaffles' "History of Java," that the five lower
terraces or galleries of the edifice have an inner wall towards the
hill, and an outer wall towards the plain ; and that the surfaces
of these walls are throughout sculptured in bas-relief. Each
wall has two series of these sculptures — an upper and a lower.
All that remain sufficiently well-preserved have been copied, and
they are the subjects of 376 out of the 393 plates of the whole col-
lection. They are all described, in less or greater detail, according
to their importance, by Dr. Lekm.vxs, or rather by M. WiLSiar
edited by Dr. Leemans. I propose to draw attention now to one
series only, and indeed to a very small selection from the subjects
in that series. It is the upper line of sculptures on the inner wall
of the second gallery. In this set o£ sculptures, M. Wilsex has
found, or believes himself to have found, a pictorial representation
of the life and deeds, partly historical and partly legendary, of
Sakya-Mouni, the Buddha.

In order to do justice to M. Wilsen's discovery, or supposed
discovery, it will be necessary, in the briefest possible manner, to
recall to your recollection the main facts in the history of
Sakya-Mouxi as they have come down to us. The plates to which
I shall make reference now have to do with his early years only,
before the great renunciation^ and a very few words will suffice to
recall to mind those facts or legends w^hich seem to be illustrated
by the sculpture. I shall be guided partly by Dr. Lbemans, who
folio '.vs M. Babtu^lemv St. Hilaire, and partly by Mr. Ehyb
Davids, formerly of the Ceylon Civil Service, who has published
a very useful little book upon the subject, called "Buddhism,
being a sketch of the life and teachings of Gautama the Buddha."
It contains the substance — is in some respects indeed an expan-
sion of his article on the same subject in the new edition of the
Encyclopsedia Britannica.

The founder of Buddhism was bom in the beginning of the
5th century before Christ. His father, Suddhodaka, was Raja of
the tribe of Sakyas, living at his capital Kapila-vastu, on the banks
of the Bohini, about 100 miles N. E. of Benares. SuDDHODAarA
was childless and seemed likely to continue so, when, to his great
joy, his favourite wife Maya gave him hopes of having a child to
succeed him.

^su

'HE BriKS OF IIOHO BrDUB IK JA.VA.

i am for the moment confining myself to the region of historv,
and shall leave the mythological accretions which gathered round
I the simple facts in later times to be mentioned afterwards.

In due time Mata. was going to her parents' house to be
I confined, but on the way, under some trees in the pleaHant garden
of Lumbini, her so'i, (ho future Buddha, was uneipectedly bam.
The mother and child were carried back to Scddhodana'b patace,
And there seven days afterwards Maya died. The child received
the name of SinDHAUTHA. This name became lost afternardti
among the many titles of respect that were applied to liim, but I
follow the example of Dr. Lekmaxs in using it of the child nbile
still he remained in his father's house.

One story is told of his youth. When bo had arrived at an
! to be married, his father proposed to him a« a bride hia cousin
Gofa or Tasoduaea, but a complaint was made by the relations
that the young man had entirely devoted himself to home pleasures,
to the neglect of learning and of the manly eierciites which were so
necesaaiy for the leader of his people. Piqued at this L-omplaint,
I SiODHAUTiiv is said to have challenged 500 ef the young luen of
I the Sakyas to contend with him in intellectual and athletic eserciae*.
[ tind that he easily proved his superiority in bolh.

In his twenty-ninth year a cirruniBtiinco happened which took
I Buch a powerful effect upon a mind which was probably already keen-
ly alive to the myhteries of sorrow and death that the current of
bis life iviiH changed by it. Ooiiig out with numerous nttcndants to
take the nir in the garden of Lumbini he met a man broken down
by itge, aud was so forcibly impressed with the thought that the
pleasure and pride of youth are but a stage on the way to feeble-
I ness and decay that he returned to the house reflecting deeply
Upon what be had seen, and unable to proaecutc his acheme of
I pleasure. On three successive days a similar encounter produced
I •iuiilnr results. On the firi>t he met a man in extreme aickuees ;
I on the tiecond a corpse ; and on the third a dignified hermit. The
1 vanity of life troubled him so deeply, that a longing to leave his
1 home and its short-lived comforts and to devote himself to medita-
[ tion and self-denial took possession of him. He communicated his
' renolution to his father, who used every effort to dissuade him
from such a step, aud surrounded the house witli guards to pre-

THE BUI58 OF BORO BUDUR IN JA.TA. 215

vent his escape. But one night the young man, with the help of
his charioteer CHAmrA, managed to elude the guards, and leaving
his homo, his power, his wife, and his only child behind him, rode
away to become a penniless and despised student, and a homeless
wanderer.

SiDDHARTnA. rode a long distance that night till he reached
the bank of the Anoma river. Then taking oft his ornaments, he
gave them to Cuaxna to take back to Kapila-vastu. Cuanna asked
to be allowed to stay with his Master, but Siddhartiia would not
suffer him, and the faithful charioteer returned, while his Master
cut off his long hair and exchanging clothes with a poor passer-
by began his new life as an ascetic mendicant. This is a bare
outline of the facts concerning the early life of the Buddha, which
are probably historical.

Tlie simple history in the course oE years became encrusted
with a mass of fable. It was said that the historical Buddha,
SiDDnARTiiA. or Sakya-Mouki, had taught that he was only one
of a series of five Buddhas who appear at intervals in the world
and all teach the same truth. That of these five, three had already
appeared, that he himself was the fourth, and that another would
appear after him. It was taught that JSAKYA-Moinri was omni-
scient and sinless, that he descended of his own accord from the
throne of the Buddhas in heaven into his mother's womb. After
seven days of fasting, the holy Maya dreamed that the fu-
ture Buddha entered her side in the form of a superb white ele-
phant. The wise men of the Sakyas interpreted the dream to
mean that her child would be a Buddha, who would remove the
veils of ignorance and sin, and make all the world glad by a sweet
taste of the Ambrosia of Nirv&na. When the child was bom, it
took seven steps forward and exclaimed with a lion's voice " I am
the Lord of the world "

I have taken these legends that grew up round the early his-
tory of the Buddha chiefly from the work of Mr. Bhys Dayids.
They are among the subjects which M. Wilsen believes to be
disclosed in the bas-reliefs, and that this is the case with some of
them I think there is no doubt. We are now in a position to
examine the plates.

Plate XYI. 1 represents, according to M. WiLsnr, King

216 THE EUKfS OF BOEO BUDUE IN JATA.

SuDDHODANA hoDoured as the future father of tbe Buddha by
celestial beings in the air and various ranks and degrees of men on
earth. There is possibly some connection between the two lions
couchant on the capitals of the pilasters of the palace, and one of
the names borne by the Buddha, i.e., Sakyasinga — the lion of the
tribe of Sakyas.

Plate XVII. 3. Suddhodana communicating the blessing
that is about to be bestowed upon him, and which has been predicted
in diverse manners to an assembly of persons, probably of the
Shatriya caste.

Plate XIX. 7. The four Buddhas who have already appeared.
The fifth (named Maiteeya), who is yet to come and restore the
Buddhist doctrine, being unrepresented. The fourth, who was to
become incarnate in the person of Sakta-Mouni or Siddhabtha,
is leaving his celestial seat to descend to earth. Who the person
who is floating in the air on the left and apparently bringing some
intelligence may be is not clear.

Plate XXVII. 23. A symbolical picture. The Buddha, whom
we saw quitting his throne in XIX. 7, is being brought to earth in
a magnificent palace covered with all the insignia of earthly
royalty, and supported, surrounded and followed by a host of
heavenly beings.

Plate XXVIII. 25. The dream of Mava. The elephant of
whidi she dreamed is in the left hand corner. The Queen herself
is sleeping, while her women are tending her gently, rubbing her
arms and her eye and keeping the air stirring with a fan. (See
photograph No. i.)

Plate XXX. 29. M.vya returning from a visit to the temple
and receiving the humble congratulations of her friends on the
honour that is coming to her.

Plate XLI. 51. Maya, no longer in a condition to receive the
visitors who come to her with good wishes and gifts, is in a build-
ing by herself in the back of the palace, while a figure, which has
become quite defaced, but probably representing Suddiiodaija,
receives the visitors and their offerings in or on behalf of the
Queen in a building in front of the one occupied by her.

Plate XLIl. 53. Maya, being near her tiuie, is on her way
to her parents' house, and is arriving in a chariot at the garden of

THE BUINS OF BOBO 6UDUB IN JATA. 217

Lumbini, surrounded by guards and attendants.

Plate XLIII. 65. The Buddha is born. His mother, recover-
ed from her pains, is exalted on a pedestal, resting her left hand on
the arm of one of her women, and holding a flower in her right
hand. The new-bom child, shewing his divinity by his exemption
from the weakness of infancy, is standing up, receiving the homage
of those about him, while a shower of celestial flowers descends
upon him. Possibly the picture is intended to represent him taking
the seven steps of the legend. (See Photograph No. 5.)

Plate XLV. 69. The widowed Suddiiodana. sitting with Sro-
DHABTHA. upon his kncc, and attended by the women of the palace.

Plate XLIX. 67. This plate is interesting, because it repre-
sents one of the bas-reliefs which Crawpubd has given in th&
" History of the Indian Archipelago," and he interprets it in a
different manner from M. Wilsen. Cbawfubd sees in it Siva in
his car, and recognises in the projections from the head of the
central figure (which in Wilsen's plate is almost obliterated) the
crescent of Siva. Wilsev considers that the sculpture represent*
the young Siddhabtha in a chariot with his father and others, and
sees in the projections from the head, the ends of the peculiar
head-dress which is worn by the child in some others of the sculp-
tures.

Plate L. 69. The young Sidduabtha astonishing his royal
father, a learned Brahmin and others (possibly the students in a
school) by his early-developed intelligence.

Plate LIX. 87. The assembly of the young Sakyas challenged
by the prince to a contest in scholarship and athletics. Siddhab-
tha illustrating the triumph of intellectual over moral force by
taming an elephant.

Plate LXXI. 111. Siddhabtha seated in his chariot meeting
the poor old man. The child with the aged pauper probably signi-
fies that he is blind.

Plate LXXII. 113. Siddhabtha the next day meeting the
sick man at the point of death.

Plate LXXIU. 115. Siddhibtha meeting with the dead man.

Plate LXXIV. 117. The fourth encounter. The hermit is
in the attitude of a man who is demonstrating some problem. . The
charioteer Chakka, whose memory is so carf ally preserved in the

218 THE RUINS OF BORO 6UDUR IN JA.TA.

legend, is talking with his Master.

Plate LXXVI. 121. Niddiiartiia endeavouring to obtain hw
father's consent to his new scheme of life.

Plate LXXVIII 126. Of this plate (of which a photograph
isj published with this paper) Dr. Leemans, or M. WiLSEy, says :
'^ SiDDiiARTHA continucs faithful to the resolution he has taken,
and is insensible to the graces of the beautiful women of his house-
hold, the number of whom has been largely increased. It U
probable that the artist wished to represent^ in this in- stance
also, an hour in the night, for some of the women are asleep,
leaning one against another, or resting on pillows. The artist has
known no better way of depicting the firmness of the resolution
the prince has taken, and the steadiness with which he continues
to resist all temptations, than by placing his hero on a raised
throne, having the aureole behind his head, and in the peculiar
attitude of a Buddha."

Here a reference to Bishop Biqandet*s " Legend of the Bur-
mese Buddha '* probably throws some additional light upon the
artist's intention. I should explain that, in the Burmese version
of the story, Siddiiartiia goes by the name of Phralaong.*

" Phralaong had scarcely begun to recline on his couch when
a crowd of young damneis, whose beauty equalled that of the
daughters of the Nats, executed all sorts of dances to the sound
of the luost ravishing symphony, and displayed in all their move-
ments the graceful forms of their elegant and well-shaped persons
in order to make some impression upon his heart. But all was in
vain, they were foiled in their repeated attempts. Phralaong fell
into a deep sleep. The damsels, percelvini; their disa|)pointment,
ceased their dances, laid aside their musical instruments, and soon
following; the example of Phralaon<; abandoned themselves to sleep.

" Phrnlaonu; awoke a little before midnight, and sat iu a cross-
leorored position on his couch. Looking all around him, he saw the
varied atlitu«les and uninviting ap[)earance of the sleepini; damsels.
Some were snoring; others gnashing their teetli; others with opened
mouths; others tossed heavily from side to side; some stretched one
arm upwards and the other downwards ; some, scizeil as it were
with a frantic pang, suddenly coiled up their legs for a while, and

• Vi-ir .lournfti of the Iu<liau Archi|K;lo>jo, Vol. VI., pajjc 509. I have somewbfit
abridged the puHHage.

THE BVIN8 OF BOBO BUDUB IN JATA. 219

with the same violent action pushed them down again. This un-
expected exhibition made a strong impression upon Phralaong ;
his heart was set, if possible, freer from the ties of concupiscence,
or rather was confirmed in his contempt for all worldly pleasures.
It appeared to him that his magnificent apartment was filled with
loathsome carcases. The seats of passions — those of Bupa, and
those of Arupa, that is to say, of the whole world — seemed to his
eyes like a house that is a prey to the devouring flames. At the
same time his ardent desires for the profession of Bahan '* (an
ascetic life) " were increasing with an uncontrollable energy. * On
this day, at this very moment,' said he with unshaken firmness, * I
will retire into a solitary place.' "

I think everybody who examines the engraving carefuUy will
admit that it is this particular incident in the history of the young
prince which the artist intended to pourtray.

Plate LXXIX. Siddhabtha still in the palace, but about to
escape on the horse that is stauding ready, and resisting the en-
treaties of Channa, his charioteer, who tries to persuade him to
change his resolution.

Plate LXXX. 129. The escape.

Plate LXXXI. 131. The end of the night-ride.

Plate LXXXII. 133. Siddhabtha taking off his ornaments
and giving them to Channa to carry back to Kapila-vastu and
cutting off his long hair with his sword. (See photograph.)

If we accept M. Wilsen's theory, we shall have to get over some
difGculties. Uhe selected plates may be fairly interpreted in the
way suggested. But they are only a few among the great many
to which the legend, as it is known, supplies no interpretation ; and
one cannot help being surprised to find that the lower line of
sculptures has no relation, so far as has been ascertained, to the
upper line. As they are represented in the plates they appear to be
parts of the same work, but no connecting thread between the two
series has yet been discovered.

However, much might probably yet be learned by careful
study, both of the plates and of the various forms of the
Buddhistic legend. And I think it most likely that such study
will tend to support M. Wilsen's opinion. Certainly one rises,
from a first perusal of the book, convinced that Boro Budur is what

220 THE EUiyS OF BORO BUDUE IS JA.VA.

Dr. Leemaks and those whose works he has utilised belie?e it to
be — a monument of the religion of Buddha, and one of the most re-
markable monuments of that religion that exist in the world.

M. Beumumd, who has exhausted all the sources of informa-
tion, is of the opinion that the Buddhist religion and indeed a great
Buddhist empire was established in the centre of Java and that its
golden age may be placed in the eighth or ninth century of the
Christian era. It was no doubt surrounded by other States profes-
sing Sivaistic Brahmanism ; and there is evidence that the Sivaism
of the coast borrowed something from Buddhism, and that, on the
other hand, the Buddhism of the centre had some Sivaistic elements
mixed with it. But of the existence of a very pure Buddhism in the
neighbourhood of Boro Budur, he considers there is no room for
doubt. He conjectures that it was introduced into Java at a very
early period, possibly soon after the third great Buddhist council
which took place under Azoha B.C. 2G4 — at which it was resolved
that the doctrine of the Buddha should be propagated in foreign
parts.

It is true that the Chinese traveller Fa Hian tells us that in
the beginning of the fifth century after Christ there were many
Brahmins in Java, but that the law of Buddha had no adherents
there. But some doubt is thrown upon his evidence by the fact
that his informants were Brahmins who were possibly anxious to
conceal the truth, and who shewed their hostility to the religion of
the Buddha by retjuesting the Captain of the ship in Avhich they
sailed to abandon Fa Hiax, durin^r a storm, upon the inhabited
coa^t of an island which tliey siglited, as the probable cause of
their dan«j;er, he being a heretic Buddhist.

There is reason to believe that Buddhism was decaying during
the period of the last great Hindu Empire in Java — that of Maja-
pahit — and it disappeared finally when Islam triumphed over that
last refuge of Hinduism in a.d. 1100. M. Wilsen indeed attri-
butes the ruinous condition into which Boro Budur had fallen to
injuries received by the building during the wars of religion be-
tween the supporters of the old and the new faith. He supposes
the Buddhists driven by the victorious Moslems within the sanc-
tuary of Boro Budur and pursued from gallery to gallery, not
knowing how else to defend themselves, to have used as projec-

3 OF BOBO BUDlTIt IS J4Vi.

221

tiles the ftrchit«ctural ornamentB which they could easily remote or
break off ; and he thua aocountB for the fact that an immenee
number of these ornaments, which are wanting in their proper
places, are found strewing the ground all around the building.
"The Buddhists," Hays M, Wilsbn, "oTcrpowered and driven back,
saw themselves surrounded and threatened with dcatruction in the
neighbourhood of Boro Budur. The monument is transformed in*
to A fortress. But nothing stays the Moslems — neither the sanctity
of the place nor the despair of its defenders. The air resounds with
their fanatical war-cry of " Allah," and the turbaned r.ealots ad-
vance to the assault of Boro Budur. The Buddhists at bay lay
their hands upon the antefiies on the cornices, the bells, and other
ornaments ; they tear them down and hurl them upon the assmU
ants. But it is in vain ; the Moslems mount one gallery after
another. The dead bodies of the Buddhists lie on one another in
heaps, the last of the defenders fall on the circular terraces, and
the crescent planted on the summit of Boro Budur looks down in
triumph upon all the country round, and seems to utter a aarcastie
defiance of the Buddhaa."

M. BRnirsD, on the contrary, thinks there is no sufficient hia-
torical support of the truth of this picture. He doubts whether
there were wars of religion of this violent character in Java, and
considers that there would be more evident marks of them id
the defacement of tbe statues if this had been the case. He attri>
butes the destruction of the temple or monument of Boro Budur
to the natural results of the neglect iuto which it fell afler tbe
triumph of Islam, and to the powers of nature— the earthquakes,
the luxuriant growth of tropical vegetation, and the influence of
the droughts and the rains in their turn.

Since the building has been discovered and cleared of tho
jungle aud the earth in which it had been buried, the work of des-
truction has been continued by fresh agents. The natives have
carried off some of the stones to build their own houses. Boys
tending their buffaloes and sitting down under the shadow of the
walls have amused themselves with chopping the sculptures with their
knives, and— worst of all — civilised Europeans have carried off the
^^^^ etatues, or, if these were ttio heavy, have taken the heads of the
^^^^^Buddhas from the outside walls and the niches to place them ia

222 THE Bums OP BORO BUDUE IV JAVA.

their collections. It is even said that a troop of Hussars, who were
encamped in these parts during the Javanese war, used to try the
edge and the temper of their sabres upon the statues, and that
they cut off the heads of more than one of them.

I will conclude this paper, which has already exceeded the li-
mits I originally proposed to myself, by quoting from M. Wilsejt
the following account of a most curious and interesting fact, viz.,
that the statues of Boro Budur are to this day objects of reverence
to the Javanese. He says : " Persons come every day from long dis-
tances bringing offerings of flowers and incense to one or other of the
statues of the Buddha upon the higher terraces. These pious pil-
grims place their flowers on a banana leaf before one of the two
Buddhas of the first circular terrace to the right of the eastern
entrance, or by the side of the huge statue of the great Dagob in
the middle, and burn incense before the statues. They often bring
with them some of the yellow powder called * bore bore ' to cover
the statue of the Buddha with, just as newly married people cover
their bodies with the same powder. They pay this offering of de-
votion in cases of sickness, after a marriage, after an easy and for-
tunate childbirth, and on occasion of many other of the events of
daily life. It is also said that women who aspire to the honours of
maternity try to pass their fingers through the openings in the
latticed cupolas, in order to touch the Ruddha concealed within ; and
that they sometimes pass a whole nij^'ht in one of the galleries or
on one of the higher terraces. The Chinese too imitate the Java-
nese in some of these acts of devotion, and assemble once a year
on new year's dav at the ruins of Boro Budur. The ancient shrine
then becomes the object of a general pilgrimage, the scene of
joyous merry-making, accompanied by many sacrifices, by fire-
works, and public amusements of all kinds. We dare not assert
positively that the ancient purpose of Boro Budur is the reason
why these strangers from the celestial empire (so far as they pro-
fess the doctrine of Fo or Buddha) attribute to it still a sacred
character. The thing, however, is not improbable ; and the very
nature of the homage that is now offered, might thus have put us
in the way of understanding the end which the founders of the
sanctuary proposed to themselves, even if we had not the advantage
of being better informed on the subject by the character of the

TH£ fiUIKS OF 60B0 BUDVB IN JAVA. 223

edifice itself and its bas-reliefs. But we have before us an example
of tbe religious sentiment. After so many centuries, after all
remembrance of the origin of this remarkable edifice has been lost,
and while tradition is silent, the sentiment of the Chinese Buddhist
is sufficient to make him say ; ' This country, thig hill covered with
venerable buildings, images, statues, sculptures, was consecrated to
the great Master. Here the ashes of the Buddha have rested^
here the relics of the Buddha have been preserved.' "

G. F. HOSE.

1 ;

•I

;

A CONTRIBUTION

MALAYAN BIBLIOGRAPHY

PAET II.

[ Inteoductori' Note. — Thanks to the kindness of corres-
pondents — notably of Dr. Bieber, H. I. G. M.*8 Consul, Mr. F. A.
SwETTENHAM, Mp. E. KoEK, and Mr. N. DEinsoir of Krian, — I
have been enabled to add about 280 titles to my previous Cata-
logue, which, with the present instalment, shews a total of about
1,100 titles. In one sense this result is disheartening, as tending
to shew how very far from complete even the present article is
likely to make the list. ^

The catalogue is probably still lamentably deficient in Dutch
and other Continental titles. But on the principle that ** half a
loaf is better than no bread,*' this further instalment may be use-
ful to members of the Society.

Of the portion relating to native works, original and trans-
lated, nothing more can be said than that it is as complete as the
infonnation at my disposal enables me to make it, and that it has
been submitted to members of the Council of the Society, who
have suggested all the additions within their power. Further
titles will no doubt come to hand when members generally have
had an opportunity of noting the shortcomings of the present
list.

N. B. DBNNTS.]

226 HALATAK BIBLIOOEAPHT.

WORKS RELATING TO THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS

EXCLUSIVELY.

Bintang Barat -(" Western Star " )—

Malay Newspaper published for a short period after the

appearance of the " Jawi Peranakkany^ hut, like the " Pert-

aaran Shamsu Walkamer,^* discontinued.

Braddell, T.—

Singapore and the Straits Settlements, Statistics of the
British Possessions in the Straits of Malacca — Notices of
Singapore, ^c. — 8vo. — Penang, 1861.

„ Singapore and the Straits Settlements described. And the
Arrangements for the Future Government of these Posses-
sions considered as distinct from the general question of the
Oovernynent of India under the East India Company — Penang.

Calendar—-

A Mahomedan and English Comparative Calendar issued
ij early — Singapore, 1877 et seq.

„ A Chinese and English Comparative Calendar issued yearly
— Singapore, 1875 et seq.

Cringle, Tom—

Jottings of an Invalid i?i search of Health, comprising a
run through British India and a Visit to Singapore and Java,
A series of Letters reprinted from the " Times of India^'' —
Bombay, 18G5.

Hageman—

Oeschiedenis der Verovering van Malakka — 4 to.

Hageman, J.—

Geschiedenis der Verovering van Malakka, en der Oorhgen
Tusschen de Portugezen en Maleijers — 4to. — Batavia, 1854.

MAJiAYAK BIBLIOGSAFHT. 227

Jagor, Dr. Teodor— , •

Resseakizzen Singapore^ Malacca und Java — Berlin, 1866.

Jawi Peranakkan— ( " Straits Bom ** ).—

Malay Newspaper published every Monday — Singapore,

1876 et 8eq.

[ This is tho first Malay newspaper ever published ; circalation about 150 copies.]

Jawi Standard—

Malay Newspaper published at Penang — (? 1877) now

discontinued.

Low—

The Soil and Agriculture of Fenang and Province Welles-
ley ^ with References to Singapore and Malacca — Sojal 8vo. —
Singapore, 1836.

Malacca

Periodical Miscellany — 2 vols. 8vo. — Malacca, 1837-38.

Marre, A.—

Une Revolution a Malaka en Van 13B4 de Jisus Christ —

1874.

McMahon, T. W. B.—

My Reminiscences of a Picnic Party at Penang in the gear
i5^5— Calcutta, 1871.

Menezes, de—

Malacca conquistdda pelo grande Affonso de Albuquerque^
poema heroico, com os argumentos de Ferreira — 8vo. — Lisooa,
1779.

Netscher—

Twee Belegeringen van Malakka — 1756-57 en 1784.

Norris, George—

Singapore thirty years ago — Singapore, 1879.

Fenang,

Singapore and Malacca Almanac and Directory for 1843,
184ri, 1846, Prince of Wales* Island Register and Directory
for 1820 and 1829.

„ Almanac and Directory — 1861-76.

„ Record, the — 2 vols. 8vo. — Pulo Fenang, 1855-1857.

„ Records from 1785 to 1830^iSS. folio with Index.

228 MATAYA.N BIBLroaSAPHT.

Feridaf an Shamsn Walkamer—

(*^ Me volution of the Sun and MoorC) — Malay New9pemer
published Jor a short period ajter the appearance of the " Jawi
PeranakkaUt " but discontinued,

PhiUip's

Minute on the Landed Tenures of Prince of Wales* Island

— Eoyal 8vo.— Prince of Wales* Island, 1829.

BaoBonnet Baron Engen von—

Skizzen ans Singapur und Djohor — Braunschweig, 1876.

Singapore

Almamac and Directory — 1 vol. 8vo. — 184!6-60.

„ Directory for the Straits Settlements— lov 1877 and 1878.

Singapore and Straits Directory

Published yearly — Mission Press, Singapore, 1880 et seq.

Singapore Free Press—

A Daily Paper — Published at Singapore.

Straits

Calender and Z)fr^c/ory— 1861-65, 1867-75.

Tabular Statements

Of the Commerce and Shipping of Prince of Wales'* Island^
Singapore and Malacca, from 1823 to 1858 — large 4to. — Singa-
pore and Calcutta.

Tangai Snahen—

Tamil Xcwspapcr pnhlishcd fartniglttJy — Singapore, 1877
et seq.

Thomson, J. T.—

Translation from the Ilikayat Abdulla — London, 1874.

Useful Tables—

Local and General — Pcnang, 1801.

Ward and Grant—

Mediral Statistics and Topography of Malacca and Prince

of Wales' Island, and on the prevailing Diseases of the Tenas-

serim Coast — folio — Penan g, 1830.

jj Topographical and Sfafisfical Sketch of Singapore — [Not

dated ; bound witli the above.]

Welch, James—

Military Beminiscences, extracted from a Journal of nearly
forty years' active service in the East Indies — London, 1830.
[ Gives an account of a short visit paid to Penang and Malacca in 1818.]

MALATAK BIBLIOGBAPHT. 229

WOEKS DEALING WITH MALAYA ( OTHER THAN

EXCLUSIVELY RELATING TO NETHERLANDS

INDIES, BORNEO, PHILIPPINlffl, AND

MOLUCCAS.)

Baer, K E, von—

Ueher Papuan and Alfuren — St. Petersburg, 1839.

Beccari, Dr. 0.—

Malesia — New Plants discovered hy Beccari in the Archi-
pelago, by d'Albertis in New Guinea^ Sfc,^ Sfc. — ^with hisUj
finished lUuBtrations. Text in Italian, descriptionB in Latin —
Florence, 1878-79.

[ So far three Numbers have been pnbliBhed.]

Bickmore, Albert—

Travels in the East Indian Archipelago — 8vo. — 1868.

Heisen im Ostindischen Archipel in den 1865 J^ 1866 au9

dent E, von J, 8. A. Martin mit Rolzschen — 8vo. — Jena, 1869.

Bocharie

Van Djohor ie Tdj-u 's Salatin, de Kroan aller Konnigen^

oud-Maleisch, en Neder-Deuisch — 4!to. — Batavia, 1827.

Bondyck, Bastianse

Voyages faits dans les Moluques a la Nouvelh Quinee et

a la Celebes — 8vo. — Paris, 1845.

Collection

des principales Chroniques Malages — publico par M. Ed.

DuLAUBiEB — Paris, 184i9.

Delanrior—

Description de V Archipel d' Asie par Ihn Batuta — Paris,

1847.

230 MALATAjr BIBLIOGBAPHY.

Delanijer—

Des Langues et de la Litterature de V Archipel d'Asie —
Paris, 1811.

jj Voyage d* Ahd^ Allah hen Ahd-eUKader de Singapore a
Kalantan, 1850,

Doyle, Patrick—

Tin Mining in Larut — London, 1879.

Earl, George Windsor—

Native Races of the Indian Archipelago — Papuans —

12mo.— 1858.

EUiott-

Magnetic Survey of the Eastern Archipelago^ 1846-49 — 4to.

—1851.

Epp,P —

Schilderungen aus Ostindiens Archipel — 8vo. — Heidelberg,

1841.

Pavre, L'Abbe—

The Wild Tribes inhabiting the Malayan Peninsula —

12mo.— Paris, 1852.

jj An account of Wild Tribes inhabiting the Malayan Pen-
insula, Sumatra y Sfc, with a Journey in Johore, and a Journey
in the Menangknhau States of the Malayan Peninsula^ 1866.

Fontanier—

Voyage dans V Archipel Indien — Svo. — Paris, 1852.

Forest—

Voyage to Kew Guinea and the Moluccas from Balamban-
gan^ with Vocabulary of the Magindano Tongue — Ito. — 1770.

Geschiedenis

Van Sultan Ibrahim , zoon van Adahan Maleisch-uigt-door

Lenting — Ito. — Breda, 1840.

HiU, T. H-

Report on Jb/io?T— Singapore, 1878.

Indo-Chinese Gleaner

On the Literature J History^ Philosophy , Mithology^ Sfc. of
the Indo-Chinese Nations, drawn chiefly f'om Native Languages
—3 vols. Eoyal 8vo.— Malacca, 1818-22.

MALAYAN DIBLIOGRAPHY. 231

Jack—

Descriptions of Malayan Plants — edited by Griffith — 8vo.

— Calcutta.
Jonghede—

Historiale ende ware Beschrijvinye van de Beyse des
Admirals Cornelis Matchif de Jonghe naer de Oost Indien
uitgetrocken in MayOy 1605^ Mitsgaders de belegheringhe voor
Malacca euz. — 4to. — Kotterdam, 1608.

Jukes—

Voyage of H.M.S. " Fly " in Torres Straits, Neic Guinea^
and other Islands of the Eastern Archipelago — 2 vols. Svo. —
1847.

Kaday, Dr. N. lliklncho von—

In Fetermanns Oeogr, mitthielungen — Tahrgang, 1874.

Malayan Miscellanies—

2 vols. 8vo.— Beneoolen, 1820-1842.

Marsden—

Miscellaneous Works — 4to. — 1834.

Metthes, B. F. —

Froeve eener Makassaarsche Vertaling des Korans met
inleiding door H. C. Millies — 8vo. — Amsterdam, 1856.

Perak—

Official Fapers issued by the Oovernment of the Straits ,
Settlements relating to l^erak Affairs and the Complicity of the
Chiefs in the Ferak Outrages.

,, Farliamentary Fapers relating to Native States in the^
Malay Peninsula — 4 numbers, Maps — 1876.

Punic Faith—

(On the Muar Question) — by An Englishman — Singapore,

1879.

Rosenberg, C. B. H. von—

J)er Malayische Archipel — Leipzig, 1879.

Treaties and Engagements

entered into with or affecting the Native States of the
Malay Peninsula — Parts T., II., III. — Singapore, 1877.

Zollinger—

Systematisches Verzeichniss der im Indischen Archipel in
den Jahren, 1842-48, gezammelten — 8to. — ^Zurich, 1854.

232 MALATAK BIBLIOGBAPHT.

WOKKS BELATING TO NETHERLANDS EAST INDIES,

EXCLUSIVE OF BORNEO.

Bali-

Journal of a Tour along the Coast of Java and Bali, ^c,
toith an Account of the Island of Bali, particularly Bali Bali-
ling — 8vo. — Singapore, 1830.

Batavian Society—

Bataviaasch Qenvotschap van Kunsten en TPettenschappen,

derde Druk — 32 vols, with Maps and Plates, containing quite

a CjclopsBdia of information on the East, especially on the

Languages, Ethnology, Antiquities, History, Geography and

Statistics of the Indian Archipelago — Batavia, 1825-64!.

Bickmore, Albert—

Travels in the East-Indian Archipelago — with Maps and

Illustrations — 8vo. — London, 1868.»

Bleaker--

Overzigt der te Batavia voorkomende gladschuhhige Lahro-

ieden, etc. — 4to. — Batavia, 1847.

jj Enumeratio speciaruin Piscium Javanensium hujusque cog-
nitarum — 8vo. — Batavia, 1846.

Blok-

Ilistory of the Island of Celebes — Translated from the

Dutch by JStubenvoll — 3 vols, in one, 8vo. — Calcutta, 1817.

Bor, L.—

Ambonesche Oorlogen^ door Arnold de Vlaming van Ouds-

hoorn ten eind gebracht — met Plaaten — 1663.

Bruin-Kops—

Statist ick van den Handel en de Scheepvaart op Java en

Madura sedert, 1825 — 2 vols. 8vo. — Batavia, 1857-59.

MALA^YAN BIBLIOGBAPHT. 233

ClpjSy J. A. van der—

Froeve eener Nederlandach-Indische bibliographies 1659-
1870, M, Supplement. (Essay of a Dutch East Indian Bib^
lioaraphy, 1859-1870, With Supplement, )— 4to.— Batavia,
1879.

Court—

Relations of the British Qovernment with Balembang, and

an Accoufit of Palembang and Banca — 8vo. — 1821.

Crawfard, John—

De Indische Archipel, in het Bijzonder het Eiland Java.

Uit het Engelsch — 3 deele m. Plaaten— 8vo. — Haarlem, 1823-

25.

Crookewit—

Banka. Malacca en Billiton-^-Svo. — 's Gravenhacc.

Dekkar, (Multasnli.)—

Author of Max. Haailaar, q. i\

Dolaurier, Ed.—

Ziste des pays qui relevaient de V Empire Javanais de Mad-

japahit a VEpoque de sa destruction en 1475 — in-8 br. — Paris,

1846.

Pilet-

De Planten in den Botanischen tuin by het Militair Hos-
pital tc Weltecreden hunne Inl. benamingen grociplaats en
gebruik—Svo. — Batavi^ 1855.

Friedericli, E.~

Researches in Bali (Language and Literature of that Island)

— in-8 br. — Singapore.

,, Voorloopig Verslag van het Eiland Bali — 2 Stukke— 4to.

—Batavia, 1848-49.

jj An account of the Island of Bali — ( from tlie Journals of
the Koyal Asiatic Society, vols, viii., ix., and x ) — 1876-77.

Halle, N. F.—

iSoendasche Insiructie voor de districtshoofden op Java en

Madura — in-8 br. — ( Caractcres Javanais) — Batavia, 1869.

Hoevell—

Beis over Java, Madura and Bali — 2 vols. 8vo. — Amster-
dam, 1819.

,y Nederland en Bali.

234 MALAYAK BIBLIOGBAPHY.

Hogendorp—

l)e Bataafschfi Beziftingen in Oosf- Indie en den Sandel op

Jez^Zt?^—8vo.— Delft., 1800.

„ Coup de Vail sur Vide de Java — Svo. — Bruxelles, 1880.

Jaarboek—

Voor het mijnwesen^-'Nederlandgch' Indie, (Annals of the

Mines in Dutch Hast India.) — 2 vols, with plates and Maps —

Koyal Svo. — Amsterdam, 1879.

[Has been published since 1872 ; two volumes everj year.]

Jansz, F.^ and Elinkert, H. C—

Met Nederland^ich Jataansch Zaicwoordenboekje — in- 12
br.— (Lettres latines) — Samarang, 1865.

Junghnhn—

Die Baitalander auf Sumafra-^2 vols. 8vo. — Berlin, 1847.

Kussendra^er—

JSatuur en Aardrijks kundige Beschrijving van het JSiland

Java — Svo. — Qroningen, 1841.

Xaws—

On the Personal Tax and on the Licence Tax intro-
duced in Dutch East India on the Ist of January^ 1879.
Translated by B. A. Behoandahl — English Translation —
Svo. — Batavia, 1879. •

Leyden—

Poetical Remains of with Memoirs of his Life — Svo. —

1819.

Luijmes, A., and Boers, C. H. W.—

Algemeene orders, reglementen en instructien voor het

Nederl.-Oost'Indische leger, 1831-1878. (General Orders, Ite-

gulations and Instructions far the Dutch East- Indian Army,

'1831-1878.)— 3 vols, with 2 Plates— 8vo.— Leiden, 1879.

Marre en van der Clujs,—

de Munten van Nederlandsch Indie heschreven en afyeheeld

—4to.— Batavia, 1863.

Martin, E. —

Die Tertidrschichten auf Java, Nach den EnidecJcungen
von Fr. Junghuhn. Paleontologischer Theil. Part I. UnivaU
ven — With 6 Plates. — 4to. — Leiden, 1879.

uaulyas bibliography. 285

JCatthes—

Behnapt verslag van een verblijf in de hinnenlanden imn

Celebes y 1861. Beknapt ver%lag van een paar tog ten in de hin^

nenlanden van Oelehes— Makassar, 1862.

JEelvill Yan Cambee—

Algemeene Atlas van Niederlansch Indie — Roy. foL —

Batavia.

Miguel—

Sumatra, seine pflanzenwelt und deren erzeu^isse — 8vo. —

Amsterdam, 1862.

JCgael, Fred. Ant Gnilielmi—

Flora IndioB Batavce — {Latin Text with Dutch Notes) —
Amstelaidami und Ultrajecti van der Post, 1855, Leipsic,
apud Fbed. Fleischeb.

„ Flora Nederl.-Indie " Sumatra " — as above.

„ Illustrations de la Flore de VArchipel Indien — Leipzig,
1855 (?).

J^jer, A;-

De agrarische verordeningen in Nederlandsch^Indie. Vam

aanteekeningen en een alphabetisch register voorzien. 2^ druk,

{The Agrarian Laws in Dutch East India, With Notes and

Index. Second edition, revised and enlarged,) — 870. — Batavia,

1879.

Millies— •

De Munien der JSngeUchen voor den Oost Indischen

Archipel, — 8vo. — Amsterdam, 1852.

Moehamad Moessa, (Baden Ha4ji)^

Woelang Toitt— in 8-br.— Batavia, 1862.

,, Handleiding voor de kultuur van Fadi op natte velden
(Sawahs)—m 8-br.— Batavia, 1864.

Mnller, J.—

Beschreihung d, Insel Java, nach d, Berichien Kussendra^

ger's, etc.,frei bearheitel— Kit 17 Taf—8vo.— Berlin, 186a

Mnller, S.—

Bijdragen tot de kennis van Sumatra, Bijzonder in 0€ichied

kundig en Fthnogr, Opzigt — Met 8 pL — 8vo. — Leiden, 1946.

JTahnyt—

Brieven over Bencoolen^ Fadang^ Shiouw^ Stngmpo^ro,

Foelo Finang, Sfc. — 8vo.— Breda, 1827.

236 MALAYAN BIBLIOGEAPHT'.

Hetscher, E. -

De Nederlanders in Djohor en Siak, 1602 tot 1805. XLu-
lorische Beschryving. ( Verhandelingen van het Bataviaatch
Genoofschap van Kunsten en Wetenschapen, Deel 35 )'^^to. —
Batavia, 1870.

Norman—

De British Heernchappy over Java en Onderhoorighedeti

(ISll-iej-^SYo.—'s Gravenhage, 1857.

Norsfield, Dr. Thos —

Assays on the Geography^ Mineralogy^ and Botany of the

West trn portion of the Tei-ritory of the liative Princes of Java,

Ong Tae Hae—

A Chinaman abroad, or a desultory account of the Malayan

Archipelago, particularly of Java — ( Translated from the
Original j — lShaughae» 1840.

Post, C. F. L.—

Over den waterstaal in Nederlandsch-India, {The Admin*

istration of Canals , Pahlic Works, Sfc, in Dutch East India.)

— 8vo. — Amsterdam, 1879.

Prior, James, E. N.—

Voyage to the Indian Seas in the " ^isis*' frigate to the

Cape of Good Hope, Isles of Bourbon, France and Seychelles,
to Madras, and the Isles of Java, St. Pane and Amsterdam, in
the years 1810 a?ul 1811— London, 1820.

[ContaiDR ;\u accouiit of the Hiking of Java.]

Eaflles—

Minute on the Management and Establishment of a Land
lirntal in Jam — Ito. — 1814.

jj Antiquarian, Architectural, and Landscape Illustrations of
Jara — ito. — 1815.

Ileply by RaJjUes to the Charges against his Administration of
Java—IA^. fol.— 1814.

Raffles, & J. Crawford—

Description Gi'ographique, Historique et Commerciale de

Java et des anires lies de VArchipel Indien — Trad, par Mar-

chal — 4to. — Bruxelles, 1824.

Rambles

In Java and the Sfra.'ts in 1852 by a Bengal Civilian —

Eoy. 8vo.— 1853.

Regerings Almanak

voor Nederlandsch' Indie. (^Official Almanac oj Dutch East -
J/i^ta.)—8vo.— Batavia, 1871).

ICALATAK BIBLIOGBAPHY. 237

Eeizan

naor Nederlandsch Nieuw- Guinea ondemomen in 187 ly 1872,

1875-76 door P. van der Crab e, a. Met Gesekied-en aardrijkM'

kundige toelichtingen door P. J. V, O. Bobide van der Aa,

(Vat/ages to the Dutch Part of New Guinea made in 187 1^ 72^

75-76 by P. van der Crab, and J, Ij, Teysmann, J, G, Cooren*

gel, and A, J, Langeveldt van Hemert, and P. Swaan, With

Historical and Geographical Notes by P. J, B, C Bobide van

der Aa.) — Eoyal 8vo. — With 2 Maps. — 'a Gravenhage, 1879.

Biesz, C. H. D.—

Met erfpachtsregt op de landerijen bewest^n de Tjimanok.
(The Bight of Ertphyteosis on the Fields westward of the Tfi-
manok.) — Svo. — Batayia, 1879.

Hitter-

Nieuwe Indische Verhalen en herinneringen uit vroegeren
enlateren tijd. — 2 vols, in one — Batavia, 1845.

JEtodet, L.—

Etudes sur la lAtterature Javanais ( Le Vivaha) — in-8

br.— Paris, 1858.

„ Etudes sur la lAtterature Javanaise — in-8 br. — Paris,
1846.

Boyde—

Hachelyhe reystogt na Borneo en Atchin in het jaar
i^5i— 12mo.— Leyden.

Snmph, G. Everard—

Hasskarl Schlussel zum Herbarium Amboinense,

Eynenberg— •

Geschiedenis der Nederlanders op Java of in den Neder^

lansch Oost-Indischen Archipel — 12mo. — Samaraug, 1867.
Selberg—

Beis naar Java en besoek op het eiland Madura, i^ertaald
door Sturter, Svo. — Amsterdam, 1846.

Seme, S. H.—

Algemeene kaart van Nederlandsch^ Indie, Betoerkt naar

den Algemeenen atlas van Nederl -Indie door P. Melvill van

Camabee en W. F, Versteeg en de nieuwste Nederl, en Eng,

zeekaarten, ( General Map of Dutch East-India, After the

General Atlas by P. Melvill van Camabee and W, F, Versteeg,

and the most recent Dutch and English Sea Maps,) — 4 sheets,

coloured, folio — Amsterdam, 1879.

Soest, G. H. van, Dr. W. £. Baron van Hoevell—

8vo. — pp. 4 and 72, with Portrait — Zalt-Bomm, 1879.

TDr. van Hoerol was a founder of the Datch EaBt>Indian Joomal and one
of the chief liberal statesmen fbr Indian politics.]

238 MAJQATAK BIBUOGBAPfinTv.

Steck, F. G.—

De kultuur der Liberia kojfij. (The Culture of the Li^
heria Coffee.) — 8vo. — Batavia, 1879.

Rei%e nach Java, Erlehnisse aufDerselhen v Wtnhe uher
d. Militairdienst in der Solland-Indischen Armee — 8vo. —
Darmstadt, 1861.

StuerSy De—

De vestiging en uithreiding der Nederlanders ier Wetthutt
van Sumatra — 2 vols. 8vo. — Amsterdam, 1849.

Sturler—

Froeve eener heschrgving van het gehied nan Palemhangy
— 8vo. — Aroningen, 1844.

SwieteiL, J. van—

G, M, Verspijcl\ General van Swieten en de waarheid.
(General van Swieten and Truth.) — With Coloured Map—
Boyal 8vo. — 's Gravenhage, 1879.

J, De waarheid over onze vestiging in Atjeh, {The Truth
about the Dutch Settlement in Atjeh!) With one Map — Bojal
8vo.— Zaltbommel, 1879.

Temminck—

Verhandelingen over de Natuurlyhe geschiedenis der Neder-
landsche overzeesche hezittingen door de leden der Natuurhun-
dige commissie in Indie en andere schryvers uitgegeven op laH
van den Koning-Land en Volketikunde — With numerous maps
and coloured illustrations, Atlas folio, 1839 — Leiden, 1844.

Tijdsschrift

twor Nederlandsch- Inde uitgegeven door Dr. W. R. van

iZbtft-eZZ— Batavia, 183S-4S. Zalt Bommel, 1854-59.

jj voor Indische Taaly Land en Volken-Kunde uitgegeven door
het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Bheker, Munich, Xetschery
Chijs, Stortenheker, en Brouer — Batavia, 1856-70.

Valentyn—

Oud en Nieuw Osfindien.

Velde, van de—

Gezigten uit Neerland^ Indie, naar de natuur getcehend en

beschreven — Atlas folio — Amsterdam.

,, Toelichtende Aanteekeningen hehoorend^ hy de kaart van
Java — 12mo. — Amsterdam.

Verbeek, E. D.—

De mijmeetten in ^'ederlandsch-Indie getoetst aan de begin-
selen van het mijnrecht en van de mijnhuishoudhinde. (The
Laws on the Mines in Dutch East -India compared with the
Elements of the Rights and the Working of a Mine.) — 8vo. —
Batavia, 1879.

MAXATAK BIBLIOOBAFRT. 289

Veth-

Het eiland Sumatra — 8vo. — Amsterdam, 1873.
[Bound up with tliis is Oerlech^ Nota over de hetrekkingen
van Nederland tot het ryh van Atsjin sinds, 1824J\

Vliet, L. van Wondrichem van—

* Intemationaal regt. Regis vragen over nederzettingen van
niet'Nederlanders in den Kederlandsch-Indischen Archipel,
(^International Law, Judicial Questions concerning ColonizO'
tion of other Nations in the Dutch East-Indian Archipelago?^
— Eoyal Svo. — 's Gravenhage, 1879.

Vosmaer—

Korte heschryving van Celebes — 8vo,

Waal, E. de—

Onze Indische Jinancien. Ill, Zeemacht en aajigelegenhe

zaken. Stoompaketvaart^ Zeeroof. Staatkundige aangelegenhe-

den der huitenhezittingen, (Our Indian Finances, Fart III,

The Navy and Congenial Affairs. Steam-packet Boats ; Piracy;

Political Affairs oj the Archipelago except the Isle of Java,}

— 8vo. — 'b GravenLage, 1879.

Wetgeving, De Indo-Kederlandsdie—

Staatshladen van Nederlandsch-Indii', hewerkt en met aanteeken^
ingen voorzien door J. Boudewijnse en Q, H, van Soest, (Indo-
Netherland Law. Collection of Laws of Dutch East-India^
arranged, and with Notes f by J Boudewijnse and G, S, van
Soest'!)—\o\ I.-III. 8vo^— Haarlem, 1879-80.

[In conrso of publication.]

Winckel, C. P. K—

Esiai sur les principes regissant V administration de la
justice aux Indes Orient ales Neerlandaises sur tout dans les
ties de Java et de Madoura, et leur application — With Plate
and Map^Svo. — Samarang, 1880.

Zollinger, H.—

Over de soorten van Rottlera van den Bot^nischen tuin te

Buitenzorg, Sfc. — 4to — Batavia, 1856.

Veslag van eene Bets naar Bisna en Soembawa en naar
eenige plaatsen op Celebes Saleijer en Floris, gedurende 1847 —
( With extensive Vocabularies) — 4to. — Batavia, 1850.

240 l£ALA.TAir BIBLIO0BAFHT.

WOEKS EELATING TO BOENEO.

DeniBon, Noel—

Jottings made during a Tour amongst the Land Dyahs of

Upper Sarawak, Borneo, during the gear 1874 — by NoBL

Denison, formerly of the Sarawak Government Service.

Grote—

Adventures in Borneo — 12mo. — 1849.

Hardeland—

Pird-pird njanjian Ahantara Hotatt-a Borneo, injurat hang

Pulanteto — ^in-12, br. — 1845.

,, Surat akan olo Ngadju hong Puhu Borneo — in-8, br. —

Kapstad, 1846.

Jacob, Oertmde L.—

An Account of Sir James Brooke, K.Q.B., LL,D,, given
chiefly through Letters and Journals — liondon, 1877.

Schwaner—

Borneo, heschryving van het stroomgebied van den harito —

2 vols. Eoyal 8vo. — Amsterdam, 1853.
Veth-

Borneo's Wester- Af deling Gengraphisch, Statistisch, His-
torisch, voor afgegaan door eene Algemeene schets des Ganschen
E Hands — 2 vols. bvo. — Zaltbommel, 1854.

WORKS RELATING TO THE PHILIPPINES

AND MOLUCCAS.

A'de-

A Lady's Visit to Manila and Japan — 8vo. — 1863.

Aduarte—

Historia de la Provincia del 8. Rosario de Filipinas-
Zaragoza, 1693.

MALAYAN BIBLIOGRAPHY. 241

Arenas—

Memorias Ilistoricas y Eatadisficas de FUipinas — 8vo. —
Manila, 1850.

„ Mevioria sobre el Comercio de las Filipinas — 1838.

BerghanB, Gteo.—

Ilydrographisches Memoir zur Jcartc der Fhilippinen —
Gotha, 1832.

Blanco, Fr. Manuel—

Flora de Filipinas — (in Latin and Spanish) — 1844 (?).
„ Flora de Filipinas (a new Edition^ adicionado con el

Manuscrito inedito del P. Fr. Ignacio Mercado, las ohras del
P. Fr. Antonio Llanos^ y de un Apmdice con fodas las Kuevas
Invest iqaciones Botdnicas refvrentes al Archipelago Filipino.
Oran ediciony hecha a expensas de la Provincia de Agustinos
Galzados de Filipinas, hajo la direccion cientijica del P. Fr.
Andre Navas — Manila, 1877-80.

[Text in Spanish and Latin. Twu Ktlitions, ono vrith coloured and one with
black plates.]

Bnzeta y Bravo, Felipe—

Diccionario Oeograjico, Eatadisiico, Uisforico, de las Islas

Filipinas — Imprenta de Jose de la Peua — 2 vols. gr. in-8, bas.

gauf. fil— Madrid, 1850-51.

Clain, P. Pablo, (de la Cia. de Jesus) —

Benejlcios y Favores singula res hechos por el Glorioso
Archangel San Ilafael al Santo Patriarcha Tobias, y sufamilia
— Aug. Manga dagvilang ava, ut bucod na Caloob nang Camahal
Maluilang Archanq. San Bafael, eec. — Impresso en Manila, en
la Imprenta de la (^ompania de Jesus — in-8 vol. — 1710.

Coleccion—

De Autos anordados de la Beat Audiencia Chancilleria de

Filipinas — Manila, 1861-05.

Comyn, Thomas de—

Estitdo de las Islas Filipina.s en i8i(?— Madrid, 1820.

Dassen—

De Nederianders in de Moluken — 8vo. — Utrecht, 1848.

Domick—

Die Insel Mindoro in der Xe ic- Yorker Stoats Zeitung —

1870.

DOUtreman, Padre Philipe, (de la Compania de Jesus) —

i^ Caduka nqa bah in sa Pedagogo Christiana can sa
Binisaya ug gvin)iovad vsab sa Binisaya nga polong sa P.
Francisco Tejada, sa mao man nga Compania — Impresso, con
las lizen. necess. de los Super, en Man. en la Impr. de la Com-
pania de Jesus, por D. Nicol. de la Cruz Bagay — ^in-8 vol.,
Ano, 1754}.

242 HALAYAK BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Estado

Oeografico, Topograjlco, JSstadistico, Hutorico, Meltgioso,
par Ifueria, Convento de San Francisco — Manila, 1855.

Orav 7 Monf alcon—

Memoire pour le Commerce des Fhilippines — in Thevenot^s
Relation de divers Voyages curieitx — Paris, 1664.

Hellwald, Fr —

Die Erde und ihre Bewohner. (n. d.)

Herrero8, Don Manuel de—

Acta de las Filipinos — Madrid, 1709.

Hochstetter—

In den Berichten der Wiener Akademie, 36. 121 — 1859.
Berichte uher die Oeolog, Beschaffenheit der Bhilippinen,

Informe

Sohre el Estado de las Islas Filipinas — Madrid, 1842.

Jagor—

Beisen in den Fhilippinen — 8vo. — Berlin, 1873.

[ English Edition of same work noted in former list.]

Legislacion

Ultratnarina concordada y anotada por D, Joaquim

Rodriguez San Fedro — Madrid, 1865.

]Caig.6n, Jan van der—

De Eylunden Fhilippinsche — Batavia, 1822.

Madrenas, Don Jose de—

Misiones de Filipinas — Madrid. Manuscript of the year

] 600. Library of the Duke de Calderon.

,, Misiones de Filipinas — Madrid, 1602.

ICallat-

Les Fhilippines — 2 vols. Svo. bound in one, and 1 folio

volume of plates — Paris, 1846.
Mapa

General de las Almas que administran los F.F, Agustiuos —
Manila, 1845.

Havers—

English Translation of Zuniga^ q. v.

Memorias

Uistoricas y Estadisticas de Filipinas — Manila, 1850.

Meyer, Dr. A. B.—

In Natuurkundig Tydschrift — Batavia, Jaargang, 1873.

Morga —

Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas — Mexico, 1609.

„ English Translation of the above — Hakluyt Society.

MALAYAN BIBLIOGBAPHT. 2^

Kondt Lanff; Dr. Tlieodor—

Die Negritos der Fhilippineny forschung und kritih in den

Deutschen Oeographischen Blattem — Bremen, Jahrgang I.,

Heft II. and III.

Olivier—

Beizen in den Moluksch^n Archipel nnar Makassar enz —
2 vols. 8vo. — Amsterdam, 1834.

Ormacheo, D. de—

litlas Filipinos^ Apuntes para la Razon General de su

Hacienda — Madrid, 1868.

Perrey—

Documents sur les Tremblements de Terre et les Phenomenes
Volcaniques dans V Archipel des Philippines — ^Extrait des
Menioiree de TAcad. de Dijon.

Recopilacion—

De las Leges de los Regnos de las Indias — Madrid, 1774.

Relacion—

De las Islas Filipinas — ManuBcript — 1558.

Selation—

Des Isles Philippines par un Religieux qui g a demeure

18 ans — in Thevenot's.

„ Des Isles Philippines fait e par VAmirante D. Hieronimo

de Banuelosg Varilh — in Thevenot's Belation de divers Vagages
curitux — Paris, 1664.

Ri08, P. de los—

Belation et Memorial de VHtat des Isles Philippines et des

Isles Molucques — in l^evenot's Belation de divers Vagages

curieux — Paris, 1664.

Santa Maria, Pr. Pemando, ( de la Orden de Predicadorea)—

Manual de Medici nas Caseras para Consuelo de los pobres
Indios, en las provincias g pueblos donde no ag Medicos^ ni
hotien — Con las licenc. neceHarias en el Colleg. y universidad
do JSanto Thomas de Manila por D. Franc, de la Cruz. —
in.8 vol.— 1815.

Sainz de Baranda—

Constitucion Oeognostica de las Islas Filipinas — Anales de

Minaa 2, p. 197-212—1841.

Semper, Dr. C—

Die Philippinen und ihre Beicohner — Wiirzburg, 1869.

„ Beisehericht aus den Philippinen, Zeitschrift der Berliner y

Gescllschaft fur Erdkunde, Band X,

St Croix, Benonard de—

Voyaqe CJamm&rcial et Politique aux Indes Orientales, nux
Isles Philippines 1803-7^^^9, 1810.

244 MAXAYAN BIBLIOOBAPHT.

Torrubia—

Disertacion Hlstorico-politica y en mucha parte Qeogra-

fica de las Islas Philipinas — Madrid, 1753.

Velarde, Murillo—

Historia de la Provincia de Fhilipinas — Manila, 1749.

VillacafltiiL —

Manga panalanging pagtatago hilin sa calolova nang tadong
(nag hihingalo.) Ang mag catha sa vican Castillo ang P.
Thomas de Villacastin sa mahal na Compania ni Jesus at gsinalin-
sa vican Tagalog ni D. Caspar Aquino de Belen — Imprenta de
la Compania de Jesus, de la Cruz-Bagay — in-8vo. — Manila^
1760.

Znniga—

Historia de las Islas PUilipinas — Sampoloc, Manila, 1603.

WOEKS CONTAINIXa INCIDENTAL NOTICES
OF MALAYAN COUNTRIES.

Annales

De V Extreme Orient — under the direction of M. Lk
Comte Metnees d'Estuey.

Anson, G.—

A Voi/age round the World in the gears 17 10-174 i — Lon-
don, 1748."

Bastian, Dr. Adolf—

Die Vidker des Or.st lichen Asien. Band V. — Singapore^
Batavia and Manila — Jena, 1859.

„ Ucber dar Bestandige in den Menschen-Recen — Berlin,

1868.

Bennet, G.—

Wanderings in Xeic South Wales, Batavia, Pedir Coast,
Singapore and China.

ChamisBO, A. von—

Bemerkungen vnd Ansichten auf der Entdeckungsreise
von O. von Kotzebne — 1829.

HALATAK BIBLIOGRAPHY. 245

Chevalier—

Voyage de la Bonite, Geologic — Paris, 1844.

Darlymple —

Oriental Repertory— 2 vols. 8vo.— 1793-1808.

DeGnignes—

Voyage a Peking, Manille, 1784^1801'--Fa.nB, 1808.

Depone—

Beise in den Ostlichen Theil von Terra firma 1801-4.

Die Fr6ii88i8clie~~*

Expedition nach Ostasien i559—4to.— Berlin, 1864-1866.

Gtemelli, Careri—

A Voyage round the World in Awnshaw and Churchhill, a

Collection of Travels— Vol ZF.— London, 1704.

Hemandi, P.—

Medici atque Historici Opera cum edita turn inedita —

Madrid, 1790.

Hofinann, E.—

Geognostische Beohachtungen auf der Beise van O. von
Kotzehue--lB29,

Horsbnrgh—

Indian Directory.

Jacquet-

Journal Asiatique — Vol. HI. — 1831.

Legentil—

Voyage dans les Mers des Indes — Paris, 1779.

Idnschoten, John van— .

His Discourse of Voyages into ye Baste and West Indies,
devided into four books — 4to. — Leyden.

Handelslo—

Les Voyages du Sieur Jean Albert de, aux Indes Orien-
tales— io\\o — Amsterdam, 1727.

Melvill de Cambee—

Le Moniteur des Indes Orientates et Occidentales. Becueil
de Memoirs et Notices scientifiques et industriels de nouvelles et
de fa its importants corcemant les possessions Neerlandaises
d'Asie et d'Amerique — 3 vols. 4to. — La Haje, 1847-1849.

Meyen—

Eine Beise urn die Erde — (Relates partly to Philippines)
—Berlin, 1835.

Mnller, Dr. P.—

Ausland, No. ^—1872.

Navarrette-

Colleccion de los Viages y Descubrimientos—'M.tLiindy
1825-37.

248 MALAYAN BIBLIOOBAPUY.

Cuarteron—

Caudri relative alle Isle Silababoo, Mindanao^ Celfhes^
Borneo, etc., con Vocaholario Malese, Suluano, Tagalese — 4to.
with Maps — Homa, 1855.

Epreuves

D'une premihre hnprimerie Javanaisey dont lea caracQres
ont eft graces sous la direction de P. van Viissingen, a hi
fonderie JSnschede de Harlem — in-4 cart. — Harlem, 1824.

Ezgverra, P. Domingo—

Arte de la lengua Bisaya de la provincia de Leyte, Tiene

en^eridas algonas advertencias de la lengtui de Zebu y Bool :

las de Zebu senaladas con la letra Z, y las de Bool con la letra

By y junta^neiite algunos adverbios con su uso para hablar con

elegancia — Ee-impresa por D. Nicolas de la Cbuz Baoat —

Manila, 1747.

Pavre— .

Dictionaire Javanais-Frangais — in-8 — Paris, 1870.

PanBto de Cnevas, Fr. Jose Maria—

Arte Nuevo de la Icngua Tbanag — Impreso con las licen-

cias necessarias en la iniprenta de S. Thomas por Yidal

Claudio — in-8. — Manila, 1826.

Grashuis, G. J.—

De Soedanesche talk. Holla ndsch-Soedanesche woordenlijst.

2 druk. — (The Sundanese Interpreter. Dutch-Sundanese Vo-
cabulary. Second edition) — 8vo. — Leiden, 1870.

Guide

To Romanized Jawi — Penang, 1869.

Halkema, W.—

Bcknopte handleiding tot zelfonderricht in de Javaanschr
taol — (Elements of JaTanese Grammar for Autodidacts) — 8vo.
— Djokdjo, 1879.

Hardeland—

Syllahaire Diiyak et Exercices de Lecture — Batavia, 1843.

HoUe, H.T.—

Soendasche Modellen van verschillende brieven — in-8 br.

(Caracteres Javanais) — Batavia, 1861.

Jacques, E. —

Considerations stir Irs Alphabets des Philippines — in-S

br.—Paris, 1831.

MALATA.K BIBLIOOBAFIIT. 249

JansB,— P.

Kleine Javaansche spraakkunsf, Derde uitgave — (Javanese
Grammar. Third Edition, revised and enlarged) — 8vo. —
Samarang, 1879.

Le Petit Man, . . ,^ .

liecueil de Sentences tinea d^t VEcriture Sainte en Javanais
— in-8 cart. — Amsterdam, 1860.

Malaica

Collectanea Vocahularia — 2 vols, in 1 sm. 4to. — Batavia,
1708.
Karsden—

G-rammaire de la langue Malaie, traduite de V Anglais en
Hollandais et Franqais par Wout — -Ito. — Harlem, 1824.

llatthes, B. P.—

Chrestomaihie en laugue Boughie, Caract, Boughis — 1864.

Mentrida —

Arte de la lengu^ Biftaya Tliliguagna de la Isla de Panay —

ImprentadeD. Manuel Mem ij£, por D. Anastasio Gonzaga,

—iu-4— Manila, 1818.

Kenrsinge. A.~

MaleiscU leeshoek, Vermeerderd door O. J. Grashuis —

(Malayan Keading-book, Enlarged by G. J. Geasiiuis) — 1st

part. 8vo. — Leiden, 1879.

Morel, C. J.—

Nieuic Nederlanasch'Maleiscli en Maleisch-Nederlandsch
woordenboek — (New Dut<rh-Malayan, Malayan-Dutch Dic-
tionary)— 2 vols. 8vo.— Haarl., 1S79.

Noceda, P. Juan de, y San Lucar, P. Pedro—

Vocabularo de la lengua Tagala, trabajado por varios gujetos
doctos y graves y ultimamente anadide — Re-impreso, con licencia^
en Valladolid, imprenta de Higinio Eoldan — in-fol. — 1832.

OoBting, H. J.—

Soendasch-Nederlandsch woordenboek — (Sundanese-Dutch

Dictionary)— Parts l.-lll.— 8vo.— Batavia, 1880.

Boorda, Van Eysinga—

Algemeen Javaansch en Kederduitsch Woordenboek^ in de

Kromo Ngoho — Modjo-en Hawische Taal — m-8 — Kampen, 1835.

Boorda, and J. J.

Supplement op het Javaansch- Nederduitsch Woordenboek^
van J, C Oeriche—m'^ — Amsterdam, 1862.

250

£e„ipe AtfabcUm ^
^''-«^t^"~Am,te,S:"^«'-8 with . ^^

▼mack

1>I

MALAYAN BIBIJOCKAniY. 251

ORIGINAL MALAY WORKS ( INCLUDINQ

MALAYAN SUB-DIALKCTS AND JNDO-

NESIAN LANGUAGES.)

[, SfijAUAir — Annals of the Kingdom of Achni — in the
Malayan language.

Alawam — Jjxlljjlac — An Exposition of some of tlie Funda-
mental Articles of the Mahomedan Faith — Svo.

KabKjikan — Tlic Pursuit of Virtue.

ij Ixcui — Tlio Conque.st of ISIangkasar ( Macassar ) by the
united forces of the Hollanders and Bugis, under the
Command of Admiral Corneh's Speelman and Raja
Palaka, in the year 1GG7 — a Poem in the Malayan lan-
guage, by Inchi Ambun.

ALiNSAN FiMAKiFAT UL-BUD Arauman — The Secret of a
'ous and Benevolent Life.

S'OMY — An Astronomical and Astrological Work — in the
Malayan language — ( Marsdcifs collection.)

AKAL KAPADA SAOALA ORANG BRSAR-BESAR — An Cthic WOrk

laying down Rules for Ministers when officiating, and
illustrated by many tales.

Ikah — ^\^iu->lj — Matrimony and the Rites and Ceremo-
nies thereof according to the requirements of Maho-
medaniam — Svo.

L — \»\jj — The Doctrines of Mahomedanism — Svo.

* •

LPHX — ^The Biography of a Malayan Family — with other
Tracts — (Marsdens collection.)

250 MALAYAN BIBLIOGEAPHY.

Stoaxt, A. B. Colien—

Eenige AlfaheUen en proeven van oud Javaansck Schriftj

uitgegeven door S, Reyzer — ^in-8 with a fae-simile of Jayanese

characters — Amsterdam.

Tersuch

JSiner Chrammatik der Dajackschen Sprache — 8vo. — Am-
sterdam, 1858.

Vocabulary, A—

Of the English and Malay LangtiageSy with the Froper
Orthography for Englishmen — Second edition — 8vo. — Batavia,
1879.

Winter, C. P.—

Javaansche Zamenspraken, uitgegeven met een Javaansch

woordenhoek door F. Boor da — in-8 — Amsterdam, 1848.

MALAYAN BIBIJOCKAril Y. 251

ORIGINAL MALAY WOEKS ( INCLUDINQ

MALAYAN SUB-DIALECTS AND JNDO-

NESIAN LANGUAGES.)

AcHEir, SfijAUAH — Annals of the Kingdom of Ach?n — in the
Malayan laujjjuajje.

Akida Alawam — JjjJljjlii: — An Exposition of some of the Funda-
mental Articles of the Mahomedan Faith — 8vo.

Alvait KabEjika:? — Tlic Pur^nit of A^irtue.

Ambun, Ixciii — The Conquest of Mangkasar ( Macassar ) by the
united forces of the Hollanders and liugis, under the
Command of Admiral Cornclis Spceluian and Raja
Palaka, in the year 1GG7 — a Poem in the Malayan lan-
guage, by Inchi A«ibun.

As&AKALiNSAX FiMAuiFAT UL-iiiD Araiimax — Thc Secrct of a
Pious and Benevolent Life.

AsTBOXOMY — An Astronomical and Astrological Work — in the
Malayan language — ( Marsdcn's collection.)

Babal akal kapada SAO ALA OTiAKCr BRSAR-BESAR — An cthic Work
laying down Rules for Ministers when officiating, and
illustrated by many tales.

BabanIkah — ^\^1u->Ij — Matrimony and the Rites and Ceremo-
nies thereof according to the requirements of Maho-
medaniam — 8vo.

BidIta — \i\jj — The Doctrines of Mahomedanism — 8vo.

BlOOBAPHT — The Biography of a Malayan Family — with other
Tracts — ( Marsden^s collection.)

252 3IALAYAN BIBLIOGUAPHY.

Bihds — A Dipciission. in the Malayan lanp;u'age, amongst tbe Birds
which attend the Throne of King Solomon, of the ques-
tion " "Whether it is wiser for a person to speak or to b©
silent '* — An imitation of the 2jt\^ of Hariri.

BocnABiE VAX Djohor — De Kroon aller Koningen — Malay text
in Arab char, with Dutch translation by Eoorda van
Eijsinga— Mo.— Batavia, 1827.

BoEKOE OBAT DAN KATOEUONQOO KOEDA — Ya itoc menerangken
tjatjad atawa baiknja koeda, kentara darie boeloc atawa
tandanja, bernama Mathie, atawa oeijen-oeijengan, bagi-
mana tjarietanja orang doeloe kala — 8vo. — Djoodja, 1879.

Bhuckxeb — Petit traiti- religicux en Javanais — Serampore, 1826 (?)

BusTAJi^ALSALATiN — Contains a variety of information on such
subjects as the Creation, Prophets and Kings, Ministers,
Learned Men, and Heroes, and all sorts of arts.

Oalendeti — A Mahomedan and English comparative Calender —
issued 1877 et seq. — Singapore.

Oatalogue of Malayan Trees, Fruits, Animals, <te.

Chermin Mata — or the Malay Eeader. Aids to the acquirement
of knowledge — Singapore, 1859. — Keasbery.

Chrestomatiks Oceaxiexxes — Tcxtes en Lano:uc Bouuhis —

8(]. SVO.

Daxoe KoKS0E>rAi[ (Radi-.x)— Socndasch gedicht Itad ja Darma —
Batavia, 1802.

Dal A iJAVAXCJ UAVAXt; dknoax yaxcj ampuxva ah — Tlic Shadow
rcuion.stratini; with the Kcal Bcin«r.

Deity — A ^ralayaii Iract on the AUributes of the Deity — with a
Javanese translation.

DiAKV — A Diary, from Usl to 1100 ( a.i>. 1770-1770) in the
Hui^is i:in<j;uau:e and characters. ( Tlie names of the
jNFoiiths are Luropean written in the Arabic characters
- ( Marsden\s collection.)

DiTiXATiox — Iiistnu'ilon in the Art of Divination — in the Malayan
language.

DUEAMS AXD THEIR IXTEUPRETATIOXS — ^lalav MS.

MALAYAN BIBLIOGRAPHY. 253

Elmu PLAJi^GKAH — The art of divining the favourable times for
raising a building, setting out on a voyage, celebrating
marriages, &c,

Geomancv — The Book of Gcomancy, or of Divination by Sand
J^ l-)Ij — in the Malayan language — Composed in the year

of the llejirah 1175 ( 1761) at Palambani (Palembang ? ).
Preceded by nn Astrological tract, in which the motions
of some of the Planets are described, and an account
given of the days on which the JSun enters each Sign of
the Zodiac for that ( lunar ) year. A memorandum in
Javanese has the date of va i i (1187) or ad. 1773.

Oericke, J. F. C. — Wiwoho of Mintorago — a Javanese poem — fol.
— Hatavia, 1845.

IIakayat Arhas Mahomed — Solves 1,000 questions proposed by
the Jews ; and treats of Keyber and of his conversion.

Hakayat Abdullah Muxshi — ito. — Singapore.

Hakayat Ant Nawas ^jlijfl — Abu Nawas, the Clown of the
famous Haroun Al Easchid of Bagdad.

Hakayat Ahmed Bisux — The Eambles of Ahamad Bisun.

Hakayat Baktizar — The Talcs of Baktizar — A collection of in-
culcatory tales. •

Hakayat Bayan Bi^diman — The Gifted Parrot.

Hakayat Dalang Panguda Isma — Prince of Kuripan — (a Panji
tale.)

Hakayat Derma Bulan — A Javanese tale-

Hakayat Derma Tasiah a*-»'U jl.^ — The Devoted Wife.

Hakayat Dkwa Bisxa — The Adventures of Dewa Bisua.

Hakayat Dewa Laksamana — A fairy. tale in verse.

Hakayat Dewa Mandru — A fairv talc.

Hakayat Duma — Mahomed's account of the Creation and of his
Viisit to Heaven — Singapore, 1855.

Hakayat Fatimah Kawin — The Marriage of Fatima.

254 MALAYAN BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Hakatat Gal! la and DbriNA — A collection of fables of the
nature of Esop's.

Hakatat Hamza — The adventures of Ilamza in the early days of
Islamism.

Hakatat Hang Tua — The life and exploits of Laksamana Hang
Tua, the famous opponent of the Portuguese.

Hakatat Hoja Memun — or The Gifted Parrot.

Hakatat Tndoxo Malati Hosuri — ( a Panji tale.)

Hakatat Indra Kavaxgax — The adventures of Indra Kayangau
in quest of a wonderful musical instrument.

Hakatat Txdra Pltrv — Tlu' adventures of Indra Putra, son of
the Kiuj; of .Samautapura.

HAK.iTAT TsMA YatIm — Lifo of Isma Yatim, the author of several
stories in tlic rei^^n oP llAja Pakarma Dati and of Me-
moirs of Tanium and Dari.

Hakatat Jara^o Kvlkna — The adventures of Jaranp: Kulena

who flecfs from \wv fatluM-'s residence and follows her lover
in the pjirh of a iauu — ( a Panji tale.)

Hakavat Jvracax 15rniM\x — Tlie r:iinl)les oF JunVan Budimaii,
the judiciou:^ n;ivi<;,it(n-, in (}ur..st of her brother.

Hakavat Ka-mhiav Xi'ifRi 1\"paii-- An aceonnt of the foundation
of Krdali.

Hakavat IMahaha.ia -A vorsicn of tlie storv of Kinu: Sknil.

Hakavat ArAiivuA.iA Ai.r \c ^\.[^ — The story of ]\Iaharaja

Ali witli the story of Ivini,' Skull ( Hakavat KAja Jam
Jama J of uliirii il is a version.

Hakavat Mahahaja j^mrna — The adventures of B-rna, son of
Bison — (it I'anji tale.)

Hakavat IMAUAJiA.iA Im>i{.\. J)i:wa, and Siiair Life of SriMiskiu,
the Mendicant.

Hakayat ]\Iaukota IvAjA 1{a,ia — r-l^oj^ — The duties and
responsibilites of the Eoyal Ofliec— Svo. — (aec Taj.)

MALAYAN BIBLIOGRAPHY. 255

Hakayat Ma homed Shah — Laws and institutes of Mahomed
Shah, of Malacca, the first convert to Islamisin.

Hakayat Nabi Musa — Moses receiving various moral and ceremo-
nial institutions from God.

Hakayat ^i'aga Bisaru — ( a Panji tale.)

Hakayat Panda wa Jaya — The life and exph)its of Pandawa Jaya —
( a Panji tale.)

Hakayat Panji Wil.\ Kasuma — (a Panji tale.)

Hakayat PAnANCr PCtjxo — The Miraculous Chopping Knife.

Hak.iyat Pardama Lima — (a Panji tale.)

Hakayat Pj:rs.\d Jndra Laksama — King of Tliaraf — His delivery
from allegiance to IJuliya Indni. the IMonkey King,
whom his son conquered.

Hakayat Plandoii Jkxaka — The Facetious Mouse-deer.

Hakay.vt ]^\JA Bab A — The adventures of Kaja Bab a.

Hakayat M\j\ BnuprTKA — r)hservances during the pregnancy of
tlie wives of the Kings and their courtiers, and the birth
of their children.

Hakayat Haja Budak — jl^y — 1^— An allegorical tale wherein
the requisite (pial ideations of Koyalty are coii>idered.

Hakayat IMja Chaya Laxgkara — Travels of Makadan and Mak-
dini in search of the White ^:afflower.

Hakayat Eaja Hundi k — jAil ^\j — The Subjugation of Eaja

HrxDrK and his gnerre a mori for the propagation of the
Mahomedan faith.

Hakayat 1^\.TA Iskander Ztlkernekv — The life and conquests of
Alexander the Grreat (the two-horned.)

Hakayat K.x.ta Karbar — The 1,000 questions put to Mahomed by
the learned Jews of Naibar.

Hakayat Eaja KnftBER— Capture of Rlija Kheber by Mahomed,
and his conversion to Islamism.

256 MALAYAN DIBLIOGRAPHT.

Hakayat l^AJA Pase — Chronicles of the Rajas of Pase or Samu-
dara or »^hauiantara (in Sumatra) by which the whole of
the island is now called.

Hakavat Raja Raja BebpKtra — Court customs and ceremonies
at pre<;nancy, parturition and during the minority of the
Royal Family — with notes and glossary — 8vo.

Hakayat Raja Shah Merdan — Raja Shah Merdan, his life and
reign and transmigraficatory powers — Svo.

Hakayat Raja Zuljub Adex — Life and reign of Raja ZadaU
jub of Aden.

Hakayat Raxgga Ariya Kuda Nastafa — Adventures of Inu Ker-
tapati — ( a Panji tale.)

Hakayat RasCl. Allah Berciiukor — Gabriel shaves Mahomed and
the nymphs gather his hair.

Hakayat Seraxga Bavu — The adventures of the Royal brothers
Ahmed aiid Mohamed, the former a King of Bagdad, the
latter his Minister, under the assumed name of 8iranga
Bayu.

Hakayat SiiAMSUL-BXirARArx — The adventures of Shamsul-
Brdiarain.

Hakayat Si Miskix — The Fortunate Eeggar.

Hakayat Siti Hauashau — An ctliic tale.

Hakayat St?i R.nrv — The adventure!^ of Sri RAma in quest of his
v.ife, who liiul been carried awav bv .Maharrna Kawaiia.

Hakavat Ta.i-i's-Salatix — The duties and responsibilities of the
l^oval Oflico, and the us.vijcs, customs and ensiirns of
Court ( ///., 'J he Crown lor all Kings.)

Hakayat Tam;^x \j. Datm — The adventures of Taniun al Dari. an
inhabitant of jNIadura.

Hakayat WAXAN(i Kerta — (A Panji tale.)

Hakayat Yustf — The Life of Joseph, compiled from the Penta-
teuch (by Mr. Kkasijeuy.)

Hardelaxd — Surnt akan olc ngadju hong pulau Borneo — 1810,
Cape of Good Hope.

MAXAYJLN BIBLIOGHAFHY. 257

Hardelaxd — Surat liapan adjar membasa, kapataa — in 12-br. —
1S46.

Harpeland — Tjerita karadjan hatalla tuntang angh adjar bara
surat Hatalla tinei soinbajang dan njau jian — 8vo. — Elber-
field, 1845.

Habdeland — Pira-pira tjerita bara surat Hatalla idja solahe — in-8
Carb.— Batavia, 1843.

Haris FathIla — Fatbila of Bussorah. His marriage to Siti
Zuwiya — a love poem — 8vo.

HoEzoo — Petit traitc sur la voie du salut en Javanais — in 12 parts
— Kotterdnm, 1855.

In DBA Java — Indra JAya, son of the King of Samsualum Bahrol.
His adventures in search of the Princess now Lela
Chaya and other Princesses who had been carried away by
a griflin.

Jcraoan BC^DiMAN — The rambles of Juragan Budiman, the judi-
cious navigator, in quest of her brother — 1 vol. 8vo.

Keijzeb, S. — Kitab Toehpah, Javaansch-Mohammedaansch Wet-
boek — Javanese text with annotations and glossary — 8vo.
—La Haye, 1853.

Keyseb, S. — Kitab Toehpah, Javaansche Mohammedaansch Wet-
bock — in-8 cart. — Graveuhage, 1853.

KissAK Raja Eaja yang Ampuna Adat — Duties and respousibili-
ties of the Kingly Office.

KiTAii ^IvMATAKAX Sa(iala Agama — An account of the religions
from Adam to Mahomed and of the trut*t of Mahomed.

KiTA« ^Iantaui pada maraxchanakan saijda naiii — Explanations
of the receipts of Mahomed.

Kitab Tuasul — Etiquette of compliments in letter writing.

L£la Majn'um — An allegorical tale in which is illustrated the
passion of love and its seductiveness.

Life and IJeign of Abdul Muluk, King of Barbarv.

258 MAXAYAN BIBLIOGHAPHY.

Mabaat-ul Makakin — A Cathechism on religious terms.

Malayan Coiiiii:spo>dence — consisting chiefly of letters from the
Rajas ami principal native merchants of the Peninsula
and neighbouring islands, addressed to Captain Francis
Light, and Captain James Scott, of Pulau Piuang. In
several Portfolios — ( Marsden^s collection.)

Mattiies, F. B. — Boegineesch Heldendicht — texte Boughi en
caractrres oriiciutiux — 186^.

MruAMED Hamfiaii — Muhamcd Hanufiairs ^wmr ti mort against
the lutidel Tazed at Mecca.

^.luiiAMED UL Atik — Evidcnco of the existence of a Divine Being,
and disscrtatioiKs on lt*lamism, its creed and ceremonies.

Mr.Tiz.vT Rasilallaif Mr;.\fAN(;iL Bulan — Mahomed's miracle of
making the moon pa^^s by halves through his sleeves.

MuTIARA YANG TElMCARANCi PAD A MKXGATAKAX SAG ALA VATIKAD

The principal articles ot' the Mahomcdan faith.

]Sai;i ^MiVha.i — The ascent of Mahomed to Heaven on tlie Borak
— Svo.

Ki.u- !\\?Kiis — in Malav — ^

BiNTAN(i ]>A!JAr- -B.itavia, publlsl.eu on WeJne.-Javs and
featurdavs.

BiNTANc Bakat — ( "AVestern St:!r") — Singai)()re.

[MmImv New s]):r>t'r j>ir ,'i-I:.-il fur :i slmrt jx'riod ii!":iT t'.'- n]?]ii>ir;mri.' (/!"
I'l.- " .1 nv: 1 . .au.ii. -.Lu;, ■ l;ur, likjllic "IVridjir;;;! S;.:.:;::-!. \\ all.aii.tT,"
di>coiitiiiWL'l.j

BiNTAN(i D.ionoi: — riJM;>i.ed In' tlie Societv < l' ^Mliasionaries,
Batavia, in fi)rtnii:liliv nnmbcrs, on .Saturdays.

BiNTAMJ Timor — Sorrat kabar di tr-'oerabaya, juiblished on

Wednesdays and Saturdays.

•J »'

BnovAirrAM Soi.iiakai.t'. — In Javanese — published every
Thursday.

Daumo AVaksito — DjccJja — published every Saturday.

MALAYAN BIBLIOGBAPIIY. 25^

HiNDiA Nedbrland — Soerat kabar Betawi — Batavia — pub-
lished ou Wednesdajd aud Saturdays.

Jawi Pebanakkan ( " Straits born " ) — Malay newspaper pub-
lished every Monday — Singapore 1870 ct seq.

[This ia the first Malay Newspaper over publishci. Circubtion about ISO-
copies.]

Jawi Standaud — Malay Newspaper publisihed at Penang
(? 1877) — now discontinued.

Pebidaran Shamsu Walkamer — (" Kevolulion of the Sun
and Moon.")

[Malay Newspaper published for a short period after the ojipcnranco of the
" Jawi Peranakkan," but diseontinuetl.J

Selompret Mklajoe — Soerat kabar dan adverteiitie — Sama-
raiig, publi8!«hed on Wednesdays and Saturdays.

Tangai Sneiian — Tamil newspaper publislicd I'ornightly — Sin-
gapore — 1877 et seq.

Tjahaja Sijano — Kartas Chabar Minahassa. — Tanawaugko-
( Isle of Celebes ) — published every Thursday.

Panoajau — Agama Kristan man inik inik pakata , dipilih doaa
kitab jubata blaksa — l8mo. — Singapore, 1817.

PantCns — A Collection <jf Pantuns, or short IMalayan Son-
nets — ( Marsden's collection.)

PantCns — S3 Love Songs — Svo.

Penggli \ti — Amusint^ Stories in Malay — Mahomkd Syed — Sin-^
gapore, 187J).

PfiNGUTiB, Segala rCinah Pengatahwan — Xos. 3 & 4 — Boman
characters — Singapore.

Phbaith — The law relating to the distribution of the estates of
deceased persons — Svo.

PoENiKO TJARios ANEK TioA BELAH — In Javanese characters — 8vo»
— Batavia, 1879.

Pbayeb — Malayan religious tracts containing Eules to bo observed
with respect to prayer, &c.

260 >IALi.YAN BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Peentah adjlt Raja Raja dan bethant — Usages, customs, and
ceremonies relating to Malayan Kings from childhood to
marriage — Malay MS,

Raden Mas Ahjo Poeewo Lenono — Reizen, texte Javanaise
-~2vol8. in-S cart.— J3atavia, 1865-66.

Raja Bastamam — His conquest of Persia and Palestine for the
propagation of the Mahomedan faith — 1 vol. foolscap.

Regulatioxs established for the port of Krui or Croec, in Suma-
tra, by the Government of Bantam, in Java, engraved on
copper, in the Sunda dialect of Java and Malayan charac-
ter. Dated in the year 1108 of the Hejirah or a.d. 1696.

Religious Instruction in the Malayan language, grounded on
Arabic text.

RoMO — Javaansch gedicht, naar de bewerking van Joro Dhipoero.
Uit<'e«r. door C. F. Wintei--Batavia, 1858.

o'-o'

RooRDA VAN EvsTNGA — Gcschiedenis van Sultan Ibrahim vorst
van Eirah, uit hot Maleisch in JavaanBche poezy met
javaansch karakter-niits gaders nali sastra of zedesplen-
hen, in het kawi met roode letters — in-8 cart. — Ams-
terdam, 1842.

RoouDA, T. — Javaaiische Briovon, Bori«j:tcii, A'erslii<jri»n, Verzoeks-
i-liril'tcn, ProL-lanuiticn, Publicatics, rontnictcn, Schuld-
bc'kcntlienisscii, Quitaiitior^, rroces.stukkon, Pachlbrieven
en aiidcre soortgclijkc stukkon — Svo.--Amsf('nlani, Isl.j.

Saiulaj,— Tlie Rites and Ceremonies of ^rahoniedanLsni — Svo.

Saif-ul LiZAX — 'i'lie adventures of f::?aif-nl Li/an, K:nu:of Abyssinia,
bis life and bis accession to the throne of Medina
Aliarrun in Abyssinia, founded by bis grandfather a King
of Veuien, Arabia — Svo.

SAMArwKnA>'i) — A catechism on the [U'eeepts of Islaniism.

Se.tauau ]\rAF-Avr — Malay Cbroiiiek*s from the time of Deniang
L( bar Dauii, a descendant of Alexander of Macedon, to
ilie arrival of tlie Portuguese in the reign of Sultan
!Mabomcd — Svo. —Singapore.

Selasilah Raja Raja Cuerugn— A ircnealofrical account of the
Kings of (^beribon.

HALA.YAN BIBLIOGRAPHY. 261

Selasilah Raja 1U.ta di Tanah Jawa — Genealogical account
of the Sovereigns of Java.

Serat Tjartos belampahan poen praboe oema jon fol. — Javanese
characters — 8vo. — Batavia, 1879.

Sewaka — Javaansch gedieht, met eene vertalingea woordenboek
Uitgeg. door J. A. Wilkcls— 8vo.— 1850.

^UAiR AsuiyL MuLUK — The life and times of Abdul Muluk, King
of Barbary — 8vo.

Shair Barao BarAo — The Mocking Bird Burao Barao, being
exhortations and precepts to King Solomon.

tSHAiR Bri)ASARi — The beautiful Bidasari is discovered in a boat.
The King is captivated by her attractiveness; the Queen
jealous of this illtreats her and sends her home in an
insensible state. By recourse to supernatural means she
is resuscitated during the night and thrown back into her
former state during the day. The Queen believes her no
longer a dan<j:erous rival. Beda^ari in time recovers and
marries the King despite of the opposition of his consort.

Shair Buxoa — Flowers — a poem.

SuAiR BuROXG PiX'JKi — An allegorical poem regarding the soul.

Shair Ciunta Bkjiaui— Love poems.

Shair Dagvxg— The kotran^or— A poem.

Shahir Iulis — The dovil visits the prophet ( Mahomed) and ac-
knowledges his superiority.

Shair Iran — Exliortr.tion to children — A poem in which fishes are
introduced as the exhorters.

Shahir Ik ax Tamu*os — A love poem.

Shair Joiiax Axak Raja Perall — A tragic love poem.

Shahir Kkx TAnruAX — Ken Tabnan, a captive princess of rare
beauty, is immured within the walls of a foi-t hy order of
liadin .^^ant^i's mother who had ari\inged a marriage
between hiiu and the princess oE Banjar Knlou. The
Kadin defiantly enters the place and as defiantly declares
his love. The Queen is indignant and disajjpointed and
Ken Tabuhan is foithwilh aH?assinated— a tragic love
poem.

262 MALAYAN BIBLIOGRAPHY.

SnAiK KiAMiT — An admoTiitorv poem in which are depicted the
piiniphments and the good awaiting the wicked at the day
of judgment — 1 vol. 8vo.

8HA1TIR KowPANi IToLLAyDA — Burprang daiigan China — A poem.
relating to the war of the Dutch with China.

SuAiiiB Mecca — A poetical description of a Mecca piljjrimage
and of Mahomed's ascent to heaven on the Borak —
1 vol. 8yo.

Shaie Mukw^ax — a love poem — Malay MS.

fcJHAiK Paraii — An allegorical poem in which life is considered in
the Jight of a boat at sea.

8uAiB Pjpit dax anggaxg — The Sparrow an theHornbill — a poem.

Shair prang ANOGRis 1)1 Batawi — The war waged at Batavia
by the English — a poem celebrating the conquest of Java
by the English forces.

SiiAiR !Radin Galoii — A Javunesc poem — A Panji tale — 1 vol.
8to.

8uAiR Kaja AciiEir, a. c. JIS,

Skair Sidang yAKiR — All allo^orical poem setting out the forlorn
and ni(li<H'nt condition of mail.

v^haiiir Stlam Baiu — A love ]H)em. The elopement of Siti
LeiA Mavan/]j with iSeiilior Costa.

ISiiAiiru Slendanc; Dal! ma — A poem l)e«;iniiing with an account
of the mystical conception and birth of 8alincap Da-
LiMA, consequent on her mother eating a pomegranate,
and closing with that o[ her marriage to Dewa Parwera
— 1 vol. 8vo.

Sl>GAIUHA nr LANOGEU TODAK.

ISiRATUL Mi'sTAicnr — Eitcs and Ccrcmouies of Mahomedauism
a. c. JUS. — lith. {Singapore.

h^i;i JtAiiA — A Malay version of the Kamayana or adventures of Sri
iiama in search of his wife who had been seduced by
Kaea Kawana — 1 vol.

MALAYAN BIBLIOGRAPHY. 2Go

SOfIs — An exposition of the mystical doctrines of the Sufis, in
the Malayan laiij2:uage. "Written at Pase near Achin, in
a character remarkably well formed.

SuLTAK Abdoel Moesok OF Barbaky —Life and reign of, in Malay,
a. c, published by Koorda van Jb'ysinga — 8vo. — Batavia,
1817.

Sultan Usman — Sheriff, Eing of Egypt, history of — Malay MS.

SuxTAN iBRAniM, — zoon van Adaham, Yorst van Iralvh, history
of, in Malav (Arab, char.) with commentary by Lenting
—4to.— Breda, 1846.

SuEAT AL Nabi — An account of God's dealings with Adam,
Noah and others down to Mahomed's time — 2 vols, large
foolscap.

SuBAT brasi Djanji Taheta, Tuhan dan Djuru Salamat ikel Jesus
Kristus — 8vo. — Cape of Good Hope, 184G.

SuEAT brasih Djanji Taheta, tuhan tuntang djuru, salatus — Svo.
Amsterdam, 1858.

SxjEAT AL KiAMAT — A poom depicting the sorrows and punishments
of the next world — 1 vol. 8vo.

Tabie Mimpi — Interpretations of dreams, and of involuntary
motions of the body.

Taj-il Muluk — A love poem — 1 vol. Svo.

Taj-U8-Sxjlatix or Hakayat Mahkota Sagala Eaja Eaja — The
duties and responsibilties of the Eegal Office.

Taman Pungtauan bagie kanak kanak — Eoman char. — Singa-
pore.

Thomasin, Hendrtck — A Discourse in the Malayan language and
character, professing to have for its text the 6th verse of
the 11th chapter of Paul's Epistle to the Hebrews —
Malacca, 1818.

Tjabitaiha Ibeahim — Batavia, 1853.

Tjabitania Joesoeb anak Jakoeb — 32mo. — Samarang, 186(J.

Tbact — Eeligious observances, in the Malayan language much
mixed with Arabic.

264 MALAYAN BIBLIOGKAPHY.

TuAiTi: Eelioieux — En langue Boughi — Carac teres origin ales —
1838.

Treatise— On the magical virtues of the Sloth and other animals,
and of certain herbs.

Thiflino Adventures — in the Malayan language.

Tbom PipiT — The original wanderings of the Malay Eace — (Very
ancient.)

Tbombu Menang Kab16 — Table shewing the genealogy of the
Kings of Menang Kabau — 2 sheets.

TCn-bi-Cl Ekwhan — The Ceremonial law of Mahomedanism — 1
vol. 8yo.

Ti^n-bi-Cl-gajaltn — The ordinances of Mahomedanism and
admonitions to practise the same — 1 vol. Svo.

Tbombu Palembang — Genealogial Table of the Kings of Palem-
bang.

UNDAyG Undang Sultan Mahomed Shah — The Laws and Institu-
tions of Sultan Mahomed Shah of Malacca.

WiciiEBS, J. M.— Soerat Ondaiig Ondang atas tanah Hindio
Nederland — Svo. — Batavia, 185G.

MALAYAN BIBLIOGBAPUY. 265

TRANSLATIONS IN MALAY OF FOEEIGN VOEKS.

Adeluno, J. C. — Mithridates, oder allgemeine Sprnchenkunde, mit
wichtigen Beytriigen zweyer grossen Sprachforscher, fort-
gesetzt von Vater — containing the " Lord's Prayer " in
500 Languages and Dialects — 4 vols. 8vo. — Berlin, 1806-17.

Anslijn, N. — De brave Heiidrik een leesboekje voor jonge
kinderen — Livro de lecture trad, en Batak (Dialecte
Mandailiugsche) par W. Iskander — 1805.

Babkeno KARiEHiN-^-Histoire des premiers temps (La Genrse?)
en Javanais — (piibl. par Bruchner ?) Bandjarniasin ? —
in-12 br.

Beodes — Histoires tirees des Evangiles — in-12 cart. — Harlem,
1867.

Bible —Elkitab 'ija itu segala surat perdjanjian Inma dan baha-
ruw tersalm kapa^a bahasa Malajew — 8vo. — 1821.

The Holy Bible or Books of the Old and New Testament
in the Malayan language and character, originally printed
at Batavia in 1758, and reprinted, with alterations, at
Serampore, in Bengal, in 1821 — (Executed under the
superintendence of Robert Hutchings).

The Books of the Old and New Testament in the Malayan
language and character — by Johan Mauritz Mohr and
Herman Petrus van de Werth — Batavia, 1758.

De Scheppingsgeschiedenis, volgens Genesis I., overge-
bragt in de taal der Bataks door H. N. van der Tuuk —
1853.

Het boek Genesis, in het Boegineesch vertaald door
Dr. B. F. Matthes— 1866.

Het boek Genesis, in het Tobaasch vertaald door H. N.
van der Tuuk— 1859.

26G yikLkYAJH BIBLIOaHAPHT.

Bible — Het bock Exodus, in het Tobaasch vertaald door H. N.
van der Tuuk — 1859.

Bible en Laxgue Jataxaise — 3 vol. in-8 cart. — 'sGravenhage —
1854.

Bible of Every Land — A Hiistory of the iSacred Scriptures in
every Language and Dialect into which translations have
been made : illustrated with specimen portions in Native
Characters, Alphabets, Maps, «&c. — 4to. w. d.

Biblia — Id est Vctus et Novum Testamentum Malaice (Arab
char.) ed. Wilmet — 8vo. — Harlem, 1853.

Branto, Arxoldus — EisTdet ])ada menjatakan, &c. — (Exhortation
of the Lord's Supper) — translated into the Malayan
language — Amsterdam, 1731.

Bu> tan's Pilgrim's Progress — In Malay (Alzafar Alzahid) a. <?.
4 to. — ^Singapore, 1840.

Catechism on the Creation of Adam and Eve ; in theBugis dialect
spoken at Boni Kata Ishxnds, Celebes Sea.

Catecismo— Do la Doctrina, en idioma do Pangasinan, anadido la
ultimo ton nlginias oracioncs para ayndar a bien morir —
Iniprtnta do S. Thomas- -iu-32 brochc — ^Linila, 1857.

«»
CKriiMOMAT.s-^rnlayan Iracts, princi])ally a translation of that
part of tlio Arabji' Iledaya or ]v^-\\ l;u1(1c' whie-li relates to
i'ercMiionials, Ablutions, ^^c.

ClIliillTA XaIU a M.A ^TrSA ^fA.W.IAT DI BlKfT FORSINA — MoSCs'

Asct'ut on ^VFoiint Sinai.
Cni:r.TTA Sri/rAN Tskandkr — Storlcv"^ o^ Alexander the Great,
Co^:^iON Pkavkiis -In ^Falay (Arnh. cJ>t.) lifJ/. — Singapore, 1S57.

CoMMo:; T'nvYr.'7s — In !>ralay ("T^o;/?. r//^/r.^ in four versions, with
Pujian and Surat Kiriiiian S. Paulos — ji. d.^ Sarawak.

pREHKUirn, Iv. Tloina Kawya (Sanskt. Bhnumn Kairya), dat is
^((llclit van I^liTnnnn. den zoon van AVisjnoe en de Aarde
(San>kt. FrrfJiiirl of Jifuhu'.) In hot OorsproidvcHjk
Kawi — Ito.— l*jr):J.

MALAYAN BIBLIOGBAPHY. 267

Gospel according to St. John — Translation in the Malayan
lanj^uage and character — by W. Robinson — Bencoolen,
1823.

„ Evangelie van Johannes in het Tobaasch door H. N.

^ van der Tuuk— 1859.

Gospel according to St. Luke — Het Evangelie van Lukas, in het
Tobaasch vertaald door H. N. van der Tuuk — 1859.

Gospel according to St. Mark— En Javanaise — in-12 cart. —
Amsterdam, 1849.

Gospel according to St. Matthew — With commentaries (Arab,
char.) — Siugapore.

„ Indjil iang tarsoerat oleh Mattheus (Bom. char.) — 16mo.

— Batavia, 1840.

„ Indjil andc kasoeratheun koe Mattheus — in-8 br. —

Batavia, 1854.

Hakatat GalIla dan Dim?na — Malay version of the tables of
Pilpay— J/5.

Histories — Malayan translation of Arabian histories, commencing
with the Khalifat of Omar.

History of Little Henry and his Bearer — 22mo. a.c. — Singapore.

HoEZOO — Abrcgr do la vie de Jesus Christ par demandes et
reponses — in-12 cart. — Rotterdam, 1855.

Jellersma — Abrege de Vhistoire sainte, en Javanais — in-12 cart.
— Rotterdam, 1855.

jj Ilymncs Chrrtiennes en Javanais avec musique — in-12

cart. — Rotterdam, 1855.

Malay Magazine for the months of January, April, August,
and October, 1821, and for January and April, 1822 —
Printed at Malacca.

MoEUAMAD MoESSAH (Radcu Hadji) — Geschicdcnis van Abdoe-
rahmau en Abdoerahim, vertaald uit het Arabisch in het
Soondaasch door Radon Hadji Moehamad Moessah-^
in-8 br.— Batavia, 18G3.

268 MALAYAN BIBLIOOBAPHY.

Moses — Religious Historical Tracts in the Arabic and Malayan
languages (reciting the actions of Moses and Muhammed,
with a mixture of absurd fables and gross anachronisms).

Mystical Reltoton — An Arabic Work on Mystical Religion, with
a Malayan intelinear translation, n. d.

Naamltjsten — Der oprolgende Vorsten van God, Tello, Boni
"Wadjo, Sopeng Loewoe.

Natural Philosophy — In Malay — a. c. — Singapore, 1841.

New Testament — Jang am pat Evangelia derri Tuan kita Jesu
Christi, daan Berboatan derri jang Apostoli bersakti,
bersallin dallam bassa Malayo — (The four Gospels
of our Lord Jesus Christ, and the Acts of the Holv
Apostles, translated into Malayan tongue.) —Published
by Thomas Hyde and Thomas Marshall from the version
of Justus Heurnius — Oxford, 1677.

Testamento Barou, attau scgalla kitab derri Tuan Cami
Jesu Christo pounja comvoul barou. Derri bassa Greeco,
Latino daen Hollanda bersalin dallam basaa Malajo, derri-
pada Daniel Browerins — Amsterdam, 1G(>8.

Books of the New Testament translated into the Malayan
lauf^ua«j[o. Amsterdam — The Books of the Old Testa-
ment, 1733. The Psalms of David, and other writinirs.
(The whole under tlie direction of George Ilenrik
AVeriully) — Amsterdam, 1785.

The Holy Gospel, or Books of the New Testament, in
the Malayan la]ii,nia<;e and character — Originally j)rinted
at Batavia, 1758 ; reprinted at JSerampore, in Bengal,
1S17.

Nouveau Testament traduit en Javanais par Bruchner,
Serampore, 1829.

in Malay (Arab, char.) — Svo — Singapore, 1S31.

Surat hrasi djandji taheta tuhan dan djuru salamat ikei
Jesus Kristus — in-8 cart. — Kapstad, 1810.

(le nonveau) en Javanais — Publij par J. F. C. Gcricke —
in-fol., cart.--(jravenhage, 1817.

in Javanese — in Svo. — 1847.

MALAYA>' BIBLIOGBAPHY. 269^

Obtiz, E. p. Fb Thomas, de la orden S. Augustin— -Via Orucii
oang daang linacadan nang ating panginoong Jesu Cris-
tong nag pasau nang cruz— in-12 br. — Madrid, 1820.

Persia — A Romantic story of a Kinj? of Persia, in the Malayan
language. (To be found in the continuation of the Ara-
bian Tales or Thousand and one Nights.)

Psalms op David (Zabur) — a. r. lith. — Singapore.

PsAUMES DE Datid — traduits en Javanais (par Geriche) — in-S
cart. — Amsterdam, 1854.

Pfji Pxjjian — Hymns for use in Church— o. c. — Pulo Penang,

Bamatana, the — Malayan abbreviated translation of the Hindu
Poem of the Ramayana.

Recueil de lepons pieuses — en Javanais — in-12 cart. — Bandjar-
masin, 1863.

Religious Tbacts — a. c. printed in Singapore, bd. in 1 vol.

ScBiPTUBE Stoeies — In Malay (no date) — Singapore.

Sebmox of Jesus upon the Mount — In Chinese (Chinese char.)
Malay (Rom. char^ and English — 8vo. — Malacca, 1842.

Spibitual Hymns — In the Malayan language and character —
Serampore, 1825.

Stobies fbom thk Gospels — a. c. lith. — Singapore, 1844.

Tjabita-nja — Joesoeb anak Jakoeb — 32mo. — Samarang, 18G0.

TooBN, J. L. TAN DER and L. K. Habmsen — Pada menjatakan
sagala hal-ahwal ilmoe petjakan pcrrapoeloehan — (Pub-
lished by the East-Indian Government) — 8vo. pp. 64 —
Batavia, 1879.

Tuuk, H. N. tan deb — Do Scheppingsgeschiedenis, volgens GeneBi»
I., overgebragt in de taal der Bataks — Amsterdam, 1853.

Undang Undano — Police Act 1860, Hackney Carriages, Harbour^
Nuisances, Gambling Ordinances, &c.

IJimAKa Undang Chijkei— Indian Stamp Act (10 of 1862.)

270 MALA.YJLN BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Wall, A. F. vox DE—Hikajat Aladdin ( ^jJi'ilc kzJS^ ) — (Malay
teit ill Arabic characters^ — with six coloured Plates, pp.
48— Batavia, 1879.

Werndly, George IIexrik — Pang-adjaran Servus, Karel George
— agama MesChhij, &c. (Christian Instruction and
Catechism in the Malayan language and Roman Character.
To which is prefixed the Malayan Alphabet) — by George
IIenrik "WERNDr-Y and Karel George Servcs — Am-
sterdam, 1730.

Pang-adjaran kabenaran jang pohon ibadet De Lrere der
AVaarheit die naar de Godzaligheit is. Hit een Kort
Bericht van de Maleische Letteren — (A book of religioua
instruction in the Malayan language and Roman Charac-
ter) — Amsterdam, 1732.

AVixter, C. F. — Duizend en eene nacht, Arabischc Vertellingen ;
r.aar dc Nedenluitscho Vertaling in het Javaansch ver-
taald door C. F. Winter, uitgcgeven door T. Roorda —
2 vol. in-S— Gravenj]:asi[e, lSi7.

Fables traduites en Javanais — in-l2 cart. — Amsterdam,
IS 19.

Fables tranh.lated Into Javanese — 12n\o. — Batavia, 1840.

tkanslatioxs ix european languages of

:malay works.

Ad.ii-Saka — llcl l)uck, (niJu fabehu-litlLre «;es('1iic(lenis van Java ;
nit <li' ixuzic ill Javaansclie i)roza over^^ehrai^t door C. F.
Winter. 31 ct cm bijvDi'i^^^cl lot hv.i woonlenboek ('er
Javaansclie taal door Gerieke en Roorda --Svo. — Ams-
terdam, 1857.

Backer, L. pk — IVulasari, pormo Malais pn'ord*' des traditions por-
tiques de I'orient et de Toeeident — 1S75.

BocHARY DE JouoR— Taj-u'l-Salat in, de kroon aller koningcn oud-
Maleiseh en Ne'der-Duitseh—lto.— Batavia, 1827.

MALAYAN BIBLIOGRAPHY. 271

Bbata-Joeda, De — de Eama, en de Ardjoenasasta' Drie Jayaan-
scho heldendichten, in Javaansch l^roza verkort door C. P.
AVinter — 8 vo.— Amsterdam, 1845.

,, Indiach Javaansch Heldendicht, voor do uitgave be-
werkt door A. B. Cohen Stuart, — 2 vols. — Batavia, 1860.

Chboniquks Javanaises — Histoire j?('n('alogiqi)e des princes, en
vers, dans la mesure du chant Asmara Dana.

Code op Bugis Mahitime Laws, with a translation and vocabu-
lary, giving the pronounciation and meaning of each word,
with an appendix — 18vo. — Singapore, 1832.

Demano Bratawidjaya Eadex — Zededicht Bidajatocssalih, onder
leidiug van den Regent aldaar, Raden Adipati Aria hoe-
soemah Diningrat. — Batavia, 1861?.

Fbiedericu, Tl. — Ardjoena Weivaha, een oorspronkclyk hawieverk,
volgens eon Balineesch mss. met interlineareon commen-
tarius ; uitgegeven door R Fricderich — Batavia, 1850.

Gericke, J. P. C. — Wiwoho of Mintorogo, een Javaansch gedicht
— Batavia, 1845.

Maxik Maja — Javaansch gedicht : uitgeg. door 4to. — Hollander,
1851.

Mabbe, a. — Code des successions et du niariago en usage Ti Java,
transcrit en caracJtTes Europcens et trailuit en Francais —
8vo. — Paris, 1874.

Sumatra, Histoire des rois de Passev, traduite et annot«'e
—1874.

Malaka, Histoire des rois Malays de MAlaka et ceremo-
nial de leur cour — Trad, du Malay — 1874.

Una Revolution a ]Malakka en Tan 1831 — Svo.

Matthes, B. p. — Boegineesch Heldendicht op Daeng Kalaboe,
uigegeven en vertaald door, 1838.
jj Boegineesch Heldendicht op Daeng Kalaboe, uitgegeven
en vertaald — 8vo. — Makassar, ISoJS.

Boegineesch Heldendicht op den eersten Bonischen Veld-
togt van 1859, uitgegeven en vertaald, alsmede van
aanteekeningen en beknopte historischc inleiding voor-
zien — 8vo. — Makassar, 1S()2.

MoEHAMAB Moessa — Geschicdeuis van Setja Nala, beyattende
lessen voor den boeren en handelstand — Batavia, 18G3.

272 MALAYAN BIBLIOGRAPHY.

MoEUAMAD MoKSSA Raden Hadji — Soendaasch godicht Badja
Soedibja — Batavia, 1862.

„ Soendartclie gedichtcn en fabclen — Bafavia, 1S62.

,, Soendaasch zedediclit "Woelang, Krama— Batavia, 1862.

MoEHAMAD Alt Moehtab— Batavia, 1864.

Peawiba Koesoeman Raden — Soendasche gedichten Dongeng-
Dongeng Toeladan — Bata^^a, 1863.

SoOBDA, T. — Hot bock radja Peranu;on, of de Geschicdenis van
• nabi inoesa, eene javaanache legende — 'sGravenhnge, 1844.

,, De Wajangverhalen van Pala-sara, pandoe en Baden
Pandji, in het javaanseh, met aanteekeriingcn door T.
Eoorda — s'Gravenhage, 1869.

BoORDA Vax Eysinoa — Geschiedenis van Sultan Tbraliim, vorst
van Eirah, nit het Maleisch in Javaanscho poozy met
javaansche karakter, raitsgaders nite sastra of zedespreu-
ken, in het kawi met mode letters — Amsterdam, 1813.

Stuabt, a. B. Cohex — Geachiedenis van baron Sakendher, ecn
javaanseh verhaal — 2 vols. — Batavia, 1851.

THOM:soy, J T. — Translations from the Hikayit Abdullah bin
Abdulkadar Munshi, with comments. — Henry S. King
& Co., London, 1871.

[ 'Vor\' i'ltei'cstitm to tho-e who nre utinblc to J»(>^u^o the work in the ()rl;rinal
Mahiy.lt coiiTains sketc hot* of matiy oltlcial^ CMuiuent in t!ic liisLory of the
Str.iits Settlements between the yeura l/lK'-iyOo.]

TuuK IL N. VAX DKR — Accouni of tlio Malay Maiiu.^eripts belong-
injTj to the K. A. S. — Svo. — LsGG.

WiNTEH, C. F. — Contcs et anecdotes trad, en Javanaise— Amster-
dam, 1S19.

,, Ilet bock Adji, Snka, oude fa])elachti«;e (icscliiedonis van
Javii, nit (ie poc/ie in Javaanseh proza (uor^cbnu-ht door
C. F. WiXTEit ; uiigci;evcn door J. H. (iaal en T. Roor-
da. Met een uitvoerig bijvoci^sel tot het woordcnbock
dcr javaansche taal van Geriche en Koorda — Amster-
dam, l8o7.

„ Han^lin<; darnio, bevattende de rcgerin;]:, wonderlyke
lotgevallen en kryi^sbedryven van den vurst Hani::ling
darmo le Melowo Pati, tot de verhcffin*; van zynen klein-
zoon bambanjx p^ondo koesoemo tot vorst vanj^enoemd rvk
Maiawo Pati — Batavia, 1853.

,, Rronio, een Javaanseh gedioht, naar de bewerking van
Joso Dhipoero, uitgegeven door F. Winter — Batavia,
1847.

ON THE

EXPLORATION OF THE CAVES OF BORNEO*

A. Hart Evekett ;
INTRODUCTOEY REMARKS

John Evans, d.c.l., ll.d. ;

AND

NOTES ON BONES COLLECTED

G. Busk, v.p.r.s.

Ill the yeor 1878 the Council of the Royal Society made a
grant of £50, from the Donation Fund, towards the expenses of
carrying on an investigation of the Caves of Borneo, which it was
thought possible might prove to contain remains both of palajouto-
logiciil and anthropological interest. A similar grant was made by
the British Association, and a Committee appointed ; and by the
aid of private subscriptions a sufficient sum was raised to secure
the services ot' Mr. IIart Everett, whose report upon his investiga-
tions, extending over a period of nearly nine months, is now enclosed.

A preliminary report from the Committee, together with one
of Mr. Ev i: Rett's reports, ha -i already been submitted to the British
Association at its meeting in Sheffield, and has appeared in print.
It was then pointed out that although the examination of these
caves had not, as was hoped, thrown any light upon the early
history of man in that part of the world, yet that the evidence
obtained, though negative in charactar, was not without value,
inasmuch as the true nature of the Borneo cave deposits had now
been carefully ascertained by Mr. Everett. His final report con-

• Re-l)rinte I hy pormission of Air. John Evans, f.ii.8., Presideut of the
Borneo Cavci Exploration Committee.

27 i

Ion HI' THE CAVES or BOB.VCO.

finnt) the opiulnn already expressed. It only remauu to be tMd
that, with tho esi-cption of the bones mentioned in thv oneloscd
note by Mr, (r. BrsK. c.r.s,, which have bt<eu plauod in &t

Museum of tlio Royal Collc^'e of Stirgo^ons, the wholu of thr
objects sent to England by Mr. ErERETT have beon mailo over »
tho British Museum. Accompanying this is Mr. KveitKTT*a tint
qunrtorly report, together with his map and plans, so that Ihet
may, if thouglit fit. be doponllod iji the arehiveB o£ the Nock'tf, m
as to be available, if necessHi-y. for future reference

REPORT OX THE EXPLORATION OF THB
BORNEAN CAVES in 187s-9.

1. TiLK LlMhSTONKFOBMATIOS.

2. TiiE Caves and trbir Dei'Osits.

3. The HiMAS Rkmaiss.

4. CoKci.uiii-NO Beiubks.

1. Liiitrstuw Fununtioii.

T!ic cjivea of Sarawak ar.- situated in n liniedton? forniiU
HubH tan ti ally Idcntieul mth that of the 3Ialay PeiiinBilla, i
occupying a eonulderahlu area of tliu iiurth-we:!*; aud north
parts of the Island of Bonieu. lis w^iitorniniHt oxtouBion *d<
to be represented by the Almp Hill on the frontier betweW^
Sambait aud Sarawak, wtieiiee it runs nearly uninti;i'rii))lcd|y to
the upper waters of the Sading IlJver at Hemabung. It reappears
in the Tatau Uiver near Uiutnlu, and again comt-s to tUe
in the Niah, Baram, and Liinbang rivers, iu Brunei tercitviy,^
it is known to bo largely develo[Jed in northern Borneo.

Where the origiual strueturo of tlie rock liiia nut Ifcen o
literaled by nieLimorphie action, it is found to be crciwded witb
organic remiuuB (encrinites, Ac.), but us these bnve nerer been
eiumined by paluHiniologis;*, it is imposaibb to fis with aiiJL
approach to cxaiitiiudo ihj age of tiie formation. Its poa
reialive to the other rOi;lcB ol' the ialand is alao not well detc
ed. It appears, liowL'ver, iilw.i\s lo underlie the gronl snnilfetd
conglomerate formation which voustitules tho uiaji^r pnrt of j
highlands of north-west Borneo.

EXPLORATION OF THE CAVES OF BORNEO. 275^

The limestone hills nowhere attain to a greater elevation than
1,800 feet above the sea-level, at any rate in Sarawak, and they
more commonly vary from SOd feet to 800 feet in height. In the

Baram district, the Molu Mountain is said to be limestone and to
rise to a height of 9,000 feet, but I am not aware that it has ever
been visited by a European observer. The hills invariably spring
up steeply from the low country, and the majority of them present
lines of old sea-cliffs which generally face to N. and N.W., i.e.,
towards the quarter still occupied by the waters of the sea. The
rock itself is much fissured and jointed, and tlie hill^, in many
instances, are absolutely honeycombed with caverns.

As is usual in limestone districts, the drainage of the country
is largely subterranean. Owing to this fact, coupled with the
heavy rainfall (the mean for the last three ycnrs was 105 inches
at Kuchiiig), the land at the base of the hills is subject to fre-
quent flooding during the prevalence of the north-cast monsoon,
when the nndcrirround watercourses are of iusuflTicicnt c:i parity to
carry off the water as fast as it reaches them As an iu.>tance of
the extent to which subterraneous drainage with its consequent
subterranean denudation has gone on in Sarawak, 1 may cite the
Siniawan river, which passes beneatli four dititnict hills in its short
course, and one of these hilL*« — the Jambunan Hill — is pierced
besides by at least three ancient river-tunnels of large size at vary-
ing levels.

2, The Caves and their Deposit. *<,

The total nu»nber of the caves examined bv me has been
thirty-two, of which two were situated in MouT\t Sobis, up the
Niali river, and the remainder in Upper Sarawak Proper. They
comprised examples of tunnel, fissure, and ordinary ramifying
caverns. Partial excavations were carried on in twelve of these
caves. The deposits contained in them varied. A few afforded
nothing but thick accumulations of bats' or bird-guano still in
process of deposition. This deposit was cvamined in three in-
stances, and proved to be perfectly barren, with the exception of
a few of the bones of the bats and swifts, to which it owed its
production. The commonest deposit in the caves of Upper Sarawak
was found to be an exceedingly tenacious, dark yellow, homo-
geneous clay, which is sometimes crusted over with as much as a

loDatiun of the caves ur iiohxuo.

foot of dry mortar.liko Btnlnginito, and sometimes U itself n
crot«d into n kind of «l^on}', pBinido-i!tAla>;iuilic mn^n ; l>ut n
genprnlly it oorure in tho form of aimitle wet i-lay lying imravd
ly on tho limc^touo Roorji of the caves mid witliout any oiK
deposit above it. It oivurs both at thu wat«r-lL-vvl and inctitf
150 feet or more abovo it OccjiBionally, oh in samv of the H>fi
cave*, it is mixed with -eiuid and fine water-worn f^rnvt'l. [t«
ovidently dcrircd from the waeto oE the cby almUM mid soft fi>tii^
tic poqihynt-a whiuh now make iip the towkiiiU in the viciuiLri
the limeslcmi.' liills— worn fra^meiita of these rocks oociirriog \M
I bavo very Bt'ldom met with or-'atiic remains in tliia t-lay, oottf)
Htontling llin.t, in ailJitioii to my own excavations, I luirn ■]«
been enroful to «earcli for Iwiibs in thii if-liei* loft by
running through the caveii and carrying nway tW softer P*i4l)
the deposit. Sueh few remain.-t uh have prL'acnted tlicintielris indi-
cate tliiit the I'luy is iif lluviatile origin. They comprint? bonea and
teeth of pig aud porcupine, a large part of the nkeletaa of*
Oheloiiian reptile, and uumcroua land and fre«K-wateP fiholU.
prolonged search would doubtleaa reveal rpmnins from
time, hut certainly not in auffidcut abunduui'c or of tnturtut'l
warrant the cost of exploration.

In addition to the guano and clay, Ihere wa» Fuiind u
instances aroguIarHeries of deposits (in cavca Sos. V.. .VI IL, 3
aad XXXII.), of wliich the following note reprcBeuts tho s
as generalised from the eicftvatious in caves Nos. V. and XQ

(!.) A. surface layer uE distnrbel earth eoinpoded liu
cbarcoal, rotten wood, bamboos, &e., witli fragments of ;
pottery, gliss boad^, recent boaea, ijuantitien of frt-^b-mhter' J
(cbieHy tho t;omino:i po/amiileii), and aihcv ilrMt — being the J_
left by the Dyaka, who camp tiiniiorarily in tho i-avo« wheul
are employed in gathering tho harvciit* of the ediblo binls' j
which ia done three tlmoB annunily, This layer is, io Home d
amcPcfilm, hut about till' entrance hall of No, XIII, it w
as a foot in thicknosa.

(2.) A talus of loam or clay mixed with earthly carbauate of
lime, which locally forms a hard eoncrote, and is crowded with t
tests of many epeciea of recent land sholls, together wiih the h
generaUy fragmentary, of various small mammals belonging c

EXPLORATION OP THE CAVES OF BORNEO. 277

to the order Eodentia. This talus is composed, in great measure,
of large angular and subangular blocks of limestone. In caye No.
V. its summit is nearly 50 feet above the floor of the cave.

(3.) A stratum of river mud mingled with bat-guano, and
with rounded masses of limestone and creamy crystalline stalagmite
interspersed. The maximum thickness observed in the excavations
was 3 feet. This stratum is crowded with the remains of bats, and
also with those of larger mammals — all (as I am led to understand)
of genera now extant in Borneo. The bones are almost invariably
in a very broken condition, and so rounded and water-worn as to
be past identification. As a sample of these bones has been ex-
amined in England, it is not necessary to speak more particularly
of them here. In addition to the mammalian remains, the mud
exhibits a miscellaneous assemblage of the remains of small rep-
tiles (chiefly Chelonian), fish bones and scales, chela) of crusta-
ceans, land and fresh-water shells, leaves, &c., &c. In the upper
level of this river mud traces of the presence of man are abundant.

(4i.) The yellow clay, more or less concreted into hard
pseudostalagraite, and containing casts of land shells, and bones
and teeth of pig In No. XIII. a narrow band of nearly pure
stalagmite (about 4 inches thick) intervenes between the river mud
and the yellow clay. The latter deposit rests immediately on the
limestone floor of the cave? It contains a few water-worn pebbles
and fine gravel, and it has been extensively denuded, prior to the
introduction of the river mud above it.

The foregoing series of deposits is found, with wonderfully
slight variation, at points so distant from each other as Jambusan
and Niah. At both places the floors of the caves which present it
are at a level of some 40 feet above the flat land at the bases of the
hills. All four eaves open on the face of a perpendicular cliff, so
that their height above the present valleys affords a gauge of the
denudation of the soft rocks in the vicinitv of these hills since the
introduction of the river mud.

The above are the principal kinds of deposits that are met
with. Apart from the evidence as to their slight antiquity afforded
by the mammalian remains, and by the fact of the presence of man
in a fairly advanced stage of civilisation in the particular instances
examined, it seems highly probable that the contents of all the

278 EXPLORATION OF THE CAVES OP BORNEO.

Sarawak caves, at least to a height of many hundred feet, will
prove equally recent, and for the following reason : The contents
of the Sarawak caves must have been accumulated since the date
of the last submeirgence of north-west Borneo, unless tbe subsi-
dence of the land was very trifling indeed. But the submergence
actually went on to a depth of 500 feet, and probably much more,
as is abundantly evidenced by the indications of purely marine
denudation on the inland hills ; and that it was» very recent in a
geological sense, may with fairness be deduced, I tliiuk, from the
slight amount of differentiation which the present Fauna of the
island has undergone since its last connection with continental
Asia, coupled ^nth the rapid rate at which the Sarawak coast is
even now advancing seaward, which argues that the tract of land
now intervening between the sea and the limestone hills cannot be
of much antiquity. The absence of any heavy floors, of crystalline
stalagmite in the caves seems to add confirmatory testimony in
this direction, as does, perhaps, the absence of the large mamnfals
of Borneo (elephant, rhinoceros, tapir, and wild ox), from the
north-west districts. It may be worth remarking, that all the
tribes of Land Dyaks have most circumstantial traditions current
among them on tlie subject of a great subsidence of the hind.

With regard to the rate of accumulation of the cave-deposits
in Sarawak, it seems probable that i1? would be in excess of that
generally observable in the case of other countries, for the rocks
are of an extremely decomposable class, and, as I have noted above,
the rainfall is prodigious.

With respect to the possible future discovery of ossiferous
deposits other than those mentioned above, I think it probable
that such will be found. They cannot, however, be very numerous
in proportion to the number of caves. The natives have been in
the habit for many years past of excavating the t!ontents of the
caves and fissures for the purpose of washing out the alluvial gold
they afford. The caves examined in this way arc situated at all
elevations up to 100 feet. Both Malays and Chinese set a .value
on fossil teeth, which they preserve as charms or use for medicinal
purposes ; nevertheless, they have never met with a regular ossi-
ferous deposit in the course of their explorations. Had they done
BO, it would have been certain to attract their attention. Bones

KXPLOKATION OF THE CAVES OF BORNEO. 279

and teeth have, however, been found from time to time, and of
these I forwarded a sample to Mr. Evans, but many of them were
evidently quite recent.

In the event of other bone-beds being ultimately discovered
in any part of Borneo, they will doubtless resemble generally the
accumulation of fluviatile di'bn's described in caves V. and XIII.
At present no animals habitually use caves in this island in the
same way as the caves of Europe were used by the large feline
earnivora as retreats to which to carry their prey, so that the rich
assemblage of mammalian remains which characterise^^ the old
hvaena dens of En<]:land cannot be looked for in Borneo. On the
other hand, the fissures which abtmnd like natual pitfalls over the
limestone country, and which in Europe have furnished deposits
of bones, are in Borneo barren or nearly so, so far as my ex-
perience has gone. The reason is to be found, I suspect, in the
remarkably rugged and ])recipitous nature of the limestone hills,
which makes them practically inaccessible to the larger mammals,
and in their dense coating of jungle, the matted roots of which
bridge over all the (issiires to a greater or less degr^^e, and alYord
a safe passage to the smaller animals.

.V. The Jlitnuin Remains,

Many of the caves present traces of the presence of man.
Eleven of the caves exauMned bv nie exhibited such traces, and I
had information of five others. The cave exploration has, indeed,
yielded traces of man or his handiwork under three distinct sets of
conditions, viz., (1) in river gravel ; (2) in the river mud of ihe
Jambusan cave, as mentioned in the preceding section; and (3) in
the surface layers of various caverns in Upper Sarawak and at Niah.

(I.'j During my first exploration I discovered, imbedded at
the bottom of a bed of river gravel exposed in a section on the
left bank of the Siniawan river, a single stone celt. It was for-
warded to the late Sir C. Lyell with a note of the circumstances of
its occurrence, and was pronounced by him to be of Neolithic type.

It is the only existing evidence, to my knowledge, of the use of
stone by man for the manufacture of industrial implements yet

discovered in Borneo. At present iron seems to be universally

employed even by the rudest tribes.

(2.) In cave No. XIII., scattered abundantly throughout tho

1180 EXPLORATION OP THE CAVES OP BORNEO.

upper 8 inches of the river mud, there occurred water- worn frag-
ments of a rather coarse but fairly well made pottery. It was so
fragmentary and water-worn that it was impossible to distinguish
of what kind of untensils it had formed a part. Associated with it
were a few marine shells (Cardium, Cyproea, and others), a single
fragment of stone apparently bearing marks of human workman-
ship, pieces of burnt bono, fresh-water shells {Neritina and Pota-
mides) also bearing the marks of fire, the tooth of a tiger cat, with
a hole bored through the base, a rude bone bead, and a few clean
chips of (juartz. No stone implements properly so called were
observed, though carefully looked for. These remains indicate
the presence of a settlement of people at some distance without
the cave on the banks of the stream, which formed the river mud
deposit. The quality of the pottery shows that this people had
attained a fair degree of (tilvilisation. The presence of the marine
shelU seems to imply that the sea coast was within easy reach of
the vicinity of the Jambusan Hill. The remains generally, although
of slight interest except to the local archaeologist, belong to a
ruder stage of art than the following.

(3.) The traces of man in the remainder of the eleven caves
above referred to consist of human bones, associated, in some
instances, with works of art. These remains occur ahvavr* either
just within or but a few y;irJs remove*!, from the entrances of the
caves. The caves in which thcv lie commonlv 0])en on the faces
of steep nuiral precipices. That at Aluip, where the largest ac-
cunnihition exists, is at an elevation (^f not less than 1(>0 leet
above the valley. Tlio bones have bek)ngc(l to individuals of va-
rious ai^es, they are mostly frai^mentary, and they lie scattei-ed on
the surface, or but liirhtlv imhcdde<l in the earth witliout reference
to tlicir pn^per anatomical relations. Their condition will bo
better judi^cd from tlie sample sent than from any description that
1 could 'jive. Occasionallv frairments occur bearin*^ the marks of
fire. The works of art associated with them include broken jars,
cups, cookini; pots, and dthcr utensils of earthenware. The pottery
is of excellent make, and often glazed and painted. Besides the
pottery, beads and armlets of a very hard dark-blue glass, pieces of
iron, manufactured gold, and fragments of charcoal have been nu*t
with. JSimilar beads are in the possession of the Land Dyaks at

EXPLORATION OF THE CAVES OF BORNEO. 281

this day, but they can give no account of their origin.

No tradition is extant among the natives with regard to these
relics. No tribes in Borneo make habitual use of caves either as
domicile.-*, or as places of sepulture, or for any other purpose.
The character of the earthenware, however, and the use of iron and
gold point to a very modern date indeed for the people who left
these signs of their presence and hence the subject, though curious
to a local geologist, docs not call for any detailed remarks here.
It is very possible that the remains date no farther back than the
Hindu-Javanese occupation of Borneo, when this part of the island
with Pontianak and Banjar were tributary to Majapahit, or they
may be of Chinese origin — in either case quite recent.

4. Concluding He marks.

Tlie general result of the exploration may be summed up as
follows : —

The existence of ossiferous caves in Borneo has been proved,
and at the same time the existence of man in the island with the
Fauna, whose remains are entombed in these caves. But, both
from the recent nature of this Fauna, and from the fact that the
race of men whose remains are associated with it had already
reached an advanced stage of civilisation, the discovery has in no
way aided the solution of those problems for the unravelling of
which it was orgiually promoted. No light has been thrown on
the orgiii of the human race — the history of the development of
the Fauna characterising the Indo-^Ialayan subregion has not been
advanced — nor, virtually, has any evidence been obtained towards
showing what races of men inhabited Borneo previously to the
iminii^ration of the various tribes of Malayan stock which now
people the island. Furthermore, the presumption that the north-
west ])oition of Borneo has too recently emerged above the waters
of the sea to render it probable that future discoveries will be
made of oave deposits of greatly higher antiquity than those al-
ready examined, has been strengthened. Under these circum-
stances it seems advisable that cavern research in north-west
Borneo should now be left to private enterprise, and that no
further expense should be hazarded, at any rate, until the higher
parts of the i>land in the north-east may be conveniently examined.

282 szPLOBATioisr of thi: gates of bobkeo.

NOTES ON THE FOREGOING REPORT.

Page 2^8.—" Submerged to a depth of 500/f c/."— I infer that the
last subsidence of north-west Borneo reached a depth of not less
than 500 feet from the fact that the limestone hills between the
upper part of the Sarawak Eiver and the Samarahan exhibit traces
of marine denudation equally with the hills situated nearer to the
coast, although their bases are probabiv not less than 400 feet
higher above the sea-level. Pebbles of cinitabar ore have been^
met with on the summit of the Busan Hills. The nearest deposit
of cinnabar is that at Tagora, a peak rising nearly 800 feet above
the sea-level at the base of the Bongoh Mountain, about eight
miles to the southward. * It can hardly admit of doubt that these
pebbles were carried to the spot in which they occurred when the
Busan Hills were submerged beneath the sea, and, as the hills
Tary in height from 400 to 500 feet, we have, in this instance,
almost demonstrative evidence of subsidence to the depth which I
have indicated as a probable minimum.

Page 278. — " Indications of purely marine denudation *^ — Every
limestone hill is surrounded by a great assemblage of reefs, rocks,
and sea-stacks, which often extend from side to side of the smaller
vallej's. "Where the superficial alluvium has been removed, it is
seen that these rocks are, almost invariabl}'', integral portions of a
smoothly-worn and hollowed floor of limestone. They decrease in
number as the distance from the hill is increased ; but, in the
immediate vicinity, if the juni^lo be clearerl, the land may be ob-
served to be literally studded with masses of limestone, all fantas-
tically worn, and varying from the size of small boulders to that
of craggy stacks, 30 or even 50 feet high. Sometimes two reefs
will run out parallel from the hill, and form a miniature cove,
with a small cave at its inland extremity. The most striking
form presented by the rocks are those of the ** tabular " and
" mushroom " types. Their bases being protected from the honey-

EXPLOBiTlOX OF THE CAVES OP BOUXEO. 2S3

combing action of the raiu, still present surfaces smoothly polished
by the even wash of sea-waves. The exact counterpart of these
rocks and of these inland cliffs may be seen in the Philippine
Arcliipelago on the present shores of the island?* lying to the
northward of Surigao. Such peculiar assemblages of rocks cannot
be referred to the action of streams varying their course, for the
rocks surround every hill, large and small, and besides, the
action of the streams in the limestone district of Sarawak
is rather in the direction of cutting one definite channel in
the solid rock and keeping to it. Still less could tli9 heavy
tropical rains produce such results by their long-continued opera-
tion over a rock-surfaco of unequal hardness. AV^ere there no
other argument agaiii.st such a supposition, the presence of the
"mushroom " rocks would be fatal to it.

Paije 27<S. — " Snrnijcak Const. advaiicivff senirartiy — The

shore line of nortli-west Borneo (Sarawak) appears to be gaining
on the sea steadilv as a whole. AVhether the land is statioiiarv
and the gain is due solely to the amount of sediment poured into
the sea by an extensive river system, draining a country composed
of rocks peculiarly liable to rapid degradation by denudatii>nal
agencies and exposed, at the same time, to a rainfall equalled by
that of few countries on the face of the globe, or whether, in
addition to the shoaling of^the sea by the introduction of fluviatile
diibrisj the land is at present undergoing a slow elevatory movement,
I do not feel prepared to decide. Of the mere fiict of the recent in-
crease of the land there is abundant evidence. The coast between
Lundu and Samarahan, and again, between Kalakah and Igan, is a
flat belt of alluvial soil, but just raised above the level of the highest
tides, and traversed in every direction by broad tidal channels. The
belt extends inland from ten to thirty miles. Cape Sirik is its
most prominent point, and, although it is composed of soft allu-
vium, and is exposed to the fury of the north-east monsoon, blow-
ing down the whole expanse of the China Sea, this cape extends
itself so rapidly seawards that the subject is one of common re-
mark among the natives in its vicinity. The Paloh Malanaus have
farmed close up to the point for. many years past, and they state
the addition to the land annually to average three fathoms. One
of the elder men pointed out a distance of nearly two miles, as

■iSi

EXPLOIUTIOS OP XJIK I

or oo&SBO.

allowing the increnso within liix iQcmory. Numerous furti mnU
Lc ndJiicocI pointing in tlic bruil- i1ir<:(!tii)n.

PaKi;279.— " -Vo animtl» hahitHallff unn cneett." — WIH {n^m
umA by ihe nntivea to rotirc intii i^iiVL-s In dii>. This miy oplxa
n-liy tlioir remains are nut iinuommiin in siicli ttituatiiint. I h»n
Hoeii tnicea of n bear in a. cavu, but us a rule nunc of the brw
iiuimaU enter tlie cnvopus. The Utter, however, are nni nhbAal
a varied i'aunn of their own. Beside:! t1ic inSuit<i lu)»t) of iirift*
(Colloraliii) luid bata of many s[iDeioa whi<:h throng their recMw^
owls, Hiid oi^cAeionally hawks, nro met tvitb. Sercral kind) of
Riiakea, lizanlH (Fnraniilte and Gnekntid.e), fiah, and CraOaea
aUa oceur, n« (veil a* Bpitipr^, erickets. and myriapods (J^liJt.
QeophiUif Pofydrgmui?). Thereccut {jiinun often ewnrnu «id
n slender yellow Huliinut.

Page 281. — " Sti Indition U exlant."— It hns been itn^ivltJ
that tlieau Huperfiml humaa ruinaiiid arc the romains of tb
Chiuu^ie who perished iu the insurrection in Sarawak (l&ST)
Apart from iha deL-nyed condition of the bones, thi» ip'.^-> •- i""<'-
tiiiit&iblu for many reasons. U in sufEdont to ntc^ntion rl
identity of iho remains at Ninh in Urunui territory (\.
is no reason to suppose any Ohiiieae were ever looatedj ,>__^ ^._.
of Abnp in Sarawak. ^_

Pago 2al.— " JVb tribe mnk/inlmbitual vte ofcat-ea." — X T«TJl|
tribe of I'nnane, called by the nativea IWk I'unans, who ia^^l
the gri^at Tib^ng Muuntaiu at the sourt^o oE the Ucjaog Sivsij^^l
popularly reported tu live in envcs, being eo UDiivilised naniH^I
to have loarnt to eoastrurt nrtiliciol eholtera. The hcml of.^l
Rejaug hiia never been visited by a Eiinipcna, eo that this repnt
is probably incurroct. llr. UroiJ B. Lww, who«a knowledi'i! nf
the tribes of iiorth-weet Burnoo is nneijiinlled, writes iu answttrt»
my imjuiriea ua foiiowa : — " I do not know oE wiy tribe that bans
\\e dead iu caves. Tama Nipa, of Tatan, waa buried in a cmTu,
but thia was to secure liiia from his Dyak ndghboDrs. The Oraue
Kaya Sahgieng oipreased ft ilying wish that ho might he bumd
in Lubauij Danau iu Ba Koiat, but it was only in order that li«
might gain an additional claim to the cavo in i|ne8iion, the
ehip of which was disputed. The ' tailed men ' betwt
aud Melawi are sitid to live in citos."

EXFLOSAtlOX OF 7HE CATE8 OF BOBNEO. 285^

NOTES

ON THE

COLLECTION OP BONES PROM CAVES IN BORNEO

REFERRED TO IX Mr. EVERETT'S REPORT

ON THE

EXFLOBATION

OP THE

BORNEAN CAVES IN 1878-9.
BY GEORGE BUSK, V. R. S., V. P. Axni. Ixsr.

With the exception of portions of the lower jaw of a small
pig, and two or three detached teeth of the same animal, and some
fragments of pottery, the collection is composed entirely of human
remains.

The bones are all more or less fragmentary ^and vary very
much in condition, some appearing as if thc}*^ had lain on the
surface of the ground, exposed to the weather, whilst otliers are
partially encrusted with a friable, argillaceo-calcareous stalagmitic
deposit, admitting of very easy removal. None of the bones^
though soma are dry and fragile, appear to be of any antiquity,
and none adhere to the tongue.

The remains are those of at least five individuals, differing a
good deal in age and probably of both sexes, but this is not certain.
They include : —

1. Eleven or twelve portions of the skull, amongst which are
four more or less perfect temporals, of which three belong to the
right side. These bones are all distinguished by the large size of
the mastoid process ; in one only does any portion of the zygoma
remain, which is of slender conformation. The only other speci-
mens belonging to the cranium are : — 1. The face, with a large

^86 EXPLORATION OP THE CAVES OF BORNEO.

part of the forehead and the orbits complete. Thia fragment is
remarkable for the great comparative width across the malar
regi m, which amounts to about 5 inches, whilst the vertical length
of the face from the fronto-nasal suture to the alveolar border is
scarcely 2^ inches. The orbits have a transverse diameter of
1".5, and a vertical of 1".25, giving an orbital index of .83. The
nose measures r'.Sxl'M, affording a nasal index of .GI. The
frontal overhangs the nasals very much, and the frontal sinuses
are well developed, but the orbital border is not thickened. The
alveolar arch is almost perfectly semicircular and very wide. The
bone is further remarkable for the great apparent depth of the
sphenoidal part of the temporal fossa, owing to the sudden bulging
of the squamosal. The specimen on the whole presents an
exaggerated Malay aspect.

2. Another and the most considerable of the cranial specimens
consists of the greater portion of a calvaria. The entire face is
wantiug below the frontal border of the orbits ; as is also nearly
the whole of the right side of the skull. The calvaria is well
formed and evenly arched ; the forehead upright and rounded. In
the vertical view (jiorma verticaJis) the outline forms a regular
broad oval. The sutures are all open and for the most part deeply
serrated. The chic'f ])()ints to be noticed besides the above are: (//)
the enormous size of tlie mastoid prOv.'ess, in a skull otherwise it
may be said of delicate couformatiou ; and (A) the extraordinary
condition of the furaiiion magiuim, the border of wliich is so much
thickened and elevated, as at first sight to convey the impression
that the atlas was anchylosed to the occipital.

The bone in the surrounding part of the face is extremely
thin and apparently atrophied, but there is otherwise no sign of
disease.

Prom its imperfect condition this calvaria affords no distinc-
tive characteristics, but in one respect it agrees with the facial
specimen above described, viz., in the remarkable bulging of the
anterior part of the squamosal where it joins the alar sphenoid.

The longitudinal diameter of this calvaria is T — its width
5.25, and height 5.7, the circumference being 20 inches.

The other bones of the skeleton are represented by a clavicle
of small size and delicate make, probably that of a female.

r
i

EXPLOBATIOX OP THE CAVES OF BORNEO- 287

2. Two or three fragments of the humerus, in one of which
the medullary cavity is filled with root fibres. And in its post-
erior aspect neap the lower end there are three or four transverse
cuts of slight depth, and done, as it would seem from the chipped
appearance, by chopping. There is also a deeper incision on the
external condyloid ridge immediately above the condyle.

8. An entire sacrum and a portion of the left os innominatum,
probably of the same individual.

4. A fragment of the right os innominatum belonging to ano-
ther individual. Of bones belonging to the lower extremity, the
collection includes portions of four thigh bones, one with the
lower epiphysis naturally detached. The tibia is represented bj
three specimens, none of which present anything worthy of remark.
The only bone belonging to the foot is a first metatarsal of small size.
From the above it will be seen that these bones present no-
thing of especial interest ; and with respect to the race to which
they may have belonged, the information they afford is very
meagre. On thiw point all that can be said is that they may well
have belonged to the Malay type, but there is also no apparent
reason why they should not have been of Chinese origin. What
tends to afford some support to this supposition is the marked
fulness or bulging of the squamosal in the sphenoidal fossa, to
which I have called attention, and which, upon examination of the
collection of crania in the Royal College of Surgeons, I find is
presented by several among the Chinese crania in a more marked
degree than in the other races to which my attention was directed.

A SEA-DTAK TBADITIOU OF TKE
DELTJ&E Am COISEQUEIT

EVEMS.

By the Eevd. J. Perham.

Once upon a time some Dyak women went to gather young
bamboo shoots to eat. Having got the shoots, they went along
the jungle, and came upon what they took to be a large tree fallen
to the ground ; upon this they sat, and began to pare the bamboo
shoots, when, to their utter amazement, the tree began to bleed.
At this point some men came upon the scene, and at once saw that
what the women were sitting upon was not a tree, but a huge boa-
constrictor in a state of stupor. The men killed the beai»t, cut it
up, and took the flesh home to eat. As they were frying the pieces
of snake, strange noises came from the pan, and, at the same time,
it began to rain furiously. The rain continued until all hills,
except the highest, were covered, and the world was drowned
because the men killed ancU fried the snake. All mankind perished,
except one woman, who fled to a very high mountain. There she
found a dog lying at the foot of a jungle creeper, and feeling the
root of the creeper to be warm she thought perhaps fire might be
got out of it, so she took two pieces of its wood and rubbed them
together and obtained fire ; and thus arose the fire-drill, and the
first production of fire after the great flood.

This woman and the fire-drill, to which they attribute the
qualities of a living being, gave birth to Simpang-impang ; who,
as the name implies, had only half a body, one eye, one ear, half
a nose, one cheek, one arm, one leg. It appears that many of the
animal creation found refuge in the highest mountains during the
flood. A certain rat, more thoughtful than the rest of his friends,
had contrived to preserve a handful of padi, but by some means
not told, Simpang got knowledge of this, and stole it from the rat ;

290 A SEA-DYAK TRADITION OF THE DELUGE.

and thus man got pacli after the flood. Sirapang spread his
handful of padi upon a leaf and set it upon a tree-stump to dry,
but a puff of wind came and away went padi, leaf and all. Sim-
pang was enraged at thi:*, and set off to inflict a fine upon the
Spirit of the Winds, and to demand the restoration of the padi.
Gohig througli the upper regions, he passed the houses of Pun-
tang Eaga and Eusang Pcngaia, who asked Simpang to inquire of
the A\^ind Spirit the reason why one plantain or sugar-cane planted
in the ground only grew up one single plant, never producing any
further increase. After this Simpang came to a lake who told
him to ask the Wind Spirit why it was it had no mouth and could
not empty itself. Then he came to a very high tree whereon all
kinds of birds were gathered together and would not fly away.
They had taken refuge there at the deluge. The tree sends a
message to the AVind Spirit, " Tell the Spirit to blow me down ;
how can I live with all these birds on my top baulking every effort
to put forth a leaf or branch in any direction ? " On goes Sim-
pang until he arrives at the house of the Spirit ; he goes up the
ladder and sits on the verandah. "Well, *' says the Spirit, "and
what do you want? " "I am come to demand payment for the
padi which you blew away from the stump on which I had set it
to dry." "I refuse," replies the Spirit, "however let us try the
matter by diving." So they went to tiie water, the Spirit and his
friends, r.nd Simpang and his friends. Simpang's friends were
certain beasts, birds, and fishes which he had induced to follow
him on the wav. SiuH)ani: himselt' could not dive a bit : but it is
allowable in such a case to get a substitute, and Simpan«jj j)ersuadod
a fish to act for hiui, who dived, and beat the Wind Sjnrit. But
the Spirit proposed another ordeal. " Let us jump (n-er the
house," says the Spirit. Simpang would have been vanquisheii
here bad not the swallow jumped for him, and of course cleared
the Spirit's house. "Once more," says the Spirit, "Let us see
who can get through the hole of a sumpitan." This time Simpang
got tlie ant to act for him, and so held his own agaiiut the Spirit.
But as each performed the ordeal required, the matter was not
vet decided, and the Spirit declared he would not make any com-
pensation. "Then," says Simpang in a rage, ''I will burn your
house down about vour ears." " Burn it if you can," savs tb.e

A SEA-Di'AK TBADITION OP THE DELUGE. 291

Spirit. Now Simpang had brought the fire-drill with him, and ho
threw it on to the roof of the Spirit's house which flamed up into a
blaze at once. The great Spirit fumed, and raged and stamped, and
only added fury to fire. He soon bethought himself of submitting,
and shouted out : " Oh, Simpang, call your fire-drill back, and I will
pay for the padi." He recalled the fire-drill, and the flames ceased.
Then there was a discussion, and the Spirit said : " I have no goods
or money wherewith to pay you ; but from this time forth you shall
be a whole man, having two eyes, two ears, two cheeks, two arms,
two legs.'* Simpang was quite satisfied with this, and said no more
about the padi. Simpang then gave the messages with which he
had been instructed on the way, and the Spirit made answer : " The
reason why Puntang Eaga and Ensang Pengaia are not successful
with their sugar-canes and plantains is that they follow no proper
customs. Tell them never to mention the names of their father-in-
law, or mother-in-lasv, and never to walk before them ; not to marry
near relations, nor to have two wives, and the plantains and sugar-
canes will produce the usual increase. The reason why the lake
cannot empty itself is that there is gold where the mouth ought
to be. Take that away and it will have an exit. The tree I will
look after." The tree fell by the wind, the lake found an exit, and
the world went on as before. But how padi was recovered does
not appear; but complet^ess and consistency must never be
expected in Dyak myths.

J. PERHAM.

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES.

THE COMPAEATIVE VOCABULAEY.

With reference to the Lists of Words used by Wild Tribes,
published in the last number of the Journal, the attention of the
Society has been drawn to certain inaccuracies in the list of Balau
Dyak words, and the following corrections should be made : —

Nose—" Hidong." Should be " Idong/' Sea Dyak is with-
out an initial aspirate. No Dyak word begins with an " h."

Tooth--" Ngigi." This word is " Gigi.'' "Ngigi" would
be a verb, supposing the word existed, which it docs not.
But the more common word for tooth is " Ngcli/' This,
I believe, to be the more ancient term, " Gigi " a later
one, as applied to the human tooth. But the teeth of
any manufactured article, e. g.^ a saw, would bo " Gigi."
" Ngeli " ought St the very least to have been given as a
comparison word.

Ego—" Tclth." " Telu " is the word, and the only one. Where
the form Teleh comes from is a mystery to me — certainly
not from Balau Dyak.

Elephant—" Gaja." Should be spelt " Gajah."

Flower — "Bungah." "Bunga" is a flower; " Bungah " is
to make fun.

CocoANOT — *' Unjor." This is a case of inaccurate spelling
also. "TJnjor" is to stretch forth the hands. "Njor"
or " Ngiur " is cocoanut.

TiiT— " Tima." " Timah '' is the Malay word wliich Dyaks
are getting to use. "Tima" is non-existent. " Besi
puteh " ( white iron ) is the universal term for tin.

I MISCELLANEOUS KOTES.

Abbow — " Siiinpana." This word, or imythiug like it, has no
right to be iu the list at all, for the eiiuple reaaon that the
Djaks ucver had the thing. Both the thing and word
" Fanah " are known, only aa Malay, or at least as eoming
somewhere from the eea. Some ten years ago I taught
a Dyak lad to make a bow aud arrow, and I had to teach
him the word for it. It may have been that some Dyak
in ignorance trying to remember something he had seen,
stumbled out " Sempanah ; " but the whole thing is extra
Dyak. The only arrow they have is that of the sumpitan,
which is not " Damba," as given in the note, but " Dam-
bak," or, iu some dialects, " Laja."

I'addle — " Snayong." "Write " Sengaiyoh." A mistake iu so
common a word is strange.

Speak — " Sanko." Write " Sangkoh."

Hot — " Panos," "Paima"is tbohcat — hot objectively. The
feeling of heat is " Angaf." "Ahotday" nouldbo "Ari
panafi amai," but " I am hot'' " Aku angat.". " Ai angat "
however, is hot water.

NiSE — " ScnibiJang." Should bo "' Sambilan,'" as in Malay.
" Scnibilaiif;" is a poisoiious lisli.

Tiioro are a few other itiac(.>ura<i(a ; but tjiey are evi.lciilty
clerical cmirn : .in " Mon" for " Moa "( face ) ; "Filiu"
i"i)i' "Lilin" (wax); " Ajiai-aiKlnr" for " Apai-audau "
(star) ; "C'lieluu" for '-Chelum'" (black); -'Aran," for
"Aram" (come along).